• Author / Uploaded
• boom10

Citation preview

PRODUCT HANDBOOK

AUGUST 2017

Click here for the contents

1

Contents How to use the 2017 digital product handbook Introduction and approvals Worldwide contacts Product overview sales brochure Product areas Product highlight videos Our capability videos

1

How to use the 2017 digital product handbook 1.1

1

Table of contents

These should be left on before continuing into the Product Handbook

2

3 4

5

There are various options to look through the handbook: -

Left click the arrow on the right or left hand side of the pages.

-

Left click and drag the bottom right of the right page to turn the page, or the bottom left of the left page (This option is not available on the cover page). The cursor will change to a hand to indicate when this is possible.

-

Use the buttons below To search for an item use the text field at the top right of the screen and enter a Spirax Sarco product name or a Masterfile number. You will often get more than one result, this is because all the instances are listed.

1

Search function

2

Table of contents

These should be left on before continuing into the Product Handbook.

3

Print

This option allows you to print either single or multiple pages.

4

Download

This option allows you to download single pages

5

Magnifier

This enables you to zoom in and out of the page for closer detail. There is a zoom bar at the bottom.

By selecting any entries in the list, you will jump directly to that document, with the word you searched for highlighted. (Note: please do not use spaces between nomenclature .i.e. type PN1000 rather than PN 1000 and when typing a masterfile reference number please use hyphens i.e. P612-14).

spiraxsarco.com

Introduction The Spirax Sarco Product Handbook contains the technical information for our most popular range of products for steam and other industrial fl uids. As well as the products within this handbook, many Spirax Sarco companies can supply further products or services on request. These may include steam trap surveys and complete packaged solutions which can provide you with plant automation. If the product or service you need is not listed in this handbook, contact your local Spirax Sarco sales company representative. The documents shown in this book are for initial specifi cation purposes only. Safety information together with installation and maintenance instructions are provided with every product supplied. Consult your local Spirax Sarco offi ce if you require help in correctly selecting your product. The latest technical information is available for our full product range on spiraxsarco.com. The website also offers other practical information, such as the Steam Engineering Tutorials, which provides useful advice on the design and maintenance of steam and condensate systems, and other resources such as a Unit Conversion Calculator and Steam Tables, to help you with day-to-day engineering calculations. Please note that this is an international publication and not all products are available in all countries.

Approvals Spirax-Sarco Limited has a certifi ed management system approved against BS EN ISO 9001, OHSAS 18001 and BS EN ISO 14001 standards. The current certifi cation body used is Lloyds Register Quality Assurance (LRQA). All products sold into the European Union must comply with all applicable European Directives. The European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 2014 / 68 / EU applies to many Spirax Sarco products, and the company has approvals against the requirements of PED Modules B, D and H. Please contact your local Spirax Sarco sales company representative for further information on

marking and

PED categories.

Spirax-Sarco Limited, Charlton House, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire, GL53 8ER, UK T +44 (0)1242 521361 F +44 (0)1242 573342 E [email protected] © Copyright 2017 Spirax Sarco is a registered trademark of Spirax-Sarco Limited

Return to contents

1.2

Spirax Sarco worldwide contacts Operating Companies EMEA

1.3

Belgium Zwijnaarde +32 9 244 6710 Czech Republic Prague +420 274 001 351 Denmark Birkerød +45 38 10 4288 Egypt Cairo +20 2 24 17 44 91 Finland Helsinki +358 9 4136 1611 France Trappes +33 1 3066 4343 Germany Konstanz +49 7531 5806 0 Italy Milan +39 0362 49171 Middle East (UAE) Sharjah +971 6 5575226 Netherlands Rotterdam +31 10 892 03 86 Norway Skedsmokorset +47 67 06 7680 Poland Warsaw +48 22 843 76 97 Portugal Carnaxide +351 21 417 5093 Russia St Petersburg +7 812 640 90 44 South Africa Gauteng +27 11 230 1300 Spain Barcelona +34 9 3 685 79 29 Sweden Stockholm +46 8 556 322 30 Switzerland Zollikon +41 44 396 80 00 Turkey Istanbul +90 216 600 08 00 UK and Ireland Cheltenham +44 1242 521361

Americas

Argentina Buenos Aires Brazil São Paulo Canada Toronto Chile Santiago Columbia Cali Mexico Santa Catarina Peru Cercado de Lima USA Blythewood, SC

+54 11 4589 1300 +55 11 4615 9000 +1 905 660 5510 +56 2 2616 2550 +57 2 372 5232 +81 8220 3600 10 +51 1 3394-005 +1 800 575 0394

Asia Pacific

Australia Sydney China Shanghai India Pune Indonesia Jakarta Japan Chiba Malaysia Petaling Jaya New Zealand Auckland Philippines Makati City Singapore Singapore South Korea Seoul Taiwan Taipei Thailand Bangkok Vietnam Ho Chi Minh City

+61 2 9852 3100 +86 21 2416 3666 +91 20 27145595 +62 21 8379 7233 +81 43 274 4811 +60 3 5635 3323 +64 9 263 4205 +63 2812 8654 +65 6 349 0480 +82 2 3489 3489 +886 2 2662 6689 +66 2 374 0344 +84 8 9974324

spiraxsarco.com Some of the products in this Handbook may not be available in certain markets. Local regulations may restrict the use of the products shown to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Sales Offices Americas

EMEA

Austria Vienna Hungary Budapest Jordan Amman Kazakhstan Almaty Kenya Nairobi Romania Cluj Slovak Republic Trnava Ukraine Kiev

+36 1 222 3708

Costa Rica Panama Ecuador Jamundí-Valle

+962 7766 02727

Asia Pacific

+43 1 699 6411

+7 812 640 90 44

Hong Kong Kowloon

1.4 +57 2 5142626

+852 2754 9828

+254 20 4443340 +40 364 404752 +421 918 994 973 +380 44 585 3495

Return to contents

1.5

1.6

Spirax Sarco the products

for steam and related industrial fluids

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

1.7

At Spirax Sarco, we aim to be the first choice provider of efficient solutions in the use of steam and related industrial fluids.

spiraxsarco.com

We aim to be the first choice provider through use of our collective expertise With over 100 years experience in steam, condensate and related fluid systems, we are able to help our customers effectively solve their problems and improve the effectiveness of their plant.

1.8

We have over 5,000 employees across 38 operating companies worldwide. Our philosophy is to use our knowledge and experience to help our customers reduce costs by improving process efficiency and saving energy.

We aim to be the first choice provider by having a comprehensive product offering From the most sophisticated packaged system to the smallest pressure gauge, Spirax Sarco is able to provide the largest product choice, within its area of expertise, to the widest geographic area. This extensive range of products isn’t just limited to the steam and condensate loop but covers applications in most related industrial fluids. Our product offering enables us to provide total solutions for our customers.

We aim to be the first choice provider by offering the right solution for our customers business We fully appreciate today’s demands on our customers. Our aim is to solve their plant problems and provide fully integrated solutions tailored to their business – everything from a simple product replacement right through to a major turnkey project. In providing this comprehensive support we allow our customers to focus on their core business.

It is the combination of expertise, comprehensive product offering and our worldwide capability as a solutions provider, that makes Spirax Sarco an unequalled business partner for our customers.

Return to sales brochure contents page

Return to product handbook contents page 3

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

Contents Complete integrated solutions

06

Packaged heat exchangers, product assemblies, system audits, design, installation, maintenance and

1.9

project management.

Boiler controls and systems

10

Feedtanks, level controls and alarms, feedpump check valves, boiler blowdown valves, TDS control systems, steam injection systems, sample coolers, heat recovery systems, conductivity meters, condensate contamination detectors, blowdown vessels and vent heads.

Flowmeters

12

Variable area flowmeters, orifice plates, flow computers and display units.

Control systems

13

Pneumatically/electrically actuated two-port and three-port valves, positioners, programmable electronic controllers, pneumatic transmitter controllers, pressure reducing valves, surplussing valves, safety valves, self-acting temperature control valves and high limit temperature cut-outs.

Steam traps

16

Thermodynamic, ball float, balanced pressure, inverted bucket and bimetallic steam traps, sealed and quickfit steam traps, Spiratec steam trap performance monitors and steam trapping stations.

Condensate pumps and energy recovery

18

Automatic steam (or gas) powered fluid pumps, pump-trap combinations, electric powered condensate recovery units and flash steam recovery vessels.

Humidifiers Direct steam injection humidifiers and Hygromatic self-generative humidifiers.

19

spiraxsarco.com

20

High purity products Steam generators, stills, temperature controls, pressure controls instrumentation, steam traps, sample coolers, ball valves, separators and filters.

21

Pipeline ancillaries

1.10

Manifolds, separators, bellows sealed stop valves, check valves, diffusers, piston actuated isolation valves, strainers, sight glasses, pressure gauges, air vents, vacuum breakers, hosedown stations, ball valves and compressed air filters / regulators / lubricators.

10exchange

12

packages

06

18

13

19exchange packages

20exchange packages

16

21

Return to product handbook contents page 5

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

1.11

Customer focused solutions partner

Ready assembled control systems

System audits

Steam condition monitoring

spiraxsarco.com

Complete integrated solutions Businesses today are increasingly relying on outside expertise for management of their energy sources. This allows them to concentrate more on their core business activities. Spirax Sarco has the expertise and products our customers require regarding the use of steam and other related industrial fluids. Our offering makes us the perfect partner as a solutions provider. These solutions can range from simple product assemblies to major turnkey projects such as boiler house upgrades.

1.12

System services At Spirax Sarco we offer a complete range of services to ensure the effective and safe management of steam, condensate and other industrial utility fluid systems.

These services include: •

Tailored audits to identify areas for improving

•

servicing, in addition to advice on Planned

system efficiency, and ensure compliance with

Preventative Maintenance programs, to fully

Health, Safety and Environmental legislation •

Steam System Conditioning and Quality Testing programs that deliver reduced cost

optimise process performance and uptime •

turnkey contracts

throughout the system Design of customer-specific energy saving schemes and strategies •

Project management to ensure seamless on-time, on-budget completion of large

of ownership and optimised heat transfer

•

Provision of commissioning and routine

•

Equipment recalibration and repair facility to help maintain system safety and process availability.

Design of process improvement schemes to increase product quality and / or yield

•

Installation of new and replacement products to improve energy utilisation, system reliability and reduce water and chemical usage

Return to sales brochure contents page

Return to product handbook contents page 7

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

Heat transfer solutions

Packaged products

•

High purity generators

Assemblies of products all selected and sized to provide an

A range of generators which produce clean steam,

integrated solution. Some examples of packaged

pure steam or WFI (water for injection) conforming to

solutions are:

1.13

recognised standards using plant steam as the primary •

heat source.

Condensate pump / steam trap assemblies Condensate pumps with steam trap and / or receiver

•

Heat transfer solutions

for the effective removal and return of condensate.

Packaged heat exchange solutions can be provided to meet your exact requirements, offering a highly

•

Control valve / flowmeter stations

efficient solution to heating with steam. Compact units,

Pre-assembled stations including matched products to

which include the unique EasiHeat™ and QuickHeat™

condition the fluid prior to controlling its temperature,

systems, are pre-assembled to offer quick, simple

pressure etc., or measuring its flowrate. Includes all

installation, and speedy commissioning. To provide

necessary downstream products.

complete flexibility we will also design and provide unassembled heat exchange solutions to meet your individual requirements. •

Bespoke heat transfer solutions Specifically and individually designed to suit your application requirements.

Pressure reducing valve system

Compact standard heat transfer packages

Clean and pure steam generators

Specially designed heat transfer solutions

Bespoke engineered systems

spiraxsarco.com

1.14

Return to sales brochure contents page

Return to product handbook contents page 9

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

Boiler control and systems An extensive range of boiler controls and systems are available. Whether it’s a completely new boiler house plant or a simple blowdown valve replacement, Spirax Sarco will have the answer.

1. Feedtanks

4. Steam injection systems

1.15 constructed in stainless steel - no rusting, no linings, coatings The Spirax Sarco feedtank is an atmospheric deaerator fully

Steam injection systems can be used to inject steam into feedtanks to drive off the dissolved oxygen. This reduces

or joints to leak. It is fitted with a flash condensing deaerator

the amount of oxygen scavenging chemicals required,

head which combines: cold make-up, condensate return and

and maintains a high and steady feedwater temperature

flash recovery. Flash steam is condensed whilst heating and

to the boiler.

deaerating the cold make-up. 5. Level controls and alarms The deaerator head is also available for fitting into existing

Significant developments have taken place in recent

feedtanks.

years considerably improving the standards of safety and reliability of boiler level controls.

2. Boiler blowdown systems As steam forms it leaves behind impurities in the boiler water

Probes without moving parts and modern electronic

that will concentrate unless removed. The TDS (Total Dissolved

controllers are so reliable that major boiler accidents

Solids) in the boiler must be accurately controlled. High TDS

should be a thing of the past.

can result in carryover of boiler water and impurities causing problems with production and plant. Low TDS due to too much

The range offered has been approved as complying

blowdown increases fuel and water treatment chemical costs.

with the relevant Codes of Practice and European

Systems are available for all sizes and types of boiler.

regulations.

3. Sample coolers

6. Feedpump check valves

To be sure that a boiler is operating at the desired

Feedpump check valves are fitted with heavy-duty

concentration of TDS it is necessary to take a sample of the

springs and soft seats to prevent a shutdown boiler

water and test it. The stainless steel sample cooler lets the

from flooding with feedwater.

operator do this safely and accurately.

1

2

3

4

spiraxsarco.com

7. Heat recovery systems

10. Blowdown vessels

Flash steam recovery from blowdown has two advantages. In

Blowdown vessels are now manufactured to ASME VIII

addition to the heat recovered the flash steam is condensed

to allow operation to an ambient temperature of -10°C.

1.16

to ‘pure’ water, reducing the amount of make-up water and 11. Conductivity meters

chemical treatment required.

The temperature compensated conductivity meter is For certain conditions it may be more economical to pass the

an essential instrument to have in the boiler house for

blowdown directly to a heat exchanger without using a flash

checking boiler water and feedwater TDS levels, and

vessel. Spirax Sarco can provide a range of alternative heat

calibrating control instrumentation.

recovery solutions. 12. Condensate contamination detection systems 8. Bottom blowdown valves

Even low levels of contamination can cause foaming,

For the precise and regular control of precipitated solids in

scaling and corrosion in the boiler.

steam boilers. A choice of manual key operated or fully, automated valves are available.

The contamination detection system monitors the conductivity of the condensate and will raise an alarm

9. Vent heads

and divert it to drain if a pre-set limit is passed.

The vent head separates condensate from flash steam and vents it safely without spray. Vent heads are manufactured in stainless steel for a corrosion resistant long life.

5

6

9

10

7

11

Return to sales brochure contents page

8

12

Return to product handbook contents page 11

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

Flowmeters Whatever your process or system requirements, there is a flowmeter to suit your needs from the Spirax Sarco range. Our flowmeters have an unrivalled reputation for accuracy, turndown and reliability. They are versatile, being suitable for steam as well as most liquids and gases. A comprehensive selection of flow computers and display units, all of which can be linked to plant and building management systems, complement the range. ILVA Flowmeters 1.17 1.TheGilflo Gilflo ILVA range of flowmeters offers an unrivalled

4.TVA Flowmeters The innovative Spirax Sarco TVA Flowmeter range has

turndown ratio of up to 100:1 and can be used to meter

been designed to meet the challenge of measuring both

most industrial fluids including steam and gases.

minimum and maximum flowrates to deliver pinpoint

Available in pipeline sizes from DN50 to DN300.

steam metering accuracy combined with quick and easy installation.

2. Orifice Plate Flowmeters Spirax Sarco orifice plate flowmeters are especially suited for installations in pipelines where the need for high accuracy and turndown is not critical.

Accurate and repeatable measurement over a wide flow range of turndown of 50:1. Available in pipeline sizes from DN50 to DN100.

They can be interfaced with flow computers to give up-to-the-minute data at the touch of a button. Available in pipeline sizes from DN25 upwards.

5.TFA Flowmeters The TFA Flowmeter is a high performance meter, designed to meet the challenges of economically monitoring steam flow in small line sizes, allowing

3. Flow computers

accurate assessment of energy consumption at the point

A range of flow computers is available to give automatic

of use. One of the smallest installation requirements on

density compensation plus analogue, pulse and

the market means the TFA Flowmeter can be installed

RS 485 Modbus outputs. The units also have

within previously unsuitable pipework, removing the

built-in timers and event loggers enabling peak flows,

need for expensive line changes. Combining this with a

temperatures, pressures and totals to be recorded. Units for

highly reliable no moving parts design makes this a cost

heat metering applications are also available.

effective point of use metering solution.

1

2

3

4

5

spiraxsarco.com

Control systems To enable you to make the right choice for your application Spirax Sarco has developed a range of control systems ranging from simple self-acting controls to systems that will fit into highly sophisticated control loops. 1. Electrically actuated control valves

3. Positioners

Two-port or three-port valves manufactured in a wide choice of

To complement the range of pneumatically actuated

materials for pressures up to 40 bar and having connections in

control valves, pneumatic and electropneumatic

sizes up to DN200.

positioners will allow small actuators to close against

1.18

higher differential pressures, eliminate hysteresis and The actuators are suitable for HVAC or industrial process

improve accuracy and positioning time.

applications and are available with VMD, mV or mA input signals.

Variants are available with automatic commissioning, smart control, programmable functions and digital

Options include: spring reserve and, where more accurate

communications.

control is required, a valve positioning card. 4. Programmable electronic controllers 2. Pneumatically actuated control valves

Panel mounted single loop controllers suitable for single

Two-port or three-port control valves manufactured in a wide

or multi-setpoint control. They incorporate PID, auto

choice of materials for pressures up to 40 bar and having

TUNE and ADAPTIVE algorithms. Multi-input options are

connections in sizes up to DN200.

available.

Pneumatic actuators are low profile to NAMUR standard,

5. Pneumatic controllers

spring-to-open or spring-to-close, and incorporate a fully rolling

For the control of pressure or temperature. Pneumatic

diaphragm. A handwheel option is available.

controllers are available with simple proportional control action, or with the addition of integral and derivative action. Temperature sensing is via a nitrogen filled direct expansion system and pressure sensing by interconnecting pipework to an internal bourdon tube.

1

3

2

4

Return to sales brochure contents page

5

Return to product handbook contents page 13

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

6. High specification control valves

9. Safety valves

A range of high specification control valves manufactured

Vital for the protection of people and plant. A

in a wide choice of materials and internal trims making them

comprehensive range of safety valves is available in

suitable for the more arduous application.

bronze, iron and carbon steel body materials. These valves conform to ASME and EN standards with a range

1.19

Internal trims include: multi-stage, balanced, unbalanced,

of pipe end connections and sizes up to DN150. Options

low noise and anti-cavitation.

include: soft seal, open or closed bonnet, with or without easing lever.

These valves are used in conjunction with high power, 10. High limit temperature cut-out

pneumatically operated actuators.

Designed to protect personnel and product, the high 7. Direct acting pressure reducing and surplussing valves

limit temperature cut-out is a self-powered, independent

These are self-powered valves designed to control the pressure

overheat safeguard for use with two-port and three-port

of water, steam and gases up to 40 bar. They are available in

valves.

a wide range of materials, and have pipeline connections up to DN100.

It is inherently ‘fail-safe’, and can provide remote indication of operation.

8. Pilot operated pressure reducing and surplussing valves Like direct acting pressure reducing valves, these valves are

11. Self-acting temperature controls

self-powered. Pilot operation provides accurate control under

Self-acting temperature control systems are ideal for

large load change conditions.

applications demanding rugged reliability and low maintenance. They are particularly suited to harsh or

Available in SG iron, cast steel and stainless steel in sizes up

hazardous environments.

to DN80. They are used in conjunction with two-port or three-port Options include: soft seats for gas applications with solenoid

control valves to form a flexible control system in terms

valve or pneumatic actuator for remote operation.

of capillary length and temperature range.

9

6

7

8

10

11

spiraxsarco.com

1.20

Return to sales brochure contents page

Return to product handbook contents page 15

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

Steam traps It is essential, without loss of live steam, to remove condensate and often air and other incondensable gases from steam systems. The Spirax Sarco range of steam traps allows the best choice to be made for all applications. A steam trap performance monitoring system complements the range. 1. Thermodynamic steam traps

3. Balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps

1.21 Thermodynamic steam traps combine reliability, simplicity and

Balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps adjust

efficiency of operation; with just one moving part (a hardened

automatically to varying steam pressures and have

stainless steel disc) they give a blast discharge with clean, tight

excellent air venting characteristics during plant start-up

shut-off. They are able to withstand: superheat, waterhammer,

and during normal operation. They have large discharge

corrosive condensate, freezing and vibration. The TD trap is the

capacities for their size and the robust design of the

first choice for removal of condensate from steam

internals gives a good life expectancy.

distribution systems. Sizes up to DN25. Sizes up to DN25.

For pressures up to 32 bar.

For pressures up to 250 bar.

Body material: brass, cast steel or stainless steel.

Body material: carbon steel, stainless steel or alloy steel. 4. Sealed steam traps 2. Ball float steam traps

Sealed maintenance free steam traps.

Ball float steam traps are extremely versatile and work efficiently on both light and heavy condensate loads. Although compact in

Range: balanced pressure, inverted bucket and

size, their discharge capacity is high and continuous, ensuring

bimetallic versions.

maximum heat transfer. These traps are the best choice for draining plant with automatic temperature control.

Sizes up to DN25. For pressures up to 45 bar.

An integral air vent is fitted as standard and an adjustable

Body material: stainless steel.

needle valve is available as an option to prevent steam locking. Sizes up to DN100. For pressures up to 80 bar. Body material: cast iron, SG iron, cast steel or stainless steel.

1

2

3

4

spiraxsarco.com

5. Inverted bucket steam traps

It will detect if traps are passing live steam or if they are

Inverted bucket traps are the most robust type of the

waterlogged.

1.22

mechanical traps and will resist waterhammer. When the check valve option has been fitted in the inlet, they can be used with

The system either uses sensor chambers mounted

superheated steam. They are available with a wide selection of

upstream of conventional steam traps, or integral

valve orifices for precise pressure and load matching.

sensors in pipeline connectors or steam traps, giving a signal to an external test point.

Sizes up to DN80. For pressures up to 190 bar.

Sizes up to DN50.

Body material: cast iron, cast steel, alloy steel or

For pressures up to 32 bar.

stainless steel.

Body material: carbon steel, SG iron or stainless steel.

6. Bimetallic thermostatic steam traps

8. Quickfit steam traps

Bimetallic steam traps can conserve energy by discharging

The comprehensive range of pipeline connectors

sub-cooled condensate in those applications which can utilise

coupled with world leading steam trap technology

sensible heat. They are the most robust of all the thermostatic

reduces plant downtime, maintenance costs and ensures

steam traps, being able to withstand waterhammer and

zero emissions, whilst maintaining system efficiency.

corrosive condensate. Range: Suitable for use with balanced pressure, Sizes up to DN100.

thermodynamic, inverted bucket, float and bimetallic

For pressures up to 210 bar.

steam traps.

Body material: cast steel, alloy steel or stainless steel. Sizes up to DN25. 7. Spiratec steam trap monitors

For pressures up to 46 bar.

Every steam trap that fails to operate properly can cause

Body material: generally stainless steel.

problems elsewhere in the steam system. Spiratec can continuously monitor your steam traps to show their operation and warn of malfunctions.

5

6

Return to sales brochure contents page

7

8

Return to product handbook contents page 17

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

Condensate pumps and energy recovery To maximise energy efficiency it is essential to return clean condensate to the boiler house. Spirax Sarco’s range of condensate handling equipment allows you to achieve this effectively and economically.

1. Automatic steam (or gas) powered condensate pumps

3. Electric powered condensate recovery units

1.23 This range of self-contained pumps uses steam or other

A range of electrically powered condensate return pumps

pressurised gas as motive power and is designed to remove

specially designed with low NPSH (Net Positive Suction

and recover condensate (or other fluids) under all operating

Head) requirements to handle hot condensate in a

conditions.

compact size.

They are ideal for use in hazardous areas where electrical

4. Flash steam recovery vessels

pumps would not be suitable, and for the efficient drainage of

Flash steam is allowed to separate from the condensate

heat exchangers.

in the vessel. The flash steam may then be used in a low pressure steam system and the separated condensate returned to the boiler house.

2. Automatic steam powered condensate pump traps APT’s (Automatic Pump Traps) offer the benefit of both pump and steam trap as one item. This ensures complete condensate removal from plant, even under vacuum, thus maximising thermal efficiency at all times as well as recovering valuable condensate for re-use.

1

2

3

4

spiraxsarco.com

Humidifiers Control of relative humidity is growing in importance as new technologies and health requirements in the workplace demand tighter environmental management. With both direct steam injection and self-generative humidifiers, Spirax Sarco can provide the correct solution for your specific humidification needs. 1. Direct steam injection humidifiers

2. Hygromatik self-generative humidifiers

When plant steam is available the direct steam injection

A comprehensive range of self-generative humidifiers

humidifier will provide optimum control and efficiency.

is available complete with all the necessary control

1.24

equipment. Models are available for use with mains or fully demineralised water.

1

2

Return to sales brochure contents page

Return to product handbook contents page 19

P r o d u c t

o v e r v i e w

High purity products Avoidance of the risk of contamination across many industries has resulted in a growing need for clean steam, pure steam and water of WFI (Water For Injection) quality. Products suitable for these high purity systems must be designed and manufactured to a high standard to ensure compliance with the exacting rules and regulations set for example by the biopharmaceutical and healthcare industries. Spirax Sarco’s extensive range of high purity products extends from generation through distribution to usage.

1.25 1. Generation

3. Pure and clean steam trapping

A comprehensive range of clean and pure steam generators

A comprehensive range of thermodynamic and

and WFI distillation units designed and manufactured to cGMP,

thermostatic steam traps developed specifically for clean

ISPE, ASME BPE and FDA guidelines to produce steam and

and pure steam applications. This range includes traps

water in compliance with International Pharmacopia and

that minimise condensate back-up for critical

HTM 2031/EN 285 standards.

steam-in-place applications.

2. Sanitary control and instrumentation

4. Sanitary ancillary products

Accurate control is essential for the successful operation of

To complete your high purity system, Spirax Sarco offers

your process. Spirax Sarco offers a wide range of electrically

a broad range of products including: steam traps, check

and pneumatically actuated control valves as well as direct

valves and sample coolers, sanitary ball valves and

acting pressure regulators.

steam separators.

A variety of sanitary instrumentation is also available to

Custom sanitary systems are also available including:

complete your control loop as well as sanitary safety valve to

pure steam humidifiers, sanitary heat exchangers, pure

protect your system.

steam and steam generators

1

3

1

2

3

4

2

4

4

spiraxsarco.com

Pipeline ancillaries To achieve long and reliable service from steam plant equipment it is necessary that the steam is clean, dry and that maintenance can easily be carried out. Spirax Sarco provides the complete range of products to ensure the condition of the steam and the steam system itself is properly maintained.

1. Manifolds

3. Check valves

A compact range of forged steel manifolds designed for steam

This range of valves offers an effective, low maintenance

tracing applications. The manifolds have 4, 8 or 12 tracer line

solution for the prevention of reverse flow in pipelines.

1.26

connections and are supplied with integral piston type isolation valves.

Pipeline sizes up to DN300. For pressures up to 50 bar.

Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged connections.

Body material: bronze or stainless steel. Connections: wafer pattern or screwed.

2. Bellows sealed stop valves Bellows sealed stop valves are ideal for any application where

4. Separators

minimal maintenance and zero emissions are required.

Separators remove moisture from steam or gas pipelines. They provide a drain point for condensate

Pipeline sizes up to DN250.

droplets moving along the pipe wall and deflect entrained

For pressures up to 40 bar.

droplets out of the main flow. Separators therefore

Body material: cast iron, SG iron, carbon steel or

ensure that steam or gas is delivered to its point of

stainless steel.

use dry - particularly important with highly rated plant or equipment like sterilisers, where steam comes into contact with the product. Pipeline sizes up to DN350. For pressures up to 50 bar. Body material: cast iron, SG iron, carbon steel or stainless steel.

1

3

2

4

Return to sales brochure contents page

Return to product handbook contents page 21

P r o d u c t

1.27

o v e r v i e w

5. Diffusers

10. Air vents and vacuum breakers

When fitted to the outlet of a steam/air trap that is discharging

Air vents and vacuum breakers, for use on steam

to atmosphere, the diffuser will greatly reduce the noise level

and water systems, are designed to protect plant and

and will offer protection from high velocity discharge.

process equipment.

6. Strainers

Pipeline sizes up to DN25.

Strainers protect expensive downstream equipment such as

For pressures up to 50 bar.

control or flowmetering devices from damage.

Body material: brass, carbon steel or stainless steel.

Pipeline sizes up to DN250.

11. Ball valves

For pressures up to 100 bar.

Spirax Sarco has a broad range of ball valves to suit

Body material: bronze, cast iron,

every application requirement.

SG iron, cast steel or stainless steel. These ball valves are available as a manual valve or can 7. Piston actuated valves

be supplied with a pneumatic actuator.

Robust and compact bronze or stainless steel pneumatically actuated valves with PTFE soft seat providing a tight shut-off

Pipeline sizes up to DN200.

making them suitable for a wide range of media, up to 180°C.

For pressures up to 140 bar. Body material: cast steel or stainless steel.

Pipeline sizes up to 2”. For pressures up to 20 bar.

12. Compressed air products

Body material: bronze or stainless steel.

The condition of compressed air is critical to plant efficiency. Poor quality air can lead to shortened air tool

Connections: screwed, flanged, sanitary clamp, butt weld or

life, increased manufacturing times and even health

socket weld.

risks. The Spirax-Monnier range of compressed air products; filters, regulators and lubricators, guarantees

8. Sight glasses, sight checks and pressure gauges

high quality air at the point of use.

A wide range of sight glasses, sight check valves and pressure gauges are readily available.

The compressed air product range is complemented by: soft seated pressure reducing valves, safety valves,

9. Hosedown stations For general cleaning and washdown applications the hosedown station is the perfect tool. Hot water is economically provided by safely mixing steam and cold water.

separators, strainers, ball valves and drain traps.

spiraxsarco.com

1.28

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Did you know... Our website has more detailed information about all our products. For more information, please visit our website at www.spiraxsarco.com

Return to sales brochure contents page

Return to product handbook contents page 23

1.29

spiraxsarco.com

Product areas Section 2

Boiler house

Section 3

Flowmetering

Section 4

Control valves

Section 5

Steam traps

Section 6

Condensate pumps

Section 7

Pipeline ancillaries

Section 8

Humidification products

Section 9

Compressed air products

Section 10

Heat transfer solutions

Section 11

General information

1.30

Return to contents

Product highlights 1.31

TFA Flowmeter - point of use metering

Spirax Sarco STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring Solution

STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring solution

FT23 Geothermal Float Trap

Spirax Sarco Heat Pipe Heat Exchange solution

SP400/500 electropneumatic valve positioners

When viewing the videos for the first time, the main YouTube page may open. If this happens, close the new window and select the video again.

To view these videos, an internet connection is required

1.32

Spirax Steam Trapping Solutions

Spirax EasiHeat™

SpiraTrol Control Valve Inline Maintenance Video

EP500 Electro-pneumatic Positioner Installation

BBV Bottom Blowdown Valve Maintenance Video

Return to contents

Our capabilities 1.33

Spirax Sarco - The company

First for steam solutions

Manufacturing capability

Spira-trol™ production in Chatellerault, France

2015 sustainability highlights

Energy Saving Insights: Shanghai Eastern Hospital

When viewing the videos for the first time, the main YouTube page may open. If this happens, close the new window and select the video again.

To view these videos, an internet connection is required

1.34

Return to contents

1.35

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

Section 2 2.1

Feedtank ancillaries

2.2

Steam injectors

2.3

Level controls

2.4

TDS blowdown controls

2.5

Conductivity sensors

2.6

Sample coolers

2.7

Conductivity meters

2.8

Heat recovery systems

2.9

Blowdown vessels

2.10

Vent heads

2.11

Bottom blowdown systems

2.12

Energy monitor

2

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries TI-P401-25 AB Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DH Type Flash Condensing Deaerator Heads

A simple low cost solution for deaerating boiler feedwater at atmospheric pressure

• Mixes hot and cold incoming flows 2.1.1 • Liberates oxygen and other gases • Stainless steel for long maintenance free life • Easy to install Description

Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator head is designed to mix incoming flows of cold make-up, condensate return and flash steam to the boiler feedtank. This mixing action is achieved by directing the downward flow through a baffle arrangement within the unit. This liberates dissolved gases from the cold make-up, which are vented to atmosphere. The cold make-up inlet is fitted with a spray screen which diffuses the flow, increasing its surface area to promote thorough mixing with the condensate and flash steam. A Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator head consists of three parts:

1

- A mixing unit, which is bolted to the top of the tank and is supplied with connections to customer specification for cold make-up, condensate return, flash steam from blowdown etc. - An immersion tube, which distributes the mixed fluids into the tank and has an integral plate flange which is sandwiched between the tank and mixing unit flanges. Immersion tubes are fully described in separate literature. - Gaskets. Two gaskets are required, one fitted each side on the immersion tube flange. They are ordered separately.

3 2 3

Available types

The mixing unit is available in five nominal diameters (DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN400) flanged to BS 4504 PN16 or BS 1560 Class 150. Immersion tubes are available in diameters to suit the deaerator heads and lengths of 950, 1200, 1600 and 2100 mm to suit TM metric feedtanks. Since each deaerator head is built to suit specific plant requirements we recommend that your local Spirax Sarco Engineer is contacted for a connection layout sheet and to discuss your requirements.

Selection table Total steam Mixing generation unit rate (kg / h) 5 000

DN150

10 000

DN200

20 000

DN250

30 000

DN300

50 000

DN400

Tank depth 1250 1500 2000 2500 Mixing unit / immersion tube selection MU150 MU150 MU150 MU150 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 MU200 MU200 MU200 MU200 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 MU250 MU250 MU250 MU250 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 MU300 MU300 MU300 MU300 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 MU400 MU400 MU400 MU400 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100

Limiting conditions

PN2.5 rating. Suitable for saturated steam 1 bar g, 120°C. The mixing unit only is hydraulically tested to 2 bar g.

Head comprises Item 1

Quantity 1

Description Mixing unit

2

1

Immersion tube

3

2

Gasket

Material Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel Silicone rubber

Application

Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator heads are ideal for boiler feedtank applications. They are suitable for both new and retrofit applications. Each head is fitted with a connection for air vent and recirculating feedwater spray nozzle. The air vent is for the immediate venting of liberated gases (the connection should also include a vacuum breaker). For further details on the RFS recirculating feedwater spray systems see separate literature.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Mixing unit Type

A

B

Weight

MU150_

175

484

30

MU200_

200

522

50

MU250_

220

557

65

MU300_

250

617

90

MU400_

290

680

125

For details of immersion tube and gaskets see separate literature. 65 mm Connection for air vent/ vacuum breaker

Connection for recirculating feedwater spray nozzle

2.1.2 Centre line of connections for cold make-up, condensate return, blowdown flash steam, etc.

20 mm

100 mm

B

A

Flange for mounting on feedtank

How to specify

Atmosperic deaerator head in austentic stainless steel consisting of mixing unit, immersion tube, and two gaskets. DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN400. Flanged BS 4504 PN16 / BS 1560 Class 300.

How to order

To specify a 150 mm flash condensing deaerator head flanged BS 4504 PN16 (mixing unit plus immersion tube and gaskets to suit a 1250 mm deep feedtank):MU150 - PN16 IT150 - 950 PN16 2 off gaskets to suit IT150 - 1200 PN16 Connection details also need to be specified.

DH Type Flash Condensing Deaerator Heads

TI-P401-25 AB Issue 3

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries TI-P401-08

AB Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

RFS1 and RFS2 Recirculating Feedwater Spray Systems

• Increases flash steam condensing capability • Improves thermal efficiency of the feedtank 2.1.3 • Improves deaeration within the feedtank • Energy saving three speed pump

4

Description

The Spirax Sarco RFS1 and RFS2 recirculating feedwater spray systems are designed to provide additional flash steam condensing capacity on boiler feedtank applications. When the condensate return flowrate is high and the cold make-up flowrate is intermittent it is likely that valuable flash steam will be lost through the vent. To ensure that this flash steam is condensed it is often worthwhile to take feedwater from a relatively cool part of the feedtank and pump it to a spray nozzle. Approximately 20% of the feedtank content can be circulated per hour to provide this additional flash condensing capacity. By using a low energy pump the thermal efficiency of the feedtank can be improved. Application The RFS1 and RFS2 systems are specifically designed for use with Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator heads. The mixing unit of each head is fitted with a connection for the spray nozzle. System components System Isolating type valve

Y-Type strainer

RFS1

M10 1" BSP

Fig 12 1" BSP

RFS2

M10 1¼" BSP

Fig 12 1¼" BSP

Materials No. 1 2 3 4

Part Isolating valve Y-type strainer Electric pump Spray nozzle

Pump RP1 1" BSP 240 V 50 Hz RP2 1¼" BSP 240 V 50 Hz

Spray nozzle 1" BSP male taper 1" BSP male taper

Material Carbon steel with stainless steel internals SG iron with stainless steel screen Cast iron with stainless steel internals Stainless steel

Limiting conditions

The system is designed for pumping water up to 100°C from an atmospherically vented tank. Maximum ambient temperature 80°C.

Selection

A system is selected based on circulating approximately 20% of the feedtank contents. Gross feedtank Recirculating feedwater contents spray systems litre (kg) Designation Speed setting  3 000 RFS1 1 3 000 to 6 000 RFS1 2 6 000 to 8 000 RFS1 3 8 000 to 10 000 RFS2 2 10 000 to 30 000 RFS2 3

1 2 3

1

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco RFS1 recirculating feedwater spray system. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Installation

M10

For details of the M10 isolating valve refer to separate literature.

Fig 12

For details of Fig 12 Y-type strainer refer to separate literature.

Spray nozzle

A specially designed stainless steel nozzle for distributing the recirculated feedwater within the flash condensing deaerator head. Screwed 1" BSP taper male. Kv = 6.65. 140

For new applications For new applications a specific connection should be incorporated into the feedtank design. This connection should be the same nominal size as the pump and should be positioned as near as possible to the bottom of the tank. The suction side isolating valve, strainer and pump should be positioned as near to the tank as possible whilst allowing access for operating the ball valve and removing the strainer screen. The discharge side pipework should be as short in length as possible. On RFS2 systems the discharge pipework should be reduced to 1" at the spray nozzle. The pump must be wired in accordance with The Electricity at Work Regulations, that is, using a direct on-line (DOL) starter fitted with a thermal overload plus local isolator.

For retrofit applications

28

Where no suitable spare connection is available it is recommended that the drain connection be utilised by fitting a 'T' piece as follows. It should be noted that the tank does not need to be drained to fit these pieces.

RP type pump

Three speed induction rotor. BSP union suction and discharge connections. Single phase 240 V, 50 Hz. System Input pump Connection power type watts RP1 1" BSP Union 40 to 100 RP2 1¼" BSP Union 85 to 100 RP1 type pump 75

2.1.4

Existing drain valve

Weight kg

New drain valve

2.5 2.5 133

55

To recirculating pump suction

Caution

For all applications the pump shaft must be horizontal, or slightly higher at the vent plug end to prevent premature wearing of the top bearing and shaft.

130

186

Operation

The pump should run continuously when the boiler(s) is on load. Water should flow through the pump at all times while the pump is running.

Maintenance

At convenient regular intervals it is recommended that the strainer screen is inspected and any debris removed.

32

RP2 type pump 52

271

180

82

130

RFS1 and RFS2 Recirculating Feedwater Spray Systems

TI-P401-08

AB Issue 3

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries TI-P401-07

AB Issue 5

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

IT Immersion Tubes

ISO 9001

Description

2.1.5

Spirax Sarco immersion tubes may be: Connected directly to the pipeline, to distribute condensate into feedtanks. Used with a mixing unit to form a flash condensing de-aerator head (not applicable to the IT100 unit). Note: A flash condensing de-aerator head can be used to mix flash steam (from a TDS control system), cold make-up water, and condensate, and sparge it into a feedtank. It is described in separate literature. Immersion tubes offer a much neater solution than traditional sparge pipes, and can reduce many of the problems associated with them, for example vibration, rusting, and waterhammer. Immersion tubes are suitable for both new and retrofit applications where the feedtank is adequately constructed and braced.

-

2

1

2

Available types

Available as types IT100_, IT150_, IT200_, IT250_, IT300_, and IT400_ with an integral inside bolt circle sandwich flange to suit ANSI 150 or EN 1092 PN16. They are available in lengths to suit TM metric feedtanks. Other lengths can be made to special order. Immersion tubes are designated by IT followed by DN followed by length of immersion tube in mm. e.g. IT250-1600 is DN250 and is 1 600 mm long from the underside of the flange. It is suitable for a 2 000 mm deep tank.

Capacity - when used without a Mixing Unit (MU) IT type IT100_ IT150_ IT200_ IT250_ IT300_ IT400_

* Gravity condensate (with 5% Flash) kg / h 1 015 2 285 4 065 6 350 9 145 16 255

DN 100 150 200 250 300 400

Pumped condensate kg/h 2 500 5 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 50 000

* For other quantities of flash steam the capacity may be determined pro rata i.e. for 10% flash capacity is half that shown. As a general rule the size of an immersion tube should be at least one DN larger than the condensate return main. Important note: The above table is only valid for condensate, where the flash steam content has to be considered. When sizing an immersion tube for use with a de-aerator head, use the guidelines in the flash condensing de-aerator head TI. The DH / IT has a higher overall capacity as it is able to condense the flash steam content of the fluid before it enters the tank. We do not make a mixing unit to suit the IT100.

Limiting conditions

PN2.5 rating. Suitable for condensate at up to 1 bar g, 120°C.

Materials No. Part 1 Immersion tube 2 Gaskets

Material Austenitic stainless steel Silicone rubber (colour may vary)

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2006

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries Installation

Dimensions /weights (appoximate) in mm and kg Model IT100 - 950 IT100 - 1200 IT100 - 1600 IT150 - 950 IT150 - 1200 IT150 - 1600 IT200 - 950 IT200 - 1200 IT200 - 1600 IT200 - 2100 IT250 - 1200 IT250 - 1600 IT250 - 2100 IT300 - 1200 IT300 - 1600 IT300 - 2100 IT400 - 1200 IT400 - 1600 IT400 - 2100

A 100 100 100 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 375 375 375

B PN16 162 162 162 212 212 212 268 268 268 268 320 320 320 378 378 378 490 490 490

B ANSI 150 157 157 157 216 216 216 270 270 270 270 324 324 324 381 381 381 470 470 470

C 950 1 200 1 600 950 1 200 1 600 950 1 200 1 600 2 100 1 200 1 600 2 100 1 200 1 600 2 100 1 200 1 600 2 100

We recommend the immersion tube is positioned in the middle of the top of the tank. The immersion tube can be fitted to a boiler feedtank by the following methods:

Weight 7 9 11 10 12 16 13 16 21 28 20 27 35 24 32 42 29 39 51

1. Using an existing flange. The immersion tube is designed so that it can pass through an apperture with dimensions according to BS 1600 Schedule 40. The sandwich flange of the immersion tube is equal to the raised face diameter of the flange for which it is suitable. Gaskets are to be placed above and below the sandwich flange. 2. On new installations a specific connection should be incorporated, as described in separate literature. It is essential that a vacuum breaker is fitted to the condensate return main near to the immersion tube. Consider the use of a Spirax Sarco VB14 vacuum breaker.

How to order example:

1. Immersion tube IT150-950 in austentic stainless steel to suit DN150, PN16 flanges complete with: 2. Silicone rubber gaskets to suit DN150, PN16.

Alternatively, fit a vacuum breaker here, as near to the elbow as possible.

Ideally fit a vacuum breaker here

Use a blind flange of same DN as tank connection and drill a hole to suit DN of condensate return main.

Gasket

3 mm ØB 6 to 10 mm

Immersion tube Gasket (to be installed prior to passing the immersion tube through the nozzle)

Pipe to BS 1600 Schedule 5, 10 or 40

Top of Tank

C

Each immersion tube has a number of holes in a particular pattern to suit the stated capacity. ØA

IT Immersion Tubes

TI-P401-07 AB Issue 5

2.1.6

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries TI-P409-04

AB Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

WG2 Water Level Gauge

ISO 9001

• Simple gauge glass for low pressure duties • Recommended for boiler feedtank applications 2.1.7 • Available in lengths up to 2 200 mm • Supplied in modular form for maximum versatility Description

The Spirax Sarco WG2 level gauge enables an instant visual check to be made of liquid level in tanks and process vessels. It consists of a glass tube (plastic also available) mounted in top and bottom support arms, with packing seals and washers to prevent leakage and accommodate expansion. The bottom arm incorporates a three port plug cock to allow isolation and checking of gauge operation. An intermediate arm provides additional support and sealing for gauges with centres longer than 1100 mm, and enables two unequal length tubes to be used together to give a wide choice of overall lengths. Two protector rods mounted either side of the tube reduce the risk of accidental damage. For greater protection 'C' section protectors are also available (used with rods).

Limiting conditions Maximum working pressure (Pmax) Maximum working temperature (Tmax) Maximum saturated steam conditions Cold hydraulic test pressure

Glass 6.9 bar g

Plastic tube 2.0 bar g

152°C

134°C

4.1 bar g

2.0 bar g

13.8 bar g

3.0 bar g

Available lengths (approximate) in millimetres WG 2 level gauge glasses are designated WG2 followed by / (centres dimension). Protector rods (in sets of two) and 'C' section protectors are available in 700, 800, 1000 and 1100 mm lengths. Two sets are required for gauges with intermediate arms. The glasses themselves are available in four lengths which may be paired in the following combinations to give the gauge centre dimensions below:Glass 1 length 686 786 986 1086 686 686 786 686 786 786 986 986 1086

Glass 2 length 686 786 786 986 986 1086 986 1086 1086

Intermediate arm No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Gauge centres 700 800 1000 1100 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200

Designation WG2/700 WG2/800 WG2/1000 WG2/1100 WG2/1400 WG2/1500 WG2/1600 WG2/1700 WG2/1800 WG2/1900 WG2/2000 WG2/2100 WG2/2200

Plastic tubes (complete with 2 off tube supports) are supplied in 1100 mm nominal lengths which can be cut to length with a knife.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Description Arm body Protector rods Glass tube Gland nut Top plug Plug cock Packing sleeve Packing washer Top plug gasket 'C' section protector Plastic tube Tube supports (used with item 11)

Material Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2 Brass BS 2874 CZ121 Glass Borosilicate Brass BS 2874 CZ121 Brass BS 2874 CZ121 Gunmetal BS 1400 LG 2 Rubber Nitrile Permanite AF 2000 Red fibre BS 216 Grade B Stainless steel Type 304/304L FEP Brass BS 2874 CZ132 (Dezincification resistant)

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres Weights Top arm 0.65 kg Intermediate arm 0.62 kg Bottom arm 0.69 kg Glass 0.145 kg / 100 mm length Protector rod 0.015 kg / 100 mm length 'C' section protector 0.12 kg / 100 mm length Plastic tube (1100 mm) 0.4 kg Top plug Gasket Top arm

85

Washer Seal Washer

Installation

WARNING Your attention is drawn to Safety information leaflet IM-GCM10. Tanks or vessels must be drained, vented to atmosphere, and inlets isolated before work is commenced. In particular, make sure that any connections which could carry hot fluids, for example condensate return or flash steam from blowdown, are isolated. Top, intermediate, and bottom arms have a ½" BSP taper male thread (R½) for connection to the tank. - The tank should have ½"BSP Pl (Rp ½) screwed sockets to take the top and bottom arms, and intermediate arm if fitted. Notes:-For certain lengths, the intermediate arm is not equidistant between the top and bottoms arms. The socket for the intermediate arm does not need to pierce the tank. - Fit arms to tank using PTFE tape or a suitable jointing compound. - Align arms vertically. - Slacken all gland nuts and remove the 3/8" BSP top arm plug and gasket. - Trim plastic tube to the required length (686, 786, 986, or 1086 mm). Each end of the tube requires an internal brass support, (supplied with the tube). - Sligthly flatten the ends of the tube with thumb and forefinger before fitting the supports, to stop them moving during positioning. - Pass glass/plastic tube through 3/8" BSP thread in top arm and lower into position. When an intermediate arm is fitted, the ends of the two glasses/tubes should touch and the joint should sit between the intermediate arm glands. - Gently tighten gland nuts and refit top arm plug and gasket. - Fit the 'C' section protector (if used) to the front of the unit, then rotate it so that its hooked edges line up with the protection rod drillings. - Fit the protector rod(s) through the drillings in the top and intermediate arms and locate in the blind drillings in the bottom arm. - Use the cutouts in the side of the protector to ensure the rods are correctly positioned. - The drain connection must not be plugged. It can either be left open to a tundish, or may be piped to drain.

Operation The plug cock Up Horizontal Down

has three positions:Purge water connection. Normal operation. Drain glass. This position also isolates the water connection in case of a broken glass.

Normal

Drain glass

Purge water

An indication of the plug position is marked on the lever. We recommend that the water connection is purged and the glass drained periodically. It is important to check that water flows to drain and that the level is rapidly re-established in the glass. A slowly rising level could indicate a partial blockage.

Maintenance

No specific maintenance is required. We recommend that the arms are checked for leakage periodically and the packing sleeves and washers renewed if necessary. Always fit new packing sleeves and washers if the tube has to be replaced.

Glass Ø12.7

Intermediate arm

82

Gland nut

Protector rod Ø4.8

'C' section protector

Bottom arm ½" BSP Tr (R½)

52.5

70

¼" BSP Pl (Rp¼)

Available spares

Glass 686 mm Glass 786 mm Glass 986 mm Glass 1086 mm Plastic tube (1100 mm) with 2 internal supports Spare packing seal set consisting of:4 off Packing sleeves 8 off Washers (1 fitted each side of the sleeve) 2 off Top plug gaskets The set is suitable for two re-packings of a gauge with no intermediate arm or one re-packing of a gauge with an intermediate arm. Order:- 1 spares pack for Water Level Gauge WG 2.

How to specify

Non-ferrous water level gauge with 3 port plug cock and protector rods (and 'C' section protector), glass tubes / plastic tubes.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco WG 2 / 1000 water level gauge with 'C' section protector and rods.

4090050/3 WG2 Water Level Gauge

TI-P409-04

AB Issue 3

2.1.8

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries TI-P409-03

AB Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Dial Thermometers

2.1.9

Dial thermometer Aluminium body (supplied with pocket)

Description

Spirax Sarco dial thermometers are reliable and robust instruments which operate on the bimetallic coil principle. Applications Spirax Sarco dial thermometers are ideal for boiler feedtanks, condensate pumping and many other industrial processes. Where a pocket is installed it is possible to remove the thermometer without draining the vessel contents. Available types Austenitic stainless steel body, horizontal mounting, with a glass window. Optional pocket, with a 150 mm extension to facilitate lagging of the tank / vessel. Aluminium body, vertical mounting, with a glass window. Supplied complete with brass slip-on pocket. Optional version with acrylic window and stainless steel pocket.

Dial thermometer Austenitic stainless steel body

Optional extra Surface finish Process condition Sanitary pocket Insertion length

0.4 µm 1½" sanitary clamp Horizontal stainless steel 274 mm temperature dial Vertical aluminium 174 mm temperature dial Note: Surface finish certification is available if stated at the time of order placement.

Limiting conditions Stainless body protection rating IP54 Pressure maximum 25 bar g With or without pocket Temperature maximum 120°C Aluminium body Pressure maximum 6 bar g Maximum pressure rating of pocket Temperature maximum 20 / 160°C

Range

Materials Body

Stainless steel

Bezel

Stainless steel

Window

Glass

Stem

Stainless steel

Standard pocket

Stainless steel

Optional sanitary pocket

Stainless steel

Stainless body

0-120°C

Body

Aluminium

Aluminium body

0-120°C and 0-160°C

Bezel

Stainless steel

Window

Glass (acrylic optional)

Stem

Brass

Standard pocket

Brass (stainless optional)

Optional sanitary pocket

Stainless steel

Accuracy Stainless body

Complies with DIN 16203 Class 1

Aluminium body

Complies with DIN 16203 Class 2 Zero adjustment at pointer.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2005

Boiler house Feedtank ancillaries Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: Screw the pocket into a ½" BSP connection on the vessel, using PTFE tape as a thread sealant. The austenitic stainless steel dial thermometer can be screwed directly into the vessel if required. Position the thermometer so that it will measure a representative temperature in the vessel. Vertical mounting thermometers have a minimum insertion depth - see dimension 'H'. Heat conducting paste is not normally necessary, but may be used if desired.

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg Austenitic stainless steel body A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

100

274

35

8

13

150

18

113

28

Weight Thermometer Pocket 0.25

1.0

Aluminium body A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H min

Weight including pocket

100

48

16

174

35

160

13

65

0.4

Thermometer (Aluminium body) with pocket

Thermometer (Austenitic stainless steel body)

D

B

A

½" BSP Tr (R½)

A

B

C

½" BSP Tr (G½A)

E

C

Optional pocket (Stainless steel) D E

I

½" BSP Tr (R½)

F

H min F

H G

G

½" BSP Pl (G½)

How to specify

1 - Horizontal mounting dial thermometer with stainless steel wetted / exposed parts, IP54 rating. 1 - Pocket with ½" BSPT thread (R½) 1 - Vertical mounting dial thermometer with slip-on pocket 0-120°C range.

How to order example:

1 - Spirax Sarco dial thermometer, having an austenitic stainless steel body for horizontal mounting, 0-120°C. 1 - Pocket with 150 mm extension for the above. 1 - Spirax Sarco dial thermometer having an aluminium body and c/w brass pocket. 0-120°C range.

Dial Thermometers

TI-P409-03 AB Issue 4

2.1.10

Boiler house Steam Local regulations may restrict the use ofinjectors this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P401-05

AB Issue 11

IN15, IN25M and IN40M Steam Injectors Description

2.2.1

Spirax Sarco steam injectors use steam to raise the temperature of water or other liquids. They work by using a jet of steam to draw in the liquid through radial ports, mix it, and distribute the heated liquid throughout the tank or vessel. The circulation induced by the injector ensures thorough mixing and avoids temperature stratification. Three sizes of injector are available to suit a wide range of flowrates. The smallest, the IN15, has a male and female thread for direct mounting to a tank wall from the outside, or to pipework within the tank. The IN25M and IN40M are available with either male thread or butt-weld connection and are fitted to pipework in the tank, or to a tank wall connection. For higher capacities, two or more injectors may be mounted in parallel. Principal features: - All stainless steel. - Ideal for boiler feedtank heating and de-aeration. - For efficient steam heating of water and other fluids. - Heats, mixes and circulates - no moving parts. - Compact design - minimises noise and vibration.

Pressure /temperature limits Body design rating Minimum operating pressure Maximum saturated steam condition Maximum heated liquid temperature (tank /vessel vented to atmosphere)

Available types

The IN15 is supplied with a ½" female and 1" male thread, available in BSPT or NPT. Options for the larger injectors are shown below: BSPT male NPT male Butt-weld

IN25M 1" 1" 1" Schedule 80

IN40M (available screwed or butt-weld)

PN25 0.5 bar g 17 bar g @ 207°C 90°C

Materials

Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M.

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Type IN15 IN25M IN40M

A ½" 1" 1½"

B 205 84 115

C 28 71 88

Weight 0.4 0.8 1.6

IN25M (available screwed or butt-weld)

1" BSP taper or NPT male IN15

A BSP taper or NPT female

C B

IN15 IN25 IN40M

C

A

B

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco IN25M steam injector having a 1" BSPT screwed connection.

IN40M 1½" 1½" 1½" Schedule 80

Boiler house Steam injectors Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Important: Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10. Installation note: The injectors are installed at a low level in a tank, ideally along the centre line, and discharging horizontally along the length. Pipework may be routed inside or outside the tank. In all cases, steam supply pipework must be firmly anchored to prevent vibration and stress in the tank wall. We recommend the use of a suitable thread locking compound on all threaded connections. Use the same size pipe as the injector, i.e. 25 mm pipe for IN25M. Pipe sizes for multiple injector installations are as follows:No. of injectors 2 2 3

Type

Minimum pipe size 20 mm 65 mm 80 mm

IN15 IN40M IN40M

Allow a minimum of 150 mm between the injector(s) and the sides and bottom of the tank, and as much as possible between the injector outlet and the end of the tank. See the IMI for the minimum limits. Space multiple injectors equally across the tank width.

System examples

The tables below give steam capacities for some typical injector / valve/controller combinations for tanks vented to atmospheric pressure. Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation. For alternatives or special applications refer to specific Spirax Sarco literature or contact our sales engineers. The tables below are examples only, and the valve /controller combinations shown may not be available in all markets. Note: Steam pressure at the injector will be much reduced and proper injection and mixing may not occur if a smaller valve (or larger injector) is fitted.

Capacity - selecting a steam injector

The choice of steam injector depends on the flowrate of steam required to heat the liquid. The table below shows steam injector capacities in kg /h of injected steam when heating tanks are vented to atmosphere, and are up to 3 metres deep. The choice of control valve can affect the steam capacity. For higher capacities use two or more injectors in parallel. Injector type System pressure bar g

IN15

IN25M Saturated steam capacity kg /h

IN40M

0.5

11

75

222

1

20

135

400

2

48

175

580

3

66

280

805

4

84

350

970

5

102

410

1 125

6

120

500

1295

7

138

580

1445

8

156

640

1620

9

174

700

1820

10

192

765

1950

11

210

830

2250

12

228

900

2370

13

246

975

2595

14

264

1045

2710

15

282

1095

2815

16

300

1170

3065

17

318

1 225

3200

Self-acting control system examples Injector type Number off Valve type /size Valve Kv Controller type Steam supply pressure bar g 2 4 6 8 10 12 13

IN15 IN25M IN40M 1 2 1 1 2 3 BX6 DN15 SB DN15 SB DN20 KB51 DN25 KC51 DN40 KC51 DN50 1.65 2.58 3.81 9.8 16.48 34.0 Self-acting control with 2 m capillary Self-acting control with 2 m capillary Range 1. -20°C to 110°C Range 2. 40°C to 105°C System saturated steam capacity kg /h 47 82 110 350 580 1 150 78 140 200 550 1 000 1750 109 195 280 750 1 400 2525 142 236 360 1 000 1 750 3200 171 310 450 1 200 2 075 3800 201 365 2 500 4500 218 393 2 675 5000

Electric or pneumatic control system examples Injector type Number off Valve type / size Valve Kv Steam supply pressure bar g 2 4 6 8 10 12 13

1 KE71/KE73 DN15 1.6

47 78 109 142 171 201 218

IN15

2 KE71/KE73 DN15 4

96 168 240 312 384 456 492

IN25 1 1 KE71/KE73 KE71/KE73 DN15 DN25 4 10 System saturated steam capacity kg /h 110 350 200 550 280 750 360 1 000 450 1 200 650 1 650 750 1 750

IN40M 2 KE71/KE73 DN32 16

580 1 100 1 400 1750 2075 * *

3 KE71/KE73 DN50 36

1 150 1750 2525 * * * *

The information given in the tables is empirical and must not be used for critical applications. Use PN5123 or EL5601 actuator, EP5 positioner (PN), SX65 controller (available with mA output for PN actuator, or VMD output for EL actuator), EL2270 sensor or pocket, and MP2 regulator. * Consult your local Spirax Sarco sales engineer for information.

TI-P401-05 AB Issue 11

IN15, IN25M and IN40M Steam Injectors

2.2.2

Boiler house Steam Local regulations may restrict the use ofinjectors this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P401-04

AB Issue 3

INS6 and INS10 Direct Steam Injection Heating Systems A complete system for boiler feedtank, hot water storage and other industrial process heating requirements. 5 1

2.2.3 Stop valve Y-type strainer

Dial thermometer 3

Principal features:

2

• Stainless steel injector for long life

4

• Simple installation • Self-acting system requiring no external power supply • Efficient and economic heating • Single seated valve giving tight shut-off General description

Spirax Sarco INS direct steam injection heating systems are designed to inject steam into tanks of water or process liquor to ensure quiet and efficient heating of the tank contents. The injector draws in cold liquid, mixes it with steam within the injector nozzle and distributes the hot liquid throughout the tank. In many applications the circulation induced by the injector is an advantage ensuring thorough mixing and avoiding temperature stratification. Available system types INS6 and INS10, screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT. The injectors are for horizontal installation. The selection of a system depends on the flowrate of steam required to heat the tank contents and the steam supply pressure to the correct valve. Boiler feedtank applications Oxygen must be removed from boiler water if corrosion is to be prevented. Oxygen can be removed in two ways, either by the use of oxygen scavenging chemicals or by thermal deaeration. The dissolved oxygen content of water: - At 20°C is 9 ppm - At 60°C is 5 ppm - At 90°C is just under 2 ppm. By heating the boiler feedwater typically to 85 - 90°C to remove most of the oxygen, and using oxygen scavenging chemicals, the use of chemicals can be reduced by up to 75%. Additionally, boiler efficiency may be increased since blowdown requirements may be lowered. The fitting of a dial thermometer on the tank is recommended and is available from Spirax Sarco.

System components No.

Part

Material

1

Control valve

Bronze/ gunmetal

2

Controller and sensor

Brass

3

Sensor pocket

Stainless steel

4

Injector

Stainless steel

5

Vacuum breaker

Brass

Boiler house Steam injectors Capacities

System capacities in kg /h of injected steam when heating tanks vented to atmospheric pressure. System type Control valve size

INS6

INS10

½" BSP with 6 mm orifice

½" BSP

Steam supply pressure bar g psi g

Capacities in kg/h of saturated steam

2

29

47

82

3

44

63

110

4

58

78

140

5

73

94

168

6

87

109

195

7

102

125

223

8

116

142

236

9

131

155

282

10

145

171

310

11

160

186

338

12

174

201

365

13

189

218

393

2.2.4

Where steam supply pressures are higher consider the use of a pressure reducing valve or alternatively, the use of a combined pressure reducing and temperature control valve. Please consult Spirax Sarco for a suitable type.

Equipment details

Note: All equipment is available screwed BSP or NPT. System type

Control valve*

Controller type

Range

Sensor pocket

Steam injector

Vacuum breaker

INS6

BX6

½"

SA128 with 2 m capillary

Range 1 -20 to 110°C

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA128

1 x IN15 ½" female x 1" male

VB14 - ½"

INS10

SB

½"

SA128 with 2 m capillary

Range 1 -20 to 110°C

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA128

2 x IN15 ½" female x 1" male

VB14 - ½"

* BX6 and SB control valves are bronze, single seat, normally open, direct acting. A Y-type stainer is recommended upstream of the control valve. The Y-type strainer should normally be the same size as the steam supply pipeline. Consider a Spirax Sarco brass / bronze Fig 12 strainer. An isolating valve is recommended upstream of the Y-type strainer. Consider the use of an M10 Spirax Sarco carbon steel ball valve or a HV3 bronze stop valve.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the relevant Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with system components. Safety note: Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10. Installation note: Spirax Sarco direct steam injection heating systems are designed to operate with the minimum of noise provided the installation is correct.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco INS6, ½" screwed BSP, direct steam injection heating system.

TI-P401-04 AB Issue 3

INS6 and INS10 Direct Steam Injection Heating System

Boiler house Steam Local regulations may restrict the use ofinjectors this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P401-03

AB Issue 5

INS Direct Steam Injection Heating Systems A complete system for boiler feedtank, hot water storage and other industrial process heating requirements. 5 1

2.2.5 Stop valve Y-type strainer

Dial thermometer 3

Principal features:

2

• Stainless steel injector for long life

4

• No moving parts - maintenance free • Self-acting system requiring no external power supply • Efficient and economic heating General description

Spirax Sarco INS direct steam injection heating systems are designed to inject steam into tanks of water or process liquor to ensure quiet and efficient heating of the tank contents. The injector draws in cold liquid, mixes it with the steam within the injector nozzle and distributes the hot liquid throughout the tank. In many applications the circulation induced by the injector is an advantage ensuring thorough mixing and avoiding temperature stratification. Available system types INS15, INS20, INS25, INS40, INS50, INS65 and INS80, screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT. The injectors are for horizontal installation. The selection of a system depends on the flowrate of steam required to heat the tank contents and the steam supply pressure to the control valve. Boiler feedtank applications Oxygen must be removed from boiler water if corrosion is to be prevented. Oxygen can be removed in two ways, either by the use of oxygen scavenging chemicals or by thermal de-aeration. The dissolved oxygen content of water: - At 20°C is 9 ppm - At 60°C is 5 ppm - At 90°C is just under 2 ppm. By heating the boiler feedwater typically to 85 - 90°C to remove most of the oxygen, and using oxygen scavenging chemicals in the feedline after the tank, the use of chemicals can be reduced by up to 75%. Additionally, boiler efficiency may be increased since blowdown requirements may be lowered. The fitting of a dial thermometer on the tank is recommended and is available from Spirax Sarco.

System components No.

Part

Material

1

Control valve

Bronze/ gunmetal

2

Controller and sensor

Brass

3

Sensor pocket

Stainless steel

4

Horizontal injector

Stainless steel

5

Vacuum breaker

Brass

Boiler house Steam injectors Capacities

System capacities in kg/ h of injected steam when heating tanks vented to atmospheric pressure. System type Control valve Size

INS15

INS20

INS25

INS40

INS50

INS65

INS80

½" BSP

¾" BSP

1" BSP

1½" BSP

2" BSP

2½" BSP

3" BSP

Steam supply pressure bar g psi g

Capacities in kg /h of saturated steam

2

29

87

110

350

3

44

120

160

4

58

150

200

5

73

180

6

87

6.9 7

580

1 150

2 500

3 700

425

750

1 400

3 350

4 900

550

1 000

1 750

4 200

6 000

240

650

1 150

2 100

5 000

7 200

215

280

750

1 400

2 525

5 800

8 400

100

237

316

840

1 535

2 800

6 500

9 450

102

240

320

850

1 550

2 950

6 600

9 550

8

116

275

360

1 000

1 750

3 200

7 400

10 700

8.2

118

278

370

1 020

1 780

3 280

7 550

10 950

9

131

290

410

1 100

1 900

3 600

8 200

11 850

10

145

315

450

1 200

2 075

3 800

9 000

13 000

1 230

10.3

150

325

460

2 135

3 920

-

-

11

160

350

-

-

2 275

4 200

-

-

12

174

375

-

-

2 500

4 500

-

-

13

189

400

-

-

2 675

5 000

-

-

Where steam supply pressures are higher consider the use of a pressure reducing valve or alternatively, the use of a combined pressure reducing and temperature control valve. Please consult Spirax Sarco for a suitable type.

Equipment details

Note: All equipment is available screwed BSP. For options of NPT or API connections refer to relevant literature. System type

Control valve*

Controller type

Range

Sensor pocket

Steam injector

Vacuum breaker

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA128

1 x IN25M - 1"

VB14 - ½"

INS15

SB

½"

SA128 with 2 m capillary

Range 1 -20 to 110°C

INS20

SB

¾"

SA128 with 2 m capillary

Range 1 -20 to 110°C

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA128

1 x IN25M - 1"

VB14 - ½"

INS25

KB51

1"

SA128 with 2 m capillary

Range 1 -20 to 110°C

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA128

1 x IN40M - 1½"

VB14 - ½"

INS40

KC51

1½"

SA121 with 2 m capillary

Range 2 40 to 105°C

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA121

2 x IN40M - 1½"

VB14 - ½"

INS50

KC51

2"

SA121 with 2 m capillary

Range 2 40 to 105°C

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA121

3 x IN40M - 1½"

VB14 - ½"

INS65

NS

2½"

SA121 with 2 m capillary

Range 2 40 to 105°C

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA121

5 x IN40M - 1½"

VB14 - ½"

INS80

NS

3"

SA121 with 2 m capillary

Range 2 40 to 105°C

Stainless steel - 1" to suit SA121

7 x IN40M - 1½"

VB14 - ½"

* SB control valve is bronze, single seat, normally open, direct acting. KB51 and KC51 control valves are bronze, single seat, normally open, bellows balanced, direct acting. NS control valve is gunmetal, double seat, normally open, stainless steel trim, direct acting. A Y-type strainer is recommended upstream of the control valve. The Y-type strainer should normally be the same size as the steam supply pipeline. Consider a Spirax Sarco brass / bronze Fig 12 strainer. An isolating valve is recommended upstream of the Y-type strainer. Consider the use of an M10 Spirax Sarco carbon steel ball valve or a HV3 bronze stop valve.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the relevant Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the system components. Safety note: Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10. Installation note: Spirax Sarco direct steam injection heating systems are designed to operate with the minimum of noise provided the installation is correct.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco INS15, ½" screwed BSP, direct steam injection heating system.

TI-P401-03 AB Issue 5

INS Direct Steam Injection Heating Systems

2.2.6

Boiler house Steam injectors

2.2.7

Boiler house Steam Local regulations may restrict the use ofinjectors this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P401-06

AB Issue 5

SD Steam Distributor Description

Spirax Sarco steam distributors distribute low pressure flash steam into atmospheric water tanks. They ensure rapid condensation of the steam and efficient heating of the water. The hole configuration provides a self-regulating control feature ensuring that holes progressively come into use as the steam flowrate increases. An internal stainless steel mesh ensures quiet operation. Principal features: - Simple installation - no special supports required. - Compact, lightweight and strong. - Stainless steel for long life. - Eliminates waterhammer. - Quiet operation. Application - Boiler blowdown heat recovery Steam distributors are ideal for supplementing the heating of boiler feedwater tanks using flash steam. When used in conjunction with a flash vessel, as part of a boiler blowdown heat recovery system, flash steam recovery is simple, of low capital cost and is maintenance free. Additionally, the flash steam is condensed to pure water reducing the amount of make-up water and chemical treatment required. Generally for sizing purposes use a differential pressure of 0.4 bar. Steam distributors are not recommended for condensate recovery or live steam injection duties, as they may be damaged by waterhammer.

Materials

SD40S, SD50S and SD80S screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT. SD80, SD100 and SD150 flanged to suit EN 1092 PN16 or ASME Class 150.

2.2.8 Screwed SD type steam distributor shown. Note: flanged connections are available.

Limiting conditions

Not suitable for live steam applications. Maximum saturated steam conditions 1 bar g @ 130°C Recommended maximum flash vessel operating pressure is 0.4 bar.

Capacities

Austenitic stainless steel 304.

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres Steam distributor

Available types

Connection

D

L

SD40S

Screwed 1½" BSP or NPT Female

100

70

SD50S

Screwed 2" BSP or NPT Female

150

85

SD80S

Screwed 3" BSP or NPT Female

215

110

SD80

Flanged DN80 PN16 or Class 150

215

180

SD100

Flanged DN100 PN16 or Class 150

235

210

SD150

Flanged DN150 PN16 or Class 150

305

220

L

Each distributor has a number of holes. The flow of steam through the holes depends on the differential pressure available. The table below shows capacities in kg / h of distributed steam when heating tanks which are vented to atmospheric pressure. Steam supply Steam distributor pressure bar g SD40S SD50S SD80S & 80 SD100 SD150 0.2 99 176 396 643 935 0.4 135 240 540 877 1275 0.6 171 304 684 1111 1615 0.8 198 352 792 1287 1870 Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation. For higher capacities use 2 or more distributors in parallel.

Safety and installation information

Steam distributors operate at temperatures which could cause severe scalding, and produce strong currents of very hot steam / water. Do not touch or lean over open tanks which are being heated, even if the water still appears to be cold. Ensure closed tanks are adequately vented and that the vent is unobstructed. Steam supply pipework must be firmly anchored to prevent vibration and stress in the tank wall. Tanks must be adequately constructed and braced / stayed as necessary to avoid vibration. Consult your local Spirax Sarco engineer if in any doubt. Installation note: Fit the end of a vertical downpipe in the tank so that the bottom of the distributor is at about 1/3 off the working depth of tank. The piping between the steam source and distributor should be the same nominal size as the connection on the distributor. It is recommended that the piping is less than 10 m in length in order to minimise the pressure drop. Disposal: This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order D

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" SD40S steam distributor having a screwed BSP connection.

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

AI-P402-15

AB Issue 7

Tank Level Control (On /Off) Description

2.3.1

Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the products for full details. The Spirax Sarco (on /off) tank level control system is suitable for most qualities of industrial waters down to a nominal 1 S/cm or 1 ppm at 25°C minimum. The controllers must be mounted in an enclosure or panel to provide environmental protection. They may be mounted on a 'top-hat' DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the controller base may be screwed directly to a chassis plate.

Applications

On /off tank level control can be achieved using the Spirax Sarco LC1350 controller in conjunction with LP10-4 level probes. The LC1350 controller is able to provide the following functions:a) Pump-in control with low or high alarm or b) Pump-out control with low or high alarm or c) High or low alarm plus extra low alarm.

LC1350

LC1350 controller AL OK

Typical arrangements

We recommend the probe is in a protection tube. The metal tank generally forms the earth return. However, where the tank is of a non-conductive material one of the probe electrodes should be used to provide the earth return.

LP10-4 probe Pump

Pump contactor

t High level alarm t Pump off t Pump on t Low level alarm

LC1350

Fig .1 Pump fill with low level alarm

LC1350 controller AL OK

LP10-4 probe Solenoid valve

t High level alarm t Valve closed t Valve open t Low level alarm

Fig. 2 Valve control fill with low level alarm

Boiler house Level controls

Fig. 3 Tank alarms on glass lined vessel

LC1350

AL OK

LC1350 controller Pump contactor

LP10-4 probe

2.3.2 t High level

Alarm

t Low level t Earth return

Glass lining

Fig. 4 Pump fill with high level alarm (with polypropylene tank)

LC1350

AL OK

LC1350 controller Pump contactor

LP10-4 probe

Pump

t High level t Pump off

t Pump on Earth return

Flow to process

AI-P402-15 AB Issue 7

Tank Level Control (On /Off)

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

AI-P402-16

AB Issue 6

Tank Level Control (On /Off or Modulating) using Capacitance Probes Description

2.3.3

The system comprises a Spirax Sarco LP20 level probe and PA20 preamplifier together with either an LC2250 controller, and associated valves and fittings, depending on the application. Separate literature is available which explains the individual equipment in detail.

Applications

Spirax Sarco capacitance probe based systems can be used to monitor and control the level of a wide range of conductive liquids. The controllers may be used in a variety of configurations for many different filling or emptying applications. For modulating level control, Spirax Sarco supply a control valve with an electric actuator and 1000 ohm feedback potentiometer. The LC2250 level controller should be mounted in a metal or plastic enclosure to provide environmental protection. Spirax Sarco are able to supply suitable enclosures. Controllers may be mounted on a 'top hat' DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the controller base may be screwed directly to a chassis plate. If the tank or vessel contents are turbulent the probe should be mounted in a protection tube.

Typical arrangements

The system provides the following options:Modulating fill control with high alarm Modulating fill control with low alarm Using the LC2250 controller Modulating empty control with high alarm Modulating empty control with low alarm On/off fill control with high alarm On/off fill control with low alarm Using the LC2250 controller On/off empty control with high alarm (with pump contactor) On/off empty control with low alarm (with pump contactor)

Examples of the many level control duties possible LC2250

Control valve

LC2250

LC2250 controller

LC2250 controller AL

AL

OK

OK

LP20 probe / PA20 preamplifier

LP20 probe / PA20 preamplifier

Make-up water

High level alarm Valve modulates to maintain water level within this band.

Pump on Pump contactor

t Low level alarm

Pump off Condensate return to boiler house Pump

Fig. 1 Boiler feedtank make-up with modulating control and low level alarm.

Fig. 2 Condensate return tank on /off emptying control with high level alarm

Boiler house Level controls Control valve

LC2250

LC2250 controller

LP20 probe / PA20 preamplifier

AL OK

Make-up water

High level alarm

2.3.4 Valve modulates to maintain water level within this band

Flow to process Fig. 3 Process water tank with modulating fill control, and high level alarm LC2250

LC2250 controller AL

LP20 probe / PA20 preamplifier

High level alarm

OK

Control valve

Valve modulates to maintain water level within this band

To drain

Fig. 4 Drainage control of a large process pressure vessel; modulating control with high level alarm.

AI-P402-16 AB Issue 6

Tank Level Control (On / Off or Modulating) using Capacitance Probes

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

AI-P402-08

AB Issue 7

LCS1000 Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted Installation and testing of on / off boiler water level controls in external chambers

2.3.5

Typical installation

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the products for full details. LCS1000 boiler level control systems are suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in BS 2790, by the Health and Safety Executive in PM5 and by SAFed (PSG2). The LCS1000 systems require daily manual testing as specified in PM5 and a trained boiler attendant should be on site at all times the boiler is in operation. The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service. Warning: Minimum conductivity is 1 S / cm or 1 ppm.

LC1350

LC1350

AL

AL

OK

OK

LC1350

LC1350

LP10-4 probe

Boiler

LP10-4 probe

Chamber Not used

High alarm Pump off Pump on 1st low 2nd low

Sequencing purge valves To drain tundish or blowdown vessel

Not used

Boiler house Level controls Daily test (or once per shift)

1. With the burner firing, operate the sequencing purge valve on the 1st low alarm chamber to purge through the water connection to the chamber and to empty the chamber to drain. Check that the burner shuts down and that the 1st low alarm lamp and bell operates. 2. Return the sequencing purge valve to 'normal'. The alarm should cancel and the burner refire. 3. With the burner firing repeat the test on the 2nd low alarm chamber. The alarm should 'lockout' and should require manual resetting before the burner will refire. 4. On completion of the test, check that all valves and controls are in their normal operating position and that the water level is correct in the level gauge glass. The boiler should not be left until the person carrying out the test is satisfied it is operating normally.

Weekly test

The weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it disappears from the gauge glass. 1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm. 2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout. 3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout, then continue to raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high alarm sounds. 4. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.

Quarterly inspection

The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows: 1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture. 2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment. 3. Remove the covers from the sequencing purge valves and inspect the water connections to the boiler. Clean as necessary. 4. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage. 5. Reassemble, refill the boiler and carry out a full functional check.

AI-P402-08 AB Issue 7

LCS1000 Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted

2.3.6

Boiler house Level controls

2.3.7

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

AI-P402-09

AB Issue 7

LCS1100 Level Control Systems Installation and testing of on /off boiler water level controls direct mounted in the boiler Typical installation

2.3.8

Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the individual products for full details. The Spirax Sarco LCS1100 boiler water level control systems are suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in BS 2790, by the Health and Safety Executive in PM5, and by SAFed (PSG2). The LCS1100 series systems require daily manual testing as specified in PM5 and a trained boiler attendant should be on site at all times the boiler is in operation. The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service. Minimum conductivity Nominal 1 µS/cm @ 25°C minimum.

LC1350

LC1350

AL

AL

OK

OK

LC1350 controller

LC1350 controller

LP10-4 probe

LP10-4 probe

Daily test

The test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it disappears from the gauge glass. 1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm. 2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout. 3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow the burner to refire. 4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high alarm sounds.

Boiler

5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.

Quarterly inspection

The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows: 1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture. 2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment. 3. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage. 4. Reassemble and carry out a full functional check.

Not used

Protection tubes

High alarm Pump off Pump on 1st Low 2nd Low

Not used

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

AI-P402-10

AB Issue 7

LCS2000 Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted Installation and testing of modulating boiler water level controls in external chambers

2.3.9

Typical installation

Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the individual products for full details. The Spirax Sarco LCS2000 boiler water level control systems are suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in BS 2790, by the Health and Safety Executive in PM5 and by SAFed (PSG2). The LCS2000 series systems require daily manual testing as specified in PM5 and a trained boiler attendant should be on site at all times the boiler is in operation. The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service. LP20 and LC2250 5 µS/cm or 5 ppm but conductivity must not vary by more than 2:1 Minimum conductivity (consult Spirax Sarco if conductivity variation is greater). LC1350 Nominal 1 µS/cm @ 25°C minimum.

LC2250 controller LC2250

AL OK

Feedwater control valve

LP20 probe / PA20 preamplifier LC1350

LC1350 controller AL OK

LP10-4 probe

Boiler

Adaptor 1" to ½" BSP

Chamber Not used High alarm 1st Low 2nd Low

Sequencing purge valves To drain tundish or blowdown vessel

Modulating control band

Boiler house Level controls Daily test (or once per shift)

1. With the burner firing, operate the sequencing purge valve on the 1st low alarm chamber to purge through the water connection to the chamber and to empty the chamber to drain. Check that burner shuts down and that the 1st low alarm lamp and bell operates. 2. Return the sequencing purge valve to normal. The alarm should cancel and the burner refire. 3. With the burner firing repeat the test on the 2nd low alarm chamber. The alarm should 'lockout' and should require manual resetting before the burner will refire. 4. On completion of the test check that all valves and controls are in their normal operating position and that the water level is correct in the level gauge glasses. The boiler should not be left until the person carrying out the test is satisfied it is operating normally.

Weekly test

The weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it disappears from the gauge glass. 1. With the feedwater isolated, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at the 1st low alarm. 2. Blowdown the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout. 3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout, then continue to raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high alarm sounds. 4. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.

Quarterly inspection

The Health and Safety Executive recommend that boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with their insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows: 1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture. 2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment. 3. Remove the covers from the sequencing purge valves and inspect the water connections to the boiler. Clean as necessary. 4. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage. 5. Remove the actuator cover from the feedwater control valve, inspect actuator linkages etc. For tightness and correct operation, and inspect the wiring. Test the feedwater control valve for correct operation over its full stroke, for gland leakage and for tight shut-off. 6. Reassemble, refill the boiler and carry out a full functional check.

AI-P402-10 AB Issue 7

LCS2000 Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted

2.3.10

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

AI-P402-12

AB Issue 8

LCS3000 Level Control Systems Installation and testing of self-monitoring low level alarms on /off level controls

2.3.11

Typical installation

Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the products for full details. The Spirax Sarco LCS3000 boiler water level control systems are suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in BS 12953 and by the SAFed and CEA, in consultation with the Health & Safety Executive, in BG01. The LCS3000 low level alarms are of the high integrity type and whilst a trained boiler attendant should check the boiler plant on weekdays, they need not be on site at all times. There should, however, always be someone available on site who is suitably trained to respond to alarms and take appropriate action. The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service. Minimum conductivity

LC3050

LC3050

LC1350

ALARM

ALARM

OK

OK

AL

AL

AL OK

LC1350 controller

LC3050 controller

LC3050 controller

LC3050 30 µS/cm or 30 ppm LC1350 Nominal 1 µS/cm @ 25°C minimum

Weekly test

High integrity self-monitoring level controls do not require daily testing but the weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it disappears from the gauge glass. 1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm. 2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout. 3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow the burner to refire then press the test button (or the externally wired button if fitted) on the LC3000 for 2nd low to ensure that the burner shuts down at 2nd low level alarm. 4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high alarm sounds.

LP30 probe

LP30 probe LP10-4 probe

Boiler

High alarm

5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.

Quarterly inspection

The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows: 1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture. 2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment. 3. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage. 4. Reassemble and carry out a full functional check.

Not used

Pump off Pump on

2nd low

Protection tubes

1st low

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

AI-P402-13

AB Issue 8

LCS4000 Level Control Systems Installation and testing of self-monitoring low level alarms and boiler feedwater control / high alarm Typical installation

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the products for full details. The Spirax Sarco LCS4000 boiler water level control and alarm system is suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provides the control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in BS 12953 and by the SAFed and CEA, in consultation with the Health & Safety Executive, in BG01. The low level alarms are of the high integrity type and whilst a trained boiler attendant should check the plant daily, he need not be on site at all times. There should, however, always be someone available on site such as a watchman or porter who is suitably trained to respond to alarms and take appropriate action. The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed and maintained by suitable trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service. LC3050 30 µS / cm or 30 ppm Minimum conductivity: LC2650 and LC2250 5 µS / cm or 5 ppm Note: Consult Spirax Sarco if conductivity is less than 100 µS / cm and is likely to vary by more than 2:1.

LC3050 controller

LC3050 controller LC3050

2.3.12

LC3050

ALARM

ALARM

OK

OK

AL

AL

LP20 probe / PA20 preamplifier LP30 probe

LP30 probe

Weekly test

High integrity self-monitoring level alarms do not require daily testing but the weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it disappears from the gauge glass. 1. With the feedwater isolated, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm. 2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout. 3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow the burner to refire. Press the test button (or the externally wired button if fitted) on the LC3000 for 2nd low to ensure that the burner shuts down at the 2nd low level alarm. 4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high alarm sounds. 5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.

Boiler

High alarm Modulating control band

1st low 2nd low

Protection tubes

Quarterly inspection

The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows: 1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture. 2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment. 3. Remove the actuator cover from the feedwater control valve and inspect the actuator linkages etc. for tightness and correct operation, and inspect wiring. Test the feedwater control valve for correct operation over its full stroke, for gland leakage and for tight shut-off. 4. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage. 5. Reassemble and carry out a full functional check.

LC2250 controller LC2650 controller

LC2650 100

50

or

LC2250

0 %

SP

PV

AL

AL OK

Feedwater control valve

OK

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

AI-P402-14

AB Issue 7

LCS5000 Level Control Systems Installation and testing of self-monitoring low level alarms and on /off boiler water level controls

2.3.13

Typical installation

The Spirax Sarco LCS5000 series boiler water level control systems are suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in BS 12953 and by the SAFed and CEA, in consultation with the Health & Safety Executive, in BG01. The LCS5000 series low level alarms are of the high integrity type and whilst a trained boiler attendant should check the boiler plant on weekdays, he need not be on site at all times. There should, however, always be someone available on site such as a watchman or porter who is suitably trained to respond to alarms and take appropriate action. The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service. For details of installation, wiring and maintenance see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions of the individual components of the system.

LC3050 controller LC3050

LC3050 controller

LC2250

LC3050

ALARM

ALARM

OK

OK

AL

AL

AL OK

LP20 probe / PA20 preamplifier

Weekly test

High integrity self-monitoring level controls do not require daily testing but the weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it disappears from the gauge glass.

LC2250 controller

LP30 probe

LP30 probe

1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm. 2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout.

Boiler

3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow the burner to refire then press the test button (or the externally wired button if fitted) on the LC3000 for 2nd low to ensure that the burner shuts down at 2nd low level alarm. 4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high alarm sounds.

High alarm

5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.

Pump off

Quarterly inspection

Pump on

The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows: 1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture. 2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment. 3. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage. 4. Reassemble and carry out a full functional check.

1st low

2nd low

Protection tubes

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P402-29

AB Issue 7

Electrical Enclosures - General Purpose - Plastic Description

Spirax Sarco general purpose plastic electrical enclosures are supplied with a tinted transparent cover and DIN mounting rail as standard. They are suitable for housing either one or two Spirax Sarco controllers. The enclosure rating is to IP67. The maximum ambient temperature is 40°C.

2.3.14

Installation

The enclosure can be screwed directly to a vertical surface, using the holes located outside the gasketed area. There are pre-pressed knockouts in the base for Pg 13.5 to Pg 16 or Pg 21 cable glands.

Materials

Grey glass-filled polycarbonate base with tinted transparent polycarbonate cover.

How to order example

1 off Spirax Sarco single plastic electrical enclosure.

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres Single enclosure Double enclosure

A 175 255

B 125 180

C 100 100

D 50 50

E 167 245

136.8 mm

F 117 170

G 157 237

F 39 mm Ø4.5 mm 3.2 mm 41 mm

E

G

Ø23 mm Pg 13.5 - Pg 16 Ø29 mm Pg 21 24 mm D

H B

Supplied complete with symmetrical rail to DIN 46277-3 C Fastening of enclosure to wall with screws

D

A

H 107 163

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P402-91

AB Issue 13

LP10-4 Level Probe Description

2.3.15

The Spirax Sarco LP10-4 level probe is used with the Spirax Sarco LC1350 level controller to provide on / off level control and alarm functions in steam boilers, tanks or other vessels. The four tip probe is particularly suitable where 3-lamp 'electric gauge glass' alarm / level indicators are fitted. The probe body is earthed through its screwed connection and the boiler or tank normally forms the earth return path. The probe may also be used in concrete or plastic tanks by using one of the tips as an earth return, or by providing a separate earth rod or plate. The LP10-4 probe has four detachable level sensing tips which are cut to length on installation to give the required switching levels. Note: Tips are ordered separately. When a tip is immersed in conductive liquid it completes an electrical circuit to earth. When the level drops below the tip, the resistance to earth becomes high, indicating to the controller that the tip is out of the liquid. Approvals: The LP10-4 is also available with a 1" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe. Caution: The probe is not suitable for outside installation without additional environmental protection.

5

6

1

7 4

Available tip lengths mm (inches) Tips are 1 000 mm (39.4") long. Two sets of tips may be connected for a maximum probe length of 2 095 mm (82.5") Pressure / temperature limits Nominal pressure rating

Standard UL certified Standard Maximum temperature UL certified Maximum ambient temperature Minimum ambient temperature Maximum pressure

PN40 32 bar g 30 bar g 239°C 235°C 70°C -20°C

3 (464 psi g) (435 psi g) ( 462°F ) ( 455°F ) (158°F ) ( -4°F )

Technical data

Maximum cable length 30 m ( 98 ft ) (probe to controller) Maximum sensing depth 2 095 mm ( 82.5" ) Minimum sensing depth 75 mm ( 3") Minimum conductivity (when used with an LC1350 level controller ) 1 µS / cm @ 25°C ( 77°F ).

Materials

No. Description 1

Probe body

2

Probe tips

3

Tip insulation sleeving Lower housing Upper housing Gland support pad Cable gland Tip steady

4 5 6 7 8

2

8 Material Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel

BS EN 10088-3 (1.4306) Type 316 / 316L

PFA (Per Fluor Alkoxy) PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide) PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide) Thermoplastic elastomer PA (Polyamide) PEEK (Polyaryletherketone) Grade 450G

Boiler house Level controls Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit for full details. Warning: This product contains materials including plastics which can give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat. Installation note: The LP10-4 is designed for installation in a BSP Rp1 (1" BSP tapered) or 1" NPT threaded flange or cover. Note: Always specify one of these threads for new installations. A minimum 80 mm (3") nominal bore protection tube is recommended if installing the probe in a boiler, or in a tank which is subject to very turbulent conditions. Additional environmental protection is needed for installation outdoors. Wiring note: Wiring is straightforward on the LP10-4, as crimp connectors are used. Extra connectors are available as a spares kit. Terminal posts are colour coded for easy identification. The wiring loom may be disconnected and removed without disturbing the cable gland by lifting the gland carrier out of the lower housing.

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm (in) and kg (lb) A 60 (2.4)

C 75 (3.0)

D 50 (2.0)

Weight 1.15 (2.5)

A

D B

Maintenance note: No special maintenance is required, though boiler water level controls do require periodic testing and inspection which is described in separate literature.

1" BSP taper (Rp1) connection C

How to specify

Conductivity probe with austenitic stainless steel body and probe tips, PFA tip insulation, suitable for steam boiler operation up to 32 bar g @ 239°C.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP10-4 probe (BSP) with 1 000 mm tip assembly.

Available spares

LP10-4 connector set (electrical) Comprising: 6 flat crimp connectors and 2 ring crimps. LP10-4 tip mounting kit Comprising: 1 set of 4 tip connectors, 8 lock-nuts and 2 tip supports.

TI-P402-91 AB Issue 13

B 25 (1.0)

LP10-4 Level Probe

The LP10-4 is also available with a 1" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe.

2.3.16

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P402-39

AB Issue 9

LP20 Capacitance Level Probe Description

2.3.17

The Spirax Sarco LP20 is a capacitance probe designed for modulating level control in conductive liquids, in conjunction with a PA20 preamplifier, which is supplied separately. It can also be used for adjustable on / off control. The LP20 may be used with one or more controllers or transmitters to provide level control, level alarms, and / or outputs to a building management system. The probe is normally installed in a steam boiler or metal tank where it is earthed through the ½" BSP screwed connection, the boiler or tank forming the earth return path. It may be used in a non-conductive tank (e.g. plastic or concrete) if an earth rod is provided. The PA20 preamplifier (described in separate literature), is screwed to the top of the probe and hand tightened, enabling easy removal without the need to disturb the probe.

PA20 Preamplifier connector

5

6

2

Approvals: The LP20 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe. Caution: The probe is not suitable for outside installation without additional environmental protection.

Available probe lengths (approximate) in mm 370, 470, 550, 600, 650, 750, 800, 900, 950, 1 050, 1 200, 1 350 or 1 500. Note: Probe length includes the 25 mm 'dead' length at its tip. The probe must not be cut to length.

1

3

Pressure / temperature limits

Nominal pressure rating Maximum pressure Maximum temperature

PN40 32 bar g 239°C Maximum 70°C Ambient temperature Minimum 5°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

Technical data

Sensing depth Minimum conductivity

Materials

No. Description 1

Probe body

2

Cover assembly

3

Probe (sheathed)

4 5 6

Probe sheathing 'O' ring Name-plate

Probe length minus 25 mm 5 µS / cm or 5 ppm

Material Austenitic BS EN 10088-3 stainless steel (1.4306) Austenitic Type 316L stainless steel Stainless steel ASTM A269 Gr. 316L tube PTFE BS 6564 Grade UA Type 1 Nitrile rubber Polycarbonate

4

Boiler house Level controls Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres L - Probe length

370

470

550

600

650

750

M 22 x 1.5

800

900

950

1 050

1 200

1 350

1 500

Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the probe for full details. Installation note: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather protection. The probe is installed in a ½" BSP female connection. If the probe is to be installed in a boiler shell or a turbulent tank, fit a protection tube. This should be as long as possible, and at least long enough to cope with expansion of the probe at higher operating temperatures. The Table below shows the maximum probe expansion possible 0 - 239°C. Probe length in mm 370 470 550 600 650 750 800 900 950 1 050 1 200 1 350 1 500

162

27 A / F ½" BSP taper connection The LP20 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe.

Maximum expansion in mm (inc. 'dead' length) 10 13 15 16 17 20 21 23 25 27 30 34 38

Do not cover the vent and drain holes on the body. Maintenance note: No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls and alarms do, however require periodic testing and inspection, which is described in separate literature.

How to specify

Capacitance level probes shall be Spirax Sarco type LP20 with stainless steel body, cover assembly and probe, and PTFE probe insulation. They shall be suitable for modulating and on / off level control and be fitted with a screwed connection for attaching a Spirax Sarco PA20 preamplifier.

(L) Probe length

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP20 capacitance level probe with BSP connection. Probe length 470 mm.

25 mm 'dead' length

Weights (approximate) in kg including immediate packaging

Probe length Weight

370 0.82

TI-P402-39 AB Issue 9

470 0.84

550 0.91

600 0.98

650 1.03

750 1.08

800 1.17

900 1.26

LP20 Capacitance Level Probe

950 1.34

1 050 1.42

1 200 1.50

1 350 1.64

1 500 1.68

2.3.18

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P402-66

AB Issue 5

PA20 Preamplifier Description

Dimensions (approximate) in mm Pg 11 cable gland Withdrawal distance for cable socket 15 mm

39 mm

2 3

Principal features:

- Compact, rigididly mounted. - Can be removed / replaced without disturbing the probe. - No maintenance needed. - Suitable for all probe lengths.

105 mm

1

Approvals: The PA20 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe.

4

Caution: The probe is not suitable for outside installation without additional environmental protection.

Limiting conditions

Maximum ambient temperature Maximum cable length

Technical data

Supply voltage Maximum power requirement Output volts range Output impedance

Ø26 mm

70°C 100 m

Materials No 1 2 3 4

15 - 36 Vdc 10 mA 1 - 6 Vdc 100 W

Voltage output characteristics / probe immersed lengths. 



½" BSP 5 mm

Voltage check graph



 Output voltage (V)

2.3.19

The PA20 preamplifier is used with a Spirax Sarco capacitance probe to amplify the capacitance measured and convert it to a voltage output proportional to the liquid level. It is compatible with all Spirax Sarco voltage input controllers / transmitters. The preamplifier consists of a tubular austenitic stainless steel body which screws onto the top of the probe, and has a DIN 43650 connector with Pg 11 cable gland. The PA20 has three sensitivity settings, selected to suit different probe lengths by wiring variations. These are fully described in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit.



Part Body Cable connector Connector gasket 'O' ring

Weight

approximately 0.25 kg including packaging.

Material Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A582 303 Polyamide (Glass filled) Silicone rubber Nitrile rubber

Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with each unit. Installation note: The PA20 is screwed into the top of the capacitance probe and hand tightened. An 'O' ring is supplied to provide a seal. An 'O' ring is also supplied with the probe. Use only one 'O' ring. Note: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather protection. Maintenance note: No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and inspection, which is described in separate literature. Spare parts There are no available spare parts for this unit.



How to specify 



 

  

 

Probe immersed lengths mm (inches)

Preamplifiers shall be Spirax Sarco type PA20 for use with Spirax Sarco capacitance probes. Preamplifiers shall have austenitic stainless steel bodies and a screwed connection, with a DIN 43650 connector and Pg 11 cable gland.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PA20 preamplifier.

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P402-138

AB Issue 2

PA420 Preamplifier Description

The PA420 preamplifier, used with a Spirax Sarco capacitance probe, is a loop powered two wire 4 - 20 mA level transmitter. It amplifies the capacitance measured and converts it to a 4 - 20 mA output proportional to the liquid level. It is compatible with all Spirax Sarco current input controllers / transmitters. The preamplifier consists of a tubular austenitic stainless steel body which screws onto the top of the probe, and has a Type A EN 175301-803 (DIN 43650) / ISO 4400 connector with Pg 11 cable gland. The PA420 has two buttons and a dual coloured light (red and green) for use during commissioning. Principal features: Compact, rigidly mounted. Can be removed / replaced without disturbing the probe. No maintenance needed. Suitable for all probe lengths (370 - 1 500 mm).

-

Dimensions (approximate) in mm Pg 11 cable gland Withdrawal distance for cable socket 15 mm

39 mm

2 3

105 mm

1 4

Approvals: - TÜV, VdTÜV-Merkblatt, Wasserstand 100 - 2010. - Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 / 08 / EG.

½" BSP

Caution: The probe is not suitable for outside installation without additional environmental protection.

Limiting conditions Ambient temperature range Pollution degree Water conductivity Maximum cable length

5 mm Ø28 mm

Weight

approximately 0.25 kg including packaging.

Materials 0 - 70°C 3 5 µS / cm or 5 ppm 100 m (screened)

Technical data Voltage drop (across the device)

9 - 26.4 Vdc

Loop current

4 - 20 mA

Maximum load Linearity Isolation

500 W 2% FSD 100 Vdc (capacitive)

No 1 2 3 4

Part Body Cable connector Connector gasket 'O' ring

Material Austenitic stainless steel 300 series Polyamide (Glass filled) Silicone rubber Nitrile rubber

Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with each unit. Installation note: The PA420 is screwed into the top of the capacitance probe and hand tightened. An 'O' ring is supplied to provide a seal. An 'O' ring is also supplied with the probe. Use only one 'O' ring. Caution: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather protection. Maintenance note: No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and inspection, which is described in separate literature. Spare parts There are no available spare parts for this unit.

How to specify

Preamplifiers shall be Spirax Sarco type PA420 for use with Spirax Sarco capacitance probes. Preamplifiers shall have austenitic stainless steel bodies and a screwed connection, with a DIN 43650 connector and Pg 11 cable gland.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PA420 preamplifier.

2.3.20

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P402-43

AB Issue 10

LP30 High Integrity, Self-monitoring Low Level Alarm Probe Description

2.3.21

The Spirax Sarco LP30 level probe is used with a Spirax Sarco LC3050 level controller to provide a high integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm signal, usually in a steam boiler. It consists of a probe body with a removable cable socket, and a separate screw-on probe tip which is retained by a lock-nut and pin. The probe has a level sensing tip (probe tip), and a comparator tip. The earth return path is via the body connection. Under normal operating conditions the probe tip is partially immersed, and the resistance to earth is low. When the water level drops below the probe tip the resistance to earth becomes high, causing the controller to give a low level alarm signal. The comparator tip compensates for any leakage to earth caused by scale, dirt, or internal moisture, ensuring a low water alarm signal even under adverse conditions. Principal features: - High integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm probe. - Suitable for pressures up to 32 bar g at 239°C. - No maintenance required. - Positively retained probe tip. Approvals: The LP30 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe. Caution: The probe is not suitable for outside installation without additional environmental protection.

Available tip lengths mm (inches) 500 (19.7), 1 000 (39.4) and 1 500 (59).

4

5

2

3

1

6

Pressure / temperature limits Nominal pressure rating Maximum boiler pressure Maximum temperature Maximum ambient temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic pressure test of:

Technical data

Maximum probe cable length

Materials

No. Description 1

Probe body

2

Cover assembly

3 5

Name-plate Cable socket and probe connector Connector gasket

6

Comparator tip

7

Primary insulator and secondary insulator

8

Retaining pin

9

Probe tip

10

Lock-nut

4

PN40 32 bar g 239°C 70°C

(464 psi g) (462°F) (158°F)

60 bar g

(870 psi g)

50 metres

(164 ft)

Material Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel Polycarbonate

8

BS EN 10088-3 (1.4306) Type 316L

Polyamide, glass filled Silicone elastomer Austenitic stainless steel PTFE Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel

Type 316L BS 6564 Grade UA Type 1 Type 302 / 304 Type 316L BS 6105 A4 80

Pg 11 Cable gland

9

7 10

Boiler house Level controls Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres (inches) Withdrawal distance for cable socket 15 (0.6)

285 (11.22)

200 (7.88)

27 A/F

The LP30 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe.

Safety information, installation and maintenance This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with each unit.

Installation note: The probe is designed to work with a Spirax Sarco LC3050 controller. Two probes and controllers are normally fitted in steam boilers, giving first and second low alarms. A protection tube is required for boiler shell or turbulent tank fitting. Install the probe in a ½" BSP (½" NPT) female connection. Note: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather protection. Warning: It is essential that the probe tip of the LP30 low level alarm probe does not touch any part of the boiler. Standards require that the tip is at least 14 mm from the protection tube, and this must be checked when the probe is installed. The product is supplied with a spring clearance checking set. Refer to separate literature for details. Spare sets are available see Spare Parts. Maintenance note: No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and inspection, which is described in separate literature.

How to specify

High integrity self-monitoring low level alarm probes shall be Spirax Sarco type LP30 with austenitic stainless steel bodies and probe tips, PTFE probe sleeving, and cable socket with Pg 11 cable gland. They must have a comparator tip to compensate for scaling, and a positively located probe tip. They must be used with an appropriate Spirax Sarco controller.

½" BSP taper (R½) connection 55 (2.2)

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP30 high integrity, self-monitoring, low level alarm probe with 1 000 mm (39.4") tip.

Spare parts Probe length minus the additional tip length

Tip length 500 (19.7), 1000 (39.4) or 1500 (59)

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares LP30 tip retaining pins Spring clearance checking set

Stock No. 4024780

Pack of 10

Stock No. 4024781

1 set (2 springs)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state which product they are for. Example: 1 off Spring clearance checking set for a Spirax Sarco LP30 high integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm probe.

Ø10 (0.4)

Weight (approximate) in kg (lb) including immediate packaging Tip length

Probe

Weight

0.51 (1.10)

TI-P402-43 AB Issue 10

500 mm (19.7") 0.32 (0.70)

1 000 mm (39.4") 0.63 (1.40)

1 500 mm (59") 0.92 (2.00)

LP30 High Integrity, Self-monitoring Low Level Alarm Probe

2.3.22

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P402-81

AB Issue 6

LP31 High Integrity, Self-monitoring High Water Level Alarm Probe Description

2.3.23

The Spirax Sarco LP31 is used in conjunction with an LC3050 controller to provide a high integrity, self-monitoring alarm for detection of high water levels in steam boilers and other vessels. The probe is normally installed direct in the boiler shell in a protection tube, but can be mounted in an external chamber if regulations permit. The LP31 is supplied in three nominal tip lengths, and is cut to the exact length required prior to installation. In normal operation, the tip is above the water level, and has a high resistance path to earth. If the water level rises to touch the probe tip, the resistance to earth drops, causing the alarm relays in the controller to be de-energised and the alarm to sound. The LP31 is designed so that its tip and wiring connection integrity is monitored by the controller, causing an alarm signal in the event of a fault occurring. The LP31 can also be used as a simple (non self-monitoring) high or low level probe with an LC1350 level controller. A DIN 43650 cable socket with Pg 11 cable gland is supplied with the unit.

Cable socket 1 2 3

Pg 11 Cable gland

4

5

Approvals: The LP31 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe. Caution: The probe is not suitable for outside installation without additional environmental protection.

6

Probe body

Available tip lengths mm (inches) 500 (19.7"), 1 000 (39.4") and 1 500 (59").

Limiting conditions

Nominal pressure rating Maximum boiler pressure Maximum temperature Maximum ambient temperature

Technical data

Maximum probe cable length LC1350 Minimum conductivity LC3050

Materials

PN40 32 bar g 239°C 70°C

Material

1

Polyamide, glass filled

8

2

Flat gasket

Silicone rubber

3

Probe connector

Polyamide, glass filled

4

Cover assembly

Austenitic stainless steel

5

Name-plate

Polycarbonate

6

Body

Austenitic BS EN 10088-3 (1.4306) stainless steel

7

Probe tip sleeving PTFE

8

Probe tip

Austenitic stainless steel

7

50 metres (164 ft) 1 µS / cm or 1 ppm 30 µS / cm or 30 ppm

No. Description Cable socket

(464 psi g) (462°F) (158°F)

Probe tip

ASTM A276 316L

Boiler house Level controls Safety information, installation and maintenance

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres (inches) Withdrawal distance for cable socket 15 (0.6")

39 (1.5")

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with each unit. Installation note: The LP31 tip is cut to length and de-burred prior to installation. The LP31 has been designed to work with a Spirax Sarco LC3050 controller. A protection tube is required for boiler shell or turbulent tank fitting. Install the probe in a ½" BSP parallel (½" NPT) female connection using PTFE tape. Note: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather protection. Maintenance note: No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and inspection, which is described in separate literature.

183 (7.2")

Spare parts There are no available spare parts for this unit.

How to specify

High integrity high level alarm probes shall be Spirax Sarco self-monitoring type LP31 with an austenitic stainless steel body and probe tip, PTFE probe sleeving, and DIN 43650 cable socket with Pg 11 cable gland. They shall be cut to length on installation and be used with an appropriate Spirax Sarco controller.

Ø28 (1.1")

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP31 high integrity, self-monitoring, high water level alarm probe with 1 000 mm (39.4") tip.

27 A /F ½" BSP taper (R½) connection The LP31 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe.

Ø6 (0.24")

Tip length 500 (19.7"), 1 000 (39.4") or 1500 (59") Ø5 (0.2")

Weights (approximate) in kg (lb) Tip length Weight

500 mm 0.51 (1.1)

TI-P402-81 AB Issue 6

1 000 mm 0.59 (1.3)

1 500 mm 0.67 (1.5)

LP31 High Integrity, Self-monitoring, High Water Level Alarm Probe

2.3.24

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P402-68

AB Issue 3

APS1 Probe Simulator Description

2.3.25

The APS1 probe simulator is used in place of a level or conductivity probe to verify the correct operation of Spirax Sarco controllers. It can also be used to diagnose wiring / probe faults. It is connected to the level probe or conductivity probe wiring, avoiding the need to fire the boiler or alter water levels, and is quick and easy to use. The APS1 has switch settings covering all Spirax Sarco probe types and ranges. A potentiometer provides the variable input to a capacitance controller, and 4 mm test sockets are provided for connection of a multimeter, which is used to check the voltage when simulating capacitance probes. Switches simulate wet or dry (high or low resistance) conductivity level probe conditions, and resistors are built in to represent various conductivity probe ranges. The APS1 is powered by the controller under test, so needs no batteries or external power supply. The unit is fitted with two inputs, connected in parallel. One is for connection of a PT2 or PT3 plug tail, and the other is a DIN 43650 connector as used on conductivity and capacitance probes. Full operating instructions are supplied with each unit. Principal features: - A valuable diagnostic aid for Spirax Sarco boiler control installations. - Compatible with all TDS / level probes and controllers. - No need to fire boiler or alter water levels. - No battery or power supply needed. - Easy to operate.

CP10 connector

 

Limiting conditions Maximum ambient temperature Protection rating

55°C IP40













 

Technical data Conductivity probe settings

Level probe settings





LP30 LP31 LP10-4

Capacitance probe range

Materials Case Coating

22 Ω, 68 Ω, 220 Ω, 680 Ω 2.2 kΩ, 6.8 kΩ, 22 kΩ 6.8 kΩ / 15 kΩ 6.8 kΩ / 15 kΩ (High sensitivity) 68 kΩ / 150 kΩ (Low sensitivity) 6.8 kΩ / 15 kΩ 0 - 10 volts output

How to order

Die-cast aluminium Nylon (grey)

Dimensions

86 85

Weight 450 g

132

  

Selector switch

 



Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco APS1 probe simulator.

138

(approximate) in mm



Toggle switches

Potentiometer

   

DIN 43650 connector

Test sockets

110

Note: This is to illustrate the connection of an LP20 / LP30, which must be ordered seperately as it is not supplied with the APS1 as standard.

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P402-41

AB Issue 5

C2 Probe Chamber Description

The Spirax Sarco C2 probe chamber enables level control or alarm probes to be fitted in situations where direct boiler shell mounting is not desired or is not possible. The C2 probe chamber is of all welded carbon steel construction, with DN25 steam and water connections flanged to EN 1092 PN40. A 1" BSP x ½" BSP reducing bush to BS 1740 will be required if fitting a ½" BSP probe. A Spirax Sarco sequencing purge valve is normally fitted to the base of the chamber. The sequencing valve allows the daily (or once per shift) test of the low level alarm system, and blow through of the probe chamber water and steam connections in accordance with the Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.

2.3.26 C2

probe chamber

Principal features: - Purpose designed level probe chamber. - Suitable for pressures of up to 32 bar. - All welded carbon steel construction. - Designed for use with Spirax Sarco level probes and sequencing valves.

Pressure / temperature limits

Design pressure Design temperature Hydraulic test pressure

Material Chamber

Carbon steel

32 bar g 239°C 60 bar g

ASTM A106 Gr. B or Gr.WPB

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Weight

457

65

73

83

65

310

147

7.5

DN25 flanged EN 1092 PN40. D

1" BSP C

B

A

E

Highest permissible alarm level

F

Lowest permissible alarm level G

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco C2 probe chamber.

Boiler house Level controls TI-P402-42

AB Issue 4

SPV1 and SPV3 Sequencing Purge Valves Description

2.3.27

The Spirax Sarco sequencing purge valve is normally fitted to a Spirax Sarco C2 probe chamber. It allows the daily (or once per shift) test of the low level alarm system, and blow through of the probe chamber water and steam connections in accordance with UK Health and Safety Executive Guidance Note BG01 and INDG436. The valve opens the connections to drain separately and in sequence to blow them through and prevent the accumulation of deposits. When the steam connection is opened to drain, the chamber is emptied of water, which simulates a low water level alarm. Its design ensures that it is impossible to leave the valve in the wrong position since the drain connection is always open when either the steam or water connection is shut-off. An index plate behind the handwheel indicates the valve position. Two versions of the valve are available; SPV1 having a Cast iron body or SPV3 having a bronze body. Principal features: - Special valve seat provides tight shut-off. - Index plate indicates valve position. - Replaces individual isolating valves - increased safety.

Sizes and pipe connections SPV1

DN25 Flanged to EN 1092 PN16

SPV3

DN25 Flanged to EN 1092 PN40 or BS 10 Table H

Limiting conditions SPV1 PN16

SPV3 PN40

SPV3 Table 'H'

13 bar g

25 bar g

25 bar g

Designed for a maximum 24 bar g cold hydraulic test pressure of:

60 bar g

51 bar g

Maximum boiler pressure

Standards

The SPV3 fully meets BS 759: Part 1: 1984.

Materials Part

Material

SPV1 Body and cover

Cast iron

SPV3 Body and cover

Bronze

BS 1452 Gr. 220 (min) BS EN 1982 CC491K

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres 204

83

83

Weights (approximate) in kg 139

½" BSP drain

Model

SPV1

SPV3

Weight

9

10

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2012

Boiler house Level controls Face view of index plate Illustrating blow-through sequence

Position 2 Blow-through water

Position 3 Blow-through chamber Water shut-off Position 1 Normal working

Valve sequence

Operation of sequencing valve

With the handwheel turned fully anticlockwise the valve is in the NORMAL WORKING position and the back seating shuts off the drain connection. Slowly turn the handwheel clockwise until the indicating pointer is at the first PAUSE position. The chamber connection is closed, the drain connection is open, and the water connection is blown through. Pause for 5 to 8 seconds. Slowly move the handwheel further clockwise to full travel. The water connection is closed, the drain valve remains open, and the chamber and steam connections are blown through. Pause for 5 to 8 seconds. The low level alarm should sound. Slowly turn the handwheel fully clockwise to shut-off against the back seating in the NORMAL WORKING position.

Position 1.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 SPV3 sequencing purge valve with flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Position 2.

Position 3.

SPV1 and SPV3 Sequencing Purge Valves

TI-P402-42 AB Issue 4

2.3.28

Boiler house Level controls Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P402-07

AB Issue 5

Probe Flanges for External Level Control Chambers Description

These flanges are designed to allow the fitting of Spirax Sarco level control / alarm probes to existing float-type boiler side chambers.

2.3.29

Available types Square flanges Round flanges

Square flange

114 mm or 133 mm. 178 mm, 222 mm or 275 mm.

All flanges centrally tapped ½" or 1" BSP.

Limiting conditions

The maximum working pressure and temperature is dependent on the chamber to which the flange is fitted, up to a maximum pressure of 32 bar g at 239°C.

Material

Carbon steel BS 4360 Gr. 43A. Painted finish.

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres Round flanges

Outside diameter

Mounting hole PCD

Mounting hole diameter

178

146

15

Square flanges Mounting holes No.

Overall Mounting hole dimensions centres

Mounting hole diameter

Mounting holes No.

8

114

86

15

4

133

100

15

4

222

191

19

6

275

235

22

8

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco 114 mm square probe flange tapped ½" BSP.

Round flange

Boiler house Level controls TI-P402-06

AB Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Probe Flanges for Protection Tubes

2.3.30

Flange for double probes

Flange for single probe

Description

Probe flanges enable Spirax Sarco level / alarm probes to be fitted to protection tubes mounted in the boiler shell. Flanges are tapped and spot-faced to take either one or two probes.

Limiting conditions

For maximum working pressures and temperatures please refer to the relevant flange standard.

Available types

Single probe type: DN15 to DN100 BS 4504 PN40 or PN16 and BS 10 Table F and H. Probe tappings available: ½" BSP (All flanges) 1" BSP (DN25 to DN100) Probe connection Flange standard Flange type Flange size DN15 (½") DN20 (¾") DN25 (1") DN32 (1¼") DN40 (1½") DN50 (2") DN80 (3") DN100 (4")

½" BSP BS 4504 BS PN16 PN40 Table F Part No. Part No. Part No. 4026760 4026760 4026760 4026761 4026761 4026761 4026762 4026762 4026792 4026763 4026763 4026793 4026764 4026764 4026794 4026765 4026765 4026765 4026767 4026767 4026797 4026769 4026768 4026768

10 Table H Part No. 4026791 4026791 4026792 4026793 4026794 4026765 4026797 4026768

Probe connection Flange standard Flange type Flange size DN15 (½") DN20 (¾") DN25 (1") DN32 (1¼") DN40 (1½") DN50 (2") DN80 (3") DN100 (4")

1" BSP BS 4504 BS PN16 PN40 Table F Part No. Part No. Part No. 4026862 4026862 4026892 4026863 4026863 4026893 4026864 4026864 4026894 4026865 4026865 4026865 4026867 4026867 4026897 4026869 4026868 4026868

10 Table H Part No. 4026892 4026893 4026894 4026865 4026897 4026868

Double probe type: DN100 BS 4504 PN16 or PN40 (PN40 also suits BS 10 Table F and H.) Probe tappings available: ½" + ½" BSP ½" + 1" BSP Tapping centres are offset 25 mm from the centre of the flange. Probe connection ½" + ½" BSP Flange standard BS 4504 BS Flange type PN16 PN40 Table F Flange size Part No. Part No. Part No. DN100 (4") 4026693 4026695 4026695

10 Table H Part No. 4026695

Probe connection ½" + 1" BSP Flange standard BS 4504 BS Flange type PN16 PN40 Table F Flange size Part No. Part No. Part No. DN100 (4") 4026694 4026696 4026696

10 Table H Part No. 4026696

Material

Flanges to BS 4504: Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-161 Gr. 360 or Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-151 Gr. 430A or Carbon steel ASTM A515 Gr. 55 Flanges to BS 10 Table F and H: Carbon steel BS 1501-151 Gr. 360 or Carbon steel BS 1503-161 Gr. A. or equivalent.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 probe flange to the following standard: BS 4504 PN16 with 1 x ½" BSP probe connection. Part No. 4026769.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Boiler house Level controls

2.3.31

Boiler house Level controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P402-03

EMM Issue 9

WV1 Water Valve - Pilot Operated Description

The WV1 is a pilot operated diaphragm valve for use with water at up to 80 °C. The valve has a brass body and corrosion resistant internals. The solenoid is encapsulated, and is supplied with a removable cable socket to IP65 suitable for 3 core cable maximum 7 mm diameter and terminal maximum 1.5 mm². ½" valves have the solenoid mounted centrally over the valve. The solenoid is mounted towards the outlet connection on larger sizes. Principal features:

-

For use with water up to 80 °C.

-

Full bore, except for 1¼" which has a reduced bore of 25 mm, normally closed operation.

-

Wide, non-critical voltage ranges.

-

Ideal for boiler feedtank supply.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" screwed BSP

Pressure / temperature limits Maximum design pressure

16 bar g

Maximum design temperature

80 °C

Minimum design temperature

10 °C

Maximum operating temperature

80 °C

Maximum ambient temperature

55 °C

Minimum operating temperature

10 °C

Maximum differential pressure

16 bar

Minimum differential pressure

0.2 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

½" WV1

24 bar g

Electrical data Version

Voltage range

Frequency range

Power

110 V

99 V to 121 V

50 to 60 Hz

Supply

230 V

207 V to 253 V

50 to 60 Hz

Power consumption Protection rating

24 VA (inrush)

¾" to 2" WV1 valve

14 VA/8 W (hold) IP65 * *With cable plug correctly fitted and secured

Materials Part

Material

Body

Brass

Seals

Nitrile rubber

Coil housing

Polyamide

Cable socket

Polyamide

Page 1 of 3

2.3.32

Boiler house Level controls Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

A/F

Weight*

½"

65

91.1

27

0.54

¾"

80

99.6

32

0.89

1"

95

106.6

41

1.30

1¼"

95

111.6

50

1.50

1½"

126

125.6

60

3.00

2"

164

119.9

70

4.50

* Note: The weight is approximate and includes immediate packaging.

2.3.33 ½" A/F

¾" to 2" A/F

B

B

A

A

Capacities WV1

Size

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

Kvs

(m³/h)

3.8

8.5

12

12

30

40

200

40 Kvs

100 80 60

30 Kvs

Flow m³/h

40

12 Kvs 8.5 Kvs

20

3.8 Kvs

10 8 6 4 2

0.5

1

2 3 4 5 Pressure drop bar

10

16

TI-P402-03 EMM Issue 9

Page 2 of 3

W V1 Water Valve - Pilot Operated

Boiler house Level controls Safety information, installation and maintenance WARNING: Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10 and in the UK, to IEE Regulations (BS 7671), as well as to any National or Regional regulations. This product is designed and constructed to withstand the forces encountered during normal use. Use of the product for any purpose other than as a pilot operated diaphragm valve for water could cause damage to the product and may cause injury or fatality to personnel. Installation notes:

-

We recommend that a strainer is fitted upstream of the valve to IEE Regulations (BS 7671).

-

Fit the valve with the flow in the direction of the cast arrow.

-

The valve may be mounted in any position, but preferably with the solenoid uppermost.

-

PTFE tape may be used on the pipe connections.

Caution - Do not overtighten screws, nuts, or pipework as this could distort the valve body. Wiring note: The rated voltage is printed on the name-plate. Note that the flat terminal is the earth connection. For ease of installation the solenoid unit can be moved through 360° by slackening the solenoid nut. Indentations at 90° intervals in the base of the solenoid allow it to be positively retained, though it may be positioned at any other angle if required. The cable socket may be connected horizontally or vertically by removing the central plastic screw and turning the connector through 90°. Ensure the cable socket gasket is slightly compressed on refitting. Maintenance note: As the valve does not contain any lifed items, no spares are required or available. If it becomes necessary to dismantle the valve, proceed as follows: 1. Disconnect the mains supply. 2. Remove the solenoid retaining nut and withdraw the solenoid coil. 3. Check the condition of the 'O' ring at the base of the solenoid coil. 4. Note the position of the valve bonnet in relation to the valve body. (Aligned arrows on both components indicate correct position). 5. Remove the four bonnet retaining screws. 6. Note the positioning of the spring and diaphragm. 7. Remove the spring and diaphragm, and clean and inspect all valve components. 8. Check the condition of the 'O' rings. 9. Reassemble the valve in the reverse order of dismantling.

How to specify

Pilot operated solenoid valves shall be Spirax Sarco type WV1 normally closed valve with brass body and screwed connections, complete with corrosion resistant internals and nitrile rubber soft seat for use with water up to 80 °C.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco WV1 pilot operated water valve, having a 1" BSP connection supplied and ready for a 230V power supply.

4023150 / 9 TI-P402-03 EMM Issue 9

Page 3 of 3

W V1 Water Valve - Pilot Operated

2.3.34

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-S75-11

AB Issue 4

Selection of Modulating Feedwater Valves Electrically Actuated Valve Kv selection graph

Safety

80 000 70 000 60 000 50 000 40 000 30 000

KE71 Screwed PN25 rating SG iron body KE73 Flanged (Pmax 25 bar g at 120ºC) rating Cast steel body KE43 Flanged PN40 (Pmax 40 bar g at 120ºC)

3. Selection of the valve Kv

The DN40 valve body size is available with various seat sizes giving a choice of Kv values. Use the graph to select a suitable Kv as follows: a) The feedwater flowrate is the actual maximum steam generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at' boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example this is 15 000 kg/h. b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the example the available pressure drop is 1.5 bar. c) Select the larger Kv value, 16 in this example. If right on the line, or if in doubt, select a larger Kv.

4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor

20 000 15 000

K v1 0

The valve body must be suitable for the maximum pressure and temperature in the feedwater line. Standard valve types are as follows:

10 000 9 000 8 000 7 000

220 / 240 Vac AEL52211JXA AEL53211JXA AEL54211JXA 110 Vac AEL52212GXA AEL53212GXA AEL54212GXA 24 Vac AEL52213FXA AEL53213FXA AEL54213FXA 24 Vdc AEL52214FXA AEL53214FXA AEL54214FXA Size Standard valve size

Kv value

DN40

25.0

12.0

Maximum feedpump pressure bar g (8.5) 28.5 (25) 40.0 (40)

16.0

19.8

(14.3)

40.0

(40)

-

-

10.0

38.3

(27.7)

40.0

(40)

-

-

6.3

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

Valve adaptor Mounting flange

AEL6911

AEL6911

AEL6911

EL5970

EL5970

EL5970

Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for valves fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing. These valves have a suffix 'H'. Valve stroke is 20 mm. Actuator speed is 0.5 mm/s

50 000 40 000 30 000

20 000

6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000

10 000 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000

2 000

The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the maximum feedpump pressure when the boiler is not under pressure. Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below: Actuator type

100 000 90 000 80 000 70 000 60 000

4 000 3 000

1 000 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10 Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar

Boiler feedwater lb / h (1 imperial gallon = 10 lb)

2. Selection of the valve body material and pressure rating

K v2 5

The standard valve for modulating boiler water level control is DN40 (1½") nominal pipe size (40 mm). A range of seat sizes to suit this body is available to suit most sizes of boilers. However, for smaller or larger boilers, alternative sized valves can be selected from the Spirax Sarco range - See overleaf. Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high temperature (graphite) material. We recommend the use of the high temperature seal to decrease the possibility of leakage over long term use. Valves with high temperature stem seals are suffixed 'H'.

K v1 6

1. Selection of the valve body size

Boiler feedwater flowrate kg / h

2.3.35

Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi 1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145 100 000 200 000 90 000

K v6 .3

Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10

Boiler house Level controls Valve Kv selection graph

30 000

4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor

The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the maximum feedpump pressure when the boiler is not under pressure. Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below: 220 / 240 Vac Actuator type

Size

AEL52211JXA

AEL53211JXA

AEL54211JXA

110 Vac AEL52212GXA

AEL53212GXA

AEL54212GXA

24 Vac

AEL52213FXA

AEL53213FXA

AEL54213FXA

24 Vdc

AEL52214FXA

AEL53214FXA

AEL54214FXA

Kv value 36.0

6.7

(4.7)

16.3

(14.3)

29.7

(27.2)

DN50

25.0

12.0

(8.5)

28.5

(25.0)

40.0

(40.0)

16.0

19.8

(14.3)

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

10.0

38.3

(27.7)

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

Valve size

16.0

19.8

(14.3)

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

DN32

10.0

38.3

(27.7)

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

6.3

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

4.0

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

Valve size

10.0

38.3

(27.7)

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

DN25

6.3

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

4.0

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

Valve size

6.3

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

DN20

4.0

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

1.6

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

1.0

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

4.0

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

1.6

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

1.0

40.0

(40.0)

-

-

-

-

DN15

10 000 9 000 8 000 7 000

Valve adaptor Mounting flange

AEL6911

AEL6911

AEL6911

EL5970

EL5970

EL5970

5 000 4 000 3 000

2 000

40 000 30 000

20 000

10 000 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000

1 000 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10 Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar

Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for valves fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing. These valves have a suffix 'H'. Valve stroke is 20 mm. Actuator speed is 0.5 mm/s

TI-S75-11 AB Issue 4

50 000

6 000

Maximum feedpump pressure bar g

Valve size

Valve size

15 000

3

Use the graph to select a suitable Kv as follows: a) The feedwater flowrate is the actual maximum steam generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at' boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example this is 15 000 kg / h. b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the example the available pressure drop is 1.5 bar. c) Select the larger Kv value, 16 in this example. If right on the line, or if in doubt, select a larger Kv.

Boiler feedwater flowrate kg / h

3. Selection of the valve Kv

20 000

100 000 90 000 80 000 70 000 60 000

Selection of Modulating Feedwater Valves Electrically Actuated

Boiler feedwater lb / h (1 imperial gallon = 10 lb)

Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high temperature (graphite) material. We recommend the use of the high temperature seal to decrease the possibility of leakage over long term use. Valves with high temperature stem seals are suffixed 'H'.

6

PN40 rating (Pmax 40 bar g at 120ºC)

40 000

K v3 6

KE43 Flanged

50 000

K v1 6

Cast steel body

KE73 Flanged

PN25 rating (Pmax 25 bar g at 120ºC)

K v1

SG iron body

60 000

K v1 0

KE71 Screwed

K v6 .

The valve body must be suitable for the maximum pressure and temperature in the feedwater line. Standard valve types are as follows:

K v4

2. Selection of the valve body material and pressure rating

Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi 1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145 100 000 200 000 90 000 80 000 70 000

K v1 .

For alternative sizes to the standard DN40 (1½")

2.3.36

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-S75-12

AB Issue 4

Selection of Modulating Feedwater Valves Pneumatically Actuated Valve Kv selection graph

Safety

80 000 70 000 60 000 50 000

30 000

The valve body must be suitable for the maximum pressure and temperature in the feedwater line. Standard valve types are as follows: SG iron body

KE71 Screwed PN25 rating (Pmax 25 bar g at 120ºC)

KE73 Flanged

Cast steel body KE43 Flanged

PN40 rating (Pmax 40 bar g at 120ºC)

3. Selection of the valve Kv

The DN40 valve body size is available with various seat sizes giving a choice of Kv values. Use the graph to select a suitable Kv as follows: a) The feedwater flowrate is the actual maximum steam generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at' boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example this is 15 000 kg/h. b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the example the available pressure drop is 1.5 bar. c) Select the larger Kv value, 16 in this example. If right on the line, or if in doubt, select a larger Kv.

20 000 15 000

10 000 9 000 8 000 7 000

Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for valves fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing. These valves have a suffix 'H'. Valve stroke is 20 mm.

5. Electropneumatic positioner Specify EP5 positioner (4 - 20 mA input).

50 000 40 000 30 000

20 000

6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000

10 000 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000

2 000

4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor

The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the maximum feedpump pressure to Class IV when the boiler is not under pressure. Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below: Actuator type PN9123E PN9223E Valve Kv Maximum feedpump size value pressure bar g 25.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40) 16.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40) DN40 10.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40) 6.3 11.0 (8) 40 (40)

100 000 90 000 80 000 70 000 60 000

4 000 3 000

1 000 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10 Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar

Boiler feedwater lb / h (1 imperial gallon = 10 lb)

2. Selection of the valve body material and pressure rating

K v2 5

40 000

K v1 6

The standard valve for modulating boiler water level control is DN40 (1½") nominal pipe size (40 mm). A range of seat sizes to suit this body is available to suit most sizes of boilers. However, for smaller or larger boilers, alternative sized valves can be selected from the Spirax Sarco range - See overleaf. Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high temperature (graphite) material. We recommend the use of the high temperature seal to decrease the possibility of leakage over long term use. Valves with high temperature stem seals are suffixed 'H'.

K v1 0

1. Selection of the valve body size

Boiler feedwater flowrate kg / h

2.3.37

Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi 1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145 100 000 200 000 90 000

K v6 .3

Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10

Boiler house Level controls Valve Kv selection graph

30 000

The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the maximum feedpump pressure to Class IV when the boiler is not under pressure. Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below: Actuator type PN9123E PN9223E Valve Kv Maximum feedpump size value pressure bar g 36.0 7 (5) 38 (36) 25.0 7 (5) 38 (36) DN50 16.0 7 (5) 38 (36) 10.0 7 (5) 38 (36) 16.0 29 (23) 40 (40) 10.0 29 (23) 40 (40) DN32 6.3 29 (23) 40 (40) 4.0 29 (23) 40 (40) 10.0 37 (29) 40 (40) 6.3 37 (29) 40 (40) DN25 4.0 37 (29) 40 (40) 1.6 37 (29) 40 (40) 6.3 40 (40) 4.0 40 (40) DN20 1.6 40 (40) 1.0 40 (40) DN15

4.0 1.6 1.0

40 40 40

(40) (40) (40)

-

15 000

3

10 000 9 000 8 000 7 000 5 000 4 000 3 000

2 000

40 000 30 000

20 000

10 000 9 000 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 3 000

1 000 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10 Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar

-

Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for valves fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing. These valves have a suffix 'H'. Valve stroke is 20 mm.

5. Electropneumatic positioner Specify EP5 positioner (4 - 20 mA input).

TI-S75-12 AB Issue 4

50 000

6 000

6

4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor

Boiler feedwater flowrate kg / h

Use the graph to select a suitable Kv as follows: a) The feedwater flowrate is the actual maximum steam generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at' boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example this is 15 000 kg / h. b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the example the available pressure drop is 1.5 bar. c) Select the larger Kv value, 16 in this example. If right on the line, or if in doubt, select a larger Kv.

20 000

100 000 90 000 80 000 70 000 60 000

Selection of Modulating Feedwater Valves Pneumatically Actuated

Boiler feedwater lb / h (1 imperial gallon = 10 lb)

Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high temperature (graphite) material. We recommend the use of the high temperature seal to decrease the possibility of leakage over long term use. Valves with high temperature stem seals are suffixed 'H'.

3. Selection of the valve Kv

K v3 6

PN40 rating (Pmax 40 bar g at 120ºC)

40 000

K v1 6

KE43 Flanged

50 000

K v1 0

Cast steel body

KE73 Flanged

PN25 rating (Pmax 25 bar g at 120ºC)

60 000

K v6 .

SG iron body

KE71 Screwed

K v4

The valve body must be suitable for the maximum pressure and temperature in the feedwater line. Standard valve types are as follows:

K v1 .

2. Selection of the valve body material and pressure rating

Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi 1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145 100 000 200 000 90 000 80 000 70 000

K v1

For alternative sizes to the standard DN40 (1½")

2.3.38

Boiler house Level controls

2.3.39

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-S75-06

AB Issue 3

Remote Alarm and Shutdown Panels for Boilers The requirements of PM5

The Health and Safety Executive Guidance Note PM5 'Automatically controlled steam and hot water boilers' specifies some requirements for remote alarms and the remote shutdown of boilers.

Some of the relevant sections are:

Paragraph 50 ......... when a boiler is not continually supervised it is not enough to have an alarm on the boiler. Alarms should be provided at points where they can be heard by persons who are competent to take appropriate action Paragraph 51 ........ When a boiler is subject to partial supervision it is recommended that an emergency device which will shut off the burners should be located remote from the boiler house and should be clearly marked. (See paragraph 13). Paragraph 13 ......... there should always be someone available on site who is competent to respond to alarms, and to take appropriate action which at a minimum, may be to shut the boiler down safely before calling for the assistance of a trained boiler attendant.

Remote alarm panel

These requirements can be met by the installation of a 'hard wired' remote alarm panel installed at a continuously manned location such as a telephone exchange or security point. Suitable procedures should then be established and training given on the action to take in the case of an alarm. A typical installation is shown below.

Equipment required

1. To be fitted in each boiler panel:

1 off Transformer 240 V (or 110 V) to 48 V. Provides low voltage power supply to panel. 1 off Boiler shutdown relay 48 V coil. Shuts down burner when de-energised. 3 off Boiler alarm relays 240 V (or 110 V) coils. For signalling 1st low, 2nd low and high level alarms. Any number of additional alarms may easily be signalled. 1 off Key operated local /remote switch. Can be used to prevent remote alarms during manual tests and maintenance of the boiler.

Boiler house

Multi-core cable, 4 cores per boiler Typically 1000 m long using standard cable

Alarm and shutdown panel in remote location

2. To be fitted at the remote location:

1 off Alarm and shutdown panel for one or more boilers. Incorporates for each boiler an alarm lamp, alarm buzzer, mute button with relay and a mushroom headed stop button which latches in the stop position and can only be reset by a key. 4 terminals per boiler. Three boiler alarm and shutdown panel shown. Panel dimensions: For 1 or 2 boilers 300 x 300 x 140 mm deep For 3 or 4 boilers 500 x 400 x 140 mm deep

3. Cable

4 cores per boiler. PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, unscreened multi-core cable can be used. Cable lengths up to 1000 m are possible using cable size 0.5 mm² per core. Longer lengths would require large cable. A suitable cable can be obtained from ESD Electronic Services of Harlow in lengths up to 500 m, their type numbers are: 4 core 16-2-4 A 8 core 18-2-8 A 12 core 16-2-12 A 18 core 16-2-18 A

System operation

During normal operation the local /remote switches must be in 'remote'. The boiler alarm relays in each boiler panel are normally energised which in turn keep the alarm relays in the remote panel energised and no lights show. In the case of a boiler alarm, the relays are de-energised, the boiler alarm lamp in the remote panel lights and the buzzer sounds. The operator should then press the stop button and may mute the buzzer. The alarm lamp continues to show whilst there is an alarm. When the boiler attendant goes to the boiler house he should switch to 'local', rectify any faults on the boiler and set it running. The remote stop button must then be reset with a key, and the switch in the boiler house returned to 'remote'. If a boiler panel is switched off all power is removed from that section of the remote alarm panel so no boiler alarm is signalled. Similarly when a boiler is switched to 'local' the alarm lamp and buzzer in the remote panel will not operate. In the case of a break in the cable the boilers will be shut down immediately but could be restarted by switching to 'local' in the boiler house.

Testing

Any alarm system should be tested regularly. In the case of high integrity self-monitoring low level alarms, the remote panel can be tested during the regular weekly test of the low level alarms.

2.3.40

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P402-121

AB Issue 5

DCV3/B Boiler Feed Check Valve Description

2.3.41

The Spirax Sarco DCV3/B boiler feed check valve is designed specifically for use on boiler feedwater systems. It is a stainless steel disc check valve with a soft EPDM seat to ensure tight shut-off against boiler pressure, even under poor water conditions. The DCV3/B is normally installed between flanges in the boiler feed water line. Cast-in lugs on the valve body allow the valve to be centralised easily. Face-to-face dimensions conform to EN 558 part 1, series 49. Note: The Spirax Sarco DCV3HE is similar in specification and appearance, but has a slightly different seat design. We only recommend the DCV3/B for boiler feedwater applications. Standards Designed and manufactured in accordance with BS 7438. Standard shut-off Shut-off standard meets EN 12266-1 rate A, providing a differential pressure exists. Certification These products are available with a Typical Test Report. The products are also available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

5

3 4 2

1

WARNING: The DCV3/ B must not be used on any fluids categorised as Group 1 according to the E.C. directive on the classification of dangerous substances, e.g. explosive, flammable, toxic and oxidising substances.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50. The valves are selected to suit the feedwater line size and are suitable for installation between the following flanges:EN 1092 PN6, 10, 16, 25, 40 and BS 10 Table D, E, F, and H.

Pressure /temperature limits

Body design conditions PN40 Maximum body design temperature 400°C Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum boiler pressure 32 bar g Maximum feedpump pressure 40 bar g Maximum feedwater temperature 120°C Maximum feedwater head 6m Approximate opening pressure 0.8 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5

Part Body Disc Spring retainer Spring Seat

Material Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel EPDM

WS 1.4581 BS 1449 316 S11 BS 1449 316 S11 BS 2056 316 S42

Operation

The DCV3/B is opened by the boiler feedwater pressure and is closed by its spring as soon as the flow ceases, preventing reverse flow. The strong spring supports the head of water in an elevated feedtank when there is no pressure in the boiler, preventing the boiler flooding. A vacuum breaker is recommended on the boiler to prevent the valve being drawn off its seat as the boiler cools.

Open

Closed

Boiler house Level controls Kv values

Size DN20 DN25 DN32 Kv 6.8 10.8 17 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN40 DN50 26 43 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Pressure drop (approximate) through the DCV3/B 

Size DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

A 69.5 80.5 90.5 101.0 115.0

B 53 63 75 85 95

C 45 55 68 79 93

D 19.0 22.0 28.0 31.5 40.0

Weight 0.19 0.32 0.55 0.74 1.25

Locating lugs







Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

 

2.3.42







Water flowrate in m3 /h















A

  

B

 D

  

C   Pressure drop in bar







Safety information, installation and maintenance Warning This document does not contain enough information to install the DCV3/ B safely. For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Note: Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and joint gaskets are to be provided by the installer. Disc check valves are non-maintainable (no spares are available). Disc check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists. Installation note: The DCV3/B is installed in the feedwater line with the flow in the direction of the arrow on the valve body. It may be installed in any plane, and is sandwiched between flanges using suitable gaskets. The valve is centralised by rotating it until the lugs on the body contact the flange joint bolts. The valve must be installed at least 1 metre from the feedpump. It is essential that there is water on both sides of the valve at all times – steam temperatures above 120°C will cause damage to the EPDM seal.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DCV3/B boiler feed check valve.

DCV3/B Boiler Feed Check Valve

TI-P402-121 AB Issue 5

Boiler house Level controls

2.3.43

Boiler house Level controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P402-132 AB Issue 5

LC1350 Level Controller Description

The Spirax Sarco LC1350 has two alarm channels that can be independently configured high or low to control the water level of a boiler, tank or vessel by operating a pump, valve or solenoid. It has been designed as an on/off level controller for use with the LP10-4 four-tip conductivity probe operating on supply voltages from 110 to 240 Vac. The controller is suitable for use with virtually all qualities of conductive liquids from salt solutions or boiler water to condensate having an electrical conductivity as low as 1 μS /cm at 25 °C. The LC1350 gives accurate and reliable control under the very different conditions found in vessels, tanks or high output boilers operating up to 32 bar @ 239 °C. The front panel has a 3-digit LCD screen and moving segments that display the liquid level rising or falling along with a five-button keypad. The unit can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted. Principal features:

-

Level controller with two configurable alarms.

-

Universal power supply – 110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz.

-

UL and TÜV approved.

-

LCD shows level change direction.

-

Interactive safety feature.

-

Infrared comms.

Clamping screw

LC1350

Approvals This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements. The LC1350 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial). A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the reference number UK Supply BH LC1350 2008. The LC1350 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting the standards of:

-

LCD display

EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use.

The LC1350 has been type-tested as a level control by meeting the standard:

-

Vd TÜV requirements for water level control and limiting devices, Water Level 100 (07.2010).

-

UL listed (open).

AL

5 button display

OK

Clamping screw

Page 1 of 4

2.3.44

Boiler house Level controls Clamping screw

LC1350

LCD display

2.3.45

AL 5 button display

OK

Clamping screw

Application

Typical application example – on / off control of a feedtank:

-

Pump on

-

Pump off

-

High alarm

-

Low alarm

Note: probes can be mounted in external chambers if boiler mounting is not possible.

Function Inputs The LC1350 input options are:

-

High alarm or low alarm from a conductivity probe.

-

Pump on/off control from two conductivity probes.

Function / outputs The controller reacts to a change in probe conductivity (open /closed circuit) and energises / de-energises a relay. This action switches a pump or sounds an alarm. Other features:

-

Additional filters can be selected to increase the damping effect for turbulent conditions.

-

To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all commissioning parameters are protected with a fixed pass code.

-

The product can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent boiler house controllers. It is designated as a slave unit.

-

A panel mounted external test switch may be fitted if required.

TI-P402-132 AB Issue 5

Page 2 of 4

LC1350 Level Controller

Boiler house Level controls Technical data LC1350 Power supply

Mains voltage range

110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz

Power consumption

7.5 W (maximum)

General

Indoor use only

Maximum altitude

2 000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level

Ambient temperature limits

0 - 55 °C

Maximum relative humidity

80% up to 31 °C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40 °C

Overvoltage category

Environmental

Mains and signal connector

Level probe cable / wire

Input - Level probe (conductivity)

Output relays

Output infrared

2 (as supplied)

Pollution degree

3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 / NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.

Enclosure rating (front panel only)

NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by TRAC Global)

LVD (safety)

Electrical Safety EN 61010-1 UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05

EMC

Immunity / Emissions Suitable for heavy industrial locations

Enclosure

Material

Polycarbonate

Front panel

Material

Silicone rubber, 60 shore.

Solder

Tin / lead (60 / 40%)

Termination

Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors. Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.

Cable size

0.2 mm² (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm² (12 AWG).

Stripping length

5 - 6 mm

Type

High temperature

Shield type

Screened

Number of cores

5

Gauge

1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

Switching conductivity

Minimum conductivity 1 µS / cm @ 25 °C (K = 0.22 (220 KΩ) ) when used with a Spirax Sarco LP10-4 probe.

Drive

ac – pulsed

Contacts

2 x single pole changeover relays (SPCO)

Voltage ratings (maximum)

250 Vac

Resistive load

3 amp @ 250 Vac

Inductive load

1 amp @ 250 Vac ¼ HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac

ac motor load

1

/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Pilot duty load

C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils

Electrical life (operations)

3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load

Mechanical life (operations)

30 x 10 6

Physical layer

IrDA

Baud

38 400

Range

10 cm

Working angle

15°

Eye safety information

Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products - does not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1

TI-P402-132 AB Issue 5

Page 3 of 4

LC1350 Level Controller

2.3.46

Boiler house Level controls Safety information, installation and maintenance Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it. In most countries, steam boilers operating with limited supervision require two self-monitoring level probes and controllers to provide two independent low level alarms. A high level alarm is also advised, and is compulsory in some countries. The LC1350 is not self-monitoring. The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection. A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable plastic or metal enclosures. Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection. Do not attempt to open the product - it is sealed and has no replaceable parts or internal switches. Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products.

2.3.47

Your attention is drawn to IEE Regulations (BS 7671, EN 12953, EN 12952 and EN 50156). Elsewhere, other regulations will normally apply. All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable. No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required. Boiler water level controls and level alarms do, however, require testing and inspection. General guidance is given in Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and g. Weight 430 g.

52 mm

120 mm 8 mm

112 mm

LC1350

140 mm

120 mm

AL OK

How to specify

Conductivity level controller to provide on / off control of a pump plus two configurable alarms, and to have infrared communications.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC1350 level controller. TI-P402-132 AB Issue 5

Page 4 of 4

LC1350 Level Controller

Boiler house Level controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P402-133

EMM Issue 5

LC2250 Level Controller Description

The Spirax Sarco LC2250 is a level controller for on / off or modulating control of conductive liquid levels. The LC2250 has two alarm outputs that can be configured high or low. The controller is suitable for use with liquids having an electrical conductivity of 5 µS / cm or 5 ppm, when used with an LP20, PA20 or PA420 capacitance probe. The LC2250 may be used on boilers, tanks, or vessels operating at up to 32 bar g at 239 °C. The front panel has a 3 digit LCD display and a five-button keypad. The unit can be be panel, DIN rail, or chassis mounted. Clamping screw

Principal features:

-

Level controller for modulating or on/off control of boilers.

-

Universal power supply – 110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz.

-

UL and TÜV approved.

-

Alarms – high or low.

-

Input filter for turbulent conditions.

-

0/4-20 mA retransmit.

-

Infrared communications.

LC2250

%

Approvals This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements.

Graphic display

The LC2250 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial). A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the reference number UK Supply BH LC2250 2008. The LC2250 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting the standards of:

-

AL

EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use.

OK

5 button display

The LC2250 has been type-tested as a level control by meeting the standard:

-

Vd TÜV requirements for water level control and limiting devices, Water Level 100 (07.2010).

-

UL listed (open).

Clamping screw

Typical applications On/off control:

Modulating control: Modulating valve control using valve motor drive or 4 - 20 mA control signals.

-

Pump control.

-

Two alarm outputs.

Two alarm outputs.

-

-

4 - 20 mA level output.

-

4 - 20 mA level output.

Note: A solenoid valve may be used instead of a pump.

Note: The 4 - 20 mA level output is only available when the product is configured for valve motor drive systems.

Page 1 of 5

2.3.48

Boiler house Level controls Clamping screw

LC2250

%

2.3.49

Graphic display

AL OK

5 button display

Clamping screw

Function

The product compares the input signals with the Set Point selected by the user. It then changes its output signal to control the water level in the boiler or tank. Inputs The product has two inputs to accept the following signals:

-

Level probe or transmitter 1 - 6 V or 4 - 20 mA.

-

A 1 K potentiometer input ~ for Valve Motor Drive (VMD).

Outputs The output control signal can be configured / wired to work with a pump or a modulating control valve. It also provides two relay outputs for high or low level alarms and can provide an isolated 4 - 20 mA retransmission output. Other features:

-

An additional filter can be selected to increase the damping effect for turbulent conditions.

-

Commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code.

-

The LC2250 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent controllers. It enables the parameters to be passed to a product fitted with RS485 (User). The LC2250 is designated as a slave unit – no set-up or adjustment is needed. Important: Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products.

TI-P402-133 EMM Issue 5

Page 2 of 5

LC2250 Level Controller

Boiler house Level controls Technical data LC2250 Power supply

Mains voltage range

110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz

Power consumption

7.5 W (maximum)

General

Indoor use only

Maximum altitude

2 000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level

Ambient temperature limits

0 - 55 °C

Maximum relative humidity

80% up to 31 °C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40 °C

Overvoltage category

Environmental

Mains and signal connector

Cable / wire Level probe and cable / wire connector data

2 (as supplied)

Pollution degree

3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 / NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.

Enclosure rating (front panel only)

NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by TRAC Global)

LVD (safety)

Electrical Safety EN 61010-1 UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05

EMC

Immunity / Emissions

Suitable for heavy industrial locations

Enclosure

Material

Polycarbonate

Front panel

Material

Silicone rubber, 60 shore.

Solder

Tin / lead (60 / 40%)

Termination

Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors. Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.

Cable size

0.2 mm² (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm² (12 AWG).

Stripping length

5 - 6 mm

Type

High temperature

Shield type

Screened

Number of cores

3 LP20 / PA20, 2 (LP20 / PA420 4-20 mA Transducer)

Gauge

1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

Type

Twisted pair

Shield type

Screened

4 - 20 mA output cable / Number of pairs wires

1

Gauge

0.23 - 1 mm² (24 - 18 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

TI-P402-133 EMM Issue 5

Page 3 of 5

LC2250 Level Controller

2.3.50

Boiler house Level controls Technical data LC2250 (continued) Minimum voltage

0 Vdc or 1 V (with OUTRANGE function selected)

Maximum voltage

6 Vdc (absolute maximum = 7 Vdc)

Input impedance

28 KΩ

Level voltage Accuracy

Input technical data

2.3.51

4 - 20 mA

5% FSD over operating range

Repeatability

2.5% FSD over operating range

Resolution

14 bit (0.15 mV approximately)

Sample time

260 Hz

Minimum current

0 mA

Maximum current

22 mA

Input impedance

11 KΩ

Accuracy

5% FSD over operating range

Repeatability

2.5% FSD over operating range

Resolution

14 bit (1 µA - approximately)

Sample time

260 Hz

Maximum voltage

32 Vdc (no load, open circuit)

24 Vdc supply Maximum current

25 mA

Ripple voltage

10 mV @ 264 V, full load

Minimum current

0 mA

Maximum current

20 mA

Open circuit voltage (maximum) 19 Vdc

4 - 20 mA

Output technical data Relays

Infrared

Resolution

0.1% FSD

Maximum output load

500 ohm

Isolation

100 V

Output rate

10 / second

Contacts

2 x single pole changeover relays (SPCO)

Voltage ratings (maximum)

250 Vac

Resistive load

3 amp @ 250 Vac

Inductive load

1 amp @ 250 Vac ¼ HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac

ac motor load

1

/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Pilot duty load

C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils

Electrical life (operations)

3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load

Mechanical life (operations)

30 x 10 6

Physical layer

IrDA

Baud

38 400

Range

10 cm

Working angle

15°

Eye safety information

Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products - does not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1

TI-P402-133 EMM Issue 5

Page 4 of 5

LC2250 Level Controller

Boiler house Level controls Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it. The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection. A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required. The product may be installed on a DIN rail, a chassis plate, or in a panel cut-out. A bezel is supplied. Install the product in an environment that minimises the effects of heat, vibration, shock and electrical interference. Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection. Do not attempt to open the product - it is sealed and has no replaceable parts or internal switches. Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products. Your attention is drawn to IEE Regulations (BS 7671, EN 12953, EN 12952 and EN 50156). Elsewhere, other regulations will normally apply. All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable.

2.3.52

No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required. Boiler water level controls and level alarms do, however, require testing and inspection. General guidance is given in Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and g.

Weight 430 g.

52 mm

120 mm 8 mm

112 mm

LC2250

% 140 mm

120 mm

AL OK

How to specify

Level controller with auto voltage sensing, alarms that can be configured high or low, and infrared communications.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC2250 level controller. TI-P402-133 EMM Issue 5

Page 5 of 5

LC2250 Level Controller

Boiler house Level controls

2.3.53

Boiler house Level controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P402-134

EMM Issue 6

LC2650 Level controller Description

The Spirax Sarco LC2650 is a level controller for conductive liquids. It provides on/off or modulating control of liquid levels in boilers, tanks, and vessels operating up to 32 bar at 239 °C. It has two alarm channels that can be independently configured either high or low. The controller is suitable for use with liquids having an electrical conductivity as low as 5 μS/cm or 5 ppm (when used with an LP20, PA20 or PA420 capacitance probe). The front panel has an LCD screen and a five-button keypad. The LCD display screen can show either operating information (in run mode), or a trend graph that displays a record of the variation in level over a set time. In run mode the general data is shown on several consecutive screen displays. A test function provides the operator with a diagnostic feature. Inputs can be measured and outputs can be set from the front panel. To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code. The LC2650 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent controllers. It can be designated as either a master unit or a slave unit. The LC2650 can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.

Principal features:

-

Modulating or on/off control of boiler water level using a capacitance probe.

-

Switchable integral action.

-

Single, two or three-element control.

-

LCD graphics display and five-button keypad.

-

Graphic display of status, PV percentage, and alarm, plus a trend graph.

-

Infrared communication.

-

EIA 485 / Modbus communications.

-

UL and TÜV approved.

Clamping screw

LC2650 100

Graphic display

50

Approvals

This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements. The LC2650 is suitable for Heavy Industrial environments. A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the reference number UK Supply BH LC2650 2008. The LC2650 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting the standards of:

-

EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use.

0 %

SP

PV

AL

OK

5 button display

The LC2650 has been type-tested as a level control by meeting the standard:

-

Vd TÜV requirements for water level control and limiting devices, Water Level 100 (07.2010).

-

UL listed (open)

Clamping screw

Page 1 of 6

2.3.54

Boiler house Level controls Clamping screw

LC2650 100

Graphic display 50

0 %

SP

2.3.55

PV

AL

OK

5 button display

Clamping screw

Applications

The product can be configured to control the level of a boiler, tank or vessel, by operating a pump, valve or solenoid. Typical applications: On / off control:

-

Pump control.

-

Two alarm outputs.

-

4 - 20 mA level output (isolated).

Note: A solenoid valve may be used instead of a pump. Modulating control: Modulating valve control using valve motor drive or 4 - 20 mA control signals.

-

Two alarm outputs.

-

4 - 20 mA level output (isolated).

Two or three element modulating control: Modulating valve control using a valve motor drive or 4 - 20 mA control signal.

-

Two alarm outputs.

-

4 - 20 mA level output (isolated).

-

Feedback from steam flowmeter.

-

Feed forward from water flowmeter.

Inputs / Function The product compares the input signals with the set point selected by the user. It then changes its output signal to control the water level in the boiler or tank. Outputs The product control signal can be configured / wired to work with a pump or a modulating control valve. It also provides relay outputs for high and low level alarms and can provide an isolated 0 - 20 mA or 4 - 20 mA retransmission output. Parameters can be remotely accessed via the RS485 / MODBUS communications. Other features An additional filter can be selected to increase the damping effect for turbulent conditions.

TI-P402-134 EMM Issue 6

Page 2 of 6

LC2650 Level controller

Boiler house Level controls Technical data LC2650 Power supply

Mains voltage range

110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz

Power consumption

7.5 W (maximum)

General

Indoor use only

Maximum altitude

2 000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level

Ambient temperature limits

0 - 55 °C

Maximum relative humidity

80% up to 31 °C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40 °C

Overvoltage category

III 2 (as supplied)

Environmental

Pollution degree

3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 / NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.

Enclosure rating (front panel only)

NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by TRAC Global)

LVD (safety)

Electrical Safety EN 61010-1 UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05

EMC

Immunity / Emissions

Suitable for heavy industrial locations

Enclosure

Material

Polycarbonate

Colour

Pantone 294 (blue)

Material

Silicone rubber, 60 shore.

Front panel

Mains and signal connector

Level probe, feedback,steam meter and water cable / wire

Solder

Tin / lead (60 / 40%)

Termination

Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors. Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.

Cable size

0.2 mm² (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm² (12 AWG).

Stripping length

5 - 6 mm

Type

High temperature

Shield type

Screened

Number of cores

3 (LP20 / PA20), 2 (LP20 / PA420 4-20 mA Transducer

Gauge

1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

Recommended type

0/4-20 mA output(s) cable/wire

RS485 communication cable / wire

Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200, Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS

Type

Twisted pair

Shield type

Screened

Number of pairs

1

Gauge

0.23 - 1 mm² (24 - 18 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

Type

EIA RS485 twisted pair

Shield type

Screened

Number of pairs

2 or 3

Gauge

0.23 mm² (24 AWG)

Maximum length

1 200 m (4 000 ft)

Recommended type

Alpha Wire 6413 or 6414

LAN Cat 5 or Cat 5E ScTP (screened), FTP (foil) or STP (shielded) cable can be used, but limited to 600 m.

TI-P402-134 EMM Issue 6

Page 3 of 6

LC2650 Level controller

2.3.56

Boiler house Level controls Technical data LC2650 (continued) Minimum voltage 0 Vdc or 1 V (with OUTRANGE function selected)

Level voltage

2.3.57

Input technical data

4 - 20 mA

Level 'out of range' alarmvoltage

Level 'out of range' alarmcurrent

Maximum voltage

6 Vdc (absolute maximum = 7 Vdc)

Input impedance

28 kΩ

Accuracy

5% FSD over operating range

Repeatability

2.5% FSD over operating range

Resolution

14 bit (0.15 mV approx)

Sample time

260 Hz

Minimum current

0 mA

Maximum current

20 mA

Input impedance

110 Ω

Accuracy

5% FSD over operating range

Repeatability

2.5% FSD over operating range

Resolution

14 bit (1 µA approximately)

Sample time

260 Hz

Minimum alarm level

< 0.2 Vdc

Minimum recovery level

> 1 Vdc

Maximum alarm level

> 6.5 Vdc

Maximum recovery level

< 6 Vdc

Minimum alarm level

< 2.5 mA

Minimum recovery level

> 4 mA

Maximum alarm level

> 21 mA

Maximum recovery level

< 20 mA

TI-P402-134 EMM Issue 6

Page 4 of 6

LC2650 Level controller

Boiler house Level controls Technical data LC2650 (continued)

24 Vdc supply

4 - 20 mA

Output technical data

Relays

RS485

Maximum voltage

24 Vdc (nominal)

Maximum current

25 mA

Ripple voltage

10 mV, full load

Minimum current

0 mA

Maximum current

22 mA

Open circuit voltage (maximum)

19 Vdc

Resolution

1% FSD

Maximum output load

500 ohm

Isolation

100 V

Output rate

10 / second

Contacts

2 x single pole changeover relays (SPCO)

Voltage ratings (maximum)

250 Vac

Resistive load

3 amp @ 250 Vac

Inductive load

1 amp @ 250 Vac ¼ HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac

ac motor load

1

/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Pilot duty load

C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils

Electrical life (operations)

3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load

Mechanical life (operations)

30 x 10 6

Physical layer

RS485 4-wire full or 2-wire half duplex

Protocol

Modbus RTU format

Isolation

60 Vac / dc

Receiver unit load

Infrared

2.3.58

(256 devices - maximum)

Output rate

Up to 10 frames / second

Physical layer

IrDA

Baud

38 400

Range

10 cm

Working angle

15°

Eye safety information

Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products - does not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1

TI-P402-134 EMM Issue 6

Page 5 of 6

LC2650 Level controller

Boiler house Level controls Safety information, installation and maintenance Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it. Caution: before installing and connecting the power ensure there is no condensation within the unit. The product may be installed on a DIN rail, on a chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is supplied. The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection. A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable plastic or metal enclosures Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection. Do not attempt to open the product - it is sealed and has no replaceable parts or internal switches. Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products. Your attention is drawn to IEE Regulations (BS 7671, EN 12953, EN 12952 and EN 50156). Elsewhere, other regulations will normally apply.

2.3.59

All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable. No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required. Boiler water level controls and level alarms do, however, require testing and inspection. General guidance is given in Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and g.

Weight 550 g.

52 mm

120 mm 8 mm

112 mm

LC2650 100

50

140 mm

120 mm

0 %

SP

PV

AL

OK

How to specify

Multi-voltage level controller having two alarms, configurable high or low, infrared communication as a master or slave unit.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC2650 level controller.

TI-P402-134 EMM Issue 6

Page 6 of 6

LC2650 Level controller

Boiler house Level Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P402-135

AB Issue 6

LC3050 Level Controller Description

The Spirax Sarco LC3050 is a level limiting alarm for use in conductive liquids as a high or a low alarm, and is defined as a 'special design water level limiter' in the context of EN 12952-11. It is suitable for use with steam or hot water boilers operating up to 32 bar at 239°C. The LC3050 is a dual voltage unit, 230 Vac or 115 Vac for use with Spirax Sarco high or low level, self-monitoring high integrity probes. The LC3050 has two LED’s, indicating normal and alarm conditions, and a test button (AL). The other buttons on the keypad are nonfunctional. The unit can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted. An automatic cyclic test of the probe, probe cable and controller is carried out every few seconds by internally simulating a fault in the probe. A test button is fitted so that a full test of the probe, controller, and associated circuits can be carried out. Provision is made for the wiring of a remote test button if required. WARNING; In most countries, steam boilers operating with limited supervision require two self-monitoring level probes and controllers to provide two independent low level alarms. A high level alarm is also advised, and is compulsory in some countries.

Clamping screw

2.3.60

LC3050

ALARM OK

AL

Alarm test button

Principal features:

- SIL certification for the LC3050 / LP30 system. - High integrity, self-monitoring low or high level alarm. - Dual mains supply, 230 / 115 Vac. - UL and TÜV approved. - LED indication of status. - Infrared communications. Approvals An assessment upon the LP3050 / LP30 Low Level Alarm System concluded it meets the requirements of IEC 61508-2:2010, to Saftey Intergrity Level of SIL2 when used in a 1001 architecture and SIL3 when used in 1002 architecture. This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 / 108 / EC and all its requirements. This product meets all the Requirements of the Directive and is suitable for Class A Environments (eg Industrial). The LC3050 meets the requirements of the Directive by meeting the Controlling standard: - EN 61326-1: 2006 - Electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use - EMC requirements Part 1: General requirements.

Clamping screw

Function / Inputs / Outputs

Function The LC3050 is normally configured to warn of a change in level outside normal limits for steam or hot water boilers, tanks or vessels, by de-energising an alarm relay. Spirax Sarco high-integrity, selfmonitoring probes can indicate internal faults or water ingress. The LC3050 compares the resistance to earth from the probe, through the water, to the boiler or vessel shell. If a change in water level causes this resistance to change beyond a set limit, a timer is engaged which alters the state of internal relays after a pre-set delay. This signal is normally used to trigger an alarm, and cut the supply to the burner. Input / output The product accepts inputs from the LP30 low level probe or the LP31 high level probe.

In addition the LC3050 meets the EMC requirements of the following standards: - EN 12953-9: 2007 - Shell boilers Part 9: Requirements for limiting devices of the boiler and accessories. - EN 12952-11: 2007 - Water-tube boilers and auxiliary installations Part 11: Requirements for limiting devices of the boiler and accessories.

With the water level normal the green LED will be lit, and the boiler panel will indicate a normal water level. The green LED briefly extinguishes every few seconds showing that the automatic cyclic test is being carried out.

The product complies with Low Voltage Directive (2006 / 95 / EC) by meeting the standards of: - EN 61010-1:2010 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use. The LC3050 has been type-tested as a Special Design Water Level Limiter by meeting the Standard: - Vd TÜV requirements for water level control and limiting devices, Water Level 100 (07.2010). - UL listed (open)

Outputs can be remotely accessed via the RS485 / MODBUS communications.

A compensation tip on the probe signals an alarm if the probe should become faulty through water ingress or an internal wiring fault.

Other features The LC3050 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent controllers. It enables the alarm status of the LC3050 to be passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user). User products are those fitted with a graphics display. The LC3050 is defined as a slave unit. No set-up or adjustment is needed. Page 1 of 3

Boiler house Level controls Technical data LC3050 220 / 240 Vac setting (198 V to 264 V)

Mains voltage range

Power supply

110 / 120 Vac setting (99 V to 132 V)

Frequency

50 - 60 Hz

Power consumption

230 V / 30 mA or 115 V / 60 mA

General

Indoor use only

Maximum altitude

2 000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level

Ambient temperature limits

0 - 55°C

Maximum relative humidity

80% up to 31°C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40°C

Overvoltage category

III 2 (as supplied)

Pollution degree

2.3.61

Environmental

Cable / wire and connector data

Mains and signal connector

Level probe cable / wire

Input technical data

Relays Output technical data

Infrared

TI-P402-135 AB Issue 6

3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 / NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.

Enclosure rating (front panel only)

NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by TRAC Global)

LVD (safety)

Electrical Safety EN 61010-1 UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05

EMC

Immunity / Emissions

Suitable for heavy industrial locations

Enclosure

Material

Polycarbonate Silicone rubber, 60 shore.

Front panel

Material

Solder

Tin / lead (60 / 40%)

Termination

Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors. Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.

Cable size

0.2 mm² (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm² (12 AWG).

Stripping length

5 - 6 mm

Type

High temperature

Shield type

Screened

Number of cores

4

Gauge

1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

Maximum length

50 m (164 ft)

Recommended type

Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200, Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS

Minimum conductivity

30 µS /cm or 30 ppm at 25°C

Contacts

2 x single pole changeover relays (SPCO)

Voltage ratings (maximum)

250 Vac

Resistive load

3 amp @ 250 Vac

Inductive load

1 amp @ 250 Vac ¼ HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac

ac motor load

1

10

HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Pilot duty load

C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils

Electrical life (operations)

3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load

Mechanical life (operations)

30 x 10 6

Physical layer

IrDA

Baud

38 400

Range

10 cm

Working angle

15°

Eye safety information

Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products does not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1

LC3050 Level Controller

Page 2 of 3

Boiler house Level controls Safety information, installation and maintenance Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it. Caution: before installing and connecting the power ensure there is no condensation within the unit. The product may be installed on a DIN rail, on a chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is supplied. The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection. A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable plastic or metal enclosures Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection. Do not attempt to open the product - it is sealed and has no replaceable parts or internal switches. Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products. Your attention is drawn to IEE Regulations (BS 7671, EN 12953, EN 12952 and EN 50156). Elsewhere, other regulations will normally apply. All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable. No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required. Boiler water level controls and level alarms do, however, require testing and inspection. General guidance is given in Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and g.

Weight 430 g.

52 mm

120 mm

LC3050

ALARM OK

140 mm

120 mm

AL

How to specify

High-integrity self-monitoring level controller with fail-safe operation and self-testing facilities. LED indication of alarm and safe status. Infrared communications facility. A test button facility shall be provided on the front panel.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC3050 level high-integrity, self-monitoring level controller.

TI-P402-135 AB Issue 6

LC3050 Level Controller

Page 3 of 3

2.3.62

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P403-57

AB Issue 4

BCS1 Pipeline Set Please note: The inter connecting pipework is to be supplied by the customer.

Blowdown from boiler

2.4.1

M10 ball valve ¼" BSP plug BCV1 blowdown valve Fig 12 strainer

PT2 plug tail LCV1 check valve

CP10 sensor S10 sensor chamber

Description

The BCS1 pipeline set is a kit of components selected to enable straightforward installation of a TDS control system where the probe assembly is to be mounted in the pipeline, rather than directly in the boiler shell. The BCS1 pipeline set consists of the following items:1 x S10 sensor chamber ½" BSP. 1 x CP10 sensor and gasket. 1 x PT2 plug tail. 1 x Sensor chamber plug ¼" BSP. 1 x BCV1 solenoid valve ½" BSP, 230 V. 1 x LCV1 check valve ½" BSP. 1 x Fig 12 SG iron strainer ½" BSP. 2 x M10 ball valves ½" BSP. Alternative products are available, but not as part of a kit. A controller is also required, and should be selected from the Spirax Sarco range. The BC3150 and BC3250 are both suitable, and offer a choice of features. Full details are available in separate literature. Principal features: - For TDS systems with probe in pipeline. - Complete pipeline kit - choice of controller. - Suitable for boiler pressures of 14 bar g. - For blowdown rates up to 590 kg / h.

Weight

Boxed kit approximately 3.7 kg.

Materials

S10 sensor chamber CP10 sensor body and pin PT2 plug tail Sensor chamber plug

Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 Brass body Carbon steel Brass body, stainless steel seat, BCV1 solenoid valve PTFE seal. LCV1 check valve Bronze Fig 12 strainer SG iron M10 ball valve Zinc plated forged carbon steel See individual product literature for further information.

M10 ball valve

Blowdown to heat recovery system

Pressure / temperature limits Maximum boiler pressure 14 bar g.

Capacities

The capacity of the system is limited by the blowdown valve capacity at various boiler pressures. Boiler pressure (bar g) 1 2 4 6 8 10 14

Low to medium flowrates (Standard setting*) 60 85 115 130 150 165 200

Medium to high flowrates (High setting*) 175 250 350 385 445 495 590

* At 'Standard setting' the controller is set to open the valve for 10 seconds every 30 seconds. When blowing down at 'High setting' the controller opens the valve continuously.

Electrical data

BCV1 solenoid (blowdown) valve Voltage range 209 V to 264 V Frequency range 50 to 60 Hz 40 VA (inrush) Power consumption 16 VA /10 W (hold) Protection rating IP65

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the installation and maintenance instructions supplied with the product. Warning: The BCV1 valve and CP10 sensor contain PTFE which can give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat. Installation note: The products contained in the BCS1 pipeline set are designed and constructed to withstand the forces encountered during normal use. Use of the BCS1 pipeline set other than for the control of TDS could cause damage to the products and may cause injury or fatality to personnel.

Spare parts

Armature and spring set for the BCV1 blowdown valve (kit)

Stock No. 4034080

How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BCS1 pipeline set.

2.4.2

TI-P403-57 AB Issue 4

BCS1 Pipeline Set

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P403-60

AB Issue 5

BCV1 and BCV20 Blowdown Valves Description

2.4.3

The BCV1 and BCV20 valves are small bore, normally closed valves with a brass body and corrosion resistant internal components. They are primarily intended for low and medium pressure boiler blowdown applications. BCV1 and BCV20 valves are identical apart from the orifice size, the BCV1 having a 3 mm ( ") orifice and the BCV20 a 6 mm (¼") orifice. Valves are supplied complete with a mains connector, which is protected to IP65 and is suitable for 3 x 1 mm² (18 AWG) cable.

Available sizes and pipe connections ½" ½" ½" ½"

screwed screwed screwed screwed

BSP BSP NPT NPT

-

230 V version 110 V version 120 V version 120 V version (UL/CSA Listed)

Electrical data 230 V version

207 V to 253 V

110 V version

99 V to 121 V

120 V version

108 V to 132 V

Frequency

50 - 60 Hz

Maximum power consumption Protection rating

40 VA (inrush) 16 VA/12 W (hold) IP65 (Nema 4)

Materials Body

Brass

Soft seal

PTFE

Internal components

Stainless steel

Limiting conditions BCV1

Blowdown valves Maximum boiler or steam pressure - Intermittent operation Medium temperature range Maximum ambient temperature Medium

14 bar g

BCV1

BCV20

(UL/CSA)

203 psi g

9 bar g

130 psi g

4 bar g

58 psi g

- 40 to +200 °C - 40 to +392 °F - 40 to +180 °C - 40 to +356 °F - 40 to +180 °C - 40 to +356 °F 55 °C

130 °F

Water and steam

55 °C

130 °F

Water and steam

55 °C

130 °F

Water and steam

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Dimensions/weight

(approximate) in mm (ins) and kg (Ibs)

A

B

C

D

E

Weight

40 (1.57)

110 (4.33)

74.5 (2.93)

94.5 (3.72)

73 (2.87)

0.75 (1.65)

E A

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Armature and spring set (kit).

Stock No. 4034080

Solenoid coil 230 V

Stock No. 4034081

Solenoid coil 110/120 V

Stock No. 4034082

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the valve type. D

B

½" BSP/NPT

Example: 1 off Armature and spring set (Stock No. 4034080) for a Spirax Spirax BCV20 blowdown valve.

½" BSP/NPT

2.4.4 C

Capacities Model Orifice size

Solenoid coil

BCV1

BCV20

3 mm ( ")

6 mm (¼")

0.25

0.8

Kv value For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Spring Armature with PTFE valve seat

When used for boiler blowdown purposes, the valve will be controlling a mixture of water and flash steam, so the following capacity table applies: Boiler pressure bar g

psi g

Capacities BCV1 BCV20 kg / h lb / h kg / h lb / h

1

14.5

175

385

560

1 232

2

29

250

550

790

1 738

4

58

350

770

1 120

2 464

6

87

385

847

8

116

445

979

10

145

495

1 089

14

203

590

1 298

When the BCV20 valve is used as part of the BCS2 blowdown control system, downstream of a steam trap, the following capacity table applies: Head across valve

Capacities Cold water Hot water with flash steam kg / h lb / h kg / h lb / h

m

ft

1

3

253

2

6

358

3

9

438

5

15

566

1 245

142

312

10

30

800

1 760

200

440

557

63

138

787

90

198

963

110

242

How to specify BCV1 Solenoid valves shall be Spirax Sarco normally closed blowdown valve type BCV1 or BCV1 (UL / CSA) with brass bodies and stainless steel valve seat with a PTFE seal. BCV20 Solenoid valves shall be Spirax Sarco normally closed, low pressure blowdown valve type BCV20 with brass bodies and stainless steel valve seat with a PTFE seal.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BCV1 or BCV20 blowdown valve having screwed BSP connections, 230 V 50-60 Hz.

TI-P403-60 AB Issue 5

BCV1 and BCV20 Blowdown Valves

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

2.4.5

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016 Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P403-102

AB Issue 4 TI-P402-135

AB Issue 6

BCV LC3050 Blowdown Control Valves Level Controller DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2") Description

The Spirax Sarco is control a levelvalves limiting for use using in Spirax Sarco's BCV LC3050 blowdown are alarm manufactured the TM conductive liquids as a high or a low alarm, andhave is defined as a market proven Spira-trol body. These valves been specifically 'special design water level limiter' in the context 12952-11. It designed for the blowdown of steam boilers orofforEN other high pressure is suitable for use with steam and or hot boilersused operating to drop, low flow applications, arewater generally with aupblowdown 32 bar at 239°C. controller as part of an automatic BCV control system. The LC3050 dual voltage unit, 230 or 115 Vac for use with The flowrate is is aadjusted by setting the Vac stroke of the valve spindle. Spirax Sarco high or low level, self-monitoring high integrity probes. These valves have been specially designed to minimize seat erosion and The LC3050 has two LED’s, indicating normal and alarm conditions, ensure consistent tight shut-off. and a test button (AL). The other buttons on the keypad are nonA ¼" BSP plug at the base of the valve may be removed to allow a sample functional. cooler tocan be fitted. The unit be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.

An automatic test of the probe, probe cable and controller is Two versionscyclic are available: carried out every few seconds by internally simulating a fault in the -probe. Electrohydraulically actuated BCV blowdown control valve. A test button is fitted so that a full test of the probe, controller, and - Pneumatically actuated BCV blowdown control valve. associated circuits can be carried out. Provision is made for the wiring of a models: remote test button if required. Available

Connections WARNING; Material In most countries, steam boilers operating with Screwed Socket weld Flanged Butt weld limited supervision require two self-monitoring level probes and controllers provide two independent low level alarms. Carbon steel to BCV41 BCV42 BCV43 BCV44 A high level alarm is also advised, and is compulsory in some Stainless steel BCV61 BCV62 BCV63 BCV64 countries. SG iron features:BCV71 BCV73 Principal steel BCV84 -Alloy SIL certification for the LC3050 BCV82 / LP30 system.BCV83 - High integrity, self-monitoring low or high level alarm. TM body -Spira-trol Dual mainsvalve supply, 230options / 115 Vac. sealing Graphite packing High temperature applications -Stem UL and TÜV approved. - LED indication of status. 316L stainless steel with Hard facing -Seating Infrared communications. Stellite 6 facing

Size and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP or NPT, Socket Clamping weld and Butt weld. screw DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 Flanged: EN 1092 PN25, PN40,LC3050 PN63 and PN100 ASME class 125, 150, 250, 300 and 600 JIS / KS 10K, 20K, 30K and 40K

ALARM OK

AL

Alarm test button

Electrohydraulically actuated

Clamping screw

Function / Inputs / Outputs

Function Approvals BCV blowdown control valves are compatible with the following The LC3050 is normally configured to warn of a change in level An assessment upon the LP3050 / LP30 Low Level Alarm System actuators itand positioners: outside normal limits for steam or hot water boilers, tanks or vessels, concluded meets the requirements of IEC 61508-2:2010, to Saftey by de-energising an alarm relay. Spirax Sarco high-integrity, selfIntergrity SIL2 when used in a 1001 Positioners architecture and SIL3 Version Level ofActuator monitoring probes can indicate internal faults or water ingress. when used in 1002 architecture. Electric AHL1 series The LC3050 compares the resistance to earth from the probe, This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility (pneumatic) through the water, to the boiler or vessel shell. If a change in water Directive 2004 / 108 / EC andPP5 all its requirements. EP5 (electropneumatic) level causes this resistance to change beyond a set limit, a timer This product meets all the Requirements of the Directive and is is engaged which alters the state of internal relays after a pre-set PN9_ __ ISP5(eg (intrinsically safeLC3050 electropneumatic) suitable for Class A Environments Industrial). The meets Pneumatic delay. This signal is normally used to trigger an alarm, and cut the series the requirements of the Directive bySP400 meeting Controlling SP200is, andthe SP500 Pneumatically supply to the burner. standard: (microprocessor based electropneumatic) actuated - EN 61326-1: 2006 - Electrical equipment for measurement control Input / output SP300 (digital communications) and laboratory use - EMC requirements Part 1: General The product accepts inputs from the LP30 low level probe or the requirements. LP31 high level probe. Standards These products fully meets complythewith requirements offollowing the EuropeanWith the water level normal the green LED will be lit, and the boiler In addition the LC3050 EMCthe requirements of the standards:Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Pressure panel will indicate a normal water level. The green LED briefly - EN 12953-9: 2007 - Shell boilers Part 9: Requirements for limiting extinguishes every few seconds showing that the automatic cyclic Certification devices of the boiler and accessories. test is being carried out. These products are available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1. -Note: EN 12952-11: 2007 - Water-tube boilers and auxiliary installations All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at theA compensation tip on the probe signals an alarm if the probe Part 11: Requirements for limiting devices of the boiler and should become faulty through water ingress or an internal wiring time of order placement. accessories. fault. The product complies with Low Voltage Directive (2006 / 95 / EC) Outputs can be remotely accessed via the RS485 / MODBUS Operation by meeting the standards of: communications. BCV blowdown control valves are supplied loaded to the closed - EN 61010-1:2010 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for position. measurement, control and laboratory use. Other features Electrical version: When the power is connected the actuator theThe LC3050 can communicate via an infrared link between The LC3050 has been type-tested as a Special DesigntoWater Level valve opens to the the position set by the internal limit switch. Limiter by meeting Standard: adjacent controllers. It enables the alarm status of the LC3050 to version: When the solenoid valve opens, airdevices, is admitted tobe passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user). User products are -Pneumatic Vd TÜV requirements for water level control and limiting theWater actuator activating the valve to open to the selected stroke. those fitted with a graphics display. The LC3050 is defined as a Level 100 (07.2010). slave unit. No set-up or adjustment is needed. - UL listed (open)

Page Page1 1ofof14 3

2.4.6

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Materials Please note that the spare parts available for the blowdown control valve are the same for both the electrically and pneumatically actuated versions.

No. Part

Material

Carbon steel

1.0619+N / WCB

Stainless steel 1.4408 / CF8M 1.

Body

2.4.7

SG iron

EN-GJS-400-18-LT / A395

Alloy steel

1.7357 / WC6

Forged steel

1.0460 / A105N or 1.0619 / WCB

Stainless steel 1.4408 / CF8M 2.

3.

Bonnet SG iron

EN-GJS-400-18-LT / A395

Alloy steel

1.7357 / WC6

Seat retainer Stainless steel 316L

4.

Seat

Stainless steel 316L with Stellite

5.

Plug

Stainless steel 316L with Stellite

Please note that the spare parts available for the blowdown control valve are the same for both the: - electrically and - pneumatically actuated versions.

2 1 5 3 4

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 2 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Electrical data

Actuator

AHL1 series

Supply voltage

Standard 24 Vac, Optional card 230 Vac and 110 Vac

Supply frequency

50 to 60 Hz

Power consumption

10 to 18

Actuator speed

Actuators thrust maximum

2 kN

Maximum shut-off value

Size

DN15 to DN25

2.4.8

2 mm / s, 4 mm / s or 6 mm / s

42 bar g

Actuator

½" to 1"

Maximum shut-off value

AHL1 series / PN9123E 42 bar g

DN32 to DN50

1¼" to 2"

AHL1 series / PN9223E

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 3 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Pressure / temperature limits – BCV4_ PN40, PN63 or PN100

Body design conditions:

JIS / KS 20K, 30K or 40K

EN PMA Maximum allowable pressure

ASME JIS / KS EN

2.4.9 TMA Maximum allowable temperature

ASME JIS / KS EN ASME

Minimum allowable temperature

JIS / KS EN PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

ASME JIS / KS EN

TMO Maximum operating temperature

ASME JIS / KS EN

Minimum operating temperature

ASME JIS / KS

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

PN40

40 bar g

@ 50 °C

PN63

63 bar g

@ 50 °C

PN100

100 bar g @ 50 °C

ASME class 150, class 300 or ASME class 600

ASME 150

19.6 bar g @ 38 °C

284 psi g @ 100 °F

ASME 300

51.1 bar g @ 38 °C

741 psi g @ 100 °F

ASME 600

102.1 bar g @ 38 °C

1 480 psi g @ 100 °F

JIS / KS 20K

34 bar g @ 120 °C

JIS / KS 30K

51 bar g @ 120 °C

JIS / KS 40K

68 bar g @ 120 °C

PN40

300 °C @ 27.6 bar g

PN63

400 °C @ 37.5 bar g

PN100

400 °C @ 59.5 bar g

ASME 150

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g

797 °F @ 80 psi g

ASME 300

425 °C @ 28.8 bar g

797 °F @ 418 psi g

ASME 600

425 °C @ 57.5 bar g

797 °F @ 834 psi g

JIS / KS 20K

300 °C @ 20 bar g

JIS / KS 30K

425 °C @ 30 bar g

JIS / KS 40K

425 °C @ 40 bar g

PN40

-10 °C

PN63

-29 °C

PN100

-29 °C

ASME 150

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 300

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 600

-29 °C

-20 °F

JIS / KS 20K

-10 °C

JIS / KS 30K

-29 °C

JIS / KS 40K

-29 °C

PN40

31.1 bar g @ 237 °C

PN63

47.0 bar g @ 261 °C

PN100

70.8 bar g @ 287 °C

ASME 150

13.9 bar g @ 197 °C

201 psi g @ 386 °F

ASME 300

41.7 bar g @ 254 °C

605 psi g @ 489 °F

ASME 600

80.0 bar g @ 295 °C

1 160 psi g @ 563 °F

JIS / KS 20K

30.6 bar g @ 236 °C

JIS / KS 30K

44.6 bar g @ 258 °C

JIS / KS 40K

58.5 bar g @ 276 °C

PN40

300 °C @ 27.6 bar g

PN63

400 °C @ 37.5 bar g

PN100

400 °C @ 59.5 bar g

ASME 150

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g

797 °F @ 80 psi g

ASME 300

425 °C @ 28.8 bar g

797 °F @ 418 psi g

ASME 600

425 °C @ 57.5 bar g

797 °F @ 834 psi g

JIS / KS 20K

300 °C @ 20 bar g

JIS / KS 30K

425 °C @ 30 bar g

JIS / KS 40K

425 °C @ 40 bar g

PN40

-10 °C

PN63

-29 °C

PN100

-29 °C

ASME 150

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 300

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 600

-29 °C

-20 °F

JIS / KS 20K

-10 °C

JIS / KS 30K

-29 °C

JIS / KS 40K

-29 °C 1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 4 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Pressure / temperature limits – BCV4_

BCV41 Screwed BSP BCV43 Flanged EN 1092

Temperature °C

  

B

C

D

A

  A   

Steam saturation curve

A



C

D

  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and Screwed BSP

2.4.10

B - C Flanged EN 1092 PN63 B - D Flanged EN 1092 PN100

Pressure psi g

BCV41 Screwed NPT BCV42 Socket weld BCV43 Flanged ASME BCV44 Butt weld





E





G







H

       H  

 

Steam saturation curve

  

F 

G



  Pressure bar g



Temperature °F

Temperature °C





The product must not be used in this region. E-F

Flanged ASME class 150

E - G Flanged ASME class 300, Screwed NPT and Socket weld class 3000 (B 16.11)

BCV43 Flanged JIS / KS

Temperature °C

E - H Flanged ASME class 600, Socket weld class 6000 (B 16.11) and Butt weld

  K  

L

M

J

  J   

Steam saturation curve 



J   Pressure bar g

L 

M 



The product must not be used in this region. J-J

Flanged JIS / KS 20K

K - K Flanged JIS / KS 30K L-L

Flanged JIS / KS 40K

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 5 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Pressure / temperature limits – BCV6_ PN40, PN63 or PN100

Body design conditions:

JIS / KS 20K, 30K or 40K

EN PMA Maximum allowable pressure

ASME JIS / KS EN

2.4.11 TMA Maximum allowable temperature

ASME JIS / KS EN ASME

Minimum allowable temperature

JIS / KS EN PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

ASME JIS / KS EN

TMO Maximum operating temperature

ASME JIS / KS EN

Minimum operating temperature

ASME JIS / KS

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

ASME class 150, class 300 or ASME class 600

PN40

40 bar g

@ 100 °C

PN63

63 bar g

@ 100 °C

PN100

100 bar g @ 100 °C

ASME 150

19.0 bar g @ 38 °C

275 psi g @ 100 °F

ASME 300

49.6 bar g @ 38 °C

719 psi g @ 100 °F

ASME 600

99.3 bar g @ 38 °C

1 440 psi g @ 100 °F

JIS / KS 20K

34 bar g @ 120 °C

JIS / KS 30K

51 bar g @ 120 °C

JIS / KS 40K

68 bar g @ 120 °C

PN40

400 °C @ 27.4 bar g

PN63

580 °C @ 39.5 bar g

PN100

580 °C @ 62.7 bar g

ASME 150

538 °C @ 1.4 bar g

1 000 °F @ 20 psi g

ASME 300

538 °C @ 25.2 bar g

1 000 °F @ 365 psi g

ASME 600

538 °C @ 50.0 bar g

1 000 °F @ 725 psi g

JIS / KS 20K

425 °C @ 20 bar g

JIS / KS 30K

490 °C @ 30 bar g

JIS / KS 40K

490 °C @ 40 bar g

PN40

-10 °C

PN63

-29 °C

PN100

-29 °C

ASME 150

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 300

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 600

-29 °C

-20 °F

JIS / KS 20K

-10 °C

JIS / KS 30K

-29 °C

JIS / KS 40K

-29 °C

PN40

32.2 bar g @ 240 °C

PN63

49.2 bar g @ 264 °C

PN100

75.1 bar g @ 291 °C

ASME 150

13.8 bar g @ 197 °C

200 psi g @ 386 °F

ASME 300

33.8 bar g @ 242 °C

490 psi g @ 467 °F

ASME 600

64.6 bar g @ 281 °C

937 psi g @ 538 °F

JIS / KS 20K

30.6 bar g @ 236 °C

JIS / KS 30K

44.6 bar g @ 258 °C

JIS / KS 40K

58.5 bar g @ 276 °C

PN40

400 °C @ 27.4 bar g

PN63

580 °C @ 39.5 bar g

PN100

580 °C @ 62.7 bar g

ASME 150

538 °C @ 1.4 bar g

1 000 °F @ 20 psi g

ASME 300

538 °C @ 25.2 bar g

1 000 °F @ 365 psi g

ASME 600

538 °C @ 50.0 bar g

1 000 °F @ 725 psi g

JIS / KS 20K

425 °C @ 20 bar g

JIS / KS 30K

490 °C @ 30 bar g

JIS / KS 40K

490 °C @ 40 bar g

PN40

-10 °C

PN63

-29 °C

PN100

-29 °C

ASME 150

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 300

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 600

-29 °C

-20 °F

JIS / KS 20K

-10 °C

JIS / KS 30K

-29 °C

JIS / KS 40K

-29 °C 1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 6 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

BCV61 Screwed BSP BCV63 Flanged EN 1092

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits – BCV6_

  B  A     A   

C

Steam saturation curve

D

A

C

  Pressure bar g



D 



The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and Screwed BSP

2.4.12

B - C Flanged EN 1092 PN63 B - D Flanged EN 1092 PN100

Pressure psi g

BCV61 Screwed NPT BCV62 Socket weld BCV63 Flanged ASME BCV64 Butt weld

     





F





G







 

H



F 



Steam saturation curve

 G

  Pressure bar g



H   



Temperature °F

Temperature °C



E

The product must not be used in this region. E-F

Flanged ASME class 150

E - G Flanged ASME class 300, Screwed NPT and Socket weld class 3000 (B 16.11)

BCV63 Flanged JIS / KS

Temperature °C

E - H Flanged ASME class 600, Socket weld and Butt weld class 6000 (B 16.11)

  

K

L

M

J



Steam saturation curve

  J   





J   Pressure bar g

L 

M 



The product must not be used in this region. J-J

Flanged JIS / KS 20K

K-L

Flanged JIS / KS 30K

K - M Flanged JIS / KS 40K

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 7 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Pressure / temperature limits – BCV7_ PN25

Body design conditions:

JIS / KS 10K

EN PMA Maximum allowable pressure

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

2.4.13

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature

PN25

25.0 bar g @ 120 °C

ASME 125

11.5 bar g @ 140 °C

166 psi g @ 284 °F

ASME 250

26.7 bar g @ 140 °C

387 psi g @ 284 °F

JIS / KS

JIS / KS 10K

13.7 bar g @ 120 °C

EN

PN25

300 °C @ 20 bar g

ASME 125

232 °C @ 8.6 bar g

449 °F @ 125 psi g

ASME 250

232 °C @ 17.2 bar g

449 °F @ 249 psi g

JIS / KS

JIS / KS 10K

300 °C @ 9.8 bar g

EN

PN25

-10 °C

ASME 125

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 250

-29 °C

-20 °F

JIS / KS

JIS / KS 10K

-10 °C

EN

PN25

22.5 bar g @ 220 °C

ASME 125

10.0 bar g @ 184 °C

145 psi g @ 363 °F

ASME 250

18.0 bar g @ 209 °C

261 psi g @ 408 °F

JIS / KS

JIS / KS 10K

12.3 bar g @ 191 °C

EN

PN25

300 °C @ 20.0 bar g

ASME 125

232 °C @ 8.6 bar g

449 °F @ 125 psi g

ASME 250

232 °C @ 17.2 bar g

449 °F @ 249 psi g

JIS / KS

JIS / KS 10K

300 °C @ 9.8 bar g

EN

PN25

-10 °C

ASME 125

-29 °C

-20 °F

ASME 250

-29 °C

-20 °F

JIS / KS 10K

-10 °C

ASME

ASME

ASME

Minimum allowable temperature

ASME class 125 or ASME class 250

ASME

ASME

ASME JIS / KS

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 8 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Pressure / temperature limits – BCV7_

BCV71 Screwed BSP BCV73 Flanged EN 1092

Temperature °C



A

B

 Steam saturation curve

  

B 











Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and Screwed BSP

2.4.14

BCV71 Screwed NPT BCV73 Flanged ASME





E



  

Steam saturation curve

   

 D

  D



  Pressure bar g





E    

Temperature °F

Temperature °C

Pressure psi g    C

The product must not be used in this region. C - D Flanged ASME class 125 C - E Flanged ASME class 250 and Screwed NPT

BCV73 Flanged JIS / KS

Temperature °C



F

G

 Steam saturation curve

  







G   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. F - G Flanged JIS / KS 10K

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 9 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Pressure / temperature limits – BCV8_ PN63 or PN100

Body design conditions:

JIS / KS 30K or 40K

EN PMA Maximum allowable pressure

ASME JIS / KS EN

2.4.15

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

ASME JIS / KS EN ASME

Minimum allowable temperature

JIS / KS EN PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

ASME JIS / KS EN

TMO Maximum operating temperature

ASME JIS / KS EN

Minimum operating temperature

ASME JIS / KS

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

PN63

63 bar g @ 300 °C

PN100

100 bar g @ 300 °C

ASME 600

103.4 bar g @ 50 °C

JIS / KS 30K

51 bar g @ 120 °C

JIS / KS 40K

68 bar g @ 120 °C

PN63

490 °C @ 42.8 bar g

PN100

490 °C @ 68.0 bar g

ASME 600

538 °C @ 29.8 bar g

JIS / KS 30K

490 °C @ 30.0 bar g

JIS / KS 40K

510 °C @ 40.0 bar g

PN63

-29 °C

PN100

-29 °C

ASME 600

-29 °C

JIS / KS 30K

-29 °C

JIS / KS 40K

-29 °C

PN63

63.0 bar g @ 280 °C

PN100

99.0 bar g @ 310 °C

ASME 600

85.7 bar g @ 300 °C

JIS / KS 30K

44.6 bar g @ 257 °C

JIS / KS 40K

58.6 bar g @ 274 °C

PN63

490 °C @ 42.8 bar g

PN100

490 °C @ 68.0 bar g

ASME 600

538 °C @ 29.8 bar g

JIS / KS 30K

490 °C @ 30.0 bar g

JIS / KS 40K

510 °C @ 40.0 bar g

PN63

-29 °C

PN100

-29 °C

ASME 600

-29 °C

JIS / KS 30K

-29 °C

JIS / KS 40K

-29 °C

ASME class 600

1 500 psi g @ 122 °F

1 000 °F @ 432 psi g

-20 °F

1 243 psi g @ 572 °F

1 000 °F @ 432 psi g

-20 °F

1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 10 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits – BCV8_

BCV83 Flanged EN 1092

 A 

B

C

 

Steam saturation curve

  





B

C

  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN63 A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN100

2.4.16

Pressure psi g

BCV82 Socket weld BCV83 Flanged ASME BCV84 Butt weld



D











E

     



   

Steam saturation curve 





  Pressure bar g

E    



Temperature °F

Temperature °C





The product must not be used in this region. D - E Flanged ASME class 600, socket weld and butt weld

Temperature °C



BCV83 Flanged JIS / KS



G

H

F

 

Steam saturation curve

  







  Pressure bar g

F 



H 

The product must not be used in this region. F-F

Flanged JIS / KS 20K

G - H Flanged JIS / KS 30K

Kvs values Valve size

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

Kvs value

0.5

0.5

0.5

1.6

1.6

1.6

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 11 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Size

ASME

DN 15

PN

125 300

A

JIS/KS 10K

-

JIS/KS 20K

190.5

JIS/KS 30K

600

JIS/KS 40K 40 100

125

2.4.17

-

600

100

125

600

100

197

-

235 267

150 160 180 200 230

210

230

Pneumatic actuation

260 260 300

B1 392

JIS/KS 30K

421

422

JIS/KS 40K

JIS/KS 30K

432

408

JIS/KS 40K

C

416

449

378

JIS/KS 20K

40

B1

222 254

130

JIS/KS 10K

300

-

206 210 251 251 286

JIS/KS 20K

40

B

184

203

JIS/KS 10K

300

C1

DN DN DN DN DN 20 25 32 40 50

427

D

460

C

230

C1

170 125

JIS/KS 10K

300

JIS/KS 20K

40

D 600

100

JIS/KS 30K JIS/KS 40K

300

42.5 57.0 54.5 65.5 76.5 84.5

49.5

56.5

71.5

85.5

Weight 125

JIS/KS 10K

300

JIS/KS 20K

40

Electric version 600

100

125

JIS/KS 30K JIS/KS 40K JIS/KS 10K

300

JIS/KS 20K

40

Pneumatic version 600

100

JIS/KS 30K JIS/KS 40K

Electric actuation

B 12

16

12

16

12.8 13 19.5 20

18

28

33

12.8 13 30.5 31

34

18

19

19

25

23

36

39

44

D A

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 12 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls BCV selection guide Valve size

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2"

DN15

Valve series

BCV

BCV

Body material

4 6 7 8

= = = =

Carbon steel Stainless steel SG iron Alloy steel

4

Connections

1 2 3 4

= = = =

Screwed - Not available for the BCV8_ Socket weld - Not available for the BCV7_ Flanged Butt weld - Not available for the BCV7_

3

2.4.18

Stem sealing

H = Graphite

H

Seating

W = Stainless Steel 316L with Stellite

W

Type of trim

S = Standard trim

S

Trim-balancing

U = Unbalanced

U

Bonnet type

S = Standard

S

Bolting

S = Standard

S

Flow coefficient

To be specified

Kvs 0.5

Connection type

To be specified

Flanged ASME 300

PN = Pneumatic Actuation

PN

230 Vac, 110 Vac or 24 Vac

EL = Electrical

Selection example DN15

-

BCV

4

3

H

W

S

U

S

S

-

Kvs 0.5

-

Flanged ASME 300

PN

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BCV43 pneumatically actuated control valve having flanged ASME 300 connections.

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 13 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P403-103) supplied with the product. Installation note: The blowdown control valve should preferably be installed with the actuator vertically above the pipework and the flow direction as indicated on the valve body. It can be fitted in other positions, but not upside down. Disposal: This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of the product, providing due care is taken.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.

2.4.19

Please note that the spare parts available for the BCV blowdown control valve are the same for both the electrically and pneumatically actuated versions. Available spares A

Actuator clamping nut

B, G

Gasket set Stem seal kits

Graphite packing

Plug stem and seat kit

Linear trim (No gaskets supplied)

C1

A

D2, E

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares', and state the size and type of valve and specify clearly the full product description as found on the label of the blowdown control valve body, as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.

C1

Example: 1 off Actuator clamping nut for a Spirax Sarco DN15 BCV43 blowdown control valve.

B

D2

E G

TI-P403-102 AB Issue 4

Page 14 of 14

BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (½" to 2")

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P403-91

AB Issue 6

BC3150 Blowdown Controller Description

The BC3150 is a blowdown controller for steam boilers. It controls TDS (total dissolved solids – salts in solution) by opening and closing a blowdown valve. It works in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco conductivity sensor, a boiler blowdown valve or condensate dump valve.

2.4.20

The product can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted and powered by a 110 to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz mains supply. The front panel has a 3 digit LCD and a five-button keypad. The product has no battery. The programmed settings are held in non-volatile memory (Flash) and are written to after changing a parameter and pressing the OK key. Principal features:

-

Blowdown controller with temperature compensation.

-

Type approved as a TDS limiter and controller.

-

Works with CP10, CP30 or CP32 conductivity probes.

-

Wide range: 1-9990 µS/cm or ppm – (x1, x 10, x 100 x 1000).

-

LCD display with direct probe condition indicator.

-

Infrared communications.

-

Clamping screw

BC3150

x1000

x100

UL and TÜV approved.

LCD display

x10

Approvals This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements. The BC3150 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial). A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the reference number UK Supply BH BC3150 2008. The BC3150 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting the standards of:

-

CLN

AL 5 button display

OK

EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use.

The BC3150 has been type-tested as a TDS controller by meeting the standard:

-

Vd TÜV requirements for TDS control device, Water Level 100 (07.2010).

-

UL listed (open)

Clamping screw

Page 1 of 5

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Clamping screw

BC3150

x1000

x100

LCD display

x10

CLN

2.4.21

AL 5 button display

OK

Clamping screw

Function

All ranges and operating parameters are selected using the software menu. Commissioning is carried out using the two lower buttons. Once fully commissioned, the TDS value is displayed in μS/cm (or ppm if selected). If the water conductivity exceeds the Set Point level, the TDS value shown on the display will alternate with 'bld', and the valve relay will be energised until the conductivity drops below 5% of full scale (FS) below the set point. If the water conductivity exceeds the alarm level, the TDS value will alternate with 'AL' , and the valve relay will be energised until the conductivity drops 3% (FS) below the alarm level. If the system is carrying out a purge, The TDS value will alternate with 'Pur', and the valve relay will be energised until the conductivity drops 5% (FS) below the set point.

Inputs

The BC3150 can accept a signal from a Spirax Sarco conductivity probe (CP10, CP30, or CP32). A Pt100 temperature sensor may be connected to provide temperature compensation (2% / °C). This is recommended if the boiler is working at varying pressures, or for other applications, such as condensate monitoring or coil boilers, where the temperature may vary. If a Pt100 is not fitted, the product uses a default temperature of 184°C (10 bar g).

Outputs

Pulsed output - For smaller boilers where the capacity of the blowdown valve is relatively high compared to the boiler size, the blowdown may be set to pulsed, rather than continuous output, opening for 10 seconds, and closing for 20 seconds. This slows the rate at which the boiler water is removed so that the level is not unduly affected, avoiding the risk of triggering a low water alarm.

Other features

To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code. The BC3150 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent controllers. This feature enables the parameters of this product (OEM) to be passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user). The BC3150 is always an IR slave – No set-up or adjustment is needed. An isolated 4 - 20 mA output is provided as standard, and may be used for remote display of the TDS level or as an output to a computerised management system.

TI-P403-91 AB Issue 6

Page 2 of 5

BC3150 Blowdown Controller

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Technical data BC3150 Power supply

Mains voltage range

110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz

Power consumption

7.5 W (maximum)

General

Indoor use only

Maximum altitude

2 000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level

Ambient temperature limits

0 - 55°C

Maximum relative humidity

80% up to 31°C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40°C

Overvoltage category

III 2 (as supplied)

Pollution degree

Environmental

Mains and signal connector

3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 / NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.

Enclosure rating (front panel only)

NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by TRAC Global)

LVD (safety)

Electrical Safety EN 61010-1 UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05

EMC

Immunity / Emissions

Enclosure

Material

Front panel

Material

Solder

Tin / lead (60 / 40%)

Termination

Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors. Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.

Cable size

0.2 mm² (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm² (12 AWG).

Stripping length

5 - 6 mm

Type

High temperature

Shield type

Screened

Gauge

1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

TDS probe

0 - 9.99 range - 10 metres Maximum length

0 - 99.90 range - 30 metres 0-999.0 range and 0-9990 ranges - 100 metres

Cable / wire and connector data Pt100 probe cable / wire

4 - 20 mA output cable / wires

Recommended type

Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200, Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS

Type

High temperature, twisted

Shield type

Screened

Number of cores

3

Gauge

1 - 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

Recommended type

Various

Type

Twisted pair

Shield type

Screened

Number of pairs

1

Gauge

0.23 - 1 mm² (24 - 18 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

Recommended type

Various

TI-P403-91 AB Issue 6

Page 3 of 5

BC3150 Blowdown Controller

2.4.22

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Technical data BC3150 (continued) Probe types

CP10, CP30 and CP32 Minimum ≥ 1 µS @ 25°C 0 – 9.99 ppm or µS/cm

Ranges

Water conductivity Input technical data

2.4.23

0 – 99.9 ppm or µS/cm 0 – 999 ppm or µS/cm 0 – 9990 ppm or µS/cm

Accuracy

±2.5% FSD (possibly > in high EM locations)

µS/cm to ppm conversion

0.7

Neutralising factor

0.7

Resolution

0.1% FSD

Drive:

ac – 4 wires

Sensor type

Pt100 – Class B or better

Range

0 - 250°C (With Pt100 not fitted – user programmed temperature 100 - 250°C, 1°C steps)

Temperature compensation Accuracy (TC)

Probe cleaning

4 - 20 mA

Output technical data

Relays

±2.5% FSD – system accuracy ±5%

Resolution

0.1% FSD

Drive:

dc – 3 wires

Maximum voltage

32 Vdc

Drive

Pulsed (1 second on, 1 second off)

Time

20 seconds

Minimum current

0 mA

Maximum current

20 mA

Open circuit voltage (maximum)

19 Vdc

Resolution

0.1% FSD

Maximum output load

500 ohm

Isolation

100 V

Output rate

10 / second

Contacts

2 x single pole changeover relays (SPCO)

Voltage ratings (maximum)

250 Vac

Resistive load

3 amp @ 250 Vac

Inductive load

1 amp @ 250 Vac

ac motor load

¼ HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac 1

/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Pilot duty load

C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils

Electrical life (operations)

3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load

Mechanical life (operations)

30 x 10 6

TI-P403-91 AB Issue 6

Page 4 of 5

BC3150 Blowdown Controller

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Safety information, installation and maintenance

Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it. Caution: before installing and connecting the power ensure there is no condensation within the unit. The product may be installed on a DIN rail, on a chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is supplied. The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection. A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250 ) is required. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable plastic or metal enclosures Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection. Do not attempt to open the product - it is sealed and has no replaceable parts or internal switches. Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products. Your attention is drawn to IEE Regulations (BS 7671, EN 12953, EN 12952 and EN 50156). Elsewhere, other regulations will normally apply. All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable.

2.4.24

No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required. Boiler water level controls and level alarms do, however, require testing and inspection. General guidance is given in Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and g.

Weight 475 g.

52 mm

120 mm 8 mm

112 mm

BC3150

x1000

x100 x10

140 mm

CLN

120 mm

AL

OK

How to specify

Blowdown controller with LCD display and five-button keypad, and infrared communications.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BC3150 blowdown controller.

TI-P403-91 AB Issue 6

Page 5 of 5

BC3150 Blowdown Controller

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

2.4.25

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P403-90

AB Issue 6

BC3250 Blowdown Controller Description

The BC3250 is a blowdown controller for steam boilers. It controls TDS (total dissolved solids - salts in solution) by opening and closing a blowdown valve.

Clamping screw

It also has a timer that controls a bottom blowdown valve, to remove precipitated solids from the bottom of the boiler.

2.4.26

BC3250

The product works in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco conductivity sensor, a boiler blowdown valve and, for c ondensate contamination detection, a dump valve.

100

It can operate on a supply voltage of between 110 to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz.

Graphic display

The front panel has an LCD graphics display and five-button keypad to select, view, and change functions.

50

In run mode (standard setting) the display is divided into three sections: i)

0 %

Process variable and control parameters.

SP

ii) Information line, displays the various control states and process units.

PV Process Variable highest and lowest recorded value.

-

SP Set Point and hysteresis point.

-

AL High Alarm and hysteresis point.

AL

5 button display

iii) Three bar graphs, which show a percentage of full scale of:

-

PV

OK

Clamping screw

An additional filter can be selected to increase the damping effect where the probe is fitted directly in the boiler. This avoids overfrequent valve operation. A Trend graph screen display appears if the right or left button is pressed in run mode - This displays a record of the variation in TDS over a set time. The BC3250 can be used on a condensate contamination system. Please note that it will not detect contaminants that do not change the conductivity, e.g. oils, fats, or sugars. The blowdown may be set to pulsed, rather than continuous output, opening for 10 seconds, and closing for 20 seconds. This avoids the risk of triggering a low water alarm in smaller boilers. An isolated 0 - 20 or 4 - 20 mA output is provided for remote display of the TDS level or as an output to a management system. If a switch box is fitted to the bottom blowdown valve actuator, an alarm can be configured to indicate if the bottom blowdown valve fails to close or to lift off its seat. The BC3250 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent controllers. It can be designated as either a master unit or a slave unit.

Principal features:

-

Blowdown controller with bottom blowdown timer.

-

Multi-voltage 110 Vac to 240 Vac.

-

UL and TÜV approved.

-

Display in µS / cm or ppm.

-

LCD graphics display of PV and sequential trend graph.

-

Filter for turbulent conditions.

-

Infrared communications.

-

Diagnostic / test facility.

-

0/4 - 20 mA output.

-

EIA 485 / Modbus communications.

The unit can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.

Page 1 of 6

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Clamping screw

BC3250 100

Graphic display 50

0 %

SP

2.4.27

PV

AL

5 button display

OK

Clamping screw

Approvals This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements. The BC3250 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial). A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the reference number UK Supply BH BC3250 2008. The BC3250 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting the standards of:

-

EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use.

The BC3250 has been type-tested as a TDS controller by meeting the standard:

-

Vd TÜV requirements for TDS control device, Water Level 100 (07.2010).

-

UL listed (open)

Function

Inputs The BC3250 can accept a signal from a Spirax Sarco CP10, CP30 or CP32 conductivity probe, and a Pt100 temperature sensor. Function / outputs If the water conductivity exceeds the Set Point, the valve relay will be energised until the conductivity drops below the Set Point. If the water conductivity exceeds the alarm level, the alarm relay will be de-energised until the conductivity drops below the alarm level. Other features:

-

Test function.

-

Direct display of probe factor.

-

Commissioning parameters protected with a pass code.

TI-P403-90 AB Issue 6

Page 2 of 6

BC3250 Blowdown Controller

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Technical data BC3250 Power supply

Mains voltage range

110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz

Power consumption

7.5 W (maximum)

General

Indoor use only

Maximum altitude

2 000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level

Ambient temperature limits

0 - 55 °C

Maximum relative humidity

80% up to 31 °C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40 °C

Overvoltage category

Environmental

2 (as supplied)

Pollution degree

3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 / NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.

Enclosure rating (front panel only)

NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by TRAC Global)

LVD (safety)

Electrical Safety EN 61010-1 UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05

EMC

Immunity / Emissions

Enclosure Front panel

Mains and signal connector

III

Material

Polycarbonate

Colour

Pantone 294 (blue)

Material

Silicone rubber, 60 shore.

Solder

Tin / lead (60 / 40%)

Termination

Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors. Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.

Cable size

0.2 mm² (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm² (12 AWG).

Stripping length

5 - 6 mm

Type

High temperature

Shield type

Screened

Number of cores

4

Gauge

1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

TDS cable / wire

0 - 9.99 range - 10 metres Maximum length

0 - 99.90 range - 30 metres 0-999.0 range and 0-9990 ranges - 100 metres

Recommended type

Pt100 probe cable / wires

Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200, Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS

Type

High temperature, twisted

Shield type

Screened

Number of cores

3

Gauge

1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

TI-P403-90 AB Issue 6

Page 3 of 6

BC3250 Blowdown Controller

2.4.28

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Technical data BC3250 (continued)

0/4-20 mA output(s) cable/wire

RS485 communication cable / wire

2.4.29

Type

Twisted pair

Shield type

Screened

Number of pairs

1

Gauge

0.23 - 1 mm² (24 - 18 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

Recommended type

various

Type

EIA RS485 twisted pair

Shield type

Screened

Number of pairs

2 or 3

Gauge

0.23 mm² (24 AWG)

Maximum length

1200 m (4000 ft)

Recommended type

Alpha Wire 6413 or 6414

LAN Cat 5 or Cat 5E ScTP (screened), FTP (foil) or STP (shielded) cable can be used, but limited to 600 m. Probe types

CP10, CP30 and CP32 Minimum ≥ 1 µS @ 25 °C 0 – 9.99 ppm or µS/cm

Ranges

Water conductivity

Input technical data

Temperature compensation (TC)

Burner input

0 – 99.9 ppm or µS/cm 0 – 999 ppm or µS/cm 0 – 9990 ppm or µS/cm

Accuracy

±2.5% FSD (Poss > if high EMC)

pH factor

0.50 – 1.00 (0.7 default)

Neutralising factor

0.7

Resolution

0.1% FSD

Drive:

ac – 4 wires

Sensor type

Pt100 – Class B or better

Range

0 - 250 °C (With Pt100 not fitted – user programmed temperature 100 - 250 °C, 1 °C steps)

Accuracy

±2.5% FSD – system accuracy ±5%

Resolution

1% FSD

Drive:

dc – 3 wires

Input voltage range

110 – 240 Vac

Maximum current input

2 mA maximum

TI-P403-90 AB Issue 6

Page 4 of 6

BC3250 Blowdown Controller

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Technical data BC3250 (continued) Probe cleaning

4 - 20 mA

Output technical data

Relays

RS485

Maximum voltage

32 Vdc

Drive

ac/dc/pulsed

Minimum current

0 mA

Maximum current

20 mA

Open circuit voltage (maximum)

19 Vdc

Resolution

1% FSD

Maximum output load

500 ohm

Isolation

100 V

Output rate

10 / second

Contacts

2 x single pole changeover relays (SPCO)

Voltage ratings (maximum)

250 Vac

Resistive load

3 amp @ 250 Vac

Inductive load

1 amp @ 250 Vac

ac motor load

Infrared

¼ HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac 1

/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Pilot duty load

C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils

Electrical life (operations)

3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load

Mechanical life (operations)

30 x 10 6

Physical layer

RS485 4-wire full or 2-wire half duplex

Protocol

Modbus RTU format

Isolation

60 Vac/dc

Receiver unit load

2.4.30

(256 devices - maximum)

Output rate

Up to 10 frames / second

Physical layer

IrDA

Baud

38 400

Range

10 cm

Working angle

15°

Eye safety information

Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products - does not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1

TI-P403-90 AB Issue 6

Page 5 of 6

BC3250 Blowdown Controller

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Safety information, installation and maintenance

Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it. The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection. A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250 ) is required. The product may be installed on a DIN rail, a chassis plate, or in a panel cut-out. A bezel is supplied. Install the product in an environment that minimises the effects of heat, vibration, shock and electrical interference. Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection. Do not attempt to open the product - it is sealed and has no replaceable parts or internal switches. Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products. Your attention is drawn to IEE Regulations (BS 7671, EN 12953, EN 12952 and EN 50156). Elsewhere, other regulations will normally apply.

2.4.31

All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable. No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required. Boiler water level controls and level alarms do, however, require testing and inspection. General guidance is given in Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and g.

Weight 550 g.

52 mm

120 mm 8 mm

112 mm

BC3250 100

50

140 mm

120 mm

0 %

SP

PV

AL

OK

How to specify

Blowdown controller with integral bottom blowdown timer and infrared comms.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BC3250 blowdown controller.

TI-P403-90 AB Issue 6

Page 6 of 6

BC3250 Blowdown Controller

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P403-96

AB Issue 3

Model 556 / TF56-N Turbidity Monitoring System Description

The Turbidity Monitoring System consists of a TF56-N Turbidimeter and a 556 Converter designed to continuously monitor for oil and grease contamination in make-up water and condensate circulated back to the boiler feedwater system. It can also be used to monitor the supply from mains raw water, demineralisation and reverse osmosis water treatment plants. The turbidimeter is a precise, dual channel, scattered light turbidity monitor that uses light in the visible range (VIS) and Near Infrared Range (NIR) from 400 to 1100 nm. A precisely defined constant light beam penetrates the fluid medium and the light scattered from any particles (trace suspended solids, undissolved liquids or gas bubbles) in the medium is detected by four hermetically sealed silicon photodiodes at an angle of 11°. Simultaneously the unscattered light is detected by a reference photodiode. This unique dual channel design compensates for colour and disturbances in the medium. The sensor can measure very low particle sizes and concentrations. The converter has four fixed and one variable measuring range calibrated in ppm, providing continuous, real-time monitoring of a fluid medium’s turbidity. A 3-digit LED indicator displays turbidity as a percentage of the selected measuring range. Two independent set points and a 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA output are provided by the converter for alarms and real-time remote display of turbidity monitoring. An additional failsafe relay output is built in for remote sensing of converter lamp or power failure.

Principle features: - Real-time process monitoring. - 2 independent alarm set points. Condensate - Failsafe relay. flow - 3-digit LED display. M10S - 0 - 20 or 4 - 20 mA output. - Dual channel compensation design. - Low maintenance. Fill - CIP / SIP compatible. M10S - Compact dimensions. - Reliable, cost effective measurement. Associated products: - MS10 isolating ball valve. - DCV3 check valve. - Ball valve actuator (BVA). - M21 two-port ball valve. - MV solenoid valve for BVA. - Three-port QL valve.

MV11 2-port ball valve

DCV3 M10S 500 mm (min)

2-port ball valve

MV11

TF56 sensor

M10S

100 mm (Sump)

3.0 ppm alarm relay

Divert Bypass

PN air

M10S Drain

556 converter 5.0 ppm divert relay

Recommended installation for the 556 / TF56-N turbidity monitoring system

Requirements

Many countries ensure the protection and safe operation of boiler equipment, buildings and personnel through Legislation and Standards. For example shell boilers operated in the European Community must comply with requirements of the harmonised standard EN 12953 that specifies maximum contamination levels for boilers operated unsupervised for periods of 24 or 72 hours.

Function

To protect the boiler feedwater system from oil and grease contamination, the Turbidity Monitoring System has two independent alarm set points:

-

Alarm 1 can be set to divert and discharge contaminated water above 3.0 ppm to a blowdown vessel or directly to drain. Alarm 2 can be set to shut down the boiler if contamination level rises above 5.0 ppm.

Diversion of contaminated supplies may be achieved with two 2-port ball valves with a ¼ turn actuator or a 3-port actuated valve.

Spare parts

For available spares and options please contact your local Spirax Sarco representative.

Page 1 of 4

2.4.32

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Technical data TF56-N Turbidimeter

2.4.33

556 Converter

Material

Sensor body stainless steel 316 Ti, 1.4571

Line size

DN25

Process connection

DIN flange (EN 1092)

Gaskets

Viton seals

Windows

Sapphire

Optical path length

40 mm

Process pressure

10 bar

Continuous process temperature

0°C to +100°C (+32°F to 212°F)

Peak process temperature

+120°C (+248°F) for maximum duration of 15 minutes / day

Ambient temperature

0°C to +40°C (+32°F to 104°F)

Air purge Light source

Aluminium

Mounting plate

W19 mounting assembly: For 482.6 mm (19") rack mounting (front IP40, rear IP20), 3HE / 21TE

Dimensions

106 x 116 x 190 mm deep (4.18" x 4.57" x 7.49" deep)

Weight

2.0 kg 1 digital display, 3-digits, LED, height 7 mm

Display

- 1 LED: power on (red) - 1 LED: Zero (green) - 5 LED: Range (yellow) - 2 LED: Alarms 1 (red) and Alarm 2 (red) - 1 LED: Lamp or system failure (red)

Measuring range

Factory set: 0 - 25 ppm, 0 - 50 ppm, 0 - 100 ppm, 0 - 250 ppm, 0 - 500 ppm, Variable range: 0 - 25…500 ppm

Connections available as standard

Resolution

< ± 0.5% of respective measuring range

Incandescent tungsten lamp: 5.0 Vdc, 775 mA (typical life span 3 to 5 years)

Repeatability

< ± 1% of respective measuring range

Linearity

Specific to application, < ± 2% with standard solution

Response time

1 second

Power supply

Selectable 115 / 230 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz

Power consumption

30 VA

Cable length

5.0 m (16 ft)

mA output

0 - 20 or 4 - 20 mA (load: 0 - 500 Ohm) galvanically isolated (> 500 Vdc)

Wave lengths

400 nm – 1100 nm

Detector

Silicon photodiodes hermetically sealed

Calibration

Basic calibration in ppm (DE), FTU, EBC Any measuring range between

Measuring range

Enclosure material

- 0 - 25 to 500 ppm (DE) - 0 - 10 to 200 FTU - 0 - 2.5 to 50 EBC

Resolution

< ± 0.5% of respective measuring range

Repeatability

< ± 1% of respective measuring range

Alarm output

2 independent adjustable SPDT relays.

Linearity

Specific to application, < ± 2% with standard solution

Failsafe

1 SPDT relay to alarm in case of lamp or system failure (active)

Protection

All optical parts protected according to IP65

In operation 0°C to +50°C (+32°F to +122°F)

Cable length

5.0 m (16 ft)

Ambient temperature

VA-plugprotection

Special ultra-shielded cable sets

Requirements

EN 61010-1 / 202-08 / class 1

Certificates

ISO 9001:2000, PED, CE, HPO

Certificates

ISO 9001:2000, GS, CE

Converter options

Turbidimeter options Flange specification High temperature Turbidimeter: TF56-HT Process connection

Power supply

- Continuous:

-20°C to +190°C (-4°F to +374°F)

(1 converter)

Housing

- Peak: -20 to +210°C

- B19-42 Housing: ABS plastic IP66 (2 converters)

S19-42 Housing: Stainless steel, IP65 (2 converters)

(-4°F to +410°F) for maximum duration of 15 minutes / day

TI-P403-96 AB Issue 3

24 Vac / dc at 50 / 60 Hz

- B19-21 Housing: ABS plastic IP66

- Flanged ASME class 150

- ASME: 1"

Storage temperature: -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F)

Cable lengths

Metric: 10, 20, 35, 50, up to maximum of 250 m Imperial: 33, 66, 115, 164 ft, up to a maximum of 820 ft

Alternative cable connectors

Rigid stainless steel connector

Model 556 / TF56-N Turbidity Monitoring System

Page 2 of 4

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg TF56-N Turbidimeter Weight: 4.0 kg (8.8 lbs)

Ø 92 mm

G1

96 mm

2.4.34 195 mm

160 mm

150 mm

556 Converter Weight: 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs)

128.4 mm (5.06")

106.3 mm (4.19")

TI-P403-96 AB Issue 3

18 mm (0.71")

Model 556 / TF56-N Turbidity Monitoring System

190 mm (7.48") Page 3 of 4

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls Safety information, installation and maintenance Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. The system operates at a potentially fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the system read the Instruction Manual supplied with the equipment.

2.4.35

Option 24 Vac / dc

PA / PE 24 Vac / dc

PA / PE 115 / 230 Vac

How to specify

Spirax Sarco dual-channel scatter light turbidity monitoring system.

TI-P403-96 AB Issue 3

How to order example

1 off Spirax Sarco Model 556 / TF56-N turbidity monitoring system.

Model 556 / TF56-N Turbidity Monitoring System

Page 4 of 4

Boiler house TDS blowdown controls

2.4.36

Boiler house Conductivity sensors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P403-49

AB Issue 6

CP30 Conductivity Probe Description

2.5.1

The Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe is used in conjunction with a controller to measure the conductivity (or TDS) of water, usually in a steam boiler for the purpose of monitoring and controlling blowdown. The probe may be installed in a Spirax Sarco probe elbow, a screwed flange, or directly in a boiler connection. The CP30 is supplied in four nominal tip lengths, and is cut to the exact length required prior to installation. A DIN 43650 cable socket with Pg 11 cable gland is supplied with the unit. Principal features: - Conductivity probe for use with blowdown controllers. - Suitable for use in steam boilers up to 32 bar g, 239°C. - All wetted parts in austenitic stainless steel / PTFE. - Easily cut to length. Approvals: The CP30 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe. Caution: The probe is not suitable for outside installation without additional environmental protection.

1

2

3

5

4

Available tip lengths mm (inches) 300 (11.8), 500 (19.7), 1 000 (39.4) and 1 500 (59). Pressure / temperature limits

Nominal pressure rating Maximum boiler pressure Maximum operating temperature Maximum ambient temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Technical data

Minimum distance from boiler tubes Minimum immersion depth (Vertically installed probes) Maximum cable length (probe to controller) Minimum conductivity

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5

Description Cable socket Flat gasket Probe connector Cover assembly Name-plate

6

Body

7

Probe tip

8 9

Probe tip sleeving Tip shroud

10

Spring (not shown)

6 PN40 32 bar g (464 psi g) 239°C (462°F) 70°C (158°F) 60 bar g (870 psi g)

20 mm

(¾")

100 mm (4")

7

100 m (330 ft) 10 µS / cm or 10 ppm

Material Polyamide, glass filled Silicone rubber Polyamide, glass filled Austenitic stainless steel Polycarbonate Austenitic Type 316Ti stainless steel W/S No. 1.4571 Austenitic ASTM A276 316L stainless steel PTFE PTFE Austenitic BS 2056 316 S42 stainless steel

Pg 11 Cable gland

8

9

Boiler house Conductivity sensors Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres (inches) Withdrawal distance for cable socket 15 (0.6)

39 (1.5)

178 (7.0)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with each unit. Installation note: Probes with tip lengths up to 500 mm can be installed vertically or horizontally. Longer probes must be installed vertically. The probe must be installed in a position where it can sense the conductivity of the boiler water, away from the feedwater inlet if possible. Install the probe in a " BSP (½" NPT) female connection. Note: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather protection.

Typical installation on a probe elbow, ideally on the horizontal centre line of the boiler. A maximum tip length of 500 mm must be adhered to on horizontal applications.

Probe elbow

2.5.2 To blowdown valve

Ø28 (1.1)

27 A /F

Typical horizontal installation on a boiler standpipe using the longer 1 000 mm and 1 500 mm probes.

" BSP taper (R½) connection The CP30 is also available with a ½" NPT screwed connection, approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be marked and is not suitable for Europe.

Maintenance note: No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and inspection, which is described in separate literature. Tip length 300 (11.8), 500 (19.7), 1000 (39.4) or 1500 (59)

Ø6 (0.24)

How to specify

Conductivity probes shall be Spirax Sarco type CP30 with a PTFE probe and stainless steel tip and body. They shall have a DIN 43650 cable socket with a Pg 11 cable gland.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe with a BSP taper connection and a tip length of 500 mm. Ø11 (0.43)

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.

Tip shroud and spring assembly

Available spares Tip shroud and spring assembly

Weights (approximate) in kg (lb)

Tip length Weight

"

300 mm 0.47 (1.0)

TI-P403-49 AB Issue 6

500 mm 0.49 (1.1)

1 000 mm 0.59 (1.3)

1 500 mm 0.68 (1.5)

Stock No. 4031282

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state which product they are for. Example: 1 off Tip shroud and spring assembly for a Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe.

CP30 Conductivity Probe

Boiler house Conductivity sensors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P403-59

AB Issue 8

CP32 Twin Tip Conductivity Probe Description

2.5.3

The Spirax Sarco CP32 conductivity probe is used in conjunction with a controller to measure the conductivity (or TDS) of water, usually in a steam boiler, for the purpose of monitoring and controlling blowdown. The CP32 has a built-in temperature sensor, and when used with an appropriate controller, is able to detect scaling. It also automatically initiates a probe conditioning cycle. This causes any scale on the probe to become porous or fall off, allowing the probe to continue to sense at its original calibration level. WARNING: This feature is not a substitute for adequate boiler water treatment. If scale is occuring on a probe, it is also accuring inside the boiler, and a competent water treatment specialist must be consulted to avoid a potentially dangerous situation. The CP32 is supplied in three nominal tip lengths, and has a " BSP male thread (½" NPT to special order) for connection to a Spirax Sarco probe elbow, a screwed flange, or directly into a boiler connection.

2 (internal) 1

4

3

Principal features : - Twin tip conductivity probe for use in TDS control systems. - Built-in temperature sensor - only one boiler connection needed. - Suitable for use in steam boilers up to 239°C @ 32 bar g (462°F @ 464 psi g). - Patented scale detection and compensation.

Available tip lengths mm (inches) 300 (11.8), 500 (19.7) and 1 000 (39.4). Note: 1 000 mm probes can only be installed vertically. Pressure / temperature limits

Maximum boiler pressure Maximum operating temperature Maximum ambient temperature

Technical data

Minimum tip distance from boiler tubes Minimum immersion depth (vertically installed probes) Maximum cable length (probe to controller) Minimum conductivity

Materials

No. Part Terminal 1 head 2 'O' ring 3 Cover tube 4 Name-plate 5 Body 6 Spring 7 Insulator 8 Driver tip 9 Sensor tip 10 Rod

5

32 bar g 239°C 55°C

(464 psi g) (462°F) (131°F)

10 mm

(0.4")

100 mm

(4.0")

100 m

(328 ft)

10

10 µS / cm or 10 ppm

Material Aluminium Nitrile rubber Austenitic stainless steel Polycarbonate Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel PEEK Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel

Type 316L Type 304L 1.4306 302 S26 Type 316 UGINE 4632 Type 316 / 316L

6 and 8 (Internal) 9

7

Boiler house Conductivity sensors Safety information, installation and maintenance

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres (inches)

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product, which gives full wiring, commissioning and operating instructions. Warning: This product contains materials including PTFE which can give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat. M20

109 (4.3)

Installation note: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather protection. 300 mm and 500 mm probes can be installed vertically or horizontally. CAUTION: 1 000 mm probes must be installed vertically only. The probe must be installed in a position where it can sense the conductivity of the boiler water, away from the feedwater inlet if possible. The CP32 contains no user serviceable components, and periodic cleaning is all that is required. Any attempt to dismantle the probe will result in permanent damage.

Spare parts

There are no available spare parts for this product.

How to specify

153 (6.02)

27 A / F " BSP taper (½" NPT)

TDS conductivity probes shall be Spirax Sarco type CP32 with nickel alloy sensor tips and built-in temperature sensor. They must incorporate a patented facility to check the sensor tips for scaling. When used in conjunction with an appropriate Spirax Sarco controller, they must also be able to automatically initiate a patented probe cleaning feature, which, if unable to clean the probe, will activate a warning on the controllers display panel and / or a remote alarm. The system must also be able to automatically compensate for any polarisation effects at the sensors. They must be suitable for boiler pressures up to 32 bar g and a maximum working temperature of 239°C. They must be available in 300 mm, 500 mm and 1 000 mm lengths, and have a " BSPT or ½" NPT boiler connection.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CP32, twin tip conductivity probe having a ½" BSP connection and 300 mm tip length.

Tip length 300 (11.8), 500 (19.7) or 1 000 (39.4)

Weights (approximate) in kg (Ib) Tip length Weight

300 mm 1.0 (2.2)

TI-P403-59 AB Issue 8

500 mm 1.2 (2.6)

1 000 mm 1.6 (3.5)

CP32 Twin Tip Conductivity Probe

2.5.4

Boiler house Conductivity sensors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P403-22

AB Issue 5

Probe Flanges for TDS Conductivity Probes Description

Probe flanges are used to install Spirax Sarco TDS conductivity probes directly into a boiler where a probe elbow is not used. They are tapped 2" BSP and spot-faced.

2.5.5

Limiting conditions

For maximum working pressures and temperatures please refer to the relevant flange standard.

Materials Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-161 Gr. 360

Flanges to EN 1092

Carbon steel ASTM A515 Gr. 55

Flanges to

Carbon steel BS 1501-151 Gr. 360

Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-151 Gr. 430A

BS 10 Table F and H Carbon steel BS 1503-161 Gr.A or equivalent

Available types Flange standard Flange type

EN 1092 PN16

PN40

BS 10 Table F

Table H

Flange size

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

DN15 (½")

4032460

4032460

4032460

4032491

DN20 (¾")

4032461

4032461

4032461

4032491

DN25 (1")

4032462

4032462

4032492

4032492

DN32 (1¼")

4032463

4032463

4032493

4032493

DN40 (1½")

4032464

4032464

4032494

4032494

DN50 (2")

4032465

4032465

4032465

4032465

DN80 (3")

4032467

4032467

4032497

4032497

Note: For EN 1092 PN25 use PN40.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 TDS probe flange to the following standard: EN 1092 PN40. Part No. 4032461.

Boiler house Conductivity sensors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P403-45

AB Issue 6

S20 Sensor Chamber and Sensors Description

The Spirax Sarco S20 sensor chamber is fitted with conductivity and temperature sensors used to determine the conductivity of liquids. The use of a temperature sensor enables an accurate measurement to be made when the temperature varies, as in the case of condensate return monitoring systems. The hexagonal in-line sensor chamber is available screwed 1¼" BSP or 1" NPT. Adjacent radial female screwed connections are provided for: - CP10 conductivity sensor ( " BSP). - TP20 temperature sensor (¼" BSP). An additional ¼" BSP (¼" NPT) connection is provided on the other side of the chamber for taking a sample if required. Spirax Sarco can supply a sample cooler for cooling hot samples, or a blanking plug if the connection is not required.

S20 sensor chamber

2.5.6 CP10 conductivity sensor

Principal features:

-

Allows continuous temperature compensated measurement

TP20 temperature sensor

Purpose designed sensor chamber for in-line mounting Simple removal of sensors for cleaning

Limiting conditions

The sensor chamber assembly inclusive of sensors is limited to:Maximum pressure 11 bar g Maximum temperature 150°C Minimum conductivity 10 µS /cm or 10 ppm

Maintenance

The equipment requires no specific maintenance other than periodic inspection and cleaning as described in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions.

How to specify

In-line sensor chamber with conductivity and temperature sensors.

Materials S20 sensor chamber

How to order

Stainless steel

BS 970 303 S31

Body

Stainless steel

BS 970 303 S31

Insulator

PEEK

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco S20 sensor chamber complete with CP10 sensor, PT2 plug tail, ¼" BSP blanking plug, and TP20 temperature sensor.

BS 970 303 S31

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres

CP10 Pin conductivity Seal sensor

Stainless steel PTFE

Disc springs Stainless steel

DIN 1.4122

Washer

Stainless steel

A2 BS 4320

Body and probe

Stainless steel 316

ASTM A269 Gr. 316

TP20 temperature Cable sensor insulation

PFA

98 60 A /F Standard length 1 250

CP10 sensor shown with PT2 plug tail fitted

Safety information

This document does not contain enough information to install the product safely. Refer to the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with the product. The CP10 sensor contains PTFE wich can give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat.

Installation

Caution: Do not install the sensor outdoors without additional weather protection. The sensor chamber may be fitted in a vertical or horizontal pipeline with suitable isolation valves to allow inspection / cleaning of the sensors. Reducers may be fitted if required. Flow can be in either direction. The sensors themselves must be horizontal. For full information see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions. Caution: Ensure the PT2 wire is not exposed to a temperature greater than 120°C.

* 1 250 TP20 temperature sensor

* ¼" BSP sample connection Weight 1.9 kg

Bore Ø35 1¼" BSP or Bore Ø26 1" NPT

120

Boiler house Sample coolers

2.6.1

Boiler house Sample coolers Page 1 of 3 TI-P403-09

AB Issue 9

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

SC20 Sample Coolers

ISO 9001

Description

The Spirax Sarco SC20 sample cooler is used to cool samples of boiler water or steam. The cooler consists of a stainless steel coil, through which the sample flows, and a stainless steel body, through which cooling water flows in the opposite direction. A pre-drilled mounting bracket is incorporated into both end caps. The SC20 is also available with a clamp adaptor for connecting to an industry standard ½" sanitary clamp fitting. Principal features: - For boiler water, steam, or condensate sampling. - Stainless steel body and coil to minimise corrosion. - Counter current flow for efficient cooling. Available types: BSP connections (6 mm O/D tube).

Sizes and pipe connections ½" BSP ½" NPT ½" BSP or ½" NPT 6 mm O/D Sample tube inlet and 6 mm O/D* outlet connections 6 mm O/D with Clamp adaptor ½" adaptor for versions clamp fitting * A ¼" NPT male x 6 mm O /D stud coupling is provided. Cooling water inlet and outlet connections

BSP version NPT version Clamp adaptor versions BSP version NPT version

NPT connections (6 mm O/D tube). A ¼" NPT male x 6 mm O/D stud coupling is supplied loose for connecting the sample inlet tube to an NPT inlet valve or fitting.

Sample IN

BSP sample cooler kit (SCS20), complete with sample inlet valve, cooling water inlet valve, and carbon steel fittings. A kit (SCS20), as above, but with stainless steel fittings. A sample cooler (BSP or NPT) with a clamp adaptor suitable for connection to an industry standard ½" sanitary clamp fitting (clamp not supplied). Special sanitary sample coolers (SSC20) are also available in BSP and NPT. They have a stated coil internal finish. See separate literature for further details.

Sample inlet valve Alternative clamp adaptor

Note: The SC20 sample cooler is not polished or specially treated internally, and the internal finish of the coil is not specified. Stainless steel couplings are also available separately:¼" BSP male x 6 mm O /D tube. ¼" NPT male x 6 mm O /D tube.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Coil ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� �

Cooling water OUT to drain or tundish �

��

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

���

The product must not be used in this region.

Body Maximum design pressure 10 bar g @ 100°C Maximum design temperature 100°C @ 10 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 16 bar g

Cooling water IN

SC20 Sample cooler

Note: The pressure / temperature limits for the clamp adaptor are dependant on the manufacturer's recommendations

Materials Coil Body

Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel

Grade 316L Cooling water inlet valve

Sample OUT to drain or tundish Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2009

2.6.2

Boiler house Sample coolers Page 2 of 3 Performance The tables below show typical sample outlet temperatures above cooling water inlet temperatures for several pressures and cooling water flowrates.

Example A sample flowrate of 30 I / h is required from a boiler operating at 10 bar g. For a cooling water flowrate of 0.3 I / s from Table 1 the sample outlet temperature would be 4°C above the cooling water inlet temperature. If the cooling water is at 15°C, the sample temperature would be 19°C. Table 2 is used in the same way for steam. Samples may not be taken where marked '-' as the flow is limited by the sample inlet valve capacity.

2.6.3

Table 1 Saturated water (e.g. boiler water)

Sample flowrate l/h

Cooling water flowrate 0.1 l / sec

Cooling water flowrate 0.3 l/sec

Cooling water flowrate 0.6 l/sec

Boiler pressure bar g 1

3

7

10

20

1

3

7

10

20

1

3

7

10

1°C

20

10

20

1°C

3°C

6°C

6°C

0°C

0°C

1°C

1°C

4°C

0°C

0°C

0°C

0°C

2°C

2°C

2°C

6°C

8°C

8°C

1°C

1°C

2°C

2°C

6°C

0°C

0°C

0°C

1°C

4°C

30

5°C

5°C

8°C

11°C

11°C

3°C

3°C

4°C

4°C

8°C

0°C

0°C

2°C

3°C

6°C

40

7°C

7°C

11°C

13°C

13°C

5°C

5°C

6°C

6°C

10°C

1°C

1°C

2°C

3°C

8°C

50

10°C

10°C

13°C

15°C

15°C

6°C

6°C

8°C

8°C

12°C

3°C

3°C

4°C

5°C

9°C

60

14°C

14°C

16°C

18°C

18°C

9°C

9°C

10°C

10°C

14°C

4°C

5°C

5°C

6°C

11°C

80

16°C

18°C

20°C

22°C

22°C

11°C

12°C

13°C

14°C

18°C

6°C

7°C

8°C

9°C

15°C

100

18°C

20°C

24°C

26°C

27°C

15°C

16°C

16°C

18°C

22°C

10°C

11°C

12°C

13°C

18°C

120

22°C

23°C

29°C

30°C

31°C

17°C

18°C

20°C

23°C

26°C

11°C

13°C

15°C

17°C

22°C

Table 2 Saturated steam

Sample flowrate kg / h

Cooling water flowrate 0.1 l / sec

Cooling water flowrate 0.3 l/sec

Cooling water flowrate 0.6 l/sec

Boiler pressure bar g 0.5

2

5

7

10

20

0.5

2

5

7

10

20

0.5

2

5

7

10

20

5

3°C

3°C

4°C

5°C

6°C

6°C

2°C

2°C

3°C

3°C

4°C

4°C

1°C

1°C

1°C

2°C

2°C

2°C

10

-

7°C

8°C

8°C

8°C

9°C

-

4°C

4°C

4°C

4°C

5°C

-

1°C

2°C

2°C

2°C

2°C

15

-

-

9°C 10°C 10°C 11°C

-

-

5°C

6°C

6°C

7°C

-

-

2°C

2°C

3°C

4°C

20

-

-

-

-

-

-

8°C

9°C

9°C

-

-

-

4°C

5°C

6°C

30

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

14°C 14°C

-

-

-

-

9°C

10°C

40

-

-

-

-

-

28°C

-

-

-

-

-

20°C

-

-

-

-

-

13°C

50

-

-

-

-

-

35°C

-

-

-

-

-

25°C

-

-

-

-

-

17°C

60

-

-

-

-

-

42°C

-

-

-

-

-

30°C

-

-

-

-

-

21°C

70

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

12°C 13°C 14°C 21°C 21°C

SC20 Sample Coolers Page 2 of 3

TI-P403-09 AB Issue 9

Boiler house Sample coolers Page 3 of 3 Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres A 410

B 350

C 300

D 90

E 27

F 23.5

G 13

H 450

J 55

E F ½" BSP or NPT Sample in

Cooling water out

ØG

2.6.4 H 'Adaptor' cooler

A Standard cooler

C

B

J ½" BSP or NPT Cooling water in

Sample out D

Weights (approximate) Cooler SCS20 system

3.1 kg 4.2 kg

Spare parts

The spare parts available are listed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares: Component Sample inlet valve BSP Sample inlet valve NPT Stud coupling carbon steel BSP Stud coupling stainless steel BSP Stud coupling ¼" NPT male x 6 mm stainless steel (for connecting SC20 to an NPT valve or fitting)

Stock number 4037900 4037990 0962373 0963243 0963209

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. WARNING: - To avoid the risk of scalding, it is essential that a full flow of cooling water is present before opening the sample inlet valve. - Always close the sample inlet valve before turning off the cooling water. - Sample pipework becomes very hot under normal working conditions, and will cause burns if touched. Installation note: The sample inlet to the cooler can be taken direct from a boiler or steam line isolating valve, or if a Spirax Sarco TDS control system is fitted, from the take-off point provided on the blowdown valve. We recommend that a tundish piped to drain is located under the outlet, with sufficient space below it for a beaker or similar sample container. Maintenance note: No routine maintenance is required.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SC20 sample cooler having BSP connections.

SC20 Sample Coolers Page 3 of 3

TI-P403-09 AB Issue 9

Boiler house Sample coolers Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P403-82

AB Issue 5

SSC20 Sanitary Sample Cooler Description

Sizes and pipe connections Cooling water inlet and outlet connections Sample tube inlet and outlet connections

BSP version

½" BSP

NPT version

½" NPT

½" adaptor for clamp fitting (clamp not supplied) on sample inlet. 6 mm O / D on sample outlet. Sample IN

Clamp

WARNING The SSC20 is not sterile as supplied. Packaging All packaging of the SSC20 sanitary sample cooler is conducted in an environment segregated from other non stainless steel manufacture and is in accordance with ASME BPE: - Sample inlet and outlet connections are capped. - Sample coolers are sealed in 100-micron thick plastic bags. Standards The SSC20 has been designed and built in general accordance with ASME BPE. Certification The SSC20 can be supplied with the following certification if requested at the time of ordering: - Materials certificates to EN 10204 3.1 (inclusive of the internal coil surface finish data which is provided on a 3.1 certificate).

Pressure / temperature limits Coil Temperature °C

2.6.5

The Spirax Sarco SSC20 sanitary sample cooler has been specifically designed for taking high quality chemical, conductivity and microbiological samples quickly and safely from clean / pure steam, water for injection (WFI) and other high purity media systems. The unit consists of high quality 316L stainless steel components and utilises a counter current flow to maximise cooler efficiency, resulting in a compact, space saving design. The unit is provided with an integral pre drilled mounting bracket to allow simple installation. Surface finish Sample contact surfaces are compliant to current ASME BPE requirements. Ra Maximum 0.5 µ-m Ra (20 µ-in Ra). Polished shell available as an optional extra. Principal features: - Internal surface finish of coil better than 0.5 µ-m Ra (20 µ-in Ra) to ensure high sterility. - Coil manufactured from fully traceable 316L stainless steel. - Self-draining design to eliminate sample retention. - Fully sterilisable / autoclavable - to ensure integrity of unit between samples.

      

The product must not be used in this region



Body



  Pressure bar g





Maximum design pressure 10 bar g @ 100°C Maximum design temperature 100°C @ 10 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 16 bar g Note: The pressure / temperature limits for the clamp adaptor are dependant on the manufacturer's recommendations

Materials

Body and coil

Austenitic stainless steel grade 316L

Sample OUT

Boiler house Sample coolers Performance

Tables below show typical sample outlet temperatures above cooling water inlet temperatures for several pressures and cooling water flowrates. Example A sample flowrate of 30 I / h is required from a boiler operating at 10 bar g. For a cooling water flowrate of 0.3 I / s from Table 1 the sample outlet temperature would be 4°C above the cooling water inlet temperature. If the cooling water is at 15°C, the sample temperature would be 19°C. Table 2 is used in the same way for steam. Samples may not be taken where marked '-' as the flow is limited by the sample inlet valve capacity.

Table 1 Water (e.g. WFI - water for injection) Sample flowrate l/h 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120

Cooling water flowrate 0.1 l / sec

1 1°C 2°C 5°C 7°C 10°C 14°C 16°C 18°C 22°C

3 1°C 2°C 5°C 7°C 10°C 14°C 18°C 20°C 23°C

7 3°C 6°C 8°C 11°C 13°C 16°C 20°C 24°C 29°C

10 6°C 8°C 11°C 13°C 15°C 18°C 22°C 26°C 30°C

20 6°C 8°C 11°C 13°C 15°C 18°C 22°C 27°C 31°C

1 0°C 1°C 3°C 5°C 6°C 9°C 11°C 15°C 17°C

Table 2 Saturated steam Sample flowrate kg / h 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 70

Cooling water flowrate 0.1 l / sec

0.5 3°C -

2 3°C 7°C -

5 7 10 20 4°C 5°C 6°C 6°C 8°C 8°C 8°C 9°C 9°C 10°C 10°C 11°C - 12°C 13°C 14°C 21°C 21°C 28°C 35°C 42°C -

0.5 2°C -

B 350

C 300

D 90

E 27

Cooling water flowrate 0.3 l/sec Boiler pressure bar g 2 5 7 10 2°C 3°C 3°C 4°C 4°C 4°C 4°C 4°C 5°C 6°C 6°C 8°C 9°C 14°C -

F 23.5

G 13

H 55

E F ½" BSP or NPT Sample in

Cooling water out ØG

A

B

C

H ½" BSP or NPT Cooling water in

Sample out

Cooler

TI-P403-82 AB Issue 5

20 4°C 6°C 8°C 10°C 12°C 14°C 18°C 22°C 26°C

1 0°C 0°C 0°C 1°C 3°C 4°C 6°C 10°C 11°C

3 0°C 0°C 0°C 1°C 3°C 5°C 7°C 11°C 13°C

7 0°C 0°C 2°C 2°C 4°C 5°C 8°C 12°C 15°C

10 0°C 1°C 3°C 3°C 5°C 6°C 9°C 13°C 17°C

20 2°C 4°C 6°C 8°C 9°C 11°C 15°C 18°C 22°C

Cooling water flowrate 0.6 l/sec 20 4°C 5°C 7°C 9°C 14°C 20°C 25°C 30°C -

0.5 1°C -

2 1°C 1°C -

5 1°C 2°C 2°C -

7 2°C 2°C 2°C 4°C -

10 2°C 2°C 3°C 5°C 9°C -

20 2°C 2°C 4°C 6°C 10°C 13°C 17°C 21°C -

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. WARNING: - The SSC20 is not sterile as supplied. - To avoid the risk of scalding, it is essential that a full flow of cooling water is present before opening the sample inlet valve. - Always close the sample inlet valve before turning off the cooling water. - Sample pipework becomes very hot under normal working conditions, and will cause burns if touched. Installation note: We recommend the use of corrosion resistant pipework suitable for the fluid being sampled. Keep the length of all pipe runs to the minimum. Cooling water must be clean and free from scale forming salts. The sample cooler must be mounted vertically. The cooling water inlet is connected in ½" nominal bore pipe via an inlet valve. The cooling water outlet should be piped to an open drain or tundish. The sample inlet pipe should be in 6 mm O /D tube. We recommend that a tundish piped to drain is located under the outlet, with sufficient space below it for a beaker or similar sample container. Maintenance note: No routine maintenance is required.

How to order

D

Weights (approximate)

Cooling water flow 0.6 l/sec

Safety information, installation and maintenance

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres A 450

Cooling water flowrate 0.3 l/sec Boiler pressure bar g 3 7 10 0°C 1°C 1°C 1°C 2°C 2°C 3°C 4°C 4°C 5°C 6°C 6°C 6°C 8°C 8°C 9°C 10°C 10°C 12°C 13°C 14°C 16°C 16°C 18°C 18°C 20°C 23°C

3.1 kg

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco type SSC20 sanitary sample cooler with ½" sanitary clamp sample inlet connection and maximum coil internal surface finish of 0.5 µ-m Ra. The cooling water connections are to be BSP.

SSC20 Sanitary Sample Cooler

2.6.6

Boiler house Conductivity meters

2.7.1

Boiler house meters Local regulationsConductivity may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P403-25

AB Issue 5

MS1 Conductivity Meter Description

The Spirax Sarco MS1 is a battery powered conductivity meter designed for use with liquids. It is particularly suitable for measuring the conductivity of boiler water, feedwater, or condensate samples in order to estimate the level of Total Dissolved Solids, or TDS. The instrument is fitted with a permanently wired carbon electrode sensor with integral temperature sensor. A plug-in extension lead is also provided to allow ac resistance measurements to be made on installed conductivity probes in order to check their condition. Calibration to a master instrument or standard solution is possible using the adjustment screw on the side of the case. The instrument is supplied in a protective wallet.

2.7.2

Principal features:

-

Automatic temperature compensation. Wide selectable range. Automatic switch-off.

Limiting conditions

Maximum recommended sensor operating temperature 45°C.

Specification

Ext =100/R

0 to 1.999 µS / cm Ranges

0 to 19.99 µS / cm 0 to 199.9 µS / cm

Range indication

Decimal point and LED above selection key

Temperature compensation

Automatic, 2% / °C

Resolution

0.1 µS / cm

Accuracy

±1.5% or ± 3 digits (whichever is greatest) at 25°C

Calibration range

± 20%. 20 turns (approximately)

On / off

Auto-off timer

Sensor

PVC cell with carbon electrodes

Extension cable Battery

Reference temperature 25°C

Twin core 3.5 mm jack plug and crocodile clips PP3 or equivalent A low battery warning indicator is fitted

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg Instrument

80 x 147 x 39

Sensor

140 x 21 diameter

Sensor cable

1000

Extension cable

1000

Weight

430 g with case

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco MS1 conductivity meter.

200 µS/cm

2 mS/cm

20 mS/cm

Ranges11mS/cm Ranges mS / cm=1000µS/cm = 1000 µS / cm

MS MS11

Conductivity Meter Meter Made in UK

ON OFF

Boiler house Heat recovery systems

2.8.1

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

AI-P404-07

AB Issue 7

Boiler Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Installation, Operation and Maintenance General layout

Vent head

Note: Water supply to cold water make-up tank not shown.

Optional flash condensing head piping (instead of Type SD)

Cold water make-up tank

2.8.2

9 4

Condensate

8

Boiler feedwater tank

3

2 1

5

To boiler feedpumps

7 9

Condensate from high pressure uses (TDS)

10 12

6 (closed)

11

* Optional drain valve (closed)

Fig. 1

blowdown * Residual grade or receiver.

to

Note: Swan neck to prevent the primary side of the heat exchanger drying out.

Table of parts Part no. 1.

Description Flash vessel

Type FV 4" dial 0.4 bar g C/W 2. Pressure gauge 'U' syphon and cock 3. Safety valve SV615 4. Vacuum breaker VB14 5. Steam distributor SD Monnier 6. Flash vessel drain valve (non-venting) ball valve 7. Float trap FT14-4.5 8. Recirculating pump RP (240 V) Monnier 9. Tank isolating valves (non-venting) ball valve Fig 12 SG iron or 10. Pump strainer Fig 13 cast iron 11. Plate heat exchanger Type M3 or M6 12. Thermostat Type HTS3 Note: Item 5 can be replaced with a flash condensing head (if present) as shown in the diagram above.

Page 1 of 4

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Safety information

Your attention is drawn to Safety Information sheet IM-GCM-10 as well as to any national or regional regulations concerning boiler blowdown. In the UK guidance is given in HSE Guidance Note PM60.

General information

This information describes the Spirax Sarco heat recovery system which is designed to recover the heat in discharged boiler water from automatic TDS control systems, and a proportion of this water in the form of flash steam. The heat recovery system must only be used to recover heat from the TDS blowdown. There will be another blowdown point on the bottom of the boiler used for the intermittent removal of precipitates. This should be kept entirely separate from the heat recovery system. Refer to separate literature for system selection details. This equipment is designed to save energy. All pipework and the flash vessel should be lagged.

Installation Flash vessel

As water passes through the blowdown valve it is reduced in pressure. Flash steam is formed and the pipework downstream of the valve will contain a mixture of steam and blowdown water travelling at high velocity. If the pipeline to the flash vessel is too small in diameter the result may be erosion of the pipework with turbulence and carryover as it enters the flash vessel. The best arrangement is to increase the size of the pipework after the blowdown valve:

2.8.3

-

Install the flash vessel at a high level adjacent but not bolted to the feedtank. Fit the pressure gauge set, safety valve and vacuum breaker as shown in Figure 2. Pipework from the flash vessel to the feedtank should match the vessel’s vent size. The safety valve should always be fitted with the centreline of the spring housing vertically above the valve. The discharge pipework must be installed so that undue stresses are not imposed upon the safety valve that could cause distortion and leakage.

- Discharge pipework should be as short and straight as possible and discharge where it can not cause damage or injury to property or persons.

Discharge pipework must not be smaller in diameter than the valve outlet. Where it is necessary to install discharge pipework over a long distance lowering of the performance and possible chatter can be avoided by fitting larger diameter pipe.

- There must be no shut-off device on the inlet or outlet of the safety valve. - The size of pipework to drain should match the flash vessel drain connection size. - The vacuum breaker must be installed in a vertical position above the flash vessel in the flash steam line to prevent a vacuum forming when the blowdown valve shuts off.

Vacuum breaker Flash steam to feedtank

Safety valve fitted on a full bore swept bend. Discharge piped to a safe area.

Pressure gauge, gauge cock and 'U' syphon

1 m (max.) 2 m (min.)

Auto TDS blowdown inlet

Residual blowdown to drain Fig. 2 Flash vessel

Drain valve piped to open drain Fig. 3 Example showing two float traps in parallel when capacity demands

Float trap

The build up of water in the flash vessel must be avoided so a float trap with continuous drainage of condensate at saturation temperature is essential. The trap must be fitted so that the float arm rises and falls vertically with the direction of flow as indicated on the body. Where capacity demands two float traps should be fitted in parallel (see Figure 3). The flowrate of residual blowdown through the trap is dependent on the head of water above it. For the full rated capacity of the system the trap should be positioned at least 2 m below the flash vessel as shown in Figure 3. It is usually most convenient to fit the trap at a low level for easy access immediately above the heat exchanger. No more than 1 m of horizontal pipework should be used between the flash vessel and the float trap inlet to prevent the float trap from becoming steam locked.

AI-P404-07 AB Issue 7

Boiler Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Page 2 of 4

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Heat exchanger (see Figure 4)

All piping to and from the plate heat exchanger and shut-off valves should match the connection size of the exchanger. Pipes should be fitted so that any thermal expansion does not affect the plate heat exchanger or the fittings. This may be accomplished inherently within the piping or by flexible connections. Valves and piping are to be mounted without tension on the heat exchanger connections. We recommend that the residual blowdown being discharged to drain is visible to provide a means of checking that the system is operating correctly. Use a swan neck to ensure the primary side of the heat exchanger is always full of water. This prevents problems caused by sludge, and damage to gaskets.

Heated water outlet to tank

Residual blowdown inlet from flash vessel

2.5 m (min.) Cold water inlet from tank

Residual blowdown out to drain

Fig. 4 Heat exchanger - Piping

2.8.4 Fig. 5 Pump installation

Pump

The pump should be situated in a vertical pipe pumping upwards as shown in Figure 5. This position ensures that the pump shaft is horizontal which reduces the thrust bearing load and ensures positive air purging from both the rotor chamber and impeller housing. Where pumps can only be installed in horizontal pipework, it is imperative that the pump shaft is horizontal, or slightly higher at the vent plug end. The shaft must not fall below the horizontal plane, even by a few degrees, as this causes premature wear of the top bearing and shaft. Pumps are not to be installed with the shaft in the vertical plane, as this may lead to dry running of the top bearing, noise and possible pump failure. Try to position the pump motor away from hot surfaces and allow access to the switch on the terminal box. Ensure that the pump is not stressed by the pipework and that the pipework is properly supported either side of the pump. If necessary use proprietary mounting brackets. Pipework downstream of the pump is to match the outlet connection of the pump including the isolating valve. Arrows on the pump base indicate the water flow direction through the pump. When connecting the pump to pipework, the gasket and union nut should be assembled dry: - It is not necessary to use any sealants. - Ensure that the gasket is positioned correctly and tighten the union nut firmly. Do not over tighten and take care not to displace or distort the gasket. - The pump should not be subjected to extremes of temperature. Do not attempt to start the pump until the system has been filled with water and both the pump and system have been vented. To avoid any possible sediment do not fit the pump in the lowest part of the system and position the take off point from the cold treated water storage tank above the base of the tank. - The return line should be below the lowest water level in the storage tank. - The minimum inlet pressure to avoid cavitation of the pump is equivalent to 2.5 m head of water. It is recommended therefore that the pump is installed at least 2.5 m below the lowest water level of the cold treated water storage tank as shown in Figure 5.

Thermostat

The HTS3 thermostat should be installed on the pipework leading from the flash vessel drain to the heat exchanger inlet, near to the heat exchanger, allowing easy access to the setting arrow. The base of the HTS3 should be held in good contact with the metal of the pipe removing insulation as required. The plastic covered spring fixing cable should be cut to an unstretched length slightly less than the circumference of the pipe and the hook and eyelet screwed into the ends. Stretch the cable round the pipe and position it in the groove across the front of the HTS3. Engage the hook and eyelet.

Electrical connection Pump

Contactor overload protection is not required for these pumps. A 3 amp fuse must be fitted in conjunction with a proprietary switch capable of disconnecting the electricity supply to the motor: - The cable size to be used is 3-core, 0.75 mm². - The cable should be capable of withstanding a minimum temperature of 80°C. - Remove the terminal box screw and cover. - Thread the cable through the gland and connect as indicated in the wiring diagram. - Tighten the cable gland to ensure that the cable is gripped securely. - Replace the terminal box cover and fasten securely. WARNING : This pump must be earthed.

HTS3

Run sufficient 3-core electrical connecting cable to reach the HTS3 installation position without being under tension. - Remove the HTS3 cover by undoing the central retaining screw and connect the cable as shown in Figure 6, HTS3 Wiring diagram. - Replace and secure the cover. - The HTS3 is double insulated and no earth connection is required. WARNING : Disconnect mains supply before removing the cover.

AI-P404-07 AB Issue 7

Thermostat HTS3 Pump Fig. 6 HTS3 Wiring diagram - When hot 2 and C make contact

Boiler Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Page 3 of 4

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Commissioning General

Following the installation and wiring of the blowdown heat recovery system and prior to refilling the cold treated water storage tank as required all isolating valves should be closed. - Ensure that the auto TDS system is isolated from the flash vessel until commissioning of the recovery system is complete. - Turn the dial of the HTS3 clockwise to read an arbitrary figure and ensure that the voltage supply to the pump is off. - Never run the pump whilst the system is dry or before the pump has been vented.

Heat exchanger

Confirm that the plate pack length is correct, see the table below: Heat exchanger type M3-8 M3-10 M3-21 M3-31 M6-12 M6-15 M6-19 M6-21 M6-25 M6-33

2.8.5

Plate pack length (mm) 23 29 61 90 30 38 48 53 63 83

Pack length

Note: This drawing is only a representation of a heat exchanger.

Fig. 7

Gradually open the isolating valve leading from the cold treated water storage tank to the heat exchanger inlet. Static pressure must be increased slowly to spare the gaskets any undue stress. Open the isolating valve downstream of the pump. Open the isolating valve on the remaining heat exchanger inlet.

Pump / HTS3

Close the isolating valves either side of the pump i.e. on the pump outlet and on the heat exchanger inlet: - Slacken the vent plug and remove carefully. Normally the amount of water escaping will be minimal. Take care that water does not enter the terminal box. - Insert a small screwdriver into the slot in the shaft end and rotate several times to ensure that the shaft is free to move. - Replace the vent plug but do not tighten. - Open the isolating valves either side of the pump as previously described. Switch on the power supply to the system. Using a screwdriver turn the setting arrow of the HTS3 fully anti-clockwise. The setting marks outside the temperature scale provide a positive on and off position. Only when fully anti-clockwise should the pump come on. - When any remaining air has escaped and water only is present tighten the vent plug. - The pump may be noisy when first switched on due to air remaining in the chamber this should cease after a few minutes running. If noise persists then re-vent. - Position the HTS3 setting arrow to the desired temperature for switching. 65°C is recommended as a typical setting on this application but if this is not exactly suitable it may be adjusted later. The requirement being that the pump should run whenever there is any useful heat to recover. WARNING : Do not start the pump until the system has been filled with water and both the pump and system have been vented in accordance with the above instructions.

TDS system

For commissioning of auto TDS systems refer to separate literature. Open up the TDS blowdown to the flash vessel. By blowing down through the auto-TDS system check the operation of the blowdown heat recovery system and adjust the HTS3 switching temperature if required. Observe in particular the operating pressure of the flash vessel that should not exceed 0.5 bar g under normal conditions and that the heat exchanger is working correctly. The temperature of the residual blowdown flowing to drain will be below 40°C in most cases but this depends on the temperature of the water in the cold treated water tank.

Operation

Boiler water at saturation temperature is blown down from the boiler through a valve to the flash vessel. A percentage of this blowdown water will flash to steam as its pressure is reduced typically to 0.2 bar g. The flash steam is allowed to separate in the flash vessel and is then directly introduced into the feedtank through a steam distributor. This increases the temperature within the feedtank thus reducing heating requirements and driving off corrosion-causing dissolved oxygen. Also reduced is the quantity of expensive treated water required to replenish the feedtank. Residual blowdown from the flash vessel flows through a float trap to the heat exchanger where its heat content is used to raise the temperature of water from the cold, treated water storage tank. The circulating pump is thermostatically controlled to ensure that it only runs when the system receives blowdown and there is useful heat to be recovered.

Maintenance Daily

There are no specific checks to be carried out daily on this system.

Weekly

Take a boiler water sample and check the TDS. Adjust the blowdown controller accordingly. Observe the system under operating conditions for any system faults. Open the flash vessel drain valve whilst there is flow from the TDS system and check that the vessel drain is clear. Operate the isolating valves throughout the system to ensure that they do not seize. Check that the residual blowdown discharge rate increases as the blowdown valve opens. When the valve closes check that the residual blowdown discharged to drain eventually stops.

Annually

Examine the blowdown valve for any damage and replace parts as required. Normally it is not necessary to open a heat exchanger until it is so dirty that its function is impaired. When required open the heat exchanger according to the manufacturers dismantling instructions and clean each plate separately. Cleaning with the plates in the frame is recommended. Clean the plates using a water jet not an abrasive brush. If removed the exchanger plates must be numbered to ensure that they are assembled correctly after cleaning. Inspect the float trap on the flash vessel drain and clear out any deposits checking for any wear of the internals and free movement in all components. Re-commission the system. For the maintenance instructions of TDS systems refer to separate literature.

AI-P404-07 AB Issue 7

Boiler Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Page 4 of 4

Boiler house Heat recovery systems

2.8.6

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P404-01

AB Issue 6

M3 and M6 Plate Heat Exchangers for Residual Blowdown Carrying bar

2.8.7 ä

Water out

ä

Plate pack

Blowdown in

Pressure plate

Frame plate

Tightening bolt

Guiding bar

ä

Water in ä

Blowdown out

4

Description

The M3 and M6 plate heat exchangers have been specifically selected for residual blowdown applications, having all wetted parts in 316 grade stainless steel. They are generally used as part of the Spirax Sarco boiler blowdown heat recovery system. Principal features: - Easily dismantled for cleaning without need for removing pipework. - Clip-on EPDM gaskets. - All wetted parts in 316 stainless steel. - ALFA-LAVAL designed heat exchanger. - High heat transfer efficiency.

Sizes and pipe connections

Screwed 1¼" BSP (BS 21 male), 2" ISO R threads. Note: Heat exchangers can be supplied with flange connections to special order.

1

2

3

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Plates

Stainless steel (316)

2

Gasketing

EPDM

3

Frame

Mild steel

4

Connections

Stainless steel (316)

Pressure / temperature limits

Note: The M3 and M6 heat exchangers comply with PED and are SEP products, except M6-33 which is a Category 1 product. Maximum temperature Maximum working pressure

140°C 10 bar g @ 140°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 13 bar g

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size M3-8 M3-10 M3-21 M3-31 M6-12 M6-15 M6-19 M6-21 M6-25 M6-33

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

L

480 480 480 480 920 920 920 920 920 920

180 180 180 180 320 320 320 320 320 320

357 357 357 357 640 640 640 640 640 640

60 60 60 60 140 140 140 140 140 140

62 62 62 62 140 140 140 140 140 140

1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

300 300 300 300 585 585 585 585 585 585

L

B G

D

S4

S1

A

C

S3

S2 E

Weight Empty Full of water 31 32 31 32 34 35 37 40 94 97 96 100 99 104 100 106 103 110 111 120

Sizing

When the heat exchanger is used as part of the Spirax Sarco boiler blowdown heat recovery system - refer to the appropriate literature. Otherwise: Plate heat exchanger Type M3-8 M3-10 M3-21 M3-31 M6-12 M6-15 M6-19 M6-21 M6-25 M6-33

F

Number of plates 8 10 21 31 12 15 19 21 25 33

Maximum blowdown capacity (kg /h) 648 860 1 450 2160 2 750 4 900 5915 7110 8040 11 000

Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain enough information to install the product / system safely. For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation notes: The preferred method of installation is to bolt the heat exchanger rigidly to the floor, in a vertical position. We recommend the use of a swan neck on the primary outlet (S2) to ensure the heat exchanger does not dry out - this can otherwise cause problems with debris and can damage the gaskets. Maintenance note: An annual inspection is recommended to check for leaking gaskets and the build up of scale and sludge.

Spare parts

Spare plates with integral gaskets are available from Spirax Sarco.

How to order

Example: 1 off M6-23 plate heat exchanger having 2" screwed ISO R connections.

TI-P404-01 AB Issue 6

M3 and M6 Plate Heat Exchangers for Residual Blowdown

2.8.8

Boiler house Heat recovery systems

2.8.9

Boiler house Heat recovery systems

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P404-03 EMM Issue 11

FV Flash Vessel Description

The Spirax Sarco FV flash vessel is designed and constructed to ASME VIII DIV 1 2004 + ADD06. The design is free-draining which is essential in boiler blowdown applications.

2.8.10

Applications These vessels are particularly suited to boiler blowdown heat recovery systems where efficient separation of the flash steam from the blowdown is essential to prevent contamination of the boiler feedtank and / or heat transfer surfaces. Spirax Sarco flash vessels are equally suited to condensate flash steam applications. Principal features:

-

Designed and constructed in compliance with the European Pressure Equipment Regulations 2014/68/EU.

-

Low separation velocity to produce drier steam.

-

Free-draining.

Sizes and pipe connections

Connections available as standard: Screwed connections to BS 21 taper. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16. Note: Vessels are available flanged to ASME B16.5 Class 150 or 300, or screwed NPT.

Model FV15 and FV18 shown

Limiting conditions Maximum design conditions (body) are 14 bar g @ 198 °C (saturation temperature of steam). Minimum design (operating) temperature

-10 °C

Cold hydraulic test pressure in accordance with European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. Note : Maximum design Pressure and Temperature can be further limited, lower than that stated on the nameplate depending on the chosen flange rating of the system. PN16

13.3 bar g @ 198 °C

Class A150

13.8 bar g @ 198 °C

Note: These vessels will withstand full vacuum conditions.

Page 1 of 4

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Flash steam outlet

5

2

3 3 7

2.8.11

6

5

1

9 Inlet 8 10 7

2

Model FV15 and FV18 shown

5

Condensate/residual blowdown outlet

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Shell cylinder

ASTM A106B

C. Max. 0.25%

2

End cap

ASTM A234 WPB

C. Max. 0.25%

3

Nozzle - Half coupling

ASTM A105N

C. Max. 0.25%

4

Nozzle - Full coupling

ASTM A105N

C. Max. 0.25%

5

Nozzle - Flange

ASTM A516-70

C. Max. 0.25%

6

Nozzle - Pipe

ASTM A106B

C. Max. 0.25%

7

Blanking plug

ASTM A105N

C. Max. 0.25%

8

Wrapper plate

ASTM A516-60

C. Max. 0.25%

9

Name-plate bracket

BS EN 10028-2 P265GH

C. Max. 0.25%

10

Support foot/gusset

BS EN 10025 S275

TI-P404-03 EMM Issue 11

Page 2 of 4

FV Flash Vessel

Boiler house Heat recovery systems How to size

Use the chart below to select the appropriate flash vessel. It is necessary to know the pressure on the steam traps or boiler pressure in the case of blowdown heat recovery, the flash steam pressure (desired or existing), and the condensate or blowdown flowrate. Example 1: (solid lines) A boiler plant operating at 12 bar g has a TDS control blowdown flowrate of 2 500 kg/h (3 boilers at 833 kg/h each). The flash steam from the blowdown is to be added to the low pressure steam system operating at 1 bar g. 1. From boiler pressure move horizontally to flash steam pressure - A 2. Drop vertically to blowdown flowrate in kg / h - B 3. Follow curve to right-hand scale and across to same flash pressure - C 4. Move upwards to flash vessel size. Select flash vessel - in this case an FV8 is required.

Example 2: (dotted lines) A plant operating on steam at 11 bar g condenses 4 000 kg/h of steam. Flash is to be recovered at 0.5 bar g. 1. From pressure on steam traps move horizontally to flash steam pressure - A1

2.8.12

2. Drop vertically to condensate flowrate in kg/h - B1 3. Follow curve to right hand scale and across to same flash pressure - C1













 

 



Example 1 Example 2



Flash vessel size

6

        

 

  

 

   

    

 

Flash steam pressure bar g



FV



8



FV



12



15

18



FV



FV

Condensate or blowdown flowrate kg/h

Flash steam pressure bar g      

FV

Pressure on steam traps or boiler pressure for blowdown applications bar g

4. Move upwards to flash vessel size. Select flash vessel - in this case an FV12 is required.







  

TI-P404-03 EMM Issue 11

Page 3 of 4

FV Flash Vessel

Boiler house Heat recovery systems B

B

B

J

L

J

L K

L

M

M

K

G

G

M

G

E

E

2.8.13

J

K

E

D

D

D C

C

C

H A

H A

H A

F

F

F

FV6

FV8 and FV12

FV15 and FV18

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in ins, mm and kg FV6

FV8

FV12

FV15

FV18

A

168

219

324

406

457

B

104

210

262

303

329

C

370

413

418

390

514

D

620

663

668

640

764

E

1 225

1 391

1 400

1 275

1 521

F

230

281

411

492

544

G

2"

DN80

DN100

DN150

DN150

H

2"

2"

2"

DN80

DN80

J

2"

DN80

DN100

DN150

DN150

K

"

"

"

"

"

L

¾"

1"

1½"

1½"

2"

M

2"

2"

2"

2"

2"

Weight

45

76

130

150

193

Installation

The vessel should be mounted with the flash steam outlet at the top, and connected as indicated below. Each vessel incorporates a " screwed boss for a pressure gauge. For drainage, it is recommended that a float trap is fitted. A safety valve connection is provided on the vessel. It should not be assumed that the safety valve will be the same size as the connection. Safety valve sizing and selection should be in accordance with National and Local Regulations. Flash steam outlet

Pressure gauge connection

Safety valve connection

Inspection cover

Inlet

Installation supports

Inspection cover

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco FV6 flash vessel having screwed BSP connections. The unit is to be constructed to ASME VIII DIV 1 2004 + ADD06.

Model FV15 and FV18 shown

Condensate/ residual blowdown outlet TI-P404-03 EMM Issue 11

Page 4 of 4

FV Flash Vessel

Boiler house Heat recovery systems

2.8.14

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

AI-P404-12

AB Issue 3

Sizing a Flash Vessel on up to Three Trap Pressures Note: The full table for flash vessel sizing is shown overleaf.

Example:

2.8.15

The example below considers condensate from three steam systems at different pressures, 20 bar g, 10 bar g and 6 bar g, discharging into a flash vessel designed to operate at 2 bar g. The condensate loads are 1 000 kg / h, 2 000 kg / h and 4 000 kg / h respectively. By consulting the table and entering the relevant data into the boxes below, the total amount of flash steam can be calculated in kg / h. This is multiplied by the 'LP factor' according to the flash vessel pressure to give total volume flow in m3 / h. Five 'Velocity factors' are shown: 67, 138, 243, 385, 560 each of which relate to a 3 m / s take-off velocity for flash vessels FV6, FV8, FV12, FV15, and FV18 respectively. By dividing the 'Total volume' by each of the 'Velocity factors', five take-off velocities are obtained. Choose the smallest flash vessel with a take-off velocity of less than 3 m / s. The example shows an FV8 being the smallest flash vessel with a take-off velocity of 2.7 m / s. Flash pressure bar g

Trap pressure bar g

0

25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

24.5 24.1 23.6 23.2 22.7 22.2 21.7 21.2 20.6 20.1 19.5 18.9 18.2 17.5 16.8 16.1 15.2 14.4 13.4 12.3 11.2 9.8 8.3 6.3 3.8

22.6 22.2 21.7 21.3 20.8 20.3 19.8 19.3 18.7 18.2 17.6 16.9 16.3 15.6 14.8 14.1 13.2 12.3 11.4 10.3 9.1 7.7 6.2 4.2 1.7

21.2 20.7 20.3 19.8 19.3 18.8 18.3 17.8 17.2 16.7 16.1 15.4 14.8 14.1 13.3 12.5 11.7 10.8 9.8 8.7 7.5 6.1 4.5 2.6 -

20.0 19.5 19.1 18.6 18.1 17.6 17.1 16.6 16.0 15.4 14.8 14.2 13.5 12.8 12.0 11.3 10.4 9.5 8.5 7.4 6.2 4.8 3.2 1.2 -

18.9 18.5 18.0 17.6 17.1 16.6 16.0 15.5 14.9 14.3 13.7 13.1 12.4 11.7 10.9 10.1 9.3 8.4 7.4 6.3 5.0 3.6 2.0 -

18.0 17.6 17.1 16.6 16.1 15.6 15.1 14.5 14.0 13.4 12.8 12.1 11.4 10.7 10.0 9.2 8.3 7.4 6.4 5.2 4.0 2.6 0.9 -

1.673

1.149

0.881

0.714

0.603

0.522

LP Factor =

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

% flash 17.2 15.7 16.7 15.3 16.3 14.8 15.8 14.3 15.3 13.8 14.8 13.3 14.2 12.7 13.7 12.2 13.1 11.6 12.5 11.0 11.9 10.4 11.2 9.7 10.6 9.0 9.8 8.3 9.1 7.5 8.3 6.7 7.4 5.8 6.5 4.9 5.4 3.8 4.3 2.7 3.1 1.4 1.7 0.461

0.374

5

6

7

8

9

14.4 14.0 13.5 13.0 12.5 12.0 11.4 10.8 10.3 9.7 9.0 8.4 7.6 6.9 6.1 5.3 4.4 3.5 2.4 1.3 -

13.3 12.8 12.3 11.8 11.3 10.8 10.2 9.7 9.1 8.5 7.8 7.1 6.4 5.7 4.9 4.1 3.2 2.2 1.2 -

12.2 11.8 11.3 10.8 10.3 9.7 9.2 8.6 8.0 7.4 6.7 6.0 5.3 4.6 3.8 2.9 2.0 1.1 -

11.3 10.8 10.3 9.8 9.3 8.7 8.2 7.6 7.0 6.4 5.7 5.0 4.3 3.5 2.7 1.9 1.0 -

10.4 9.9 9.4 8.9 8.4 7.8 7.2 6.7 6.1 5.4 4.8 4.1 3.3 2.6 1.8 0.9 -

9.5 9.0 8.5 8.0 7.5 6.9 6.4 5.8 5.2 4.5 3.9 3.2 2.4 1.7 0.9 -

0.315

0.272

0.240

0.215

0.194

0.177

Trap pressure

Flash pressure

% Flash

20 bar g

2 bar g

16.6%

X

1 000 kg / h

=

166 kg / h

10 bar g

2 bar g

10.1%

X

2 000 kg / h

=

202 kg / h

6 bar g

2 bar g

6.3%

X

4 000 kg / h

=

252 kg / h

Velocity factor 67

=

* Velocity 5.6 m / s

138

=

2.7 m / s

FV8

243

=

1.6 m / s

FV12

385

=

1.0 m / s

FV15

560

=

0.7 m / s

FV18

Total flash steam 620 kg / h

LP factor X

0.603

Condensate load

Total volume =

374 m / h 3

* Note: Size on a take-off velocity of 3 m / s or less.

÷

10

Mass flash Total flash steam 620 kg / h

Choose on < 3 m / s FV6

3

Boiler house Heat recovery systems Sizing a Flash Vessel on up to Three Trap Pressures

40

29.9

28.1

26.8

25.6

24.6

Flash pressure bar g 3 4 5 % flash 23.7 22.9 21.5 20.3

39

29.6

27.8

26.4

25.3

24.3

23.4

Trap pressure bar g

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

22.6

21.2

20.0

6

7

8

9

10

19.2

18.2

17.3

16.5

15.6

18.9

17.9

17.0

16.1

15.3

38

29.3

27.5

26.1

25.0

23.9

23.1

22.3

20.9

19.6

18.5

17.5

16.6

15.7

14.9

37

29.0

27.2

25.8

24.6

23.6

22.7

21.9

20.5

19.3

18.2

17.2

16.2

15.4

14.6

36

28.7

26.8

25.4

24.3

23.3

22.4

21.6

20.2

18.9

17.8

16.8

15.9

15.0

14.2

35

28.3

26.5

25.1

23.9

22.9

22.0

21.2

19.8

18.5

17.4

16.4

15.5

14.6

13.8

34

27.9

26.1

24.7

23.5

22.5

21.6

20.8

19.4

18.2

17.0

16.0

15.1

14.2

13.4

33

27.6

25.8

24.4

23.2

22.2

21.3

20.5

19.0

17.8

16.7

15.7

14.7

13.8

13.0

32

27.2

25.4

24.0

22.8

21.8

20.9

20.1

18.7

17.4

16.3

15.3

14.3

13.4

12.6

31

26.9

25.0

23.6

22.4

21.4

20.5

19.7

18.3

17.0

15.9

14.9

13.9

13.0

12.2

30

26.5

24.7

23.2

22.0

21.0

20.1

19.3

17.9

16.6

15.5

14.4

13.5

12.6

11.8

29

26.1

24.3

22.9

21.7

20.6

19.7

18.9

17.5

16.2

15.1

14.0

13.1

12.2

11.3

28

25.7

23.9

22.4

21.3

20.2

19.3

18.5

17.0

15.8

14.6

13.6

12.6

11.7

10.9

27

25.3

23.5

22.0

20.8

19.8

18.9

18.1

16.6

15.3

14.2

13.2

12.2

11.3

10.5

26

24.9

23.1

21.6

20.4

19.4

18.5

17.6

16.2

14.9

13.8

12.7

11.7

10.8

10.0

25

24.5

22.6

21.2

20.0

18.9

18.0

17.2

15.7

14.4

13.3

12.2

11.3

10.4

9.5

24

24.1

22.2

20.7

19.5

18.5

17.6

16.7

15.3

14.0

12.8

11.8

10.8

9.9

9.0

23

23.6

21.7

20.3

19.1

18.0

17.1

16.3

14.8

13.5

12.3

11.3

10.3

9.4

8.5

22

23.2

21.3

19.8

18.6

17.6

16.6

15.8

14.3

13.0

11.8

10.8

9.8

8.9

8.0

21

22.7

20.8

19.3

18.1

17.1

16.1

15.3

13.8

12.5

11.3

10.3

9.3

8.4

7.5

20

22.2

20.3

18.8

17.6

16.6

15.6

14.8

13.3

12.0

10.8

9.7

8.7

7.8

6.9

19

21.7

19.8

18.3

17.1

16.0

15.1

14.2

12.7

11.4

10.2

9.2

8.2

7.2

6.4

18

21.2

19.3

17.8

16.6

15.5

14.5

13.7

12.2

10.8

9.7

8.6

7.6

6.7

5.8

17

20.6

18.7

17.2

16.0

14.9

14.0

13.1

11.6

10.3

9.1

8.0

7.0

6.1

5.2

16

20.1

18.2

16.7

15.4

14.3

13.4

12.5

11.0

9.7

8.5

7.4

6.4

5.4

4.5

15

19.5

17.6

16.1

14.8

13.7

12.8

11.9

10.4

9.0

7.8

6.7

5.7

4.8

3.9

14

18.9

16.9

15.4

14.2

13.1

12.1

11.2

9.7

8.4

7.1

6.0

5.0

4.1

3.2

13

18.2

16.3

14.8

13.5

12.4

11.4

10.6

9.0

7.6

6.4

5.3

4.3

3.3

2.4

12

17.5

15.6

14.1

12.8

11.7

10.7

9.8

8.3

6.9

5.7

4.6

3.5

2.6

1.7 0.9

11

16.8

14.8

13.3

12.0

10.9

10.0

9.1

7.5

6.1

4.9

3.8

2.7

1.8

10

16.1

14.1

12.5

11.3

10.1

9.2

8.3

6.7

5.3

4.1

2.9

1.9

0.9

-

9

15.2

13.2

11.7

10.4

9.3

8.3

7.4

5.8

4.4

3.2

2.0

1.0

-

-

8

14.4

12.3

10.8

9.5

8.4

7.4

6.5

4.9

3.5

2.2

1.1

-

-

-

7

13.4

11.4

9.8

8.5

7.4

6.4

5.4

3.8

2.4

1.2

-

-

-

-

6

12.3

10.3

8.7

7.4

6.3

5.2

4.3

2.7

1.3

-

-

-

-

-

5

11.2

9.1

7.5

6.2

5.0

4.0

3.1

1.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

4

9.8

7.7

6.1

4.8

3.6

2.6

1.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

8.3

6.2

4.5

3.2

2.0

0.9

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

6.3

4.2

2.6

1.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

3.8

1.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1.673

1.149

0.881

0.714

0.603

0.522

0.461

0.374

0.315

0.272

0.240

0.215

0.194

0.177

LP Factor =

Trap pressure

Flash pressure

% Flash

Condensate load

bar g

bar g

%

bar g

bar g

bar g

bar g

X

=

kg / h

%

X

kg / h

=

kg / h

%

X

kg / h

=

kg / h

Velocity factor 67

Total flash steam kg / h

Mass flash

kg / h

X

=

m /h 3

* Note: Size on a take-off velocity of 3 m / s or less.

AI-P404-12 AB Issue 3

138

Total volume

LP factor

* Velocity m /s

÷

Total flash steam kg / h

Choose on < 3 m/s FV6

m /s

FV8

m /s

FV12

385

m /s

FV15

560

m /s

FV18

243

=

Sizing A Flash Vessel On Up To Three Trap Pressures

2.8.16

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

2.9.1

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P405-40

AB Issue 4

BT1050 Boiler Blowdown Timer Description

The BT1050 is a timer for the control of a bottom blowdown valve. It allows the bottom blowdown valve to open, removing precipitated solids that could otherwise build up and eventually cause damage. The BT1050 has three timers. These allow different blowdown cycle times and durations to be set, for example, MON - FRI. Up to three blowdown cycles can be selected in one day. The timers can also be used to prioritise boiler blowdown cycles. The product can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted and is powered by a 110 to 240 Vac at 50 / 60Hz mains supply.

Clamping screw

2.9.2 BT1050

The front panel has an LCD graphic display and five-button keypad. A test function provides the operator with a diagnostic tool. The BT1050 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent units. It can be designated as either a slave or a master unit, and connected to a two or four wire EIA / TIA-485 multi-drop network.

Graphic display

Up to nine BT1050 (or BT1000) units can be installed and linked for multi-boiler installations.

Approvals

The BT1050 complies with Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements. This product is suitable for Class A environments (e.g. industrial). A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the reference number UK Supply BH BT1050 2008. The BT1050 complies with the Low Voltage Directive (2014/35/EU) by meeting the standards of:

-

EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use.

-

UL listed (open).

5 button display

OK

Principal features:

-

Purpose designed for bottom blowdown duties.

-

Three separately adjustable timers.

-

Straightforward to commission – quick set-up option.

-

Universal power supply - 110 Vac to 240 Vac.

-

Timers prevent boilers from blowing down in rapid succession.

-

Warns if valve fails to open or close.

-

UL approved.

Clamping screw

Page 1 of 4

Boiler house Blowdown vessels Technical data BT1050 Power supply

Mains voltage range

110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz

Power consumption

7.5 W (maximum)

General

Indoor use only

Maximum altitude

2 000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level

Ambient temperature limits

0 - 55 °C

Maximum relative humidity

80% up to 31 °C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40 °C

Overvoltage category 2 (as supplied) Pollution degree

2.9.3 Environmental

Enclosure rating (front panel only)

NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by TRAC Global)

LVD (safety)

Electrical Safety EN 61010-1 UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05 Immunity

EN 61326: A1 + A2 Annex A Table 1 for industrial locations

Emissions

EN 61326: A1 + A2 Class A Table 4

Enclosure

Material

Polycarbonate

Front panel

Material

Silicone rubber, 60 shore.

EMC

Mains and signal connector

Switch box and Lockout (link) circuit Cable / wire and connector data

RS485 communication

3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 / NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.

Solder

Tin / lead (60 / 40%)

Termination

Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors. Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.

Cable size

0.2 mm² (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm² (12 AWG).

Stripping length

5 - 6 mm

Type

High temperature

Shield type

Screened

Number of cores

2

Gauge

1 – 1.5 mm² (18 - 16 AWG)

Maximum length

100 m (328 ft)

Recommended type

Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200, Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS

Type

EIA RS485 twisted pair

Shield type

Screened

Number of pairs

2 or 3

Gauge

0.23 mm² (24 AWG)

Maximum length

1200 m (4000 ft)

Recommended type

Alpha wire 6413 or 6414

Please note that LAN Cat 5 or Cat 5E ScTP (screened), FTP (foil) or STP (shielded) cable can be used, but limited to 600 m.

TI-P405-40 AB Issue 4

Page 2 of 4

BT1050 Boiler Blowdown Timer

Boiler house Blowdown vessels Technical data BT1050 (continued) Switch box Input Lockout (link)

RS485

Maximum voltage

32 Vdc (no load, open circuit)

Maximum current

3 mAdc (short circuit)

Maximum voltage

32 Vdc (no load, open circuit)

Maximum pulldown voltage

0.25 Vdc

Maximum current

1.5 mAdc

Physical layer

RS485 4-wire full or 2-wire half duplex

Protocol

Modbus RTU format

Isolation

60 Vac/dc

Clock calendar battery

Infrared

Output rate

Up to 10 frames / second

Type

AA (PCB tagged) Lithium Thionyl Chloride (Lithium content 0.65g)

Shelf life

10 year – with battery switch off @ TAMB: 25 °C

Working life

10 year – Mains power on 35 hours / week @ TAMB: 55 °C

Physical layer

IrDA

Baud

38400

Range

10 cm

Working angle

15°

Eye safety information

Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products ~ does not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of class 1

Contacts

2 x single pole changeover relays (SPCO)

Voltage ratings (maximum)

250 Vac

Load

Output

Relays

2.9.4

(256 devices - maximum)

Receiver unit load

Resistive

3 amp @ 250 Vac

Inductive

1 amp @ 250 Vac

ac motor load

¼ HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac 1

/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Pilot duty load

C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils

Electrical life (operations)

3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load

Mechanical life (operations) 30 x 10 6

TI-P405-40 AB Issue 4

Page 3 of 4

BT1050 Boiler Blowdown Timer

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product, which gives full wiring, commissioning and operating instructions. Attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10, as well as to any national regulations concerning blowdown. In the UK, guidance is given in Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436. In particular, your attention is drawn to the danger of working on a shut down boiler whilst other boilers are operating. Warnings:

- Isolate the mains supply before installing the controller as live terminals at mains voltage are exposed. - Only use the screws provided with the product. - Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection. - Do not drill the product case or use self-tapping screws. Caution:

- A 15 mm gap is required between multiple controllers for cooling.

2.9.5

Installation / environmental conditions: Install the product in an environment that minimises the effects of heat, vibration, shock and electrical interference. The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection. A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required. The product may be installed on a DIN rail, chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is provided.

Dimensions/weights Weight (approximate) 400 g 52 mm

120 mm 8 mm

112 mm

BT1050

140 mm

120 mm

OK

How to specify

Blowdown timer with; three integral timers, LCD display, valve malfunction alarm and infrared communications.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BT1050 blowdown timer.

TI-P405-40 AB Issue 4

Page 4 of 4

BT1050 Boiler Blowdown Timer

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P405-33

EMM Issue 8

BDV60 Blowdown Vessels Description

BDV60 blowdown vessels are designed to accept discharges from:

-

Manual/automatically controlled bottom blowdown.

-

Automatic TDS blowdown control valves and systems.

-

Controlled bleed valves for continuous blowdown.

-

Level control chambers and level gauge glasses.

-

Heat recovery equipment.

BDV60 blowdown vessels are

2.9.6

marked and comply with the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.

They also comply with Guidance Note PM60, for the construction of vessels used in boiler blowdown applications, issued by the Health and Safety Executive.

Design and construction Design code

ASME VIII DIV 1 2015

Material

Carbon steel

Connection

Standard EN 1092

PN16 flanges

Optional ASME B16.5

ASME Class 150 and ASME Class 300 flanges

Paint finish

Temperature resistant silver paint

Associated equipment - VH vent head -

M21S2 ball valve

-

DCV2 check valves

-

Pressure gauge and 'U' syphon

-

Vessel drain valve

-

Cooling water system

For further details please refer to the appropriate literature.

Page 1 of 7

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

4 3

9

9 2 12, 13 and 14

1

2.9.7

5

6 and 7

10

2

11

Materials No. Part

Material

No. Part

Material

1

Shell cylinder

BS EN 10028-2 P265GH

9

Lifting lug

BS EN 10028-2 P265GH

2

Dished ends

BS EN 10028-2 P265GH

10

Wrapper plate

BS EN 10028-2 P265GH

3

Nozzle, pipe

ASTM A333 Gr.6

11

Support leg/foot

BS EN 10025 S275

4

Nozzle, flange

A105N

12

Nameplate stand-off

BS EN 10028-2 P265GH

5

Nozzle, coupling

ASTM A350 LF2

13

Nameplate bracket

BS EN 10025 S275

6

Inspection opening

BS EN 10028-2 P265GH

14

Nameplate

Aluminium

7

Inspection opening gasket

Rubber, NR/SBR

15

ASTM A420 WPL6

8

Impingement plate

ASTM A240, 304

Long radius butt weld elbow (Internal)

TI-P405-33 EMM Issue 8

Page 2 of 7

BDV60 Blowdown Vessels

Boiler house Blowdown vessels Vent head with internal separator removes moisture from the steam.

Lifting lugs for safe positioning of vessel on site. Inlet number 3 for level control chamber or TDS blowdown.

Pressure gauge and 'U' syphon for monitoring operation.

Inlet number 2 for discharges from automatic TDS control system or level control chamber/gauge glass blowdown.

Outlet to drain maintains internal standing water level to cool incoming blowdown. Oval inspection opening

DCV2 Check valve control M21S2 Ball valve

Cooling water system for applications where blowdown is very frequent.

Line drain valves for emptying a shutdown boiler.

Note: BDV60/6, BDV60/8 and BDV60/10 have two inspection openings - see page 6.

Inlet number 1 for main blowdown from the bottom of the boiler only.

Vessel drain valve for clearing sludge from the blowdown vessel.

This is only a representation of a possible set-up, the product may have 3 or 4 legs and the inspection port may be different on the product.

TI-P405-33 EMM Issue 8

Page 3 of 7

BDV60 Blowdown Vessels

2.9.8

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Sizing and selection

The selection of a blowdown vessel depends on the flowrate and the proportion of flash steam released. The following factors affect the selection:

-

The boiler pressure.

-

The number of boilers.

-

The duration of blowdown.

-

The blowdown line size.

-

The length of blowdown line between the boiler and the blowdown vessel.

-

The blowdown regime.

For example the sizing below assumes the blowdown line has an 'equivalent straight length' of at least 7 m. When estimating 'equivalent straight length' the lengths shown in Table 1 should be added to the length of straight pipe to allow for valves and fittings.

2.9.9

From Table 1 it will be seen that in most practical applications it would be unusual for the equivalent straight length to be less than 7 m. If the length is less than 7 m multiply the actual boiler pressure by 1.15 before using the sizing table, Table 2. The blowdown regime:

-

Typical normal bottom blowdown of, perhaps, 5 seconds duration.

-

Weekly low level alarm testing where practice is in accordance with BG01 and INDG436 - steam down from normal level to first low water level and blow down from first to second low water level.

-

Blowdown discharges from sequencing valves on external chambers, gauge glasses etc.

-

Automatic TDS control discharges.

The selection table (Table 2) only applies if the blowdown duration is no longer than 20 seconds in total, starting with a cold vessel (water at a temperature of 15 °C to 20 °C). If this time is exceeded, carryover of water with the flash steam may occur through the vent. The water may also be too hot to discharge safely and legally into a public drainage system. Always incorporate a cooling water system for multi-boiler applications or in instances where the frequency or duration of blowdown is considerably in excess of the requirements stated in PM60, BG01 and INDG436. If there is any doubt about correct vessel selection, please contact Spirax Sarco outlining the specific conditions and blowdown regime.

Table 1 Equivalent straight lengths Blowdown line size Pipe fitting or valve

25 mm (1")

32 mm (1¼")

Table 2 Blowdown vessel selection

40 mm (1½")

50 mm (2")

Equivalent length in metres

Blowdown line size

25 mm (1")

Boiler pressure

32 mm (1¼")

40 mm (1½")

50 mm (2")

Blowdown vessel BDV60/_

Long radius bend

0.5

0.7

0.8

0.9

bar g

psi g

Manifold inlet

1.1

1.5

1.7

2.2

5.5

80

3

3

3

4

Globe valve

9.6

12.2

13.9

17.8

7.6

110

3

3

4

5

Check valve

3.6

4.3

5.0

6.3

8.3

120

3

4

4

6

Blowdown valve

0.3

0.4

0.4

0.5

10.3

150

3

4

5

6

12.1

175

4

4

5

8

17.2

250

4

5

6

8

20.7

300

5

6

8

10

24.1

350

5

6

8

10

27.6

400

6

8

8

-

Note: For intermediate pressures go to the next higher pressure.

TI-P405-33 EMM Issue 8

Page 4 of 7

BDV60 Blowdown Vessels

Table 1 Equivalent straight lengths Blowdown line size

25 mm (1")

Pipe fitting or valve

32 mm (1¼")

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Table 3 Vent head selection

40 mm (1½")

50 mm (2")

Equivalent length in metres

Note: The vent head required depends on the vessel selected For a BDV60/3 select a VH4 vent head For a BDV60/4 select a VH4 vent head

Long radius bend

0.5

0.7

0.8

0.9

For a BDV60/5 select a VH6 vent head

Manifold inlet

1.1

1.5

1.7

2.2

For a BDV60/6 select a VH6 vent head

Globe valve

9.6

12.2

13.9

17.8

For a BDV60/8 select a VH8 vent head

Check valve

3.6

4.3

5.0

6.3

For a BDV60/10 select a VH8 vent head

Blowdown valve

0.3

0.4

0.4

0.5

Graph 1 Blowdown flowrates

Blowdown line size

25 mm (1")

Boiler pressure bar g psi g

32 mm (1¼")

40 mm (1½")

50 mm (2")

Blowdown vessel BDV60/_

5.5

80

3

3

3

4

7.6

110

3

3

4

5

8.3

120

3

4

4

6

10.3

150

3

4

5

6

12.1

175

4

4

5

8

17.2

250

4

5

6

8

20.7

300

5

6

8

10

24.1

350

5

6

8

10

27.6

400

6

8

8

-

Note: For intermediate pressures go to the next higher pressure.



Blowdown flowrate (I/s)

Table 2 Blowdown vessel selection

This graph will give the flowrate of blowdown in litres per second. When this value has been read, multiply it by the duration of blowdown (seconds), and the answer will be the maximum volume discharged. Blowdown line size  

    





  













   







Boiler pressure (bar g)

How to select the blowdown vessel: Step 1. With the aid of Table 1, determine the equivalent straight length of the blowdown line. Step 2. Use Table 2 to initially establish the correct size of vessel. Note that if the result of Step 1 is less than 7 m, multiple the boiler pressure by 1.15. If the vessel is to be used in the conditions set out above, then continue to Step 4. Step 3. Using Table 4 which contains the vessel data, establish the volume of standing water in the selected vessel. This volume should be at least twice that of the maximum volume of blowdown. The maximum volume of blowdown is usually the volume discharged when blowing down from 1st low level to 2nd low level alarm. If this volume is unknown, it can be calculated with the aid of Graph 1, where details on its use are given. If it is determined that the volume of standing water is insufficient, then a larger blowdown vessel must be selected in order to satisfy this requirement. Step 4. With the aid of Table 3, the correct vent head can be selected to suit the vessel.

The selection is now complete. Selection example:

For a 10 bar g boiler with 40 mm blowdown line at least 7 m long select, from Table 2, a BDV60/5. From Table 3 select a VH6 vent head.

TI-P405-33 EMM Issue 8

Page 5 of 7

BDV60 Blowdown Vessels

2.9.10

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Table 4 Sizes, pipe connections, dimensions, weights and capacities (approximate) in mm, kg and L Blowdown vessel type

Sizes,pipe connections and dimensions

2.9.11

BDV60/3

BDV60/6

BDV60/8

BDV60/10

Flanged PN16 *

100

100

150

150

200

200

B

Flanged PN16 *

80

80

100

100

150

150

C

Oval Height (Internal) Inspection opening Width (Internal)

100

100

100

100

100

100

150

150

150

150

150

150

D

460

610

765

915

1205

1500

E

400

400

400

400

400

400

F

500

540

580

630

705

770

G

310

350

390

440

525

590

H

1830

1910

1995

2095

2240

2370

J

1080

1125

1165

1215

1290

1355

K

330

405

485

560

705

850

X

1080

1120

1163

1568

1612

1676

Y

-

-

-

864

962

1026

3

3

3

3

4

4

Empty

185

220

275

392

630

910

Full (e.g. for hydraulic test)

376

580

861

1267

2252

3610

96

180

293

437

811

1350

Capacities - standing water

*

BDV60/5

A

Number of legs Weights

BDV60/4

Note: Flanged ASME B16.5 Class 150 and 300 connections are available at extra cost. For further details contact Spirax Sarco.

K

Inlet 3 DN25 PN16 (Level control chamber and gauge glass blowdown or TDS blowdown)

K D A vent

Inlet 2 DN25 PN16 (TDS control system or level control chamber/ gauge glass blowdown)

G F C ½" BSP pressure gauge Name-plate H

B outlet X

Inlet 1 DN50 PN16 (Main bottom blowdown)

J

¾" BSP cooling water inlet 1" BSP temperature sensor

Y E

2" BSP drain

This is only a representation of a possible set-up, the product may have 3 or 4 legs and the inspection port may be different on the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BDV60/5 blowdown vessel and a VH6 vent head to suit a 10 bar g boiler having a 40 mm blowdown line.

TI-P405-33 EMM Issue 8

Page 6 of 7

BDV60 Blowdown Vessels

Pressure/temperature limits

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Please note: For the application of boiler blowdown and to comply with the HSE Guidance Note PM60 the vessel internal pressure should not exceed 0.35 bar g. Body design conditions

PN16

Maximum design pressure

7 bar g @ 171 °C

Maximum design temperature

171 °C @ 7 bar g

Minimum design temperature

-10 °C

Maximum operating pressure re. PM60

0.35 bar g

Maximum operating temperature re. PM60

109 °C

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

11 bar g

2.9.12 Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Maintenance note: The vessel must be drained every six months to remove concentrated blowdown water/sludge. Before reusing, the vessel must be refilled with fresh water. Blowdown vessels should be thoroughly examined by a 'competent person' every 14 months or at ever y major boiler inspection. Spare parts: New gaskets for the inspection openings are available as spares from Spirax Sarco.

Note: There is a second inspection opening on the BDV60/6, BDV60/8 and BDV60/10 which is fitted 180° to the top opening. Other sizes have a single central opening, similar to the one shown on page 2.

TI-P405-33 EMM Issue 8

Page 7 of 7

BDV60 Blowdown Vessels

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

2.9.11

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P405-47 EMM Issue 2

KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valves Description

The key operated boiler blowdown valve consists of a carbon steel reduced bore ball valve with carbon reinforced PTFE seats and a key operated mechanism in stainless steel. Two types of key are sold as optional extras and are available as follows:

- Standard length key. - Extended length 'T' bar type key for use where access to the valve is limited.

To ensure compliance with boiler regulations the key cannot be removed when the valve is open. Note: The standard length key and extended length 'T' bar type key are sold separately. It is recommended that an extended length 'T' bar type key is purchased for valve sizes DN50 and DN65. Standards These products comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU and carries the when so required. ISO mounting in accordance with ISO 5211. Antistatic device complying with ISO 7121 and BS 5351.

mark

Certification These products are available with certififcation to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN65 Flanged PN40 (F4), PN40 (BS) or ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 300. Available flange options: Flange

Face-to-face

Flange thickness

PN40 (F4)

DIN 3002 F4

EN 1092 Part 1

PN40 (BS)

BS 2080

EN 1092 Part 1

ASME (ANSI) 300

ASME B 16.10

ASME B 16.5

Materials Body and insert

Zinc plated carbon steel

Stem seals

Antistatic R-PTFE

Vented ball

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316

DN65

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316

DN25 - DN50

Martensitic stainless steel

AISI 420

Carbon and graphite reinforced PTFE

PDR 0.8

Stem Seats

ASTM A216 WCB

Page 1 of 5

2.9.12

Pressure / temperature limits

The product must not be used in this region

Temperature °C

KBV21i

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g Body design conditions

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

40 bar g @ 120°C 260°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

17.25 bar g 260°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum operating temperature. Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

-29°C

PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of :

KBV40i

Temperature °C

2.9.13

-29°C

60 bar g

The product must not be used in this region Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g Body design conditions

ASME 300

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

51 bar g @ 38°C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

260°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

17.25 bar g 260°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum operating temperature. Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

-29°C

PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of :

76.5 bar g

Valve coefficients Size Kv value

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

30

40

81

103

197

How to specify

DN40 key operated boiler blowdown valve, flanged PN40 with carbon reinforced seats and stainless steel key.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 KBV21i key operated boiler blowdown valve having PN40 (F4) flanged connections.

TI-P405-47 EMM Issue 2

Page 2 of 5

KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Valve size

Flange F4

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

A

B

C

125

119

35

D

E

F

Weight

19

3.9

BS

165

119

35

19

4.1

A300

165

119

35

19

4.3

F4

130

130

35

25

5.3

BS

178

130

35

25

5.7

A300

178

130

35

25

5.5

F4

140

131

35

30

6.7

BS

190

131

35

30

7.1

A300

190

131

35

30

8.0

F4

150

139

35

37

9.0

BS

216

139

35

37

9.9

A300

216

139

35

37

10.1

F4

170

140

35

50

12.4

BS

241

140

35

50

13.9

A300

241

140

35

50

15.0

Standard length key Extended length 'T' bar key

32

258

0.4

500

375

0.9

E

'T' bar key

D

Standard key

E

D C

B F

A TI-P405-47 EMM Issue 2

Page 3 of 5

KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve

2.9.14

Spare parts - DN25 to DN50

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. To ensure correct operation and maintain the warranty, use only Spirax Sarco original parts. Before actioning any maintenance programme observe the 'Safety Information' in Section 1 of the Information and Maintenance Instructions IM-P405-48 supplied with the unit. Available spares 5, 6, 9, 10

Seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals

Not shown

Insert tool - Required to aid the removal of the ball valve insert (2) Please note: Spare parts are common for both the KBV21i and KBV40i. Caution - The ball must be installed with the vent hole on the upstream side of the valve.

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 set of seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals for a Spirax Sarco DN50 KBV21i boiler blowdown valve.

2.9.15

10 9 9

5

5

6

Ball valve insert (2) (not an available spare). Please note: You will need to order the Insert tool listed in the table above to aid removal.

TI-P405-47 EMM Issue 2

Page 4 of 5

KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve

Spare parts - DN65

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. To ensure correct operation and maintain the warranty, use only Spirax Sarco original parts. Before actioning any maintenance programme observe the 'Safety Information' in Section 1 of the Information and Maintenance Instructions IM-P405-48 supplied with the unit. Available spares 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12

Seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing

Not shown

Insert tool - Required to aid the removal of the ball valve insert (2) Please note: Spare parts are common for both the KBV21i and KBV40i. Caution - The ball must be installed with the vent hole on the upstream side of the valve.

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 set of seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing for a Spirax Sarco DN65 KBV40i boiler blowdown valve.

2.9.16

12 8 11

7 5

5 7

6

Ball valve insert (2) (not an available spare). Please note: You will need to order the Insert tool listed in the table above to aid removal.

TI-P405-47 EMM Issue 2

Page 5 of 5

KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

2.9.17

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P405-45

EMM Issue 3

ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves Description

The Spirax Sarco ABV21i and ABV40i one piece end entry, reduced bore ball valves are fitted with 90° rotary spring return pneumatic actuator, for boiler blowdown duties. They are used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco blowdown timer to provide timed control of bottom blowdown, ensuring that the recommended boiler blowdown cycles occur with minimum heat loss, avoiding duplication or omission. The pneumatic actuator, (which can also be operated with other non-corrosive gases), moves through 90° to open the valve, and has a spring return fail-close operation. A switch box is mounted on the actuator, and either or both microswitches may be wired to a Building Management System if required. Note: The BT1050 blowdown timer uses one switch only to indicate 'valve fully closed' or 'valve not fully closed' positions, and does not indicate that the valve has opened fully. A solenoid valve is required, which may be directly mounted to the NAMUR (VDI / VDE 3845) interface on the actuator. A suitable solenoid valve may be selected from the Spirax Sarco MV range. Alternatively, an air supply may be connected directly to the actuator port 'A' (¼" BSP), where it is necessary to install the solenoid valve remote from the actuator. A standard ¼" BSP 3-way solenoid valve may also be used. 3-port / 2-way NAMUR mounting solenoid types: MV11 - 230 Vac, MV12 - 110 Vac, MV13 - 24 Vac, MV14 - 24 Vdc The ABV21i and ABV40i must be installed with the flow in the direction of the arrow on the body.

LSB31 switch box

Principal features:

-

Automatic timed blowdown minimises wasted heat.

-

Suitable for boiler pressures up to 17.25 bar g.

-

Spring return for fail-safe operation.

-

Pneumatic actuator for fast response.

Standards These products comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU and carries the

mark when so required.

ISO mounting in accordance with ISO 5211. Antistatic device complying with ISO 7121 and BS 5351. Certification These products are available with certififcation to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Port 'A'

NAMUR mounting holes

Sizes and pipe connections

DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN65 Flanged PN40 (F4), PN40 (BS) or ASME B 16.5 Class 300. Available flange options: Flange

Face-to-face

Flange thickness

PN40 (F4)

DIN 3002 F4

EN 1092 Part 1

PN40 (BS)

BS 2080

EN 1092 Part 1

ASME 300

ASME B 16.10

ASME B 16.5

Page 1 of 7

2.9.18

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Technical data Operating time (full stroke)

0.25 - 0.6 seconds Clean compressed air Non-corrosive gas

Operating media

Compressed air consumption @ 6 bar g

DN25

BVA315S/14

0.0002 (N)m 3 / stroke

DN32

BVA320S/14

0.0006 (N)m 3 / stroke

DN40 DN50

BVA325S/14 actuator

0.0008 (N)m 3 / stroke

DN65

BVA330S/14 actuator

0.0011 (N)m 3 / stroke

LSB31 switch rating

10 A 250 Vac

Protection rating

IP67

Switch sensor

Pressure / temperature limits

The product must not be used in this region.

ABV21i

ABV40i Temperature °C

Temperature °C

2.9.19

Mechanical 2 - SPDT

Steam saturation curve

Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g

Pressure bar g

Valve Body design conditions

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

ABV21i

PN40

ABV40i

ASME 300

ABV21i

40 bar g @ 120 °C

ABV40i

51 bar g @ 38 °C 260 °C @ 0 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

17.25 bar g 260 °C @ 0 bar g

Minimum operating temperature (Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco)

-29 °C

PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

ABV21i

60 bar g

ABV40i

76.5 bar g

Actuator Maximum ambient temperature

80 °C

Minimum ambient temperature

0 °C

Maximum air supply pressure

8 bar g

Minimum air supply pressure

Depends on operating conditions

MV series solenoid Maximum ambient temperature

50 °C

Minimum ambient temperature

0 °C

TI-P405-45 EMM Issue 3

Page 2 of 7

ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Valve coefficients Size Kv value

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

30

40

81

103

197

Materials Valve

Actuator

Body and insert

Zinc plated carbon steel

Stem seals

Antistatic R-PTFE

Vented ball

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316

DN65

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316

DN25 - DN50

Martensitic stainless steel

AISI 420

Carbon and graphite reinforced PTFE

PDR 0.8

Stem Seats

ASTM A216 WCB

Body, piston and end caps Pinion 'O' ring seals

Aluminium - anodised Carbon steel - nickel plated Nitrile rubber

2.9.20

How to specify

Air actuated ball valve, DN40, PN40 with carbon reinforced seats, 90 degree rotary pneumatic actuator and switch box. NAMUR compatible solenoid valve 220 / 240 Vac.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 ABV21i air actuated boiler blowdown valve having PN40 (F4) flanged connections plus 1 off MV11 solenoid valve 220 / 240 Vac.

TI-P405-45 EMM Issue 3

Page 3 of 7

ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves

Dimensions/weights

Boiler house Blowdown vessels (approximate) in mm and kg

Valve size Actuator type Flange PN40 (F4) DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

2.9.21

DN65

BVA315S/14

BVA320S/14

BVA325S/14

BVA325S/14

BVA330S/14

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Weight

417

125

63

115

196

98

140

56

6.7

PN40 BS

417

165

103

115

196

98

140

56

6.5

Class 300

421

165

103

124

196

98

140

56

6.8

PN40 (F4)

456

130

65

140

217

108.5

140

66

9.2

PN40 BS

456

178

113

140

217

108.5

140

66

9.6

Class 300

450

178

65

134

217

108.5

140

66

9.4

PN40 (F4)

475

140

70

150

258

129

140

71

11.7

PN40 BS

475

190

120

150

258

129

140

71

12.2

Class 300

478

190

120

156

258

129

140

71

13.0

PN40 (F4)

488

150

75

165

258

129

140

71

14.1

PN40 BS

488

216

141

165

258

129

140

71

15.0

Class 300

488

216

141

165

258

129

140

71

15.1

PN40 (F4)

530

170

91

185

299

149.5

140

78

20.7

PN40 BS

530

241

162

185

299

149.5

140

78

22.2

Class 300

533

241

162

191

299

149.5

140

78

23.3

G

E F

H

A

Port A air connection ¼" BSP (G).

D

C B TI-P405-45 EMM Issue 3

Page 4 of 7

ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves

Boiler house Blowdown vessels

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are available as spares. Please note: There are no spares available for the switch box. To ensure correct operation and maintain the warranty, use only Spirax Sarco original parts. Before actioning any maintenance programme observe the 'Safety Information' in Section 1 of IM-P405-46 supplied with the unit.

Actuator Spare parts for the BVA300S /14

The available spare parts for the BVA300S /14 are listed on pages 6 and 7. No other parts are available as spares.

2.9.22

13 14 15

Exploded view of the spring set

12 6 5

6

8

17

11

5 16 10

11

17

8

18 7

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares 'O' rings set (NBR) BVA300 series maintenance kit

7, 8, 11, 12, 16 13, 14, 15

Pinion washers Others

5, 6, 10, 17, 18

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the nomenclature of the pneumatic actuator that they are intended for. Note: all the spares mentioned above are sold together in one spare part kit. Example: 1 - BVA300 series maintenance kit with 'O' rings in NBR for a Spirax Sarco BVA320S /14 pneumatic actuator.

TI-P405-45 EMM Issue 3

Page 5 of 7

ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves

Boiler house Blowdown vessels Valve DN25 to DN50 Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5, 6, 9, 10

Seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals

Not shown

Insert tool - Required to aid the removal of the ball valve insert (2) Please note: Spare parts are common for both the ABV21i and ABV40i. Caution - The ball must be installed with the vent hole on the upstream side of the valve.

2.9.23 10 9 9

5

5

6

Ball valve insert (2) (not an available spare). Please note: You will need to order the Insert tool listed in the table above to aid removal.

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 set of seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals for a Spirax Sarco DN50 ABV21i boiler blowdown valve.

TI-P405-45 EMM Issue 3

Page 6 of 7

ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves

Boiler house Blowdown vessels DN65 Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12

Seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing

Not shown

Insert tool - Required to aid the removal of the ball valve insert (2) Please note: Spare parts are common for both the ABV21i and ABV40i. Caution - The ball must be installed with the vent hole on the upstream side of the valve.

2.9.24 12 8 11

7

5

5

7

6

Ball valve insert (2) (not an available spare). Please note: You will need to order the Insert tool listed in the table above to aid removal.

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 set of seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing for a Spirax Sarco DN50 ABV40i boiler blowdown valve.

TI-P405-45 EMM Issue 3

Page 7 of 7

ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves

Boiler house Vent heads

2.10.1

Boiler house Vent heads Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P405-42

AB Issue 2

VHT Vent Heads Description

Spirax Sarco VHT vent heads are designed for fitting to vertical open ended steam vent pipes. The vent head will discharge dry steam safely to atmosphere, avoiding the possibility of discomfort or even injury to personnel and material damage to buildings. The vent head incorporates an internal baffle to separate entrained water from the steam.

2.10.2

Principle features: - Efficient separation. - Stainless steel body for long maintenance free life. - A simple and effective vent head for general applications. Applications Vent heads are ideal for use on blowdown vessels, condensate vessels, boiler feedtanks, hot water storage tanks etc. Warning: Vent heads must not be used for safety valve outlets. Vent heads are selected to be the same nominal size as the vent pipe.

Materials Body Flanges

Austenitic stainless steel 304L Carbon steel, black electrophoretic coating

Sizes and pipe connections Description

Size

VHT2

DN50

2"

VHT3

DN80

3"

VHT4 VHT6 VHT8 VHT10 VHT12

DN100 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300

4" 6" 8" 10" 12"

Inlet connection Screwed BSP Screwed NPT Screwed BSP Screwed NPT Flanged EN 1092 Flanged EN 1092 Flanged EN 1092 Flanged EN 1092 Flanged EN 1092 Flanged EN 1092

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

PN16 PN16 PN16 PN16 PN16 PN16

or or or or or or

ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME

150 150 150 150 150 150

A 203 203 203 203 203 304 403 403 503 503

B 137 137 145 145 173 237 302.5 314 372.5 343.5

Safety information, installation and maintenance

C 192 224 280 334 406 483

Weight 2.08 2.08 2.70 2.70 3.65 6.31 10.76 12.28 19.17 22.29

A

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: Installation of the screwed and flanged vent heads is relatively straight forward. The flanged vent heads have a lightweight flange drilled to suit both the PN and ASME flange standards.

Screwed

B

Disposal: The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken. A

How to specify

Spira x Sarc o t ype VHT with austenitic stainless steel construction and screwed / carbon steel flanges. Vent heads shall incorporate an internal baffle and a screwed drain outlet connection.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 VHT4 vent head having a flanged EN 1092 PN16 inlet connection.

Flanged B

C

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

2.11.1

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P405-51

AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65 Description

The BBV is specifically designed for the removal of suspended / deposited solids and water from the bottom of steam boilers. The BBV is available in air / water actuated and manual versions. The air / water-actuated version is supplied with a manual hand lever. The valve is spring-to-close on power failure and the manual version can easily be upgraded to an automatic version. When used with a Spirax Sarco blowdown controller the automatic version provides timed control of blowdown, ensuring that the recommended blowdown occurs with the minimum of heat loss and avoids duplication and omissions. The valve can be fitted with a mechanical switchbox. This can be linked to the blowdown controller or a BMS system to indicate when the valve has not closed. Principal features:

- Easily upgraded from manual to automatic operation. - Dedicated self-adjusting and self-cleaning spindle seals. - Engineered for the specific application of bottom blowdown. - Flow pressure assists closing. Available types of boiler blowdown valve: Air / water pneumatically actuated supplied with a manual actuation lever

Manually actuated complete with a manual actuation lever

BBV43 PN / M Steel body BBV63 PN / M Stainless steel body BBV83 PN / M Alloy steel body BBV43 M

Steel body

BBV63 M

Stainless steel body

BBV83 M

Alloy steel body

Please note: All of the 'M' versions can be automated to ' PN / M'.

DN15 BBV_3 PN / M shown

Optional extras:

- Automatic bottom blowdown timer controller. - Mechanical switch (with mounting kit). - Pneumatic actuator upgrade kit. - Physical lock kit Standards This product range fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Size and pipe connections:

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN65 ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" Flanged EN 1092 PN40, PN63 and PN100 Flanged ASME 300 and ASME 600 Other available options: Butt weld Socket weld JIS / KS 30 and JIS / KS 40 For alternative connections to those stated above please contact Spirax Sarco.

Page 1 of 17

2.11.2

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

Materials

Kvs values

Item numbers 1-21

Valve size Seat diameter (mm) Kvs values

For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

8

10

12

12

16

20

25

1.6

2.5

4.0

4.0

6.3

10

16 21

18

No. Part

1

2.11.3

Body

Material BBV4_

Carbon Steel

BBV6_

Stainless Steel

BBV8_

Alloy Steel

2

Plug

Stainless Steel

3

Seat

Stainless Steel

4

Seat gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

5

Seat retainer

Stainless Steel

6

Cover

BBV4_

Carbon Steel

BBV6_

Stainless Steel

BBV8_

Alloy Steel

16, 17

19 20

15

BBV_ _P PTFE

7

Packing

8

Cover gasket

13

BBV_ _H Graphite Reinforced exfoliated graphite

6

11 14

BBV_ _H Stainless Steel

9

Bonnet nuts BBV6_ Other

9, 10 Carbon Steel

BBV_ _H Stainless Steel Bonnet

10 studs

Actuator

11 clamp nut

BBV6_ Other

Carbon Steel

BBV6_

Stainless Steel

Other

Carbon Steel

12 Gland nut

Stainless Steel

13 Scraper ring

PTFE

14 Yoke

SG Iron

15 Closed plate

Stainless Steel

16 Hex. head screw

Carbon Steel

17 Nut

Carbon Steel

18 Upper housing

Carbon Steel

19 Diaphragm

Reinforced NBR

20 Gasket

Reinforced Graphite

21 Vent plug

Brass

Page 2 of 17

6

8 7

1

5

3

2

4

DN15 BBV_3 PN / M shown

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

Materials

Item numbers 22-42

Kvs values Valve size

Seat diameter (mm) Kvs values

For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

8

10

12

12

16

20

25

1.6

2.5

4.0

4.0

6.3

10

16

25

23

40

22 No. Part

Material 39

22 Bolt

Carbon Steel

23 Diaphragm plate

Carbon Steel

24 Spindle

Stainless Steel

37

25 Lever stem

Stainless Steel

27

26 Screw

Carbon Steel

27 Seal

Polyurethane

28 Spring

Spring Steel

29 Spring guide

Stainless Steel

30 Connector

Stainless Steel

31 Lever

SG Iron

32 - 35

29

32 Axis

Stainless Steel

33 - 36

30

33 Roller

Stainless Steel

34 Spring graphite

Spring Steel

35 Elastic ring

Carbon Steel

36 Elastic ring

Carbon Steel

37 Washer

Carbon Steel

38 O'ring

Viton

39 Spacer

Carbon Steel

40 Washer

Carbon Steel

41 Plastic protection

Plastic

42 Screw

Stainless Steel

38

26

28

34 24

31

DN15 BBV_3 PN / M shown

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Page 3 of 17

2.11.4

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

Minimum air pressure / Differential pressure DN15 - DN25

DN32 - DN50

DN65

10 bar g

0.7

1.8

4.5

15 bar g

0.9

2.6

20 bar g

1.1

3.3

25 bar g

1.2

4.0

30 bar g

1.4

4.7 5.0

32 bar g

1.4

42 bar g

1.7

63 bar g

2.4

68 bar g

2.6

80 bar g

2.9

100 bar g

3.6

Capacities Size

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

Kv

1.6

2.5

4

4

6.3

10

16

0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.5

1.1

1.8

2.8

2.8

4.5

7.1

11.3

1

1.6

2.5

4.0

4.0

6.3

10.0

16.0

10

5.1

7.9

12.6

12.6

19.9

31.6

50.6

20

7.2

11.2

17.9

17.9

28.2

44.7

71.6

30

8.8

13.7

21.9

21.9

34.5

54.8

87.6

40

10.1

15.8

25.3

25.3

39.8

63.2

101.2

50

11.3

17.7

28.3

28.3

44.5

70.7

113.1

60

12.4

19.4

31.0

31.0

48.8

77.5

123.9

70

13.4

20.9

33.5

33.5

52.7

83.7

133.9

80

14.3

22.4

35.8

35.8

56.3

89.4

143.1

90

15.2

23.7

37.9

37.9

59.8

94.9

151.8

100

16.0

25.0

40.0

40.0

63.0

100.0

160.0

Pressure (bar)

  

Capacity (m3/h)

2.11.5

Minimum air pressure bar g

Differential pressure (ΔP) across the valve



DN65

 DN50



DN40



DN25-32 DN20

 



















DN15 



Pressure (bar) Page 4 of 17

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

BBV43 Pressure / temperature limits - EN 1092 Temperature °C



A

D

C

B

    D   

Steam saturation curve D 

  Pressure bar g

C

B 



The product must not be used in this region. An extended cover is required for use in this region.

2.11.6

High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions

PN100

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-B-B

PN100

100 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

400 °C @ 59.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 76.1 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

400 °C @ 59.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

156 bar g

Body design conditions

PN63

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-C-C

PN63

63 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

400 °C @ 37.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 48.0 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

400 °C @ 37.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

94.5 bar g

Body design conditions

PN40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-D-D

PN40

40 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 30.4 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

-10 °C 60 bar g

Page 5 of 17



Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

        

BBV43 Pressure / temperature limits - ASME  





































































































  

   A









F





E

 

Steam saturation curve

  

F

G











        E  

Temperature °F

Temperature °C

Pressure psi g

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

2.11.7

An extended cover is required for use in this region. High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C (+41 °F), the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions

A-E-E

ASME 600

ASME 600

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

102.1 bar g @ 38 °C

1480 psi g @ 100 °F

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 57.5 bar g

797 °F @ 834 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 83.6 bar g

482 °F @ 1212 psi g

High temperature packing (H)

425 °C @ 57.5 bar g

797 °F @ 834 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

156 bar g

2 262 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions

ASME 300

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-F-F

ASME 300

TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

51.1 bar g @ 38 °C

740 psi g @ 100 °F

425 °C @ 28.8 bar g

797 °F @ 418 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 41.9 bar g

482 °F @ 608 psi g

High temperature packing (H)

425 °C @ 28.8 bar g

797 °F @ 418 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

77 bar g

1 117 psi g

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions

A-G

ASME 150

ASME 150

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

19.6 bar g @ 38 °C

284 psi g @ 100 °F

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g

797 °F @ 80 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

250 °C @ 12.1 bar g

482 °F @ 175 psi g

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g

797 °F @ 80 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

77 bar g

1 117 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) High temperature packing (H)

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Page 6 of 17

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

BBV43 Pressure / temperature limits - JIS / KS Temperature °C

 A 

I

H





 

Steam saturation curve

  

I









H





Pressure bar g                  

The product must not be used in this region. An extended cover is required for use in this region.

2.11.8

High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes:











                             

1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions

A-H-H

JIS / KS 40

JIS / KS40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

68 bar g @ 120 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 40 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 60 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

425 °C @ 40 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions

A-I-I

JIS / KS 30

156 bar g JIS / KS30

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

51 bar g @ 120 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 30 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 45 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

425 °C @ 30 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

-29 °C 156 bar g

Page 7 of 17

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

BBV63 Pressure / temperature limits - EN 1092 Temperature °C

A

  A       

K

J

L

Steam saturation curve



L



J

K







Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. An extended cover is required for use in this region.

2.11.9

High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions

PN100

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-J-J

PN100

100 bar g @ 100 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

580 °C @ 62.7 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 79.6 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

580 °C @ 62.7 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

156 bar g

Body design conditions

PN63

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-K-K

PN63

63 bar g @ 100 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

580 °C @ 39.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 50.1 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

580 °C @ 39.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

156 bar g

Body design conditions

PN40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-L-L

PN40

40 bar g @ 100 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

400 °C @ 27.4 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 31.8 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

400 °C @ 27.4 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Page 8 of 17

60 bar g

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

BBV63 Pressure / temperature limits - ASME        













M

N



  

O





Steam saturation curve



 M 

N







Temperature °F

Temperature °C

Pressure psi g

A



Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. An extended cover is required for use in this region.

2.11.10

High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions

A-M-M

ASME 600

ASME 600

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

99.3 bar g @ 38 °C

1 440 psi g @ 100 °F

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

538 °C @ 50 bar g

1000 °F @ 725 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) High temperature packing (H)

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

250 °C @ 66.8 bar g

482 °F @ 967 psi g

538 °C @ 50 bar g

1000 °F @ 725 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

156 bar g

2 262 psi g

Body design conditions

ASME 300

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-N-N

ASME 300

TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

49.6 bar g @ 38 °C

1 440 psi g @ 100 °F

538 °C @ 25.2 bar g

1000 °F @ 365 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 33.4 bar g

482 °F @ 484 psi g

High temperature packing (H)

538 °C @ 25.2 bar g

1000 °F @ 365 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

75 bar g

1 087 psi g

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions

ASME 150

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-O

ASME 150

TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) High temperature packing (H)

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

19 bar g @ 38 °C

275 psi g @ 100 °F

538 °C @ 1.4 bar g

1000 °F @ 20 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

250 °C @ 12.1 bar g

482 °F @ 175 psi g

538 °C @ 1.4 bar g

1000 °F @ 20 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

29 bar g

2 262 psi g

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Page 9 of 17

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

Temperature °C

BBV63 Pressure / temperature limits - JIS / KS  A 

Q

P

 

Steam saturation curve

  

Q













P





Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. An extended cover is required for use in this region.

2.11.11

High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions

A-P-P

JIS / KS 40

JIS / KS 40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

68 bar g @ 120 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 40 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 60 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

425 °C @ 40 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

156 bar g

Body design conditions

A-Q-Q

JIS / KS 30

JIS / KS 30

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

51 bar g @ 120 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 36 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 45 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

425 °C @ 36 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Page 10 of 17

156 bar g

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

Temperature °C

BBV83 Pressure / temperature limits - EN 1092 A

 

S

R

 

Steam saturation curve

  





S





R





Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. An extended cover is required for use in this region.

2.11.12

High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions

PN100

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-R-R

PN100

100 bar g @ 250 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

490 °C @ 68 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 100 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

490 °C @ 68 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

156 bar g

Body design conditions

PN63

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure A-S-S

PN63

63 bar g @ 250 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

490 °C @ 40.9 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) High temperature packing (H)

250 °C @ 63 bar g 490 °C @ 40,9 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

-29 °C 156 bar g

Page 11 of 17

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

BBV83 Pressure / temperature limits - ASME    A      













   

Steam saturation curve







 T 







Temperature °F

Temperature °C

Pressure psi g



Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. An extended cover is required for use in this region.

2.11.13

High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C (+41 °F), the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions

A-T

ASME 600

ASME 600

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

103.4 bar g @ 38 °C

1 499 psi g @ 100 °F

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

538 °C @ 29.8 bar g

1000 °F @ 432 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 92.7 bar g

482 °F @ 1344 psi g

High temperature packing (H)

538 °C @ 29.8 bar g

1000 °F @ 432 psi g

-29 °C

-20 °F

156 bar g

2 262 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Page 12 of 17

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems

Temperature °C

BBV83 Pressure / temperature limits - JIS / KS  A  A   

Steam saturation curve

  







U

V











Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. An extended cover is required for use in this region.

2.11.14

High temperature packing required for use in this region. Notes:

                                                   

1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 °C, the external moving parts of the valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation. 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below. Body design conditions 

A-U

JIS / KS 40





































































PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

68 bar g @ 120 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

510 °C @ 36 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 60 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

510 °C @ 36 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions

A-V

JIS / KS 30

JIS / KS 40

156 bar g JIS / KS 30

PMA Maximum allowable pressure and PMO Maximum operating pressure

51 bar g @ 120 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

490 °C @ 30 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C Standard packing PTFE chevron (P)

250 °C @ 45 bar g

High temperature packing (H)

490 °C @ 30 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

-29 °C 156 bar g

Page 13 of 17

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems Dimensions / Weights (approximate) in mm and kg Flanged EN 1092 Size

A

PN40

PN63 PN100

PN40

B

PN63 PN100

PN40

C

PN63 PN100

PN40

C1

PN63 PN100

D

E

F

Weight

DN15

130

210

103

105

330

335

242

247

170

200

272

10.0

DN20

150

230

103

108

330

335

242

247

170

200

272

10.8

DN25

160

230

103

108

330

335

242

247

170

200

272

11.0

DN32

180

260

132

132

359

359

271

271

170

200

272

17.5

DN40

200

260

132

132

359

359

271

271

170

200

272

18.0

DN50

230

300

127

127

354

354

266

266

170

200

272

21.0

DN65

290

340

201

201

425

425

340

340

170

200

272

39.0

ASME 600

ASME 300

ASME 600

ASME 300

ASME 600

ASME 300

ASME 600

D

E

F

Weight

Flanged ASME

2.11.15

A

B

C

C1

Size

ASME 300

DN15

190.5

203

103

105

330

335

242

247

170

200

272

10.0

DN20

190.5

206

103

108

330

335

242

247

170

200

272

10.8

DN25

196.9

210

103

108

330

335

242

247

170

200

272

11.0 18.0

DN32

251

DN40

235.0

251

DN50

266.7

286

DN65

292.1

311

132 132

359

132

359

359

127

127

354

354

201

201

425

425

271 271

200

17.5

271

170

200

272

266

266

170

200

272

21.0

340

340

170

200

272

39.0

F D

E

C C1 DN15 BBV_3 PN / M shown

DN15 BBV_3 M shown

B

A

Butt weld and Socket weld Size

A

B

C

C1

D

E

F

DN15

203

105

335

247

170

200

272

10.0

DN20

206

108

335

247

170

200

272

10.8

DN25

210

108

359

247

170

200

272

11.0

DN32

251

132

359

271

170

200

272

17.5

DN40

251

132

359

271

170

200

272

18.0

DN50

286

127

354

266

170

200

272

21.0

DN65

311

201

425

340

170

200

272

39.0

Page 14 of 17

Weight

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems Spare parts

A

PN40 ASME 150 and ASME 300 The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly the full product description as found on the label of the valve body, as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.

Available spares - BBV series Gasket set

(Non-bellows sealed)

Stem seal kits Plug stem and seat kit

C2

A

Actuator clamping nut

B, G

PTFE to Graphite conversion kit

C1

Graphite packing

C2

Fast opening trim (No gaskets supplied)

C1

2.11.16

D1, E

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares', and state the size and type of valve including the full product description of the product. Example: 1 - PTFE stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco BBV43 PWSUSS DN25 PN40 control valve. How to fit spares Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare.

D1

E G

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Page 15 of 17

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems Spare parts A

PN63 and PN100 ASME 600 JIS / KS 30 and JIS / KS 40 The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly the full product description as found on the label of the valve body, as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.

Available spares – BBV A

Actuator clamping nut

B, G

Gasket set

2.11.17

Stem seal kits

Graphite packing

Plug stem and seat kit

Fast opening trim (No gaskets supplied)

C1

C1 D1, E

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares', and state the size and type of valve including the full product description of the product.

D1

Example: 1 - Plug stem and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco BBV43 PWSUSS DN25 PN63 two-port control valve having flanged PN63 connections. How to fit spares Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare.

B D1

H

G E

Page 16 of 17

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house Bottom blowdown systems BBV selection guide: Valve series

BBV

BBV = Boiler blowdown valve 4 = Carbon steel

Body material

4

6 = Stainless steel 8 = Alloy steel 1 = Screwed

Connections

3

3 = Flanged P = PTFE

Stem sealing

P

H = Graphite

Seating

W = Stellite

W

Type of trim

S = Standard trim

S

Trim balancing

U = Unbalanced

U

Bonnet type

S = Standard

S

Bolting

S = Standard

S

Valve size

=

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN65 ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½"

2.11.18

DN20

EN standard = Flanged EN 1092 PN40, PN63 and PN100

Connections

For alternative connections to those stated please contact Spirax Sarco.

ASME = Flanged ASME 300 and ASME 600 standard

PN40

Butt weld Socket weld PN / M =

Version

Air / water pneumatically actuated supplied with a manual actuation lever

PN / M

M = Manually actuated complete with a manual actuation lever

Selection example:

BBV

4

3

P

W

S

U

S

S

DN20

PN40

PN / M

How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BBV43PWSUSS DN20 PN / M

TI-P405-51 AB Issue 1

BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Page 17 of 17

Boiler house Energy monitor

2.2.11 12.1

Boiler house Energy monitor

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P408-01

EMM Issue 5

B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor Description

The B850 is a flexible and easy to use Boiler House Energy Monitor that accurately calculates the efficiency of the boiler based on measured inputs from fuel, feedwater, steam output, condensate return and blowdown. The B850 is a boiler house energy monitoring solution that has been designed for organisations operating boilers on an existing installed base and for boiler OEM's where customers specify a requirement for energy monitoring. The B850 calculates a boiler's 'real time' energy transfer efficiency from fuel to steam. It will also measure for energy losses from the boiler due to blowdown applications. Being fully compatible with a wide range of Spirax Sarco flowmetering products the B850 is the heart of a fully integrated system that will provide Operating Managers in an increasing range of industries detailed information to be able to review boiler efficiency against past performance. The unit is available for either wall or panel mounting. The B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL are wall mounted versions are mains powered (100 to 250 Vac), while the B850-P-2 panel mounting version is intended for direct connection to a Low Voltage power supply typically found inside PLC panels, i.e. 24 Vdc. The B850 is supplied with a default configuration that makes configuration easy, either off-line with the free PC based software wizard provided with each product. When the configuration has been completed, it can be saved to file or to the free USB memory stick provided, from where it can be plugged in and up-loaded directly into the unit. Alternatively, commissioning can be carried out via a hierarchical menu structure through the front panel. Full commissioning details are included in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IMI) supplied with the unit. Spirax Sarco offers a complete range of flowmeters for the measurement of: Gas, Feedwater, Steam and make-up water. For existing installed flowmeters the B850 can accept 4 - 20 mA, Pulse and RTD inputs. The B850 is compatible with a large number of interfaces and protocols including: RS-485, Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP, RJ-45 Ethernet, Modbus TCP / IP, BACnet IP, USB and Hosted http web. A GSM module can be connected to the RS-485 port which enables transfer of information about failures, alarms and measurement values in the form of SMS text messages.

B850-W-2

wall mounted version

B850-P-2

panel mounted version

For selection of the optimum unit for your application, please visit page 3 'Available options' before placing an order. Page 1 of 8

2.12.2

Boiler house Energy monitor Standards and certification

This range of products fully comply with the requirements of the European Directives and carry the In addition there is an cULus certified version of the wall mount variant available

mark when so required.

The B850 is available with the following certification:

- Uncertainty Certificate / Inspection Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. The B850 can calculate and display:

2.12.3

-

Energy transfer efficiency from fuel to steam

-

Potential energy losses from TDS and bottom blowdown applications

-

Energy recovery from condensate return

-

Steam flow and pressure

-

Feedwater flow and temperature

-

Fuel flow

Applications Application

Proposed flowmeter (B850 is the example supplied )

Meter output

Gas (Oil, Coal)

Thermal mass flowmeter for gas (MTL10)

(0) 4 - 20 mA

Boiler feedwater

Magnetic flowmeter (ELM)

(0) 4 - 20 mA

Boiler steam output

Flowmeter (Gilflo, ILVA)

(0) 4 - 20 mA

Make-up water

Magnetic flowmeter (ELM)

(0) 4 - 20 mA

TDS blowdown

TDS valve

Relay (State)

BB blowdown

BBD valve

Relay (State)

TI-P408-01 EMM Issue 5

Page 2 of 8

B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor

Boiler house Energy monitor

Typical boiler house application Condensate return temperature measurement

Treated water supply

Steam flowmeter and optional steam temperature and pressure

Feedwater flowmeter and temperature measurement

Process

BC3250 Controller

Fuel supply

Blowdown vessel

TDS valve

Fuel flowmeter BBD bottom blowdown valve

Available options

The following versions of the B850 series have the same functions and are available as follows: B850-P for panel mounting and is powered by 24 Vdc. B850-W for wall mounting and has been adapted to be powered by 100 / 240 Vac.

Each version is equipped with two analog outputs

Offered versions of the instruments:

B850 -x

-2

-x

-P

Panel mounted version. (CE and cULus approved as standard)

-W

Wall mounted version. (CE approved as standard, cULus approval optional)

-2

B850-W-2 wall mounted version

B850-P-2

panel mounted version

Two analog 4 - 20 mA outputs.

-UL

Option with cULus approval (required for wall mount version only)

TI-P408-01 EMM Issue 5

Page 3 of 8

B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor

2.12.4

Boiler house Energy monitor Technical data for the B850 series flow computers User interface, front panel Display type

LCD TFT color, 3.5", with LED backlight

Display size / resolution

43.8 mm x 77.4 mm / 272 (RGB) x 480 px,

LED indication

3 two-color LEDs, red / green: ALARM, REC, USB

Keyboard

19 membrane buttons

Inputs organization Number of inputs

2.12.5

6 x I type (0 / 4 - 20 mA):

IN1, IN2, IN3, IN4, IN5, IN6

3 x RTD (4-wire):

IN7, IN8, IN9

3 x PULS:

IN10, IN11, IN12

I type (0 / 4-20 mA current loop analog inputs) Signal type

0 - 20 mA or 4 - 20 mA

Transmitter connection

2-wire passive transmitter (supplied from B850) or active transmitter (current source transmitter)

Input resistance

95 W ± 10% (protected with PTC 50 mA fuse in series)

Transmitters supply

24 Vdc +10% / -20%; max 22 mA per channel (protected with PTC 50 mA fuse and 100 Ω resistor in series)

A / C converter resolution

18 bit (24 bit Sigma-Delta ADC)

50 Hz / 60 Hz filter

Sinc3 digital filter

Damping (1st order Low Pass Software Filter time constant)

2 s / 5 s / 10 s / 20 s / 30 s / 1 min / 2 min / 3 min / 5 min

Measurement resolution

> 0.01% of FS

Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 °C / +77 °F)

± 0.1% of FS (typical W0.05% of FS)

Temperature drift

Maximum ±0.02% of FS / °C

Maximum input voltage

± 40 Vdc / SELV

Galvanic isolation between inputs

No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs

Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet

250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute

RTD type (3 analog inputs for temperature sensors) Sensor types

Pt-100 x K; Ni-100 x K; where K = 1..11 (K – multiplier, e.g.: K = 2 for Pt-200)

Measuring range

-200 .. +850 °C / -328 .. +1562 °F for Pt100 x K -60 .. +150 °C / -76 .. +302 °F for Ni100 x K

Sensor connection

4-wire (2-wire with wire bridges)

Wire resistance compensation

Automatic , additional manual in range -99.99 .. +99.99 W

M aximum resistance of connecting wires

50 W

A / C converter resolution

18 bit (24 bit Sigma-Delta ADC)

50 Hz / 60 Hz filter

Sinc3 digital filter

Damping (1st order Low Pass Filter time constant)

2 s / 5 s / 10 s / 20 s / 30 s / 1 min / 2 min / 3 min / 5min

Measurement resolution

> 0.05% of reading or 0.1 Ω (TBV)

Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 °C / +77 °F)

± 0.5 °C / ± 0.9 °F (typical ± 0.3 °C / ± 0.54 °F)

Temperature drift

Maximum ±0.02 °C / °C / 0.036 °F / °F

Max input voltage

± 40 Vdc / SELV

Galvanic isolation between inputs

No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs

Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet

250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute

TI-P408-01 EMM Issue 5

Page 4 of 8

B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor

Boiler house Energy monitor PULS type inputs (binary / pulse / frequency) Measuring range

0 .. 20 kHz (cut off for f < 0.001 Hz) (0 ..1 kHz with filter jumper J1 / J2 / J3 ON)

Minimum pulse width

25 μs (0.5 ms with filter jumper J1 / J2 / J3 ON)

Accuracy for frequency measurement (at Tamb = +25 °C / +77 °F)

0.02%

Maximum input voltage

± 40 Vdc / SELV

Galvanic isolation between inputs

No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs

Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet

250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute

Configuration (default): OC or Contact open / closed

(Internal jumper J4 / J5 / J6 ON)

Open circuit voltage

5 Vdc

Short circuit current

5 mA

On / off threshold

2.7 V / 2.4 V

Configuration: Voltage Input

(Internal jumper J4 / J5 / J6 OFF)

Signal amplitude

4 .. 36 Vdc

On / off threshold

2.7 V / 2.4 V

Input resistance

≥10 k W

2.12.6

Compensated flow and heat energy measurement Calculation update rate

1s

Total accuracy of compensated steam, water, other liquid or technical gas flow measurement

Typical: better then ± 0.5% (worst case: better then ± 2%)

4-20 mA analog outputs Number of outputs

2

Output signal

4 - 20 mA passive (external current loop supply required)

Resolution

16 bit DAC

Loop resistance (R L) range for U CC = 24 V

0 .. 600 Ω

Minimum loop power supply voltage

U CCmin = RL x 0.022 + 8

Maximum loop power supply voltage

28 Vdc / SELV

Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 °C / +77 °F)

Better than ± 0.2% of FS / °C

Temperature drift

Maximum ± 0.02% of FS / °C

Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet

250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute

Binary outputs (B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL) Number of outputs

4

Type of outputs

3 pole (COM, NO, NC) electromechanical relay

Contact rating (resistive load)

3 A at 85 .. 250 Vac / 30 Vdc

Maximum switching voltage

250 Vac / 125 Vdc

Maximum switching power

750 VA / 90 W

Binary outputs (B850-P-2) Number of outputs

4

Type of outputs

2 pole Solid State Relay

Contact rating (resistive load)

0.1 A at 24 Vac/dc (max 42 Vac 60 Vdc) / SELV

Maximum ON resistance

20 Ω

Galvanic isolation (optoisolation)

250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute

TI-P408-01 EMM Issue 5

Page 5 of 8

B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor

Boiler house Energy monitor RS-485 / 422

2.12.7

Transmission protocol

ASCII Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP and GSM

Number of nodes in network

256

Maximum line length

1 200 m (depends on quality of data cable and baud rate)

Baud rate

2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6, 115.2, 230.4 kbps

Parity control

Even, Odd, None

Frame

1 start bit, 8 data bits, parity 1 bit, 1 stop bit

Internal terminating resistor

Yes, activated with DIP switch

Maximum bus terminal voltages

-8 V … +13 V / SELV

Minimal driver differential output voltage

1.5 V (for R L = 54 W)

Minimum receiver sensitivity

200 mV

Short-circuit / thermal protection

Yes

Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, Analog Outputs, Ethernet

250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute

Ethernet port Transmission protocol

Modbus TCP, ICMP (ping), DHCP server, http server, BACnet IP

Interface

10 BaseT Ethernet

Data buffer

300 B

Number of opened connections (simultaneously)

4

Connection type

RJ-45 / SELV

LED indication

2 (build in RJ-45 socket)

USB port Socket type

A type, according to USB standard

Version

USB 2.0

Recording format

FAT16 (within a limited scope)

Power supply (B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL) Rated supply voltage

100 - 240 Vac; 50 / 60 Hz

Supply voltage range

85 .. 264 Vac; 47 .. 63 Hz

Power consumption

Maximum 20 VA

Over voltage category

CAT III

Power supply (B850-P-2) Rated supply voltage

24 Vdc

Supply voltage range

18 .. 36 Vdc

Power consumption

Maximum 8 W

(SELV and Limited Energy Supply)

Wire terminals (B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL) Wire connection / terminals

Spring type terminal block

Conductor cross Section

Solid 0.2 .. 2.5 mm 2 Stranded 0.2 .. 1.5 mm 2 Stranded with ferrule 0.25 .. 1.5 mm 2 AWG 26 .. 12

Non cULus Version cable entry

4 glands type M20, 2 glands type M16

cULus Version cable entry

4 conduit hubs ½" NPT

TI-P408-01 EMM Issue 5

Page 6 of 8

B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor

Boiler house Energy monitor Wire terminals (B850-P-2) Wire connection / terminals

Screw type terminal blocks, plug type

Conductor cross Section

Solid 1.5 mm 2 max Stranded 1 mm 2 max Stranded with ferrule 0.25 .. 1.5 mm 2 AWG 30 / 14

Enclosure (B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL) Enclosure type

Wall mounting, Polycarbonate material

Dimensions (height x width x depth)

217 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (without cable glands) 238 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (with conduit hub cULus version) 247 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (with cable glands - non cULus version) 290 mm x 300 mm x 165 mm (in cardboard box)

Weight net (gross)

approx. 1.7 kg (cULus version 2.5 kg)

Protection class

IP65 (not UL evaluated)

2.12.8

Enclosure (B850-P-2) Enclosure type

Panel mounting, Lexan Resin 920 material

Dimensions (height x width x depth)

110 mm x 206 mm x 63.5 mm (without terminals) 110 mm x 206 mm x 72 mm (with terminals) 135 mm x 230 mm x 110 mm (in cardboard box)

Panel cut-out dimensions

186 mm x 92 mm

Panel thickness

1 .. 5 mm

Weight net (gross)

approx. 0.6 kg (0.7 kg)

Protection class (front / rear)

IP65 / IP20 (not UL evaluated)

Environmental conditions Ambient temperature

0 .. +55 °C (32 .. 131 °F)

Relative humidity

5 .. 95% (non-condensing)

Altitude

≤ 2000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level

Storage temperature

-30 .. +70 °C

Pollution degree

3 Panel version (when installed in an enclosure) 3 Wall version

Electrical safety

EN 61010-1 UL 61010-1, 3rd Edition CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition

EMC

Immunity EN 61326-1 Table 2 Radiated and conducted emissions EN61326-1 Group 1 Class B

Installation location

Indoor use only

TI-P408-01 EMM Issue 5

Page 7 of 8

B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor

Boiler house Energy monitor Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg B850

A

B

C

D

E

Weight

B850-W-2 (wall mounted)

257

217

134

30 *

-

1.70

B850-W-2-UL (wall mounted)

257

217

134

21

-

2.5

B850-P-2 (panel mounted)

206

110

72.3

-

9.5

0.60

* Approximate dimension as the cable glands are adjustable.

B850-P-2 (panel mounted)

B850-W-2 (wall mounted) A

C

A

C

B

2.12.9

B850

B B850

E

D

B850-W-2-UL version A

C

B B850

D

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation notes: 1. The wall mounted B850-W requires 3 mounting screws (not supplied) to mount to a wall or has optionally a DIN rail mounting. 2. The panel mounted B850-P is supplied with mounting clamps. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.

How to order

For the correct product nomenclature for the unit that best suits the intended application please revisit page 2 'Available options' before placing an order. Example 1: 1 off B850-P-2 panel mounted energy monitor with two analog 4-20 mA outputs, 24 Vdc supply Example 2: 1 off M850-W-2-UL wall mounted energy monitor with two analog 4-20 mA outputs, 240 Vac supply

Spare parts

There are no spare parts available for the B850 energy monitors.

TI-P408-01 EMM Issue 5

Page 8 of 8

B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor

Flowmetering

Section 3 3.1

Flowmetering selection guide and UKAS accreditation

3.2

Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters

3.3

Target flowmeters

3.4

Orifice plate flowmeters

3.5

Flowmetering ancillaries

3.6

Ultrasonic flowmeters

3.7

Vortex flowmeters

3.8

Turbine flowmeters

3

Flowmetering Flowmetering selection guide and accreditation Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to belowUKAS the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-GMI-19 MI Issue 1

Flowmeter Selection Guide

3.1.1

Flowmeter type / fluid

Turndown

Water and Condensate

Differential Pressure Variable Area

Up to 100:1



Target Variable Area with Integral flow computer

Up to 50:1

Target Fixed Area with Integral flow computer

Up to 10:1

Ultrasonic Transit Time with Integral flow computer

Up to 40:1



Vortex with Integral flow computer

Up to 20:1



Turbine Insertion with Integral flow computer

Up to 25:1



Electromagnetic with Integral flow computer

Up to 4:1

WirelessHARTTM and TEG heat scavenging power supply

Up to 50:1

Viscous liquids

Acids and chemicals

Hydrocarbons

Gas

Steam

Sizes





DN50 - DN400



Saturated steam only



Saturated steam only







DN50 - DN100

DN25 - DN50

DN15 - DN2000







DN25 - DN300







DN80 - DN2000



Saturated steam only

DN50 - DN100

Flowmetering Flowmetering selection guide and accreditation Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to belowUKAS the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-F21-20

MI Issue 1

UKAS Accredited Calibration Datasheet for Spirax Sarco Flowmeters Spirax Sarco flowmeters are now available with UKAS Accreditation to ISO 17025. This is a special requirement that must be stated at the time of the order. To ensure that the customer’s requirements are fully understood, this datasheet must be completed with all the relevant data.

Selection of type of accredited calibration required: Flowmeter type

TVA

ILVA

Compact Stem ILVA

Spiraflo

(tick as appropriate): DN25

DN32

DN40

TFA ILVA Compact stem ILVA

Flowmeter size

Spiraflo

(tick as appropriate):

Gilflo TVA VLM20

0714 0714 Gilflo

TFA

VLM20

Other

Non-SPIRAX

DN100 DN150 DN200 SpiraxDN80 Sarco Flowmeters

DN250 DN300

UKAS Accredited Calibration Datasheet 3.1.2for DN50

Spirax Sarco flowmeters are now available with UKAS Accreditation to ISO 1702 requirement that must be stated at the time of the order. To ensure that the cu requirements are fully understood, this datasheet must be completed with all t

Selection of type of accredited calibration required: Flowmeter type (tick as appropriate): TVA

ILVA

Other

Compact Stem ILVA

Spiraflo

Gilflo

TFA

VLM20

Flo

Non-SPIRAX Standard (new flowmeter)

Meter Size (tick as appropriate):

Standard (recalibration) Custom Number of points Number of readings per point Points, as percentage of maximum water flow

Type of calibration (tick as appropriate):

TFA ILVA Compact stem ILVA Spiraflo Gilflo TVA VLM20 Flowin NonSPIRAX

DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200 D

Or user selected points 1 3 5 7 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

1

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P337-06

MI Issue 7

Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters System Overview Description

The Spirax Sarco Gilflo ILVA flowmetering system consists of two major parts: 1. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit. This is installed in the line where the flow is to be measured. Using impulse pipework, this is connected to:

3.2.1

2. The M610 DP transmitter assembly. This measures the differential pressure across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit and converts it to a 4 -20 mA output signal. This output signal can be used in a number of ways: i- To act as a suitable input to an EMS / BEMS which can be programmed by the user to carry out the linearising of the output signal based on the calibration data that is supplied with each Gilflo ILVA flowmeter. Additional inputs from the EL2600 pressure transmitter and EL2271 temperature transmitter can be used to carry out density compensation for compressible flow applications. ii- To supply an M750 display unit. This gives a noncompensated display of rate of flow and totalised flow. It is suitable for liquid, gas and steam applications where density compensation is not required. iii- To supply a Spirax Sarco M850 flow computer. Use of the pressure and temperature transmitters enables automatic density compensation to be carried out for compressible flow applications. See the relevant TI for details of pressure / temperature limits for flow computers.

EL2271 temperature transmitter Gilflo ILVA

EL2600 pressure transmitter F50C isolation valves

M610 DP transmitter assembly (for gas applications the M610 DP transmitter is mounted above the Gilflo ILVA)

The Gilfo ILVA pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of most industrial liquids, gases and vapours within the pressure and temperature limits detailed in the TI's.

Installation

Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation and Maintenance Instructions that are included with the equipment. Some installation points to watch are noted overleaf. In addition, heat metering is possible on saturated steam systems by replacing the EL2600 pressure transmitter with an EL2271 temperature transmitter in the condensate return line (M850 system only).

Electrical wiring

All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate standards. Full wiring interconnection details are included with the equipment.

Associated equipment Item EL2271 EL2600 F50C Gilflo ILVA M610 M750 M850 Flow computer

Description Temperature transmitter Pressure transmitter Isolation valve Pipeline unit DP transmitter assembly Display unit Steam or gas flow computer

EMS/ BEMS or M750 display unit

Outputs, alarms, etc.

or M850 flow computer (steam / gas) Outputs, alarms, etc.

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters Installation points to watch:

1. Ensure that all pipework is adequately supported and properly aligned. Special care should be taken to ensure that the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is concentrically mounted in the line. 2. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit should be selected on capacity rather than line size. Where line size changes on steam systems are necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid build-up of condensate. 3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe upstream and downstream are 6 D and 3 D respectively. See other literature for more details concerning the Gilflo ILVA. 4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the flowmeter body. 5. Take care to avoid reverse flow through the flowmeter. 6. Avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a pressure reducing valve (especially on steam systems) as this may cause inaccurate readings. Similarly, avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a partially open valve. 7.

Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure fluctuations which could cause damage.

8. On steam or liquid systems, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is mounted below the flowmeter. Take care to ensure that all impulse lines remain full to prevent damage to the DP transmitter through contact with steam or high temperature liquid. 9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure adequate line drainage, trapping etc., to avoid condensate slugs impacting the flowmeter. Where practicable, steam separators should be fitted. These should be drained using a float trap set. 10. For gas applications, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is installed above the pipework. Ensure that the impulse lines allow free drainage of moisture away from the DP transmitter and back into the pipeline.

TI-P337-06 MI Issue 7

Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters System Overview

3.2.2

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P337-05

MI Issue 15

Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter Description

The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter operates on the spring loaded variable area principle and produces a differential pressure related to the rate of flow. It can be used with most industrial fluids, gases and both saturated and superheated steam. A general description of the ILVA flowmetering system and its associated equipment is given in a separate TI sheet. DN50, DN80, DN100, DN150, DN200. For DN250 and DN300 sizes see separate literature. Suitable for fitting between the following flanges: EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40. BS 10 Table H. ASME B 16.5 Class 150, 300 and 600. JIS 20. KS 20. The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter should be installed in pipework manufactured to BS 1600 or ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40. For different pipe standards / schedules downstream spool pieces with equivalent internal diameter as in BS 1600 or ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40 should be used. If this is not possible, please contact Spirax-Sarco Limited.

Materials Part Body Internals

Material Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408) 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316

Spring

Inconel X750

Pressure / temperature limits 

Temperature °C

3.2.3

Sizes and pipe connections

 

Steam saturation curve

  





  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions ASME 600 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 102 bar g @ 20°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 40 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -50°C Maximum operating pressure is dependant on the flange PMO specification Minimum operating pressure 0.6 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 40 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise DPMX Maximum differential pressure 498 m bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 155 bar g

Performance

The Gilflo ILVA is designed to be used in conjunction with linearising electronics such as the range of flow computers or M750 display unit. Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed on an EMS / BEMS or equivalent. Accuracy when used with Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750: ±1% of measured value from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow. ±0.1% FSD from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow. Repeatability better than 0.25% Turndown: up to 100:1 Caution: Scanner 2000 steam mass flow transmitters are uniquely configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo ILVA flowmeter. For correct operation the configured Scanner 2000 transmitter must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. Labels on the packaging give the serial numbers of the matched products.

Pressure drop

The maximum pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is 498 m bar (200 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow.

Flow capacity

To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate QE (in l / min) as described in Step 1, under the section 'sizing the Gilflo ILVA' then selecting the appropriate size of flowmeter from the Table under Step 2 overleaf.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN150 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter for installation between flanges to EN 1092 PN40. Body material 316 stainless steel. Flow medium saturated steam at 10 bar g, maximum flow 8 000 kg / h.

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size

A

B

C

D

E

Weight

DN50 DN80 DN100 DN150

35 45 60 75

63 78 103 134

140 150 205 300

103 138 162 218

17.5 22.5 30.0 37.5

2.0 3.9 8.3 14.2

DN200

85

161

360

273

42.5

23.6

Sizing the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter

In order to determine the flow capacity of a Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (QE) based on the anticipated actual flow (see Step 1). The Table below is used to select the appropriate unit (steam only).

Step 1.

Mass flow units qm QE = SG

Liquids

Note:- Pressure tappings are threaded ¼" NPT E

Gases and steam actual flow conditions

Note: Pressure tappings (2 off located at 180°)

A

B

C

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: The following main points are given here for guidance: 1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required upstream of the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo ILVA is installed downstream of two 90 degree bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve or a partially open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed. 2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used. It is recommended that slip-on flanges be used to avoid any intrusive weld beads on the internal diameter of the pipe. 3. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in the line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur. 4. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally. For vertical installations, consult Spirax Sarco. 5. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practices should be followed: - Correct line drainage through adequate trapping. - Good alignment and support of associated pipework. - Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers. Maintenance note: There are no user serviceable parts in the Gilflo ILVA. A visual check together with confirmation that the orifice /cone reference dimension is within tolerance is possible. Minimum and maximum flowrates in kg / h at different pressures (bar g) Note: Maximum steam flowrates are calculated at maximum differential pressure. Size

DN100 DN150 DN200

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

1 307 3 1 206 12 2 475 25 5 981 60 11 756 118

3 427 4 1 675 17 3 435 34 8 301 83 16 317 163

5 517 5 2 032 20 4 167 42 10 071 101 19 796 198

7 594 6 2 332 23 4 784 48 11 562 116 22 726 227

Volumetric units QE = QL SG

1 000

QE = QF

DF

DF 1 000

qM DS 1000

x

PF PS

x

TS TF

QE = QS

DS P T x S x F 1 000 P TS F Ö  

Where: QE = Equivalent water flowrate (litres / min) qm = Mass flowrate (kg / min) QL = Maximum liquid flowrate (litres / min) QS = Maximum gas flowrate at standard conditions (litres / min) QF = Maximum gas flowrate at actual flow conditions (litres / min) SG = Specific gravity DS = Density of gas at standard conditions (kg / m³) DF = Density of gas at actual flow conditions (kg / m³) PS = Standard pressure: 1.013 bar a, 1.033 kg /cm2 a, 14.70 psi a PF = Actual flow pressure in same absolute units as PS TS = Standard temperature (K) = °C + 273 TF = Actual flow temperature (K) = °C + 273

Step 2.

Using the value of QE as determined in Step 1, select the correct size of the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter using the Table below. In practice, it will often be the line size that determines the choice of the flowmeter.

Flowmeter type DN50 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200

QE litres / min Maximum Minimum 149 1 585 6 1 200 12 2 900 29 5 700 57

Maximum DP Wg m bar 200 498 200 498 200 498 200 498 200 498

Example: Determine which Gilflo pipeline unit is required to measure the flow of compressed air when: 1: Estimated maximum rate of flow = 500 s m³/h at 7 bar g and 20°C Note: Standard conditions = 1.013 bar a, 0°C giving a standard density of 1.29 kg / m³ DS P TD P P x QSS x F S x F x F QE = 1 000 PF 1T000 P TS S S Ö  

2: Calculate QE from: QE = QS

QE =(500 x 16.667) x

Sizing the Gilflo ILVA for saturated steam - kg/h

DN80

Q E = qM

QE = Gases standard conditions

D

DN50

Determine equivalent water flowrate (QE) in l /min:-

1.29 1 000

x

1.013 8.013

x

293 273

QE = 110 litres / min So a DN50 ILVA is recommended. Note: 1 m³ / h = 16.667 litres / min Steam pressure bar g 10 12 15 693 752 832 7 8 8 2 721 2 951 3 268 27 30 33 5 581 6 054 6 703 56 61 67 13 487 14 631 16 119 135 146 162 26 509 28 757 31 840 265 288 318

20 952 10 3 740 37 7 671 77 18 538 185 36 437 364

25 1 060 11 4 163 42 8 540 85 20 639 206 40 566 406

30 1 160 12 4 554 46 9 341 93 22 573 226 44 368 444

40 1 341 13 5 265 53 10 800 108 26 101 261 51 301 513

How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter suitable for fitting between EN 1092 PN40 connections. TI-P337-05 MI Issue 15

Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter

3.2.4

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P337-46

MI Issue 3

Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter DN250 and DN300 Description

The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter operates on the spring loaded variable area principle and produces a differential pressure related to the rate of flow. It can be used with most industrial fluids, gases and both saturated and superheated steam. A general description of the ILVA flowmetering system and its associated equipment is given in a separate TI sheet.

DN250 and DN300. For DN50, DN80, DN100, DN150 and DN200 sizes see separate literature. Suitable for fitting between the following flanges: EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40. ASME B 16.5 Class 150, 300 and 600. JIS 20. KS 20. The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter should be installed in pipework manufactured to BS 1600 or ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40. For different pipe standards / schedules, downstream spool pieces with an equivalent internal diameter to BS 1600 or ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40 should be used. If this is not possible, please contact Spirax Sarco Limited.

Materials Part Body Internals

Material Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408) 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316

Spring

Inconel X750

Performance

Pressure / temperature limits  Temperature °C

3.2.5

Sizes and pipe connections

 

Steam saturation curve

  





  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions ASME 600 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 100 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 69 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure is dependant on the flange PMO specification Minimum operating pressure 0.6 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 69 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise DPMX Maximum differential pressure 498 m bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 155 bar g

The Gilflo ILVA is used in conjunction with linearising electronics such as Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750 display unit. Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed on an EMS / BEMS or equivalent. Accuracy when used with Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750: ±1% of measured value from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow. ±0.1% FSD from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow. Repeatability better than 0.25% Turndown: up to 100:1 Caution: The Scanner 2000 mass flow transmitters can be configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo ILVA flowmeter. For correct operation the configured transmitter must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. Labels on the packaging give the serial numbers of the matched products.

Pressure drop

The maximum pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is 498 m bar (200 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow.

Flow capacity

To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate QE (in l / min) as described in Step 1, under the section 'sizing the Gilflo ILVA' then selecting the appropriate size of flowmeter from the Table under Step 2 overleaf.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN250 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter for installation between EN 1092 PN40 flanges. The body material is to be 316 stainless steel. The flow medium will be saturated steam at 10 bar g and the maximum flow will be 28 000 kg / h.

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

DN250 DN300

A

B

C

D

104 120

204 250

444 530

330 385

E

F

Weight

35.0 42.5

35 35

41.5 67.0

E

Note: Pressure tappings (2 off located on one side only)

D

A

B

In order to determine the flow capacity of a Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (QE) based on the anticipated actual flow (see Step 1). The Table below is used to select the appropriate unit (steam only).

Step 1.

Note:- Pressure tappings are threaded ¼" NPT F

Sizing the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter

C

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: The following main points are given here for guidance:

1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required upstream of the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo ILVA is installed downstream of two 90 degree bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve or a partially open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed. 2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used. It is recommended that slip-on flanges be used to avoid any intrusive weld beads on the internal diameter of the pipe. 3. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in the line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur. 4. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally. For vertical installations, consult Spirax Sarco. 5. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practices should be followed: - Correct line drainage through adequate trapping. - Good alignment and support of associated pipework. - Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers. Maintenance note: There are no user serviceable parts in the Gilflo ILVA. A visual check together with confirmation that the orifice / cone reference dimension is within tolerance is possible.

Determine equivalent water flowrate (QE) in l /min:Mass flow units

Volumetric units

qm

Liquids

QE =

Gases and steam actual flow conditions

Q E = qM

Gases standard conditions

QE = QS

QE = QL SG

SG 1 000

DS 1 000

x

DF

QE = QF

DF

PF PS

x

PF TS

1 000

QE = QS

DS P T x S x F 1 000 PF TS

Ö  

Where: QE = Equivalent water flowrate (litres / min) qm = Mass flowrate (kg / min) QL = Maximum liquid flowrate (litres / min) QS = Maximum gas flowrate at standard conditions (litres / min) QF = Maximum gas flowrate at actual flow conditions (litres / min) SG = Specific gravity DS = Density of gas at standard conditions (kg / m³) DF = Density of gas at actual flow conditions (kg / m³) PS = Standard pressure: 1.013 bar a, 1.033 kg /cm2 a, 14.70 psi a PF = Actual flow pressure in same absolute units as PS TS = Standard temperature (K) = °C + 273 TF = Actual flow temperature (K) = °C + 273

Step 2.

Using the value of QE as determined in Step 1, select the correct size of the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter using the Table below. In practice, it will often be the line size that determines the choice of the flowmeter. Max. QE litres / min 7 750 10 975

Flowmeter type DN250 DN300

Maximum pressure drop Wg 200 200

Example: Determine which Gilflo pipeline unit is required to measure the flow of compressed air when: 1: Estimated maximum rate of flow = 28000 s m³ /h at 7 bar g and 20°C. Note: Standard conditions = 1.013 bar a, 0°C giving a standard density of 1.29 kg / m³ 2: Calculate QE from:

DS P TF PF PF S x SS x D E = Q x x 1Q 000 PF TS 1 000 PS TS Ö  

QE = QS

QE =(28 000 x 16.667) x

1.29 1 000

x

1.013 8.013

x

293 273

QE = 6 174 litres / min So a DN250 ILVA is recommended. Note: 1 m³ / h = 16.667 litres / min

Sizing - Gilflo ILVA flowmeter minimum and maximum saturated steam flowrates in kg / h

Notes: 1. These capacities are based on a differential pressure across the flowmeter of 498 m bar H20 (200 Inches). 2. Minimum flow is 1% of maximum (100:1 turndown). 3. The table below is a guide only. Size DN250 DN300

QE Max. Min. Max. Min.

7 750 78 10 975 110

1 15 985 160 22 637 226

How to order example: TI-P337-46 MI Issue 3

3 22 185 222 31 417 314

5 26 915 269 38 115 381

7 30 899 309 43 758 438

Steam pressure bar g 10 12 15 36 043 39 099 43 292 433 391 433 51 042 55 369 61 307 510 554 613

20 49 541 495 70 157 702

25 55 155 552 78 107 781

30 60 325 603 85 428 854

40 69 758 698 98 778 988

1 off Spirax Sarco DN250 ILVA flowmeter suitable for fitting between EN 1092 PN16 connections.

Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter DN250 and DN300

3.2.6

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters

3.2.7

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P337-59

MI Issue 2

Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter with Mass Flow Transmitter and Compact Stem DN250 and DN300 Description

2

The compact Gilflo ILVA flowmeter is a three element flowmeter. It operates on the spring loaded variable area principle and produces a differential pressure related to the flowrate. The ILVA pipeline element is connected to the Scanner 2000 steam mass flow transmitter via a compact stem and isolation manifold. The compact ILVA flowmeter is supplied as separate elements (calibrated) as standard, although the pipeline element (ILVA) and Scanner 2000 are a matched pair. The flowmeter can also be supplied as a fully assembled and calibrated system on request.

3

3.2.8

Sizes and pipe connections

DN250 and DN300. Suitable for fitting between the following flanges: EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40. ASME B 16.5 Class 150, 300 and 600. JIS 20 / KS 20. The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter should be installed in pipework manufactured to BS 1600 or ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40. For different pipe standards / schedules, downstream spool pieces with an equivalent internal diameter to BS 1600 or ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40 should be used. If this is not possible, please contact Spirax-Sarco Limited.

1

5

11 and 14

Configuration

The Gilflo ILVA and Scanner 2000 are uniquely configured at the factory as a matched pair for a specific application. For correct operation they must be installed together. A label on the packaging gives the serial number of the matched products. The product can be configured using an RS485 equipped PC with the supplied configuration software.

12 and 14

Materials

9

No. Part 1 Body 2 Internals

Material Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408) 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316

3 4

Inconel X750 Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408)

5 6

Spring Compact stem Stem to Gilflo ILVA gasket Stem to manifold gasket

4

13 8

Corruseal - Stainless Steel Grade 321 Grafoil

7

Cast aluminium (painted with epoxy and polyurethane) 8 Body Stainless steel AISI 316 9 3-way manifold* Stainless steel AISI 316 10 Fluid fill Silicone oil (inside DP Cell (item 8))

7

Enclosure

11 Compact stem to Stainless steel ILVA screws 12 Compact stem to Stainless steel Manifold screws 13 Manifold to MVT gasket

Grafoil

14 Spring washer

Stainless steel

* Note: 5-way manifold available as an option. Page 1 of 5

Flowmetering Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

Steam saturation curve Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.

3.2.9

Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum viscosity DPMX Maximum differential pressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

ASME 600 99 bar g @ 38°C 400°C @ 59 bar g 0°C 32 bar g @ 239°C 0.6 bar g 239°C @ 32 bar g 0°C Saturated steam 498 m bar 142 bar g

Performance

The Gilflo ILVA is used in conjunction with linearising electronics such as a Spirax Sarco flow computer or M750 display unit. Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed on an EMS / BEMS or equivalent. Accuracy when used with Scanner 2000 or M750: ±1% of measured value from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow. ±0.1% FSD from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow. Repeatability better than 0.25% Turndown: up to 100:1 Caution: The Scanner 2000 mass flow transmitters can be configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo ILVA flowmeter. For correct operation the configured transmitter must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. Labels on the packaging give the serial numbers of the matched products.

Pressure drop

The maximum pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is 498 m bar (200 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow.

Flow capacity

To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate Q E (in l / min) as described in Step 1, under the section 'sizing the Gilflo ILVA' then selecting the appropriate size of flowmeter from the Table under Step 2 overleaf.

Mass flow transmitter (Scanner 2000) - Technical data Range

Outputs Power supply Pressure limits Temperature limits Accuracy Enclosure rating Scanner certification

TI-P337-59 MI Issue 2

Minimum 2" H 2 0 (4.98 mbar) Maximum 200" H 2 0 (498 mbar) 4 - 20 mA (expansion board required) RS485 Modbus RTU slave (baud rate 300 to 38.4 K) Solid state relay, configurable as pulse or alarm 6 V to 30 Vdc at 31 mA 155 bar -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F) LCD contrast is reduced below -30°C (-22°F) ±0.05% for Spans >10% of the URL ±0.005 (URL/SPAN) for Spans 10% of the URL ± 0.005 (URL / SPAN) for Spans 10% of range. 0.05% FS ± 0.05% of reading 200 ppm /°C 20 Ω Linear, X1/2, X3/2, X5/2, custom*

Minimum span

Current input

Basic accuracy Thermal drift Input impedance Linearity

A 19 V @ 25 mA isolated power supply is provided to power the current loop. * Custom can be up to 60 co-ordinate pairs or up to 7 segments of 15th order polynomial.

Communications RS485 Modbus communications Physical layer Protocol Isolation Maximum fan out Termination standard

The M750 has Modbus RTU protocol with RS485 serial communications as standard. 4 wire or 2 wire half duplex RS485 Modbus RTU format 500 Vac 32 units (this can be increased with repeaters) RS485

Option pods

The M750 has interchangeable output pods that are automatically recognised by the unit. The dual relay pod has two independent mains rated relays that can be configured for high or low alarms or pulse output. The isolated re -transmission pod provides 0-10 mA, 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA active or passive outputs.

Dual relay alarm pod Two independent mains rated relay outputs, which can operate as alarms or pulsed output Contacts 2 x changeover relays with common Ratings ac dc Maximum load 5 A @ 250 V 5 A @ 30 V (inductive load 2 A) Maximum power 1 250 VA 150 W Maximum switching 253 volts 125 volts Termination 5 way tension clamp connector

Isolated 4-20 mA re-transmission pod Isolated analogue retransmission for use with chart recorders, Building Management Systems, etc. Ranges 0-10 mA (Active or Passive), 0-20 mA (Active or Passive), Minimum current output 0 mA Maximum current output 23 mA Accuracy 0.07% FS Maximum output load Maximum external supply voltage Isolation Termination

4-20 mA (Active or Passive)

Active 1 K Ω Passive [(Vsupply - 2) /20] K Ω 30 V (Passive mode) 500 Vac 5-way tension clamp connector

M750 Display unit

TI-P332-08 MI Issue 2

3.5.10

Flowmetering Flowmetering ancillaries TI-P322-02

MI Issue 7

EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and 'U' Syphons Description

The EL2600 is a combined pressure sensor and transmitter which is designed for general and industrial use. It has a 2-wire 4-20 mA current loop, and a ¼" NPT process connection. Two syphon tube and valve assemblies are available, one with a maximum design pressure of 25 bar g, and one with a maximum design pressure of 80 bar g.

Available ranges

3.5.11

m bar g 0-100 0-250 0-600 bar g bar a

0-0.1 0-0.25 0-0.6 0-1 0-10

0-16

0-25

0-1.6 0-2.5

0-40 0-60

0-4

0-6

0-100* 0-160* 0-250*

0-1.6 0-2.5

* No 'U' syphon is available for these ranges, therefore maximum operating temperature is limited to 100°C

Limiting conditions

Pressure /temperature limits EL2600 Minimum operating temperature Maximum operating temperature (without syphon tube)

-30°C (medium) -20°C (ambient) 100°C (medium) 80°C (ambient)

Low pressure syphon tube /valve Maximum design pressure Maximum design temperature Maximum working conditions

25 bar g 260°C 21 bar g @ 217°C

High pressure syphon tube Maximum design pressure Maximum design temperature Maximum working conditions

80 bar g 450°C 60 bar g @ 450°C

Overpressure limit table Calibrated pressure range 0 - 1.6 bar a, 0-2.5 bar a 0 - 0.1 bar g 0 - 0.25 bar g 0-0.6 bar g 0-1 bar g 0-1.6 bar g, 0-2.5 bar g 0-4 bar g 0-6 bar g, 0-10 bar g 0-16 bar g, 0-25 bar g 0-40 bar g 0-60 bar g 0-100 bar g 0-160 bar g 0 - 250 bar g

Overpressure P max (bar) 10 1 2 4 5 10 17 35 80 120 200 320 500 800

Note: High pressure 'spikes' above maximum overpressure, even of very short (milli-seconds) duration, could damage sensors. If pressure peaks are likely to occur in your application, we recommend the use of a pressure snubber. Alternatively, a higher range pressure transmitter could be used, though this would mean some loss of signal resolution. Process connection For fluids below 100°C the EL2600 may be mounted directly via its ¼" NPT connection. Above 100°C, a 'U' syphon and isolating valve must be fitted between the EL2600 and the vessel or pipeline.

Technical data Sensor type

0 -1.6 bar a to 0 -16 bar g 0 -40 bar g to 0 -400 bar g

Supply voltage Accuracy Repeatability Hysteresis Protection rating

Piezorresistive Thin film 10 Vdc to 30 Vdc £ 0.5% £ 0.05 of span £ 0.1% of span IP65

Approvals EMC 2004/108/EC, EN 61 326 Emission (Group 1, Class B) emissions EMC 2004/108/EC, EN 61 326 Emission (Group 1, Class B) susceptibility and Immunity (industrial locations)

Materials

EL2600 Part Body Connector

Material Stainless steel Moulded plastic

316L WS 1.4435 Polyamide PA 66

Low pressure syphon tube assembly (Valve ordered separately) Part Material Tube Carbon steel ASTM A 106 Gr. B. Phosphated Valve

Body Handle

Brass Phenolic

High pressure syphon tube assembly Part Material Carbon steel BS 3602: Part.1 1987 CFS 360 Tube (zinc plated /passivated). Valve

Body Seat

Carbon steel PEEK /Polymain

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Flowmetering Flowmetering ancillaries Safety information, installation and maintenance

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

EL2600 A 104

B 57

C 28

'U' Syphon and isolating valve E F G H 160 50 150 160

D 48 J 60

Weight 0.2 K 150

Weight 0.5

D

EL2600

How to order

C

A

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Safety note: You attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10. Installation note: It is essential to use a 'U' syphon and valve for temperatures above 100°C to avoid damage to the unit. Maintenance note: No specific maintenance is required, but we recommend inspection and re-calibration of the transmitter once a year. Example: 1 - Spirax Sarco EL2600 pressure transmitter, range 0 - 16 bar g, with low pressure 'U' syphon and isolating valve.

B

3.5.12 Low pressure 'U' syphon

¼" NPT E

F

¼" NPT parallel (NPSM)

High pressure 'U' syphon

G

¼" NPT H

J

¼" NPT parallel (NPSM)

K

EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and 'U' Syphons

TI-P322-02 MI Issue 7

Flowmetering Flowmetering ancillaries

3.5.13

Flowmetering Flowmetering ancillaries

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P322-06

MI Issue 11

EL2270 and EL2271 Temperature Probes Description EL2270

The EL2270 is a Pt100 platinum resistance temperature sensor for general industrial use. The sensing device is an RTD 3 wire device that meets EN 60751: Class A. This sensor can be connected directly to any temperature indicator or controller that has a 3 wire Pt100 input. A quick response version (40 mm insertion length only) is also available for applications such as plate heat exchanger control. A miniature version of the EL2270 may also be ordered. This has a ¼" BSP taper thread, and a tip length of 39 mm.

EL2271

The EL2271 is a combined Pt100 sensor and transmitter assembly. The sensing element is a 3 wire device that meets EN 60751: Class A and the transmitter has a 4 - 20 mA output. An ATEX approved version is available to special order. A comprehensive standard range is normally available from stock. Non-standard ranges can be obtained to special order, subject to a low limit of -50 °C, and a maximum of +500 °C. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected directly to any temperature indicator, controller or flow computer that has a 4 - 20 mA input. Contact Spirax Sarco for further details. Transmitters with 3 point calibration are available to special order.

Pockets (thermowells) General Three types of pockets are available: 1. Thin wall with a ½" NPT process connection for non-flow applications only. 2. Drilled taper with a ½" NPT process connection. 3. Hygienic, to 3A sanitary standard, with a 1½" sanitary clamp connection (ASME BPE) electropolished to 0.4 µm (a Declaration of Conformity is available). Note: No pocket is available for the miniature EL2270. Material Maximum temperature

316 stainless steel 500 °C

Selection Pockets are sized to suit the probe tip length 'D', and are specified as 'pocket to suit a _ _ mm probe'. Note 1 - The pocket dimension 'F' is 25 mm shorter than the probe length 'D', which appears to be incorrect. The reason is that the threaded body of the pocket acts as a stand-off, and therefore allows adequate clearance between the probe tip and the end of the pocket. Note 2 - Pockets to suit 225 mm and 725 mm probes are for non-flow applications only (maximum flow velocity 0.65 m/sec).

EL2270 and EL2271 Page 1 of 3

3.5.14

Flowmetering Flowmetering ancillaries Dimensions (approximate) in mm EL2270*

EL2271

Product range

Standard

Miniature

Quick repsonse and duplex quick response

A

88

58

88

88

B

130

62

150

130

C

75

63

75

75

D

25, 50, 75,125, 225, 725

39

40

25, 50, 75, 125

E

6

6

4.5

6

* Note: The quick response EL2270 is only available with an insertion length of 40 mm. Pockets Standard

Product range F

Fabricated

Solid drilled

Hygenic 1½" sanitary clamp connector Fabricated

200, 700

25, 50, 100

25, 50, 100, 200

3.5.15 EL2270 and EL2271 A

B ½" NPT

Enclosure

Pocket 27 A/F ½" NPT C

Probe

½" NPT (¼" BSPT EL2270 miniature version)

F

Drilled taper version shown dotted

D

E

TI-P322-06 MI Issue 11

Page 2 of 3

EL2270 and EL2271 Temperature Probes

Flowmetering Flowmetering ancillaries Mechanical data EL2270* Note: A quick response version of the EL2270 is also available to order

EL2271

KNE - aluminium alloy - epoxy coated

KNE - aluminium alloy - epoxy coated

316 stainless steel

316 stainless steel

½" NPT

½" NPT

M20 with cable gland fitted to BS 4568 Part 1

M20 with cable gland fitted to BS 4568 Part 1

IP65

IP65

Minimum

-50 °C

-50 °C

Maximum

+70 °C

+85 °C

Product range Enclosure Probe Process connection Electrical connection Enclosure rating Ambient temperature

* The EL2270 quick response sensor has a time constant of 1.7 seconds.

Electrical data -50 °C to +500 °C Available ranges

-50 °C to +500 °C

0 °C to +100 °C

Pt100 to EN 60751: Class A

Loop powered 4 - 20 mA

Output on sensor failure

-

23 mA typical

Supply

-

10 to 30 Vdc

Maximum loop resistance

-

Transmitter - Thermal drift measuring deviation

-

Maximum values for connection of the current loop circuit (connections + and -)

-

100 °C to +250 °C Output

3.5.16

636  at 24 Vdc 909  at 30 Vdc ± 0.1% / 10 KTAMB per EN 60770 ± 0.2% U o = 30 Vdc Pi = 800 mW L i = 110 μH

I o = 120 mA C i = 6.2 μF

U o = 6.4 Vdc

I o = 42.6 mA

Po = 37.1 mW Maximum values for connection of the sensor circuit (connections 1 up to 3)

Group II B:

-

C o = 500 μF

L o = 50 mH

Group II C: C o = 20 μF EMC emissions and susceptibility

L o = 10 mH

EMC directive 89 / 336 / EEC EN 61326:1997 / A1, 1998 / A2.2001

-

Pressure/temperature limits

The EL2270 and EL2271 temperature probes can be used in applications where the process temperature is within the following limits. Where greater temperatures and pressures are present, the temperature probe should be fitted with a pocket. For air and steam applications, flow velocities must be below 45 m/s (32 m/s for fabricated pockets). For liquids a recommended velocity is 5 m/s (700 mm and 200 mm non-flow applications only).

Pressure and temperature limits of standard pockets. (ANSI 600 rated)

       

Temperature °C

Temperature °C

Pressure and temperature limits of temperature probe. (ANSI 300 rated)

Steam saturation curve 



  Pressure bar g



The product must not be used in this region.



 A       

 B

D

Steam saturation curve E

C 

  Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. A-B-C Fabricated pocket A-D-E Solid drilled pocket

TI-P322-06 MI Issue 11

Page 3 of 3

EL2270 and EL2271 Temperature Probes

Flowmetering Flowmetering ancillaries

3.5.17

Flowmetering Flowmetering ancillaries TI-P170-01 MI Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

 

ISO 9001

Description

The F50C is a needle type isolating valve designed for primary isolation in flowmetering applications with steam and other industrial fluids. No spares are available.

Sizes and pipe connections ½" screwed NPT.

Limiting conditions

Maximum operating pressure Maximum operating temperature

413 bar g (6 000 psi g) 400°C (752°F)

3.5.18

Temperature °C

Operating range 400

300

100 0

1

Steam saturation curve

200

0

100

300

200

413

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

Materials No. 1 2

Part Body Seals

Material Carbon steel, zinc plated and passivated Graphoil (not shown)

Kv values

0.474

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg A 66

B 28

C 76*

Connections ½" NPT

Weight 0.5

➤

*With valve open

 C

Warning This document does not give sufficient information to install the product in a safe manner. See the relevant system Installation and Maintenance Instructions for full details. The F50C valve may be installed in any position, but the flow should be in the direction of the arrow on the valve body. When used as an isolating valve in a steam meter impulse line, it is important to install the valve on the centre line of the flowmeter rather than below it, so that the valve is in steam rather than water.

➤

Safety

Warning Your attention is drawn to Safety information leaflet IM-GCM-10. ➤

➤

B

A

➤

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco F50C isolating valve.

➤

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Flowmetering Ultrasonic flowmeters

3.6.1

Flowmetering Ultrasonic flowmeters Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P197-01

MI Issue 4

UTM10 Series Ultrasonic Transit-time Flowmeters Description

UTM10 ultrasonic flow and energy meters clamp onto the outside of pipes and do not make contact with the internal liquid. The technology has inherent advantages over alternate devices including: low-cost installation, no pressure head loss, no moving parts to maintain or replace, no fluid compatibility issue, and a large, bi-directional measuring range that ensures reliable readings even at very low and high flowrates. UTM10 is available in a variety of configurations that permit the user to select a meter with features suitable to meet particular application requirements. The UTM10 is available in two versions: a stand-alone flowmeter, and an energy flowmeter used in conjunction with dual clamp-on, or dual insertion RTDs. The energy flowmeter measures energy usage in kJ, Wh, BTU and Tons and is ideal for retrofit, chilled water and other HVAC applications. General safety

Hazardous location installation

Supply

Return

Instrinsically safe location

Features: - May be used -

to measure clean liquids as well as those with small amounts of suspended solids or aeration (e.g.: surface water, sewage). Bi-directional flow measurement system. Totalizer options include forward, reverse and net total. Modbus RTU, BACNet® MS / TP over RS485 communications.; Ethernet connection includes BACNet® / IP, EtherNet / IPTM and Modbus TCP / IP protocols. Large, easy-to-read digital display. Rugged, aluminium enclosure ensures a long service life in harsh environments. Certified for hazardous area installation in Europe and North America.

Benefits: - Reduced material costs: The clamp-on sensor eliminates the need for in-line flanges, pipe fittings, strainers, and filters. - Reduced installation time: The UTM10 can be installed and fully operational within minutes. - Reduced maintenance costs: The UTM10 has a non-mechanical operation it will not be subject to wear and tear – Consequently -

there are no repair kits or replacement parts available or required. The UTM10 is a clamp on design unit - Consequently there is No need to shut down the process for installation or maintenance.

Page 1 of 5

3.6.2

Flowmetering Ultrasonic flowmeters Specifications System Liquid types

Most clean liquids or liquids containing small amounts of suspended solids or gas bubbles

Velocity range

Bi-directional to 12 m / s (40 ft / s)

Flow accuracy

UTT10-050S, UTT10-050L and UTT10-050H: ±1% of rate at flows >0.3 m / s (1 ft / s); ± 0.003 m / s (0.01 ft / s) at flows 14 bits - 0.5 mV for 0 - 10 V input, 2 μA for 4 - 20 mA > 222 KΩ (Volts) 2.49 Ω (Current) 0 - 10 V, 0 - 20 mA Off to 59.9 seconds User adjustable over full range 2 point gain and offset

Pot input Pot resistance range Excitation voltage Resolution Sample rate Short circuit pot detection Open circuit pot detection Open circuit wiper detection Contact rating

100 - 10 kW 0.46 - 0.54 V 0.006% of Span (> 14Bits) 1 Hz < 25 W > 2 MW > 5 MW Maximum 2 A @ 264 Vac resistive Note: Maximum 2 A per terminal limit applies where relays have common terminals. (2 amps maximum for terminal AB)

Outputs Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Outputs 5 and 6 (VMD) Input filter Zero offset User calibration Open circuit wiper detection

TI-P323-30 CH Issue 3

SPST N / O contact 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 300 Vac double insulated, 13.5 bits resolution (< 550 W) 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 300 Vac double insulated, 13.5 bits resolution (< 550 W) Changeover relay contacts 2 SPST interlocked N / O relays Off to 59.9 seconds User adjustable over full range 2 point gain and offset > 5 MW

SX90 Process Controller

Page 3 of 5

4.4.16

Control valves Positioners and controllers Wiring diagrams

Warning: Safe operation of this product can only be guaranteed if it is properly installed, commissioned, used and maintained by qualified personnel as stated in the IMI supplied with the unit. It is the duty of the Company Safety Officer to ensure that the product specific data and Safety information within the supplied IMI has been fully understood and complied with.

Terminal diagram Digital inputs C and D 1A

IO1 Relay output

4A

AA

4B

AB

2A

4C

AC

2B

5A

RV

5B

RI

5C

RC

C

1B

Output 4 (Changeover relay)

D Output 2 Analogue 4-20 mA

4.4.17

Outputs 5 and 6

LB Digital input B

LC +

3A

Output 3 Analogue 4-20 mA + Transmitter supply 24 V ±10%

V

Remote setpoint input 0-10 V; 4-20 mA

PH

3B

HB

PW

3C

HC

PL

3D

HD

VI

L

HE

V+

Potentiometer input Valve position control

V

-

Line supply 100 to 230 Vac 48 to 62 Hz

Sensor input R = 2.49 W

+

+ R

N

Digital communications EIA 422

TI-P323-30 CH Issue 3

HF

-

VPt100

mA

RTD

mV

SX90 Process Controller

Thermocouple mV

Tc

Page 4 of 5

Control valves Positioners and controllers Wiring diagram for connecting the 4 - 20 mA transmitter

1A

4A

AA

1B

4B

AB

2A

4C

AC

2B

5A

RV

LB

5B

RI

LC

5C

RC

3A

Transmitter supply

PH

3B

HB

PW

HC

PL

HD

VI

L

HE

V+

N

HF

V-

3C

3D

+24 V

0V

4.4.18

V = 10 - 50 mV

i < 30 mA

2R49

i = 4-20 mA

1 (+)

(-) 2

4

Screen

4-20 mA sensor

TI-P323-30 CH Issue 3

SX90 Process Controller

Page 5 of 5

Control valves Positioners and controllers TI-P320-47

CH Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers

ISO 9001

Description

The PN600 series pneumatic controllers provide temperature or pressure control providing a 0.2 bar to 1 bar output signal with proportional (plus manual reset) or proportional plus integral control action. An optional stainless steel pocket type W30S is available for use with tempertature sensors. The range of pneumatic controllers can be used in conjunction with PN5000 and PN6000 series linear actuators and PP4 pneumatic positioners.

Available types

4.4.19

Temperature control Model Control function 662-T5-M5* Proportional (+ Manual reset) 662-T5-M5 Proportional (+ Manual reset) 662-T5-M5* Proportional (+ Manual reset) 662-T5SY-M5 Proportional (+ Manual reset)

Scale range 0 - 100°C 50 - 150°C 25 - 125°C 25 - 125°C

663-T5-M5* 663-T5-M5 663-T5-M5* 663-T5SY-M5

0 50 25 25

Proportional + Integral Proportional + Integral Proportional + Integral Proportional + Integral

- 100°C - 150°C - 125°C - 125°C

T5 = Nitrogen filled sensing bulb and capillary SY = Sensing bulb for sterile applications M5 = 5 metres capillary tube ( * Option of 10 metres - Suffix 'M10') Pressure Control 622 Proportional (+ Manual reset) 0 - 7 bar 622 Proportional (+ Manual reset) 0 - 20 bar 623 623

Proportional + Integral Proportional + Integral

0 - 7 bar 0 - 20 bar

Other options available include:Pneumatic receiver for 0.2 to 1 bar (or 3 to 15 psi g) input signal. Electromechanical receiver for 4-20 mA, 0-10 Vdc, RTD Pt100 or thermocouple input signal. Other scale ranges available:Pressure (bar) Scale span options up to 0 to 500 bar Temperature (°C) Scale span options for:50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300 and 400°C

Optional pocket type W30S

Measuring elements

Pressure Bourdon tube Connection Maximum pressure

AISI 316L stainless steel ¼" BSP +25% of scale range

Temperature Bulb and capillary

AISI 316L stainless steel - Cylindrical bulb for liquids - Sanitary bulb for sterile applications (Option available with spiral bulb for air /gas) Bulb connection ¾" BSP Capillary length 5 metres 10 metres (in some ranges) (Other options available) Max. measured temperature +25% of scale range Pocket - Type W30S (optional) Material AISI 316L Connection ½" BSP Maximum pressure PN40

Stainless steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2004

Control valves Positioners and controllers Technical data

Sensor

Controller IP54 (Standard) IP55 (Optional) 100mm Measured value - black Set point - red Output signal pressure (bar/psi g)

Enclosure rating Scale length Pointers Gauges

Set point adjustment Accuracy Sensitivity Repeatability Linearity Air supply Air consumption Air connections Ambient temperature limits Mounting

Proportional (5-200% of scale range) Integral (0.1 to 20 repeats per minute) 0.2 - 1 bar Direct or reverse action Field reversable Manual adjustment 1% of range span 0.2% of range span 0.5% of range span 0.5% of range span 1.4 bar 0.2 Nm³ /h (average) ¼" BSP -15°C to 65°C Wall or flush panel mounted

Weight

3.5 kg

Control mode Output signal Control action

¾" BSP

No groove on SY sterile bulb G F

Connector

Pocket (optional replacing standard connector) L ½" BSP ¾" BSP

K

Controller

4.4.20

A

Dimensions (mm) Controller A 202

E

¾" BSP

B 144

Temperature sensing bulb E F 200 120 Panel mounting cut-out H J 138 188

C 136

D 17

G 13

B

C

D

Panel cut-out

Pocket K

L

16

210

J

H

PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers

TI-P320-47 CH Issue 3

Control valves Positioners and controllers

4.4.21

Control valves PositionersPage and controllers 1 of 5 TI-P102-01

CH Issue 4

37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

A A1

The 37D is a pilot operated temperature control valve suitable for use on steam applications and comes complete with 2 m of capillary tube as standard (other lengths are available on request - see Optional extras). By virtue of it's pilot operation, it has a comparatively small control band. The sensor of the control system will need to be mounted by either a union kit, pocket or wall mounting bracket - see 'Optional extras'. Available types of valve 37D Temperature control 37DE Temperature control with electrically operated solenoid valve Note: For optional extras see overleaf.

E

Sizes and pipe connections

4.4.22

D

½"LC, ½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT. DN15LC, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 flanged: BS 4504/DIN PN25 Standard flanges DN15 - DN20 DN25 - DN50 BS 10 Table H and ANSI 300 DN15 - DN50 JIS 10/16 and ANSI 150 Also available DN15 - DN20 BS 10 Table F DN15 ANSI 300

F

Temperature ranges Range A Range B Range C Range D Range E

16°C 38°C 49°C 71°C 93°C

to to to to to

49°C 71°C 82°C 104°C 127°C

B Union kit

Metal pocket

Glass pocket

Wall mounting

W

Limiting conditions 25 bar @ 120°C 20 bar @ 250°C 14 bar @ 350°C 37D 17 bar @ 232°C Maximum upstream conditions 37DE 10 bar @ 190°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Maximum body design conditions

V

Technical data Voltages available Frequency Power consumption

O 220/240 ± 10% Vac or 110 /120 ± 10% Vac (others available on request) 50 /60 Hz Inrush 45 VA Holding 23 VA

K

M

L

P

N

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

Screwed BS 10 H A A1 160 160 160 180 160 180 200 230

K 142

L 17.5

PN25 A1 130 130 150 160 180 200 230

ANSI 300 BS 10 F ANSI 150 JIS 10/16 A1 A1 A1 A1 126.6 117 120.2 122 126.6 117 120.2 122 133 139.4 142 160 160.0 152 180 176.0 176 200 199.0 196 230 228.0 222 M 150

N 22.3

O 195

B 185 185 185 207 207 255 255

D 408 408 408 432 432 476 476

E 278 278 278 284 284 298 298

P 35

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 5

F 130 130 130 148 148 178 178 V 575

Weight Screwed Flanged 12.0 12.8 12.0 12.8 12.0 13.7 13.0 16.0 17.0 29.0 31.5 W 117 © Copyright 2006

Control valves PositionersPage and controllers 2 of 5 Marerials

4.4.23

No. Part 14 Internal strainer 15 Body gasket Main valve 16 return spring 17 Main valve Main valve 18 seat Main valve 20 body Main body 21 securing studs and nuts Main diaphragm 22 chamber Main diaphragm 23 securing bolts and nuts 24 Main diaphragms Main diaphragm 25 plate 26 Push rod 27 Pipe assembly 28 Plug 1" BSP 30 Lock-nut Packless gland 34 housing Pilot valve 35 plunger Pilot valve 36 seat ring Pilot valve 37 closure member 38 Pilot valve housing Pilot valve housing 39 securing studs and nuts 40 Locking ring 41 Control head Control head 42 securing screws 43 Capillary tube 44 Sensor

Material Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S 16 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S 25

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

SG iron

Pocket

W V

40

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 1492 Gr. 8

Phosphor bronze

BS 1492 Gr. 8.8 BS 1492 Gr. 8 BS 2870 PB 102

Brass

BS 2872 CZ 122

Stainless steel Brass and copper Steel Steel

BS 970 431 S 29

Brass

BS 2874 CZ 121

41 35 42

34 39

37 38 15

36

16 BS 1492 Gr. 8

Bakelite synmould

14

17 42 42

40

S 67S

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

Stainless steel

AISI 440 B

26 27 23 30

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Steel (M10 x 25 mm) Brass Bakelite synmould

V U

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Steel (M12 x 50 mm)

SG iron

W

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Steel (M10 x 25 mm) SG iron

Union kit

43

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 1492 Gr. 8 BS 2874 CZ 121 S 67S

37D version shown

Stainless steel (2 BA x ¾") Copper PVC covered Brass EN 12451 CW707R H130/170

17

21 24

25

28

Optional extras Conversion kit: A standard kit comprising of a solenoid valve and the necessary pipe and fittings for converting an existing 37D to a 37DE temperature control valve. Capillary tubes: Available in multiples of 2 m up to a max. of 14 m. Union kit: Comprising of union nipple (U), compression ring (V) and a gland nut (W). The union nipple is screwed ¾" BSP. Pockets: Are available in copper with brass union nipple or stainless steel. Union nipple U forms the top of the pocket and carries compression ring V and gland nut W. The union nipple is screwed ¾" BSP. Special long pockets are available having minimum length of 0.5 m and a maximum of 1 m. They are sealed at the top by a rubber bung. Glass pockets are also available complete with bracket and sealed by a rubber bung. Wall mounting bracket: Inclusive of cover.

Glass pocket

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P102-04) supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 37D pilot operated temperature control valve having a temperature range A. The flange connections are to be ANSI 300.

37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body Page 2 of 5

TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4

Control valves PositionersPage and controllers 3 of 5 Steam capacities in kg/h ����������������������

�� �� �� ��

�������� �������� ���������

�� � � � � �

�

�

� ��� �� � ���������������������

�

Kv values Size DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

���

Kvs 1.0 2.8 5.5 8.1 12.0 17.0 28.0

���

���

��

���

���

��� ���

��� ���

��� � ���

���� �

����

� ���

������ ���

� ���

� ���

� ���

� ���

� ���

���� ����

����

� ��� � ���

4.4.24

����

����

� ��� � ���

* Note: The 37DE is limited to a maximum pressure of 10 bar.

����

���

���

���

��

� ���

����

The capacity varies for both the 37D and 37DE according to the pressure drop across them. The chart above enables the capacity to be read off for different pressure drops. The maximum capacity occurs when the downstream pressure is at, or below 58% of the absolute upstream pressure (Critical pressure drop). For many applications, valves can be satisfactorily sized on 10% pressure drop, i.e. with a downstream which is 90% of the absolute upstream and a 10% pressure drop line is included in the chart to allow this to be done easily.

How to use the chart

The way in which the chart is used is explained by examples: Example 1. Firstly, to find the size of control valve required to pass 200 kg/h with an upstream pressure of 8 bar and a permissable pressure drop of 2 bar (downstream pressure = 6 bar) Find the point at which the curved 8 bar upsteam pressure line intersects a horizontal line drawn from a downstream pressure of 6 bar and read vertically downwards. It will be seen that a DN15 valve will pass 200 kg/h and is the correct size to choose. Example 2. A DN50 valve is operating on an upstream pressure of 10 bar and has to pass 3 500 kg/h. It is required to know the downstream pressure and hence the pressure drop across the valve. The flowrate 3 500 kg/h is read off the horizontal line at the bottom of the chart giving the capacity of the DN50 valve using the vertical guide line read upwards from the 3 500 kg/h figure until you strike the curved 10 bar upstream pressure line and from this point read horizontally to the left to meet the downstream pressure scale. This is at the 7 bar reading and the pressure drop across the DN50 valve when passing 3 500 kg/h of steam is 3 bar giving a downstream pressure of 7 bar. Example 3. Finally, if a 10% pressure drop is satisfactory and a valve is required to pass 1 000 kg/h with an upstream pressure of 14 bar find the point where the 14 bar curved upstream pressure line intersects the 10% pressure drop line. From this point read vertically downwards and it will be seen that a DN32 valve is the correct size.

37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body Page 3 of 5

TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4

Control valves PositionersPage and controllers 4 of 5

Z

J

4.4.25

Y

Pilot valve packless gland

H

U

Pilot valve assembly

S E D

R

C B

P

T

K L

M

W

R T Valve seat and cover assembly

Main valve assembly

N

V A

X4

Solenoid valve complete

X1

X3 X1 X1

V

37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body Page 4 of 5

TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4

Control valves PositionersPage and controllers 5 of 5 Spare parts Available spares Maintenance kit A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked * (2 off) A * Main diaphragm Pilot valve assembly B, C, D, E H, J * Pilot valve packless gland set Main valve assembly K, L M * Internal strainer N * Main valve return spring Control head Z, (3 off) Y When ordering state range and length of capillary tube. Normally stocked in capillary lengths of 2 m. Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m (at extra cost). Range A 16°C − 49°C Range B 38°C − 71°C Range C 49°C − 82°C Range D 71°C − 104°C Range E 93°C − 127°C 'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor (packet of 3) U P * Control pipe assembly (3 off) R * Gasket set Set of pilot valve housing securing stud and nuts (Set of 4) S Set of main body studs and nuts (Set of 4) T DN15 to DN32 (Set of 10) Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes: DN40 to DN50 (Set of 12) V Set of control head securing screws (set of 3) Y Solenoid valve type 37DE only W Coil X1 Valve seat and core assembly X2, X3, X4, X5 How to order Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type (37D or 37DE) of temperature control valve and whether screwed or flanged. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 Type DP37D temperature control valve. How to fit See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Further copies are available on request. Interchangeability of spares The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the diaphragm used in the screwed valves ½" and ¾" is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm is common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. All spares marked † are interchangeable with the DP17 pressure reducing valve. Spares marked 'o' are interchangeable with the DP17T and DP17TE pilot operated pressure/temperature control valves. Size DN Maintenance kit † o Main diaphragm † o Pilot valve assembly † o Pilot valve packless gland set † o Main valve assembly † o Internal strainer † o Main valve return spring o Control head o 'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor Control pipe assembly † Gasket set † Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts † o Set of main body studs and nuts † o Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts † o Set of control head securing screws

½"LC a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a

Screwed ½" ¾" a a a a a a a a b c a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a

1" b b a a d b b a a b a a a a a

15LC f a a a a f a a a f a a a a a

15 f a a a b f a a a f a a a a a

20 a a a a c a a a a a a a a a a

Flanged 25 b b a a d b b a a b a a a a a

37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body Page 5 of 5

32 c b a a e c b a a c a a a a a

40 d c a a f d c a a d b b b b a

50 e c a a g e c a a e b b b b a

TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4

4.4.26

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 1 of 12 TI-S21-07

CH Issue 1

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

How to select a system Valve selection: 1. Is the application for heating or cooling?

A heating application will require a valve that is normally open and will close with rising temperature. A cooling application will require a valve that is normally closed and will open with rising temperature.

2.

Is the valve to be used on steam or water applications? For steam applications use the sizing chart in Table 1 on page 2. For water heating applications use the chart in Table 2 on page 3. For water cooling applications use the chart in Table 3 on page 4.

3.

Determine the pressure upstream of the valve (P1) for normal running conditions.

4.

Determine the pressure downstream of the valve (P2) for normal running conditions.

5.

Determine the required flowrate of the steam or water.

6.

Determine the size and basic type of control valve using the sizing charts in Tables 1, 2 and 3. A sizing example is illustrated for each of these charts under each of these Tables.

Differential pressure

4.5.2

Please note that at this point only the valve size and basic valve type has been selected. It is now necessary to refer to Tables 4, 5, and 6 to check the following:

7.

What body material is required? Pressure temperature limitations for each material (gunmetal, cast iron and cast carbon steel) are shown in Table 4, page 5. Economics may also influence the choice of body material.

P1

P2

8.

What end connections are required - screwed or flanged? Choices are shown in the valve selection Tables 5 and 6 on pages 6 to 9.

9.

Normally closed valves may have a bleed which allows a small flow to reach the sensor so that it can react to a temperature rise. This will depend on the application.

10.

What is the maximum differential pressure across the control valve? In a heating application with a normally open valve a rise in temperature at the sensor will cause the valve to close. In order to ensure that the valve closes fully the sensor must be able to overcome the force generated on the valve plug by the maximum differential pressure across the control valve (P1 max - P2 min). This is often substantially greater than the normal running pressure drop across the control valve. Similarly, for a cooling application using a normally closed valve, the return spring must be able to close the valve against the maximum differential pressure. The maximum differential pressure for each valve is shown in Tables 5 and 6. The maximum differential pressure of a valve may be increased by incorporating a balancing bellows, details of which are also indicated in Tables 5 and 6 under the column titled 'Balanced'.

Please note: the pressures given on the sizing charts are in bar g only

Control system selection The control system consists of the sensor, capillary tube and actuator. Tables 5 and 6 show which control systems are compatible with each valve:

11.

From Table 7 on page 10, select a temperature range which allows adjustment on both sides of the control point.

12.

From Table 7, choose the configuration of the control system to suit the application.

13.

From Table 7, choose the length of capillary tube.

14.

Choose any ancillaries (pockets, mounting brackets etc.) from Table 8, pages 11 and 12.

Typical order information 1 off Spirax Sarco self-acting temperature control comprising:

-

DN20 KA43 control valve flanged to EN 1092 PN40, SA121 control system, range 2, 2 m capillary tube length, Stainless steel pocket.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 12

© Copyright 2008

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 2 of 12

itic

al

pr

es

su

re

dr

op

Steam flow kg/h

ar eb

r su res l p 2) tia - P ren (P 1

ffe

4.5.3

Cr Di

Inlet pressure bar g

Table 1 Valve sizing for heating applications using steam

Kvs value

Size DN

Type

0.38

15

BX2 / BMF2 / BM2

0.64

15

BX3 / BMF3 / BM3

1.03

15

BX4 / BMF4 / BM4

1.65

15

BX6 / BMF6 / BM6

2.58

15

SB

2.9

15

KA

3.86

20

SB

4.64

20

KA

6.8

25

SB

9.8

25

KA / KB

16.48

32

KA / KB / KC

16.48

40

KC

23.7

40

KA / KB

34

50

KA / KB / KC

65

65

NS

94

80

NS

Sizing example Differential pressure

Flow

P1

P2

Given: - Pressure at valve inlet P1 = 6 bar g - Pressure at valve outlet P2 = 4 bar g - The required steam flowrate = 280 kg / h

To size the valve: 1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 6 - 4 = 2 bar. 2. Enter the upper section of the chart with the inlet pressure (P1) at 6 bar g and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure (P1 - P2) line at 2 bar. From this intersection draw a vertical line downwards. 3. Enter the lower section of the chart with the steam flowrate at 280 kg / h and draw a horizontal line to intersect the vertical line produced in step 2. From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection box. 4 From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN20 'KA' type valve with a Kvs of 4.64

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 2 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 3 of 12

Flow l / s

Flow m³ / h

Table 2 Valve sizing for heating applications using water

� �

��

Kvs value

Size DN

Type

94

80

NS

65

65

NS

34

50

KA / KB / KC

23.7

40

KA / KB

16.48

32

KA / KB

16.48

40

KC

9.8

25

KA / KB

6.8

25

SB

4.64

20

KA

3.86

20

SB

2.9

15

KA

2.58

15

SB

1.65

15

BX6 / BMF6 / BM6

1.03

15

BX4 / BMF4 / BM4

0.64

15

BX3 / BMF3 / BM3

0.38

15

BX2 / BMF2 / BM2

Differential pressure bar (x 10 = m wg, x 100 = kPa)

Sizing example Differential pressure

Flow

P1

P2

Given: - Pressure at valve inlet P1 = 14 bar g - Pressure at valve outlet P2 = 13 bar g - The required water flowrate = 3 litres / second To size the valve: 1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 14 - 13 = 1 bar 2. Enter the chart with a flowrate of 3 litres / second and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure line at 1 bar. From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection boxes. 3. From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN32 'KA' or 'KB' type valve with a Kvs of 16.48

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 3 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

4.5.4

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 4 of 12

Flow l / s

4.5.5

Flow m³ / h

Table 3 Valve sizing for cooling applications using water

� �

Kvs value

Size DN

Type

94

80

NSRA

65

65

NSRA

34

50

KX / KY

23.7

40

KX / KY

16.48

32

KX / KY

9.8

25

KX

6.8

25

SBRA

4.64

20

KX

3.86

20

SBRA

2.9

15

KX

2.58

15

SBRA

0.59

15

BXRA / BMFRA / BMRA

��

Differential pressure bar (x 10 = m wg, x 100 = kPa)

Sizing example Differential pressure

Flow

P1

P2

Given: - Pressure at valve inlet P1 = 14 bar g - Pressure at valve outlet P2 = 13 bar g - The required water flowrate = 3 litres / second To size the valve: 1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 14 - 13 = 1 bar 2. Enter the chart with a flowrate of 3 litres / second and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure line at 1 bar. From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection boxes. 3. From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN32 'KX' or 'KY' type valve with a Kvs of 16.48

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 4 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 5 of 12

Table 4 Pressure / temperature limits for different valve materials Note: Materials for the various valve types are shown in Tables 5 and 6 on the following pages.

Control valve body material

Gunmetal

Cast iron

Stainless steel

Cast carbon steel

Body design conditions

PN25

PN16

PN25

PN40

PN40

Maximum design temperature

260°C

220°C

300°C

300°C

260°C

Maximum cold hydraulic test

38 bar g

24 bar g

38 bar g

60 bar g

60 bar g

���

Use a spacer for use in this region

Gunmetal

Temperature °C

���

Note: The KB51 and KY51 control valves have a maximum design temperature limit of 232°C.

��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� The product must not be used in this region.

�� �

�

�

��

��

��

��

Pressure bar g

4.5.6

Cast iron

Temperature °C

��� ��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� The product must not be used in this region.

�� �

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

Pressure bar g

Cast carbon steel

Temperature °C

The KA43 and the KC43 can be used in this region when coupled to a spacer

Note: The KB43 and KY43 control valves have a maximum design temperature limit of 232°C.

Steam saturation curve ���

The product must not be used in this region.

��

Pressure bar g ���

Use a spacer for use in this region

Stainless steel

Temperature °C

���

Note: The KA61 and KA63 and KC63 control valves have a maximum design temperature limit of 232°C.

��� Steam saturation curve ��� ���

The product must not be used in this region.

�� �

�

��

�� Pressure bar g

��

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 5 of 12

��

��

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 6 of 12

Valve selection data Table 5 Normally open valves for heating applications For pressure temperature relationships please refer to the pressure / temperature charts in Table 4, page 5. * Please note: The KB31, KB33, KB43, and KB51 control valves can also be used on water applications where high P conditions exist.

SB (DN15 - DN25 screwed)

KA31 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) KA33 (DN32 - DN50 flanged) KA43 (DN15 - DN50 flanged) KA51 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) KA63 (DN15 - DN50 flanged)

BM (DN15 flanged) BMF (DN15 flanged) BX (DN15 screwed)

KA31 (DN15 - DN25 screwed) KA33 (DN15 - DN25 flanged) KA51 (DN25 screwed) KA61 (DN15 - DN50 flanged) KB33 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)* KB43 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)* KC43 (DN32 - DN50 flanged) KC63 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)

4.5.7

KB31 (DN25 screwed) * KB33 (DN25 flanged) KB51 (DN25 screwed)*

KB31 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) * KB51 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) * KC31 (DN40 - DN50 screwed) KC51 (DN40 - DN50 screwed)

NS (DN65 - DN80 flanged) NS (DN65 - DN80 screwed)

Gunmetal SA422

SA423

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

• •

• •

• •

• •

Maximum P (bar)

Stroke mm

SA123

• • • • • • • •

Kvs

SA122

BX2 BX3 BX4 BX6

Screwed Flanged Body design Balanced BSP / NPT PN25 / ANSI 150 rating

SA121

Valve model

Control system options SA128

Size and pipe connections

17.2 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.2 10.3 6.8 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 10.0 9.0 8.2 6.9

2.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.0 5.0 5.6 8.0 9.0 9.5 5.6 8.0 9.0 9.5

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

½" ½" ½" ½" ½" ¾" 1" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25

• • • •

0.38 0.64 1.03 1.65 2.58 3.86 6.80 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00

KC51 Balanced by stainless steel bellows

1½"

PN25

•

16.48

16.0

9.0

•

2"

PN25

•

34.00

13.8

9.5

NS double sealed valve

2½" 3"

65.00 94.00

10.0 10.0

9.5 9.5

SB

KA51

KB51* Balanced by phosphor bronze bellows

DN65 DN80

PN25 PN25

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 6 of 12

•

•

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 7 of 12 Cast iron Control system options SA121

SA122

SA123

SA128

SA422

SA423

Size and pipe connections

BMF2 BMF3

DN15 DN15

PN16 PN16

0.38 0.64

16.0 16.0

2.2 3.2

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

• •

BMF4

DN15

PN16

1.03

16.0

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

BMF6

DN15

PN16

1.65

16.0

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

PN16 PN16 PN16 PN16 PN16 PN16

2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00

13.0 10.3 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5

3.2 4.0 5.6 8.0 9.0 9.5

• • • • • •

• • •

• • • • • •

• • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

•

•

•

Valve model

KA31 screwed and KA33 flanged KB31* screwed and KB33 * flanged balanced by phosphor bronze bellows

Screwed BSP / NPT

Flanged PN16

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

Body design Balanced rating

Kvs

Maximum P (bar)

Stroke mm

1"

DN25

PN16

•

9.80

10.3

5.6

•

•

•

1¼"

DN32

PN16

•

16.48

9.0

8.0

•

•

•

•

1½"

DN40

PN16

•

23.70

8.2

9.0

•

•

•

•

2"

DN50

PN16

•

34.00

6.9

9.5

•

•

•

•

DN40

PN16

•

16.48

13.0

9.0

•

•

•

•

DN50

PN16

•

34.00

13.0

9.5

•

•

•

•

KC31 Balanced by stainless steel bellows

Cast carbon steel Flanged PN40 ANSI 300 DN15

BM2

PN25 DN15

PN25

0.38

17.2

2.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

BM3

DN15

DN15

PN40

0.64

17.2

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

BM4

DN15

DN15

PN40

1.03

17.2

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

BM6

DN15

DN15

PN40

1.65

17.2

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40

17.0 10.0 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 10.0 9.0 8.2 6.9

3.2 4.0 5.6 8.0 9.0 9.5 5.6 8.0 9.0 9.5

• • • • • • • • • •

• • •

• • • • • • • • • •

• • •

• • • •

2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00

• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

DN32

DN32

PN40

•

16.48

16.0

8.0

•

•

•

DN40

DN40

PN40

•

16.48

16.0

9.0

•

•

•

• •

DN50

DN50

PN40

•

34.00

13.8

9.5

•

•

•

•

2.90 4.64 9.80 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00

17.0 10.0 4.5 17.0 10.0 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5

3.2 4.0 5.6 3.2 4.0 5.6 8.0 9.0 9.5

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • •

KA43

KB43* Balanced by phosphor bronze bellows KC43 Balanced by stainless steel bellows

•

•

Stainless steel

KA61

KA63

KC63 balanced by stainless steel bellows

Screwed Flanged BSP / NPT PN40/ANSI 300 ½" ¾" 1" DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40 PN40

• • • • • •

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • •

DN32

PN40

•

16.48

16.0

8.0

•

•

•

•

DN40

PN40

•

23.70

16.0

9.0

•

•

•

•

DN50

PN40

•

34.00

13.8

9.5

•

•

•

•

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 7 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

4.5.8

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 8 of 12

Valve selection data Table 6 Normally closed valves for cooling applications For pressure temperature relationships please refer to the pressure / temperature charts in Table 4, page 5.

Gunmetal

KX51 Optional bleed available

10.3 12.0 7.0 4.7 2.7 2.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1

3.2 3.2 4.0 5.0 9.5 9.5 5.6 8.0 9.0 9.5

• • • • • • • • • •

• • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

•

• • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

•

1¼"

PN25

•

16.48

9.0

8.0

•

•

•

•

1½"

PN25

•

23.70

8.2

9.0

•

•

•

•

2"

PN25

•

34.00

6.9

9.5

•

•

•

•

Cast iron SA123

SA128

SA422

SA423

Control system options SA122

Size and pipe connections

SA121

4.5.9

KY51 * Balanced by phosphor bronze bellows. Optional bleed available

DN65 DN80

0.59 2.58 3.86 6.80 65.00 94.00 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00

SA423

NRSA Double seated valve

PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25 PN25

Maximum Stroke P (bar) mm

SA422

SBRA Optional bleed available

½" ½" ¾" 1" 2½" 3" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

Kvs

SA128

BXRA

SA123

Screwed Flanged Body design Balanced BSP / NPT PN25 / ANSI150 rating

SA122

Valve model

Control system options SA121

Size and pipe connections

BMFRA

½"

PN16

0.59

10.3

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

KX31 screwed and KX33 flanged. Optional bleed available

½"

DN15

PN16

2.90

12.0

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

¾"

DN20

PN16

4.64

7.0

4.0

•

•

•

•

•

•

1"

DN25

PN16

9.80

3.5

5.6

•

•

•

•

•

•

1¼"

DN32

PN16

16.48

2.3

8.0

•

•

•

•

•

•

1½"

DN40

PN16

23.70

1.7

9.0

•

•

•

•

•

•

2"

DN50

PN16

34.00

1.1

9.5

•

•

•

•

•

•

Valve model

KY31* screwed and KY33 * flanged balanced by phosphor bronze bellows. Optional bleed available.

Screwed BSP / NPT

Flanged PN16

Body design Balanced rating

Kvs

Maximum Stroke P (bar) mm

1¼"

PN16

•

16.48

9.0

8.0

•

•

•

•

1½"

PN16

•

23.70

8.2

9.0

•

•

•

•

2""

PN16

•

34.00

6.9

9.5

•

•

•

•

* Please note: The KY31, KY33, and KY51 can also be used on water applications where high P conditions exist.

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 8 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 9 of 12

SBRA (DN15 - DN25 screwed)

KX31 (DN15 - DN25 screwed) KX33 (DN15 - DN25 flanged) KX51 (DN25 screwed)

KX31 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) KX33 (DN32 - DN50 flanged) KX43 (DN15 - DN50 flanged) KX51 (DN32 - DN50 screwed)

NSRA (DN65 - DN80 screwed) NSRA (DN65 - DN80 flanged)

4.5.10

KY51 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) KY31 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) KY33 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) KY43 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)

BXRA (DN15 screwed) BMFRA (DN15 flanged) BMRA (DN15 flanged)

Cast carbon steel

BMRA

KX43 Optional bleed available KY43 Balanced by phosphor bronze bellows. Optional bleed available.

DN15

Kvs

Maximum Stroke P (bar) mm

SA423

Body design Balanced rating

SA422

PN40

SA128

Flanged

SA123

PN25

SA122

Valve model

Control system options SA121

Size and pipe connections

PN25

0.59

10.3

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN15

PN40

2.90

12.0

3.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN20

PN40

4.64

7.0

4.0

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN25

PN40

9.80

3.5

5.6

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN32

PN40

16.48

2.3

8.0

•

•

•

•

DN40

PN40

23.70

1.7

9.0

•

•

•

•

DN50

PN40

34.00

1.1

9.5

•

•

•

•

DN32

PN40

•

16.48

9.0

8.0

•

•

•

•

DN40

PN40

•

23.70

8.2

9.0

•

•

•

•

DN50

PN40

•

34.00

6.9

9.5

•

•

•

•

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 9 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 10 of 12

Table 7 Control system selection The control systems are available in four configurations as shown below. Each type is available with either a dial or knob type temperature adjustment except the Type 422 (dial only). Dimensions are approximate in mm Actuator

SA121, SA128

271

310 (SA121) 178 (SA128)

185 Setting knob

25

Actuator

SA122

Sensor

415

Capillary

240 Capillary

Actuator

17

Sensor

SA123, SA423

4.5.11

Setting knob

Setting knob Capillary 248

271

25

Actuator

Type 422

Sensor 270

395

Capillary

25

326

Capillary

Sensor

Setting dial

Specifications Range

Temperature

Maximum sensor temperature

Material

Weight kg

Standard capillary tube (m)

SA121

1 2 3

-15 to 50°C 40 to 105°C 95 to 160°C

55°C over set value to max. 190°C

Brass

2.0

2, 4, 8 and 20

SA122

1 2

-20 to 120°C 40 to 170°C

55°C over set value

Brass

1.8

2, 4, 8, and 20

SA123

1 2 3

-15 to 50°C 40 to 105°C 95 to 160°C

55°C over set value

Brass

2.5

2, 4, 8, and 20

SA128

1 2

-20 to 110°C 40 to 170°C

55°C over set value to max. 190°C

Brass

1.8

2, 4, 8, and 20

SA422

1 2

-20 to 120°C 40 to 170°C

55°C over set value

Stainless steel

1.4

2.4 or 4.8 *

SA423

1 2 3

-15 to 50°C 40 to 105°C 95 to 160°C

55°C over set value

Stainless steel sensor remainder brass

2.5

2, 4, 8, and 20

Type

* Longer lengths up to 9.6 m are available to special order

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 10 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 11 of 12

Table 8 Control system ancillaries Mounting options and ancillaries

SA122

315

258

258

Size (BSP or NPT)

1"

¾"

Wall mounting bracket

•

Union kit for sensor immersion without pocket

Standard pocket immersion length (mm)

1" shown

1"

Mild steel pocket longer pocket option

¾"

Stainless steel pocket longer pocket option Copper pocket longer pocket option

1"

Control system type SA123 SA128

SA121

Brass pocket longer pocket option

SA422

SA423

180

326

258

1"

1"

1"

1"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

* * *

Glass pocket with bracket and rubber bung

Duct fixing kit

•

Twin sensor adaptor When coupled to a valve allows operation by two actuators.

•

•

• • •

4.5.12 •

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Twin sensor adaptor

Twin sensor adaptor

Manual actuator

* Special long pockets are available in lengths from 0.5 m to 1 m.

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 11 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 12 of 12

Table 8 Control system ancillaries (continued) Mounting options and ancillaries

Control system type SA123 SA128

SA121

SA122

•

•

•

•

•

•

SA422

SA423

•

•

•

•

•

•

Spacer Each valve has its individual limiting conditions, but when coupled to a control system, these are governed by the brass actuator which is limited 232 to 232°C. Installing the spacer between the valve and the control system enables the system to operate at a maximum 350 temperature of 350°C.

Spacer

Note: The maximum temperature under the limiting conditions for each valve should be checked in case it is below 350°C. 350 Limiting conditions Maximum pressure 25 bar g Maximum temperature 350°C 350

4.5.13

Manual actuator When coupled to a valve, it enables the valve to be manually operated.

Manual actuator Manual actuator

2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection for Heating and Cooling Applications Page 12 of 12

TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.14

Control valves Self-acting controls TI-P036-01

CH Issue 5

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

BM, BMRA, BMF and BMFRA Self-acting Control Valves

ISO 9001

Description and available types Cast steel, normally open, single seat with 4 orifice sizes: BM BM2, BM3, BM4 and BM6. BMRA Cast steel, normally closed, single seat. Cast iron, normally open, single seat with 4 orifice sizes: BMF BMF2, BMF3, BMF4 and BMF6. BMFRA Cast iron, normally closed, single seat.

Sizes and pipe connections

BMF and BMFRA DN15 standard flange:

BM and BMF

4

EN 1092 PN16 8

Pressure / temperature limits

6

Temperature °C

BM and BMRA ��� ��� ��� ���

A 7 Steam saturation curve

��� �

�

�

54 C

�� �� Pressure bar g

B ��

��

1

BMRA and BMFRA

BMF and BMFRA A ��� ���

Temperature °C

4.5.15

EN 1092 PN25 BM and BMRA DN15 standard flange: and ANSI 300 Note: ANSI 150 connections are available to special order for both BM and BMRA self-acting control valves.

2 3

1

���

Steam saturation curve

��� �� �

3 D

�

�

�

� � �� Pressure bar g

��

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. When the valve is operated with a self-acting temperature control system in this region a Spirax Sarco spacer must be used in conjunction with the system. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and ANSI 300 A - C Flanged ANSI 150 A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN16 BM and BMRA PN25 BMF and BMFRA PN16 Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer 350°C Maximum BM and BMRA design Fitted directly to the actuator 232°C temperature BMF and BMFRA 220°C BM 17.2 bar BMRA 10.3 bar Maximum differential pressure BMF 16.0 bar BMFA 10.3 bar 38 bar g Designed for a maximum cold BM and BMRA hydraulic test pressure of: BMF and BMFRA 24 bar g Body design conditions

2

8 6 7

Materials No. Part

Material BMF

Cast iron

BM

Cast steel

DIN 1691 GG 20

1

Body

2

Valve closure member Stainless steel

3

Valve seat ring

Stainless steel

4

Valve seat gasket

Mild steel

5

Ball return spring

Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S26

6

Main return spring

Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S26

7

Bonnet

Steel

DIN 17243 C22.8

8

Bonnet gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

DIN 17245 GS C25 AISI 440 B BS 970 431 S29 BS 1449 CS4

© Copyright 2008

Control valves Self-acting controls Kv values

Spare parts

BM2 BM3 BM4 BMF2 BMF3 BMF4 0.38 0.64 1.03 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

BM6 BMRA BMF6 BMFRA 1.65 0.59 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve seat assembly Gasket set

For saturated steam sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-08. For water sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-09.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

BS 4504 DIN PN16 and PN25 A

ANSI 300 A

B

Weight

DN15

130

127

87

3.6

BM and BMF BMRA and BMFRA (3 of each in a packet)

3, 4, 6, 8 3, 4, 6, 8 4, 8

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a DN15 BMRA self-acting control valve.

A

1

4.5.16

B

BM BMF

BMRA BMFRA 4

4

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.

3

3

Installation note

Spindle retaining nut

The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line. The actuator position will depend on the type fitted to the valve. 6

Maintenance note How to fit general: - Remove the control system sensor from the plant and allow it to cool (SA systems). - Disconnect the actuator from the valve. - Before attempting to carry out any repairs, make sure that the valve is fully isolated. - It is important always to renew the complete assembly as listed in 'Spare parts' and to make sure that all the joint faces are clean. - Always reassemble using new gaskets lightly coated with a suitable jointing compound (preferably of a non-graphited type).

6

8

Valve seat assembly: - To replace the valve seat assembly unscrew the bonnet (7). - Remove the valve seat (3) from the body (1) and replace it with a new one using a box spanner 18 mm A / F. - Unscrew the spindle retaining nut and withdraw it from the bonnet ball head and spindle assembly. The ball head and spindle assembly of the BM and BMF valves are preassembled and set to the correct length. No further adjustment is necessary. - Replace the new assembly or spring (BMRA and BMFRA). - Tighten the spindle retaining nut. - Refit the bonnet to the valve body using a new gasket.

8

7

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BMRA self-acting control valve having flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections. Recommended tightening torques or Item no.

Part

3 7

Valve seat Bonnet

mm 18 A / F

BM, BMRA, BMF and BMFRA Self-acting Control Valves

Nm 40 - 50 70 - 80

TI-P036-01 CH Issue 5

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P036-02

CH Issue 5

BX and BXRA Gunmetal Self-acting Control Valves Description

The BX range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. Available types Normally open, single seat with four different orifice sizes: BX BX2, BX3, BX4 and BX6. BXRA Normally closed, single seat.

4 3

2

Sizes and pipe connections

½" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.

1

Pressure /temperature limits Temperature °C

4.5.17

➧

BX

  

8



6

Steam saturation curve

 

7

 



  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. When the valve is operated with a self-acting temperature control system in this region, a Spirax Sarco spacer must be used. Body design conditions

PN25 Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer 260°C Maximum design temperature Fitted directly to an actuator 232°C BX 17.2 bar Maximum differential pressure BXRA 10.3 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part Body Valve closure member Valve seat ring Valve seat gasket Ball return spring Main return spring Bonnet Bonnet gasket

Material Gunmetal CC491 K or CC491 K M Stainless steel AISI 440B Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Copper BS 2870 C102 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 Reinforced exfoliated graphite

➧ 4 3

1 8 6 7

BXRA

5 2

Control valves Self-acting controls Kv values

BX2 0.38

Spare parts

BX3 0.64

BX4 1.03

For conversion:

BX6 1.65

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

BXRA 0.59

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A 80

B 83

Available spares Valve seat assembly Gasket set

For saturated steam sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-08. For water sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-09.

Size ½"

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Weight 0.7

3, 4, 6, 8 3, 4, 6, 8 4, 8

BX valve BXRA valve (packet of 3 each)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a ½" BXRA self-acting control valve.

A

1

BX

B

BXRA 4

4 3

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.

3 Spindle retaining nut

6

6

Installation note:

The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line. The actuator position will depend on the type fitted to the valve.

How to order

8

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP BX4 self-acting control valve with gunmetal body and stainless steel trim.

8

7

Recommended tightening torques or

TI-P036-02 CH Issue 5

Item no.

Part

3 7

Valve seat Bonnet

BX and BXRA Gunmetal Self-acting Control Valves

mm 18 A / F

Nm 40 - 50 40 - 50

4.5.18

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.19

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 1 of 3 TI-P078-02

CH Issue 10

KA31, KA33, KB31, KB33 and KC31 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves Description

The KA, KB and KC range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. Available types KA31 Normally open with screwed connections. KA33 Normally open with flanged connections. Normally open with phosphor bronze balancing bellows and KB31 screwed connections. Normally open with phosphor bronze balancing bellows and KB33 flanged connections. Normally open with stainless steel balancing bellows and KC31 screwed connections.

Sizes and pipe connections

Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT: KA31 ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" KB31 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" KC31 1½" and 2" Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and BS 10 Table F: KA33 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 KB33 DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50

4.5.20

Note: Pressure balancing bellows enables the valve to operate against higher differential pressures. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry mark when so required. the

KA31 and KA33 unbalanced trim

Certification As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits    

Steam saturation curve

 







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 Maximum design pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C Maximum design temperature 220°C @ 13.8 bar g Minimum design temperature -10°C Maximum operating temperature 220°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 KA31 13.0 10.3 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 Maximum KA33 13.0 10.3 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 differential KB31 10.3 9.0 8.2 6.9 pressure KB33 10.3 9.0 8.2 6.9 bar KC31 13.0 13.0 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

KB31, KB33

and KC31 balanced trim

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2011

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 2 of 3

1

4 5 3 6 8 2

KA31 and KA33

7

unbalanced trim

1

4.5.21

4

KB31, KB33 and KC31 balanced trim

5 3 7 14 8 12 13 2 15 16

Materials No. Part 1 Body 2

Bonnet

3 4

Valve head Valve seat ring

5

Valve seat gasket

6

Return spring

7

Stem

KA and KB KC - 1½" KC - 2"

DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN50 KA and KB KC

8

Bonnet gasket Bonnet studs 12 Bonnet nuts 13 Bellows 14 Bellows gasket 15 Bonnet bush 16 Plunger

KB KC

Material Cast iron Cast iron Cast iron Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Mild steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Brass Stainless steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel Steel Phosphor bronze Stainless steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Brass Brass

KA31, KA33, KB31, KB33 and KC31 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3

DIN 1691 GG 25 DIN 1691 GG 25 DIN 1691 GG 25 EN 10213 GP240 GH+N BS 970 431 S 29 BS 970 431 S 29 BS 1449 CS 4 BS 2056 302 S 26 BS 2874 CZ 121 BS 970 321S20 BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 3692 Gr. 8 EN 12449 Cu Sn 6 AISI 316 L BS 2874 CZ 121 BS 2874 CZ 121

TI-P078-02 CH Issue 10

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 3 of 3 Spare parts

Kv values Size KA31, KA33 KB31, KB33 KC31

DN15 2.90 -

For conversation:

DN20 4.64 -

DN25 9.80 9.80 -

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN32 16.48 16.48 -

DN40 23.70 23.70 16.48

DN50 34.00 34.00 34.00

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities

For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg KA31 and KA33 Size DN15 - ½" DN20-¾" DN25-1" DN32-1¼" DN40-1½" DN50 - 2"

A 90 104 136 144 150 180

PN16 BS 10'F' A1 A1 130 130 150 147 160 157 180 180 200 200 230 230

KB31, KB33 and KC31 DN25 - 1" 136 160 DN32-1¼" 144 180 DN40-1½" 150 200 DN50 - 2" 180 230

157 180 200 230

B 105 105 107 110 110 110

C 37 37 51 -

Weight Scr. Flg. 1.3 3.3 1.6 4.3 3.2 5.7 5.1 8.8 6.3 11.0 7.8 13.0

138 152 152 152

51 51 62 71

3.4 5.7 6.9 8.8

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares KA31 and KA33 Valve seat assembly A, D, E, L Set of all gaskets E, L Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S KB31, KB33 and KC31 Valve seat assembly (excluding bellows and stem assembly) Bellows and stem assembly Set of all gaskets Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4)

A, B, C, D, E L, U, G G, L, N, H B, C, E, L, U, G S

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN32 KB31 self-acting control valve.

5.9 9.1 11.2 13.4

4.5.22

A1 (Flanged KA33 and KB33) E

A (Screwed KA31, KB31 and KC31)

D

KB31, KB33 and KC31

KA31 and KA33

C U A

C

B A X

H B G N

L

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator vertically below the pipeline.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1¼" screwed BSP KA31 self-acting control valve with cast iron body.

S

KA31, KA33, KB31, KB33 and KC31 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3

TI-P078-02 CH Issue 10

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.23

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P078-06

CH Issue 6

KA43, KB43 and KC43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Description

The KA, KB and KC range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. Available types KA43 Normally open with flanged connections. Normally open with phosphor bronze pressure balancing KB43 bellows with flanged connections. Normally open with stainless steel pressure balancing bellows KC43 with flanged connections.

Size and pipe connections

KA43 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 KB43 DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 KC43 DN32, DN40 and DN50 Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN25 and EN 1092 PN40, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H. The following flanges are available on request: ASME 150.

4.5.24

Note: Pressure balancing bellows enables the valve to operate against higher differential pressures. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required. Certification As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Additionally, at extra cost, certification to EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

KA43

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 

A

 Steam saturation curve

 



C 

 Pressure bar g

B 



The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and ASME 150. Body design conditions Maximum design pressure Maximum design temperature Minimum design temperature

PN40 40 bar g @ 20°C 300°C @ 25.8 bar g -10°C A-B 300°C @ 25.8 bar g Maximum operating temperature A-C 300°C @ 10.0 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 Maximum KA43 17.0 10.0 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 differential pressure KB43 10.0 9.0 8.2 6.9 bar KC43 16.0 16.0 13.8 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

KB43 and

KC43

Page 1 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls

1

KA43 4 5

3 7 6

8 2

12

15

4.5.25

KB43

1

and

KC43

4 5

3 5 7 8 13

12 2

15 16

Materials No. Part 1 Body 2

Bonnet

3 4

Valve head Valve seat ring

5

Valve seat gasket

6

Return spring

7

Stem

DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN50

DN15 to DN25 DN32 to DN50 KA and KB KC

8

Bonnet gasket Bonnet studs 12 Bonnet nuts 13 Bellows 14 Bellows gasket (not shown) 15 Bonnet bush 16 Plunger

TI-P078-06 CH Issue 6

KB KC

Material Steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Mild steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Brass Stainless steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel Steel Phosphor bronze Stainless steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Brass Brass

KA43, KB43 and KC43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves

EN 10213 GP240 GH+N DIN 17243 C22.8 EN 10213 GP240 GH+N BS 970 431 S29 BS 970 431 S29 BS 1449 CS 4 BS 2056 302 S 26 BS 2872 CZ 121 BS 970 321 S20 BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 3692 Gr. 8 EN 12449 Cu Sn 6 AISI 316 L BS 2874 CZ 121 BS 2874 CZ 121

Page 2 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls Kv values

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 KA43 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 KB43 9.80 16.48 23.70 KC43 16.48 16.48 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv

DN50 34.00 34.00 34.00 x 1.156

Capacities

For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

PN25 PN40 A 130 150 160 180 200 230

ASME 300 A 130 150 162 180 202 232

Table 'H' A 130 150 162 180 198 228

KA43 B 105 105 105 110 110 110

KB43 KC43 B

138 152 152 152

Weight KB43 / KA43 KC43 4.3 6.3 8.0 8.2 8.7 9.1 9.7 10.1 14.6 15.0

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve seat assembly A, D, E, L KA43 Set of gaskets E, L Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S Valve seat assembly A, B, C, D, E (excluding bellows and stem assembly) L, U, G KB and KC43 Bellows and stem assembly G, L, N, H Set of gaskets B, C, E, L, U, G Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 KB43 self-acting control valve.

A

4.5.26 E D

KB43 and KC43

KA43

C U A B B

A X

H

G

Safety information, installation and maintenance

N

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator vertically below the pipeline.

L

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 KA43 self-acting control valve with steel body having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

S

TI-P078-06 CH Issue 6

KA43, KB43 and KC43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves

Page 3 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.27

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P078-04

CH Issue 7

KA51, KB51 and KC51 Bronze Self-Acting Control Valves Description

The KA, KB and KC range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller.

KA51

Available types KA51 Normally open KB51 Normally open + phosphor bronze pressure balancing bellows KC51 Normally open + stainless steel pressure balancing bellows

4.5.28

Note: Pressure balancing bellows enables the valve to operate against higher differential pressures. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required. Certification As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

KA51 and KB51: 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" KC51: 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT connections.

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

KB51 and KC51

Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN25

Maximum design pressure

25 bar g @ 260°C

Maximum design temperature

260°C @ 10.5 bar g

Minimum design temperature

-10°C

Maximum operating temperature

260°C @ 10.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Size

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

Maximum differential

KA51

4.5

3.0

2.0

1.5

pressure bar

KB51

10.0

9.0

8.2

6.9

KC51

-

-

16.0

13.8

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Page 1 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls

1

4 5 3

KA51

6 8 2

7

4.5.29

1 4

KB51 and KC51

5 3 7 14 8 13 12 2 16

Materials No. Part 1

Material

Body

2

Bonnet

3

Valve head

4

Valve seat ring

5

Valve seat gasket

6

Return spring

7

Stem

8

Bonnet gasket

12

Bonnet

Bronze

CC 491 KM

KA51, KB51 and 1½" KC51

Bronze

CC 491 KM

KC51

Steel

2"

BS 970 431 S 29

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

1"

Mild steel

1½" to 2"

Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel

BS 1449 CS 4 BS 2056 302 S 26

KA51 and KB51

Brass

BS 2874 CZ 121

KC51

Stainless steel

BS 970 321 S20

Reinforced exfoliated graphite Studs

Steel

Nuts

Steel

KA51

Phosphor bronze

KC51

Stainless steel

13

Bellows

14

Bellows gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

16

Plunger

Brass

TI-P078-04 CH Issue 7

EN 10213 GP240 GH+N

Stainless steel

KA51, KB51 and KC51 Bronze Self-Acting Control Valves

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 3692 Gr. 8 EN 12449 Cu Sn 6 AISI 316L BS 2874 CZ 121 Page 2 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls Kv values

Spare parts

Size

KA51 and KB51

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

9.80

16.48

23.70

34.00

-

-

16.48

34.00

KC51 For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities

For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

1"

A

KA51 B

KB51 B

KC51 B

C

KA51

Weight KB51 KC51

136

107

138

-

51

3.96

4.17

-

1¼" 144

110

152

-

51

6.20

7.00

-

1½" 150

110

152

152

62

7.52

8.32

2"

110

152

189

71

9.35

180

8.32

10.30 10.60

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares KA51 Valve seat assembly Set of gaskets Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) KB51 and KC51 Valve seat assembly (excluding bellows and stem assembly) Bellows and stem assembly Set of gaskets Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4)

A, D, E, L E, L S A, B, C, D, E, L, U, G G, L, N, H B, C, E, L, U S

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco 1¼" KB51 self-acting control valve.

KB51 and KC51 shown A

4.5.30 C

E D B

KB51 and KC51 C U

KA51

A B A X

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.

H

Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator vertically below the pipeline.

N

How to order

G

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1¼" screwed BSP KA51 self-acting control valve with bronze body.

L

S

TI-P078-04 CH Issue 7

KA51, KB51 and KC51 Bronze Self-Acting Control Valves

Page 3 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.31

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 1 of 3 TI-P078-01

CH Issue 8

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

KX31, KX33, KY31 and KY33 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves

Description

Sizes and pipe connections

Available types KX31 Normally closed with screwed connections. KX33 Normally closed with flanged connections. Normally closed with balancing bellows and screwed KY31 connections. Normally closed with balancing bellows and flanged KY33 connections

KX31

The KY31 and KY33 incorporate a pressure balancing bellows, which enables the valve to operate against higher differential pressures.

KX31 ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" KY31 1¼", 1½" and 2". Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT. KX33 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 KY33 DN32, DN40 and DN50. Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and BS 10 Table F.

Sizes ½" - 1"

Optional extras Fixed bleed bypass on DN15 to DN50 valves for water systems: KX31B, KX33B, KY31B and KY33B The 'B' denotes the internal fixed bleed, if requested.

4.5.32

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carry the mark when so required. Certification As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits ��� ��� ��� ���

Steam saturation curve

�� �

�

�

�

KX31 � � �� Pressure bar g

��

��

��

The product must not be used in this region.

Sizes 1¼" - 2"

Optional extra

Body design conditions PN16 Maximum design pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C Maximum design temperature 220°C @ 13 bar g Minimum design temperature -10°C Maximum operating temperature 220°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 Maximum KX31 12.0 7.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1 differential KX33 12.0 7.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1 pressure KY31 9.0 8.2 6.9 bar KY33 9.0 8.2 6.9 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

KY31

Sizes 1¼" - 2"

Optional extra

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2007

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 2 of 3 KX31

Sizes ½" - 1" 2 6 8

KX31

Sizes 1¼" - 2"

3 4

9 2

5 1 7

6 8 1

8

3 4 5

2

4.5.33

7

KY31

Sizes 1¼" - 2" 8 6

2

2

9 10 1 8 11 3 4 5 7

8 2

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Cast iron

2

Bonnet

Cast iron

DIN 1691 GG25

3

Valve head

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

4

Valve seat ring

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

5

Valve seat gasket

DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN50

Mild steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite

6

Return spring

Stainless steel

7

Stem

Brass

8

Bonnet gaskets

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

9

Bonnet studs Bonnet nuts

DN32 - DN40 DN50

DIN 1691 GG25

BS 1449 CS 4 BS 2056 302 S 26 BS 2874 CZ 121

Steel

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8

M10 M12

BS 3692 Gr. 8 BS 3692 Gr. 8

10 Bellows

Phosphor bronze

11 Bellows gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

KX31, KX33, KY31 and KY33 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3

EN 12449 Cu Sn 6

TI-P078-01 CH Issue 8

Control valves Self-acting controls Page 3 of 3 Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 -½" DN20 -¾" DN25 -1" DN32 -1¼" DN40 -1½" DN50 -2"

NPT / BSP A 90 104 136 144 150 180

PN16 A1 130 150 160 180 200 230

BS 10 'F' A1 130 147 157 180 200 230

B 68 68 80 80 90 100

C 106 106 108 112 112 112

C1 154 154 154

KX31 1.5 1.8 3.3 5.3 6.4 7.9

Weight KY31 KY33 6.1 9.2 7.3 11.3 9.0 13.5

KX33 3.4 4.4 5.8 8.9 11.1 13.1

Spare parts

KX31 and KX33

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

DN15 - DN25

Available spares A1, D1, E, J, F, L1

Valve and seat assembly

C

KX31 and KX33

B

Set of all gaskets

L1, L2, E

(DN25)

KY31 and KY33

A1

S

Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4)

A1, B, C, D1, E, L1, U

Valve and seat assembly A

E, L1, L2, B, U, C

(DN32 - DN50)

H, G, L1, B, C, U, J

Bellows and seat assembly

B, C, U, E, G, L1, L2

Set of all gaskets

S

Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN40 KY33 self-acting control valve.

KX31 and KX33 DN32 - DN50

C S B

S A A1 J

KY31 and KY33

KY

KX31

1¼" - 2"

1¼" - 2"

J C1

G H

B

F X

F A1 D1 E L1

A A1

B A1

Kv values DN

15

U 20

25

32

Kv 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963Cv

40

50

23.70

34.0

C

D1 L1

(US) = Kv x 1.156

E

Capacities

For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

L2

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator vertically below the pipeline.

KX31

½" - 1"

L2

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2" KY31 self-acting control valve having screwed BSP connections.

KX31, KX33, KY31 and KY33 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3

TI-P078-01 CH Issue 8

4.5.34

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.35

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P078-05

CH Issue 7

KX43 and KY43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Description

The KX and KY range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL3500 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. Available types KX43 Normally closed Normally closed. This valve incorporates a pressure KY43 balancing bellows, which enables the valve to operate against higher differential pressures.

Size and pipe connections

KX43 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 KY43 DN32, DN40 and DN50 Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and PN40, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H. The following flange connection is available on request: ASME 150.

KX43

DN40 and DN50 shown

4.5.36

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required. Certification As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Additionally, at extra cost, certification to EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

A

Steam saturation curve

C

B

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and ASME 150. Body design conditions

PN40

Maximum design pressure

40 bar g @ 120°C A-B

300°C @ 25.8 bar g

A-C Minimum design temperature

300°C @ 10.0 bar g

A-B

300°C @ 25.8 bar g

Maximum design temperature

Maximum operating temperature

KY43

-10°C

300°C @ 10.0 bar g A-C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 Maximum KX43 12.0 7.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1 differential pressure bar KY43 9.0 8.2 6.9 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

Page 1 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls

2

KX43

12

DN40 and DN50 shown

6 8 7 3 4 5 1 2 8 15

4.5.37

2

KY43

12 13

8 14 7

3 4 5 1 2 8 15

Materials No. Part 1

Material

Body

Steel

EN 10213-2 GP240 GH+N

DN15 to DN25

Steel

DIN 17243 C22.8

DN32 to DN50

Steel

EN 10213-2 GP240 GH+N

2

Bonnet

3

Valve head

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

4

Valve seat ring

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

DN15 to DN25

Mild steel

DN32 to DN50

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

5

Valve seat gasket

6

Return spring

Stainless steel

7

Stem

Brass

8

Bonnet gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Bonnet studs

Steel

Bonnet nuts

Steel

12

13 Bellows

Phosphor bronze

14 Bellows gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

15 Bonnet bush

Brass

TI-P078-05 CH Issue 7

KX43 and KY43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves

BS 1449 CS 4 BS 2056 302 S 26 BS 2872 CZ 121 BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 3692 Gr. 8 EN 12449 Cu Sn 6 BS 2874 CZ 121 Page 2 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls Kv values

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 KX and KY 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.7 34.0 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities

For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg KX43 Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

PN25 PN40 A 130 150 160 180 200 230

ASME ASME BS 10 150 300 H A A A 124 130 130 142 150 146 156 162 162 180 180 178 198 202 198 228 232 228

B 68 68 80 80 90 100

C 106 106 108 112 112 112

Weight 4.4 6.4 8.1 8.8 9.8 14.7

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve and seat assembly A1, D1, E, J, F, L1 (DN25) L1, L2, E KX43 Set of all gaskets (DN32 - DN50) E, L1, L2, B, U, C Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S Valve and seat assembly A1, B, C, D1, E, L1, U Bellows and stem assembly H, G, L1, B, C, U, J KY43 Set of all gaskets B, C, U, G, L1, L2 Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN40 KY43 self-acting control valve.

S

A

KX43

4.5.38

KY43 L1

C

J

J

G H B

F A1 D1

A1 U

C

B

A1 D1

E

S

KY43 PN25 PN40 Size A DN32 180 DN40 200 DN50 230

ASME ASME BS 10 150 300 H A A A 180 180 178 198 202 198 228 232 228

B 80 90 100

C 154 154 154

Weight 9.2 10.2 15.1

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator vertically below the pipeline.

L2

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 KX43 self-acting control valve having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

TI-P078-05 CH Issue 7

KX43 and KY43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves

Page 3 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.39

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P078-03

CH Issue 10

KX51 and KY51 Bronze Self-acting Control Valves Description

The KX51 and KY51 range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL3500 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. Available types KX51 Normally closed. KY51 Normally closed. The valve incorporates a pressure balancing bellows, which enables the valve to operate against higer differential pressures.

Optional extra

KX51 Size 1"

4.5.40

Optional extras Fixed bleed bypass for water systems. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required. Certification As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

KX51

Sizes 1¼" - 2"

Sizes and pipe connections KX51

1"

KY51

1¼"

1½"

2"

1¼"

1½"

2"

Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT Optional extra

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN25

Maximum design pressure

KY51

25 bar g @ 120°C

Maximum design temperature

260°C @ 10.5 bar g

Minimum design temperature

-10°C

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 17.5 bar g Maximum operating temperature

260°C @ 10.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Maximum differential pressure bar

0°C

Size

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

KX51

3.5

2.3

1.7

1.1

KY51

-

9.0

8.2

6.9

Optional extra

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Page 1 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls KX51 Size 1" 2 6 8

KX51 Sizes 1¼" - 2"

3 4 5

9

1

2

7

6 8 1

8

3 4

2

5 7

4.5.41

KY51 8

2

2

6 9 10 1 8 11 3 4 5 7

8 2

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Bronze

2

Bonnet

Bronze

3

Valve head

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

4

Valve seat ring

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

1"

Mild steel

1¼ - 2"

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

5

Valve seat gasket

6

Return spring

Stainless steel

7

Stem

Brass

8

Bonnet gaskets

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

9

Bonnet studs Bonnet nuts

Steel 1¼ and 1½"

M10 x 35 mm

2"

M12 x 35 mm

10 Bellows

Phosphor bronze

11 Bellows gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

TI-P078-03 CH Issue 10

KX51 and KY51 Bronze Self-acting Control Valves

CC491 KM CC491 KM

BS 1449 CS 4 BS 2056 302 S 26 BS 2874 CZ 121 BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 3692 Gr. 8 BS 3692 Gr. 8 EN 12449 Cu Sn 6

Page 2 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls Kv values Size

1"

1¼"

Kv 9.80 16.48 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

1½"

2"

23.70

34.0

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares KX51 Set of all gaskets

For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.

D1

Weights KX KY

A

C

D

1"

136

80

108

1¼"

144

80

112

154

6.32

7.25

1½"

150

90

112

154

7.62

8.57

2"

180

100

112

154

9.50

10.60

4.10

L1, L2, E

1"

E, L1, L2, B, U, C

1¼ - 2"

S

Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4)

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A1, D1, E, J, F, L1

Valve seat assembly

A1, B, C, D1, E, L1, U

Valve seat assembly KY51

-

H, G, L1, B, C, U

Bellows and stem assembly

B, C, U, E, G, L1, L2

Set of all gaskets

S

Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco 1½" KY51 self-acting control valve.

KX51 1"

D

S S

KX51

4.5.42

1"

C

J

A

KY51

KX51

KX51

1¼" - 2"

1¼" - 2"

1¼" - 2"

J

D

G H F

F A1

C

X

D1 A

E L1

KY51

B

A1

U C D1

D1

E L1

L2

C

A

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.

L2

Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator vertically below the pipeline.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2", KY51 self-acting control valve with bronze body having screwed BSP connections.

TI-P078-03 CH Issue 10

KX51 and KY51 Bronze Self-acting Control Valves

Page 3 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls TI-P049-01

CH Issue 6

NS and NSRA Gunmetal Self-acting Control Valves Description

The NS range of two-port valve are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. Available types: NS Normally open, double seat NSRA Normally closed, double seat

NS

6 5 2 4

Sizes and pipe connections

2½" and 3" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) (NPT to special order). DN65 and DN80 flanged EN 1092 PN25 (ASME / ANSI 150 and BS 10 Table 'H', which meets the requirements of Table F, to special order).

1

Pressure / temperature limits

3

Temperature °C

4.5.43

7

  

Steam saturation curve

 





  Pressure bar g





9 2

The product must not be used in this region. A Spirax Sarco spacer is required for use in this region. (see TI-P033-01 for further details). Body design conditions PN25 Maximum design pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C Maximum design temperature 260°C Minimum design temperature -200°C Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 17.5 bar g With spacer 260°C @ 10.5 bar g Maximum operating temperature Without spacer 232°C @ 15.5 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DN65 - 2½" 10.0 bar NS DN80 - 3" 10.0 bar Maximum differential pressure DN65 - 2½" 2.7 bar NSRA DN80 - 3" 2.0 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Note: As supplied the test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

8 10

NSRA

7 6 5 2 4 3 1

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part Body Body gasket Valve closure member Plunger Plunger guide Return spring Spring housing Bonnet Stem Body studs Body nuts

Material Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2 Semi-ridged graphite BS 2815 Gr. A Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26 Gunmetal BS 1400 LG 2 Gunmetal BS 1400 LG 2 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

9 2 8 10

© Copyright 2011

Control valves Self-acting controls Kv values Size

DN65 - 2½"

Kv

DN80 - 3"

65.0

For conversion:

94.0

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities / sizing chart

For saturated steam service see TI-GCM-08. For water service see TI-GCM-09.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size

BSP EN 1092 or PN25 BST NPT ASME 150 F / H A B B

C

Weight Screwed Flanged

DN65 - 2½" 171

203

190

150

8.1

17.2

DN80 - 3"

236

216

160

13.6

22.7

194

A

4.5.44

C

C

B

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2½" NS control valve with gunmetal body and trim. Connections are to be screwed BSP.

Spare parts

The body gaskets (see Materials item 2) are available as spares in packets of 6. How to order spares Example: 1 - Packet of body gaskets for a DN65 Spirax Sarco NS control valve.

NS and NSRA Gunmetal Self-acting Control Valves

TI-P049-01 CH Issue 6

Control valves Self-acting controls TI-P044-01

CH Issue 8

SB and SBRA Gunmetal Self-acting Temperature Control Valves Description

8 3

Available types: SB Normally open, single seat valve Normally closed, single seat valve or SBRA single seat valve with bleed

4 2

Optional extras

1

Extra bleed hole bypass

8

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required. Certification The product is available with manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections



7

6 6 5

8

Pressure / temperature limits      

5

7

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.

Temperature °C

4.5.45

SB

9

The SB and SBRA range of two-port valve are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller.

SBRA 2 Optional extra bleed hole

Steam saturation curve 

4



  Pressure bar g





3 1

This product must not be used in this region.

8

When the valve is operating with a self-acting temperature control system in this region, a Spirax Sarco spacer must be used.

7

Body design conditions

PN25

Maximum design pressure Maximum design temperature

25 bar g @ 120°C

Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer

260°C

Fitted directly to an actuator

232°C

Minimum design temperature

-10°C

Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer Maximum operating temperature Fitted directly to an actuator

260°C 232°C

Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum differential pressure bar

Size

½"

¾"

1"

SB

17.2

10.3

6.8

SBRA

12.0

7.0

4.7

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Part Body Valve plug Valve seat ring Valve seat gasket Return spring Stem Bonnet Bonnet gasket Cap

Material Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Copper BS 2870 C102 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Brass BS 2872 CZ 122

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Control valves Self-acting controls Kv values

Spare parts

DN15 2.58

DN20 3.86

For conversion:

DN25 6.80

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities

For saturated steam sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-08. For water sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-09.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size A1 DN15 79 DN20 95 DN25 105

A2 79 79 79

B 101 101 101

C 66 66 66

D 50 50 50

E 95 95 95

Weight 1.0 1.3 1.5

A1

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve seat and SB stem assembly SBRA

A, D, E, L A1, D1, E, T1, R, S

Set of all gaskets SB SBRA

E, L L1, L2, E

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat and stem assembly for a ¾" SBRA self-acting temperature control valve.

SB L

E

4.5.46 D

E D

C

SBRA

B A L1 A2

SB

SBRA

L

T1

A1

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line. The actuator position will depend on the type fitted to the valve.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" SB self-acting temperature control valve with bronze body having screwed BSP connections.

R E

Valve seat and stem assembly

Safety information, installation and maintenance

D1 S

L2

SB and SBRA Gunmetal Self-acting Temperature Control Valves

TI-P044-01 CH Issue 8

Control valves Self-acting controls TI-P047-01

CH Issue 12

TW Three-port Self-acting Control Valve for Liquid Systems Description

The TW valve is a 3-port self-acting control valve for liquid systems (including sea water) and can be used for mixing or diverting applications. It is used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco SA control system to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, it can be used as an electrically actuated temperature control valve by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. Available types Screwed ¾", 1" and 1½" Bronze valves Flanged DN50 Cast iron valves Flanged DN50, DN80 and DN100

X 8 7 2 1 3

Z 12 4

11

O

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits Cast iron valves - flanged PN16

6 1

X 5 Pressure bar g

Temperature °C

4.5.47

Sizes and pipe connections

Bronze valves ¾", 1" and 1½" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT. DN50 standard flange EN 1092 PN25 which also meets the face-to-face dimensions of PN16 and PN10. Cast iron valves DN50, DN80 and DN100 standard flange EN 1092 PN16 which also meets the face-to-face dimensions of PN10.

O

Bronze valves - screwed and flanged PN25

Z

4 7 13 9 12

3 2 10 8

Materials

14 11

No. Part Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

Cast iron PN16 Bronze PN25 Cast iron 16 bar g @ 120°C Maximum design pressure Bronze 25 bar g @ 120°C Cast iron 200°C @ 13.5 bar g Maximum design temperature Bronze 200°C @ 21.0 bar g Cast iron -10°C Minimum design temperature Bronze -90°C Cast iron 200°C @ 13.5 bar g Maximum operating temperature Bronze 200°C @ 21.0 bar g Cast iron -10°C Minimum operating temperature Bronze -20°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco ¾", 1" and 1½" 3.4 bar Maximum differential pressure DN50, DN80 and DN100 2.7 bar 24 bar g Designed for a maximum cold Cast iron hydraulic test pressure of: Bronze 37.5 bar g Leakage rate 1% of full Kv (see overleaf for Kv values) Body design conditions

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Material Bronze CC491 KM Body Cast iron EN GJL 250 Piston Bronze CC491 K or CC491 KM Piston sealing ring FEP / silicone rubber 'O' ring DN20 - DN40 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Stem DN50 - DN100 Bronze Spacer piece Bronze BS 2874 PB 102 Lock-nut Bronze BS 2874 PB 102 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Return DN20 - DN40 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 spring cover DN50 - DN100 Bronze BS 2874 BP 102 Bronze CC491 KM Bonnet Cast iron EN GJL 250 Cover sealing ring Reinforced exfoliated graphite DN20 - DN25 Brass CW 617N Bonnet DN40 - DN100 Bronze CC491 KM Bonnet gasket Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel BS 2693 / 1 Cover studs " UNF x 13/ 8" (35 mm) Cover nuts Steel BS 1768 / R Back seal Bronze BS 2874 PB 102

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Control valves Self-acting controls Spare parts

Kv values Size ¾" Kv 4.64 For conversion:

1" 1½" DN50 DN80 DN100 8.96 20.29 41.20 97.85 118.45 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Stroke mm Size Stroke

Sizing

¾" 2.7

1" 4.3

1½" 5.9

DN50 7.7

DN80 12.4

DN100 13.9

See TI-GCM-09.

Dimensions / weights

(approximate) in mm and kg

Bronze screwed

Size ¾" 1" 1½"

A 97 114 151

B 54 57 70

C 58 61 76

Weight 1.2 1.9 3.8

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares ¾" to 1½" C, F, E Piston sealing ring set DN50 to DN100 C, D, E ¾" to 1½" A, C, E, F Piston set DN50 to DN100 A, B, C, D, E, J, H Set of cover studs and nuts P How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Piston set for a Spirax Sarco DN50 TW 3-port self-acting control valve.

Flanged A

Screwed A

B

B

4.5.48

C

C Detail of piston ring

Bronze flanged PN25 Size A DN50 201

B 144

C 133

Weight 15.0

Cast iron flanged PN16 Size A DN50 219 DN80 250 DN100 351

B 153 176 151

C 133 135 140

Weight 13.7 25.0 32.0

X Y C J B H C

F

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P047-04) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator vertically below the line. Note that the ports are marked X, Z and O.

A A P

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50, TW 3-port self-acting control valve having a bronze body and flanged connections to PN25.

D

E

G G P E

Valve size ¾" - 1½"

Valve size DN50 - DN100

TW Three-port Self-acting Control Valve for Liquid Systems

TI-P047-01 CH Issue 12

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P073-03

CH Issue 7

Type 130 and HL10 'Safeguard High Limit Control' Control valve options: 2-port: SB, SBRA, KA, KB, KC, KX, KY or NSRA and 3-port: TW DN25, 40 and 50

Description

The Spirax Sarco safeguard high limit control system is supplied set to cut-out at approximately 60°C and is designed to protect plant from overheating. Note: the settings can easily be altered to initiate cut-out at anywhere between 0°C and 100°C. The system comprises of a Type 130 control system coupled to an HL10 high limit cut-out unit complete with 2 m of capillary tube as standard. Note: the Type 130 control system is only suitable for use with the HL10 high limit cut-out unit. For correct installation it is essential to use a sensor pocket (see 'Optional extras'), which can be supplied at extra cost. The system is designed for use with any one of the following 2-port or 3-port control valves:

4.5.49

9

Available types of control valve Note: For full technical data of the valves mentioned below see the relevant Technical Information sheet (TI). SB, KA, KB and KC:- 2-port normally open valves (to close on temperature rise). SBRA, KX, KY and NSRA:- 2-port normally closed valves (to open on temperature rise). Note: These valves must be installed in a separate bypass pipeline unimpeded by any other control valve when used with the safeguard high limit control. TW DN25, 40 and 50:- 3-port mixing / diverting valve.

Optional extras

Capillary tube (12): In multiples of 2 m to a maximum length of 10 m. Note: The capillary tube should be kept to a minimum to avoid the system being affected by ambient temperature. Pockets (16): Are available in copper or stainless steel having a ¾" BSP (BS 21 taper) or API thread. Union nipple (Y) forms the top of the pocket and carries a rubber washer (X), and gland nut (W). Microswitch (14): This can be connected into an alarm system, using a Kopex conduit connector and flexible conduit (not supplied with the product), and can be arranged to either make or break the electrical circuit on firing of the cut-out (see the 'Current rating table' overleaf). The microswitch has a degree of protection to IP67 (dust tight and protected against the effects of immersion) under BS 5490. The microswitch can be added to an HL10 unit originally supplied without it by purchasing a conversion kit: which includes a conduit entry bracket and two screws for attachment.

Materials

No. Part 1 Body 2 Main spring 3 Piston 4 Ball 5 Ball return spring 6 Bellows 7 Piston insert 8 Bonnet 9 Valve coupling nut 10 Sensor 11 Actuator 12 Capillary tube 13 Adjustment head cover

Material Bronze BS 1400 LG2 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel AISI 440 B Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Stainless steel AISI 316L Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 Brass EN 12451 CW707R H130 /170 Stainless steel BS 3605 CFS 316S18 PVC covered copper Polypropylene plastic

13

Type 130 Control system

11 12

HL10 High limit cut-out

10

9 8 6

W

5 4

X

7

Y ¾" BSP 16 (optional)

1 2 3

Microswitch (optional) Conduit entry bracket 15 14

Materials for optional extras No. Part 14 Microswitch 15 Cover 16 Pocket

Material

Aluminium BS 1470 1200 H2 Copper BS 2871 C 106 Mild steel BS 980 CEW-2 Stainless steel BS 3605 CFS 316S18

Control valves Self-acting controls Dimensions

Weights (approximate) in kg

(approximate) in mm

Control valve options:

Type 130 control system

2-port: SB, SBRA, KA, KB, KC, KX, KY or NSRA and 3-port: TW DN25, 40 and 50

HL10 high limit cut-out unit

2.2

Type 130 control system

1.7

64

83

110

235

235

61

Withdrawal distance 75

4.5.50 150

60

HL10 high limit cut-out 21

Current rating table - Microswitch Voltage 125 Vac 250 Vac up to 15 Vdc 30 Vdc 50 Vdc 75 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc

Resistive 5 5 10 5 1 0.75 0.50 0.25

Load amps

Spare parts Inductive 5 5 10 3 1 0.25 0.06 0.03

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P073-08) supplied with each unit.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Type 130 and HL10 safeguard high limit control complete with 2 metres of capillary tubing for fitment to SA 2 or 3-port valves, inclusive of a microswitch for the HL10 and a stainless steel pocket threaded ¾" BSP for the sensor.

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Microswitch assembly Conversion kit Pack of warning labels

A, B (2 off) A, B (2 off), C (2 off), D (6 off)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the type of high limit cut-out. Example: 1 - Microswitch assembly for a Spirax Sarco HL10. B A

C

B D C Indicator housing Indicator window

Note A label will be affixed to the outside of the indicator housing for record purposes.

TI-P073-03 CH Issue 7

Type 130 and HL10 'Safeguard High Limit Control'

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.51

Control valves Self-acting controls

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P046-01 CH Issue 13

SA121, SA122, SA123, SA128 and SA1219 Self-acting Temperature Control Systems Description

SA121, SA1219 and SA128

A range of self-powered control systems that incorporate sensor, actuator, set point adjustment / indicator for use with the following valve types:2-port

KA, KB, KC, KX, KY, SB, SBRA, BX and BXRA, BM, BMRA, BMF, BMFRA, NS and NSRA

3-port

TW

SA123

4

4

Available types Set point adjustment at sensor SA121

For use on

SA1219

For use on

SA128

For use on

2-port valves

DN15 to DN80

3-port valves

DN20 to DN50

3-port valves

DN80 and DN100

2-port valves

DN15 to DN25

3-port valves

DN20 and DN25

2

6

For use on

2-port valves

DN15 to DN25

3-port valves

DN20 and DN25

4.5.52

7

Set point adjustment at valve SA122

2

3

Remote set point adjustment SA123

For use on

2-port valves

DN15 to DN80

3-port valves

DN20 to DN50

1 1

3

Optional extras Union kit

Direct immersion

Pocket

Indirect immersion

3

Pocket material options include copper and stainless steel. A glass option is also available for the SA122 and SA123 only.

2

Wall bracket Duct adaptor

Duct mounting

Nickel plating

SA122

Dial type set point adjuster Pt100 temperature sensor

SA122TP and SA123TP incorporate an internal pocket to accept a Pt100 sensor

Materials

1

No. Part

Material

1

Sensor

Brass

2

Actuator

Brass

3

Capillary tube

Copper with PVC coated armoured covering

4

Adjustment head

Polypropylene

*5

Union kit

Brass

6

Mounting bracket

Steel

7

Clip

Polypropylene

*8

Adaptor plate (Duct fixing adaptor)

Steel

*9

Pocket

Copper Stainless steel

4

BS 2871 C106

Dial adjustment option

BS 3605 CFS 316S 18

Glass 10 Liquid fill

Kerosene

* Items 5, 8 and 9 are shown overleaf. Page 1 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls Temperature ranges SA121,

Range 1

-15 °C to 50 °C

SA1219 and

Range 2

40 °C to 105 °C

SA123

Range 3

95 °C to 160 °C 55 °C over set value to 190 °C maximum 215 °C maximum for SA123

Over temperature protection SA122 Over temperature protection

Range 1

-20 °C to 120 °C

Range 2

40 °C to 170 °C

55 °C over set value

SA128

Range 1

-20 °C to 110 °C

Range 2

40 °C to 170 °C

Over temperature protection

55 °C over set value to 190 °C maximum

Note - Ambient design temperature

Minimum

-35 °C

Maximum

+50 °C

Capillary tube

Standard length 2 m, 4 m, 8 m and 20 m.

4.5.53 SA121, SA1219 and SA128

SA122TP

SA122

SA123TP

Pockets

SA123

Glass J

B A A C

A

E

C

H

C 6 (optional) For a wall mounted sensor D

D

6 (Included)

D

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Control system

Metal pockets

Glass pockets

Weight

Model

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

excluding pocket

SA121

252

185

310

25

-

333

28

-

-

2.0

SA1219

350

185

310

25

-

333

28

-

-

2.3

SA122

441

-

240

17

-

271

20

575

117

1.8

SA122TP

441

-

255

17

-

271

20

-

-

2.0

SA123

252

-

248

25

272

276

28

575

117

2.5

SA123TP

252

-

255

25

272

276

28

-

-

2.7

SA128

252

185

178

25

-

196

28

-

-

1.8

Page 2 of 3

Metal

F

G

TI-P046-01 CH Issue 13

SA121, SA122, SA123, SA128 and SA1219 Self-acting Temperature Control Systems

Control valves Self-acting controls Union kit

Union kit (for sensor immersion without pocket) Includes gland nut, compression ring and union nipple.

SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128

Items Z, Y and X

SA122

Items W, V and U

Z Y

5

W V

5

U X

Pockets (for indirect immersion)

Includes pocket, gland nut and compression ring. SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128

Items T, Z and Y

SA122

Items S, W and V.

Available materials

Copper and stainless steel

1" BSP or NPT Z Y

Available materials

Copper and stainless steel

Pocket (metal) T S

Glass pockets (SA122 and SA123 only) To special order only. Includes pocket, bracket and rubber bung SA122 and SA123

SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128

Items R, O and P

Wall mounting bracket (Item 6) SA121, SA1219, SA122, SA123 and SA128

Optional

Items 8, X, Y and Z

SA122

Not available

4.5.54

SA122

Pocket (glass)

Duct fixing adaptor (for air sensing within ducts) Includes adaptor plate, union nipple, compression ring and gland nut. SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128

9

1" BSP ¾" BSP or NPT or NPT

To special order only. Having a minimum length 0.5 m, maximum length to order. Includes pocket, bracket and rubber bung Items S, V, W and T, Z, Y

W V

9

Long pockets (SA122 and SA123 only)

SA122 and SA123

¾" BSP or NPT

P O

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 - Spirax Sarco SA121 temperature control system, having temperature range 2, 2 m capillary and stainless steel pocket.

R

8 112 mm

X

Y

Z

Duct fixing adaptor 112 mm

TI-P046-01 CH Issue 13

SA121, SA122, SA123, SA128 and SA1219 Self-acting Temperature Control Systems

Page 3 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.55

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P380-01

CH Issue 4

SA422 Stainless Steel Self-acting Temperature Control System Description

Union kit

The SA422 is an immersion type of self-powered control system that incorporates sensor, actuator, set point adjustment / indicator for use with the following valve types:KA, KB, KC, KX, KY, SB, SBRA, BX, BXRA, BM, BMRA, BMF, BMFRA, NS, NSRA

2-port 3-port

TW

Z

2

Y

3

The sensor will need to be mounted through a union kit (available as an optional extra) when immersed through the wall of a vessel containing the fluid under control.

5

X

Available types

4.5.56

Set point adjustment at valve SA422

For use on

2-port valves DN15 to DN80

Dial adjustment option

3-port valves DN20 to DN50

Optional extras Union kit Direct immersion Comprising union nipple X, compression ring Y and gland nut Z Dial adjustment

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Senor

Stainless steel

ASTM A269 TP 316

2

Actuator

Stainless steel

ASTM A269 TP 321

3

Capillary tube

Stainless steel

ASTM A269 TP 304

4

Adjustment head

Polypropylene

5

Union kit

Stainless steel

ASTM A582 303

1

4

Temperature ranges

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg Knob A

Dial A

C

D

Weight

397

428

165

25

1.5

SA422

Range 1

-20°C to +120°C

Range 2

+40°C to +170°C

Overtemperature protection

55°C over set value

Capillary tube

Standard length 2.4 m or 4.8 m. Longer lengths to a maximum 6 m are available to special order.

Safety information, installation and maintenance C

A

D

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Application warning: On installations where the sensor is immersed directly into the solution to which temperature control is required, we would not recommend the unit be subjected to:Aqueous solutions containing chloride, fluoride, halogen salt, hydrochloric acid or sulphuric acid. The above applies to complete immersion, liquid level lines and spash zones.

How to order example:

1 - Spirax Sarco SA422 control system, temperature range 1, having 2.4 m capillary, plus:1 - Union kit with NPT connections.

Control valves Self-acting controls TI-P350-01

CH Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

TA10A and TA10P Steam Tracing Temperature Control Systems

Description

TA10

The TA10 is a stainless steel temperature control valve that has been designed for use on tracing applications. The TA10A and TA10P are the temperature control systems that are required to operate the valve - These are sold seperately.

1

Available types of temperature control system: TA10A For air temperature sensing. Immersion/remote sensor for product sensing. TA10P Note: the TA10P is supplied with a 1 m capillary tube for remote sensing. Temperature ranges: Range 1 0°C to 50°C (TA10A and TA10P) Range 2 20°C to 70°C (TA10P only)

TA10

TA10P 9

Note: The maximum temperature overrun is 50°C

Sizes and pipe connections

½" and ¾" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

4.5.57

2 4 5 3 7 6

 

Steam saturation curve

  

TA10A 9











8



Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g TMA Maximum allowable temperature 200°C Minimum allowable temperature 0°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 14.6 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 200°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DPMX Maximum differential pressure 10 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Materials No. Part. Material 1 Body Stainless steel AISI 420 F 2 Bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A582 Gr.416 3 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr.431 Bellows housing Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr.431 4 Seal assembly Bellows Stainless steel AISI 316L 5 Valve closure member Stainless steel AISI 440B 6 Return spring Stainless steel ASTM A313Type302 7 Adjustment head Stainless steel ASTM A582 Gr.4Ib Stainless steel 8 Capillary tube ASTM A269 Gr.304 seamless tube 9 Sensor Stainless steel ASTM A 269 Gr.316

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2010

Control valves Self-acting controls Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Capacities 1

Size A ½" 70 ¾" 80

Cr

iti

3

ca

4

lp

ss

ur

ed

ro p

D (b

E 120 120

F 72 72

G 13 13

Weight H TA10A TA10P 170 1.06 1.08 170 1.33 1.35

C

ar

)

1 r ba

5 0.

r ba

E (TA10P) 0.0 3 0.0 0.0 4 5

4 5 Steam flow kg/h

D 38 38

B

re

5

10

C 58 62

A

0.1

Inlet pressure bar (abs)

2

B 16 20

Kv

G

H (TA10A) F

=0

10

.1

0.3

20

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

0.4 0.5

30 40

Available spares Internal assembly Control system (state type and temperature range)

Kv

=1

50 2

5

A, B, C D

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and temperature range of the control valve.

3

100

4.5.58

TA10P only

0.2

4

Example: 1 - Internal assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" TA10 steam tracing temperature control valve.

200

Example of how to use the capacities chart

Where: - Example load = 20 kg/h - Upstream gauge pressure 5 bar = 6 bar abs. Method: - Draw a horizontal line from 6 bar abs. - Draw a horizontal line from 20 kg/h - Drop a vertical line from the 6 bar x critical pressure crossing point until it crosses 20 kg/h horizontal. - The Kv for valve selection is given at this crossing point as Kv 0.3 - From the P-band table below a ¾" valve has 4°C P-band.

TA10

TA10A

TA10P

C B

D

D

Kv at P-band in °C Size 1°C 2°C 4°C 6°C 8°C Maximum lift Kv ½" 0.18 0.22 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.55 at 15°C Xp ¾" 0.20 0.23 0.29 0.29 0.33 0.87 at 15°C Xp Operating temperature at design Kv = Set value - Xp For conversion:

C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963

A

C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TA10 steam tracing temperature control valve having screwed BSP connections supplied with a TA10P range 2 temperature control system.

TA10A and TA10P Steam Tracing Temperature Control Systems

TI-P350-01 CH Issue 3

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P033-01

CH Issue 6

Temperature Control Ancillaries

Twin Sensor Adaptor

Twin Sensor Adaptor

Manual Actuator

4.5.59 Manual Actuator

Twin sensor adaptor

When coupled to a 2-port or 3-port valve allows the valve to be operated by either actuator.

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5

Part Body Connector Lower body Nipple Valve coupling nut Body sealant Push rod Plunger

Material Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Loctite retainer 620 - Green Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A 108

B 60

Weight 0.72

4

3 6 8 1

7

A

2

B

Control valves Self-acting controls Manual actuator

When coupled to a 2-port or 3-port valve, it enables the valve to be manually operated.

Tamper proof

The unit is provided with a removable drive screw to avoid unauthorised personnel tampering with the setting.

Materials

Brass with plastic adjustment head.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A 125

B 54

Weight 0.2

Manual actuator

A

B

TI-P033-01 CH Issue 6

Temperature Control Ancillaries

4.5.60

Control valves Self-acting controls TI-P041-02 CH Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

Type 58 Temperature Control Valve

ISO 9001

Description

19

The standard Type 58 temperature control is a three port mixing or diverting valve suitable for heating or cooling applications on water or oil systems.

21

36 7

4

8 5

Valve option Valves are available for use on sea water or brine applications. Please contact Spirax Sarco for further information.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN50, 80 and 100 Standard flange: EN 1092-1 PN16

Temperature ranges

4.5.61

Z

There is a choice of five sensor types: A, B, C, D or E. In each range the first temperature shown is that at which the valve starts to open to port Z. The second temperature shown is that at which the piston has completed its travel and the valve is fully open to port Z and port X is closed. Range Range Range Range Range

A B C D E

57°C 63°C 74°C 82°C 40°C

Limiting conditions Capacities Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

to to to to to

68°C 74°C 85°C 93°C 52°C

6.9 bar.

See TI-P041-01.

Part Adjustment nut Adjustment lock-nut Cover Cover studs and nuts Body Overload spring Cover sealing ring Piston Stem Main return spring Piston sealing ring Sensor tube lock-nut Fail-safe tube Sensor tube Spring plate Hexagon plug Retaining spring Sensor Rod sealing ring

X

12 11

9 10 14

13

16 Material Brass Brass Cast iron

BS 2874 CZ 121 BS 2874 CZ 121 BS 1452 Gr 14 BS 1768 /1 Steel " UNF x 35 mm BS 2693 /R Cast iron BS 1452 Gr. 14 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Synthetic rubber nitrile Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2 Brass BS 2874 CZ 122 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 PTFE and synthetic rubber Brass BS 2874 CZ 126 Brass Brass EN 12451 CW707R H130 /170 Brass BS 2870 CZ 108 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Copper and phosphor bronze Rubber nitrile

O 18

DN50 and 80

Note: The DN100 uses two piston assemblies in parallel.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

15 17

DN100

© Copyright 2003

Control valves Self-acting controls Dimensions /weights

Size DN50 DN80 DN100

A 219 250 318

B 275 290 330

(approximate) in mm and kg C 152 171 197

D* 247 247 247

E 300

Weight 14.5 19.9 38.7

* Clearance for parts withdrawal. D

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Piston assembly 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, (state temperature range) 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 9 Fail-safe assembly 19, 9 Sensor 18 Adjustment nuts 1, 2 Set of sealing rings 7, 11, 19 Set of cover studs and nuts (set of 4) 4 Note: The spare parts above relate to one piston assembly only. The DN100 has two piston assemblies in parallel. To obtain complete sets the spares should be doubled. The internals for sizes DN80 and 100 are interchangeable. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and temperature range of the valve. Example: 2 - Piston assemblies, for a Spirax Sarco DN100 Type 58 temperature control valve having a temperature range A.

B

1 2

C 4

4.5.62

3 7 DN50 and 80

6

8 11 10 15

A DN100

Piston assembly

9

Fail-safe assembly

19

16 17 18

E

12

Hole for 'C' spanner

14 4

A

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P041-03) supplied with the product. Note: Typical installations are shown on TI-P041-01.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 Type 58 temperature control valve having a temperature range B. The flange connection is to be EN 1092-1 PN16.

Type 58 Temperature Control Valve

TI-P041-02

CH Issue 4

Control valves Self-acting controls TI-P041-01

CH Issue 2

Type 58 Temperature Control Valve Capacities and Typical Applications

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Water capacities Differential pressure feet of water

0.4

110 000 100 000

0.6

0.8

2

1

3

5

4

6

8

10

16 20 000

80 000

0 10 DN

60 000 50 000

4.5.63

10 000

40 000

80 DN

30 000

8 000 6 000 5 000

50 DN

4 000 3 000

10 000

2 000

8 000 6 000 5 000

Water flowrate in Gal / h

Water flowrate in I / h

20 000

1 000

4 000

800

3 000

600 500

2 000

400

1 500 0.01

1

0.02

2

0.03 0.05 0.10 0.20 Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

3

4

5

10

20

0.30

0.48

30

48

2

Differential pressure kN / m

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Control valves Self-acting controls Typical Applications As a diversion valve controlling water and oil temperature on a diesel engine Z X

Spirax Sarco Type 58 control valve

O Water cooler

Diesel engine Oil cooler

Water cooling circuit

Spirax Sarco Type 58 control valve

X

4.5.64

Z O

Oil cooling circuit

As a mixing valve on boiler return to prevent low water temperature at boiler flue surfaces (low temperature hot water heating system 93°C max)

Flow to system

Alternative position for pump

Spirax Sarco Type 58 control valve X Z Return from system

Boiler

O

Pump

Type 58 Temperature Control Valve Capacities and Typical Applicaitons

TI-P041-01

CH Issue 2

Control valves Self-acting controls

4.5.65

Control valves controls Local regulations Self-acting may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P078-08

CH Issue 6

KA61, KA63 and KC63 Stainless Steel Self-acting Control Valves Description

The KA and KC range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller.

Sizes and pipe connections

KA61 Screwed ½", ¾" and 1" BSP or NPT. KA63 Flanged DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50. KC63 Flanged DN32, DN40 and DN50. Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300. The following flange is also available on request: ASME 150.

Available types KA61 Normally open with screwed connections. KA63 Normally open with flanged connections. Normally open with stainless steel pressure balancing KC63 bellows with flanged connections.

4.5.66

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required. Certification As standard these products are available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Additionally, at extra cost, certification to EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

A

KA61 screwed

Steam saturation curve

and C

KA63 flanged

B

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A - B Screwed, flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300. A - C Flanged ASME 150. Body design conditions

PN40

Maximum design pressure

37 bar g @ 50°C

Maximum design temperature

A-B

260°C @ 27.7 bar g

A-C Minimum design temperature

260°C @ 11.5 bar g

Maximum operating temperature

A-B

260°C @ 27.7 bar g

-10°C

260°C @ 11.5 bar g A-C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum differential pressure bar

Size

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

KA61

17.0

10.0

4.5

KA63

17.0

10.0

4.5

KC63

-

-

-

-

-

-

3.0

2.0

1.5

16.0

16.0

13.8

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

KC63 flanged

Page 1 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls 1

5 4

KC63 flanged

3

1

7 8 2 9 6

5 4 3

12

4.5.67

11

KA61 screwed

8

and KA63 flanged

7

9

10

2

12

Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Body Bonnet Head

4

Seat

5 6 7 8

Valve seat gasket Return spring Pushrod Bonnet gasket Bonnet nuts Bonnet studs

9

10 11 12

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel DN15 - DN20 M10 x 30 DN25 - DN40 M10 x 35 DN50 M12 x 35 Stainless steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel

DN15 to DN25 DN32 to DN40 DN50

Bellows assembly Bellows gasket Plunger

Kv values Size

KA61 and KA63 KC63 For conversion:

DIN 17445 G-X5 Ni Mo Nb 19-11-2 (WS14581) DIN 17440 X5 Cr Ni Mo 17-12-2 (WS14401) BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431 BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431 BS 3146 ANC2 BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431 BS 2056 302 S26 Z15 CN 16 02 (BS 970 431 S29) DIN ISO 3506 A2-80 DIN ISO 3506 A2-80

AISI 316L BS 970 431S29 ASTM A276 431

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

2.90

4.64

9.80

16.48

23.70

34.00

-

-

-

16.48

16.48

34.00

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Capacities

For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.

TI-P078-08 CH Issue 6

KA61, KA63 and KC63 Stainless Steel Self-acting Control Valves

Page 2 of 3

Control valves Self-acting controls Dimensions/ weights (approximate) in mm and kg A

Size

KA61 90 104 138 -

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

PN40 KA63 /KC63 133 154 161 182 200 234

A1

ASME 300 KA63 /KC63 130 150 162 184 205 235

C1

C2

KA61/ KA63 120 120 129 132 132 133

KC63 152 152 187

KA61 and KA63 A1

KA61 1.6 1.9 3.5 -

Weight KA63 4.6 6.6 8.3 9.0 11.3 14.9

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares KA61 Valve seat assembly and Set of all gaskets KA63 Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) Valve seat assembly (excluding bellows and stem assembly) KC63 Bellows and stem assembly Set of all gaskets Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4)

A

KC63 9.1 10.1 15.0

A, D, E, L E, L S A, B, C, D, E, L, U, G G, L, N, H B, C, E, L, U, G S

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 KC63 stainless steel self-acting control valve.

C1

KC63 A1

E D

C U A B

C2

X

KC63

Safety information, installation and maintenance

KA61 and

KA63

H

G

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator vertically below the pipeline.

A

N

L

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 KA63 stainless steel control valve having flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.

S

TI-P078-08 CH Issue 6

KA61, KA63 and KC63 Stainless Steel Self-acting Control Valves

Page 3 of 3

4.5.68

Control valves Self-acting controls TI-P073-11 CH Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

HL17 High Limit Cut-out

ISO 9001

Description

A A1

The HL17 high limit cut-out is a solenoid operated shut-off valve which can be activated by any device capable of interrupting the supply of current to the solenoid coil, such as a thermostat.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50 and 80 Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or API (DN15 to 25 only) DN15 - 50 EN 1092 PN16 and PN25 Flanges

DN25 - 50 BS 10 Table H and ANSI 300

E

DN80 - EN 1092 PN40 and ANSI 300 DN15 - 50 JIS 10 / 16 and ANSI 150 Also available

DN15 - ANSI 300 DN80 - JIS 20, BS 10 Table J and ANSI 150

Limiting conditions

DN15 - 50 DN80

Body design conditions

PN25 PN40 190°C 10 bar g 38 bar g 60 bar g

Maximum design temperature Maximum operating pressure DN15 - 50 DN80

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

D

F

Operating range 

Temperature °C

4.5.69

DN15 - 20 BS 10 Table F



Steam saturation curve

  







Technical data



B

   Pressure bar g









(Solenoid valve)

220 / 240 ±10% Vac or 110 / 120 ±10% Vac (others available on request). Frequency 50 / 60 Hz Inrush 45 VA Power consumption Holding 23 VA Voltages available

Dimensions / weights Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80

Capacities

Using the saturated steam sizing chart from TI-GCH-03, establish the required Kv and then select the next highest valve Kv from the table below. DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80 4.0 6.2 9.5 16 22 30 75 For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

(approximate) in mm and kg

Screwed BS 10 H PN16 / 25 ANSI 300 BS 10 F ANSI 150 JIS 10/16 A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 160 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 160 150 133 139.4 142 180 160 160 160.0 160.0 152 180 180 180.0 176.0 176 200 200 200.0 199.0 196 230 230 230.0 228.0 222 PN40 BS 10 J 310 319.0 325 310.0 -

B 185 185 207 207 255 255

D 301 301 325 325 369 369

E 171 171 177 177 191 191

F 130 130 148 148 178 178

350

473

215

259

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

Weight Screwed Flanged 11.0 11.8 11.0 12.7 12.0 15.0 16.0 28.0 30.5 -

100.0

© Copyright 2004

Control valves Self-acting controls Materials

No. Part 1

Material SG iron

Body

Steel*

Upper diaphragm chamber

SG iron

3

Lower diaphragm chamber

SG iron

4

Body cap

SG iron

5

Diaphragm plate

6 7

2

Steel* Steel*

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 DIN 17245 GSC 25 DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 DIN 17245 GSC 25 DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 DIN 17245 GSC 25

Brass

BS 2872 CZ 122

Stainless steel*

BS 970 431 S29

Push rod

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

Valve seat

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

8

Valve head

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

9

Return spring

Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S25

Stainless steel*

BS 2056 302 S16

10

Lock-nut

Steel Phosphor bronze

BS 3692 Gr. 8 BS 2870 PB 102 1980

11

Diaphragms (2)

19

Gaskets (2)

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

21

Diaphragm chamber bolts

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Steel*

BS 4882 Gr. 2H

22

Diaphragm chamber nuts

Steel

23

Body bolts

Stainless steel*

24

Body nuts

30

Solenoid valve

19 9 8 31

7 6

1

BS 1449 316 S31

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel*

BS 3692 Gr. 2H

Steel

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8

Steel*

BS 4439 Gr. B7

Steel

4

19

2

4.5.70

23, 24

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel*

BS 3692 Gr. 2H

Brass

1.4305

31 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Items marked * apply to the DN80 valve size only.

21, 22

3

5

10

11

30

23, 24

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P073-10) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

Spare parts

See IM-P073-10.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 HL17 high limit cut-out flanged to EN 1092 PN25, fitted with a 110 Vac solenoid.

HL17 High Limit Cut-out

TI-P073-11

CH Issue 2

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.1

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 1 of 3 TI-P045-14

CH Issue 5

BRV2S and BRV2B SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The BRV2S and BRV2B are direct acting pressure reducing valves designed for applications using steam or gases such as compressed air. This range of pressure reducing valves have SG iron bodies and are available with screwed or flanged connections. Available types BRV2S Stainless steel bellows BRV2B Phosphor bronze bellows BRV2SP Stainless steel bellows With external pressure sensing connection BRV2BP Phosphor bronze bellows BRV2 pressure reducing valves are supplied with one of three colour coded springs which are identified by the disc (18) located on the adjustment handwheel; Note: Where control spring ranges overlap always use the lower range to give better control: Grey For downstream pressure control: 0.14 to 1.7 bar g Green For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 bar g Orange For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 8.6 bar g

18 2

20 * BRV2SP and BRV2BP only

3

17*

1 7

16*

4 6 5

9

8

19 10 12 11

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

13

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

14 15

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21 Rp) or NPT. DN15, DN20 and DN25 flanged EN 1092 PN25.

Materials

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits

No.Part 1 Spring housing 2 Adjustment handwheel 3 Top spring plate Pressure adjustment 4 spring

��� ��� Steam saturation curve

��� �� �

5 Bellows assembly

�

�

�

�

�

�� �� �� �� �� �� Pressure bar g

�� 6

The product must not be used in this region.

Bellows assembly gasket

Materials Aluminium epoxy coated LM 24 Polypropylene Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20 Silicon chrome BS 2803 685 A55 spring steel Range 2 Stainless steel

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

7 Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm) Steel zinc plated

Body design conditions PN25 Maximum design pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C Maximum design temperature 210°C @ 19 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure 19 bar g @ 210°C for saturated steam service Maximum operating temperature 210°C @ 19 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum downstream reduced pressure 8.6 bar g Maximum differential pressure 19 bar Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 19 bar g

8 Body

316Ti/316L

Phosphor bronze/brass BS 2872 Cz 122

SG iron

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

10 Pushrod

Stainless steel

11 Valve seat

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

12 Valve seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 S11

ASTM A276 316L

13 Valve

Stainless steel

AISI 420

14 Valve return spring

Stainless steel

BS 20056 316 S42

15 Strainer screen

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 SH

16 Blanking plug

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

17 Compression fitting

Brass

18 Spring range ID disc

Polypropylene

19 Bulkhead plate

Stainless steel

20 Tamper-proof pin

Mild steel copper plated

316L

Note: Items 10, 11, 13, 14, 15 and 19 are all part of one assembly.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2008

4.6.2

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 2 of 3 Capacities for safety valve sizing Size Kvs Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

DN15 1.5

Full lift capacities for safety valve sizing purposes : For conversions:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN20 2.5

DN25 3.0

Steam and compressed air capacities ��

���

��

��

��

��

�

Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

�

4.6.3

�

�

� �

� � �

�

Upstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

� � � � �

�

Steam capacity kg /h

�

��

��

���

���

���

���

���

½" - DN15

�

��

���

���

���

���

���

���

¾" - DN20

�

��

���

���

���

���

���

���

1" - DN25

� Compressed air capacity dm3 /s* free air

�

�� ��

�

�� ��

��

�� ��

��

�� ��

��

��

��

�� ��

�� �� ���

�� �� ���

��

��

���

���

�� ��� ���

��� ��� ���

½" - DN15 ¾" - DN20 1" - DN25

* dm /s = I /s, 1 I /s  2 c.f.m. 3

How to use the chart

The curved lines labelled 2, 3, 4, 5 etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream pressures are read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart. How to use the chart is best described by an example:Required, a pressure reducing valve to pass 120 kg /h reducing from 8 to 6 bar. From the downstream pressure of 6 bar on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until the line meets the curved 8 bar upstream line. At this point read vertically downwards where it will be seen that a ½" BRV2 will be required.

BRV2S and BRV2B SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valve Page 2 of 3

TI-P045-14 CH Issue 5

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 3 of 3 Spare parts

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

DN15 - ½" DN20 - ¾" DN25 - 1"

F

Weight Scr Flg

25

97

1.60

3.90

25

107

1.70

4.25

25

117

1.95

4.65

B

C

D

E

83

150

60

130

96

150

60

130

108

160

60

130

E Withdrawal distance

D

F C A

C

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Grey 0.14 to 1.7 bar g 4, 18 * Pressure adjustment Green 1.40 to 4.0 bar g 4, 18 spring Orange 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 4, 18 Stainless steel or 5, 6 * Bellows assembly specify type phosphor bronze 7 * Spring housing hex. bolts (set of 4) Valve and seat assembly 6, 11, 12, 19 6, 12 * Gasket set * Common to all sizes. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure range of the reducing valve. Example: 1 off Pressure adjustment spring (orange), having a downstream pressure range of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g for a Spirax Sarco DN15 BRV2S pressure reducing valve.

B

18

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P045-10) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. BRV2SP and BRV2BP: When external pressure sensing is used, remove the blanking plug (16) and fit the " / 6 mm O/D compression fitting (17 supplied). The other end of the 6 mm sensing pipe should be connected into the downstream pipework at least 1 m downstream from the valve.

7 Spring housing hex. bolts Pressure adjustment spring

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BRV2S pressure reducing valve with SG iron body flanged EN 1092 PN25, stainless steel bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure control of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g.

4

5 Bellows assembly 6 6

6 19 Valve and seat assembly 11

Gasket set

12

12

Recommended tightening torques or Item No. Part mm 7 Hex. bolts M8 x 25 11 Valve seat 32 A / F

BRV2S and BRV2B SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valve Page 3 of 3

Nm 18 - 24 108 - 132

TI-P045-14 CH Issue 5

4.6.4

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.5

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 1 of 3 TI-P045-09

CH Issue 6

BRV2S5 and BRV2B5 Gunmetal Pressure Reducing Valves

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The BRV2S5 and BRV2B5 are direct acting pressure reducing valves designed for applications using steam or gases such as compressed air. Available types BRV2S5

Stainless steel bellows

BRV2B5

Phosphor bronze/brass bellows

18

20

2

3 7

4 1

BRV2S5 and BRVB5 pressure reducing valves are supplied with one of three colour coded springs which are identified by the disc (18) located on the adjustment handwheel; Note: where control spring ranges overlap always use the lower range to give better control:

6

Grey

For downstream pressure control: 0.14 to 1.7 bar g

Green

For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 bar g

10

Orange

For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 8.6 bar g

19

5

Standards This product fully complies with requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

12 11 13 15

14

8

Sizes and pipe connections

17

Pressure/temperature limits

Materials

Temperature °C

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21) or NPT

16

No. Part

���

1 Spring housing

��� Steam saturation curve

��� �� �

�

�

�

�

�

�� �� �� �� �� Pressure bar g

��

PN25

Maximum allowable pressure

25 bar g @ 120°C

Maximum allowable temperature

210°C @ 17 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

0°C

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

17 bar g @ 210°C

Maximum operating temperature

210°C @ 17 bar g

Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Maximum downstream reduced pressure Maximum differential pressure

LM 24

2 Adjustment handwheel

Polypropylene

3 Top spring plate

Cast iron

4 Pressure adjustment spring

Silicon chrome spring steel

BS 2803 685 A55 Range 2

Stainless steel

316Ti / 316L

5 Bellows assembly

DIN 1691 GG 20

Phosphor bronze BS 2872 CZ 122

Stainless steel reinforced 6 Bellows assembly gasket exfoliated graphite

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

Materials Aluminium epoxy coated

8.6 bar g 17 bar

Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 17 bar g

7 Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm)

Steel zinc plated

8 Body

BS EN 1982 CC491K or Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

10 Pushrod

Stainless steel

11 Valve seat

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

12 Valve seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 S11

13 Valve

Stainless steel

AISI 420

14 Valve return spring

Stainless steel BS 20056 316 S42

15 Strainer screen

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 SH

16 Cap

Brass

BS 2872 CZ 122

17 Cap gasket

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

18 Spring range ID disc

Polypropylene

19 Bulkhead plate

Stainless steel

20 Tamper-proof pin

Mild steel copper plated

ASTM A276 316L

316L

Note: Items 10, 11, 13, 14, 15 and 19 are all part of one assembly. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2008

4.6.6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 2 of 3 Capacities for safety valve sizing Size Kvs Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

DN15 1.5

Full lift capacities for safety valve sizing purposes : For conversions:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN20 2.5

DN25 3.0

Steam and compressed air capacities ��

���

��

��

��

��

�

Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

�

4.6.7

�

�

� �

� � �

�

Upstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

� � � � �

�

Steam capacity kg /h

�

��

��

���

���

���

���

���

½" - DN15

�

��

���

���

���

���

���

���

¾" - DN20

�

��

���

���

���

���

���

���

1" - DN25

� Compressed air capacity dm3 /s* free air

�

��

��

��

�

�� ��

�� ��

��

�� ��

��

��

��

�� ��

�� �� ���

�� �� ���

��

�� ���

���

�� ��� ���

��� ��� ���

½" - DN15 ¾" - DN20 1" - DN25

* dm /s = I /s, 1 I /s  2 c.f.m. 3

How to use the chart

The curved lines labelled 2, 3, 4, 5 etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream pressures are read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart. How to use the chart is best described by an example:Required, a pressure reducing valve to pass 120 kg /h reducing from 8 to 6 bar. From the downstream pressure of 6 bar on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until the line meets the curved 8 bar upstream line. At this point read vertically downwards where it will be seen that either a ½" BRV2S5 or BRV2B5 will be required.

BRV2S5 and BRV2B5 Gunmetal Pressure Reducing Valves Page 3 of 3

TI-P045-09 CH Issue 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 3 of 3 Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

E

½"

83

32

62

130

¾"

96

32

62

130

1"

108

32

62

130

25

Spare parts

F

Weight

25

40

2

25

40

2

40

2

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares * Pressure adjustment spring

E Withdrawal distance

Grey

0.14 to 1.7 bar g

4, 18

Green Orange

1.40 to 4.0 bar g 3.50 to 8.6 bar g

4, 18 4, 18

Stainless steel or phosphor bronze

5, 6

* Bellows assembly specify type

7

* Spring housing hex. bolts (set of 4) Valve and seat assembly

6, 11, 12, 19 6, 12, 17

* Gasket set * Common to all sizes.

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure range of the reducing valve. Example: 1 off Pressure adjustment spring (orange), having a downstream pressure range of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g for a Spirax Sarco ½" BRV2S5 pressure reducing valve.

D

18

7 Spring housing hex. bolts

C Pressure adjustment spring

B

F Withdrawal distance

A 4

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P045-11) supplied with the product. 5

Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

Bellows assembly 6

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BRV2S5 pressure reducing valve with gunmetal body, screwed BSP connections, stainless steel bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure control of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g.

6 6

Valve and seat 19 assembly 11

12

12

Gasket set

17

Recommended tightening torques Item no.

Part

7 11 16

Hex. bolts Valve seat Bottom cap

or 13 A / F 32 A/F 32 A/ F

BRV2S5 and BRV2B5 Gunmetal Pressure Reducing Valves Page 3 of 3

Nm

mm M8 x 25

18 - 24 108 - 132 65 - 75

TI-P045-09 CH Issue 6

4.6.8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.9

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 1 of 3 TI-P186-05

CH Issue 7

SRV2S Stainless Steel Pressure Reducing Valve

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description The SRV2S is a compact, stainless steel, direct acting pressure reducing valve designed for applications using steam or gases such as compressed air. All wetted parts are constructed in 316L stainless steel. SRV2S pressure reducing valves are supplied with one of three colour coded springs which are identified by the disc (18) located on the adjustment handwheel (2): Grey For downstream pressure control: 0.14 to 1.7 bar g Green For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 bar g Orange For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 8.6 bar g Note: Where control spring ranges overlap always use the lower range to give better control. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP ( BS 21 Rp ) or NPT. DN15, DN20 and DN25 Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and ANSI 150.

Temperature °C

��� ��� Steam saturation curve

�� �

�

�

�

�

�

��

�� �� �� �� ��

��

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN25 Maximum design pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C Maximum design temperature 212°C @ 19 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C Maximum operating pressure 19 bar g for saturated steam service Maximum operating temperature 212°C @ 19 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum downstream reduced pressure 8.6 bar g Maximum differential pressure 19 bar Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 19 bar g

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Spring housing

Aluminium

2

Adjustment handwheel

Plastic

3

Top spring plate

Cast iron

20

2 22 3

4

23 7

1 6 5

10 19

9 12 11 13 15

14

8 17

Pressure /temperature limits

���

18

LM6 Electroless nickel finish Polypropylene DIN 1691 GG 20 Electroless nickel finish

16

No. Part Material Pressure BS 2803 685 A55 Silicon chrome 4 adjustment Range 2 spring steel spring Electroless nickel finish 5 Bellows assembly Stainless steel 316Ti / 316L 6 Bellows assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite 7 Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm) Stainless steel BS 6105 A 270 DIN 1.4404 BS 3100 316 C12 8 Body Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF 3M External electropolish finish 9 Guide bush Graphite filled PTFE 10 Pushrod Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L BS 3100 316 C 12 11 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF 3M DIN 1.4404 12 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11 13 Valve Stainless steel 316L 14 Valve return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42 15 Strainer screen Stainless steel BS 1449 316 SH 16 Bottom cap Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L 17 Bottom 'O' ring PTFE Spring range 18 identity disc Polypropylene Plastic BS 1449 316 S13 AISI 316L 20 Tamper-proof pin Mild steel copper plated DIN 1.4404 BS 3100 316 C12 21 Flanges (not shown) Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF 3M Electropolish finish 22 Washer Stainless steel 316L BS 970 230 M07 23 Drive spindle Carbon steel Electroless nickel finish Note: Items 9, 10, 11, 13, 14 and 15 are all part of one assembly. 19 Bulkhead plate

Stainless steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2008

4.6.10

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 2 of 3 Capacities for safety valve sizing Size Kvs Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

DN15 1.5

Full lift capacities for safety valve sizing purposes : For conversions:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN20 2.5

DN25 3.0

Steam and compressed air capacities ��

���

��

��

��

��

�

Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

�

4.6.11

�

�

� �

� � �

�

Upstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

� � � � �

�

Steam capacity kg /h

�

��

��

���

���

���

���

���

½" - DN15

�

��

���

���

���

���

���

���

¾" - DN20

�

��

���

���

���

���

���

���

1" - DN25

� Compressed air capacity dm3 /s* free air

�

�� ��

�

�� ��

��

�� ��

��

�� ��

��

��

��

�� ��

�� �� ���

�� �� ���

��

��

���

���

�� ��� ���

��� ��� ���

½" - DN15 ¾" - DN20 1" - DN25

* dm /s = I /s, 1 I /s  2 c.f.m. 3

How to use the chart

The curved lines labelled 2, 3, 4, 5 etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream pressures are read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart. How to use the chart is best described by an example:Required, a pressure reducing valve to pass 120 kg /h reducing from 8 to 6 bar. From the downstream pressure of 6 bar on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until the line meets the curved 8 bar upstream line. At this point read vertically downwards where it will be seen that a ½" SRV2S will be required.

SRV2S Stainless Steel Pressure Reducing Valve Page 2 of 3

TI-P186-05 CH Issue 7

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 3 of 3 Dimensions

Spare parts

(approximate) in mm and kg

* * Size A B B C D E1 E2 ½" BSP /NPT 83 62 130 25 15 PN25 150 62 130 25 15 DN15 ANSI 150 140 62 130 25 15 ¾" BSP /NPT 96 62 130 25 15 PN25 150 62 130 25 15 DN20 ANSI 150 140 62 130 25 15 1" BSP /NPT 108 62 130 25 15 PN25 160 62 130 25 15 DN25 ANSI 150 153 62 130 25 15 * Note: E1 and E2 are withdrawal distances for maintenance.

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Grey 0.14 to 1.7 bar g 4, 18 * Pressure adjustment Green 1.40 to 4.0 bar g 4, 18 spring Orange 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 4, 18 5, 6 * Bellows (Stainless steel) 7 * Spring housing hex. bolts (set of 4) Valve and seat assembly 6, 11, 12, 15, 19 6, 12, 17 * Set of gaskets /'O' rings

F 97 91 107 100 117 110

* Common to all sizes. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure range of the reducing valve. Example: 1 off Pressure adjustment spring (orange), having a downstream pressure range of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g for a Spirax Sarco DN15 SRV2S pressure reducing valve.

* E1

18 D

F C

4.6.12

C

Pressure adjustment spring

* E2

A

Spring housing hexagon bolts 7

B

Weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" DN15 ¾" DN20 1" DN25

BSP /NPT PN25 ANSI 150 BSP /NPT PN25 ANSI 150 BSP /NPT PN25 ANSI 150

Screwed 1.48 1.58 1.70 -

Weight

Flanged 3.1 2.4 3.8 2.8 4.4 3.6

4

5 6

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P186-03) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

6

Bellows set

6 19 Valve and seat assembly

11 12

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP SRV2S pressure reducing valve with stainless steel body and bellows, fitted with an orange spring for a downstream pressure control of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g.

12

15

Gasket set

17

SRV2S Stainless Steel Pressure Reducing Valve Page 3 of 3

TI-P186-05 CH Issue 7

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 1 of 4 TI-P210-01

CH Issue 4

BRV71 and BRV73 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The BRV71 (screwed) and BRV73 (flanged) are SG iron bodied direct acting pressure reducing valves designed for applications using steam. The BRV71 and BRV73 pressure reducing valves are supplied with one of three colour coded springs which are identified by the disc (13) located on the adjustment handwheel: Grey Green Orange

13

For downstream pressure control: 0.14 to 1.7 bar g For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 bar g For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 9.0 bar g

Note: Where control spring ranges overlap always use the lower range to give better control.

Sizes and pipe connections

1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" screwed BSP and NPT. DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 flanged PN16, JIS 10 and ANSI 150.

Pressure/temperature limits Temperature °C

4.6.13

��� ��� Steam saturation curve

��� �� �

�

�

�

� � �� Pressure bar g

��

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C Maximum allowable temperature 184°C @ 10 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 10 bar g Maximum operating temperature 184°C @ 10 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum downstream reduced pressure 9 bar g Maximum differential pressure 10 bar Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed16 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 4

© Copyright 2007

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 2 of 4 15 13

6

5 4 7 2 21 8

9

3

11

1

12 17

4.6.14 16

25 10 26 19 20 24 23 18

22

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 * 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 * 27

Part Body assembly Pressure adjustment control spring Adjustment screw Plain washer Adjustment knob Spirol pin Spring plate Spring housing Upper gasket Lower gasket Bellows assembly Bellows / pushrod assembly Printed cap Locking pin Head (incorporating seal Pt No.27) Screen Lower pushrod End cap Screw Screw Washer Guide bush Return spring PTFE washer 'O' ring seal Head 'O' ring seal

Material SG iron Silicon chrome Carbon steel Stainless steel Mineral filled nylon 66 Chrome plated stainless steel Cast iron Aluminium Semi-rigid graphite laminated Semi-rigid graphite laminated Stainless steel Stainless steel / PTFE 15% graphite fill Polypropylene Copper Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel SG iron Zinc plated steel Zinc plated steel Stainless steel PTFE 15% graphite filled Stainless steel Virgin PTFE EPDM EDPM

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 ELNP coated BS 2803 685 A55 BS 970 230 M07 Gr.18/10/3-4A 10B 140 AISI 420 DIN 1691 GG 20 2ELNP coated

316L 316L

BS 970 431 S29 316L BS 970 431 S29 DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 ELNP coated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 BS 1449 304 515 BS 2056 316 S42 BS 6564 Type 2 Gr. B E 0962-90 E 0962-90

* Note: Parts 16 and 27 are not shown.

BRV71 and BRV73 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 2 of 4

TI-P210-01 CH Issue 4

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 3 of 4 Steam and compressed air capacity chart 10

9 9

8

8

Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

7

4.6.15

7

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

Upstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

2 2 1

0 0 Steam capacity kg /h

100

0

100

0

Compressed air capacity dm3 /s* free air

0

20

40

80

80 80

120

800

120

160 200

120

240

140

200 280

140 160

360

- DN25

1¼" - DN32

1 000 1½" - DN40

1 200

240 320

1"

600

800 1 000

100

100

120 160

500

600

80

60

500

400

600

60

40

40

0 0

400

40

400

300 400

200

20

300

200

200

0

0

200

160 180 280 400

1 400

2"

- DN50

180 1"

- DN25

200

1¼" - DN32

320 440

1½" - DN40 2"

- DN50

* dm3 /s = I /s, 1 I /s  2 c.f.m.

How to use the chart

The curved lines labelled 2, 3, 4, 5 etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream pressures are read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart. How to use the chart is best described by an example:Required, a pressure reducing valve to pass 350 kg/h reducing from 8 to 6 bar. From the downstream pressure of 6 bar on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until the line meets the curved 8 bar upstream line. At this point read vertically downwards where it will be seen that DN25 BRV71 or BRV73 will be required.

Kv values Full lift capacity for safety valve sizing purposes are shown below: Size Kv For conversion:

1" - DN25 9.3 Cvv(UK) = Kv x 0.963

1¼"- DN32 11.1 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

1½"- DN40 15.7

BRV71 and BRV73 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 3 of 4

2" - DN50 16.2

TI-P210-01 CH Issue 4

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 4 of 4 Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Scr. BSP/NPT PN16 ANSI 150 JIS 10 Size A B B B C D E F DN25 - 1" 134 174 170 170 67 153 90 25 DN32 - 1¼" 134 179 174 175 67 153 90 25 DN40 - 1½" 134 186 183 180 67 153 90 25 DN50 - 2" 134 186 186 180 67 153 90 25 Note: Flanged weights are typical of the BRV73 model and the figures quoted are based on the PN16 version. *

G 84 84 84 84

Weight Scr. *Flg 4.40 5.90 4.20 7.65 4.95 8.55 4.75 9.40

Q

E Withdrawal distance

L D

C K G A B J

F Withdrawal distance F

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P210-04) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

H F G

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" screwed BSP BRV71 pressure reducing valve with SG iron body, stainless steel bellows and fitted with an orange spring for a downstream pressure control of 3.5 to 9.0 bar g.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Gasket set

Available spares - Note the spares listed are common to all sizes 0.14 to 1.7 bar g

K, Q

Green 1.40 to 4.0 bar g Orange 3.50 to 9.0 bar g Control bellows - Stainless steel Bellows pushrod assembly, (Sub assembly, head, 'O' rings, lower pushrod and balancing bellows) Bottom cap Strainer screen Return spring and gasket set Spring housing (Set of 4) Bolt set Bottom cap (Set of 4) Return spring

K, Q K, Q J E, C, H

Pressure adjustment spring

Grey

B G F L A D

E D F C

F

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure range of the reducing valve. Example: 1 off Pressure adjustment spring (orange), having a downstream pressure range of 3.5 to 9.0 bar g for a Spirax Sarco 1" BRV71 pressure reducing valve.

BRV71 and BRV73 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 4 of 4

B A

TI-P210-01 CH Issue 4

4.6.16

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P001-07

CH Issue 5

LRV2B and LRV2S Gunmetal Pressure Reducing Valves Description

The LRV2B and LRV2S are direct acting pressure reducing valves suitable for liquid applications. Available types LRV2B Phosphor bronze / brass bellows LRV2S Stainless steel (316 Ti / 316L) bellows LRV2B and LRV2S pressure reducing valves are supplied with one of three colour coded springs which are identified by the disc (19) located on the adjustment handwheel: bar g bar g bar g lower

21

2

3 4 7 1

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" Screwed BSP (BS 21 Rp) or NPT.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

4.6.17

Grey For downstream pressure control: 0.35 to 1.7 Green For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 Orange For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 8.6 Note: where control spring ranges overlap always use the range to give better control.

19

6



9 5

   

20 





   Pressure bar g This product must not be used in this region.





Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 100°C @ 17 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 14 bar g @ 75°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 75°C @ 14 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DPMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 17 bar g

Materials No. Part

Materials

1

Spring housing

Aluminium epoxy coated

2

Adjustment handwheel

Polypropylene

3

Top spring plate

Cast iron

4

Pressure adjustment spring

Silicon chrome spring steel

BS 2803 685 A55 Range 2

Stainless steel

316Ti / 316L

LM 24

DIN 1691 GG 20

10

8

12 11 16

14 15

13

18 17

No. Part

Materials

10 Push rod

Stainless steel

11

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

12 Valve seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 S11

13 Piston

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

14 Valve head

Nitrile rubber

Valve seat

ASTM A276 316L

15 Piston return spring

Stainless steel

BS 2056 Gr. 302 S26

16 Strainer screen

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 S16

17 Cap

Brass

5

Bellows assembly

6

Stainless steel reinforced Bellows assembly gasket exfoliated graphite

18 Cap gasket

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

7

Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm)

Steel zinc plated

19 Spring range ID disc

Polypropylene

8

Body

Gunmetal

20 Bulkhead plate

Stainless steel

9

Cone shaped washer

Stainless steel

21 Tamper-proof pin

Mild steel copper plated

Phosphor bronze BS 2872 CZ 122

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 BS 1400 LG2 ASTM A276 316L

BS 2872 CZ 122

316L

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Capacities

Full lift capacity for safety valve sizing purposes are shown below: Size

½"

¾"

1"

Kvs

2.1

3.6

4.3

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

½"

83

32

62

130

25

40

2.0

¾"

96

32

62

130

25

40

2.1

1"

108

32

62

130

25

40

2.4

E Withdrawal distance

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares * Pressure adjustment spring

Grey Green Orange

* Bellows assembly specify type * Spring housing hex. bolts (set of 4) Valve and seat assembly * Gasket set

4, 19 4, 19 4, 19

0.35 to 1.7 bar g 1.40 to 4.0 bar g 3.50 to 8.6 bar g Stainless steel or phosphor bronze

5, 6, 9

7 6, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20 6, 12, 18 16

* Strainer screen * Common to all sizes.

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure range of the reducing valve. Example: 1 off Pressure adjustment spring (orange), having a downstream pressure range of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g for a Spirax Sarco ½" LRV2S pressure reducing valve. 19

D

7 Spring housing hex. bolts

Pressure adjustment spring

C 4

B

F Withdrawal distance

9

A

Bellows assembly

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P001-08) supplied with the product.

20 11

Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" LRV2S pressure reducing valve with gunmetal body, screwed BSP connections, stainless steel bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure control of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g. Please note that the only certification that is available for this product is a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

5 6 6

6

12

12 Valve and seat assembly

Gasket set

13, 14, 15 18 16

Recommended tightening torques

TI-P001-07 CH Issue 5

Item no.

Part

7 11 16

Hex. bolts Valve seat Bottom cap

or

Nm

mm 13 A/ F 32 A/ F 32 A/ F

LRV2B and LRV2S Gunmetal Pressure Reducing Valves

M8 x 25

13 - 15 108 - 132 65 - 75

4.6.18

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves TI-P001-09 CH Issue 2

LRV2 Pressure Reducing Valve Capacities

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Water capacities in metric units 12 14

11 10

Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

4.6.19

11

9 9

8 7 7

6 5 5

4 3

➤

3

2

Upstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

1 0 0

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7

Capacity litres /s 0 0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

2.6

2.8

3.0

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

½" - DN15 ¾" - DN20 1" - DN25

How to use the chart

The curved lines labelled 3, 5 and 7 etc. represent upstream pressure. Downstream pressure is read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart. Example Required, a reducing valve to pass water at the rate of 1.6 litres /sec reducing from 7 bar to 3 bar. From the downstream pressure of 3 bar on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until the line meets the curved 7 bar upstream line. At the point read vertically downwards where it will be seen that a ¾" DN20 valve (with a 1.4 - 4.0 bar spring) will be required. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P203-01

CTLS Issue 17

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves Description

The DRV4 is a cast steel direct acting bellows sealed pressure reducing valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm and is suitable for steam, water and air applications. The DRV4 is available with a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N') for oil applications. A Nitrile rubber soft seated version (suffix 'G', limited to 90 °C) is also available for applications that require tight shut-off. It is recommended that for these applications, a maximum pressure turndown ratio of 10:1 is observed. Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.

Available types

DRV4 and DRV4G are available in 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1-6). Downstream pressure ranges: Range

Valve type

Actuator type

Spring colour

Pressure range (bar)

PN rating

1

DRV4(G)B1(N)

1 or 1N

Yellow

*0.1 - 0.6

2.5

2

DRV4(G)B2(N) 2 or 2N

Yellow

**0.2 - 1.2

2.5

3

DRV4(G)B3(N) 3 or 3N

Blue

0.8 - 2.5

6.0

4

DRV4(G)B4(N) 4 or 4N

Blue

2.0 - 5.0

16.0

5

DRV4(G)B5(N) 5 or 5N

Blue

4.5 - 10.0

25.0

6

DRV4(G)B6(N) 5 or 5N

Red

8.0 - 20.0

25.0

4.6.20

* DN32 to DN50 Range 0.15 - 0.6, DN65 to DN100 Range 0.3 - 0.6 ** DN65 to DN100 Range 0.4 - 1.2.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 Flanged EN 1092 PN40. JIS and ASME 150 and ASME 300 flanges are also available on request.

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note : All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Kvs values Size DN

15

20

25

32

40

50

65

80

100

Kvs

3.4

6.5

11.4

16.4

24

40

58

92

145

Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.

Page 1 of 10

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

A

B

C

Body design conditions Maximum design pressure

Steam saturation curve F

F

E

Maximum design temperature D

40 bar g @ 50 °C DRV4 DRV4G

300 °C @ 25.8 bar g 90 °C @ 37.3 bar g

Minimum design temperature

Pressure bar g

Maximum operating temperature

The product must not be used in this region.

0 °C DRV4 DRV4G

300 °C @ 25.8 bar g 90 °C @ 37.3 bar g

Minimum operating temperature 0 °C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

A-C-D Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300. A-B-E Flanged ASME 150. F-F

PN40

Maximum differential pressure

The DRV4G is limited to 90 °C.

DN15 - DN50

25 bar

DN65 - DN100

20 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 40 bar g

4.6.21

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Body

Cast steel

GP 240 GH

2

Bonnet

Cast steel

DIN 17425 GS C25

3

Valve seat

Stainless steel

4

Seat gasket

BS 970 431 S29

DN15

Stainless steel

DN20 and DN25

Mild steel

DN32 to DN50

Reinforced exfoiliated graphite

DRV4

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

DRV4G (soft seated)

Stainless steel / Nitrile

BS 970 431 S29

DN15 and DN20

Stainless steel

5

Valve head

6

Valve head screw

7

Valve head seal

8

Bush

DN15 and DN20

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

9

Bush (part of item 10)

DN25 to DN100

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

10

Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100

Stainless steel

AISI 316 (L)

11

Balancing bellows gasket

Reinforced exfoiliated graphite

12

Bonnet gasket

Reinforced exfoiliated graphite

13

Bonnet nuts

Steel

DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8

Steel

DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8

14

Bonnet studs

BS 6105 A2

Arlon 1555

DN25 to DN100

DN15 to DN40

M10

DN50 and DN65

M12

DN80 and DN100

M16

15

Pillars

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

16

Pillars nuts

Steel zinc plated

BS 3693 Gr. 8

17

Spring adjuster

Cast iron zinc plated

DIN 1691 GG 25

For part numbers 18 to 46, please go to page 4 TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

Page 2 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves 6 (DN15 and DN20 only)

1 4

3 5

7

11

9

12 2

8

13 14

10 (DN25 to DN100)

DN15 and DN20

17

4.6.22 12 16

11

15

DN65 to DN100

DN25

(parts 15 and 16 not shown)

TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

Page 3 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Materials

For part numbers 1 to 17, please go to page 2

4.6.23

No.

Part

Material

18

Spring(s)

Chrome Vanadium

19

Bush (part of 20)

PTFE / steel composite

20

Sealing bellows assembly

Stainless steel

21

Sealing bellows gasket

22

Clamp nut

25

Lock-nut

26

AISI 316(L)

DN15 and DN20

Stainless steel 'S' type

DN25 to DN100

Reinforced exfoiliated graphite

DN25 to DN100

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

DN32 to DN50

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

DN15 to DN25, DN65 to DN100 Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Spring plate

Steel zinc plated

BS 1449 Pt1 HR14

27

Needle bearing

Steel

28

Setting nut

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

29

Bearing plate

DN32 to DN50

Steel zinc plated

BS 1449 Pt1 HR14

30

Circlip

DN32 to DN50

Steel zinc plated

31

Mounting plate

32

Housing

33

34

Housing screws

Housing nuts

Steel zinc plated

BS 1449 Pt1 HR14

Types 1(N) to 4(N)

Steel

DIN 1514 St W24

Type 5(N)

Steel

BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3

Types 1(N) and 2(N)

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 5.6

Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N)

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Types 1(N) and 2(N)

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 5

Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N)

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Diaphragm

EPDM fabric reinforced

Diaphragm suffix 'N'

Nitrile fabric reinforced

36

Hex. headed bolt

Stainless steel

37

Sealing washer

Fibre

38

Diaphragm clamp

Stainless steel

ASTM A351 CF8M

39

Piston

Steel zinc plated

BS 1449 Pt1 HR14

40

Spindle

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

41

Mounting nuts

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8

42

Coupling

Steel zinc plated

43

Thread insert

DN15 and DN20

Stainless steel

DTD 734

44

Self-locking nut

DN25 to DN100

Stainless steel

BS 6105 A2

45

Clamp plate

DN65 to DN100

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 316L

46

Clamp plate gasket

DN65 to DN100

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

35

BS 6105 A2

TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

Page 4 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

44

43

DN15 and DN20 20

18

4.6.24 22 21

19

25 27 26

28 31

40 41 32

39 34

DN65 to DN100

33 42

46 35 38 37 36

DN25

45

(parts 15 and 16 not shown)

30

29 25

28

DN32 to DN50 TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

Page 5 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. The listed parts are for the following valve types: DRV4

Stainless steel seated

Valve assemblies DRV4G

Nitrile soft seated

Types 1 to 5

EPDM diaphragm

Types 1N to 5N

Nitrile diaphragm

Actuator assemblies

Available spares Coupling Diaphragm set

A B, C

Diaphragm and sealing washer.

Needle bearing Sealing bellows set

4.6.25

D E, F, G

Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket.

Control spring(s)

I

Seat/head set

Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal.

Gasket set

Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket.

J, K, L, G, H F, G, K

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DRV4B1 pressure reducing valve.

How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s).

TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

Page 6 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves DN15 to DN20

K

J

L

H

G

E

I

4.6.26

F

D

B

C

TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

A

Page 7 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Spare parts for the DN25 to DN100 valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN25 to DN100 valves are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. The listed parts are for the following valve types: DRV4

Stainless steel seated

Valve assemblies

Actuator assemblies

DRV4G

Nitrile soft seated

Types 1 to 5

EPDM diaphragm

Available spares Coupling

A

Diaphragm set

B, C

Diaphragm and sealing washer.

Needle bearing

D

Sealing bellows set DN65 to DN100.

Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, and clamp plate gasket

E, F, R

Control spring(s)

4.6.27

I

Seat / head set

DN25 to DN50

Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet gasket.

J, K, L, W, H, G

Head set

DN65 to DN100

Head, self-locking nut, head seal, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket.

L, W, H, G, M

DN25 to DN50

Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, head seal, self-locking nut, and sealing bellows gasket.

N, M, G, H, W, F

DN65 to DN100

Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, self-locking nut and head seal.

N, M, G, W, H

DN25 to DN50

Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket and balancing bellows gasket.

F, G, K, M

DN65 to DN100

Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, balancing bellows gasket and clamp plate gasket.

F, G, M, R

Balancing bellows set

Gasket set

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 DRV4B1 pressure reducing valve.

How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s).

TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

Page 8 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

DN25 to DN50

DN65 to DN100

K

J

W

L

H

M G

W L

H

G

N

M

I

I

N E

E

F F

D

D

C

A

B

B

C

A

DN65 to DN100

R

F

TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

Page 9 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

4.6.28

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres Flanged Size

Actuator type 1

2

3

4

5+6

EN 1092 PN40 A1

ASME 300 A1

ASME 150 A1

B

C

B

C

B

C

B

C

B

C

DN15

130

130

127

537

305

511

250

426

208

426

168

411

143

DN20

150

150

143

537

305

511

250

426

208

426

168

411

143

DN25

160

162

153

546

305

520

250

435

208

435

168

420

143

DN32

180

181

176

608

305

582

250

497

208

497

168

482

143

DN40

200

203

198

608

305

582

250

497

208

497

168

482

143

DN50

230

233

229

611

305

585

250

500

208

500

168

485

143

DN65

290

297

295

633

305

607

250

522

208

522

168

507

143

DN80

310

319

314

639

305

613

250

528

208

528

168

513

143

DN100

350

366

350

744

305

718

250

633

208

633

168

618

143

A1

Valve weight (kg) Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

4.6.29

Yellow spring

11

12.4

14.6

19.8

21.2

25.2

35.5

41.3

58.3

Blue spring

11

12.4

14.6

19.8

21.2

25.2

35.5

41.3

58.3

Red spring

12

13.4

15.6

21.2

22.6

26.6

37.3

43.1

60.9

Actuator weight (kg) Actuator type Weight

1 or 1N

2 or 2N

3 or 3N

4 or 4N

5 or 5N

12.3

6.5

3.9

2.5

2.6

DRV with Type 1 / 1N or Type 2 / 2N actuator

B

Note: To calculate the total product weight add the valve and actuator weights together.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S12-04) supplied with the product. Installation note: Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details. The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125 °C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DRV4B3 direct acting pressure reducing valve flanged PN40. Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DRV4B3N.

C

Type 3 / 3N and 4 / 4N actuator arrangement

Type 5 / 5N actuator arrangement

TI-P203-01 CTLS Issue 17

Page 10 of 10

DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P204-01

CH Issue 14

DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Description

The DRV7 is an SG iron direct acting bellows sealed pressure reducing valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm and is suitable for steam, water and air applications. The DRV7 is available with a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N') for oil applications. A Nitrile rubber soft seated version (suffix 'G', limited to 90°C) is also available for applications that require tight shut-off. It is recommended that for these applications a maximum pressure turndown ratio of 10:1 is observed. Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details. Available types: DRV7 and DRV7G are available in 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1-6).

Screwed ½" to 2"

Downstream pressure ranges: Pressure Actuator Spring PN Range Valve type range type colour Rating (bar) 1 DRV7(G)B1(N) 1 or 1N Yellow *0.1 - 0.6 2.5 2 DRV7(G)B2(N) 2 or 2N Yellow **0.2 - 1.2 2.5 3 DRV7(G)B3(N) 3 or 3N Blue 0.8 - 2.5 6.0 4 DRV7(G)B4(N) 4 or 4N Blue 2.0 - 5.0 16.0 5 DRV7(G)B5(N) 5 or 5N Blue 4.5 - 10.0 25.0 6 DRV7(G)B6(N) 5 or 5N Red 8.0 - 20.0 25.0 * DN32 to DN50 Range 0.15 - 0.6, DN65 to DN100 Range 0.3 - 0.6 ** DN65 to DN100 Range 0.4 - 1.2.

4.6.30

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" 1", 1¼", 1½", and 2" Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel), NPT also available on request. DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100. Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN16 and PN25 Flanges available on request: ASME 150 and JIS

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 



C

D

Steam saturation curve

 

B

A

H

G 

F

   Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.



A-D-E A-C-G A-B-F H-H

H E

Flanged DN15 to DN100



Screwed and flanged EN 1092 PN25. Flanged EN 1092 PN16. Flanged ASME 150. The DRV7G is limited to 90°C.

Body design conditions Maximum design pressure

PN25 25 bar g @ 100°C DRV7 300°C @ 17.5 bar g Maximum design temperature DRV7G 90°C @ 25 bar g Minimum design temperature 0°C DRV7 300°C @ 17.5 bar g Maximum operating temperature DRV7G 90°C @ 25 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DN15 - DN50 25 bar Maximum differential pressure DN65 - DN100 20 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

Kvs values

Size DN Kvs

15 3.4

20 6.5

25 11.4

32 16.4

40 24

50 40

65 58

80 92

100 145

Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required. Page 1 of 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Materials No.

Part

1

Body

2

Bonnet

3

Valve seat

Material DN15 to DN50

SG iron

DN65 to DN100

4 5

Valve head

6

Valve head screw

ENG JS 400-18-LT DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 BS 970 431 S29

Stainless steel

DN20 and DN25

Mild steel

DN32 to DN50 DRV7

Reinforced exfoiliated graphite Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

DRV7G (soft seated)

Stainless steel / Nitrile

BS 970 431 S29

DN15 and DN20

Stainless steel

BS 6105 A2

7

Valve head seal

8

Bush

DN15 and DN20

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

9

Bush (part of item 10)

DN25 to DN100

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

10

Balancing bellows assembly

DN25 to DN100

Stainless steel

AISI 316 (L)

11

Balancing bellows gasket

DN25 to DN100

Reinforced exfoiliated graphite

Arlon 1555

12

Bonnet gasket

Reinforced exfoiliated graphite

13

Bonnet nuts

Steel

DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8

Steel

DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8

14

4.6.31

Valve seat gasket

SG iron SG iron Stainless steel

DN15

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Bonnet studs

DN15 to DN40

M10

DN50 and DN65

M12

DN80 and DN100 M16 15

Pillars

Steel zinc plated

16

Pillars nuts

Steel zinc plated

17

Spring adjuster

Cast iron zinc plated

18

Spring(s)

Chrome Vanadium

19

Bush (part of 20)

PTFE / steel composite

20

Sealing bellows assembly

Stainless steel

21

Sealing bellows gasket

22

Clamp nut

25

Lock-nut

26

Spring plate

BS 970 230 M07 BS 3693 Gr. 8 DIN 1691 GG25

AISI 316(L)

DN15 and DN20

Stainless steel 'S' type

DN25 to DN100

Reinforced exfoiliated graphite

DN25 to DN100

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

DN32 to DN50

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

DN15 to DN25, DN65 to DN100

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel zinc plated

BS 1449 Pt1 HR14

27

Needle bearing

Steel

28

Setting nut

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

29

Bearing plate

DN32 to DN50

Steel zinc plated

BS 1449 Pt1 HR14

30

Circlip

DN32 to DN50

Steel zinc plated

31

Mounting plate

32

Housing

33

Housing screws

34 35

Housing nuts

DN25 to DN50

Steel zinc plated

Types 1(N) to 4(N)

Steel

DIN 1514 St W24

Type 5(N)

Steel

BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3

Types 1(N) and 2(N)

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 5.6

Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N)

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Types 1(N) and 2(N)

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 5

Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N)

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Diaphragm

BS 1449 Pt1 HR14

EPDM fabric reinforced

Diaphragm suffix 'N'

Nitrile fabric reinforced

36

Hex. headed bolt

Stainless steel

37

Sealing washer

Fibre

38

Diaphragm clamp

Stainless steel

ASTM A351 CF8M

39

Piston

Steel zinc plated

BS 1449 Pt1 HR14

40

Spindle

Steel zinc plated

BS 970 230 M07

41

Mounting nuts

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8

42

Coupling

Steel zinc plated

BS 6105 A2

43

Thread insert

DN15 and DN20

Stainless steel

DTD 734

44

Self-locking nut

DN25 to DN100

Stainless steel

BS 6105 A2

TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14

DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 2 of 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves 6 (DN15 and DN20 only)

1 4

3

44

5

43

7

* 11 9 12 2

8

13 14

* 10

DN15 and DN20

17

20

18

4.6.32 12

16

22 21

19 11 25

15

27 26

28 31

40 41 32

39 34

DN65 to DN100

33 42

35 38 37 36 29 30

* Please note: Parts numbered 10 and 11 are for DN25 to DN100 only

DN25

28

25

DN32 to DN50 TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14

DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 3 of 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 (½" and ¾") valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. The listed parts are for the following valve types: Valve assemblies Actuator assemblies

DRV7 DRV7G Types 1 to 5 Types 1N to 5N

Stainless steel seated Nitrile soft seated EPDM diaphragm Nitrile diaphragm

Available spares

Coupling Diaphragm set Needle bearing Sealing bellows set Control spring(s) Seat/head set Gasket set

Diaphragm and sealing washer. Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket. Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket.

A B, C D E, F, G I J, K, L, G, H F, G, K

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax sarco DN15 DRV7B1 pressure reducing valve.

4.6.33

How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s).

J

K L

H

G

E

I

F

D

B

C A

DN15 and DN20 TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14

DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 4 of 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts for the DN25 to DN100 valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN25 to DN100 valves are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. The listed parts are for the following valve types: DRV7 Valve assemblies DRV7G Types 1 to 5 Actuator assemblies Types 1N to 5N

Stainless steel seated Nitrile soft seated EPDM diaphragm Nitrile diaphragm

W

L

H

Available spares

Coupling A Diaphragm set - Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C Needle bearing D Sealing bellows set E, F Sealing bellows assembly, and sealing bellows gasket. Control spring(s) I Seat / head set DN25 to DN50 (1 "to 2") J, K, L, W, H, G Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet gasket. Head set DN65 to DN100 L, W, H, G, M Head, self-locking nut, head seal, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket. Balancing bellows set DN25 to DN50 N, M, G, H, W, F Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, head seal, self-locking nut, sealing bellows gasket. Balancing bellows set DN65 to DN100 N, M, G, W, H Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, self-locking nut and head seal. Gasket set DN25 to DN50 (1 "to 2") F, G, K, M Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket and balancing bellows gasket. Gasket set DN65 to DN100 F, G, M Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket.

G M N

I E

4.6.34 F

D

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax sarco DN25 DRV7B1 pressure reducing valve.

K W

J L

H

M G

N

B

C

A

DN65 to DN100 How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s). E

I

F D

DN25 to DN50

B

C

TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14

A

DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 5 of 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres Flanged EN 1092 ASME PN25 150 A1 A1

Size

Screwed

Actuator type

BSP / NPT

1

2

3

4

5+6

A2

E

B

C

B

C

B

C

B

C

B

C

DN15

130

127

88

38

537

305

511

250

426

208

426

168

411

143

DN20

150

143

102

38

537

305

511

250

426

208

426

168

411

143

DN25

160

153

134

51

546

305

520

250

435

208

435

168

420

143

DN32

180

176

144

51

608

305

582

250

497

208

497

168

482

143

DN40

200

198

150

62

608

305

582

250

497

208

497

168

482

143

DN50

230

229

180

71

611

305

585

250

500

208

500

168

485

143

DN65

290

295

-

-

633

305

607

250

522

208

522

168

507

143

DN80

310

314

-

-

639

305

613

250

528

208

528

168

513

143

DN100

350

350

-

-

744

305

718

250

633

208

633

168

618

143

DRV with screwed connections and Type 1 / 1N or 2/2N actuator

DRV with flanged connections and Type 1 / 1N or 2 / 2N actuator

A2

A1

E

4.6.35

B

B Type 3 / 3N or 4 / 4N actuator arrangement

Valve weight (kg) Valve size

Yellow spring Weight Blue spring Red spring Reduction for Screwed body

Actuator weight (kg)

Actuator type Weight

Type 5 / 5N actuator arrangement

C DN15 10.8 10.8 11.8

DN20 11.8 11.8 12.8

DN25 14 14 15

DN32 18.8 18.8 20.2

DN40 20.4 20.4 21.8

DN50 23.0 23.0 24.4

DN65 31.7 31.7 33.5

DN80 38.2 38.2 40.0

DN100 53.9 53.9 56.5

-1.7

-2.2

-2.2

-3.6

-3.9

-5.5

-

-

-

1 or 1N 12.3

2 or 2N 6.5

3 or 3N 3.9

4 or 4N 2.5

5 or 5N 2.6

Note: To calculate the total product weight add the valve and actuator weights together.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S12-04) supplied with the product. Installation note: Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details. The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125°C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DRV7B3 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN40 connections. Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DRV7B3N.

TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14

DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 6 of 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P186-01 CH Issue 10

SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves Description

Types SRV461S and SRV463S are direct acting pressure reducing valves with all wetted parts in AISI 316L/1.4404, 1.4408 and 1.4462 stainless steel. For steam, liquid or gas applications. Typical applications include: Clean steam, gas and liquid supplies to centrifuges, freeze dryers, sterilisers, autoclaves, process tanks, humidifiers and culinary equipment.

Pressure / temperature limits

SRV463S

Temperature °C

SRV461S

Temperature °C



A B  D   Steam saturation curve  C   

4.6.36

E F  Pressure bar g







A

    

B

D Steam saturation curve 



E C



   Pressure bar g

F 





The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A-B-C Maximum operating conditions for steam D-E-F Maximum operating conditions for liquids and gases

Body design conditions Maximum design pressure Maximum design temperature

SRV461S

PN40

SRV463S

PN16

SRV461S

38 bar g @ 38°C

SRV463S

15.2 bar g @ 50°C

SRV461S

300°C @ 23.2 bar g

SRV463S

300°C @ 9 bar g

Minimum design temperature Maximum operating temperature

-10°C Steam Liquid and gases

190°C @ 10.9 bar g 130°C @ 12 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: for lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum differential pressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Sizes and pipe connections SRV461S

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed NPT, BSP

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 SRV463S Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150, EN 1092 PN16

Pressure ranges T h e S RV4 61S a n d SRV463S are available for use within the downstream pressure ranges shown. N o t e: T h e p r e s s u r e range required needs to be specified at the time of order placement:-

- 0.12

bar g

0.10

- 0.50

bar g

0.30

- 1.10

bar g

0.80

- 2.50

bar g

2.00

- 5.00

bar g

4.00

- 8.00

bar g

6.00

- 12.00 bar g

Permissible reduction ratio (maximum P1 / P2) Setting range (bar g)

-10°C

see the Permissable reduction ratio table opposite

0.02

Nominal diameter G½" - 1" DN15 - DN25

G1¼" - 2" DN32 - DN50

0.02 -

0.12

80:1

50:1

0.10 -

0.50

40:1

25:1

SRV461S

60 bar g

0.30 -

1.10

30:1

18:1

SRV463S

24 bar g

0.80 - 12.00

20:1

12:1 Page 1 of 5

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Materials

4.6.37

No. Part

Material

Werkstoff No.

AISI Equivalent

1

Body

Stainless steel

1.4404

316L

2

Spring housing

Stainless steel

1.4404

316L

3

Cap

Stainless steel

1.4571

316Ti

4

Valve seat

Stainless steel

1.4404

316L

5

Valve

Stainless steel

1.4404

316L

6

Diaphragm

EPDM/PTFE

7

'O' ring

EPDM

8

'O' ring

EPDM

9

'O' ring

EPDM

10

Piston

Stainless steel

1.4571

316Ti

11

Top spring plate

Stainless steel

1.4571

316Ti

12

Spring

Stainless steel

1.4310

301*

13

Adjustment screw

Stainless steel

1.4404

316L

14

V band clamp

Stainless steel

AISI 300 series

15

Flange (not shown)

Stainless steel

1.4404

16

Soft seal

Fluoraz (FEPM) =

17

Spring clip

Stainless steel

3 9

5 4

16

1

10

14

8 7 6 11

2

12 17 316L

13 1.4301

304

* Not a direct equivalent, nearest AISI specification is given. = For hydrocarbon applications an optional soft seal is available in FPM (Viton) - please consult Spirax Sarco.

Page 2 of 5

TI-P186-01 CH Issue 10

SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres A1 A

A1 A

B

B

Sensing pipe connection ¼" BSPT

Sensing pipe connection ¼" BSPT C

C

Leakage line connection ¼" BSPT (option)

Leakage line connection ¼" BSPT (option)

D

Size

D

All pressure ranges

Pressure range (bar) 0.02 - 0.12

Pressure range (bar)

0.1 - 0.5

0.3 - 1.1

0.8 - 2.5 and 2-5

4-8 and 8 - 12

A

A1

B

C

ØD

C

ØD

C

ØD

C

ØD

C

ØD

DN15 ½"

85

130

76

300

360

300

264

300

200

235

138

235

138

DN20 ¾"

91

150

76

300

360

300

264

300

200

235

138

235

138

DN25 1"

85

160

76

300

360

300

264

300

200

235

138

235

138

DN32 1¼"

130

180

80

300

360

300

264

300

200

235

138

235

138

DN40 1½"

145

200

80

300

360

300

264

300

200

235

138

235

138

DN50 2"

185

230

80

300

360

300

264

300

200

235

138

235

138

Weights (approximate) in kg ½" - 1"

Screwed

13.5

7.1

6.1

3.1

3.1

DN15 - DN25 Flanged

15.3

8.9

7.9

4.9

4.9

1¼"- 2"

Screwed

14.4

8.0

7.0

4.0

4.0

DN32 - DN50 Flanged

18.4

12.0

11.0

8.0

8.0

Kv values Valve size

½" DN15

¾" DN20

1" DN25

1¼" DN32

1½" DN40

2" DN50

Kv at 20% offset

4.0

5.6

6.4

17.6

17.6

17.6

Maximum Kv

5.0

7.0

8.0

22.0

22.0

22.0

To maximise the control accuracy (especially for large load variations) use the Kv values given at 20% offset. For safety valve sizing use the maximum Kv values. Leakage rate £ 0.05% of the maximum Kv value.

TI-P186-01 CH Issue 10

SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 3 of 5

4.6.38

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Sizing and selection The required Kv can be calculated from the following formulae, Where: = Steam mass flow (kg/h) = Liquid volume flow (m 3 /h) = Gas flow at standard conditions: 0°C @ 1.013 bar a (m³/h) = Upstream pressure (bar absolute) = Downstream pressure (bar absolute) =

P1 - P 2 P1

(pressure drop factor)

= Specific gravity = Absolute average gas temperature (Kelvin = °C + 273)

4.6.39

Selecting valve type and nominal diameter Using the required maximum flowrate and smallest differential pressure P1 - P2 , calculate the required Kv from one of the adjacent formulae. Select a valve whose Kv value is 30% greater than the calculated K v. The optimum working range of the selected valve should ideally be within the range of 10 to 70% of its Kv. You should also note the reduction ratio (inlet pressure P1 divided by outlet pressure P2). If this exceeds the quoted pressure reduction ratio for the valve being considered the valve will not close. Critical pressure drop: KV

Steam

P1

Non-critical pressure drop: KV

Gas

KV

Liquid

KV

Recommended fluid velocities

P2  0.58 P1

P1

2

P1

P1

P2 P1

P2

P2

Steam

Saturated

10 to 40 m / s

Superheated

15 to 60 m / s

Gas

up to 2 bar g

2 to 10 m / s

above 2 bar g

5 to 40 m / s

Liquids

Page 4 of 5

P2 £ 0.58 P1

1 to 5 m / s

TI-P186-01 CH Issue 10

SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P186-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: Note that for use on steam, the spring housing must be below the pipework. A downstream pressure sensing pipe is also required.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" NPT SRV461S direct acting pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 0.8 to 2.5 bar g.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares 6, 7, 8, 9, 16

Diaphragm and 'O' ring kit

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model and pressure range. Example: 1 - Diaphragm and 'O' ring kit for a Spirax Sarco DN15 SRV463S direct acting pressure reducing valve with FEPM seat seal and having a pressure range of 0.8 to 2.5 bar g.

9

4.6.40

16

8 7

6

TI-P186-01 CH Issue 10

SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 5 of 5

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.41

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P205-01

CH Issue 10

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve Description

The DEP7 is an SG iron direct acting bellows sealed excess pressure valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm limited to 125°C and is suitable for steam and water applications. Also available for oil applications is a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N' i.e. DEP7B1N which is limited to 90°C) . Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for further details. Standards The products listed below comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Available types: DN15 to DN50 screwed connections and DN15 to DN100 flanged connections. The DEP7 is also available in a choice of 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1 - 6): Upstream pressure ranges: Actuator Spring Pressure range (bar) PN Range Valve type type colour DN15 - DN40 DN50 - DN80 DN100 Rating 1 DEP7B1 11 or 11N Yellow 0.1 - 0.5 0.1 - 0.3 0.1 - 0.3 2.5 2 DEP7B2 12 or 12N Yellow 0.2 - 0.8 0.2 - 0.5 0.2 - 0.5 2.5 3 DEP7B3 13 or 13N Blue 0.5 - 1.7 0.4 - 1.3 0.4 - 1.0 6 4 DEP7B4 14 or 14N Blue 1.4 - 3.4 1.0 - 2.6 0.8 - 2.5 16 5 DEP7B5 15 or 15N Blue 3.2 - 7.5 2.3 - 5.5 2.3 - 5.0 25 6 DEP7B6 15 or 15N Red 7.0 - 16.0 5.0 - 15.0 4.0 - 10.0 25

Sizes and pipe connections

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 

B

A

C

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed: BSP (BS 21 parallel), NPT also available DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN16 or PN25 Flanges available on request: ASME 150 and JIS

D

 Steam saturation curve

 





Screwed G

F

  Pressure bar g

E 

Flanged

½" to 2"

DN15 to DN100



The product must not be used in this region. A-D-E Flanged EN 1092 PN25 A-C-G Flanged EN 1092 PN16 A-B-F Flanged ASME 150 Note: In the case of liquid service, this product is to be used only on intermittent duty. Applications such as continuous pump recirculation may cause valve and pipework damage due to cavitation which is not covered under the terms of our warranty. Body design conditions Maximum design pressure Maximum design temperature Minimum design temperature

PN25 25 bar g @ 100°C 300°C @ 17.5 bar g 0°C EPDM diaphragm 125°C Maximum operating temperature Nitrile diaphragm 9 0°C Minimum operating temperature (ambient) 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DN15 - DN50 25 bar Maximum differential pressure DN65 - DN100 20 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

Kvs values Size DN Kvs

15 3.4

20 6.5

25 11.4

32 16.4

40 24

50 40

65 58

80 92

100 145

Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required. Page 1 of 8

4.6.42

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Materials No. Part

4.6.43

1

Body

2 3

Bonnet Valve seat

4

Valve seat gasket

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Valve head Valve head screw Valve head seal Bush Bush (part of item 10) Balancing bellows assembly Balancing bellows gasket Bonnet gasket Bonnet nuts

14

Bonnet studs

15 16 17 18 19 20

Pillars Pillars nuts Spring adjuster Spring(s) Bush (part of item 20) Sealing bellows assembly

21

Sealing bellows gasket

22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Clamp nut Lock-nut Spring plate Needle bearing Setting nut Bearing locator Adjuster sleeve Mounting plate (not shown)

32

Housing

33

Housing screws

34

Housing nuts

35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

Spindle guide Diaphragm Hexagon headed bolt Sealing washer Diaphragm clamp Piston Spindle Mounting nuts Coupling Thread insert Self-locking nut Washer Circlip Spindle seal 'O' ring Bearing bush Housing seal 'O' ring Vent plug Coupling clamp Spring Clamp screw

TI-P205-01 CH Issue 10

DN15 to DN50 DN65 to DN100

DN15 DN20 and DN25 DN32 to DN50 DN15 and DN20 DN25 to DN20 DN25 to DN100 DN25 to DN100 DN25 to DN100

DN15 to DN40 M10 DN50 and DN65 M12 DN80 and DN100 M16

Material SG iron SG iron SG iron Stainless steel Stainless steel Mild steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel Arlon 1555 Stainless steel Stainless steel AISI 316L Reinforced exfoliated graphite Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel Steel

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 ENG JS 400-18-LT DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 BS 970 431 S29

BS 970 431 S29 BS 6105 A2 BS 970 431 S29 BS 970 431 S29

DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8 DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8

Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 3693 Gr. 8 Zinc plated cast iron DIN 1691 GG25 Chrome vanadium PTFE / steel composite Stainless steel AISI 316L DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel 'S' type DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Steel Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Types 11(N) to 14(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24 Type 15(N) Steel BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3 Types 11(N) to 12(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 5.6 Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Types 11(N) to 12(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 5.6 Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 EPDM fabric reinforced or suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced Stainless steel BS 6105 A2 Fibre Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M Zinc plated carbon steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Zinc plated carbon steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Zinc plated steel DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel DTD 734 DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4 Type 12(N) only Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4 Zinc plated steel EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile PTFE / steel composite EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile Plastic Zinc plated steel ASTM A216 Gr. WCB Spring steel BS 5216 Gr. M4 Zinc plated steel BS 4168 Gr. 12.9

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve

Page 2 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves 1

6

44 4 16

3

8

45

5

7 15

11 12

9 16

DN15 to DN20

2 13 14 10

15

30

4.6.44 17

18

12

11 20 22 21

19 25

DN65 and DN100

28 54 53

52 27 29

26 31 41

49

47

39

50 35

43 34

48 40 38

33 36 51

37

32

DN25 to DN50

(Parts 42 and 46 are not shown)

TI-P205-01 CH Issue 10

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve

Page 3 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Sizing and selection for steam applications The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for steam applications by plotting:

-

Upstream pressure. Maximum valve pressure drop. Maximum steam load.

Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for any given flowrate. Kv sizing example: Maximum flowrate 1 500 kg/h Upstream pressure 9 bar g (10 abs) Maximum pressure drop 0.5 bar Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 abs. At intersection with 0.5 pressure drop draw a vertical line C - D. Draw a vertical line E - F at 1 500 kg/h. At intersection G, read the required Kv = 28. Valve size required DN50 having the next highest Kv of 40.

4.6.45

Example line

 

A









Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications. TI-P205-01 CH Issue 10

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve

Page 4 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Sizing and selection for water applications The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for water applications by plotting: - Maximum flowrate.

-

Maximum valve pressure drop.

Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for any given flowrate. Kv sizing example: Maximum flowrate 10 m 3/h. Maximum allowable pressure drop 0.3 bar. Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 m 3/h. Draw a vertical line C - D at 0.3 bar pressure drop. At intersection E, read the required Kv = 19. Valve size required DN40 having the next highest Kv of 24.

4.6.46

Example line



A









Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications. TI-P205-01 CH Issue 10

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve

Page 5 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 (½" and ¾") valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts for these sizes are supplied as spares.

Available spares

Coupling Diaphragm set Needle bearing Sealing bellows set Control spring(s) Seat / head set Gasket set Actuator spindle guide assembly

Diaphragm and sealing washer. Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and head seal. Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket. Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, housing seal 'O' ring and circlip.

A B, C D E, F, G, H I J, K, L, G, H F, G, K P, R, S, T, V

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DEP7B1 express pressure valve.

How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s).

4.6.47

K L

J H

G

E

I

F P

R

A

T

V

S

D C

B

DN15 and DN20 TI-P205-01 CH Issue 10

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve

Page 6 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts for the DN25 to DN100 (1" to 2") valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN25 and DN100 valves are detailed below. No other parts for these sizes are supplied as spares.

Available spares Coupling

Diaphragm set

A Diaphragm and sealing washer.

B, C

Sealing bellows assembly and sealing bellows gasket

E, F

Needle bearing

D

Sealing bellows set Control spring(s)

I

Seat/ head set DN25 to DN50

Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet gasket.

J, K, L, W, H, G

Head set DN65 to DN100

Head, head seal, self-locking nut, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket.

L, H, W, G, M

Balancing bellows set DN25 to DN50

Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, head seal and sealing bellows gasket.

N, M, G, H, F

Balancing bellows set DN65 to DN100

Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and head seal.

N, M, G, H

Gasket set DN25 to DN50

Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket and balancing bellows gasket.

F, G, K, M

Gasket set DN65 to DN100

Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket.

Actuator spindle guide assembly

Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, housing seal 'O' ring and circlip.

F, G, M P, R, S, T, V

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.

4.6.48

Example: 1 - Gasket set for a DN25 DEP7B1 excess pressure valve.

How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s).

W

L

H

G M N R I E

V

T

P

A S

F

D

C

B

DN25 to DN100 TI-P205-01 CH Issue 10

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve

Page 7 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres Flanged EN 1092 ASME Size PN25 150 A1 A1 DN15 130 127 DN20 150 143 DN25 160 153 DN32 180 176 DN40 200 198 DN50 230 229 DN65 290 295 DN80 310 314 DN100 350 350

Screwed BSP / NPT A2 88 102 134 144 150 180 -

E 38 38 51 51 62 71 -

Upstream pressure range B 553 553 562 632 632 635 635 637 744

1

C 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305

B 516 516 525 595 595 598 598 600 707

2

C 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250

DEP with flanged connections and Type 13 / 13N or 14 / 14N actuator

DEP with screwed connections and Type 13 / 13N or 14 / 14N actuator

A1

A2

3 B 459 459 468 538 538 541 541 543 650

C 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208

B 459 459 468 538 538 541 541 543 650

4

C 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168

B 459 459 468 538 538 541 541 543 650

5+6

C 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143

Type 11 / 11 or 12 / 12N actuator arrangement E

4.6.49 Type 15 / 15N actuator arrangement

B

Actuator weight (kg) Actuator type Weight C

ä

Valve weight (kg) Valve size

Yellow spring Weight Blue spring Red spring Reduction for screwed body

11 or 11N 12.6

12 or 12N 6.5

13 or 13N 4.0

14 or 14N 2.6

15 or 15N 2.7

Note: To calculate the total product weight add the valve and actuator weights together.

ä

DN15 12.1 12.1 13.6 -1.7

DN20 12.8 12.8 14.3 -2.2

DN25 15.7 15.7 17.2 -2.2

DN32 20.3 20.3 21.8 -3.6

DN40 22.3 22.3 23.8 -3.9

DN50 25.5 25.5 27.0 -5.5

DN65 33.7 33.7 35.4 -

DN80 38.3 38.3 40.0 -

DN100 62.3 62.3 64.9 -

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see IM-S12-10 supplied with the product.

Installation note: Caution: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the upstream pressure signal line to the actuator, refer to TI-S12-03 for details. The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. For applications with upstream temperatures below 125°C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DEP7B3 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN25 connections. Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DEP7B3N.

TI-P205-01 CH Issue 10

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve

Page 8 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.50

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves TI-P205-02

CH Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve Materials of Construction Technical information

For technical information see TI-P205-01. 6 44

12

8 1

DN15 and DN20

4.6.51

3

11 4

5

45 7

11 12

9

DN65 to DN100

16 2 13 14 10

15

30 20 17 18 24 23 22 21

19 25

54

28 53 52 27

26 31 41 47 50 35

29 49 39 43 34

DN25 to DN50 (Parts 42 and 46 not shown)

48 40 38 37

33 36 51 32

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2004

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Body Bonnet Valve seat

4

Valve seat gasket

5 6 7 8,(9) 10 11 12 13

Valve head BS 970 431 S29 Valve head screw BS 6105 A2 Valve head seal Bush (Part No. 9, Bush; part of item 10) BS 970 431 S29 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 AISI 316L Balancing bellows assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite Bonnet nuts Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8 Bonnet studs Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8 DN15 to DN25 M10 x 30 mm, DN50 and DN65 M12 x 35 mm, DN32 and DN40 M10 x 35 mm, DN80 and DN100 M16 x 40 mm Pillars Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07 Pillars nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8 Spring adjuster Cast iron zinc plated DIN 1691 GG25 Spring(s) Chrome vanadium Bearing (part of Item 20) PTFE / Steel composite Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel 'S' type Sealing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Clamp nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07 Adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Adaptor gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite Lock-nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07 Spring plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Needle bearing Steel Setting nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07 Bearing locator Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07 Adjuster sleeve Steel zinc plated Mounting plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Types 11(N) to 14(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24 Housing Type 15(N) Steel BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3 Types 11(N) and 12(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6 Housing bolts Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Steel zinc plated DIN 267 Pt 13 Gr. 8.8 Types 11(N) and 12(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6 Housing nuts Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Steel zinc plated DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8 Spindle guide Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced or suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced Hexagon headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105 A2 Sealing washer Fibre Diaphragm clamp Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M Piston Carbon steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Spindle Carbon steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07 Mounting nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 GR. 8 Coupling Steel zinc plated Thread insert (part of item 20) Stainless steel DTD 734 Self locking nut Steel zinc plated BS 1449 CR4 Washer Type 12 only Steel zinc plated BS 1449 CR4 Circlip Steel zinc plated Spindle seal 'O' ring EPDM or Suffix 'N' Nitrile Bearing PTFE /steel composite Housing seal 'O' ring EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile Vent plug Plastic Coupling clamp Steel zinc plated ASTM A216 Gr. WCB Spring Spring steel BS 5216 Gr. M4 Clamp screw Steel zinc plated BS 4168 Gr. 12.9

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

DN15 DN20 and DN25 DN32 to DN50

Material SG iron SG iron Stainless steel Stainless steel Mild steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel Arlon 1555 Stainless steel

DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve Materials of Construction

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 BS 970 431 S29

TI-P205-02 CH Issue 2

4.6.52

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.53

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P206-01

CH Issue 12

DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve Description

The DEP4 is a cast steel direct acting bellows sealed excess pressure valve. The standard version as an EPDM diaphragm (limited to 125°C) and is suitable for steam and water applications. Also available for oil applications is a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N' i.e. DEP4B1N which is limited to 90°C). Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 details. Standards The products listed below comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the when so required.

mark

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report and a certifcate of conformity to EN 10204 3.1 as an optional extra. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Available types: DN15 - DN100 flanged connections having 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1 - 6). Upstream pressure ranges: Range

Actuator type 11 or 11N 12 or 12N 13 or 13N 14 or 14N 15 or 15N 15 or 15N

Valve type

1 2 3 4 5 6

DEP4B1 DEP4B2 DEP4B3 DEP4B4 DEP4B5 DEP4B6

Spring colour Yellow Yellow Blue Blue Blue Red

DN15 - DN40 0.1 - 0.5 0.2 - 0.8 0.5 - 1.7 1.4 - 3.4 3.2 - 7.5 7.0 - 16.0

Pressure range (bar) DN50 - DN80 0.1 - 0.3 0.2 - 0.5 0.4 - 1.3 1.0 - 2.6 2.3 - 5.5 5.0 - 15.0

DN100 0.1 - 0.3 0.2 - 0.5 0.4 - 1.0 0.8 - 2.5 2.3 - 5.0 4.0 - 10.0

PN Rating 2.5 2.5 6 16 25 25

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 Standard flange: EN 1092 PN40 Flanges available on request: ASME 150, ASME 300 and JIS.

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 

A

B

C

 Steam saturation curve

 

E

D

   Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A-C-D Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300 A-B-E Flanged PN16 Note: In the case of liquid service, this product is to be used only on intermittant duty. Applications such as continuous pump recirculation may cause valve and pipework damage due to cavitation which is not covered under the terms of our warranty. Body design conditions PN40 Maximum design pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C Maximum design temperature 300°C @ 25.8 bar g Minimum design temperature 0°C EPDM diaphragm 125°C Maximum operating temperature Nitrile diaphragm 90°C Minimum operating temperature (ambient) 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DN15 - DN50 25 bar Maximum differential pressure DN65 - DN100 20 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 40 bar g 



Kvs values

Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 Kvs 3.4 6.5 11.4 16.4 24 40 58 92 145 Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required. Page 1 of 8

4.6.54

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Body Bonnet Valve seat

4

Valve seat gasket

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

4.6.55

Valve head Valve head screw Valve head seal Bush Bush (part of item 10) Balancing bellows assembly Balancing bellows gasket Bonnet gasket Bonnet nuts

14

Bonnet studs

15 16 17 18 19 20

Pillars Pillar nuts Spring adjuster Spring(s) Bearing bush (part of item 20) Sealing bellows assembly

21

Sealing bellows gasket

22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Clamp nut Lock-nut Spring plate Needle bearing Setting nut Bearing locator Adjuster sleeve Mounting plate

32

Housing

33

Housing screws

34

Housing nuts

35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56

Spindle guide Diaphragm Hexagon headed bolt Sealing washer Diaphragm clamp Piston Spindle Mounting nuts Coupling Thread insert Self-locking nut Washer Cirlclip Spindle seal 'O' ring Bearing bush Housing seal 'O' ring Vent plug Coupling clamp Spring Clamp screw Clamp plate Clamp plate gasket

TI-P206-01 CH Issue 12

Material Cast steel Cast steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

DN15 DN20 and DN25 DN32 to DN50

Mild steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel Arlon 1555 Stainless steel Stainless steel AISI 316L Reinforced exfoliated graphite Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel

DN15 and DN20 DN15 and DN20 DN25 to DN100 DN25 to DN100 DN25 to DN100

DN15 to DN40 DN50 and DN65 DN80 and DN100

GP 240 GH DIN 17245 GSC25 BS 970 431 S29

M10 M12 M16

Steel Zinc plated steel Zinc plated steel Zinc plated cast iron Chrome vanadium PTFE / steel composite Stainless steel

DN15 and DN20 DN25 to DN100 DN25 to DN100

BS 970 431 S29 BS 6105 A2 BS 970 431 S29 BS 970 431 S29

DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8 DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8 BS 970 230 M07 BS 3693 Gr. 8 DIN 1691 GG25

AISI 316L Stainless steel 'S' type

Reinforced exfoliated graphite Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Steel Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Types 11(N) to 14(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24 Type 15(N) Steel BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3 Types 11(N) to 12(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 5.6 Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Types 11(N) and 12(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 5.6 Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 EPDM fabric reinforced or suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced Stainless steel BS 6105 A2 Fibre Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M Zinc plated carbon steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14 Zinc plated carbon steel BS 970 230 M07 Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Zinc plated steel DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel DTD 734 DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4 Type 12(N) only Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4 Zinc plated steel EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile PTFE / steel composite EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile Plastic Zinc plated steel ASTM A216 Gr. WCB Spring steel BS 5216 Gr. M4 Zinc plated steel BS 4168 Gr. 12.9 DN65 to DN100 only Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L Reinforced exfoliated graphite

DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve

Page 2 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

1 4 3

45

5

6 44

8

7

16

11 9 12

2

13 10

15

14

30

DN15 and DN20 17

18

4.6.56

20 22 21

19 25 28 53 54

52

12

11

27 41 29 47

26 49 31

42 50 35

43 48

34 33

51

DN65 to DN100 40

49

37

38 32 36

DN25 to DN50 (part 46 is not shown) 56

55

TI-P206-01 CH Issue 12

DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve

Page 3 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Sizing and selection for steam applications The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for steam applications by plotting: - Upstream pressure. - Maximum valve pressure drop. - Maximum steam load. Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for any given flowrate. Kv sizing example: Maximum flowrate 1 500 kg/h Upstream pressure 9 bar g (10 abs) Maximum pressure drop 0.5 bar Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 abs. At intersection with 0.5 pressure drop draw a vertical line C - D. Draw a vertical line E - F at 1 500 kg/h. At intersection G, read the required Kv = 28. Valve size required DN50 having the next highest Kv of 40.

4.6.57

Example line

 

A









Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications. TI-P206-01 CH Issue 12

DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve

Page 4 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Sizing and selection for water applications The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for water applications by plotting: - Maximum flowrate. - Maximum valve pressure drop.

Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for any given flowrate. Kv sizing example: Maximum flowrate 10 m 3/h. Maximum allowable pressure drop 0.3 bar. Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 m 3/h. Draw a vertical line C - D at 0.3 bar pressure drop. At intersection E, read the required Kv = 19. Valve size required DN40 having the next highest Kv of 24.

4.6.58

Example line



A









Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications. TI-P206-01 CH Issue 12

DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve

Page 5 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts for these sizes are supplied as spares.

Available spares

Coupling Diaphragm set Needle bearing Sealing bellows set Control spring(s) Seat / head set Gasket set Actuator spindle guide assembly

Diaphragm and sealing washer. Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and head seal. Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket. Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, housing seal 'O' ring and circlip.

A B, C D E, F, G, H I J, K, L, G, H F, G, K P, R, S, T, V

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed ‘Available spares’ and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DEP4B1 express pressure valve.

How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s).

4.6.59

J

K L

H

G

E

I

R

S Y

A

V T

F

C

B

D

DN15 and DN20

TI-P206-01 CH Issue 12

DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve

Page 6 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts for the DN25 to DN100 valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN25 to DN100 valves are detailed below. No other parts for these sizes are supplied as spares.

Available spares

Coupling A Diaphragm set B, C Diaphragm and sealing washer. Needle bearing D Sealing bellows set E, F, X Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket: - Clamp plate gasket DN65 to DN100. Control spring(s) I Seat/head set DN25 to DN50 J, K, L, W, H, G Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet gasket. Head set DN65 to DN100 L, H, W, G, M Head, head seal, self-locking nut, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket. Balancing bellows set DN25 to DN50 N, M, G, H, F Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, head seal, sealing bellows gasket. Balancing bellows set DN65 to DN100 N, M, G, H Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and head seal. Gasket set DN25 to DN50 F, G, K, M Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket, balancing bellows gasket. Gasket set DN65 to DN100 F, G, M, X Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, balancing bellows gasket and clamp plate gasket. Actuator spindle guide assembly P, R, S, T, V Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, housing seal 'O' ring and circlip. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed ‘Available spares’ and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Gasket set for a DN25 DEP4B1 excess pressure valve.

W

K J

L H

G M N

I E

F

4.6.60 D R P T A S

V

C

B

DN25 to DN50

How to fit spares

For full fitting instructions see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s).

W

L

H

G M N I E X F

F

D

DN65 to DN100

R V P

T A S

C

B

DN65 to DN100 TI-P206-01 CH Issue 12

DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve

Page 7 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres

DN15

EN 1092 PN40 A1 130

Flanged ASME 300 A1 130

ASME 150 A1 127

B 553

DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350

150 162 181 203 233 297 319 366

143 153 176 198 229 295 314 350

553 562 632 632 635 635 637 744

Size

Downstream pressure range 1

C 305

B 516

305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305

516 525 595 595 598 598 600 707

2

C 250

B 459

250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250

459 468 538 538 541 541 543 650

3

C 208

B 459

208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208

459 458 538 538 541 541 543 650

4

C 168

B 459

168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168

459 468 538 538 541 541 543 650

5+6

C 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143

DEP with Type 13 / 13N or Type 14 / 14 actuator A1

4.6.61

B Type 11 / 11N and 12 / 12N actuator arrangement

Valve weight (kg) Valve size Weight

Yellow spring Blue spring Red spring

Actuator weight (kg) Actuator type Weight

Type 15 / 15N actuator arrangement

C DN15 11.6 11.6 13.6

DN20 13.3 13.3 14.8

DN25 16.7 16.7 18.2

DN32 21.4 21.4 22.9

DN40 23.7 23.7 25.2

1 or 1N 12.3

2 or 2N 6.5

3 or 3N 4.0

4 or 4N 2.6

5 or 5N 2.7

DN50 26.3 26.3 27.8

DN65 37.7 37.7 39.4

DN80 46.0 46.0 47.7

DN100 69.8 69.8 72.5

Note: To calculate the total product weight add the valve and actuator weights together.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S12-10) supplied with the product. Installation note: Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the upstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details. The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125°C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DEP4B3 direct acting excess pressure valve having flanged PN40 connections. Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DEP4B3N.

TI-P206-01 CH Issue 12

DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve

Page 8 of 8

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves TI-S12-03

CH Issue 5

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

WS4 Water Seal Pot

ISO 9001

Description

A

To be used in conjunction with the DRV or DEP direct acting pressure control valves when process temperature exceeds the maximum operating temperature of the actuator. For applications where there is rapid fluctuation of pressures or loads the WS4-3 is recommended.

2

Available types WS4 The WS4 is for normal applications up to a volume of 1 litre. The WS4-3 has a larger 3 litre volume and is recommended WS4-3 where there is rapid fluctuation of pressure or load.

4 B

WS4

Sizes and pipe connections BSP Male BS 21 NPT Male Inlet ½" BSP Male BS 21 Screwed WS4-3 ½" NPT Male WS4 DN10 Butt weld WS4-3 DN15 " BSP Female BS 21 with 8 mm Outlet Screwed compression fitting. Screwed

"

WS4

1

"

3

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits ��� ��� Steam saturation curve

��� ��� �� �

B �

�

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

WS4-3

��

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN25

Maximum design pressure

25 bar g @ 120°C

Maximum design temperature

225°C @ 21 bar g

Minimum design temperature

0°C

Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g for saturated steam service Maximum operating temperature 225°C @ 21 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 40 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Housing

Carbon steel

2

Connector

Steel

3

Coupling

Steel zinc plated

4

Plug

Steel

5

Tube

Carbon steel

A

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg WS4 WS4-3

DIN 1614 St W24

A 127 127

B 157 365

Weight 1.6 5.4

Available spare Part No. 3 - Coupling

How to order DIN 1629 St 52

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BSP connections.

" WS4 water seal pot having screwed

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

4.6.62

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.63

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P006-01

CH Issue 13

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies Description

The DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y pilot operated pressure reducing valves have been manufactured using cast steel.

Available types

DP143

Suitable for steam applications

DP143G

Is a soft seal version available for compressed air and inert industrial gases. Note: It is not recommended for oxygen service.

DP143H

Is a high temperature version for use up to 350 °C.

DP143Y

Having a lower rate pressure control spring, making it suitable for steriliser/autoclave applications

4.6.64

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15LC - Low Capacity version, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN80. Standard flanges:

EN 1092 PN40, BS 10 Table 'J' and ANSI 300.

Available on request: ANSI 150 and JIS 20.

Kv values

The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes only. DN15LC

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN80

1.0

2.8

5.5

8.1

12.0

17.0

28.0

64.0

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156 Note: Where the internal balance pipe is used the valve capacity will be reduced.

Page 1 of 9 Page 1 of 7

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits A

 

B

D

Steam  saturation curve

 

F C 



G

   bar g Pressure

E 

The product must not be used in this region. Due to the material strength of the main diaphragm chamber the product must not be used in this region. Use the high temperature DP143H version in this region. A-D-E Flanged EN 1092, PN40, ANSI 300 and BS 10 Table J. A-B-C Flanged ANSI 150. F-G

DP143G limited to 120 °C @ 26 bar g.

Note: Two colour coded pressure adjustment springs are available for the following downstream pressure ranges:

4.6.65

Red

0.2 bar g to 17 bar g

Grey

16.0 bar g to 24 bar g

Yellow

0.2 to 3.0 bar g (DP143Y only)

Body design conditions Maximum design pressure

PN40 A-B-C

18.9 bar g @ 20 °C

A-D-E

Limited to 26 bar g

Maximum design temperature

350 °C @ 24 bar g

Minimum design temperature Maximum upstream pressure for saturated steam service

Maximum operating temperature

0 °C A-D-E

26 bar g

A-B-C

14 bar g

DP143

300 °C @ 26 bar g

DP143G

120 °C @ 26 bar g

DP143H

350 °C @ 24 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum differential pressure

0 °C A-D-E

26 bar

A-B-C

14 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

60 bar g

Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed:

40 bar g

Page 2 of 9

TI-P006-01 CH Issue 13

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves DN15 to DN50

For DN15 to DN50, parts 22 to 30, see page 4

1

For DN80 parts, see page 4

2 3 4 5 6 12 8 7

9 10 11 21

19

13 15 14 16 17 18 20

4.6.66

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Adjustment screw

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

2

Adjustment lock-nut Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

3

Washer

Stainless steel

4

Spring housing

Cast steel

5

Top spring plate

Stainless steel

BS 970 220 Mo7

6

Pressure adjustment Stainless steel spring

7

Bottom spring plate

No. Part

Material

13

Pilot valve and seat unit

Stainless steel

14

Internal strainer

Stainless steel

15

Body gasket

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

BS 2056 302 S25

16

Main valve return spring

Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S16

Steel

BS 970 220 Mo7

17

Main valve

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

Securing Steel nuts

BS 3692 Gr. 8 18

Main valve seat

19

Balance pipe assembly

8

Spring housing

9

Pilot diaphragm

Securing Steel studs DN15 to DN80 Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16 DIN 17245 GS C25

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 M10 x 30 mm BS 1449 316 S31

Steel 10

Pilot valve housing

11

Pilot valve plunger

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

12

Spring housing cover Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S12

DN15 to DN50 DN80

Stainless steel

21

Stainless steel Cast steel

Steel Pilot valve housing Securing DN15 and DN20 studs DN25 to DN50 DN80

TI-P006-01 CH Issue 13

BS 970 431 S29

DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile

Securing Steel nuts

GP 240 GH+N

BS 1449 304 S16

DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile

20 Main valve body

DIN 17245 GS C25

BS 970 431 S29

DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile

BS 3605 304 S14 DIN 172 45 GS C25 BS 3692 Gr. 8 BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 M10 x 25 mm M12 x 30 mm M12 x 40 mm

Page 3 of 9

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves DN15 to DN50

DN80

45

4.6.67

46 26 27 30 25 24

23 22 28

Materials No. Part

Material

Main diaphragm 22 chamber Securing nuts Main 23 diaphragm

Securing bolts

Cast steel

No. Part DIN 17245 GS C25 45

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

DN15 and DN20

M12 x 50 mm

DN25 and DN32

M12 x 60 mm

DN40 and DN50

M12 x 65 mm

DN80

M12 x 80 mm

24 Main diaphragms

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 S31

25 Main diaphragm plate

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

26 Push rod

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

27 Control pipe assembly

Stainless steel

BS 3605 304 S14

28 Plug

Steel

" BSP

29 Pressure pipe union

Steel

30 Lock-nut

Steel

Page 4 of 9

Body studs

BS 3692 Gr. 8

46

Body nuts

Material Steel

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

DN15 to DN80

Upper main diaphragm Cast steel chamber

M12 x 40 mm 1.0619+N

For DN15 to DN50, parts 1 to 21, see page 3

TI-P006-01 CH Issue 13

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

A

E

D

4.6.68 F

B

EN 1092 PN40

ANSI 300

ANSI 150

BS 10 Table J

A

A

A

A

B

D

E

F

Weight

DN15 LC

130

130

122

130

175

405

277

128

15

DN15

130

130

122

130

175

405

277

128

15

DN20

150

150

142

150

175

405

277

128

16

DN25

160

160

156

164

216

440

288

152

23

DN32

180

183

176

184

216

440

288

152

25

DN40

200

209

200

209

280

490

305

185

40

DN50

230

236

230

243

280

490

305

185

42

DN80

310

319

310

325

350

580

322

258

103

Sizes

TI-P006-01 CH Issue 13

Page 5 of 9

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Steam capacities chart    

Downstream pressure bar

      

4.6.69

 









    Upstream pressure bar

















 Capacity kg/h













  

 





 











 













DN15



DN20



DN25

 

DN15LC 

 



 



















DN32



DN40



DN50



DN80

Note

The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal balance pipe will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve capacity.

How to use the chart

Saturated steam A valve is required to pass 600 kg/h reducing from 6 bar to 4 bar. Find the point at which the curved 6 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 4 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point gives the capacities of all DP sizes under these conditions. A DN32 valve, is the smallest size which will carry the required load. Superheated steam Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart above. For 55 °C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100 °C of superheat the factor is 0.9. Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55 °C of superheat. It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.

Page 6 of 9

TI-P006-01 CH Issue 13

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Compressed air capacities chart    

Downstream pressure bar

     

4.6.70

  











    Upstream pressure bar 



Capacity dm 3 /s free air













 

 







DN15LC DN15







DN32



DN40

 



DN20 DN25









 















































 



DN50



DN80

How to use the chart

Capacities are given in cubic decimetres of free air per second (dm 3 /s). The use of the capacity chart can be best explained by an example. Required, a valve to pass 100 dm 3 /s of free air reducing from 12 bar to 8 bar. Find the point at which the curved 12 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 8 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point shows that whereas a DN15LC valve will only pass 57 dm 3 /s and is therefore not large enough, a DN15 valve will pass approximately 120 dm 3 /s under these conditions and is the correct valve size to choose.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P006-07) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 DP143 pilot operated pressure reducing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

TI-P006-01 CH Issue 13

Page 7 of 9

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts Available spares Maintenance kit A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked* * Main diaphragm

(2 off)

A

* Pilot diaphragm

(2 off)

B C

Pilot valve seal assembly * Pilot valve and plunger assembly

D, E F, H

Main valve assembly * Main valve return spring Pressure adjustment spring

G Red

DP143, DP143G, DP143H

0.2 to 17 bar

Grey

DP143, DP143G, DP143H

16 to 24 bar

J K

Control pipe assembly

M, N

Balance pipe assembly * Body gasket * Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts

(set of 4)

P

* Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts

(set of 4)

Q

Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts

4.6.71

O

(packet of 3)

Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80)

(set of 10)

DN15 and DN20

(set of 12)

DN25 and DN32

(set of 16)

DN40 and DN50

(set of 20)

DN80

R

T

(set of 6)

V, W, X

Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of pressure reducing valve. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DP143 pressure reducing valve. How to fit. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available on request.

Interchangeability of spares

The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that sizes DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm. Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g. DP143G Interchangeability is therefore restricted to model type for some parts. † Please note for storage purposes: The spare parts marked † are not the same material as those for the DP163, consequently they may not be compatible for interchangeability. ** DN15LC

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN80

Main diaphragm

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

Pilot diaphragm

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

Pilot valve seal assembly

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

Pilot valve and plunger assembly

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

Main valve assembly

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Main valve return spring

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

Pressure adjustment spring

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

† Control pipe assembly

a

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

† Balance pipe assembly

a

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

† Body gasket

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

† Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

† Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

† Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

† Set of main body studs and nuts

−

−

−

−

−

−

−

a

Size

** Not available for the DP143G Page 8 of 9

TI-P006-01 CH Issue 13

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

P

V

N Q M K O D E

P

W X

G

4.6.72

A

F H

Q J

B

R

C R

T

arrangement of main diaphragm chamber DN80 size only.

TI-P006-01 CH Issue 13

Page 9 of 9

DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.73

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 1 of 7 TI-P107-01

CH Issue 10

DP163, DP163G and DP163Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Stainless Steel Bodies

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The DP163, DP163G and DP163Y pilot operated pressure reducing valves have been manufactured using stainless steel. Available types DP163 Suitable for steam applications DP163G Is a soft seal version available for compressed air and inert industrial gases. Note: It is not recommended for oxygen service. DP163Y Having a lower rate pressure control spring is suitable for steriliser / autoclave applications Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the so required.

mark when

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections DN15LC - Low Capacity version, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN80. Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN25 and PN40, BS 10 Table 'J' and ASME (ANSI) 300. Available on request: ASME (ANSI) 150 and JIS 20.

Kv values

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits ��� A ���

B

��� ��� F �� �

�

The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes only.

D Steam saturation curve G

C ��

��� �� ���� Pressure bar g

DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80 1.0 2.8 5.5 8.1 12.0 17.0 28.0 64.0 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 Note: Where the internal balance pipe is used the valve capacity will be reduced.

E ��

���� ��

The product must not be used in this region. A-D-E Flanged EN 1092 PN40, BS 10 Table J and ASME (ANSI) 300. A-B-C Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150. F-G DP163G limited to 120°C @ 26 bar g. Note: Two colour coded pressure adjustment springs are available for the following downstream pressure ranges: Red 0.2 bar g to 17 bar g Grey 16.0 bar g to 21 bar g Yellow 0.2 bar g to 3.0 bar g (DP163Y only) Body design conditions

PN40 36.4 bar g @ 20°C Maximum design pressure 18.9 bar g @ 20°C Maximum design temperature 250°C @ 24 bar g Minimum design temperature -10°C A-D-E 25 bar g Maximum upstream pressure for saturated steam service A-B-C 14 bar g A-D-E 250°C @ 24 bar g Maximum operating temperature A-B-C 250°C @ 12.1 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco A-D-E 25 bar g Maximum differential pressure A-B-C 14 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 40 bar g A-D-E A-B-C

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 7

© Copyright 2009

4.6.74

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 2 of 7 Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

4.6.75

16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 45

46

Part Adjustment screw Adjustment lock-nut Washer Spring housing Top spring plate Pressure adjustment spring Bottom spring plate Spring Securing nuts housing Securing studs

DN15 to DN50

1 Material Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel DIN 3100 316 C12 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25

Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 DN15 to DN50 M10 x 30 mm Pilot diaphragm Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31 Pilot valve housing Stainless steel BS 3100 316 C12 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Spring housing cover Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S12 Pilot valve and seat unit Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel reinforced Body gasket exfoliated graphite Main valve return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 Main valve Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Balance pipe assembly Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14 Main valve body Stainless steel BS 3100 316 C12 Securing nuts Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 Pilot valve housing Securing studs Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 DN15 and DN20 M10 x 25 mm DN25 to DN50 M12 x 30 mm DN80 M12 x 40 mm Main diaphragm Cast chamber Stainless steel BS 3100 316 C12 Securing nuts Stainless steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Main diaphragm Securing bolts Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 DN15 and DN20 M12 x 50 mm DN25 and DN32 M12 x 60 mm DN40 and DN50 M12 x 65 mm DN80 M12 x 80 mm Main diaphragms Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31 Main diaphragm plate Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Control pipe assembly Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Plug " BSP Pressure pipe union Stainless steel BS 970 316 S31 Lock-nut Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 Body nuts Stainless steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Body studs Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 DN80 only M12 x 40 mm Upper main Stainless steel BS 3100 316 C12 diaphragm chamber

2 3 4 5 6 12 8 7

9 10 11 21

29 External downstream pressure sensing pipe union

13 15

14

16

19 Internal balance pipe

17 18 20 26 27 30

25 24

23 22 28

DN80

45 46

DP163, DP163G and DP163Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve with Stainless Steel Bodies Page 2 of 7

TI-P107-01 CH Issue 10

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 3 of 7 Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

A

E

D

4.6.76 F

B

Sizes DN15 LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80

EN 1092 PN40 A 130 130 150 160 180 200 230 310

ASME 300 A 130 130 150 160 183 209 236 319

ASME 150 A 122 122 142 156 176 200 230 310

BS 10 Table J A 130 130 150 164 184 209 243 325

B 175 175 175 216 216 280 280 350

D 405 405 405 440 440 490 490 580

E 277 277 277 288 288 305 305 322

DP163, DP163G and DP163Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve with Stainless Steel Bodies Page 3 of 7

F 128 128 128 152 152 185 185 258

Weight 15 15 16 23 25 40 42 103

TI-P107-01 CH Issue 10

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 4 of 7 Steam capacities chart �� �� ��

Downstream pressure bar

�� �� �� �� �� � �

4.6.77

� � �

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� ��

Upstream pressure bar

��

��� ���

���

���

���

Capacity kg / h

���

���

���

���

���

���

���

���

���� �

���� ����

��� ����

����

����

���� ����

����

�����

��� ���

���� ����

���� ����

����

DN20

����

DN25 DN32

���� ����

DN15LC DN15

����

���� ����

���

��� ����

����

���� ����

���

����

�����

DN40 ����

DN50

�����

DN80

Note

The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal balance pipe will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve capacity.

How to use the chart

Saturated steam A valve is required to pass 600 kg/h reducing from 6 bar to 4 bar. Find the point at which the curved 6 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 4 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point gives the capacities of all DP sizes under these conditions. A DN32 valve, is the smallest size which will carry the required load. Superheated steam Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart above. For 55°C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100°C of superheat the factor is 0.9. Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55°C of superheat. It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.

DP163, DP163G and DP163Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve with Stainless Steel Bodies Page 4 of 7

TI-P107-01 CH Issue 10

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 5 of 7 Compressed air capacities chart �� �� ��

Downstream pressure bar

�� �� �� �� �� � �

4.6.78

� � �

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

Upstream pressure bar

��

��

���

Capacity dm3 /s free air

�� ���

���

���

���

���

�

����

���

���

����

���� ����

���

���

����

����

����

����

���� ���� ����

���

DN20 DN25

���

����

����

DN15

���

���

���

���

��� ���

���

DN15LC

���

���

���

���

���

��

DN32

����

DN40

���� ����

����

���� ����

���� ����

DN50 DN80

How to use the chart

Capacities are given in cubic decimetres of free air per second (dm 3 /s). The use of the capacity chart can be best explained by an example. Required, a valve to pass 100 dm 3 /s of free air reducing from 12 bar to 8 bar. Find the point at which the curved 12 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 8 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point shows that whereas a DN15LC valve will only pass 57 dm 3 /s and is therefore not large enough, a DN15 valve will pass approximately 120 dm 3 /s under these conditions and is the correct valve size to choose.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P006-07) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 DP163 pilot operated pressure reducing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and having flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections. DP163, DP163G and DP163Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve with Stainless Steel Bodies Page 5 of 7

TI-P107-01 CH Issue 10

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 6 of 7 Spare parts Available spares Maintenance kit A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked* * Main diaphragm * Pilot diaphragm Pilot valve seal assembly

(2 off)

A

(2 off)

B C D, E

* Pilot valve and plunger assembly Main valve assembly

F, H G

* Main valve return spring Pressure adjustment spring

Red

DP163 and DP163G

0.2 to 17 bar

Grey

DP163 and DP163G

16 to 21 bar

Yellow

DP163Y and DP163G

0.2 to 3 bar K

* Control pipe assembly * Balance pipe assembly

M, N

* Body gasket Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts

4.6.79

J

O

(packet of 3) (set of 4)

P

Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts

(set of 4)

Q

(set of 10)

DN15 and DN20

Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts

(set of 12) (set of 16) (set of 20) (set of 6)

DN25 and DN32 DN40 and DN50 DN80

Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80) Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly

R

T V

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of pressure reducing valve. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DP163 pressure reducing valve. How to fit - See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available on request.

Interchangeability of spares

The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that sizes DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm. Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g 'DP163G'. Interchangeability is therefore restricted to model type for some parts. † Please note for storage purposes: The spare parts marked † are not of the same material as those for the DP143, consequently they are not compatible for interchangeability. ** DN15LC Main diaphragm a Pilot diaphragm a Pilot valve seal assembly a Pilot valve and plunger assembly a Main valve assembly a Main valve return spring a Pressure adjustment spring a Control pipe assembly a Balance pipe assembly a Body gasket a Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts a Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts a Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts a Set of main body studs and nuts − Size

† † † † † † †

DN15 a a a a b a a a a a a a a −

DN20 a a a a c a a b b a a a a −

DN25 b a a a d b a c c b a b b −

DN32 b a a a e b a d d b a b b −

DN40 c a a a f c a e e c a c c −

DN50 c a a a g c a f f c a c c −

DN80 d a a a h d a g g d a d d a

** Not available for the DP163G

DP163, DP163G and DP163Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve with Stainless Steel Bodies Page 6 of 7

TI-P107-01 CH Issue 10

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 7 of 7

P V

N Q M K O D

E

4.6.80

P G A

F H

Q

J

B

R

C R

T

Arrangement of main diaphragm chamber DN80 size only.

DP163, DP163G and DP163Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve with Stainless Steel Bodies Page 7 of 7

TI-P107-01 CH Issue 10

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.81

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 1 of 7 TI-P004-01

CH Issue 6

SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The SDP143 is a cast steel pilot operated pressure surplussing valve suitable for steam, air and industrial gasses (Note: It is not suitable for oxygen service). The SDP143 controls by sensing the upstream pressure through a pressure sensing pipe taken from the union 29 which is clearly identified on page 2.

Sizes and pipe connections DN15LC - Low Capacity version, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN80. Flanged to EN 1092 PN40, BS 10 Table 'J', ANSI 300 and ANSI 150.

Kv values

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits ���

A

B

The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes only.

D

���

Steam saturation curve

��� �

�

��

DN15LC DN15 1.0 2.8

DN20 5.5

DN25 8.1

DN32 12.0

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN40 17.0

DN50 28.0

DN80 64.0

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

E

C ���� �� �� Pressure bar g

��

The product must not be used in this region. Due to the material strength of the main diaphragm chamber the product must not be used in this region. A-D-E Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ANSI 300 and BS 10 Table J. A-B-C Flanged ANSI 150. Note: Two colour coded pressure adjustment springs are available for the following downstream pressure ranges: Red 0.2 bar g to 17 bar g Grey 16.0 bar g to 24 bar g Body design conditions

PN40 17.2 bar g @ 40°C Maximum design pressure Limited to 26 bar g Maximum design temperature 300°C @ 26 bar g Minimum design temperature 0°C A-D-E 26 bar g Maximum upstream pressure for saturated steam service A-B-C 14 bar g Maximum operating temperature 300°C @ 26 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco A-D-E 26 bar Maximum differential pressure A-B-C 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 40 bar g A-B-C A-D-E

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 7

© Copyright 2008

4.6.82

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 2 of 7 DN15 to DN50

1 2 3 4 5

Arrangement of main valve assembly as used in sizes DN40 and DN50.

6

DN80

12 8

29 7 10

13

9

16

17

11 21 13 15 14 16 17

18

4.6.83

20 26

25 24

27 30

45

23

46

22 28

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part Adjustment screw Adjustment lock-nut 'C' washer Spring housing Top spring plate Pressure adjustment spring Bottom spring plate Spring Securing nuts housing Securing studs

9

Pilot diaphragm

10

Pilot valve housing

11 12 13 14

Pilot valve plunger Spring housing cover Pilot valve and seat unit Internal strainer

15

Body gasket

16 17 18

Main valve return spring Main valve Main valve seat

Material Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25 Steel BS 970 220 Mo7 Stainless steel

BS 2056302 S25

Steel BS 970 220 Mo7 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 DN15 to DN80 M10 x 30 mm Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31 Steel DIN 17245 GS C25 GP 240 GH + N Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S12 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29

No. Part Material 20 Main valve body Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25 Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 21 Pilot valve housing Securing studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 DN15 and DN20 M10 x 25 mm DN25 to DN50 M12 x 30 mm DN80 M12 x 40 mm 22 Main diaphragm chamber Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25 Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr.8 23 Main diaphragm Securing bolts Steel BS 4882 Gr. 2H DN15 and DN20 M12 x 50 mm DN25 and DN32 M12 x 60 mm DN40 and DN50 M12 x 65 mm DN80 M12 x 80 mm 24 Main diaphragms Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31 25 Main diaphragm plate Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 26 Pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 27 Control pipe assembly Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14 28 Plug "BSP Steel 29 Pressure pipe union Steel 30 Lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Body studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 45 Body nuts M12 x 40 mm Steel BS 3692 Gr. 2H Upper main 46 Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25 diaphragm chamber

SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body Page 2 of 7

TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 3 of 7 Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

A

E

D

4.6.84 F

B

Sizes DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80

EN 1092 PN40 A 130 130 150 160 180 200 230 310

ANSI 300 A 130 130 150 160 183 209 236 319

ANSI 150 A 122 122 142 156 176 200 230 310

BS 10 Table J A 130 130 150 164 184 209 243 325

B 175 175 175 216 216 280 280 350

D 405 405 405 440 440 490 490 580

E 277 277 277 288 288 305 305 322

SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body Page 3 of 7

F 128 128 128 152 152 185 185 258

Weight 15 15 16 23 25 40 42 103

TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 4 of 7 Steam capacities chart �� �� �� ��

Downstream pressure bar

�� �� �� �� � �

4.6.85

� � �

�

�

�

��

�� �� �� �� Upstream pressure bar

���

���

���

���

���

���

���

���

��� Capacity kg / h

�

�

���

���

����

����

�

���� ����

��� ����

����

����

���� ����

����

�����

��

����

����

�����

����

DN15

����

DN20

����

DN25

���� ����

DN15LC ���

���� ����

��

��� ���

����

����

���� ����

����

��

���

���

����

��

���

���

���

��

����

DN32

����

DN40

����

DN50

�����

DN80

How to use the chart

Saturated steam A valve is required to pass 600 kg/h reducing from 6 bar to 4 bar. Find the point at which the curved 6 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 4 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point gives the capacities of all DP sizes under these conditions. A DN32 valve, is the smallest size which will carry the required load. Superheated steam Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart above. For 55°C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100°C of superheat the factor is 0.9. Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55°C of superheat. It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.

SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body Page 4 of 7

TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 5 of 7 Compressed air capacities chart �� �� �� ��

Downstream pressure bar

�� �� �� �� � �

4.6.86

� � �

�

�

�

�

�

�� �� �� �� Upstream pressure bar ��

��

Capacity dm3 /s free air

���

���

���

�

����

���

��� ����

���� ����

����

����

����

DN15LC DN15

���

DN20

��� ����

���� ���� ����

��

��� ���

����

����

���

���

���

���

���

��

��

���

���

��� ���

���

��

���

���

���

���

��

���

��

��

DN25 ����

DN32

���� ����

����

���� ����

DN40 ����

DN50

����

DN80

How to use the chart

Capacities are given in cubic decimetres of free air per second (dm3/s). The use of the capacity chart can be best explained by an example. Required, a valve to pass 100 dm3/s of free air reducing from 12 bar to 8 bar. Find the point at which the curved 12 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 8 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point shows that whereas a DN15LC valve will only pass 57 dm3/s and is therefore not large enough, a DN15 valve will pass approximately 120 dm3/s under these conditions and is the correct valve size to choose.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P004-05) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 SDP143 pilot operated pressure surplussing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body Page 5 of 7

TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 6 of 7 Spare parts Available spares Maintenance kit A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked* * Main diaphragm * Pilot diaphragm

(2 off)

A

(2 off)

B C

Pilot valve seal assembly

D, E

* Pilot valve and plunger assembly Main valve assembly

F, H G

* Main valve return spring Pressure adjustment spring

0.2 to 17 bar

Grey

16 to 24 bar

J K

* Control pipe assembly * Body gasket

4.6.87

Red

O

(packet of 3)

Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts

(set of 4)

P

Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts

(set of 4)

Q

(set of 10)

DN15 and DN20

Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts

(set of 12) (set of 16) (set of 20) (set of 6)

DN25 and DN32 DN40 and DN50 DN80

Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80) Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly

R

T V, W, X

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of pressure reducing valve. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 SDP143 pilot operated pressure surplussing valve. How to fit. See Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available on request.

Interchangeability of spares

The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that sizes DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm. Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g 'SDP' 'G'. Interchangeability is therefore restricted to model type for some parts. † Please note for storage purposes: The spare parts marked † are not of the same material as those for the DP143 and DP163, consequently, they are not compatible for interchangeability. DN15LC

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN80

Main diaphragm

Size

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

Pilot diaphragm

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

Pilot valve seal assembly

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

Pilot valve and plunger assembly

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

Main valve assembly

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Main valve return spring

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

Pressure adjustment spring

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

† Control pipe assembly

a

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

† Body gasket

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

† Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

† Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

† Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts

a

a

a

b

b

c

c

d

† Set of main body studs and nuts

−

−

−

−

−

−

−

a

SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body Page 6 of 7

TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Page 7 of 7

P V

Q

K O D

E

W X

P

4.6.88

G A

F H

Q

J

B

R

C R

T

Arrangement of main diaphragm chamber DN80 size only.

SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body Page 7 of 7

TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P186-08

CH Issue 11

SRV66 Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve Description

4

The SRV66 is an angle pattern self-draining sanitary pressure regulating valve of all 316 type stainless steel construction suitable for use on steam, water and inert industrial gases. It is available with hygienic sanitary clamp compatible connections to ISO 2852, requires no external pressure sensing line and has clean in place (CIP) and sterilise in place (SIP) capability. Typical applications include: Clean steam, gas and liquid supplies to bioreactors, centrifuges, freeze dryers, sterilisers, autoclaves, process tanks, humidifiers and culinary equipment.

4.6.89

6

5

Valve tightness Valve tightness is in accordance with VDI / VDE guideline 2174 (leakage rate < 0.5% of Kvs value).

3

Standard surface finish and cleaning Internal wetted parts - Ra < 3.2 µm ultrasonically cleaned. Available options, supplied on request at extra cost: For food, pharmaceutical and superclean Polished version applications with surface roughness: Ra ≤ 0.25, 0.4 or 0.8 µm Viton (FEPM) Elastomer soft seat Aseptic ASME BPE clamp Special connections ASME or JIS flanges NPT screwed Welding spigots Note: Other connections / constructions are available upon request Oil and grease free FDA approved diaphragm material

10 7

12

9 8 2 1

11

Certification options

The following are available at an additional cost :

-

FDA approval for wetted parts. USP class IV approval for wetted parts. Surface roughness certificate for wetted surfaces. Confirmation that the parts in this product contain only animal-free derivatives.

These items are subject to quotation and must be specified when ordering.

Sizes and end connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 ISO 2852 sanitary clamp compatible.

Pressure / temperature limits See overleaf

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part Body (integral seat) Main valve Spring housing Adjustment screw Spring Spring clip Diaphragm nut Diaphragm plate 'V' band clamp Diaphragm 'O' ring 'V' band clamp screw

Material Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70 Stainless steel 1.4301 (304) Stainless steel 1.4301 (304) Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70 Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) FPM (Viton) / PTFE PTFE Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70

Pressure / temperature limits

Sizing

Temperature °C

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

where:

The required Kv can be calculated from the following formulae:



   

Steam saturation curve 





  Pressure bar g



P1 P2 c

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Inlet PN10 Outlet see 'Pressure setting range' below Maximum design pressure 9.5 bar @ 50°C Maximum design temperature 300°C @ 5.8 bar Minimum design temperature -10°C Maximum operating temperature 180°C Maximum operating pressure (inlet) 8 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 15.2 bar g Body design conditions

S T

= = = = =

Steam mass flow (kg/h) Liquid volume flow (m 3 /h) Gas flow at standard conditions: 0°C @ 1.013 bar a (m 3 /h) Upstream pressure (bar absolute) Downstream pressure (bar absolute) P1 - P2 = (pressure drop factor) P1

= Specific gravity = Absolute average gas temperature (Kelvin = °C + 273)

Steam

Critical pressure drop: P2 £ 0.58 P1

Non-critical pressure drop: P2 ³ 0.58 P1

Gas

4.6.90

Pressure setting range

Size DN15 - DN50 Inlet / outlet rating PN10 / PN2.5 PN10 / PN6 PN10 / PN10 Spring range 0.3 - 1.1 bar g 0.8 - 2.5 bar g 1.0 - 5.0 bar g Maximum permitted outlet pressure = 1.5 times set pressure

Kv values

To maximise the control accuracy (especially for large load variations) use the Kv values given at 20% offset. For safety valve sizing use the maximum Kv values. Valve size Kv at 20% offset Maximum Kv For conversion:

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 2.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.2 2.6 3.9 4.6 5.2 5.9 6.8 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.93

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg B

Liquid

Calculating the Kv and selecting a suitable valve Using your maximum flowrate and smallest differential pressure (P1 – P2), calculate the required Kv from one of the above formulae. Select a valve Kv that is 30% greater than the calculated Kv. The optimum working range of the selected valve should ideally be within the range of 10 to 70% of its Kv. Recommended fluid velocities Steam Gas

Saturated Superheated up to 2 bar g above 2 bar g

Liquids

10 to 40 m/s 15 to 60 m/s 2 to 10 m/s 5 to 40 m/s 1 to 5 m/s

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P186-09) supplied with the product. Installation note: The SRV66 should always be fitted with the inlet vertical and the spring housing directly above the valve.

C

How to order example

1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 SRV66 direct acting sanitary pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 1 – 5 bar g a PN10 / PN6 rating, FPM diaphragm and ISO 2852 sanitary clamp compatible connections.

A

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.

A Pressure range 1.0 to 5.0 bar and 0.8 to 2.5 bar 0.3 to 1.1 bar

Size DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN40 DN50 DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN40 DN50

TI-P186-08 CH Issue 11

A 90 120 120 120 120 120

B 138 138 138 200 200 200

C Weight 200 2.0 200 2.5 200 3.0 200 3.0 200 3.5 200 4.0

Available spares Diaphragm and 'O' ring

10, 11

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model and pressure range. Example: 1 - Diaphragm and 'O' ring for a Spirax Sarco DN25 SRV66 direct acting pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 1 - 5 bar, a PN10 / PN6 rating and an FPM diaphragm.

SRV66 Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P186-10

CH Issue 3

SRV66HC High Capacity Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve Description

The SRV66HC all stainless steel sanitary pressure reducing valve is a double seated, high capacity, spring loaded proportional control valve which also benefits from having a quick release body clamp ring. It is designed for hygienic applications in the food processing, brewing/beverage and pharmaceutical industries. The angle design allows for complete draining with no dead pockets and is suitable for use in CIP and SIP systems. The valve does not require an external pilot line. Valve tightness Valve tightness is in accordance with VDI / VDE guideline 2174 (leakage rate < 0.5% of Kvs value).

4.6.91

20

12 13

Standard surface finish Internal wetted parts - standard surface finish of Ra < 3.2 µm. Available options End connections; ASME BPE hygienic clamp, flanged ASME or EN 1092, Aseptic thread, welding spigots. PN10 rated inlet flange for DN65 – DN100 sizes. Internal surface finishes; Ra 1.6 µm, 0.80 µm, 0.40 µm and 0.25 µm, electropolished. EPDM diaphragm and 'O' ring seals for gas and liquid service. Maximum operating temperature when this option is used: 130°C. Sealed bonnet with leakage line for toxic or hazardous media. For sizes DN65 – DN100 with PN16 / PN2.5 (0.3 – 1.1 bar g), PN16 / PN6 (0.8 – 2.5 bar g) and PN10 (2.0 – 5.0 bar g).

19 8

Sizes and end connections

7

DN25, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 ISO 2852 sanitary clamp compatible.

6

Pressure / temperature limits See overleaf

15, 16

Materials

3, 5

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Part Body Seat Spacer, upper Spacer, lower Diaphragm disc Spring Spring cap Adjusting screw Lower stem 'O' ring 'O' ring Diaphragm Protective film Upper stem Spring washer Nut 'O' ring Clamp Screw Gasket

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Elastomer Elastomer Elastomer PTFE Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Elastomer Stainless steel Stainless steel Composite

1.4404 1.4404 1.4404 1.4404 1.4404 1.4310 CrNiMo A4-70 1.4404 FEPM 75 FEPM 75 FPM PTFE 1.4404 A2 A4-70 FEPM 75 1.4404 1.4404 Nova-Uni

18 4

17 14

11 9 10 2 1

Pressure / temperature limits

Sizing

Temperature °C

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

where:

The required Kv can be calculated from the following formulae,



A D

    

B E

Steam saturation curve 

g

C 



s



  Pressure bar g







P1 P2 c

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A - B - C Maximum operating conditions for steam D - E - C Maximum operating conditions for liquids and gases Inlet PN16 Outlet see 'Pressure setting range' below Maximum design pressure 15.2 bar @ 50°C Maximum design temperature 300°C @ 9 bar g Minimum design temperature -10°C EPDM diaphragm 130°C Maximum operating temperature FPM diaphragm 180°C Maximum operating pressure (inlet) 8 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

S T

= = = = =

Steam mass flow (kg/h) Liquid volume flow (m 3 /h) Gas flow at standard conditions: 0°C @ 1.013 bar a (m³/h) Upstream pressure (bar absolute) Downstream pressure (bar absolute) P1 - P2 = (pressure drop factor) P1

= Specific gravity = Absolute average gas temperature (Kelvin = °C + 273)

Steam

Critical pressure drop: P2

0.58 P1

Body design conditions

Pressure setting range Size Inlet / outlet Spring range

DN40 - DN100 PN16 / PN2.5 0.3 - 1.1 bar g

DN25 - DN100 DN25 - DN100 PN16 / PN6 PN16 / PN10 0.8 - 2.5 bar g 2.0 - 5.0 bar g

Kv values

To maximise the control accuracy (especially for large load variations) use the Kv values given at 20% offset. For safety valve sizing use the maximum Kv values. Valve size Kv at 20% offset Maximum Kv For conversion:

DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 3.1 16.9 16.9 46.2 53.9 61.6 4.0 22.0 22.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.93

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg B

Non-critical pressure drop: P2

Gas

4.6.92

Liquid

Calculating the Kv and selecting a suitable valve Using your maximum flowrate and smallest differential pressure (P1 – P2), calculate the required Kv from one of the above formulae. Select a valve Kv that is 30% greater than the calculated Kv. The optimum working range of the selected valve should ideally be within the range of 10 to 70% of its Kv. Recommended fluid velocities Steam Gas

Saturated Superheated up to 2 bar g above 2 bar g

Liquids

Leakage line, " BSP

0.58 P1

10 to 40 m/s 15 to 60 m/s 2 to 10 m/s 5 to 40 m/s 1 to 5 m/s

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P186-11) supplied with the product.

How to order

C

Example: 1 off, Spirax Sarco DN40 SRV66HC direct acting pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 0.8 – 2.5 bar g and a PN16 / PN6 rating and FPM diaphragm.

A

Spare parts

A Size DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

A 100 115 125 175 175 175

TI-P186-10 CH Issue 3

B 138 200 200 240 240 240

C 305 345 355 690 690 690

Weight 2.5 6.5 6.5 26.0 26.0 26.0

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Diaphragm, 'O' ring and gasket kit 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 20 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model, pressure range and PN rating. Example: 1 - Diaphragm, 'O' ring and gasket kit for a Spirax Sarco DN40 SRV66HC direct acting pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 0.8 – 2.5 bar g and a PN16 / PN6 rating and FPM diaphragm.

SRV66HC High Capacity Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.93

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P470-08

CH Issue 3

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies Description

The DP27T and DP27TE are combined pressure / temperature control valves for use on steam applications. They are designed to be used in conjunction with a 2 m length of capillary which is available separately (other lengths are available on request - see 'Optional extras', page 4). They combine a temperature and pressure pilot valve in one unit. This controls the main valve so that the temperature is maintained while the maximum steam pressure is limited. A variable rate conical pressure adjustment spring is fitted providing a downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 17 bar g.

DP27T shown

Notes:

4.6.94

1. The valve can be supplied with a blank undrilled flange if required. 2. The sensor of the control system will need to be mounted by either a union kit, pocket or wall mounting bracket - see 'Optional extras, page 4'

Technical data (Solenoid valve)

DP27T

Pressure / temperature control

Optional Pressure / temperature control extras with elec tr ic ally operated See page 4. solenoid valve

DT27TE

230 ±10% Vac or 115 ±10% Vac (others available on request).

Voltages available

Available types of valve

Frequency

50/60 Hz

Inrush Power consumption Holding

45 VA 23 VA

Temperature ranges Range A 16 °C to 49 °C

Range B 38 °C to 71 °C

Range C 49 °C to 82 °C

Range D 71 °C to 104 °C

Range E 93 °C to 127 °C

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15LC - Low Capacity version, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT (DN15 to DN25 only). DN15 - DN50 EN 1092 PN25

Standard flanges:

DN25 - DN50 BS 10 Table H and ANSI 300

Available on request: DN15 - DN50 JIS 10, JIS 16 and ANSI 150

DN15 - DN20 BS 10 Table F

DN15 ANSI 300

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits  A   G    



Steam saturation curve



Body design conditions

D

B

Maximum design pressure

25 bar g @ 120 °C

A-B-C

17.2 bar g @ 40 °C

Maximum design temperature

232 °C @ 21 bar g

Minimum design temperature G

C

   Pressure bar g

E



The product must not be used in this region. Screwed and flanged EN 1092 PN25, ANSI 300, and A-D-E BS 10 Table H. A-B-C Flanged ANSI 150. G-G

PN25 A-D-E

The DP27TE is limited to 10 bar g @ 190 °C.



Maximum upstream pressure for saturated steam service Maximum operating temperature

-10 °C DP27T DP27TE

17 bar g 10 bar g

DP27T

232 °C @ 17 bar g

DP27TE

190 °C @ 10 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum differential pressure

DP27T

17 bar

DP27TE

10 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

Page 1 of 9

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Adjustment screw

Steel

2

Adjustment lock-nut

Steel

3

Spring housing

SG iron

BS 3692 Gr. 8 DIN1693 GGG 40.3

4

Top spring plate

Stainless steel

ASTM A351/A351M CF8M

5

Pressure adjustment spring

Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S 25

6

Bottom spring plate Securing nuts

4.6.95

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Brass

BS 2872 CZ 122

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel

7

Spring housing

8

Pilot diaphragms

Phosphor bronze

9

Pilot valve chamber

SG iron

10

Pilot valve plunger

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

11

Pilot valve seat with integral seal

Stainless steel + PTFE

BS 970 431 S 29

12

Pilot valve ball

Stainless steel

AISI 420

13

Pilot valve spring

Stainless steel

BS 2057 302 S 25

Securing studs

DN15 to DN32

M10 x 95 mm

DN40 and DN50

M12 x 95 mm

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 2870 PB102 1980 DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

14

Pilot valve clip

Stainless steel

BS 1449 301 S 21

15

Pilot filter cap gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 S 11 BS 970 431 S 29

16

Pilot filter cap

Stainless steel

17

Pilot filter element

Brass

18

Main valve return spring

Stainless steel

19

Main valve

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

20

Main valve seat

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

BS 2056 302 S 25

21

Balance pipe assembly

Copper

BS 2871 C 106 ½H

22

Main valve body

SG iron

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Securing nuts 23

24

Main body

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel Securing studs

Main diaphragm chamber

DN15 to DN32

M10 x 25 mm

DN40 and DN50

M12 x 30 mm

SG iron Securing nuts

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

25

Main diaphragm

26

Main diaphragms

Phosphor bronze

BS 2870 PB 102

27

Main diaphragm plate

Brass

BS 2872 CZ 122 BS 970 431 S 29

Securing studs

DN15 to DN32

M12 x 50 mm

DN40 and DN50

M12 x 55 mm

28

Pushrod

Stainless steel

29

Control pipe assembly

Brass and copper

30

Plug

32

Lock-nut

33

Solenoid valve

" BSP

Steel Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

34

Packless gland housing

Brass

BS 2874 CZ 121

35

Pilot valve plunger

Phenolic resin

ISO (BS) PF2C3

36

Pilot valve seat ring

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

37

Pilot valve closure member

Stainless steel

38

Pilot valve housing

SG iron

39

Pilot valve housing

Securing nuts Securing studs

AISI 440 B DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel DN15 to DN50

M10 x 25 mm

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8

40

Locking ring

Brass

BS 2874 CZ 122

41

Adjustment head

Phenolic resin

ISO (BS) PF2C3 2 BA x ¾"

42

Adjustment head securing screws

Cadium plated

43

Capillary tube

Copper PVC covered

44

Sensor

Brass

Page 2 of 9

EN 12451 CW707R H130/170

TI-P470-08 CH Issue 3

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves 9 15 16 17

Please note that the pilot valve chamber (9) has been shown out of position to identify items 15, 16 and 17.

DP27T 1 6 Exploded view of item 11

2

43

3

10

4

45

5

40 41 35

46 7

47

4.6.96

42

48

8 11

12

9

13

21

34 39 37 38 36 44

18

14

29 19

20

22

28

24

23

32 25 26

DP27TE 27

30

33

Materials - DP27T/TE

See DP27 items list on page 2 for common components No. Part

Material

43 Pilot valve assembly with integral seal 44 Pipe assembly Brass and copper 45 Circlip

Stainless steel

1.4116

46 Retainer

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

47

Variseal

48 Pilot seat

Composite elastomer / stainless steel Stainless steel + PTFE

TI-P470-08 CH Issue 3

Turcon T40 / AQISI 302 BS 970 431 S 29

Page 3 of 9

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Optional extras

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Capillary tubes: Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m. Conversion kit: Comprising of a solenoid valve and the necessary pipe and fittings for converting an existing DP27T to DP27TE. Union kit: Comprising of union nipple (U), compression ring (V) and a gland nut (W). The union nipple is screwed ¾" BSP. Pockets: Are available in copper with brass union nipple, mild steel or stainless steel. Union nipple U forms the top of the pocket and carries compression ring V and gland nut W. The union nipple is screwed ¾" BSP. Special long pockets are available having minimum length of 0.5 m and a maximum of 1 m. They are sealed at the top by a rubber bung. Glass pockets are also available complete with bracket and sealed by a rubber bung. Wall mounting bracket: inclusive of cover.

Pressure sensing pipe

The DP27 controls by sensing the downstream pressure through a pressure sensing pipe taken from the union (31) or through the internal balance pipe (21) provided. Fitting is described in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the valve.

4.6.97

DP27T

31 (not visible)



Union kit

Pocket

Glass pocket

W V 21

U

Page 4 of 9

TI-P470-08 CH Issue 3

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Dimensions / weights

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves (approximate) in mm and kg

Size

Flanged Screwed BS 10 H

PN25

Weight

ANSI 300 BS 10 F ANSI 150 JIS 10/16

A

A1

A1

A1

A1

A1

A1

B

D

F

G

Screwed

Flanged

DN15LC

160

-

130

126.6

117

120.2

122

185

404

130

130

15.7

16.5

DN15

160

-

130

126.6

117

120.2

122

185

404

130

130

15.7

16.5

DN20

160

-

150

-

133

139.4

142

185

404

130

130

15.7

17.4

DN25

180

160

160

160.0

-

160.0

152

207

428

148

130

17.2

19.7

DN32

-

180

180

180.0

-

176.0

176

207

428

148

130

-

20.7

DN40

-

200

200

200.0

-

199.0

196

255

473

178

139

-

32.2

DN50

-

230

230

230.0

-

228.0

222

255

473

178

139

-

35.2

4.6.98

A A1

D G

F

B Union kit

Metal pocket

Glass pocket W

Wall mounting

V K

O

M

L

N

Union kit

P

Metal pocket

Wall mounting

Glass pocket

K

L

M

N

O

P

V

W

142

17.5

150

22.3

195

35

575

117

TI-P470-08 CH Issue 3

Page 5 of 9

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Steam capacities chart





Downstream pressure bar













4.6.99















 





Upstream pressure bar 

 















 

 



 



 

DN15LC









Capacity kg / h





DN15 DN20 DN25



DN32



DN40



 



DN50 DN80

Note

The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal balance pipe will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve capacity.

How to use the chart

Saturated steam A valve is required to pass 600 kg/h reducing from 6 bar to 4 bar. Find the point at which the curved 6 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 4 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point gives the capacities of all DP sizes under these conditions. A DN32 valve, is the smallest size which will carry the required load. Superheated steam Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart above. For 55 °C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100 °C of superheat the factor is 0.9. Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55 °C of superheat. It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.

Page 6 of 9

TI-P470-08 CH Issue 3

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Compressed air capacities chart

  

Downstream pressure bar

       

4.6.100

 























 



Upstream pressure bar 





Capacity dm3/s free air

 











 

 

 







 

  









DN20 DN25

 



DN15LC DN15









 

 















 

DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80

How to use the chart

Capacities are given in cubic decimetres of free air per second (dm3/s). The use of the capacity chart can be best explained by an example. Required, a valve to pass 100 dm3/s of free air reducing from 12 bar to 8 bar. Find the point at which the curved 12 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 8 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point shows that whereas a DN15LC valve will only pass 57 dm3/s and is therefore not large enough, a DN15 valve will pass approximately 120 dm3/s under these conditions and is the correct valve size to choose.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P470-09) supplied with the product. Installation note: The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 DP27T pilot operated pressure/temperature control valve having flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections and a temperature range A.

TI-P470-08 CH Issue 3

Page 7 of 9

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Spare parts - Available spares

Maintenance kit: A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked * * Main diaphragm (2 off) A * Pilot diaphragms (2 off) B * Pilot valve assembly C, C1 Pilot valve filter and gasket (packet of 3 of each) E, F Pilot valve assembly for temperature control unit B2, C2, D2, E2 * Pilot valve packless gland set H2, J2 Main valve assembly DN15 to DN50 K, L Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly G * Internal strainer M * Main valve return spring N Pressure adjustment spring 0.2 - 17 bar O Control head (3 pieces) Y, Z When ordering state range and length of capillary tube. Normally stocked in capillary lengths of 2 m. Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m (at extra cost). Range A 16 °C − 49 °C Range B 28 °C − 71 °C Range C 49 °C − 82 °C Range D 71 °C − 104 °C Range E 93 °C − 127 °C Union sub assembly (3 pieces) U * Control pipe assembly P Balance pipe assembly Q * Body gasket set (3 off) R * Pilot valve block gasket temperature control unit (3 pieces) R1 Set of spring housing/actuating chamber cover securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S Set of main body studs and nuts (set of 4) T DN15 to DN32 (set of 10) Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes: V DN40 to DN50 (set of 12) Set of temperature pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S1 Set of adjustment head securing screws (set of 3) Y Solenoid valve complete W Type DP27TE only Replacement coil X1 Valve seat and core assembly X2

4.6.101

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of the pilot operated pressure / temperature control valve. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 Type DP27T pilot operated pressure/temperature control valve. How to fit: See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Further copies are available on request.

Interchangeability of spares

The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the diaphragm used in the screwed valves ½" and ¾" is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm is common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. Spares which are marked † are interchangeable with the DP17 and DP27 pressure reducing valves. Spares marked 'o' are interchangeable with the 37D temperature control valve.

†o † † o o †o †o †o † o o † † † †o †o

o

Size DN Maintenance kit Main diaphragm Pilot diaphragm Pilot valve assembly for pressure control unit Pilot valve filter and gasket Pilot valve assembly for temperature control unit Pilot valve packless gland set Main valve assembly Internal strainer Main valve return spring Pressure adjustment spring Control head 'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor Control pipe assembly Balance pipe assembly Gasket set Pilot valve block gasket Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts Set of main body studs and nuts Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Set of temperature pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts Set of adjustment head securing screws

Page 8 of 9

½"LC a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a

Screwed ½" ¾" a a a a a a a a a a a a a a b c a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a

a a

1" b b a a a a a d b b a a a b b a a a a a

15LC f a a a a a a a f a a a a f f a a a a a

15 f a a a a a a b f a a a a f f a a a a a

20 a a a a a a a c a a a a a a a a a a a a

a a

a a

a a

a a

Flanged 25 32 b c b b a a a a a a a a a a d e b c b b a a a a a a b d b c a a a a a a a a a a a a

a a

40 d c a a a a a f d c a a a e d b a b b b

50 e c a a a a a g e c a a a f e b a b b b

a a

a a

TI-P470-08 CH Issue 3

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Pilot valve packless gland set

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Z

O

H2 J2

E2

S

D2 C2

Y S

Q

S1

U

B

Shown 180° out of position for clarity Pilot valve chamber assembly

B2

4.6.102

C1

F E

R

C R1

N

R

K T

L

V

Coil X1

M W Core assembly

G X2

A

Solenoid valve complete

Main valve assembly

P

V

TI-P470-08 CH Issue 3

Page 9 of 9

DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.103

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies Description

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y pilot operated pressure reducing valves have bodies manufactured using SG iron. These products are not suitable for oxygen service. DP27

Suitable for steam or compressed air applications.

DP27E

Suitable for steam applications. It incorporates an electrical solenoid valve in the pipe assembly allowing remote closure by means of a switching or timer device.

DP27G

Suitable for compressed air and inert industrial gas applications. Its design incorporates a nitrile soft seal pilot and main valve. Note: it is not available with a solenoid valve.

Available types DP27GY

Suitable for compressed air, inert industrial gas and critical low pressure control applications. Its design incorporates a nitrile soft seal pilot and main valve, and uses a lower rate control spring with a downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 3.0 bar. Note: it is not available with a solenoid valve.

DP27R

This can be remotely adjusted by varying a pressure signal to the pilot diaphragm. This is usually achieved using a Spirax-Monnier pressure regulator and an instrument air supply.

DP27Y

Suitable for steriliser or critical low pressure control applications. It uses a lower rate control spring with a downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 3.0 bar.

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the

mark

when so required.

Certification

This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections DN15LC - Low Capacity version (not available for DP27G or DP27GY) DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT (DN15 to DN25 only). Standard flanges: DN15

- DN50 EN 1092 PN16 and PN25

DN25

- DN50 BS 10 Table H and ASME 300

Flanges available on request: DN15

- DN15 to DN40 JIS 10/16 - DN50 JIS10 and JIS16 - DN15 to 50 ASME 150.

DN15

- DN20 BS 10 Table F

DN15

- ASME 300

DP27 shown Page 1 of 11

4.6.104

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Pressure / temperature limits

   

A G F

 

D

B



F

Steam saturation curve G 



DP27G and DP27GY

C

   Pressure bar g

E 



Temperature °C

Temperature °C

DP27, DP27E, DP27R and DP27Y

 F 

F

 

E 



  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. A-D-E Screwed and flanged EN 1092 PN25, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H A-B-C Flanged ASME 150. F-F-E The DP27G and DP27GY are limited to 120 °C. G-G

The DP27E is limited to 10 bar g @ 190 °C.

Note: A variable rate conical pressure adjustment spring is fitted providing a downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 17 bar g. For the DP27Y downstream pressure range is 0.2 - 3 bar g.

4.6.105

Body design conditions Maximum design pressure

PN25 A-D-E

25 bar g @ 120 °C

A-B-C

17.2 bar g @ 40 °C

Maximum design temperature

232 °C @ 21 bar g

Minimum design temperature Maximum upstream pressure for saturated steam service For ASME 150, see A-B-C above

Maximum operating temperature For ASME 150, see A-B-C above

-10 °C DP27, DP27R and DP27Y

17 bar g

DP27G and DP27GY

25 bar g

DP27E

10 bar g

DP27, DP27Y

232 °C @ 21 bar g

DP27E

190 °C @ 10 bar g

DP27G, DP27GY

120 °C @ 25 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

0 °C DP27, DP27R and DP27Y

Maximum differential pressure

DP27G and DP27GY DP27E

17 bar 25 bar g 10 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of :

38 bar g

Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed :

25 bar g

Page 2 of 11

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Exploded view of item 11

DP27 and DP27Y

1

*10

2 3 4

11

5 *12 *13

7 6 9 8

*14 11 15 16 17

19

18

4.6.106 19

* Note: Items 10, 12, 13 and 14 are shown on the exploded view, as they are hidden by the pilot filter on the main illustration.

Materials - DP27 and DP27Y (Parts 1 to 19) No. Part

Material

1

Adjustment screw

Steel

2

Adjustment lock-nut

Steel

3

Spring housing

SG iron

4

Top spring plate

Stainless steel

ASTM A351/A351M CF8M

5

Pressure adjustment spring

Stainless steel

BS EN 10270-3:2001 302 S 26

6

Bottom spring plate

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 BS 3692 Gr. 8 DIN1693 GGG 40.3

Brass Securing nuts

BS 2872 CZ 122

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8

7

Spring housing

DN40 and DN50

M12 x 95 mm

8

Pilot diaphragms

Phosphor bronze

BS 2870 PB102 1980

9

Pilot valve chamber

SG iron

* 10 11

Pilot valve plunger

Stainless steel

BS 970 321 S 31

Pilot valve seat with integral seal

Stainless steel + PTFE

BS 970 431 S 29

* 12 * 13

Pilot valve ball

Stainless steel

AISI 420

Pilot valve spring

Stainless steel

BS 2057 302 S 26

* 14 15

Pilot valve clip

Stainless steel

BS EN 10088-2 1995 1.4310

Pilot filter cap gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 S 11

16

Pilot filter cap

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

17

Pilot filter element

Brass

18

Internal strainer

Stainless steel

19

Body gasket

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

Securing studs

DN15 to DN32

M10 x 95 mm

EN JS 1025

ASTM A240 TP 304

Page 3 of 11

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves DP27 and DP27Y

23

33 20 24

4.6.107

21 22

31

32 30 29

25 28 26 27

Materials - DP27 and DP27Y (Parts 20 to 34) No. Part

Material

20 Main valve return spring

Stainless steel

21

Main valve

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

22 Main valve seat

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

BS 2056 302 S 26

23 Balance pipe assembly

Copper

BS 2871 C 106 ½H

24 Main valve body

SG iron

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Securing nuts 25 Main body

Securing studs

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8

DN15 to DN32

M10 x 25 mm

DN40 and DN50

M12 x 30 mm

26 Main diaphragm chamber - upper

SG iron

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

27 Main diaphragm chamber - lower

SG iron

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Securing nuts 28 Main diaphragm

Securing bolts

29 Main diaphragms

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

DN15 to DN32

M12 x 50 mm

DN40 and DN50

M12 x 55 mm

Phosphor bronze

BS 2870 PB 102 1980

30 Main diaphragm plate

Brass

BS 2872 CZ 122

31

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

Pushrod

32 Lock-nut

Steel

33 Control pipe assembly 34 Plug

"

Page 4 of 11

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Brass and copper BSP

Steel

Note: This item is hidden from view

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Exploded view of item 43 10

DP27E 45 46 47 48

12 13 49 14

43

4.6.108

44

Materials - DP27E

See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common components No. Part

Material

43 Pilot valve assembly with integral seal 44 Pipe assembly

Brass and copper

45 Circlip

Stainless steel

1.4116

46 Retainer

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S 29

47

Composite elastomer / stainless steel

Variseal

48 Pilot seat

Stainless steel + PTFE

Turcon T40 / AQISI 302 BS 970 431 S 29

49 Solenoid assembly

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

Page 5 of 11

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Materials - DP27G and DP27GY

Materials - DP27R

No. Part

Material

No. Part

35

Pilot valve chamber

SG iron

36

Pilot valve assembly Brass / PTFE / Nitrile

37

Main valve assembly

See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common components

See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common components

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

Stainless steel / Nitrile

BS 970 431 S29

DP27G 1

Material

38

Actuating chamber cover

SG iron

39

Actuating air supply union

Brass

40

Diaphragm spring

Stainless steel

41

Actuating Stainless steel reinforced BS 2815 Gr. A chamber gasket exfoliated graphite

42

Spring plate

DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

BS 2056 Gr. 302 S26

Brass

2

BS 2872 CZ 122

DP27R

3 4 7 38 39

5

8, 41 9

33

7

4.6.109

40 42

6 33

8 35 36 18

19

15 16 17

23 11 19

18

20

20 37 22 31

23

21 22 31 24

24 19

19

32

25 28

32

25 28

30

26

30

26 27

27 29

29

Technical data (Solenoid valve) Voltages available

220 / 240 ±10% Vac or 110 / 220 ±10% Vac (others available on request)

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

Power consumption

Inrush 45 VA

Notes for DP17R only:

1. Maximum downstream reduced pressure 15 bar g.

Holding 23 VA

2. The control pressure signal to the pilot diaphragm must be approximately 0.7 bar above the required reduced downstream pressure.

Kv values

The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes only. DN15LC

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

1.0

2.8

5.5

8.1

12.0

17.0

28.0

For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Note: Where the internal balance pipe is used the valve capacity will be reduced. Page 6 of 11

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

DP27, DP27E and DP27Y Screwed Size DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

A 160 160 160 180 -

BS 10 H A1 160 180 200 230

PN16/25 A1 130 130 150 160 180 200 230

Flanged ASME 300 BS 10 F A1 A1 126.6 117 126.6 117 133 160.0 180.0 200.0 230.0 -

Weight ASME 150 JIS 10/16 A1 A1 120.2 122 120.2 122 139.4 142 160.0 152 176.0 176 199.0 196 228.0 222

B 185 185 185 207 207 255 255

D 406 406 406 430 430 475 475

E 276 276 276 282 282 297 297

F Screwed Flanged 130 13.2 14.0 130 13.2 14.0 130 13.2 14.9 148 14.2 17.2 148 18.2 178 30.2 178 32.2

DP27, DP27E and DP27Y A A1

DP27G and DP27GY A A1

DP27R A A1

E

4.6.110

E E

D D D

F

F

F

B

B

B

DP27G and DP27GY Screwed Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

A 160 160 180 -

BS 10 H A1 160 180 200 230

PN16/25 A1 130 150 160 180 200 230

Flanged ASME 300 BS 10 F A1 A1 126.6 117 133 160.0 180.0 200.0 230.0 -

ASME 150 JIS 10/16 A1 A1 120.2 122 139.4 142 160.0 152 176.0 176 199.0 196 228.0 222

Weight

BS 10 H A1 160 180 200 230

PN16/25 A1 130 130 150 160 180 200 230

Flanged ASME 300 BS 10 F A1 A1 126.6 117 126.6 117 133 160.0 180.0 200.0 230.0 -

ASME 150 JIS 10/16 A1 A1 120.2 122 120.2 122 139.4 142 160.0 152 176.0 176 199.0 196 228.0 222

B 185 185 207 207 255 255

D 364 364 388 388 433 433

E 234 234 240 240 255 255

F Screwed Flanged 130 12.0 12.8 130 12.0 13.7 148 13.0 16.0 148 17.0 178 29.0 178 31.5

DP27R Screwed Size DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

A 160 160 160 180 -

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

Weight B 185 185 185 207 207 255 255

D 296 296 296 320 320 364 364

E 166 166 166 172 172 186 186

F Screwed Flanged 130 12.2 13.0 130 12.2 13.0 130 12.2 13.9 148 13.2 16.2 148 16.2 178 29.2 178 31.7

Page 7 of 11

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Steam capacities chart





Downstream pressure bar















4.6.111











 *



 



Upstream pressure bar





Capacity kg / h





 





 



 



 





DN15LC













* Note: The DP27E is limited to 10 bar.



DN15 DN20 DN25



DN32



DN40





DN50

Note

The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal pressure sensing pipe will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve capacity.

How to use the chart

Saturated steam A valve is required to pass 600 kg/h reducing from 6 bar to 4 bar. Find the point at which the curved 6 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 4 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point gives the capacities of all DP sizes under these conditions. A DN32 valve, is the smallest size which will carry the required load. Superheated steam Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart above. For 55 °C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100 °C of superheat the factor is 0.9. Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55 °C of superheat. It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.

Page 8 of 11

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Compressed air capacities chart

  

Downstream pressure bar

         

























 

4.6.112

Upstream pressure bar



 

Capacity dm3/s free air

 

 







   





 

  



 



 

     



 

 



 







DN15LC 

 





 

      













DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

How to use the chart

Capacities are given in cubic decimetres of free air per second (dm3/s). The use of the capacity chart can be best explained by an example. Required, a valve to pass 100 dm3/s of free air reducing from 12 bar to 8 bar. Find the point at which the curved 12 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 8 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point shows that whereas a DN15LC valve will only pass 57 dm3/s and is therefore not large enough, a DN15 valve will pass approximately 120 dm3/s under these conditions and is the correct valve size to choose.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P100-05 for the DP27G and DP27GY, or IM-P470-03 for the DP27E, DP27R and DP27Y) supplied with the product. Installation note: The pilot operated pressure reducing valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline, protected by a strainer and a separator, with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 DP27 pilot operated pressure reducing valve having a 0.2 - 17 bar spring and flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections.

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

Page 9 of 11

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Spare parts

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

Available spares

4.6.113

Maintenance kit A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked* * Main diaphragm (2 off) A * Pilot diaphragm (2 off) B C * Pilot valve assembly inclusive of filter element (Pilot valve chamber assembly for the DP27G and DP27GY) (packet of 3 off each) E, F * Pilot filter element and cap gasket (Not required for the DP27G and DP27GY) DP27G and DP27GY only - PTFE seals (packet of 6) E Main valve assembly K, L * Internal strainer M Main valve return spring N DP27, DP27E and DP27G 0.2 to 17 bar O Pressure adjustment spring (Not required for DP27R) DP27Y and DP27GY 0.2 to 3 bar * Control pipe assembly P * Balance pipe assembly Q * Body gasket (3 off) R Pilot valve block gasket (DP27R only) R1 Set of spring housing / actuating chamber cover securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S Set of main body studs and nuts (set of 4) T ½" - DN32 (set of 10) V Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes DN40 and DN50 (set of 12) Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly Y Type DP27E only Solenoid valve complete W Replacement coil X1 Valve seat and core assembly X2

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of pressure reducing valve. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a 1" Spirax Sarco Type DP27 pressure reducing valve. How to fit. See Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available on request.

Interchangeability of spares

The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the diaphragm used in the screwed valves ½" and ¾" is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm is common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. All spares are interchangeable with the DP27T and where marked † are interchangeable with the 37D temperature control.** ** Note: This does not apply to the DP27G and DP27GY soft seat pilot valve or main valve assemblies. Size DN Maintenance kit Main diaphragm † Pilot diaphragms Pilot valve chamber assembly Pilot filter element Pilot filter cap gaskets PTFE seals † Main valve assembly † Internal strainer † Main valve return spring Pressure adjustment spring † Control pipe assembly Balance pipe assembly † Body gasket Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts † Set of main body studs and nuts † Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly

½"LC a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a

Screwed ½" ¾" a a a a a a a a a a a a a a b c a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a

1" b b a a a a a d b a a b b a a a a b

15LC f a a a a a a a f a a f f a a a a a

15 f a a a a a a b f a a f f a a a a a

20 a a a a a a a c a a a a a a a a a a

Flanged 25 32 b c b b a a a a a a a a a a d e b c a a a a b c b c a a a a a a a a b b

40 d c a b a a a f d c a d d b b b b c

50 e c a b a a a g e c a e e b b b b c

Not available for the DP27G or the DP27GY

Page 10 of 11

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves DP27, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27Y

S

S

DP27E

R1

DP27R

O

W

Solenoid valve complete

X1

DP27E B

X2

4.6.114

DP27G, DP27GY

C C

E

P

C

F E

S

Main valve assembly

R

Q

N R K L

V

T T

M A

Y

V

TI-P470-01 CH Issue 10

Page 11 of 11

DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves

4.6.115

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P204-04 CH Issue 7

DLV7 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valve Description

The DLV7 is an SG iron direct acting bellows sealed pressure reducing valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm and is suitable for steam.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100. Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and PN25.

Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details. Available types: The DLV7 is available with the following pressure ranges: Valve + Actuator and Size DLV71

DN100 DN15 to DN50 DN65 to DN80 DN100 DN15 to DN80 DN100 DN15 to DN80

DLV72 DLV73 DLV74 DLV75

Pressure range (bar) 0.5 - 1.5 0.2 - 1.8 0.4 - 1.8 1.0 - 4.0 1.0 - 5.5 3.5 - 13 4.0 - 13

Actuator PN rating 2.5

4.6.116

2.5 6.0 16.0 16.0 25.0

Standards and approvals

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the CE mark when so required.

Certification

This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 

A

D

B

 Steam saturation curve

   

C 



  Pressure bar g

E 



The product must not be used in this region. A - B - C Flanged EN 1092 PN16. A - D - E Flanged EN 1092 PN25. Body design conditions PN25 PN16 Maximum design 25 bar g @ 100°C 16 bar g @ 100°C pressure Maximum design 250°C @ 21.8 bar g 250°C @ 13.9 bar g temperature Minimum design 0°C 0°C temperature Maximum operating 250°C @ 21.8 bar g 250°C @ 13.9 bar g temperature Minimum operating temperature 0°C 0°C Maximum differential pressure 19 bar g 16 bar g Designed for a maximum cold 38 bar g 24 bar g hydraulic test pressure of Note: With internals fitted, 25 bar g 16 bar g test pressure must not exceed

Kvs values

Size DN K vs

15 3.0

20 5.8

25 10.2

32 14.7

40 21.6

50 36

65 52

80 83

100 130

Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required. Page 1 of 5

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

SG iron

2

Bonnet

SG iron

3

Valve head assembly (including snap ring)

Stainless steel

BS 970 431S29 A276 431

4

Valve seat

DN15 - DN32

Stainless steel

420A UGIMA

DN40 - DN100

Stainless steel

BS 970 431S29 A276 431

Stainless steel

316L

Balancing bellows assembly Guide bush 5

4.6.117

Except components

6

Spindle guide plate

7

Clamp nut

8

Pillar

EN-JS1025 EN-JS1025

PTFE / Steel composite

Ball bearing

DN15 - DN20

Stainless steel

AISI 440B or 440C

Spirol pin

DN25 - DN100

Stainless steel

SAE 51420

DN15 - DN65

Stainless steel

BS 970 304S11

DN80 - DN100

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 316L

Carbon steel

BS 970 230 M07

Carbon steel DN15 - DN50

Steel zinc plate

DN65 - DN100

BS 970 230 M07 BS EN 10111 1.0335

9

Actuator mounting plate

Steel zinc plate

BS 1449 HR14

10

Bonnet spring plate

Steel zinc plate

BS EN 10111 1.0335

11

Spring

Steel

12

Spring plate

Steel zinc plate

13

Axial needle bearing

Steel

14

Adjustment nut

Steel

15

* Cap screw Stud

Nut (Bonnet) 16 * Nut

BS EN 10270-1 SM or DM BS EN 10111 1.0335 BS 970 606 M36

DN15 - DN32

M10

DIN 17240-CrMo5

DN40 - DN50

M12

DIN 17240-CrMo5

DN65

M12

DIN 17240-CrMo5

DN80 - DN100

M16

DIN 17240-Gr. CK35

DN65

M12

DIN 17240-Gr. CK35

DN80 - DN100

M16

DIN 17240-Gr. CK35

17

Nut (Pillars)

M12

18

Lock-nut

M14 x 1.5

19

Gasket (Bonnet / Body)

Semi-rigid graphite

Klingersil SLS or Geegraf SSR

20

Gasket (Bonnet / Bellows clamp)

Semi-rigid graphite

Klingersil SLS or Geegraf SSR

21

Snap ring (Retain spindle guide) Actuator upper Actuator lower Housing screw Housing nuts

22

Actuator assembly

DN65 - DN100

Stainless steel

Type 1, 2, 3 and 4

Carbon steel

Type 5

Low carbon steel

BS 970 230 M07

DIN 7993 St.St. (Austenitic) DIN 1614 PT2 Gr StW 24 BS EN 10025 Gr. S355J2G3

Type 1, 2, 3 and 4

Carbon steel

Type 5

Low carbon steel

BS EN 10025 Gr. S355J2G3

Types 1 and 2

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 5.6

Type 3, 4 and 5

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Types 1 and 2

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 5

Steel zinc plated

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Type 3, 4 and 5

DIN 1614 PT2 Gr StW 24

Diaphragm

Polyester fibre fabric EPDM coated

Hex headed bolt

Stainless steel

BS 6105

Sealing washer

Fibre

Diaphragm clamp

Stainless steel

Piston

Carbon steel

BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14

Actuator spindle

Carbon steel

BS 970 Pt3 230M07 PB

Mounting nuts

Carbon steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

Coupling 23 * Name-plate Hammer drive screw 24 * * Name-plate arrow

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Steel

PN25

ASTM A351 CF8M

Steel zinc plated DN50

Stainless steel Stainless steel

18-8

Stainless steel

* Not shown

TI-P204-04 CH Issue 7

DLV7 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 2 of 5

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves DN15 and DN20

DN65 - DN100 1 3 4 6 21 19 2 15

16 10

5

20

8

4.6.118

DN40 and DN50

7

11 13

18

12 14 9

22

View illustrating the pillars

Types 3 and 4 actuator

22

17

Type 5 actuator

8 22

Types 1 and 2 actuator TI-P204-04 CH Issue 7

DLV7 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 3 of 5

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg

DN15

A Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and PN25 130

DN20

150

488

250

DN25

160

497

DN32

180

497

DN40

200

DN50 DN65

Size

Actuator type 1

408

143

10.2

250

432

168

417

143

12.0

250

432

168

417

143

16.2

511

250

446

168

431

143

17.4

230

511

250

446

168

431

143

19.5

290

588

250

523

168

508

143

26.8

600

250

535

168

520

143

638

168

740

Actuator weight

304

B

C

668

12.3

6.5

B 423

208 3.9

C 143

Valve weight

168

310

C 250

5

423

350

B 488

4

B 408

DN100

C

3

C 168

DN80

B

2

9.4

32.0 45.2

2.5

2.6

Note: To calculate the total weight of the unit add the valve and actuator weights together.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P204-03) supplied with the product.

4.6.119

A

Installation note: Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details. The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125°C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.

How to select a DLV direct acting pressure reducing valve: Connection type

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100

DN25

Valve type

DLV

DLV

Body material

7 = SG iron

1 = DN100 DN15 to DN50 2= DN65 to DN80 Spring setting range 3 = DN100 DN15 to DN80 4= DN100 5 = DN15 to DN80 Option Flange rating Water seal pot Connections

B

7 0.5 - 1.5 bar g 0.2 - 1.8 bar g 0.4 - 1.8 bar g 1.0 - 4.0 bar g 1.0 - 5.5 bar g 3.5 - 13 bar g 4.0 - 13 bar g

2

Blank = EPDM diaphragm PN16 PN25 WS4 or WS4-3 (see Safety information, installation and maintenance above)

PN25 WS4

BSP, NPT or butt weld (BW)

Selection example:

DN25

DLV

7

2 flanged

C

BSP

PN25

plus

WS4

water seal pot having screwed

BSP

connections.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 DLV72 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN25 connections plus WS4 water seal pot having screwed BSP connections.

TI-P204-04 CH Issue 7

DLV7 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 4 of 5

Control valves Pressure reducing/surplussing valves Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.

Available spares Coupling Diaphragm set Needle bearing

Diaphragm and sealing washer

Sealing bellows set

Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and (DN65 - DN100) snap ring

A B, C D E, F, G, K

Control spring(s) Head set

I (DN15 - DN100)

Gasket set

Head assembly and bonnet gaskets Note - The seat cannot be replaced Sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket

L, G, F F, G

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DLV72 pressure reducing valve.

L

H

L

4.6.120

K

G

E

F L I

D

B

TI-P204-04 CH Issue 7

C

A

DLV7 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves

Page 5 of 5

Control valves Safety valves

4.7.1

Control valves Safety valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P257-01

CH Issue 8

SV405, SV405P, SV405X and SV406 Safety Valves Description

The SV405, SV405P, SV405X and SV406 are full nozzle safety valves for steam and air service in non-critical industrial processes requiring low flow, low pressure and low temperature. Available types and applications

SV405 and

SV406

The SV405 has a brass body, 304 stainless steel nozzle and Viton 'O' ring seat seal as standard. The SV406 has a stainless steel body, 316 stainless steel nozzle and Viton 'O' ring seat seal as standard. Both units have been designed to protect against overpressure in general process applications such as sterilisers, small compressors and pressure vessels.

SV405X

The SV405X has a brass body, 316 stainless steel nozzle and Viton 'O' ring seat seal as standard. This unit has been designed for applications where enhanced corrosion resistance is required.

SV405P

The SV405P has a brass body, 304 stainless steel nozzle and Viton 'O' ring seat seal as standard. It is available with screwed BSP connections only and pressure ranges starting from 1.65 bar g. The SV405P safety valve is not available unset. This unit has a ring-pull device in place of a lever and is recommended for installations where space is limited.

SV405 SV406 and SV405X

SV405P

4.7.2

Standards and approvals Seat tightness complies with API standard 527. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC, fall within Category 4 for Group 2 gases and carries the mark.

Sizes and pipe connections Inlet Outlet

Screwed ½" or ¾" BSP taper male BS 21 R or NPT* Screwed ¾" BSP parallel female BS 21 Rp or NPT*

* Please note that the SV405P is only available with BSP connections.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Certification The product is available with a maunfacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

 

Steam saturation curve

   





  Pressure bar g





Maximum 10 bar g Minimum 1 bar g (1.65 bar g for the SV405P) Backpressure Maximum 10% of set pressure Minimum -20°C Temperature Viton seat Maximum +184°C Steam 10% Overpressure Gas 10% Performance data Blowdown limits Steam, gas 10% Derated coefficient 0.78 of discharge values Steam, gas Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 20 bar g Set pressure range

Page 1 of 3

Control valves Safety valves Materials No. 1

Part

Material

Nozzle

2

Body

3

Screw

SV405

SV405P

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Stainless steel, A4

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Brass EN 121640 CW617N

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Stainless steel 304 Stainless steel 316 Brass EN 121640 CW617N

SV405X

SV406

Ÿ

Ÿ

Stainless steel 1.4409

Ÿ Ÿ

4

Cap

5

Gasket

PTFE

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

6

Stem/disc holder

Stainless steel, X20 Cr Ni 17

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Brass EN 121640 CW617N, ELNP *

Ÿ

7

O’ring

Viton, FPM 75

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

10

Spring plate

Stainless steel, ASTM A276 304

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

13

Adjusting screw

Stainless steel, ASTM A276 304

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

15

Spring

Stainless steel, 1.4310

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

17

Lever

Stainless steel, 304

Ÿ

Ÿ

Ÿ

Brass EN 121640 CW617N

Ÿ

Ÿ

29

Joint

33

Ring-pull

Brass EN 121640 CW617N, ELNP *

Ÿ

Spring steel

Ÿ

* ELNP = Electroless nickel plated

4.7.3

29

33

4 4 13

15

15

17

10

10

D

2

C

2

C

6

D

6

7

7

3

3

5

5 B

1

B

1

A

A SV405P

SV405, SV406 and SV405X

Dimensions, orifice, lift and weight

(approximate) in mm and kg Unit SV405, SV405X and SV406 SV405P

TI-P257-01 CH Issue 8

A 37 37

B 50.7 50.7

C 137.7 116.7

D 152.7 126.0

Orifice 8 8

SV405, SV405X and SV406 Safety Valves

Lift 2 2

Weight 0.75 0.70 Page 2 of 3

Control valves Safety valves Sizing

For the majority of applications, the valve capacity can be selected from the flow capacity table below, alternatively it can be sized using the online safety valve sizing and selection software at http://www.spiraxsarco.com/prs/product-sizing.asp

Flow capacity (in accordance with EN ISO 4126) Saturated steam and air with 10% overpressure Set pressure bar g

Dry saturated steam kg/h

Air (0°C @ 1013 mbar) Nm³/h

1.0

42

61

1.5

53

75

2.0

63

88

2.5

74

103

3.0

84

119

3.5

95

134

4.0

105

149

4.5

115

164

5.0

126

179

5.5

136

194

6.0

146

209

6.5

156

224

7.0

167

239

7.5

177

255

8.0

187

270

8.5

197

285

9.0

208

300

9.5

218

315

10.0

228

330

4.7.4

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P257-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: The SV405 and SV406 should always be installed with the centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV405 safety valve having ¾" BSP inlet x ¾" BSP outlet connections, with a set pressure of 5 bar.

TI-P257-01 CH Issue 8

SV405, SV405X and SV406 Safety Valves

Page 3 of 3

Control valves Safety valves

4.7.5

Control valves Safety valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P316-01

CH Issue 16

SV615 Safety Valve Description

The SV615 full lift, full nozzle safety valve is suitable for steam, air, inert industrial gas and non-hazardous liquid service. Applications The SV615 is suitable for the protection of steam or hot water boilers, generators, vessels, receivers and air compressors, autoclaves, downstream of pressure reducing valves and for general pressure relief applications. Available types Valves are available in sizes ranging from DN15 to DN50 and have a bronze body with female screwed connections and a stainless steel nozzle. There is also the option of a 1" sanitary clamp inlet connection on the smaller sizes. All valves have a closed bonnet with either a lifting lever or closed cap (gas tight cap option). An optional soft seal is available in Nitrile, EPDM or Viton. Where frequent washdown occurs or aesthetic appearance is a consideration, this product can also be supplied with an electroless nickel plated (ELNP) finish to the body, lever housing (or sealed cap) and lever. A mechanically fastened stainless steel name-plate can also be provided - For full details contact Spirax Sarco.

Sizes and end connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50. Inlet connections Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT female connections. 1" Sanitary clamp compatible (DN15, DN20 and DN25 sizes only) BS 4825 / ISO 2852 / DIN 32676 - Safety valves with these connections have a surface finish of 0.8 µm on primary wetted parts. Outlet connections Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT female connection.

4.7.6

Standards and approvals The SV615 complies with the requirements of EN ISO 4126:2004 and carries the mark indicating full compliance with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. The Approval Authority and Notified Body is the Royal and Sun Alliance. Seat tightness complies with ASME / API STD 527- Revision 2002. Certification A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure. Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1. Screwed female version

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 230 200

 

150 120 100





Body design conditions

  



Steam 50 saturation curve 0 -90 0 5 Pressure bar g

10 14 Maximum set pressure for 1" and 2" SV615

15

20 25 18 Maximum set pressure for " to 1" SV615

The product must not be used in this region. A-A B-B C-C D-D

1" Sanitary clamp version

Maximum operating temperature with metal seat. Maximum operating temperature with Viton seat. Maximum operating temperature with EPDM seat. Maximum operating temperature with Nitrile seat.

PN25 18 bar g Maximum Set pressure range 14 bar g Minimum 0.3 bar g Minimum -90°C Metal seat Maximum +230°C Minimum -30°C Nitrile seat * Maximum +120°C Temperature Minimum -50°C EPDM seat * Maximum +150°C Minimum -20°C Viton seat * Maximum +200°C Steam 5% Overpressure Gas 10% Liquid 10% Steam, gas 10% Performance data Blowdown limits Liquids 20% 0.71 Derated coefficient Steam, gas of discharge values Liquid 0.52 Maximum permitted backpressure 10% of set pressure Tested at a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g ½" to 1¼" 1½" and 2"

* Note: Soft seal inserts are not suitable for steam applications. Page 1 of 5

Control valves Safety valves 4 Gas tight cap option 15

11

9 16

18

13

10

7

5 8

4.7.7

12 Soft seal disc version

6 17 19 3 1

14

2 1" Sanitary clamp inlet

Screwed female inlet

Materials

No. 1

Part Body

2

Nozzle

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Disc Lever housing Spring Stem guide Spring end plate Stem Adjustment screw Lever Pivot pin Circlip Adjuster lock-nut

14

Soft seal disc

15 16 17 18 19

Sealed cap Cap seal Skirt Grub screw Ball

TI-P316-01 CH Issue 16

DN15 and DN20 DN25 to DN50 Sanitary connections

Material Bronze Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Bronze Chrome-vanadium alloy steel Brass Brass Stainless steel Brass SG iron Stainless steel Stainless steel Brass Stainless steel / Nitrile insert Stainless steel / EPDM insert Stainless steel / Viton insert Bronze Nitrile Brass Steel Stainless steel

SV615 Safety Valve

BS EN 1982 CC491KM BS 970 431 S29 BS 3146 Pt2 Gr. ANC2 ASTM A276 316L ASTM A276 316L BS EN 1982 CC491KM BS 2803 735 A50 HS BS 2872 CZ 121 BS 2872 CZ 121 BS 970 431 S29 BS 2874 CZ 121 Zinc plated AISI 304 BS 2056 316 S42 BS 2872 CZ 121 ASTM A276 316 / bonded Nitrile 4490 (90 IRHD) ASTM A276 316 / bonded EPDM 2064 (75 IRHD) ASTM A276 316 / bonded Viton F81 (85 IRHD) BS EN 1982 CC491KM BS 2874 CZ 121

Page 2 of 5

Control valves Safety valves Table 1 - SV615 flow capacity for saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg /h) (calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004 at 5% overpressure) Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.71 Valve size DN in / out Flow area (mm2)

15 /20 113

20 /32 314

71 95 118 141 164 187 209 232 255 277 300 322 345 367 390 412 434 457 479 501 546 591 635 680 724 769 813 858

198 263 328 392 455 519 582 645 708 771 833 896 958 1020 1083 1145 1 207 1 269 1 331 1 393 1 517 1 641 1 765 1 888 2 012 2 136 2 260 2 384

Set pressure (bar g) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0

25 /40 452

32 /50 661

40 /65 1 075

50 /80 1 662

678 901 1 122 1 341 1 559 1 776 1 993 2 008 2 424 2 638 2 853 3 067 3 280 3 494 3 707 3 920 4 132 4 345 4 557 4 769 5 194 5 618 6 042 -

1 049 1 393 1 734 2 073 2 410 2 746 3 081 3 414 3 747 4 079 4 410 4 741 5 071 5 401 5 731 6 060 6 389 6 717 7 046 7 374 8 030 8 685 9 340 -

Flow capacity for dry saturated steam kg /h 285 379 472 564 655 747 838 929 1 019 1 109 1 199 1 289 1 379 1 469 1 559 1 648 1 737 1 827 1 916 2 005 2 184 2 362 2 540 2 718 2 897 3 075 3 253 3 431

417 554 690 824 959 1 092 1 225 1 358 1 490 1 622 1 754 1 886 2 017 2 148 2 279 2 410 2 541 2 672 2 802 2 933 3 194 3 454 3 715 3 975 4 236 4 496 4 757 5 018

Table 2 - SV615 flow capacity for air in litres per second (normal I /s) at 0°C and 1.013 bar a (calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004 at 10% overpressure) Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.71 Valve size DN in / out Flow area (mm2)

15 /20 113

20 /32 314

Set pressure (bar g) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 16.0 18.0

24 33 41 50 67 84 101 118 135 152 169 186 203 220 237 254 288 322

67 91 115 138 186 233 280 328 375 422 470 517 564 612 659 706 801 896

TI-P316-01 CH Issue 16

25 /40 452

32 /50 661

40 /65 1 075

50 /80 1 662

Flow capacity for air I /s 97 142 131 191 165 241 199 291 267 391 335 490 403 590 472 690 540 789 608 889 676 988 744 1 088 812 1 188 880 1 287 948 1 387 1 487 1 017 1 686 1 153 1 289 1 885

230 311 392 473 635 797 959 1 121 1 283 1 446 1 608 1 770 1 932 2 094 2 256 2 418 -

356 481 606 732 982 1 233 1 483 1 734 1 984 2 235 2 485 2 736 2 986 3 237 3 487 3 738 -

SV615 Safety Valve

Page 3 of 5

4.7.8

Control valves Safety valves Table 3 - SV615 flow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg /h) at 20°C (calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004 at 10% overpressure) Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.52 Valve size DN in / out

15 /20

20 /32

25 /40

32 /50

40 /65

50 /80

Flow area (mm2)

113

314

452

661

1 075

1 662

0.5

2 216

6 159

8 866

12 965

21 086

32 599

1.0

3 135

8 710

12 538

18 335

29 819

46 102

Set pressure (bar g)

4.7.9

Flow capacity for water kg /h

1.5

3 839

10 668

15 356

22 456

36 521

56 463

2.0

4 433

12 318

17 731

25 930

42 171

65 198

3.0

5 429

15 086

21 717

31 758

51 649

79 851

4.0

6 269

17 420

25 076

36 671

59 639

92 204 103 088

5.0

7 009

19 476

28 036

40 999

66 678

6.0

7 678

21 335

30 712

44 913

73 042

112 927

7.0

8 293

23 045

33 173

48 511

78 895

121 975

8.0

8 866

24 636

35 463

51 861

84 342

130 397

9.0

9 404

26 130

37 614

55 006

89 458

138 307

10.0

9 912

27 544

39 649

57 982

94 297

145 788

11.0

10 396

28 888

41 584

60 812

98 900

152 904

12.0

10 858

30 172

43 433

63 516

103 298

159 703

13.0

11 302

31 405

45 207

66 110

107 515

166 224

14.0

11 728

32 590

46 913

68 605

111 574

172 499

16.0

12 538

34 840

50 152

73 342

-

-

18.0

13 299

36 954

53 194

77 791

-

-

Table 4 - SV615 flow capacities for hot water in kilowatts (kW) at or above 100°C (calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004) Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.52 Valve size DN in / out

15 /20

20 /32

25 /40

32 /50

40 /65

50 /80

Flow area (mm2)

113

314

452

661

1 075

1 662

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0

29.96 40.60 51.23 61.86 83.13 104.39 125.66 146.92 168.19

83.26 112.81 142.36 171.96 230.99 290.08 349.17 408.26 467.36

119.86 162.39 204.92 247.45 332.51 417.57 502.63 587.69 672.75

175.27 237.47 299.66 361.86 486.24 610.63 735.02 859.41 983.80

285.06 386.21 487.36 588.51 790.81 993.11 1 195.42 1 397.72 1 600.12

8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 16.0 18.0

189.45 210.72 231.98 253.25 274.51 295.78 317.04 359.58 402.11

526.45 585.54 644.63 703.72 762.81 821.90 880.99 999.17 1 117.36

757.81 842.88 927.94 1 013.00 1 098.06 1 183.12 1 268.18 1 438.30 1 608.42

1 108.18 1 232.57 1 356.96 1 481.35 1 605.74 1 730.12 1 854.51 2 103.29 2 352.06

1 802.32 2 004.62 2 206.92 2 409.22 2 611.52 2 813.82 3 016.12 -

Set pressure (bar g)

TI-P316-01 CH Issue 16

Flow capacity for hot water kW

SV615 Safety Valve

440.71 597.09 753.47 909.86 1 222.62 1 535.38 1 848.15 2 160.91 2 473.67 2 786.43 3 099.20 3 411.96 3 724.72 4 037.49 4 350.25 4 663.01 -

Page 4 of 5

Control valves Safety valves Sizing and selection

Refer to:- http://www.spiraxsarco.com/prs/product-sizing.asp

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Screwed BSPF x BSPF or NPTF x NPTF

Sanitary clamp

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN15 DN20 DN25

Connection Inlet ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 1" 1" 1"

Outlet ¾" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" ¾" 1¼" 1½"

A 40 55 60 70 81 96 40 55 60

B 40 44 48 58 67 80 55 60 64

C* 194 229 242 279 365 420 209 245 258

EØ 50.5 50.5 50.5

Flow DØ 12 20 24 29 37 46 12 20 24

Weight 1.3 2.4 2.9 4.2 8.8 13.0 1.4 2.6 3.1

* Applies to sealed cap and lever designs.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P316-03) supplied with the product. Installation note: The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve. Ensure the discharge pipework system is sized correctly.

4.7.10

SV615 safety valve selection guide: C

Model type

SV615

Configuration

A = Closed bonnet /easing lever B = Closed bonnet /sealed cap

Seal material

Finish B Screwed version D A

S= N= E= V= P= Q=

SV615 A

Stainless steel Nitrile EPDM Viton Electroless nickel plated (ELNP) ELNP and stainless steel name-plate

N

Size

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50

DN15

Connections (Inlet x Outlet)

BSPF x BSPF NPTF x NPTF Clamp x BSPF

BSPF x BSPF

Selection example SV615

A

N

DN15

BSPF x BSPF

If ELNP finish is required, add 'P'.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco SV615AN safety valve having DN15 screwed BSPF x BSPF connections, set at 6 bar g. C

B

Sanitary clamp version EØ

DØ A

TI-P316-01 CH Issue 16

SV615 Safety Valve

Page 5 of 5

Control valves Safety valves

4.7.11

Control valves Safety valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-S13-27 CH Issue 13

SV60 Safety Valve

4.7.12

Description

The SV60 is a range of full lift flanged safety valves suitable for use on steam, inert industrial gas and water services. Please contact Spirax Sarco for suitability of any other media. Available types Model and material SV604 SV607

Carbon steel SG iron

Bonnet and cap configuration Closed bonnet Open bonnet

Open type easing lever Sealed cap Packed easing lever - DN20 to DN100 only Open type easing lever

Applications The SV60 is suitable for the protection of steam boilers, pipelines, pressure vessels, compressors and receivers and most general process industry applications. Certification A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure. Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1. Standards and approvals The SV60 carries the mark and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC falling within Category 4 for Group 2 gases. Seat tightness to ASME / API Standard 527-1992. Lloyds Register (LR) type approval - Certificate number 01 / 00125 (E2). The SV604 (PN flanged) is approved by the TÜV to AD-Merkblatt A2, AD-Merkblatt A4, TRD 421, Vd TÜV 100, 100 / 4.

Sizes and end connections Valve type SV607 SV604

Inlet sizes: DN20, DN25, DN32, Inlet connection PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only) PN25 PN40 ASME 300

DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125 and DN150. Outlet connection PN16 PN16 PN16 ASME 150

Standard PN flanges are to EN 1092 and ASME 300 flanges to EN 1759-1. Page 1 of 7

Control valves Safety valves Pressure / temperature limits

SV607 PN16 inlet

4.7.13

Temperature °C

SV607 PN25 inlet

  

Steam saturation curve

 





 

 Pressure bar g



Steam saturation curve

  



This product must not be used in this region.

 





  Pressure bar g

Temperature °C

SV604 PN40 inlet

Temperature °C



A tungsten alloy spring must be used in this region. Consult Spirax Sarco for further information. 



Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g SV604 SV607

Body design conditions

SV604

PN40

Set pressure range maximum

PN25

SV607

PN16

Set pressure range minimum Temperature

Maximum Minimum

Performance data

DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150

Size x DN32 x DN40 x DN50 x DN65 x DN80 x DN100 x DN125 x DN150 x DN200 x DN250 x DN32 x DN40 x DN50 x DN65 x DN80 x DN100 x DN125 x DN150 x DN200 x DN250 x DN100 x DN125 x DN150 x DN200 x DN250

SV604 and SV607 SV604 SV607 SV604 and SV607 Overpressure Blowdown limit

Steam

TI-S13-27 CH Issue 13

5% 10%

Steam and gas

10%

Liquids

20% 10% of set pressure

SV604 SV607

Air 40 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g 32 bar g 32 bar g 25 bar g 20 bar g 16 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 20 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g

Liquids and gas

Backpressure limit Designed for a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Saturated steam 29 bar g 29 bar g 29 bar g 29 bar g 29 bar g 29 bar g 29 bar g 25 bar g 20 bar g 16 bar g 22.5 bar g 22.5 bar g 22.5 bar g 22.5 bar g 22.5 bar g 22.5 bar g 22.5 bar g 22.5 bar g 20 bar g 16 bar g 14.6 bar g 14.6 bar g 14.6 bar g 14.6 bar g 14.6 bar g

PN40 PN16 or PN25 Water 40 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g 32 bar g 32 bar g 25 bar g 20 bar g 16 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g 20 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g 0.2 bar g 400°C 350°C -10°C

60 bar g PN25

38 bar g

PN16

24 bar g

SV60 Safety Valve

Page 2 of 7

Control valves Safety valves 32

4 4

26, 27 19, 20

17

4 29 28

14 15 16

18 34

6

Sealed cap

9 3 12 11 22

7 10 33

23

13 21 5 8 2

36

31 30

18 35

Packed easing lever (DN20 to DN100 only)

4.7.14 1

Materials No. 1 2 3 4

Part Body Seat Bonnet Cap

5

Disc

6

Spring

7 8 9 10 * 11 * 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

Standard For temperatures above 230°C

Guide plate Skirt Stem Body bolts Spring plate Bearing ring (DN80 to DN150 only) Spacer Adjustment screw Lock-nut Screw Collar Lever Cross pin Circlip Disc pin Collets Stem ball Collar pin Collar circlip Packed lever spindle Lifting fork Gland packing Gland Gland nut Guide plate gaskets (2 off) Sealed cap gasket Packed lever cap gasket Body drain plug ½ BSP

Material SV607 / SV604 SG iron / carbon steel GJS-400-18LT / 1.0619 + N Stainless steel DN20 - DN100 1.4057 or for DN125 - DN150 ANC2 SG iron / carbon steel GJS-400-18LT / 1.0619 + N SG iron GJS-400-15 Stainless steel, DN20 - DN100 1.4021 or for hardened 47-52 HRC (Hardened Rockwell 'C' Scale) DN125 - DN150 CA15 Chrome-vanadium alloy steel Tungsten alloy steel SG iron GJS-400-15 Stainless steel DN20 - DN100 1.4301 or for DN125 - DN150 1.4308 Stainless steel 1.4021 Steel CK35 Carbon steel C45E Stainless steel 1.4021 Stainless steel 1.4021 Stainless steel 1.4021 Zinc plated carbon steel Zinc plated steel Zinc plated carbon steel SG iron GJS-400-15 Zinc plated carbon steel Spring steel Spring steel DIN 7343, A304 Stainless steel 1.4021 Stainless steel Zinc plated carbon steel Spring stainless steel Stainless steel ASTM A276 431 Carbon steel Graphite Stainless steel ASTM A276 304 Carbon steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Universal SA Universal SA Steel

* Note: The spring plate (11) and bearing ring design (12) varies according to the valve size and set pressure.

TI-S13-27 CH Issue 13

SV60 Safety Valve

Page 3 of 7

Control valves Safety valves Table 1 - SV60 flow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h) (calculated at 10% overpressure. In accordance with EN ISO 4126) Valve size DN in /out

20 / 32

25 / 40

32 / 50

40 / 65

50 / 80

65 / 100

80 / 125

100 / 150

125 / 200

150 / 250

Flow area (mm²)

230

445

740

1140

1979

2734

4185

6504

8659

12272

Set pressure (bar g)

4.7.15

Dry saturated steam, kg/h

0.5

129

269

401

525

875

1 357

1 889

3 053

4 299

6 203

1.0

192

403

608

812

1 315

2 014

2 831

4 635

6 380

9 190

1.5

254

538

816

1 102

1 764

2 726

3 793

6 190

8 502

12 235

2.0

312

661

1 005

1 363

2 187

3 367

4 775

7 775

10 665

15 337

2.5

369

789

1 187

1 636

2 631

3 981

5 652

9 162

12 791

18 388

3.0

427

911

1 354

1 867

3 002

4 609

6 551

10 651

14 805

21 278

3.5

485

1 023

1 521

2 097

3 372

5 251

7 471

12 139

16 864

24 233

4.0

538

1 148

1 688

2 326

3 801

5 825

8 289

13 662

18 709

26 883

4.5

591

1 261

1 854

2 555

4 175

6 398

9 104

15 006

20 549

29 527

5.0

644

1 374

2 019

2 783

4 548

6 970

9 917

16 347

22 385

32 165

5.5

697

1 487

2 185

3 011

4 920

7 540

10 729

17 685

24 217

34 798

6.0

750

1 599

2 350

3 239

5 291

8 110

11 539

19 021

26 046

37 427

6.5

802

1 711

2 514

3 466

5 662

8 678

12 349

20 354

27 873

40 052

7.0

855

1 823

2 679

3 693

6 033

9 246

13 157

21 687

29 697

42 673

7.5

907

1 935

2 843

3 919

6 403

9 814

13 964

23 017

31 519

45 291

8.0

959

2 047

3 007

4 145

6 773

10 380

14 771

24 346

33 339

47 907

8.5

1 012

2 158

3 172

4 372

7 143

10 947

15 577

25 675

35 159

50521

9.0

1 064

2 270

3 336

4 598

7 512

11 513

16 382

27 003

36 976

53133

9.5

1 116

2 381

3 499

4 824

7 881

12 078

17 187

28 329

38 793

55 743

10.0

1 169

2 493

3 663

5 049

8 250

12 644

17 991

29 655

40 608

58 352

11.0

1 273

2 715

3 991

5 501

8 987

13 774

19 599

32 305

44 237

63 566

12.0

1 377

2 938

4 318

5 952

9 724

14 903

21 206

34 955

47 866

68 780

13.0

1 482

3 161

4 645

6 402

10 460

16 032

22 812

37 601

51 490

73 989

14.0

1 586

3 383

4 972

6 853

11 197

17 161

24 419

40 250

55 117

79 199

15.0

1 690

3 606

5 299

7 304

11 934

18 290

26 025

42 898

58 743

84 410

16.0

1 795

3 829

5 626

7 755

12 671

19 420

27 633

45 547

62 371

89 623

17.0

1 899

4 051

5 954

8 206

13 408

20 549

29 240

48 196

65 999

-

18.0

2 004

4 274

6 281

8 658

14 146

21 680

30 849

50 847

69 630

-

19.0

2 108

4 497

6 609

9 110

14 884

22 812

32 460

53 504

73 267

-

20.0

2 213

4 721

6 937

9 562

15 623

23 944

34 070

56 158

76 902

-

21.0

2 318

4 944

7 266

10 015

16 363

25 078

35 684

58 818

-

-

22.0

2 423

5 168

7 594

10 468

17 103

26 212

37 298

61 479

-

-

23.0

2 528

5 392

7 924

10 922

17 844

27 348

38 915

64 144

-

-

24.0

2 633

5 616

8 253

11 376

18 587

28 487

40 535

66 814

-

-

25.0

2 738

5 841

8 584

11 831

19 331

29 626

42 156

69 487

-

-

26.0

2 844

6 065

8 914

12 286

20 074

30 766

43 777

-

-

-

27.0

2 949

6 291

9 245

12 743

20 820

31 909

45 404

-

-

-

28.0

3 058

6 524

9 587

13 214

21 590

33 089

47 083

-

-

-

29.0

3 163

6 748

9 917

13 669

22 333

34 228

48 704

-

-

-

TI-S13-27 CH Issue 13

SV60 Safety Valve

Page 4 of 7

Control valves Safety valves Table 2 - SV60 flow capacity for air - normal m3/ h at 0°C and 1013 mbar (calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421) Valve size DN in /out Orifice (mm) Flow area (mm²) w (P > 4 bar)

20 /32 17.0 230 0.78

25/40 23.8 445 0.86

32 /50 30.6 740 0.76

40 /65 38.0 1 140 0.68

Set pressure (bar g) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5

145 227 303 377 450 522 593 660 728 795 862 929 996 1 063 1 130

304 480 643 802 956 1 107 1 255 1 411 1 554 1 697 1 841 1 984 2 127 2 271

456 728 975 1 211 1 438 1 656 1 868 2 074 2 285 2 496 2 706 2 917 3 128 3 339

472 973 1 323 1 657 1 978 2 289 2 591 2 858 3 149 3 439 3 730 4 020 4 310 4 601

8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0 30.0 31.0 32.0 33.0 34.0 35.0 36.0 37.0 38.0 39.0 40.0

1 197 1 264 1 332 1 399 1 466 1 600 1 734 1 868 2 003 2 137 2 271 2 405 2 539 2 674 2 808 2 942 3 076 3 210 3 345 3 479 3 613 3 747 3 882 4 016 4 150 4 284 4 418 4 553 4 687 4 821 4 955 5 089 5 224 5 358 5 492

2 414 2 557 2 701 2 844 2 987 3 131 3 417 3 704 3 990 4 277 4 564 4 850 5 137 5 424 5 710 5 997 6 284 6 570 6 857 7 144 7 430 7 717 8 004 8 290 8 577 8 864 9 150 9 437 9 724 10 010 10 297 10 583 10 870 11 157 11 443 11 730

3 549 3 760 3 971 4 182 4 392 4 603 5 025 5 446 5 868 6 289 6 711 7 132 7 554 7 975 8 397 8 818 9 240 9 661 10 083 10 504 10 926 11 347 11 769 12 190 12 612 13 033 13 455 13 876 14 298 14 719 15 141 15 562 15 984 16 405 16 826 17 248

4 891 5 182 5 472 5 763 6 053 6 343 6 924 7 505 8 086 8 667 9 248 9 828 10 409 10 990 11 571 12 152 12 733 13 314 13 894 14 475 15 056 15 637 16 218 16 799 17 379 17 960 18 541 19 122 19 703 20 284 20 865 21 445 22 026 22 607 23 188 23 769

TI-S13-27 CH Issue 13

50 /80 50.1 1 979 0.64

65 /100 59.0 2 734 0.71

80 /125 73.0 4 185 0.66

Flow capacity for air m³ /h 996 1 521 2 115 1 578 2 419 3 383 2 125 3 251 4 572 2 657 4 062 5 742 3 171 4 853 6 892 3 672 5 627 8 026 4 161 6 388 9 146 4 670 7 157 10 184 5 145 7 884 11 219 5 619 8 611 12 254 6 094 9 338 13 289 6 568 10 065 14 324 7 043 10 793 15 359 7 517 11 520 16 393 7 992 8 466 8 941 9 415 9 890 10 365 11 314 12 263 13 212 14 161 15 110 16 059 17 008 17 957 18 906 19 855 20 804 21 753 22 702 23 651 24 600 25 549 26 498 27 447 28 397 29 346 30 295 31 244 31 907 32 865 33 809 34 749 35 690 36 631 37 572 38 514

SV60 Safety Valve

12 247 12 974 13 701 14 428 15 156 15 883 17 337 18 791 20 246 21 700 23 154 24 609 26 063 27 517 28 972 30 426 31 880 33 335 34 789 36 243 37 698 39 152 40 606 42 061 43 515 44 969 46 424 47 878 -

17 428 18 463 19 498 20 533 21 567 22 602 24 672 26 741 28 811 30 881 32 950 35 020 37 090 39 159 41 229 43 299 45 368 47 438 49 507 51 577 53 647 55 716 57 786 59 856 61 925 63 995 66 064 68 134 -

100 /150 91.0 6 504 0.70

125 /200 105 8 659 0.72

150 /250 125 12 272 0.73

3 466 5 514 7 434 9 328 11 195 13 015 14 837 16 785 18 491 20 196 21 902 23 607 25 313 27 018

4 809 7 621 10 267 12 885 15 467 18 018 20 542 22 986 25 321 27 657 29 992 32 328 34 663 36 999

6 955 10 975 14 753 18 509 22 232 25 924 29 590 33 029 36 385 39 741 43 097 46 452 49 808 53 164

28 724 30 429 32 135 33 840 35 546 37 251 40 662 44 073 47 484 50 895 54 306 57 717 61 129 64 540 67 951 71 362 74 773 78 184 81 595 85 006 88 417 -

39 334 41 670 44 005 46 341 48 677 51 012 55 683 60 354 65 025 69 696 74 367 79 038 83 709 88 380 93 051 97 723 -

56 520 59 876 63 232 66 588 69 944 73 300 80 012 86 724 93 436 100 148 106 860 113 572 -

Page 5 of 7

4.7.16

Control valves Safety valves Table 3 - SV60 flow capacity for water in tonnes / h at 25% overpressure (calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421) Valve size DN in / out Orifice (mm) Flow area (mm²) w

20 /32 17.0 230

25/40 23.8 445

32 /50 30.6 740

40 /65 38.0 1140

50 /80 50.1 1979

65 /100 59.0 2734

80 /125 73.0 4185

100 /150 91.0 6504

125 /200 105 8659

150 /250 125 12272

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

4.6 6.5 9.2 11.3 13.1 14.6 16.0 17.3 18.5 19.6 20.6 21.7 22.6 23.5 24.4 25.3 26.1 26.9 27.7 28.5 29.2 29.9 30.6 31.3 32.0 32.6 33.3 33.9 34.6 35.2 35.8 36.4 36.9 37.5 38.1 38.6 39.2 39.7 40.3 40.8 41.3

8.9 12.6 17.9 21.9 25.3 28.3 31.0 33.5 35.8 37.9 40.0 42.0 43.8 45.6 47.3 49.0 50.6 52.2 53.7 55.1 56.6 58.0 59.3 60.7 62.0 63.2 64.5 65.7 66.9 68.1 69.3 70.4 71.6 72.7 73.8 74.8 75.9 76.9 78.0 79.0 80.0

14.9 21.0 29.8 36.5 42.1 47.1 51.6 55.7 59.5 63.1 66.6 69.8 72.9 75.9 78.8 81.5 84.2 86.8 89.3 91.7 94.1 96.5 98.7 100.9 103.1 105.2 107.3 109.4 111.4 113.3 115.3 117.2 119.1 120.9 122.7 124.5 126.3 128.0 129.7 131.4 133.1

22.9 32.4 45.8 56.1 64.8 72.5 79.4 85.8 91.7 97.2 102.5 107.5 112.3 116.9 121.3 125.5 129.7 133.7 137.5 141.3 145.0 148.6 152.0 155.5 158.8 162.1 165.3 168.4 171.5 174.6 177.6 180.5 183.4 186.2 189.0 191.8 194.5 197.2 199.8 202.4 205.0

130.8 184.9 261.5 320.3 369.9 413.5 453.0 489.3 523.1 554.8 584.8 613.3 640.6 666.8 691.9 716.2 739.7 762.5 784.6 806.1 827.0 847.4 867.4 886.9 906.0 940.0 -

174.1 246.2 348.2 426.4 492.4 550.5 603.1 651.4 696.4 738.6 778.6 816.6 852.9 887.7 921.2 953.5 984.8 1 015.1 1 044.6 1 073.2 1 101.1 -

246.7 348.9 493.5 604.4 697.9 780.2 854.7 923.2 986.9 1 046.8 1 103.4 1 157.3 1 208.7 1 258.1 1 305.6 1 351.4 1 395.7 -

Set pressure (bar g)

Flow capacity for water tonnes / h

0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0 30.0 31.0 32.0 33.0 34.0 35.0 36.0 37.0 38.0 39.0 40.0

4.7.17

39.8 56.3 79.6 97.5 112.6 125.8 137.8 148.9 159.2 168.8 178.0 186.6 194.9 202.9 210.6 218.0 225.1 232.0 238.8 245.3 251.7 257.9 264.0 269.9 275.7 281.4 287.0 292.4 297.8 303.1 308.2 313.3 318.3 323.3 328.1 332.9 337.7 342.3 346.9 351.4 355.9

55.0 77.7 109.9 134.6 155.5 173.8 190.4 205.7 219.9 233.2 245.8 257.8 269.3 280.3 290.9 301.1 310.9 320.5 329.8 338.8 347.6 356.2 364.6 372.8 380.8 388.7 396.4 403.9 411.3 418.6 425.8 432.8 439.7 -

84.1 119.0 168.3 206.1 238.0 266.1 291.5 314.9 336.6 357.0 376.3 394.7 412.2 429.1 445.3 460.9 476.0 490.7 504.9 518.7 532.2 545.3 558.2 570.7 583.0 595.0 606.8 618.4 629.7 640.9 651.8 662.6 673.2 -

Table 4 w / Kdr values for SV60 safety valves Size

Set pressure (bar g) 1.5 - 1.99 2.0 - 2.49 2.5 - 2.99

0.2 - 0.49

0.5 - 0.99

1.0 - 1.49

3.0 - 3.49

3.5 - 3.99

Above 4.0

DN20 x DN32

0.56

0.62

0.69

0.73

0.75

0.76

0.77

0.78

0.78

DN25 x DN40

0.62

0.67

0.75

0.80

0.82

0.84

0.85

0.85

0.86

DN32 x DN50

0.56

0.60

0.68

0.73

0.75

0.76

0.76

0.76

0.76

DN40 x DN65

0.45

0.51

0.59

0.64

0.66

0.68

0.68

0.68

0.68

DN50 x DN80

0.47

0.49

0.55

0.59

0.61

0.63

0.63

0.63

0.64

DN65 x DN100

0.50

0.55

0.61

0.66

0.68

0.69

0.70

0.71

0.71

DN80 x DN125

0.45

0.50

0.56

0.60

0.63

0.64

0.65

0.66

0.66

DN100 x DN150

0.48

0.52

0.59

0.63

0.66

0.67

0.68

0.69

0.70

DN125 x DN200

0.50

0.55

0.61

0.65

0.68

0.70

0.71

0.72

0.72

DN150 x DN250

0.51

0.56

0.62

0.66

0.69

0.71

0.72

0.73

0.73

TI-S13-27 CH Issue 13

SV60 Safety Valve

Page 6 of 7

Control valves Safety valves Sizing and selection

Refer to:- http://www.spiraxsarco.com /prs/product-sizing.asp

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size Inlet DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150

Dimensions

Weight

/ Outlet A 85 100 110 115 120 140 160 180 200 225

- DN32 - DN40 - DN50 - DN65 - DN80 - DN100 - DN125 - DN150 - DN200 - DN250

B 95 105 115 140 150 170 195 220 250 285

C 385 435 450 520 535 710 790 835 1 042 1 165

Flow Ø D 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105.0 125.0

SV604

SV607

10.5 12.5 16.0 18.0 20.0 40.0 56.0 77.0 120.0 190.0

10.5 11.5 15.0 18.0 22.0 38.0 53.0 75.0 115.0 180.0

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P137-01) supplied with the product.

4.7.18

Installation note: The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve. Open bonnet valves are recommended for all steam boiler applications and for valves fitted with Tungsten alloy springs.

SV60 safety valve selection guide: Model type

SV60

SV60

Body material 4 = Carbon steel 7 = SG iron A = Closed bonnet / easing lever B = Closed bonnet / sealed cap Configuration C = Closed bonnet / packed lever (DN20 to DN100 only) D = Open bonnet / easing lever

A

Seal material

S = Stainless steel with chrome-vanadium alloy steel spring T = Stainless steel with tungsten alloy steel spring

Size

DN20 to DN150

DN20

Inlet connection

PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only), PN25, PN40 or ASME (ANSI) 300

PN40

Selection example

SV60

C

4

4

A

S

B

S

DN20

D A

PN40

How to order example

1 off Spirax Sarco SV604AS, DN20 flanged PN40 safety valve with a set pressure of 6 bar g.

TI-S13-27 CH Issue 13

SV60 Safety Valve

Page 7 of 7

Control valves Safety valves

4.7.19

Control valves Safety valves Page 1 of 5 TI-P317-02

CH Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

SV60H Safety Valve

4.7.20

Description

The SV60H is a range of full lift safety valves suitable for the protection of hot water generators. The construction is characterised by an EPDM bellows and elastomer seat seal to ensure leak free operation. Available types Set pressure range Body materials 'O' ring seat seals in accordance with Vd TÜV-Merkblatt SV100/4

1 to 10 bar g (in 0.5 bar increments) SV604H Carbon steel SV607H SG iron EPDM, Viton

Applications The SV60H is designed to protect hot water generators from overpressure in accordance with DIN 4751, Side 2, for temperatures up to 120°C. Certification A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure. Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1. Standards and approvals The SV60H carries the mark and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23/EC and falls within Category 4 for Group 2 gases. The SV60H is approved by the TÜV to TRD 421, TRD 721 and Vd TÜV Merkblatt SV100 and 100 / 4.

Size and end connections

Inlet sizes DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125 and DN150

Valve type

Inlet connection PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only) PN25 PN40

SV607H SV604H

Outlet connection PN16 PN16 PN16

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 5

© Copyright 2007

Control valves Safety valves Page 2 of 5 Pressure / temperature limits

SV604H PN40 inlet

Temperature °C

Please contact Spirax Sarco, when so required, for relevant details regarding the maximum allowable limits that the shell can withstand.

��� ���

The product must not be used in this region.

�� �

�

��

��

��

��

SV607H PN25 inlet

Temperature °C

Pressure bar g

��� ��� �� �

�

�

��

��

��

��

Pressure bar g

SV607H PN16 inlet

Temperature °C

4.7.21 ��� ��� �� �

�

�

�

��

��

Pressure bar g

Body design conditions Set pressure range

SV604H

PN40

SV607H

PN16 or PN25

Maximum

10 bar g

Minimum

1 bar g

EPDM seat Temperature Viton seat

Minimum

5°C

Maximum

120°C

Minimum

5°C

Maximum

120°C

Overpressure Performance data

10%

Blowdown limit

10% of set pressure

Derated coefficient of discharge values Backpressure limit

Designed for a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of:

0.5 Up to 10% of set pressure

PN40

60 bar g

PN25

38 bar g

PN16

24 bar g

SV60H Safety Valve Page 2 of 5

TI-P317-02 CH Issue 4

Control valves Safety valves Page 3 of 5 Materials No. Part 1

2

Body

Seat

3

Bonnet

4

Cap

5

Disc

6

Spring

7

Skirt

8

17

Material SV604H

Carbon steel

SV607H

SG iron

GJS-400-18 LT

DN20 - DN100 Stainless steel

1.4057

DN125 - DN150 Stainless steel SV604H SV607H

ANC2

Carbon steel

4 39

1.0619 + N

SG iron

GJS-400-18 LT

SG iron

GJS-400-15

DN20 - DN125 Stainless steel DN150

26 19, 20

1.0619 + N

13

1.4021

Stainless steel

14

CA15

3 10

Chrome-vanadium alloy steel DN20 - DN100 Stainless steel

1.4301

DN125 - DN150 Stainless steel

1.4308

Stem

Stainless steel

1.4021

9

Body bolts

Steel

10

Spring plate

Carbon steel

11

Collets

Steel

1.4021

13

Adjustment screw

Stainless steel

1.4021

14

Lock-nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

15

Guide plate

SG iron

17

Collar

Zinc plated carbon steel

18

Lever

SG iron

19

Lever cross pin

Zinc plated carbon steel

20

Circlip

Spring steel

21

Disc pin

Spring steel

22

Body drain plug ½" BSP Steel

23

Stem ball

18 6

CK35 C45E

8 10 11

4.7.22

GJS-400-15 GJS-400-15

DIN 7343, A304

35 35 15 16

Stainless steel

45 2

26

Collar pin

Zinc plated carbon steel

32

'O' ring washer

Stainless steel

35

Guide plate gasket (2 off) Reinforced exfoliated graphite

39

Collar circlip

Spring steel

43

Bellows

EPDM

44

Hose clamp

Stainless steel

45

'O' ring

EPDM / Viton

46

Nut

Stainless steel

1.4021

9 44 43 21 23 7 32 46

22

1

SV60H Safety Valve Page 3 of 5

TI-P317-02 CH Issue 4

Control valves Safety valves Page 4 of 5 Table 1 - SV60H flow capacities for hot water in kilowatts (kW) at or above 100°C (calculated in accordance with TRD 721) Valve size DN Orifice (mm) Area (mm²)

20 /32 17.0 230

25/40 23.8 445

32 /50 30.6 740

40 /65 38.0 1140

504 673 818 894 1 005 1 125 1 237 1 349 1 460 1 572 1 676 1 819 1 891 2 003 2 107

875 1 168 1 421 1 552 1 745 1 953 2 147 2 341 2 535 2 729 2 909 3 158 3 283 3 477 3 657

1 172 1 569 1 883 2 143 2 411 2 698 2 966 3 234 3 502 3 770 4 019 4 363 4 536 4 804 5 052

2 195 2 322 2 442 2 522

3 810 4 031 4 239 4 378

5 263 5 569 5 856 6 048

Set pressure (bar g)

4.7.23

50 /80 50.1 1979

65 /100 59.0 2734

80 /125 73.0 4185

100 /150 91.0 6504

125 /200 105 8659

150 /250 125 12272

1 795 2 402 2 882 3 281 3 691 4 131 4 541 4 951 5 361 5 771 6 152 6 679 6 943 7 353 7 734

3 050 3 733 4 416 5 099 5 737 6 419 7 057 7 694 8 332 8 969 9 561 10 380 10 790 11 428 12 019

4 061 4 970 5 879 6 789 7 637 8 546 9 395 10 244 11 092 11 941 12 729 13 820 14 365 15 214 16 002

5 756 7 044 8 333 9 621 10 824 12 112 13 315 14 518 15 720 16 923 18 040 19 586 20 359 21 562 22 679

8 056 8 525 8 964 9 257

12 520 13 249 13 932 14 387

16 669 17 638 18 548 19 154

23 624 24 998 26 287 27 146

Flow capacity for hot water kW

1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5

122 149 176 204 229 256 282 307 333 358 382 414 431 456 480 500

236 288 341 394 443 496 545 594 643 693 738 802 833 882 928 967

327 437 531 580 653 730 803 875 948 1 020 1 088 1 181 1 228 1 300 1 368 1 425

9.0 9.5 10.0

529 556 574

1 023 1 076 1 111

1 507 1 585 1 637

Table 2 - TRD 721 sizing

The safety valve discharge capacity expressed as heat output p of the heat generator in kW is calculated according to the following formula: P = Ao . w . K Valve size DN Orifice (mm) do Area (mm²) Ao

20 /32 17.0 230

25/40 23.8 445

32 /50 30.6 740

40 /65 38.0 1140

Set pressure bar g 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 to 10

0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

0.66 0.72 0.74 0.70

0.66 0.72 0.74 0.70

50 /80 50.1 1979

65 /100 59.0 2734

w values 0.66 0.64 0.72 0.70 0.74 0.71 0.70 0.70

80 /125 73.0 4185

100 /150 91.0 6504

125 /200 105 8659

150 /250 125 12272

0.64 0.70 0.71 0.70

0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70

Constant K depending on the set pressure (bar g) Set pressure bar g 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

K 0.67 0.82 0.97 1.12 1.26 1.41 1.55 1.69 1.83 2.10 2.37 2.64 2.91 3.16

SV60H Safety Valve Page 4 of 5

TI-P317-02 CH Issue 4

Control valves Safety valves Page 5 of 5 Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size Inlet

Dimensions / Outlet

A 85 100 110 115 120 140 160 180 200 225

DN20 - DN32 DN25 - DN40 DN32 - DN50 DN40 - DN65 DN50 - DN80 DN65 - DN100 DN80 - DN125 DN100 - DN150 DN125 - DN200 DN150 - DN250

B 95 105 115 140 150 170 195 220 250 285

Weight SV604H SV607H

Flow Ø D 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105.0 125.0

C 385 435 450 520 535 710 790 835 1 042 1 165

10.5 12.5 16.0 18.0 20.0 40.0 56.0 77.0 120.0 190.0

10.5 11.5 15.0 18.0 22.0 38.0 53.0 75.0 115.0 180.0

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P317-01) supplied with the product. Installation note: The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve.

4.7.24

Sizing and selection

In accordance with TRD 721. See Tables 1 and 2, page 4.

SV60H safety valve selection guide: Model type

SV60

Body material

4H = Carbon steel 7H = SG iron

Configuration

A

= Closed bonnet / easing lever

A

Seal material

E V

= EPDM = Viton

E

Size

DN20 to DN150

DN20

Inlet connection

PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only) PN25, PN40

PN40

Selection example

SV60

SV60 4H

4H

A

E

DN20

C

B

PN40

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV604HAE, DN20 flanged PN40 safety valve with a set pressure of 6 bar g.

D A

SV60H Safety Valve Page 5 of 5

TI-P317-02 CH Issue 4

Control valves Safety valves

4.7.25

Control valves Safety valves Page 1 of 4 TI-P315-04

CH Issue 3

SVL606 Stainless Steel Safety Valve

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The SVL606 is a stainless steel, full lift TÜV approved flanged safety valve suitable for use with steam, gas and liquids. Available types Two main variations of the valve are available: SVL606-B with a sealed cap for liquid service. SVL606-C with a packed easing lever for steam (or other services where a lever is specified). Note: Both designs have closed bonnets. Applications The SVL606 is suitable for the overpressure protection of steam boilers, pipelines, pressure vessels and most general process industry applications, particularly where a valve of all stainless steel construction is required to minimise contamination of the process media or where hygienic considerations and aesthetic qualities are prerequisites. This valve is also suitable for cryogenic service. Standards and approvals Approved by the TÜV to AD Merkblatt A2, TRD 421. The requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive, 97/23/EC have been satisfied and the valve belongs to Category 4, having been designed for use with fluids in Group 1 and 2 (gases and liquids). Always consult Spirax Sarco for fluid compatibility.

Sizes and pipe connections Inlet size

DN 25

Outlet DN 40 size

11

8

4.7.26

7

5 6

Flanged 50 65 80 100 125 150 EN 1092 PN40 Flanged 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 EN 1092 PN16 32

9

40

Optional extras Flanges: ANSI B 16.5 flanges are available on request. Soft seals are available (contact Spirax Sarco for pressure/ temperature limitations). Special springs to extend the set pressure range on certain sizes can be provided.

12 13 14 4 3

Materials No. Part 1 Body 2 Seat Disc 3 Disc with 'O' ring (when specified) 4 Guide 5 Bonnet 6 Spindle 7 Spring plate Adjustment screw 8 with bush 9 Cap 10 Spring 11 Easing lever 12 Bolt 13 Nut 14 Body gasket

10

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

1.4408 1.4404 1.4404

2

1.4404 1.4408 1.4404 1.4404 1.4404

1

EPDM (FDA approved) Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel PTFE Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Laminated graphite

1.4404 1.4310 1.4408 1.4401 1.4401

Optional EPDM soft seat seal

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 4

© Copyright 2008

Control valves Safety valves Page 2 of 4

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits ���

A

��� ��� ��� �

Steam saturation curve

The product must not be used in this region.

C

A - B Metal seat C - B EPDM seat seal is limited to a maximum operating temperature of 130°C.

B �

��

�� Pressure bar g

��

��

Body design conditions Maximum

DN25 to DN40

Minimum Maximum

DN50

Minimum

Set pressure Please note: That higher set pressures are available with special springs. Consult Spirax Sarco.

Maximum

DN65

Minimum Maximum

DN80

Minimum Maximum

DN100 and DN125

Minimum Maximum

DN150

4.7.27

Minimum Maximum

Metal seat

Minimum

Temperature

Maximum

EPDM seat

Performance data

Minimum

Overpressure Blowdown limits

Steam, gas, liquid Steam, gas, liquid Steam, gas Liquid

Derated coefficient of discharge values

Designed for a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of:

PN40 40 bar g 0.1 bar g 33 bar g 0.1 bar g 28 bar g 0.1 bar g 13.6 bar g 0.1 bar g 15 bar g 0.1 bar g 7 bar g 0.1 bar g +300°C -270°C +130°C -45°C Maximum 10% Maximum 10% 0.70 0.45 60 bar g

Table 1 - SVL606 flow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h) (calculated at 10% overpressure in accordance with EN ISO 4126) Valve size DN in / out mm2 Flow area in2

25 / 40 416 0.645

32 / 50 661 1.024

40 / 65 1 075 1.666

Set pressure (bar g) 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0 13.6 15.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0

151 214 319 504 678 843 1 007 1 170 1 333 1 495 1 658 1 820 2 143 2 402 1 628 2 790 3 114 3 438 3 762

240 341 507 801 1 077 1 339 1 599 1 859 2 118 2 376 2 634 2 891 3 406 3 817 4 176 4 433 4 947 5 462 5 978

390 554 825 1 303 1 751 2 177 2 601 3 023 3 444 3 864 4 284 4 702 5 539 6 207 6 792 7 210 8 046 8 883 9 722

50 / 80 1 662 2.576

65 / 100 2 827 4.382

80 / 125 4 301 6.667

100 / 150 6 648 10.3

125 / 200 7 543 11.69

150 / 250 12 272 19.02

2 415 3 427 5 100 8 058 10 829 13 465 16 086 18 697 21 300 23 898 26 491 29 080 43 252 38 385 42 003

2 740 3 888 5 787 9 143 12 297 15 277 18 252 21 214 24 168 27 115 30 057 32 995 38 863 43 553 47 657

4 457 6 325 9 415 14 875 19 991 24 855 29 694 34 514 39 320

Dry saturated steam, kg / h 604 857 1 275 2 015 2 707 3 366 4 022 4 674 5 325 5 975 6 623 7 270 8 563 9 596 10 501 11 147 12 440 13 733 15 030

1 027 1 457 2 169 3 427 4 605 5 726 6 840 7 951 9 058 10 162 11 265 12 366 14 565 16 323 17 861 18 960 21 159 23 360 25 565

1 562 2 217 3 300 5 213 7 006 8 711 10 407 12 096 13 781 15 461 17 138 18 813 22 160 24 834

The product must not be used in this region

SVL606 Stainless Steel Safety Valve Page 2 of 4

TI-P315-04 CH Issue 3

Control valves Safety valves Page 3 of 4 Table 2 - SVL606 flow capacity for air - normal m3 / h at 0°C and 1013 mbar (calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2) Valve size DN in / out mm2 Flow area in2 Set pressure (bar g) 0.2 0.5 1.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 10.0 12.0 13.6 15.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0 33.0 36.0 40.0

25 / 40 416 0.645

32 / 50 661 1.024

40 / 65 1 075 1.666

162 263 388 854 1 289 1 725 2 379 2 814 3 163 3 468 3 686 4121 4 557 4 993 5 864 6 300 6 736 7 171 7 389 8 043 8 914

258 418 617 1 357 2 050 2 742 3 781 4 474 5 028 5 305 5 859 6 552 7 245 7 938 9 323 10 016 10 708 11 401 11 747 12 786 14 172

420 680 1 004 2 209 3 337 4 464 6 155 7 283 8 185 8 974 9 538 10 666 11 793 12 921 15 176 16 304 17 431 18 559 19 123 20 814 23 069

50 / 80 1 662 2.576

65 / 100 2 827 4.382

80 / 125 4 301 6.667

Flow capacity for air m3/h 649 1 105 1 680 1 051 1 789 2 721 1 552 2 641 4 017 3 414 5 809 8 836 5 157 8 774 13 346 6 900 11 739 17 857 9 514 16 187 24 622 11 257 19 152 29 152 12 651 21 524 32 747 13 872 23 600 14 743 25 082 16 486 28 047 18 228 31 012 19 971 33 977 23 457 39 908 25 200 42 873 26 942 28 685 29 565

100 / 150 6 648 10.3

125 / 200 7 543 11.69

150 / 250 12 272 19.02

2 597 4 206 6 209 13 657 20 629 27 600 38 057 45 028 50 617 55 498

2 947 4 772 7 045 15 497 23 407 31 317 43 183 51 093 57 431 62 970

4 794 7 764 11 461 25 212 38 082 50 951

4.7.28

The product must not be used in this region

Table 3 - SVL606 flow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg/h) at 20°C (calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 at 10% overpressure) Valve size DN in / out mm2 Flow area in2

25 / 40 416 0.645

32 / 50 661 1.024

40 / 65 1 075 1.666

50 / 80 1 662 2.576

Set pressure (bar g) 0.2 0.5 1.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 10.0 12.0 13.6 15.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0 33.0 36.0 40.0

5 210 7 370 9 970 17 300 22 300 19 900 31 500 34 600 36 700 38 600 39 900 42 300 44 600 46 800 50 900 52 800 54 600 56 400 57 300 59 800 63 100

8 280 11 700 15 900 27 500 35 500 42 000 50 100 54 900 58 300 61 300 63 400 67 300 70 900 74 400 80 900 83 900 86 800 89 700 91 100 95 100 100 000

13 500 19 100 25 800 44 700 57 700 68 300 81 600 89 400 94 800 99 700 103 000 110 000 115 000 121 000 132 000 137 000 141 000 146 000 148 000 155 000 163 000

65 / 100 2 827 4.382

80 / 125 4 301 6.667

Flow capacity for water kg/h 20 800 15 500 53 000 29 500 50 100 76 300 39 900 67 900 103 000 69 100 118 000 179 000 89 200 152 000 231 000 106 000 180 000 273 000 126 000 215 000 326 000 138 000 235 000 358 000 147 000 249 000 379 000 154 000 262 000 160 000 272 000 169 000 288 000 178 000 304 000 187 000 318 000 203 000 346 000 211 000 359 000 219 000 226 000 229 000

100 / 150 6 648 10.3

125 / 200 7 543 11.69

150 / 250 12 272 19.02

85 300 118 000 160 000 276 000 357 000 422 000 505 000 553 000 586 000 616 000

94 600 134 000 181 000 314 000 405 000 479 000 573 000 627 000 665 000 699 000

154 000 218 000 295 000 510 000 659 000 779 000

The product must not be used in this region

SVL606 Stainless Steel Safety Valve Page 3 of 4

TI-P315-04 CH Issue 3

Control valves Safety valves Page 4 of 4 Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Valve size

A

Inlet

Outlet

DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150

DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250

B

Centreline at inlet to outlet flange face 100 110 115 120 140 160 180 200 225

Centreline at outlet to inlet flange face 105 115 140 150 170 195 220 250 285

SVL606B Overall height, Gas tight cap design 337 430 496 553 651 753 835 865 1 020

C SVL606C Overall height, packed lever design 339 437 503 560 699 801 883 913 1 020

Additional height with bellows

Weight

39 42 38 46 70 59 56 56 58

9 12 16 22 32 56 75 85 131

Installation

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

SVL606 safety valve selection guide

4.7.29

Model type

SVL60

SVL60

Body material 6 = Stainless steel Configuration Seal material Inlet connection SVL606

B C S E

= = = =

6

Closed bonnet / gas tight cap Closed bonnet / packed easing lever Stainless steel EPDM

B

-

S PN40

PN40 = Flanged -

B

S

-

PN40

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 x 40 SVL606-B-S-PN40 safety valve with a set pressure of 15.5 bar g.

C

B

A

SVL606 Stainless Steel Safety Valve Page 4 of 4

TI-P315-04 CH Issue 3

Control valves Safety valves Page 1 of 5 TI-S13-25

CH Issue 11

SV73 Cast Iron Safety Valve

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The SV73 cast iron series valves are built in conformance to Section I and VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. They are primarily intended for use on power boilers and unfired pressure vessels where ASME Section I and VIII stamped valves are required. Applications Protection of steam systems downstream of pressure regulating stations, on inlet to such equipment as air coils, heat exchangers and process vessels. Also for use on flash recovery vessels on condensate return systems to protect vessels. Air systems to protect accumulation vessels and air equipment from overpressurisation. Steam boilers and generators. Available types The SV73 is available with cast iron body and stainless steel trim in orifice sizes from 'J' to 'R'. It has an open bonnet and easing lever and is available with screwed or flanged connections. Certification A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure. Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1. Standards and approvals Approved by National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Sections I and VIII. Seat tightness is in accordance with ANSI/API STD 527-1992. If National Board 'V' or 'UV' stamp is required, then this must be specified at the time of ordering. Important note: SV73 safety valves are not marked and therefore not to be used within the EEA.

Sizes and end connections 1½" x 2½" to 3" x 4" 1½" x 2½" to 3" x 4" 3" x 4" to 6" x 8"

Inlet /outlet screwed female NPT. Inlet flanged ANSI class 250 RF, Outlet screwed female NPT. Inlet flanged ANSI class 250 RF, Outlet flanged ANSI class 125 FF.

Temperature °F

Pressure /temperature limits ��� ��� ���

A

C Steam saturation curve

��� ��� � ���

D �

���

��� ��� Pressure psi g

B

���

���

The product must not be used in this region. A - B Limit for valves with a flanged inlet. C - D Limit for valves with a screwed inlet. Body design conditions Maximum Set pressure range Minimum Temperature

Maximum

Screwed inlet Flanged inlet

Minimum ASME I

ANSI 250 250 psi g 5 psi g 406°F 446°F -20°F

Steam

3%

Overpressure

Steam 10% ASME VIII Air/gas 10% ASME I Steam 2 - 6% Performance data Blowdown limits Steam 7% ASME VIII Air /gas 7% Steam 0.955 Derated coefficient of discharge values Air /gas 0.955 Maximum permitted backpressure up to: 10% of set pressure Tested at a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of 600 psi g Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 5

© Copyright 2007

4.7.30

Control valves Safety valves Page 2 of 5 4 26 16

24, 25

14 15 20

18

6 3 10 12 13 11 27

40

4.7.31

9

5 7

21 17

23 8

22

2

1

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 40

Part Body Seat Bonnet Cap Disc Spring Upper adjusting ring Lower adjusting ring Stem (lower) Stem (upper) Spring washers (2 off) Bonnet stud Bonnet nut Adjusting screw Adjusting screw nut Release ring Lock-nut (2 off) Lever Cap set screw Upper adjusting ring pin Lower adjusting ring pin Disc ball Pin washer Lever pin Lock-nut Guide plate Stem pin

Material Cast iron Stainless steel Cast iron Cast iron Stainless steel Chrome-vanadium alloy steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Grey iron Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel

SV73 Cast Iron Safety Valve Page 2 of 5

ASTM A126 Class B ASTM A351 Grade CF8 ASTM A126 Class B ASTM A126 Class B ASTM A217 CA15 ASTM A351 Grade CF8 ASTM A351 Grade CF8 ASTM A479 Type 410 ASTM A479 Type 410 ASTM A105 ASTM A193 Grade B7 ASTM A194 Grade 2H ASTM A479 Type 410

TI-S13-25 CH Issue 11

Set pressure psi g

15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250

Steam saturation temperature ºF

250 259 267 274 281 287 292 298 303 307 312 316 320 324 328 331 335 338 341 344 347 350 353 356 358 361 363 366 368 371 373 375 377 380 382 384 386 388 390 392 394 396 398 399 401 403 404 406

1 833 2 146 2 459 2 772 3 085 3 398 3 711 4 025 4 338 4 651 4 964 5 277 5 590 5 903 6 216 6 529 6 842 7 155 7 469 7 782 8 293 8 408 8 721 9 034 9 347 9 660 9 973 10 286 10 599 10 913 11 226 11 539 11 852 12 165 12 478 12 791 13 104 13 417 13 728 14 043 14 354 14 670 14 980 15 296 15 606 15 922 16 232 16 548

lb/h 3%

1 897 2 231 2 566 2 900 3 234 3 569 3 903 4 237 4 572 4 906 5 240 5 575 5 909 6 244 6 578 6 912 7 247 7 581 7 915 8 250 8 584 8 918 9 253 9 587 9 922 10 256 10 590 10 925 11 259 11 593 11 928 12 262 12 597 12 931 13 265 13 600 13 934 14 268 14 600 14 937 15 269 15 606 15 937 16 275 16 606 16 943 17 275 17 612

lb/h 10%

Real flow

J

1.374

Orifice

Area Sq. In.

K

2 625 3 074 3 522 3 971 4 419 4 868 5 316 5 764 6 213 6 661 7 110 7 558 8 007 8 455 8 904 9 352 9 800 10 249 10 697 11 146 11 594 12 043 12 491 12 940 13 388 13 836 14 285 14 733 15 182 15 630 16 079 16 527 16 976 17 424 17 872 18 321 18 769 19 218 19 663 20 115 20 560 21 008 21 456 21 908 22 353 22 805 23 250 23 702

lb/h 3% 2 717 3 196 3 675 4 153 4 632 5 111 5 590 6 069 6 548 7 027 7 506 7 985 8 464 8 943 9 422 9 901 10 379 10 858 11 337 11 816 12 295 12 774 13 253 13 732 14 211 14 690 15 169 15 648 16 127 16 605 17 084 17 563 18 042 18 521 19 000 19 479 19 958 20 437 20 912 21 395 21 870 22 352 22 827 23 310 23 785 24 268 24 743 25 226

lb/h 10%

Real flow

1.968

L

4 074 4 770 5 466 6 162 6 858 7 554 8 250 8 945 9 641 10 337 11 033 11 729 12 425 13 121 13 817 14 513 15 209 15 905 16 600 17 296 17 992 18 688 19 384 20 080 20 776 21 472 22 168 22 864 23 559 24 255 24 951 25 647 26343 27 039 27 735 28 431 29 127 29 823 30 513 31 214 31 905 32 606 33 296 33 998 34 688 35 390 36 080 36 782

lb/h 3% 4 216 4 959 5 702 6 446 7 189 7 932 8 675 9 418 10 162 10 905 11 648 12 391 13 134 13 878 14 261 15 364 16 107 16 850 17 594 18 337 19 080 19 823 20 566 21 310 22 053 22 796 23 539 24 282 25 026 25 769 26 512 27 255 27 998 28 742 29 485 30 228 30 971 31 714 32 452 33 201 33 938 34 687 35 424 36 174 36 911 37 660 38 397 39 146

lb/h 10%

Real flow

3.054

M

5 131 6 007 6 883 7 760 8 636 9 513 10 389 11 265 12 142 13 018 13 894 14 771 15 647 16 524 17 400 18 276 19 153 20 029 20 905 21 782 22 658 23 535 24 411 25 287 26 164 27 040 27 916 28 793 29 669 30 546 31 422 32 298 33 175 34 051 34 927 35 804 36 680 37 557 38 426 39 309 40 179 41 062 41 931 42 815 43 684 44 568 45 436 46 320

lb/h 3% 5 308 6 244 7 180 8 116 9 052 9 987 10 923 11 859 12 795 13 730 14 666 15 602 16 538 17 474 18 409 19 345 20 281 21 217 22 152 23 088 24 024 24 960 25 896 26 831 27 767 28 703 29 639 30 574 31 510 32 446 33 382 34 317 35 253 36 189 37 125 38 061 38 996 39 932 40 868 41 804 42 739 43 675 44 611 45 547 46 483 47 418 48 354 49 290

lb/h 10%

Real flow

3.846

N

6 181 7 236 8 292 9 348 10 403 11 459 12 515 13 570 14 626 15 682 16 738 17 793 18 849 19 905 20 960 22 016 23 072 24 128 25 183 26 239 27 295 28 350 29 406 30 462 31 518 32 573 33 629 34 685 35 740 36 796 37 852 38 907 39 963 41 019 42 075 43 130 44 186 45 242 46 290 47 353 48 401 49 465 50 512 51 576 52 623 53 687 54 734 55 799

lb/h 3% 9 111 10 668 12 224 13 780 15 337 16 893 18 449 20 006 21 562 23 118 24 675 26 231 27 567 29 344 30 900 32 456 34 013 35 569 37 125 38 682 40 238 41 001 43 351 44 907 46 463 48 020 49576 51 132 52 689 54 245 55 801 57 358 58 914 60 470 62 027 63 583 65 139 66 696 68 240 69 808 71 352 72 921 74 465 76 034 77 577 79 146 80 689 82 259

6 395 7 522 8 649 9 776 10 904 12 031 13 158 14 286 15 413 16 540 17 667 18 795 19 922 21 049 22 176 23 304 24 431 25 558 26 685 27 813 28 940 30 067 31 194 32 322 33 449 34 576 35 704 36 831 37 958 39 085 40 212 41 340 42 467 43 594 44 722 45 849 46 976 48 103 49 231 50 358 51 485 52 612 53 740 54 867 55 994 57 122 58 249 59 376

9 427 11 089 12 751 14 413 16 074 17 736 19 398 21 060 22 722 24 383 26 045 27 707 29 369 31 031 32 693 34 354 36 016 37 678 39 340 41 002 42 663 44 325 45 987 47 649 49 311 50 973 52 634 54 296 55 958 57 620 59 282 60 943 62 605 64 267 65 929 67 591 69 253 70 914 72 576 74 238 75 900 77 562 79 223 80 885 82 547 84 209 85 871 87 533

15 756 18 447 21 139 23830 26 521 29 213 31 904 34 595 37 287 39 978 42 670 45 361 48 052 50 744 53 435 56 126 58 818 61 509 64 200 66 892 69 583 72 274 74 966 77 657 80 348 83 040 85 731 88 422 91 114 93 805 96 496 99 188 101 879 104 570 107 262 109 953 112 644 115 336 118 007 120 718 123 389 126 101 128 770 131 484 134 152 136 866 139 534 142 249

lb/h 3% 16 302 19 176 22 050 24 923 27 797 30 671 33 545 36 418 39 292 42 166 45 040 47 913 50 787 53 661 56 535 59 408 62 282 65 156 68 030 70 903 73 777 76 651 79 525 82 398 85 272 88 146 91 020 93 893 96 767 99 641 102 515 105 388 108 262 111 136 114 010 116 883 119 757 122 631 125 505 128 378 131 252 134 126 137 000 139 874 142 747 145 621 148 495 151 369

lb/h 10%

Real flow

lb/h 10%

Real flow lb/h 3%

Q 11.811

P 6.830

lb/h 10%

Real flow

4.633

R

22 842 26 744 30 646 34 548 38 449 42 351 46 253 50 155 54 057 57 958 61 860 65 762 69 664 73 565 77 467 81 369 85 271 89 173 93 074 96 976 100 878 104 780 108 681 112 583 116 485 120 387 124 288 128 190 132 092 135 994 139 896 143 797 147 699 151 601 155 503 159 404 163 306 167 208 171 080 175 012 178 883 182 815 18 685 190 619 194 487 198 422 202 289 206 226

lb/h 3% 23 634 27 800 31 966 36 133 40 299 44 465 48 631 52 797 56 964 61 130 65 296 69 462 73 629 77 795 81 961 86 127 90 294 94 460 98 626 102 792 106 958 111 125 115 291 119 457 123 623 127 790 131 956 136 122 140 288 144 454 148 621 152 787 156 953 161 119 165 286 169 452 173 618 177 784 181 951 186 117 190 283 194 449 198 615 202 782 206 948 211 114 215 280 219 447

lb/h 10%

Real flow

17.123

Control valves Safety valves Page 3 of 5

1. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 3% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section I. 2. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 10% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII.

Capacities

SV73 Cast Iron Safety Valve

Page 3 of 5

TI-S13-25 CH Issue 11

4.7.32

Control valves Safety valves Page 4 of 5 Safety valve sizing information Formulas: For steam service:

For organic fluid vaporizers - lb / h:

Where: A = Required orifice area in square inches P = Relieving pressure in pounds per square inch absolute = set pressure (psi g) + overpressure + 14.7 where the overpressure is 3% or 2 psi, whichever is the greater. P = 1.03 x set pressure + 14.7 or P = set pressure + 2 psi + 14.7. T = Inlet temperature, °F. Absolute (°F plus 460). = Required steam capacity in pounds per hour. = Required vapor capacity in pounds per hour. Kd = Coefficient of discharge, 0.955 for steam, air and vapour service. Ksh = Steam superheat correction factor. See Table 1 below. M = Average molecular weight of vapour. See Table 2, page 5. C = Gas or vapour flow constant. See Table 3, page 5. Z = Compressibility factor corresponding to T and P. If this factor is not available, compressibility correction can be safely ignored using a value of Z = 1.0.

Table 1 Ksh superheat correction factor

4.7.33

Total steam temperature °F

Set pressure psi g 15

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

250

259

287

308

324

338

350

361

280

1.00

1.00

-

-

-

-

-

300

1.00

1.00

1.00

-

-

-

320

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

-

340

0.99

0.99

1.00

1.00

360

0.99

0.99

0.99

380

0.98

0.98

400

0.98

420

0.97

160

180

200

220

240

250

371

380

388

395

403

406

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1.00

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.99

1.00

1.00

1.00

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.99

0.99

0.99

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

-

-

-

-

-

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.99

0.99

0.99

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

-

-

0.97

0.97

0.97

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.99

0.99

0.99

0.99

1.00

1.00

1.00

Saturated steam temperature °F

SV73 Cast Iron Safety Valve Page 4 of 5

TI-S13-25 CH Issue 11

Control valves Safety valves Page 5 of 5 Sizing and selection

Refer to:- http: // www.spiraxsarco.com / resources / steam-engineering-tutorials / safety-valves / safety-valve-sizing.asp

Dimensions, weights and orifice sizes (approximate) in inches and lbs Valve inlet Size 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 1½" 2" 2" 2½" 2½" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 6" 6"

Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250 ANSI 250

Valve outlet Size 2½" 3" 4" 4" 2½" 2½" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 8" 8"

Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT ANSI 125 ANSI 125 ANSI 125 ANSI 125 ANSI 125 ANSI 125

Orifice

A

letter J K L M J J K K L L M L M N P Q R

ins 3.5 4.0 4.6 5.1 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.6 4.6 5.1 -

A1

B

ins 5.5 5.5 7.1 7.1 9.3 10.0

ins 4.3 4.6 5.5 5.6 4.3 4.3 4.6 4.6 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.5 5.4 6.8 6.8 9.3 10.9

C

Weight

ins 15.8 17.1 18.5 24.3 15.8 15.8 17.1 17.1 19.5 19.5 24.3 19.5 24.3 26.5 28.5 34.5 43.9

lbs 33 46 66 93 38 40 49 51 71 73 101 82 110 187 196 355 595

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S13-33) supplied with the product. Installation note: The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve.

SV7 safety valve selection guide

C

Series number

SV7

Construction

3 = Cast iron

B Size and connection

C

Actual orifice area Sq. In.

Set pressure SV7 B A

3

3

V = ASME Code Section I U = ASME Code Section VIII V Blank = Valve without code stamp A = 1½" NPT x 2½" NPT B = 2" NPT x 3" NPT C = 2½" NPT x 4" NPT D = 3" NPT x 4" NPT E = 1½" ANSI 250 x 2½" NPT F = 2" ANSI 250 x 2½ NPT G = 2" ANSI 250 x 3" NPT A H = 2½" ANSI 250 x 3" NPT I = 2½" ANSI 250 x 4" NPT J = 3" ANSI 250 x 4 NPT L = 3" ANSI 250 x 4 ANSI 125 N = 4" ANSI 250 x 6" ANSI 125 Q = 6" ANSI 250 x 8" ANSI 125 J = 1.374 K = 1.968 L = 3.054 M = 3.846 J N = 4.633 P = 6.830 Q = 11.811 R = 17.123 Specify set pressure from 180 5 psi g to 250 psi g

ASME section

A1

SV7

-

V

-

A

J

-

180

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV73-V-AJ-180 safety valve having a set pressure of 180 psi g.

SV73 Cast Iron Safety Valve Page 5 of 5

TI-S13-25 CH Issue 11

4.7.34

Control valves Safety valves

4.7.35

Control valves Safety valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-S13-30 CH Issue 13

SV74 Carbon Steel Safety Valve Description

The SV74 steel series safety valves are built in conformance to Section I and VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. They are primarily intended for use on power boilers and unfired pressure vessels where ASME Section I and VIII stamped valves are required. Applications Protection of steam systems downstream of pressure regulating stations, on inlet to such equipment as air coils, heat exchangers and process vessels. Also for use on flash recovery vessels on condensate return systems to protect vessels. Air systems to protect accumulation vessels and air equipment from overpressurisation. Steam boilers and generators. Available types The SV74 is available with carbon steel body and stainless steel trim in orifice sizes from 'F' to 'R'. It has an open bonnet and easing lever and flanged connections. Certification A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure. Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1. Standards and approvals Approved by National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Cvode Sections I and VIII. Seat tightness is in accordance with ASME/API STD 527-1992. If National Board 'V' or 'UV' stamp is required, then this must be specified at the time of ordering. The SV74 fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required.

Sizes and end connections Inlet Outlet

1½" x 2" to 6" x 8"

Flanged ASME class 300 RF Flanged ASME class 150 RF

Temperature °F

Pressure / temperature limits    

A

  



B

Steam saturation curve 



   Pressure psi g



 

The product must not be used in this region. A - B To avoid spring damage, do not exceed an operating temperature of 446°F. Body design conditions Set pressure range Design temperature Operating temperature

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum ASME I

ASME 300 300 psi g 5 psi g 750°F -20°F 446°F Steam

3%

Overpressure

Steam 10% ASME VIII Air/gas 10% ASME I Steam 2 6% Performance data Blowdown limits Steam 7% ASME VIII Air/gas 7% Steam 0.955 Derated coefficient of discharge values Air /gas 0.955 Maximum permitted backpressure up to: 10% of set pressure Tested at a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of 1 015 psi g Page 1 of 5

4.7.36

Control valves Safety valves 4

26 16

24, 25

18

14 15 20

6 3 10 12 13 11 27 40 9

4.7.37

7

21

5

17

23 8

22 2

1

Materials

No. 1

Part Body

2

Seat

3 4

Bonnet Cap

5

Disc

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 40

Spring Upper adjusting ring Lower adjusting ring Stem (lower) Stem (upper) Spring washers (2 off) Bonnet stud Bonnet nut Adjusting screw Adjusting screw nut Release ring Lock-nuts (2 off) Lever Cap set screw Upper adjusting ring pin Lower adjusting ring pin Disc ball Pin washer Lever pin Lock-nut Guide plate Stem pin

TI-S13-30 CH Issue 13

F to H orifice J to R orifice

F to H orifice J to R orifice

Material Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Carbon steel Cast iron Stainless steel Stainless steel Chrome-vanadium alloy steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Grey iron Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel

SV74 Carbon Steel Safety Valve

ASME SA 216 Gr. WCB ASTM A479 304 ASTM A351 Grade CF8 ASME SA 216 Gr. WCB ASTM A126 Class B ASTM A479 304 ASTM A217 CA15 ASTM A351 Grade CF8 ASTM A351 Grade CF8 ASTM A479 Type 410 ASTM A479 Type 410 ASTM A105 ASTM A193 Grade B7 ASTM A194 Grade 2H ASTM A479 Type 410

Page 2 of 5

Set pressure psi g

15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300

250 259 267 274 281 287 292 298 303 307 312 316 320 324 328 331 335 338 341 344 347 350 353 356 358 361 363 366 368 371 373 375 377 380 382 384 386 388 392 396 399 403 406 409 413 416 417 422

lb/h

10%

453 533 612 692 772 852 932 1 012 1 091 1171 1 251 1 331 1 411 1 490 1 570 1 650 1 730 1 810 1 890 1 969 2 049 2 129 2 209 2 289 2 368 2 448 2 528 2 608 2 688 2 768 2 847 2 927 3 007 3 087 3 167 3 246 3 326 3406 3 566 3 725 3 885 4 045 4 204 4 364 4 524 4 683 4 843 5 003

lb/h

3%

438 512 587 662 737 811 886 961 1 035 1 110 1 185 1 260 1 334 1 409 1 484 1 559 1 633 1 708 1 783 1 858 1 932 2 007 2 082 2 157 2 231 2 306 2 381 2 456 2 530 2 605 2 680 2 755 2 829 2 904 2 979 3 053 3 128 3 203 3 352 3 502 3 651 3 801 3 950 4 100 4 249 4 399 4 548 4 698

Real flow

0.328

Area Sq. In.

Steam saturation temperature ºF

F

Orifice

716 839 961 1 083 1 206 1 328 1 451 1 573 1 695 1 818 1 940 2 062 2 185 2 307 2 429 2 552 2 674 2 797 2 919 3 041 3 164 3 286 3 408 3 531 3 652 3 775 3 898 4 020 4 143 4 265 4 387 4 510 4 632 4 754 4 877 4 999 5 122 5 244 5 489 5 733 5 978 6 223 6 468 6 712 6 957 7 202 7 446 7 691

3%

lb/h

741 872 1 003 1 133 1 264 1 395 1 525 1 656 1 787 1 917 2 048 2 179 2 309 2 440 2 571 2 702 2 832 2 963 3 094 3 224 3 355 3 486 3 616 3 747 3 878 4 008 4 139 4 270 4 400 4 531 4 662 4 792 4 923 5 054 5 184 5 315 5 446 5 577 5 838 6 099 6 361 6 622 6 883 7 145 7 406 7 667 7 929 8 190

10%

lb/h

Real flow

0.537

G

10% 1 161 1 366 1 570 1 775 1 980 2 184 2 389 2 594 2 798 3 003 3 208 3 412 3 617 3 822 4 026 4 231 4 436 4 640 4 845 5 050 5 254 5 459 5 663 5 868 6 073 6 277 6 482 6 687 6 891 7 096 7 301 7 505 7 710 7 915 8 119 8 324 8 529 8 733 9 143 9 552 9 961 10 371 10 780 11 189 11 599 12 008 12 417 12 827

1 122 1 314 1 505 1 697 1 888 2 080 2 272 2 463 2 655 2 847 3 038 3 230 3 422 3 613 3 805 3 996 4 188 4 380 4 571 4 763 4 955 5 146 5 338 5 530 5 721 5 913 6 104 6 296 6 488 6 679 6 871 7 063 7 254 7 446 7 638 7 829 8 021 8 212 8 816 8 979 9 362 9 746 10 129 10 512 10 895 11 279 11 662 12 045

lb/h

3%

lb/h

Real flow

0.841

H

1 833 2 146 2 459 2 772 3 085 3 398 3 711 4 025 4 338 4 651 4 964 5 277 5 590 5 903 6 216 6 529 6 842 7 155 7 469 7 782 8 293 8 408 8 721 9 034 9 347 9 660 9 973 10 286 10 599 10 913 11 226 11 539 11 852 12 165 12 478 12 791 13 104 13 417 14 043 14 670 15 296 15 922 16 548 17 174 17 801 18 427 19 053 19 679

3%

lb/h 1 897 2 231 2 566 2 900 3 234 3 569 3 903 4 237 4 572 4 906 5 240 5 575 5 909 6 244 6 578 6 912 7 247 7 581 7 915 8 250 8 584 8 918 9 253 9 587 9 922 10 256 10 590 10 925 11 259 11 593 11 928 12 262 12 597 12 931 13 265 13 600 13 934 14 268 14 937 15 606 16 275 16 943 17 612 18 281 18 950 19 618 20 287 20 956

10%

lb/h

Real flow

1.374

J

2 625 3 074 3 522 3 971 4 419 4 868 5 316 5 764 6 213 6 661 7 110 7 558 8 007 8 455 8 904 9 352 9 800 10 249 10 697 11 146 11 594 12 043 12 491 12 940 13 388 13 836 14 285 14 733 15 182 15 630 16 079 16 527 16 976 17 424 17 872 18 321 18 769 19 218 20 115 20 416 21 908 22 805 23 702 24 599 25 496 26 393 27 290 28 187

3%

lb/h 2 717 3 196 3 675 4 153 4 632 5 111 5 590 6 069 6 548 7 027 7 506 7 985 8 464 8 943 9 422 9 901 10 379 10 858 11 337 11 816 12 295 12 774 13 253 13 732 14 211 14 690 15 169 15 648 16 127 16 605 17 084 17 563 18 042 18 521 19 000 19 479 19 958 20 437 21 395 22 352 23 310 24 268 25 226 26 184 27 142 28 100 29 057 30 015

10%

lb/h

Real flow

1.968

K

4 074 4 770 5 466 6 162 6 858 7 554 8 250 8 945 9 641 10 337 11 033 11 729 12 425 13 121 13 817 14 513 15 209 15 905 16 600 17 296 17 992 18 688 19 384 20 080 20 776 21 472 22 168 22 864 23 559 24 255 24 951 25 647 26 343 27 039 27 735 28 431 29 127 29 823 31 214 32 606 33 998 35 390 36 782 38 174 39 565 40 957 42 349 43 741

3%

lb/h 4 216 4 959 5 702 6 446 7 189 7 932 8 675 9 418 10 162 10 905 11 648 12 391 13 134 1 3878 14 261 15 364 16 107 16 850 17 594 18 337 19 080 19 823 20 566 21 310 22 053 22 796 23 539 24 282 25 026 25 769 26 512 27 255 27 998 28 742 29 485 30 228 30 971 31 714 33 201 34 687 36 174 37 660 39 146 40 633 42 119 43 606 45 092 46 578

10%

lb/h

Real flow

3.054

L

5 131 6 007 6 883 7 760 8 636 9 513 10 389 11 265 12 142 13 018 13 894 14 771 15 647 16 524 17 400 18 276 19 153 20 029 20 905 21 782 22 658 23 535 24 411 25 287 26 164 27 040 27 916 28 793 29 669 30 546 31 422 32 298 33 175 34 051 34 927 35 804 36 680 37 557 39 309 41062 42 815 44 568 46 320 48 073 49 826 51 579 53 331 55 084

3%

lb/h 5 308 6 244 7 180 8 116 9 052 9 987 10 923 11 859 12 795 13 730 14 666 15 602 16 538 17 474 18 409 19 345 20 281 21 217 22 152 23 088 24 024 24 960 25 896 26 831 27 767 28 703 29 639 30 574 31 510 32 446 33 382 34 317 35 253 36 189 37 125 38 061 38 996 39 932 41 804 43 675 45 547 47 418 49 290 51 161 53 033 54 905 56 776 58 648

10%

lb/h

Real flow

3.846

M

10% 6 395 7 522 8 649 9 776 10 904 12 031 13 158 14 286 15 413 16 540 17 667 18 795 19 922 21 049 22 176 23 304 24 431 25 558 26 685 27 813 28 940 30 067 31 194 32 322 33 449 34 576 35 704 36 831 37 958 39 085 40 212 41 340 42 467 43 594 44 722 45 849 46 976 48 103 50 358 52 612 54 867 57 122 59 376 61 631 63 885 66 140 68 394 70 649

3% 6 181 7 236 8 292 9 348 10 403 11 459 12 515 13 570 14 626 15 682 16 738 17 793 18 849 19 905 20 960 22 016 23 072 24 128 25 183 26 239 27 295 28 350 29 406 30 462 31 518 32 573 33 629 34 685 35 740 36 796 37 852 38 907 39 963 41 019 42 075 43 130 44 186 45 242 47 353 49 465 51 576 53 687 55 799 57 910 60 022 62 133 64 245 66 356

9 111 10 668 12 224 13 780 15 337 16 893 18 449 20 006 21 562 23 118 24 675 26 231 27 567 29 344 30 900 32 456 34 013 35 569 37 125 38 682 40 238 41 001 43 351 44 907 46 463 48 020 49 576 51 132 52 689 54 245 55 801 57 358 58 914 60 470 62 027 63 583 65 139 66 696 69 808 72 921 76 034 79 146 82 259 85 372 88 484 91 597 94 710 97 822

3% 9 427 11 089 12 751 14 413 16 074 17 736 19 398 21 060 22 722 24 383 26 045 27 707 29 369 31 031 32 693 34 354 36 016 37 678 39 340 41 002 42 663 44 325 45 987 47 649 49 311 50 973 52 634 54 296 55 958 57 620 59 282 60 943 62 605 64 267 65 929 67 591 69 253 70 914 74 238 77 562 80 885 84 209 87 533 90 856 94 180 97 503 100 827 104 151

10%

lb/h

Real flow lb/h

Real flow lb/h

6.830

4.633

lb/h

P

N

15 756 18 447 21 139 23 830 26 521 29 213 31 904 34 595 37 287 39 978 42 670 45 361 48 052 50 744 53 435 56 126 58 818 61 509 64 200 66 892 69 583 72 274 74 966 77 657 80 348 83 040 85 731 88 422 91 114 93 805 96 496 99 188 101 879 104 570 107 262 109 953 112 644 115 336 120 718 126 101 131 484 136 866 142 249 147 632 153 014 158 397 163 780 169 163

3%

lb/h 16 302 19 176 22 050 24 923 27 797 30 671 33 545 36 418 39 292 42 166 45 040 47 913 50 787 53 661 56 535 59 408 62 282 65 156 68 030 70 903 73 777 76 651 79 525 82 398 85 272 88 146 91 020 93 893 96 767 99 641 102 515 105 388 108 262 111 136 114 010 116 883 119 757 122 631 128 378 134 126 139 874 145 621 151 369 157 116 162 864 168 611 174 359 180 106

10%

lb/h

Real flow

11.811

Q

22 842 26 744 30 646 34 548 38 449 42 351 46 253 50 155 54 057 57 958 61 860 65 762 69 664 73 565 77 467 81 369 85 271 89 173 93 074 96 976 100 878 104 780 108 681 112 583 116 485 120 387 124 288 128 190 132 092 135 994 139 896 143 797 147 699 151 601 155 503 159 404 163 306 167 208 175 012 182 815 190 619 198 422 206 226 214 029 221 833 229 636 237 440 245 243

3%

lb/h 23 634 27 800 31 966 36 133 40 299 44 465 48 631 52 797 56 964 61 130 65 296 69 462 73 629 77 795 81 961 86 127 90 294 94 460 98 626 102 792 106 958 111 125 115 291 119 457 123 623 127 790 131 956 136 122 140 288 144 454 148 621 152 787 156 953 161 119 165 286 169 452 173 618 177 784 186 117 194 449 202 782 211 114 219 447 227 779 236 111 244 444 252 776 261 109

10%

lb/h

Real flow

17.123

R

Control valves Safety valves

1. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 3% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section I. 2. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 10% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII.

Capacities

TI-S13-30 CH Issue 13

SV74 Carbon Steel Safety Valve

Page 3 of 5

4.7.38

Control valves Safety valves Safety valve sizing information Formulas: For steam service:

For organic fluid vaporizers - lb / h:

Where: A = Required orifice area in square inches P

= Relieving pressure in pounds per square inch absolute = set pressure (psi g) + overpressure + 14.7 where the overpressure is 3% or 2 psi, whichever is the greater. P = 1.03 x set pressure + 14.7 or P = set pressure + 2 psi + 14.7.

T

= Inlet temperature, °F. Absolute (°F plus 460). s

= Required steam capacity in pounds per hour. = Required vapor capacity in pounds per hour.

Kd = Coefficient of discharge, 0.955 for steam, air and vapour service. Ksh = Steam superheat correction factor. See Table 1 below.

4.7.39

M

= Average molecular weight of vapour. See Table 3, page 5.

C

= Gas or vapour flow constant. See Table 2, page 5.

Z

= Compressibility factor corresponding to T and P. If this factor is not available, compressibility correction can be safely ignored using a value of Z = 1.0.

Table 1 Ksh superheat correction factor Set pressure psi g Total steam temperature °F

280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460

15

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

250

259

287

308

324

338

350

361

371

1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.95

1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.95

1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.95

1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.95

1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96

1.00 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96

1.00 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96

1.00 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.96

1.00 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97

180

200

220

240

260

280

300

380

388

395

403

409

416

422

1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97

1.00 0.99 0.99 0.97

1.00 1.00 0.99 0.98

1.00 0.99 0.98

1.00 0.99 0.98

1.00 1.00 0.99

1.00 0.99

Saturated steam temperature °F

Do not exceed the maximum operating temperature of 446°F.

TI-S13-30 CH Issue 13

SV74 Carbon Steel Safety Valve

Page 4 of 5

Control valves Safety valves Sizing and selection

Refer to:- http://www.spiraxsarco.com/prs/product-sizing.asp

Dimensions, weights and orifice sizes (approximate) in inches and lbs Size 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 4" 6" 6"

Valve inlet Connection ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300 ASME 300

Valve outlet Size Connection 2" ASME 150 2" ASME 150 2½" ASME 150 2½" ASME 150 3" ASME 150 4" ASME 150 4" ASME 150 6" ASME 150 6" ASME 150 8" ASME 150 8" ASME 150

Orifice letter F G H J K L M N P Q R

A ins 4.25 4.25 4.90 4.90 5.60 6.40 6.50 7.50 8.30 9.40 10.00

B ins 4.5 4.5 4.8 4.8 5.1 6.1 6.5 7.2 7.1 9.9 10.9

C ins 15.7 15.7 16.2 16.2 18.5 20.1 25.0 26.7 28.7 34.8 43.9

Weight Ibs 31 31 46 46 62 90 117 198 212 384 633

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S13-33) supplied with the product. Installation note: The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve.

SV7 safety valve selection guide Series number

SV7

SV7

Construction

4 = Cast steel

4

V = ASME Code Section I U = ASME Code Section VIII Blank = Valve without code stamp S = 1½" ASME 300 x 2" ASME 150 T = 1½" ASME 300 x 2½" ASME 150 U = 2" ASME 300 x 3" ASME 150 Size and V = 2½" ASME 300 x 4" ASME 150 connection W = 3" ASME 300 x 4" ASME 150 X = 4" ASME 300 x 6" ASME 150 Y = 6" ASME 300 x 8" ASME 150 F = 0.328 G = 0.537 H = 0.841 J = 1.374 K = 1.968 Actual orifice area L = 3.054 Sq. In. M = 3.846 N = 4.633 P = 6.830 Q = 11.811 R = 17.123 Specify set pressure from Set pressure 5 psi g to 250 psi g ASME section

C

B

A

SV7

4

-

V

-

X

P

-

V

X

P

180 180

How to order

Example 1: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV74-V-XP-180 safety valve having a set pressure of 180 psi g.

TI-S13-30 CH Issue 13

SV74 Carbon Steel Safety Valve

Page 5 of 5

4.7.40

Control valves Safety valves

4.7.41

Control valves Safety valves Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P315-03

CH Issue 7

SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications Description

The SVL488 is a soft seated stainless steel, full lift, TÜV approved safety valve suitable for steam, gas and liquid applications. Applications The SVL488 is suitable for the overpressure protection of low pressure steam equipment, pipelines and pressure vessels, particularly within the brewing and beverage industries where extremely high standards of hygiene and cleanliness are required to maintain product quality and to minimise contamination of the process media. Available types Two main variations of the valve are available: SVL488-B with a sealed cap for liquid service. SVL488-C with a packed easing lever for steam (or other services where a lever is specified).

4.7.42

Note: Both designs have a closed bonnet and EPDM soft seat seal and bellows as standard. Certification A manufactures' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve including valve set and hydraulic pressure. Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1. Standards and approvals Approved by the TÜV to AD Merkblatt A2, TRD 421 and Vd TÜV SV100. The requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive, 97 / 23 / EC have been satisfied and the valve belongs to Category 4, having been designed for use with fluids in Group 1 and 2 (gases and liquids). Always consult Spirax Sarco for fluid compatibility.

Sizes and end connections

Nominal inlet size DN Nominal outlet size DN Inlet clamp inch Outlet clamp inch

25 40 1½ 2

40 65 2 3

50 80 2½ 4

65 100 3 4½

80 125 4 5

100 150 4½ 6

Pipe connections: Valves are available with flanged DIN 2633 PN16 or sanitary clamp ISO 2852 (ISO 2037 pipe standard) connections. Please state connection required when placing an order.

Optional extras

The standard inlet wetted surface finish is 0.75 µm Ra. Other finishes are available on request - Please contact Spirax Sarco.

Page 1 of 5

Control valves Safety valves

9

8

11

7 5 EPDM soft seat seal 6

4.7.43

10

12 4 14 13 3 2

1

Materials

No. Part 1 Body 2 Seat Disc 3 Disc 'O' ring 4 Guide/bush 5 Bonnet 6 Stem 7 Spring plates (2) Adjustment screw 8 with bush 9 Cap 10 Spring 11 Packed lever 12 Clamp 13 Bellows 14 Body gasket

TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel EPDM (FDA approved) Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel PTFE + 15% glass Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel EPDM (FDA approved) Laminated graphite

1.4404 1.4404 1.4404 1.4404/PTFE + 15% Glass 1.4404 1.4404 1.4404 1.4404

SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications

1.4404 1.4310 1.4404 1.4401

Page 2 of 5

Control valves Safety valves Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

 Steam saturation curve

   







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN16 Maximum

DN25 and DN40

Set pressure range

0.1 bar g

Minimum

0.2 bar g

15 bar g

Maximum

DN65 and DN80

10.34 bar g Minimum

0.1 bar g

Maximum

DN100

8.2 bar g Minimum

With EPDM soft seat

0.1 bar g

Maximum

All versions

150°C Minimum

Steam, gas

Overpressure Performance data

Minimum Maximum

DN50

Temperature

16 bar g

Blowdown limits Derated coefficient of discharge values d

-45°C

Maximum

10%

Liquid

Maximum

10%

Steam, gas

Maximum

10%

Liquids

Maximum

20%

Steam, gas

0.70

Liquid

0.45

Maximum permitted backpressure

10% of set pressure

Designed for a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of:

24 bar g

Table 1 - SVL488 flow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h) (calculated at 10% overpressure. In accordance with EN ISO 4126) Valve size DN in / out Flow diameter (mm) Flow area (mm²) Set pressure (bar g) 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7

DN25/40 23 416

DN40/65 37 1 075

DN50/80 46 1 662

DN65/100 60 2 827

DN80/125 74 4 301

DN100/150 92 6 648

1562 2217 3 300 5 213 7 006 8 711

2415 3427 5 100 8 058 10 829 13 465

Dry saturated steam, kg / h 151 214 319 504 678 843

390 554 825 1 303 1 751 2 177

604 857 1 275 2 015 2 707 3 366

1027 1457 2 169 3 427 4 605 5 726

SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications

Page 3 of 5

4.7.44

Control valves Safety valves Table 2 SVL488 flow capacity for air or normal cubic meters per hour (Nm3/h) at 0°C and 1013 mbar (calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421) Valve size DN in/out Flow area (mm²)

4.7.45

Set pressure (bar g) 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 8.2 9.0 10.0 10.34 12.0 14.0 15.0 16.0

25/40 416

386 625 852 1 069 1 287 1 505 1 723 1 941 1 985 2 159 2 377 2 451 2 812 3 248 3 466 3 684

40/65 1 075

999 1 617 2 204 2 768 3 331 3 895 4 459 5 023 5 136 5 587 6 150 6 334 7 278 8 405 8 957 9 533

50/80 1 662

65/100 2 827

Flow capacity for air Nm3 /h 1 545 2 628 2 499 4 251 3 406 5 795 4 278 7 278 5 149 8 761 6 021 10 243 6 892 11 726 7 763 13 208 7 937 13 505 8 635 14 691 9 506 16 173 9 793 16 658 11 249 12 992 14 735

80/125 4 301

100/150 6 648

3 998 6 467 8 816 11 071 13 326 15 581 17 836 20 091 20 542 22 346 24 601 25 343

6 179 9 995 13 626 17 111 20 597 24 083 27 568 31 054 31 752

The product must not be used in this region

Table 3 - SVL488 flow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg/h) at 20°C (calcualted in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421 at 10% overpressure) Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.52 Valve size DN in/out Flow area (mm²)

25/40 416

40/65 1 075

Set pressure (bar g) 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 8.2 9.0 10.0 10.34 12.0 14.0 15.0 16.0

9 970 14 100 17 300 19 900 22 300 24 400 26 400 28 200 28 500 29 900 31 500 32 000 34 600 37 300 38 600 39 900

25 800 36 500 44 700 51 600 57 700 63 200 68 300 73 000 73 900 77 400 81 600 82 700 89 400 96 600 99 700 103 000

50/80 1 662

65/100 2 827

Flow capacity for water kg/h 39 900 67 900 56 400 96 000 69 100 118000 79 800 136 000 89 200 152 000 97 700 166 000 106 000 180 000 113 000 192 000 114 000 194 000 120 000 204 000 126 000 215 000 128 000 218 000 138 000 149 000 154 000

80/125 4 301

100/150 6 648

103 000 126 000 179 000 206 000 231 000 253 000 273 000 292 000 292 000 310 000 326 000 334 000

160 000 226 000 276 000 319 000 357 000 391 000 422 000 451 000 458 000

The product must not be used in this region

TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7

SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications

Page 4 of 5

Control valves Safety valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Valve size

A

B ISO 2852 Sanitary clamp

DIN 2633 Flanged PN16

C

Inlet

Outlet

DIN 2633 Flanged PN16

ISO 2852 Sanitary clamp

SVL488B sealed cap design

SVL488C Packed lever design

DN25

DN40

134

112

99

75

264

332

9.0

DN40

DN65

170

147

114

92

398

518

20.0

DN50

DN80

170

147

123

99

406

534

21.7

DN65

DN100

170

153

132

109

415

552

26.5

DN80

DN125

195

178

148

124

496

640

47.0

DN100

DN150

198

181

166

149

514

684

56.0

Weight

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of the housing vertically above the line.

SVL488 safety valve selection guide Model type

SVL488

SVL488

Configuration B = Closed bonnet /sealed cap C = Closed bonnet /packed easing lever

B

Seal material

E

E = EPDM (FDA) 'O' ring and bellows

Inlet PN16 = Flanged PN16 connection T = Sanitary clamp, ISO 2582 SVL488

-

B

-

E

4.7.46

PN16 -

C

PN16

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 SVL488-B-E-PN16 safety valve with a set pressure of 10 bar g. (If the bellows is not required, please add 'without bellows').

B

A

TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7

SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications

Page 5 of 5

Control valves Desuperheaters

4.8.1

Control valves Desuperheaters

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P475-01 CH Issue 3

Direct Contact Desuperheaters Description

Spirax Sarco direct contact desuperheaters reduce the temperature of superheated steam to produce steam temperatures approaching saturation temperature. To cool the superheated steam, water is entrained and flashed into vapour by absorbing heat from the steam.

Typical applications: - To reduce the temperature

of steam discharged from turbine by-pass systems on power plants for heat exchangers, dump stations etc.

-

To improve heat transfer of indirect contact heat exchangers - shell and tube , plate type, reactor heating jackets etc.

-

To reduce the temperature of steam on direct contact applications - food cooking kettles, in-line steam heaters, tobacco drying plant and paper mills.

4.8.2

S e n d u s yo u r r e q u i r e m e nt s u s i n g o u r Desuperheater Enquiry Form available from our website.

Features:

-

Low cost simple, robust design. No moving parts to wear. Minimal steam pressure drop. Flexible design options.

Standards and approvals

Spirax Sarco desuperheaters are available built to ASME B 31.3 design code. Also available are ASME III Division 1. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the so required.

mark when

Welding is in accordance with ASME IX. Connections (EN 1092 or ASME B16.5) are sized to suit the process conditions. Standard ASTM materials of construction include: Carbon steel, Stainless steel, Chrome molybdenum steel etc.,

Certification (included as standard): 1. Desuperheater general arrangement drawing. 2. Installation, operation and maintenance instructions. 3. Hydrostatic test certificate. 4. Letter of conformity. The following certificates / documents can be supplied at an additional cost. 5. Material certificates to EN 10204 3.1 with a corresponding material location diagram. 6. NDT reports.

Pressure / temperature limits

Spirax Sarco desuperheaters are bespoke products, individually designed to meet user defined process conditions. Mechanical design pressure and mechanical design temperature limitations are stated on the desuperheater data sheet available from our online sizing software. These limits are also stated on the product nameplate. Pressure / temperature ratings for these products will be in accordance with ASME B16.5-1996 or EN 1092-1:2013 as appropriate.

Page 1 of 9

Control valves Desuperheaters

Available types Spray type desuperheaters

A simple type of in-line desuperheater with cooling water injected into the centre of the unit via an atomizing nozzle sprayed in the direction of the steam flow. Spirax Sarco spray type desuperheaters are available in two options:-

1. Spray nozzle desuperheater (SND)

The assembly is designed for mounting on a suitable flanged branch on the steam pipework. A thermal sleeve installed downstream of the unit is recommended.

Steam flow

4.8.3

Simple spray nozzle type desuperheater (SND)

Applications:

- Relatively constant load handling duties. - Retrofitting a desuperheater to an existing steam line (steam line and thermal sleeve by others). - Large steam lines where an STD could be cost prohibitive. Mechanical design temperature and flange rating set point > 17.5 mA

Trap leaking steam

15 mA

17.5 mA > set point > 12.5 mA

Trap blocked or waterlogged

10 mA

12.5 mA > set point > 7.5 mA

Trap cold, but free of condensate (or R1C failure)

4 mA

7.5 mA

The current output from the R1C is derived from an internally powered loop and is capable of driving into an impedance of at least 550 ohms. In practice, this means that the maximum permissible distance between the R1C and the BEMS / EMS will be governed by the type of connecting cable used.

Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres

Maintenance

There are no user serviceable parts in the R1C.

How to order example

1 - Spirax Sarco R1C Steam trap failure monitor (pnp digital outputs), or 1 - Spirax Sarco R1C Steam trap failure monitor (npn digital outputs)

109

M20 x 1.5 - 6 H

35

Ø 25.4

66

TI-P087-32 MI Issue 4

> set point > 0 mA

R1C Steam Trap Failure Monitor

5.1.8

Steam traps Steam trap management TI-P087-02

MI Issue 5

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Spiratec R1 and R12 Remote Test Point R12

Description

5.1.9

Remote test point

The Spiratec trap fault detection system indicates if a steam trap is leaking steam. The Spiratec R1 provides a remote test point for one Spiratec sensor. The Spiratec R12 provides the same facility for up to twelve Spiratec sensors. A PT2 or PT3 plug tail is used to connect the SS1 sensor in the sensor chamber or steam trap to the R1 or R12 remote test point at any convenient location. Trap checking is then carried out by plugging a Spiratec Type 30 indicator into the R1 or R12. Note: The R1 and R12 remote test points can only be used with sensors for steam leak applications. They are not suitable for use with WLS1 waterlogging sensors. WARNING The R1 and R12 are not suitable for use in hazardous areas in the EC. Available types R1 Test point, suitable for a single steam trap. Test point has a selection switch which can be used for R12 checking up to twelve steam traps. Plug tail with screw on connection and brass straight pattern PT2 housing. Provides protection to IP67 Plug tail is available with screw-on connection and brass PT3 90° housing. Provides protection to IP67. The plug tail is supplied with 1.25 m of cable. Any additional cable must be provided by the installer in accordance with the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. By removing the nut (1) a conduit adaptor can be connected to the M16 conduit thread on the housing, if cable protection is required. How to use the R1 and R12 remote test point: R1 Plug the indicator cable into the socket provided and use the Type 30 or Type 40 indicator in accordance with its instructions. R12 Use the rotary switch to select the sensor to be checked. Typical application

SS1 sensor

R1

Remote test point

Sensor chamber (or steam trap with integral sensor)

PT2

Plug tail PT2

PT3

1 1

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2003

Steam traps Steam trap management Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg A

C

D Withdrawal distance

B

R1 Type R1 R12

A 82 80

B 80 120

C 55 55

A





Weight 0.2 0.3

PT2

C

 





PT3

Sensor Chamber



  





Sensor chamber size ½" ¾" 1" 1½" 2"

B

R2

D (PT2) 135 135 140 185 185

D (PT3) 110 110 115 155 155

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco R1 remote test point.

Spiratec R1 and R12 Remote Test Point

TI-P087-02

MI Issue 5

5.1.10

Steam traps Steam trap management

5.1.11

Steam traps Steam trap management TI-P087-04 MI Issue 3

Spiratec Type 30 and Type 40 Trap Failure Indicators

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The Spiratec Type 30 and Type 40 trap failure indicators are used for the detection of steam leaks through steam traps. They are used with: - a sensor chamber and sensor, installed immediately upstream of a steam trap. - a steam trap with a built-in sensor. A remote test point (Spirax Sarco R1 or R12) can be used where access to the trap or chamber is difficult. Three versions of the indicator are available: Spiratec Type 30 Spiratec Type 30 UL approved (described in separate literature) Spiratec Type 40 The Type 40 is similar to the Type 30, but the Type 40 has an electronic filter to give a steady response where fluctuating pipeline conditions may cause a less stable signal. Type 30 and Type 40 indicators are battery powered, and are connected to the sensor using the 1.25 m cable provided. The trap status is indicated with red and / or green LEDs. A test circuit indicates low battery or a faulty unit.

5.1.12

Limiting conditions Maximum ambient temperature

40°C

Minimum ambient temperature

0°C

Enclosure protection rating

IP20

WARNING: The Spiratec Type 30 and Type 40 are not approved for use in hazardous areas. The Spiratec Type 30 (UL Approved) is not approved for use in hazardous areas in the EU.

Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and g A 157

B 62

C 25

B

Weight (without battery) 130 C

Materials Enclosure Cable sheathing /insulation

Polypropylene /Polyamide Hytrel /Teflon

Battery

Not supplied. One 9 V PP3 (MN1604) battery is required.

Operation

Full operating instructions are provided with each unit. The cable is plugged into the indicator (3.5 mm jack plug) and into the sensor to be tested. On pressing the upper button, LEDs will indicate the trap status - green LED - working correctly, i.e. closing to steam, or red LED - trap allowing steam to pass.

Available spares

Indicator cable Specify whether for a Type 30, a Type 30 (UL) or a Type 40 trap failure indicator.

How to order

A

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spiratec Type 40 trap failure indicator and cable.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Steam trap management TI-P087-20

MI Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Spiratec R16C Automatic Steam Trap Monitor

Description

The Spiratec R16C is an automatic steam trap monitor for up to 16 steam traps. Remotely mounted, it continuously scans electronically up to 16 Spiratec sensors and indicates when steam wastage or waterlogging occurs at any of the traps being monitored. A sensor is screwed into each sensor chamber or steam trap and is connected by wiring to the R16C which is sited at a convenient point. When all the steam traps being monitored are working correctly a single green light will be illuminated. If one or more of the steam traps is failing, then the corresponding 'fail' lights (of which there are thirty two) are illuminated and the green light is extinguished. The R16C, which operates continuously, will indicate that either all the traps are operating correctly, or that there is a failure of any particular identified trap or traps. The unit can be interfaced with most computer controlled Building Management Systems, through a pair of volt free contacts, which will open on trap failure.

Available types

5.1.13

R16C steam trap monitor is available as standard for use with mains supplies at 96 -240 Vac or 24 Vac. The monitor is supplied for wall or panel mounting.

Materials

Enclosure Front panel

Technical data

Supply voltage Supply frequency Supply current consumption

ABS Polyester 96 -240 Vac + 10% or 24 Vac +10% 50 - 60 Hz 50 mA

Operating temperature 0°C to 50°C range Maximum 80% up to 31°C Environmental operating decreasing linearly limits relative humidity to 34% at 50°C Maximum 2 000 m above sea level altitude Maximum voltage 24 Vac /dc Relay rating Maximum current 0.5 A Maximum power 10 W IP65 with correct cable glands Enclosure rating (wall mounting unit only) Electrical connections Screw terminals

PT1

PT2

Accessories

Connectors for use with SS1 sensors PT1 plug tail with push fit connection. PT2 plug tail with screw on connection and straight pattern brass housing. PT3 plug tail with screw on connection and angle pattern brass housing. If cable protection is required, a conduit adaptor can be connected to the M16 conduit thread on the housing after removing the nut (1). The plug tail is supplied with 1.25 m of cable. Any additional cable must be provided by the installer in accordance with the Installation and Maintenance Instructions. Note: The type of cable is not critical, but a lightweight cable with 20 gauge conductors or 7/0.2 (0.22 mm²) multi-strand cable is suitable. WLS1 combined steam leak and waterlog sensors. The combined steam leak and waterlog sensor has an integral cable connected to it. This cable is connected via the customers wiring back to the R16C monitor.

PT3

1

1

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Steam trap management Wall mounting A

F

C

G

B

K

H

E

D

Panel mounting

J

Back

Front A

C

F

E

D

B

5.1.14 Dimensions / weights

Wall mounting A B C D 201 138 169 50 Panel mounting A B 192 145

E 130

C 105

Installation

(approximate) in mm and kg

F 170 D 140

G 100

H 30 E 186

J 92

K Weight 52 1.80 F 40

Weight 1.53

WARNING: This document does not give sufficient information to install the R16C safely. For further information see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with the product (see IM-P087-22). Use as master box The R16C can be installed on a cascade basis. One 'master' box will monitor up to 16 x R16C 'local' boxes. A red light on the master box will indicate which 'local' box is registering a leaking trap. Inspection of that local box will then identify the specific trap which is failing.

Master Box Up to 16 local boxes

To steam traps

Spiratec R16C Automatic Steam Trap Monitor

TI-P087-20

MI Issue 4

Steam traps Steam Local regulations may restricttrap the use of management this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P087-35

MI Issue 3

UP100 Ultrasonic Trap Tester Description

The UP100 is a portable battery powered instrument which gives visible and audible indication of ultrasonic frequencies. It is intended for use as a diagnostic tool in the analysis of steam trap operation and can also be used to detect leaks in steam and compressed air systems. Some experience, together with a working knowledge of steam trap operation, is required to correctly interpret the signals. The UP100 consists of 4 components: 1. The pistol housing. 2. The stethoscope probe module with extension rods. 3. The headset with extension cable. 4. The flexible carrying case.

Limiting conditions

Ambient temperature operating range

5.1.15

Ambient temperature storage range

0 to 50°C -18 to 54°C

Technical specifications

Circuitry Frequency response Sensitivity selection Ultrasonic level display Battery Headset

Probes

SMD / solid state heterodyne receiver 20 - 100 kHz (centred on 38 - 42 kHz) 8 position precision attenuation 10 segment red LED bargraph 9 volt alkaline Sony 'Walkman' type model MDR 24 (non standard male plug)

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg UP100 instrument and probe UP100 in carrying case

B ABS plastic Stainless steel Aluminium alloy Black soft cordura

Spares

The following spares are available:

-

9 volt alkaline battery Sony MDR 24 headset (non standard male plug) STM-1 probe 788 mm extension rods

How to order

1 off Spirax Sarco UP100 ultrasonic trap tester.

C

D

Weight including battery

114

200

48

292

0.35

250 x 160 x 90

0.70 D

A

Full operating instructions are included with each UP100. Please note that the UP100 is not suitable for use in hazardous areas.

Pistol housing Probe module Extension rods Carrying case

B

C

Stethoscope / contact module type (STM-1) stainless steel plug in type with 140 mm stainless steel waveguide. Extension rods to 788 mm for inaccessible steam traps.

Operation Materials

A

Steam traps Steam trap management

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P014-02

EMM Issue 4

STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring System Description

The STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring system has been designed to efficiently monitor and evaluate steam trap operation. It surveys the operation of the steam trap at regular intervals and identifies poor performance that can cause reduced plant efficiency and increased energy consumption. It can diagnose both failed-open steam traps that leak live steam and those that have failed-closed or are blocked that result in waterlogging leading to plant damage, product spoilage and health and safety concerns. Using non-intrusive installation technology combined with a 2.4 GHz wireless network, it is an ideal solution for steam trap monitoring. It is suitable for use with all types of steam trap and can be connected to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp.

Benefits include: - Continuously monitoring of all steam traps.

Associated equipment: - Repeater.

-

Reduces energy and emissions loss significantly.

-

Laptop / PC software.

-

Immediate identification of failure location for quick response / action.

-

Receiver.

-

Ability to validate losses via integrated software.

-

Access to the company's LAN network is preferred, giving improved network coverage.

-

Non-intrusive – no need to break into the steam pipeline to install.

-

-

A range of clamps to suit pipework ranging up to 100 mm (4").

For st and alone PC systems, it is rec ommended that a network switch device is used between the PC and receiver.

-

No need for height access equipment to check trap operation.

-

Typically 3 years battery life.

Certification and Approvals EMC Emissions and immunity:Emissions class B and Industrial immunity. Complies with FCC rules CFR 47 (1st October 2011). - EN 61326-2-1: 2006 Safety to IEC / EN 61010-1 2001 (second edition). CSA 22.2 - EN 61326-2-3: 2006

Wireless steam trap monitoring system + wing nut clamp that is used on pipelines up to 32 mm.

PC application: - Allows quick and easy viewing of whole steam trap population. -

Alerts the user to any issues with traps.

-

Historical view of data and maintenance on each trap.

Sizes and pipe connections

The STAPS wireless monitoring system is suitable for connecting to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp. The head can be directly mounted to the sensor or fitted remotely.

Wireless steam trap monitoring system + 'U' bolt and wing nuts for use on STS17 or STS17.2 compact pipeline steam trapping stations. Receiver

Wireless steam trap monitoring system + jubilee clamp that is used on pipelines from 40 mm to 100 mm.

Page 1 of 5

5.1.16

Steam traps Steam trap management Materials Head casing

PA12 glass filled

Sensor housing

Stainless steel 316 / 304

Sensor

PZT

Clamp

Head unit

Stainless steel 430 / 304

Winged nut

Stainless steel 316

LED enclosure

PA12

Sensor cable

FEP / PTFE insulation

Probe

Receiver / Repeater

Stainless steel

Mounting Bracket

Stainless steel 430

Sensor guide

Stainless steel 304

Casing

ABS

Technical information Integral battery

Lithium Thionyl Chloride

Maximum altitude

5.1.17

Head unit:

Available with post or tethered head mountings.

3 000 m (0.7 bar atmospheric)

Ambient temperature range

-29 to +70 °C

Maximum pipe temperature

425 °C

Maximum relative humidity

95%

Enclosure rating

IP65

Output

Wireless 2.4 GHz (frequency range 2.405 GHz to 2.480 GHz)

Display

LED

Operating modes

Trap monitoring unit - end device or repeater / end device

Maximum output transmitting power

6.3 mW

Modulation type

QPSK

Channel space

5 MHz

Antenna gain

0 dBi Windows XP .NET 3.5

System requirements

PC

Windows 7 .NET 4.5 Network switch or access to company LAN network

Power

Mains powered 100 – 250 Vac, 50 – 60 Hz ac – 0.5 A 100 Vac

Current

dc – 1.5 A 12 V ac – 2 pin IEC 320-C8 3 pin UK, US and European mains plug

Connector

dc – 2 pin IP65 connector

Receiver / Repeater

Maximum altitude

3 000 m (0.7 bar atmospheric)

Ambient temperature range

-29 to +70 °C

Maximum relative humidity

95%

Enclosure rating

IP65 (Excluding external power supply)

Display

LED

Output

Wireless 2.4 GHz (frequency range 2.405 to 2.480 GHz), Ethernet.

Operating modes

Receiver or repeater

TI-P014-02 EMM Issue 4

Page 2 of 5

STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring System

Steam traps Steam trap management How does it work?

A head unit assembly mounted on the pipe upstream of the trap to be monitored 'listens' to the sound signature of the trap in operation. This sound signature is categorised and transmitted via 2.4 GHz wireless network to a central PC. The PC determines the trap condition and calculates any steam loss. Each STAPS head unit assembly is powered by a long life Lithium battery (typical battery life of over 3 years). It can communicate directly to a receiver that is connected to the PC software via a LAN connection or via another intelligent head or repeater. The PC software can be installed onto a PC on the sites internal network, or onto a standalone local PC. The STAPS head, repeater and receiver create a network and can communicate with each other, passing on the steam trap data to the supervisory PC. The illustration below illustrates a typical network. Building 2

Building 1

PC

Head unit Intelligent head unit Steam trap

Receiver

Repeater Control room LAN

Building 2

Building 1

PC

Head unit

Intelligent head unit Building 3

Steam trap

Router / Repeater

Control room

TI-P014-02 EMM Issue 4

Network switch

Page 3 of 5

STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring System

5.1.18

Steam traps Steam trap management Dimensions / weights

(approximate) in mm and kg

Wireless steam trap monitoring system + wing-nut clamp C

B

Receiver 47 A

E

90 97

D

125

5.1.19

G

F

Size

145

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Weight

DN15 - ½"

234

117

126

44 - 69

36

55

50

1 kg

DN20 - ¾"

234

117

126

44 - 69

36

55

50

1 kg

DN25 - 1"

234

117

126

44 - 69

36

55

50

1 kg

DN32 - 1¼"

234

117

126

44 - 69

36

55

50

1 kg

DN40 - 1½"

234

117

126

44 - 69

36

55

50

1 kg

DN50 - 2"

234

117

126

50

30

1 kg

DN65 - 2½"

234

117

126

50

30

1 kg

DN80 - 3"

234

117

126

50

30

1 kg

DN100 - 4"

234

117

126

50

30

1 kg

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Disposal:

-

The Lithium Thionyl Chloride battery must be disposed of in line with local legislation. It must be remembered that battery hazards remain even when the cells are discharged.

-

The Piezo sensor should be disposed of in line with local lead disposal guidelines.

No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product. It should be disposed of within the local recycling procedures.

How to order Please contact your local Spirax Sarco representative to arrange a site survey and installations. A preliminary site survey of the plant must be conducted by trained personnel, the survey will identify the optimum number of Receivers and Repeaters together with their most effective location, to give the most robust wireless network. It will also establish the requirements for the IT network.

TI-P014-02 EMM Issue 4

Page 4 of 5

STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring System

Steam traps Steam trap management Spare parts

Only the parts listed below are available for the STAPS system. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Battery (SAFT LS 33600 3.6 V battery)

1

'O' ring spares kit

2

3

1

10

Head mounting bracket, 8, 9, 10 and 19 'U' bolt and wing nuts 15

Ethernet cable spares kit 'T' bolt and wing nut Clamp

Power supply

'U' bolt and wing nuts for STS17 or STS17.2

8 19

20, 21 and 22

(UK) spares kit

11 and 14

(US) spares kit

12 and 14

(EU) spares kit

13 and 14

4

17 16

18

2

3 and 4

Front cover spares kit Spare receiver mounting kit

9

5, 6 and 7

6, 17 and 18

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and unit nomenclature that they are intended for.

5.1.20 5

6

Example: 1 off

Battery spares kit (SAFT LS 33600 3.6 V battery) and

22 21

1 off

Wall mounting spares kit or

1 off

Clamp for use with an STS17.2 pipeline trapping station.

These spares are for STAPS up to DN32 pipe size wireless steam trap monitoring system.

14

15 20

US

UK

12

11

EU 13

TI-P014-02 EMM Issue 4

Page 5 of 5

STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring System

Steam traps Steam trap management

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P014-06

MI Issue 1

STAPS Wireless Receiver / Repeater version for use with a STAPS Steam Trap Monitoring System Description

The STAPS wireless receiver / repeater version is specifically designed for use withthe STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring system, within hazardous areas. In conjunction with the STAPS head units and PC software, the STAPS receiver / repeater, monitors steam trap operation to help ensure optimum plant performance.

Materials

Certification and Approvals EMC Emissions and immunity:

-

Emissions class B and Industrial immunity. EN 61326-2-1: 2006 EN 61326-2-3: 2006

Hazardous area approvals

5.1.21

IECEx certification and ATEX intrinsic safety certification. Complies with FCC rules CFR 47 (1st October 2011). Safety to IEC / EN 61010-1 2001 (second edition). CSA 22.2

IECEX certification

and equipment protection level

Gas

Ex d IIC T4 Gb

Dust

Ex tb IIIC T135°C Db

Tamb

-20°C to +70°C

Standards used

IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-1 and IEC 60079-31

Certificate number IECEx SIR 14.0070X

Euopean certification ATEX

Flame proof

Gas

Ex d IIC T4 Gb

II 2 GD

Dust

Ex tb IIIC T135°C Db

Tamb

-20°C to +70°C

EN 60079-0, Standards used EN 60079-1 and are flame proof to: EN 60079-31

Technical information Mains powered

60 to 264 Vac, 47 to 63 Hz

Current

0.7 A, 115 Vac

Maximum altitude

3 000 m (0.7 bar atmospheric)

Ambient -20 to +70°C temperature range Maximum relative humidity

95%

Enclosure rating

IP66 (Excluding external power supply)

Input / Output ( I / O) IEE 802.15 2.4 GHz RJ45 port Operating modes

Receiver or repeater

Enclosure Copper free aluminium alloy Antenna - RPTFE

Steam traps Steam trap management Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A

A1

B

C

D

E

E1

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

Weight

210

195

174

20

110

174

150

140

111

36

81

141.5

66.5

33

71.5

4.5 kg

E

F

E1 C

A

A1

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P014-05) supplied with the product. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.

B

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spare Enclosure 'O' ring

D

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spare'. Example: 1 - Enclosure 'O' ring for a STAPS receiver / repeater Ex version.

G H

L

N

M

1

1

J

5.1.22

K

How to order

Example: 1 - STAPS receiver / repeater Ex version for use with a STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring system.

TI-P014-06 MI Issue 1

STAPS Wireless Receiver / Repeater

version for use with a STAPS Steam Trap Monitoring System

Steam traps Steam trap management

5.1.23

Steam traps Steam trap management

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P014-22

MI Issue 3

STAPS Wireless Head Unit for ISA100.11a applications Description

The STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring system has been designed to efficiently monitor and evaluate steam trap operation. It surveys the operation of the steam trap at regular intervals and identifies poor performance that can cause reduced plant efficiency and increased energy consumption. It can diagnose both failed-open steam traps that leak live steam, and those that have failed-closed or are blocked, resulting in waterlogging, leading to plant damage, product spoilage and health and safety concerns. Using non-intrusive installation technology combined with an ISA100 wireless network makes it an ideal solution for steam trap monitoring. It is suitable for use with all types of steam trap and can be connected to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp.

Benefits include: - Fully ISA100.11a compliant. -

Continuous monitoring of all steam traps.

-

Reduces energy and emissions loss significantly.

-

Immediate identification of failure location for quick response / action.

-

Non-intrusive – no need to break into the steam line to install.

-

A range of clamps to suit pipework ranging up to 100 mm (4").

-

No need for height access equipment to check trap operation.

-

Typically 3 years battery life.

-

Security assured wireless network certified to ISA100.11a.

-

Intrinsically safe for hazardous zones

5.1.24

Certification and Approvals Radio: Complies to EN 300 328 V1.8.1 FCC CFR 47 part 15.247 EMC Emissions and immunity:

-

EN 61326 -1: 2013

-

EN 61326-2-1: 2013

-

EN 61326-2-3: 2013

Safety:

-

Wireless steam trap monitoring system + Wing nut clamp

Complies with IEC / EN 61010 1 2010 (third edition) CSA 22.2.

Hazard area approvals:

-

IECEx certification and ATEX intrinsic safety certification.

-

IECEx certificate : IECEx SIR 15.0070X

-

ATEX certificate : Sira 15ATEX2197X

Associated equipment: - ISA100.11a compliant gateway (not supplied). -

Infrared network configuration tool (not supplied).

Page 1 of 5

Steam traps Steam trap management Sizes and pipe connections

The STAPS wireless monitoring system is suitable for connecting to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp.

Options - +4 dBi Antenna with 3 m RF cable. Contact Spirax Sarco for model reference. -

Heat Shield Kit

Materials

Head unit

5.1.25

Head casing

Epoxy coated copper free aluminium (less than 0.4% copper)

Sensor housing

Stainless steel 316

Sensor

PZT

Clamp

Stainless steel 316

Winged nut

Stainless steel 316

Probe

Stainless steel

Antenna

Stainless steel 316

Antenna casing

ABS

'O' ring

Oil proof TPE rubber

Wireless steam trap monitoring system + Jubilee clamp that is designed for use on pipelines from 40 mm to 100 mm.

Wireless steam trap monitoring system + Wing nut clamp that is designed for use on pipelines up to 32 mm.

Wireless steam trap monitoring system + Wing nut clamp that is designed for use with STS17.

TI-P014-22 MI Issue 3

Page 2 of 5

STAPS Wireless Head Unit for ISA100.11a applications

Steam traps Steam trap management Technical information Head unit:

Available with remote +4 dBi antenna. Integral battery

Lithium Thionyl Chloride

Maximum altitude

3 000 m

Ambient temperature range

-20 to +70 °C

Maximum pipe temperature

427 °C

Maximum relative humidity

95%

Enclosure ingress rating

IP66 / NEMA4X

Output

Protocol

ISA100 11a

Data rate

250 kbps

Frequency

2400 – 2483.5 MHz free ISM band

Radio security

AES 128 bit codified

Output power

10 dBm (fixed)

Antenna

+2 dBi Omni directional monopole type (4dBi option)

Process pipe surface temperature ISA100.11a analog inputs

Sensor temperature Trap condition (good, leak, cold) Steam loss Trap type Polling rate

Configuration

5.1.26

Orifice diameter Pressure Return line type Battery status

Diagnostics

Signal strength DIAG_STATUS

Certification The certification and approvals are only valid if the product is installed using the genuine supplied component parts and accessories, including consumable items such as batteries and power leads.

IECEx

Equipment protection level

IECEx certificate : IECEx SIR 15.0070X

Gas

Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga

Dust

Ex ia IIIC op is T135 °C Da

Tamb

-20 to +70 °C

T process

-20 to +427 °C

For use with Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V Lithium Thionyl Chloride Battery only.

European

Standards used

IEC 60079-0,

IEC 60079-11 and IEC 60079-28

ATEX intrinsic safety

ATEX certificate : Sira 15ATEX2197X

Gas

Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga

Dust

Ex ia IIIC op is T135 °C Da

Tamb

-20 to +70 °C

T process

-20 to +427 °C

For use with Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V Lithium Thionyl Chloride Battery only. Standards used

IEC 60079-0,

IEC 60079-11 and IEC 60079-28

How does the STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring system work?

A head unit assembly mounted on the pipe upstream of the trap to be monitored 'listens' to the sound signature of the trap in operation. This sound signature is categorized and a steam loss value is calculated and transmitted via an ISA100, 2.4 GHz wireless network to an ISA100 wireless compliant gateway (Not Supplied). Each STAPS head unit is powered by a long life Lithium battery (typical battery life of over 3 years).

TI-P014-22 MI Issue 3

Page 3 of 5

STAPS Wireless Head Unit for ISA100.11a applications

Steam traps Steam trap management Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A

G

H

B

I C

F

J K

E D

F

5.1.27

Size

L

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

Weight

DN15 - ½"

180

110

150

50

42

87

110

154

284

154

29

50

2.3 kg

DN20 - ¾"

180

110

150

56

42

87

110

154

284

154

29

50

2.3 kg

DN25 - 1"

180

110

150

64

42

87

110

154

284

154

29

50

2.3 kg

DN32 - 1¼"

180

110

150

74

42

87

110

154

284

154

29

50

2.3 kg

DN40 - 1½"

180

110

150

42

110

154

284

154

46

2.3 kg

DN50 - 2"

180

110

150

42

110

154

284

154

46

2.3 kg

DN65 - 2½"

180

110

150

42

110

154

284

154

46

2.3 kg

DN80 - 3"

180

110

150

42

110

154

284

154

46

2.3 kg

DN100 - 4"

180

110

150

42

110

154

284

154

46

2.3 kg

STS17.2

85

90

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P014-23) supplied with the product. Disposal:

-

The Lithium Thionyl Chloride battery must be disposed of in line with local legislation. It must be remembered that battery hazards remain even when the cells are discharged.

-

The Piezo sensor should be disposed of in line with local lead disposal guidelines.

No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product. It should be disposed of within the local recycling procedures.

How to order

Contact your local Spirax Sarco representative to arrange a site survey and installations.

TI-P014-22 MI Issue 3

Page 4 of 5

STAPS Wireless Head Unit for ISA100.11a applications

Steam traps Steam trap management Spare parts

Only the parts listed below are available for the STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring system. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Battery (Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V battery)

11

Enclosure 'O' ring spares kit

10 4 and 5

Clamp, 'T' bolt and wing nut for pipe sizes ½" to 1¼" Clamp for pipe size 1½"

12

Clamp for pipe size 2" - 2½" Clamp for pipe size 3" - 4"

13

Clamp for STS17 (trap station) Antenna (standard) Antenna +4 dBi

9 14

Heat Shield Kit How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and unit nomenclature that they are intended for. Example: 1 off Battery spares kit (Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V battery) and 1 off Enclosure 'O' ring spares kit.

9

These spares are for a STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring system.

5.1.28 10

14

11

12

13

4

5

TI-P014-22 MI Issue 3

Page 5 of 5

STAPS Wireless Head Unit for ISA100.11a applications

Steam traps Balanced Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P122-01

ST Issue 6

BPT13 Brass Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap Description

The BPT13 is a readily maintainable brass bodied, balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. The standard trap is designated BPT13A and has angled connections. Available types BPT13A Angled connections (standard trap) BPT13AX Angled connections with strainer screen BPT13S Straight connections BPT13SX Straight connections with strainer screen BPT13UA Angled connections, union inlet BPT13UAX Angled connections, union inlet with strainer screen BPT13US Straight connections, union inlet BPT13USX Straight connections, union inlet with strainer screen

2 5

3

4

6 8 7 1

BPT13UA

Sizes and pipe connections

", ½" and ¾" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Temperature °C

5.2.1

Capsule fill and operation - When placing an order always state the capsule fill: Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' operation at approximately 24°C below steam saturation temperature. For critical applications the 'NTS' fill capsule should be selected which operates at approximately 4°C below steam saturation temperature. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

BPT13A

10

   

Steam saturation curve

 





Materials



   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 7 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -20°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g @ 220°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 7 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 *9 10

Part Body Cap 'O' ring Capsule Spring Spacer plate Valve seat Valve seat gasket Strainer screen Union nut and tailpiece

Material Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon Stainless steel Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11 Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L Brass

* Note: Item 9 is shown clearly overleaf.

BS EN 12165 CW 617N

Steam traps Balanced pressure Spare parts

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Type

BPT13A BPT13S BPT13UA BPT13US

Size ½" ¾" ½" ¾" ½" ¾" ½" ¾"

A 20 27 14 20 20 27 19 22

B 38 40 76 80 67 75 105 115

D

D 25 25 38 40 25 25 38 40

Weight 0.40 0.45 0.45 0.50 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.60

D

C

E

C

BPT13S

A B

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Maintenance kit 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Earlier models (packet of 3) 3 Cap gasket Current models (packet of 3 'O' rings) 3 Note: Earlier models were fitted with conventional gaskets. Current models are fitted with an 'O' ring to seal the cap. Screen (packet of 3) 3, 9 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule reference. Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" BPT13S balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap with screwed BSP connections. Brass body with internal strainer screen and 'STD' fill capsule for operation approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. 2 (not an available spare)

B D

BPT13US

A

E 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

E

BPT13UA

A

C 53 62 47 53 53 62 52 57

B

D

E

C A

BPT13A

E

C

3

5

B

Condensate kg /h

Capacities 

4



6



7

  9



 

8         Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Hot water capacity

 

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P122-02) which is supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane with the cap at the top, preferably with a drop leg immediately proceding the trap. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken. However, if the recycling process involves a temperature approaching 315°C, caution is advised regarding decomposition of the fluorocarbon rubber component.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BPT13AX balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap with screwed BSP connections. Brass body with internal strainer screen and 'STD' fill capsule for operation approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature.

TI-P122-01 ST Issue 6

Recommended tightening torques or Item Part mm 'O' ring 50 A /F 2 Cap Gasket 50 A /F 7 Seat 17 A /F

BPT13 Brass Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

Nm 50 - 60 90 - 110 35 - 40

5.2.2

Steam traps Balanced Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P126-03

ST Issue 6

BPT13T and BPT13TGX Thermostatic Steam Traps BPT13TGX

BPT13T

with view glass

3 17 18 16 15 1

19 12 11 2

13

10 5 7

14

8

21 22

9

20

Description

The BPT13T is a brass bodied maintainable balanced pressure steam trap with horizontal in-line connections. It has a unique bypass and stop valve feature built into the trap which simplifies and reduces the cost of installation. The bypass can be used simply to handle high start-up loads or to avoid debris collecting in the steam trap, on the commissioning of new systems. The BPT13TGX has an integral sight tube for indication of operation. Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill. Capsule fill and operation Standard capsules are marked with the letter 'STD' for operation at approximately 10°C below steam saturation temperature. Materials Optionally the capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' No. Part Material operation at approximately 22°C below steam saturation temperature or a 'NTS' fill capsule for near-to-steam operation 1 Body Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N at approximately 4°C below steam saturation temperature. 2 End connection Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N

Sizes and pipe connections

3

Cap

Brass

4

Actuator

Stainless steel

BS 3146 Pt2 ANC 4B

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

5

Spindle

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

6

Stem seal

25% carbon filled PTFE

Temperature °C

5.2.3

6 6 4

7

Gland nut

Stainless steel

8

Spring washer

Stainless steel

BS 6105 Gr. A4

9

Lock-nut

Stainless steel

ISO 3506-2: A2-70

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP





Steam saturation curve

   







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 200°C @ 7 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -20°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g @ 220°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 200°C @ 7 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

BS EN 12165 CW 617N

BS 970 303 S31

10 Ball plug

Brass (ELNP Finish)

11 Seat 'O' ring

Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon

12 Valve seat

Stainless steel

13 Main seal

25% carbon filled PTFE

End connection 14 'O' ring

Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon

15 Screen

Stainless steel

ASTM A240 TP 304

16 Spacer plate

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

17 Capsule

Stainless steel

18 Spring

Stainless steel

BS 2874 CZ 121 BS 970 431 S29

BS 2056 302 S26

19 Cap 'O' ring Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon Sight tube Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 20 housing 21 Sight tube gasket Virgin PTF E / Flurocarbon 22 Sight tube

Borosilicate glass

Steam traps Balanced pressure Weight BPT13T BPT13TGX

Size

A

B

B1

C

D

E

½"

92

97

133

45

50

55

1.1

1.35

¾"

92

117

153

45

50

55

1.2

1.45

1"

92

127

163

45

50

55

1.5

1.75

B

E Withdrawal distance

B1

D

Capacities   







  



Capacities kg / h

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg







  

  

C



A

 

Indicator

 







  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Hot water capacity

Installation

The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane and the cap at the top, preferably with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. See IM-P126-05 for full installation details. Warning: Under certain conditions corrosive elements in condensate can effect the inside face of the sight tube, particularly where caustic alkali and hydrofluoric acid are present. It is recommended that the sight tube is periodically checked for thinning. If there is evidence of thinning or erosion damage then the sight tube should be replaced immediately. Always wear eye protection when viewing the contents of the sight tube. Reasonable steps should be taken to protect personnel from injury in the unlikely event that the sight tube breaks.

Operation

The trap is supplied in the 'Bypass' position (1). To move it to 'Trap' (2) or 'Stop' (3) position the actuator should be moved until the indicator aligns with the marking on the body.

Cold water capacity

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Capsule assembly Maintenance kit Sight tube assembly

16, 17*, 18, 19 6 (2 off), 11, 12, 13 (2 off), 14 (2 off), 15, 16, 17*, 18, 19 21 (2 off), 22

*Note: The capsule can be identified from the letter stamped on the name-plate on the cap (e.g. STD, SUB or NTS). A standard capsule (STD) will be supplied, unless specified otherwise on the order. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Capsule assembly, marked STD, for a Spirax Sarco BPT13T balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. BPT13T 3

1

2

3

19

Maintenance

18

See IM-P126-05 for full maintenance details Replacement of capsule assembly: Before any maintenance is undertaken, suitable independent isolation valves should be closed and the trap positioned in the 'bypass' mode. Allow the trap to cool. Remove the cap and lift out the old capsule, spring and spacer plate. Drop in a new spacer plate, capsule and spring. Screw on the cap using a new 'O' ring assembled into the groove in the top of the cap. Always fit a completely new assembly when replacing the capsule. Recommended tightening torques Item 2 and 20 2 and 20 2 and 20 3 4 7 9 12

or

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN15 DN15 DN15 DN15 DN15 -

mm

25 25 25 25 25

32 36 46 50 30 13 13 17

17 16 12 15 11

Sight tube assembly

Nm 35 35 35 50

712 12 -

40 40 40 60

6 2

14 13

10 15 15

How to order

Example: 1 off ½" Spirax Sarco BPT13 balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap with a capsule marked 'SUB' for sub-cooled operation.

TI-P126-03 ST Issue 6

BPT13GX only

BPT13T and BPT13TGX Thermostatic Steam Traps

13 14

6 7 4 9

20

21 22 21

2

5.2.4

Steam traps Balanced Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P125-08

ST Issue 9

MST21 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap Description

The MST21 is a maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap designed for relatively small condensate loads usually associated with instrument tracing applications. It is manufactured in stainless steel and is corrosion resistant and easily maintainable. Available types MST21 Standard capacity for tracing loads (standard unit) MST21H High capacity for special applications Note: When placing an order always state the capsule fill. 6 4 3

5

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

1 7

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

2

Sizes and pipe connections

MST21 ¼" " and ½" MST21H ½", ¾" and 1"

screwed BSP, EN ISO 228-1, or NPT. screwed BSP, EN ISO 228-1, or NPT.

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552) 

Temperature °C

5.2.5

Capsule fill and operation Standard capsules are marked with the letter 'STD' for operation at approximately 10°C below steam saturation temperature. Optionally the capsule can be supplied for sub cooled 'SUB' operation at approximately 22°C below steam saturation temperature or a 'NTS' fill capsule for operation at approximately 4°C below steam saturation temperature.

  Steam saturation curve

 





  Pressure bar g

 



The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region as damage to internals may occur. Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 300°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 23 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g @ 235°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 235°C @ 21 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Materials No. Part

Material Austenitic ASTM A743 CF16Fa stainless steel (303) Stainless steel 420A UGIMA AISI 420 Stainless steel Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S15

1

Body

2 3 4 5

Cap Capsule Spring Spacer plate Strainer screen Stainless steel (0.8 mm perforations) Gasket Stainless steel

6 7

ASTM A240 316L BS 1449 304 S15

Note: Material grades shown in brackets are nearest equivalents.

Steam traps Balanced pressure Capacities

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.



Condensate kg /h



Available spares Internals set for MST21





  











 

3, 4, 5, 6, 7

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule reference.

 

Example: 1 off Internals set for a Spirax Sarco ¼" MST21 balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having a 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 10°C below steam saturation temperature.

     

1     



  





Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water capacity

Hot water capacity

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size ¼" ½"

A 50.5 61.0

B 8.5 12.5

C 10 14

D 45 45

Weight 0.34 0.48

" ¾" 1"

68.0 68.0 75.0

14.0 14.0 14.0

14 14 14

45 45 45

0.48 0.48 0.48

6

B

4

3

A

5 C 7 D

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P125-07) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The MST21 is designed for installation with the capsule in a vertical line with the inlet at the top and the outlet at the bottom. This will ensure it is self-draining. If fitted in a horizontal line the trap should be proceded by a short drop-leg. Caution: The body /cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal: This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ¼" MST21 balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having a 'STD' fill capsule for operation approximately at 10°C below steam saturation temperature. The connections are to be screwed NPT.

TI-P125-08 ST Issue 9

2

Recommended tightening torques or Item Size mm ¼" 22 ½" 32 1 and 2 " 32 ¾" 36 1" 41

MST21 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

Nm 100 - 110 100 - 110 100 - 110 100 - 110 100 - 110

5.2.6

Steam traps Balanced pressure

5.2.7

Steam traps Balanced pressure

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P126-06

ST Issue 5

BPW32 Balanced Pressure Wafer Steam Trap Description

The BPW32 is a compact wafer pattern stainless steel balanced pressure steam trap for pressures up to 21 bar g. It has an internal strainer, is maintainable and is suitable for installation between two pipeline flanges. It offers both weight and space savings over conventional traps.

Capsule filling and operation Standard capsules are marked with the letters 'STD' for operation at approximately 13 °C below steam saturation temperature.

6 1

Optionally, the capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled operation with a 'SUB' fill which operates at approximately 24 °C below steam saturation temperature or for near-to-steam a 'NTS' fill which operates at approximately 6 °C below steam saturation temperature.

Standards

This product fully complies with requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/ EC.

5.2.8

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20 and DN25 to fit between standard flanges PN40, ANSI 150, ANSI 300, JIS 10, JIS 16 and JIS 20. 2

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552)

4

5

3

7

Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

Materials

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.

No. Part

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel

DIN 17445 1.4408/ ASTM A351 CF8M

2

Cap

Stainless steel

EN10088 1.4057/ ASTM A479 431

0 °C

3

Capsule

Stainless steel

PMO Maximum operating pressure

21 bar g @ 260 °C

4

Spring

Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S26

TMO Maximum operating temperature

260 °C @ 21 bar g

5

Spacer plate

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

6

Strainer screen Stainless steel 0.8 mm perforations

ASTM A240 316L

7

'O' ring

Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature

Minimum operating temperature

PN50/ANSI 300 50 bar g @ 38 °C 260 °C @ 33 bar g

0 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

EPDM

Page 1 of 3

Steam traps Balanced pressure Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg ANSI 300

ANSI 300

Size

PN40 A

ANSI 150 A

ANSI 300 A

JIS A

ANSI 150 B

PN40/JIS B

ANSI 150 C

PN40/JIS C

Weight

DN15

53

-

55

58

47

53

25.5

25.5

0.30

DN20

63

53

67

63

53

63

25.5

31.5

0.57

DN25

72

53

72

74

62

72

31.5

35.5

0.83

B

C

A

Capacities

  

Condensate kg/h

5.2.9



   

 

         Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Cold water capacity



Hot water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P126-07) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is intended for installation in a vertical line with flow from top to bottom, this will ensure that it is self-draining. It can also be installed in other planes if required. Standard flange gaskets are to be used - supplied by customer.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 BPW32 maintainable wafer pattern balanced pressure steam trap for installation between DIN PN40 flanges. To be supplied with an 'STD' fill capsule. The outer diameter to provide positive location inside flange bolts for ease of installation.

TI-P126-06 ST Issue 5

Page 2 of 3

BPW32 Balanced Pressure Wafer Steam Trap

Steam traps Balanced pressure Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a solid grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Internal set

2

End cap

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model no. and capsule option required. Example: 1 - Internal set for a DN20 BPW32 balanced pressure wafer steam trap with 'STD' fill capsule. Note: The capsule can be identiified from the letter stamped on the name-plate of the cap (e.g. STD, SUB or NTS). A standard capsule (STD) will be supplied, unless specified otherwise on the order.

6

5.2.10

4

3

5

7

2

Recommended tightening torques Item

1 and 2

Connections

or mm

Sizes

Nm

ANSI 150

All sizes

10 - 15

PN40 ANSI 300 JIS 10 JIS 16 JIS 20

DN15

10 - 15

DN20

15 - 20

DN25

20 - 25

TI-P126-06 ST Issue 5

Page 3 of 3

BPW32 Balanced Pressure Wafer Steam Trap

Steam traps Balanced pressure

5.2.11

Steam traps Balanced pressure

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P180-11

CMGT Issue 12

BTM7 Stainless Steel Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap Description

The Spirax Sarco BTM7 is a maintainable thermostatic steam trap designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems with minimal backing up. Applications include sterile steam barriers, process vessels and CIP/SIP systems. Manufactured in 316L stainless steel with minimal crevises and a typical internal surface finish of 1.6 - 3.2 Ra, it is self-draining and operates close to steam temperature. Traps are individually packaged with protective end caps and sealed in a polythene bag.

BTM7

with butt weld ends

Options available at extra cost Contact Spirax Sarco for further information Fixed bleed to ensure fail open operation Special connections to suit most piping systems. Standards The BTM7 has been designed and built in general accordance with ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive. All wetted parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved materials. Part 3, 'O' ring - Complies with USP Class VI and FDA CFR title 21, Paragraph 177, Section 2600.

5.2.12

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ½", ¾", 1" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", 1" O / D x 16 swg (0.065") wall thickness tube butt weld. ½", ¾", 1" sanitary clamp compatible hygienic connection. DIN 11850 (Series 1) tube butt weld ends 12 mm O / D x 1.0 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN10-D) 18 mm O / D x 1.0 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN15-D) ISO 1127 (Series 1) tube butt weld ends 13.5 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN8-I) 17.2 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN10-I) 21.3 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN15-I)

BTM7

with sanitary clamp compatible hygienic connections

Note: On request other connection options are available at extra cost. Please note that seat end spares for specially requested connections will require a minimum order quantity - Please consult Spirax Sarco for further information.

Page 1 of 4

Pressure / temperature limits

Steam traps Balanced pressure

Temperature °C

Body design conditions Steam saturation curve

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

7 bar g @ 170 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

170 °C @ 7 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature Pressure bar g The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.

-10 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

7 bar g

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

170 °C

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 10.7 bar g

Materials

5.2.13

No. Part

Material

1

Body (inlet)

Stainless steel

AISI 316L (1.4404)

2

Body with seal (outlet)

Stainless steel

AISI 316L (1.4404)

3

'O' ring

FKM

4

Element

Stainless steel

AISI 316L (1.4404)

Nuts and bolts

Stainless steel

BS 6105 Gr. A4 80

Washers

Austenitic stainless steel

5

BTM7

BTM7

with butt weld ends

with sanitary clamp compatible hygienic connections

1

5

2

3 4

TI-P180-11 CMGT Issue 12

Page 2 of 4

BTM7 Stainless Steel Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap

Steam traps Balanced pressure Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

Tube

D

E

F

Weight

Screwed

Screwed

Sanitary clamp

Tube

Screwed

Sanitary clamp

¼"

70

-

-

27

58

-

-

0.53

-

½"

70

106

40

27

74

49

0.62

0.66

0.62

¾"

70

106

40

32

81

49

0.68

0.77

0.62

1"

70

106

40

41

95

53

0.77

0.90

0.90

DN8*

70

106

40

-

-

-

0.53

-

-

DN10

70

106

40

-

-

-

0.53

-

-

DN15

70

106

40

-

-

-

0.62

-

-

*DN8 only available for ISO 1127 tube ends.

Tube

C

Capacities   B

Condensate kg/h

   

C



 

A

  

Sanitary clamp

5.2.14

  



   





  



F

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water capacity

Hot water capacity A

Screwed

E

D (across flats)

TI-P180-11 CMGT Issue 12

Page 3 of 4

BTM7 Stainless Steel Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap

Steam traps Balanced pressure Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P180-05) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation in vertical lines with the flow downward to ensure self-draining operation. Do not expose element to superheat conditions since over-expansion may result. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance/replacement.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BTM7 maintainable thermostatic clean steam trap with tube ends to ISO 1127, Series 1. (21.3 mm O/D x 1.6 mm wall thickness). Tangent length of tube ends to be 40 mm for ease of orbital welding. Body to be self-draining. Suitable for pressures up to 7 bar g.

Spare parts

Available parts are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not available as spares. Available spares Element assembly

4

'O' ring (packet of 3)

3

Body with seat (outlet) - state connections

2

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and end connection of the trap. Example: 1 off Element assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" BTM7 thermostatic clean steam trap having screwed NPT connections.

5.2.15

5

4

3

2

5

Recommended tightening torques Item

Part

5

Nuts and bolts

or mm 8 A/F

Nm

M5

3-4

TI-P180-11 CMGT Issue 12

Page 4 of 4

BTM7 Stainless Steel Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap

Steam traps Balanced pressure

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P180-30 CMGT Issue 8

BT6-B Sanitary Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1" and 1½" sanitary clamp ends to ASME BPE. For other connections please consult Spirax Sarco.

5.2.16 Description

The Spirax Sarco BT6-B sanitary balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap is designed to remove condensate from clean and pure steam applications with minimal condensate retention. Applications include sterile steam barriers, block and bleed installations, mains drainage and CIP / SIP of vessels and reactors and process lines. Manufactured in 316L, the crevice free body design of the BT6-B incorporates a 15° angled seat to ensure full drainability. The standard element is extremely sensitive to changes in condensate temperature and is designed to open with a minimum of sub-cooling, less than 2 °C from steam saturation temperature at pressures below 2.5 bar g for typical operating conditions. Exact operating performance may be affected by operating pressure, installation and ambient conditions. Each trap is individually packaged within a 'clean' environment with protective end caps and sealed in a protective plastic bag. Available types BT6-BL Low capacity and BT6-BH High capacity Body surface finish (measured to ISO 4287-1997 and ISO 4288-1997):

-

Internal surfaces have a finish of 0.6 μm (25 micro-inch Ra, ASME BPE SFV2).

-

External surfaces have a finish of 1.0 μm (40 micro-inch Ra).

Options:

-

Mechanical and electropolishing to 0.375 μm (15 micro-inch Ra,ASME BPE SFV4).

-

For applications requiring closer to steam saturation temperatures, for example, critical SIP applications, please consult Spirax Sarco.

Standard The BT6-B has been designed and built in general accordance to ASME BPE and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. All seals comply with FDA CFR title 21, part 177, section 1550 and USP class VI sections 87 and 88, ADI (Animal Derived Ingredient free). Certification This product is available with the following certification:

-

EN 10204 3.1 material certificates.

-

Typical internal surface finish certificates.

-

Certificate of conformity of the seal for FDA, USP and ADI.

Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Balanced pressure

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body (inlet)

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 316L

2

Body (outlet)

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 316L

3

Capsule element

Stainless steel

AISI 316L

4

Body clamp

Stainless steel

AISI 316

5

Seal

Tuf-steel ®

PTFE + AISI 316

1

4

5

3

2

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.2.17

Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur. Note: For hygienic / sanitary clamp ends the maximum pressure / temperature may be restricted by the gasket or sanitary clamp used. Please consult Spirax Sarco. Body design condition

PN10

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of :

10 bar g @ 140 °C 177 °C @ 9.2 bar g -254 °C 6 bar g 165 °C @ 6 bar g 0 °C 15 bar g

Note: Refer to IM-P180-31 for instruction on how to perform hydraulic testing.

TI-P180-30 CMGT Issue 8

Page 2 of 4

BT6-B Sanitary Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Steam traps Balanced pressure

   







 







 High capacity

 



 

 

     









 

 





 

 Low capacity 





 

              





 

  

 



 Condensate kg/h







 

 

 

 





   

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water capacity Hot water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P180-31) supplied with the product. Installation note The BT6-B is designed to be installed in vertical lines with the flow downwards so that the body is self-draining. Check the flow arrow on the body for correct orientation. Fittings and pipe clamps are not supplied. Installation should include a suitable cooling leg to avoid condensate back-up into process equipment under normal operating conditions. Do not expose the capsule element to superheat conditions. Handle all components carefully to avoid damage to surfaces.

Operation

The operation relies on a stainless steel capsule that is filled with a temperature sensing fluid. During cold or start-up conditions the capsule will be fully open allowing large volumes of air, condensate and / or CIP fluid to be drained. As the system approaches steam temperature the fluid in the capsule expands and the valve closes the trap to prevent live steam loss. This closure occurs very close to steam temperature to ensure efficient drainage of the system.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BT6-BH sanitary balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap with self-draining body. Connections to be sanitary clamp ends to meet the requirements of ASME BPE. Suitable for pressure up to 6 bar g. Internal surface finish to be electropolished to 0.375 μm (15 micro-inch Ra, ASME BPE SFV4). Material certification to EN 10204 3.1 for pressure containing parts.

TI-P180-30 CMGT Issue 8

Page 3 of 4

BT6-B Sanitary Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

5.2.18

Steam traps Balanced pressure

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

E

Weight

½"

65

64

71.5

77

61

0.70

¾"

65

64

71.5

77

61

0.71

1"

65

64

71.5

77

61

0.94

1½"

65

64

71.5

77

61

0.86

B

A

E

C

5.2.19

D

Spare parts

The available spare parts are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares 3, 5

Capsule element assembly Seal

5

Body (outlet) including seat

2

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Capsule element assembly for a ½" BT6-BH sanitary balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap.

5

3

2

TI-P180-30 CMGT Issue 8

Page 4 of 4

BT6-B Sanitary Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

Steam traps Balanced pressure

5.2.20

Steam traps Balanced pressure

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P180-03 CMGT Issue 8

BTS7 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Trap Description

The Spirax Sarco BTS7 is a sealed thermostatic steam trap designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems with minimal backing up. Applications include sterile steam barriers, process vessels and CIP / SIP systems. Manufactured in 316L stainless steel with minimal crevises, it is self-draining and operates close to steam temperature. Traps are individually packaged with protective end caps and sealed in a polythene bag. Options Fixed bleed to ensure fail open operation. Special connections to suit most piping systems. Standards The BTS7 has been designed and built in general accordance with ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. All wetted parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved materials. Certification This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ½", ¾", 1" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", 1" O / D x 16 swg (0.065") wall thickness tube butt weld. DIN 11850 (Series 1) tube butt weld ends 12 mm O / D x 1.0 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN10-D) 18 mm O / D x 1.0 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN15-D) ISO 1127 (Series 1) tube butt weld ends 13.5 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN8-I) 17.2 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN10-I) 21.3 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN15-I)

1

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.2.21

2

Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions

PN7

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

7 bar g @ 170 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

170 °C @ 7 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

BTS7

-254 °C

with screwed connection

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

7 bar g @ 170 °C

Materials

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

170 °C @ 7 bar g

No.

Part

Material

0 °C

1

Body

Stainless steel

AISI 316L (1.4404)

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 10.5 bar g

2

Element

Stainless steel

AISI 316L (1.4404)

Minimum operating temperature

Steam traps Balanced pressure Capacities

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg B Tube

C

D Screwed

¼"

40

-

-

58

-

0.53

½"

40

106

40

74

0.44

0.49

¾"

40

106

40

81

0.51

0.60

1"

40

106

40

95

0.60

0.73

DN8*

40

106

40

-

0.35

-

DN10

40

106

40

-

0.35

-

DN15

40

106

40

-

0.42

-

Size

 

Weight Tube Screwed



Condensate kg/h

A

  



     

*DN8 only available for ISO 1127 tube ends.  



   





  



Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water capacity

Hot water capacity

C

5.2.22 Tube

D

B

Screwed

C

A

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P180-05) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation in vertical lines with the flow downward to ensure self-draining operation. Do not expose the element to superheat conditions since over-expansion may result. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance/replacement.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco non-maintainable DN15 BTS7 clean steam trap with tube ends to ISO 1127, Series 1. (21.3 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness). Tangent length of tube ends to be 40 mm for ease of orbital welding. Body to be self-draining. Suitable for pressures up to 7 bar g.

Spare parts

There are no spare parts for the BTS7.

TI-P180-03 CMGT Issue 8

BTS7 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Trap

Steam traps Balanced Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P180-40

ST Issue 4

BTS7.1 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Trap Description

The Spirax Sarco BTS7.1 is a sealed thermostatic steam trap designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems with minimal back up. Applications include sterile steam barriers, process vessels and CIP / SIP systems. Manufactured in 316L stainless steel with minimal crevices, it is self-draining and operates close to steam temperature. The BTS7.1 has an internal finish of 0.5 Ra whilst the external finish is 0.75 Ra. When supplied, the BTS7.1 is individually packaged with protective end caps and sealed in a polythene bag. Options Fixed bleed to ensure fail-open operation.

Certification Certification to EN 10204 3.1 is available for the body of this product. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" and ¾" with sanitary clamp connections.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.2.23

Standards The BTS7.1 has been designed and built in general accordance with ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. All wetted parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved material.

 

 

BTS7.1

with sanitary clamp connections

Steam saturation curve









  Pressure bar g







The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions PN7 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 7 bar g @ 170°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 170°C @ 7 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -254°C Maximum operating pressure 7 bar g @ 170°C PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 170°C @ 7 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 10.5 bar g

Materials No. 1 2

Part Body Element

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 316L (1.4404) AISI 316L (1.4404)

Steam traps Balanced pressure Capacities

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg



Size ½" ¾"

Condensate kg /h



A 40 40

B 49 49

Weight 0.15 kg 0.15 kg

    

B

     



   





  



Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water capacity

Hot water capacity

A

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P180-05) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation in vertical lines with the flow downward to ensure self-draining operation. Do not expose the element to superheat conditions since over-expansion may result. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance / replacement.

How to order example

1 off Spirax Sarco non-maintainable ¾" BTS7.1 clean steam trap suitable for pressures up to 7 bar g with a body that is self-draining.

Spare parts

There are no spare parts for the BTS7.1.

TI-P180-40 ST Issue 4

BTS7.1 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Trap

5.2.24

Steam traps Balanced pressure TI-P124-08

ST Issue 2

BPM21L Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The BPM21L is a compact, carbon steel, balanced pressure steam trap, having an internal strainer. It is ideally suited for applications where space is important such as OEM machinery. Options Capsule fill and operation - As standard, the capsule fitted will operate at approximately 13°C below steam saturation temperature (STD). Alternatively, a near-to-steam capsule (NTS) can be fitted that will operate at approximately 6°C below steam saturation temperature or a sub-cooling capsule (SUB) can be fitted that will operate at approximately 24°C below steam saturation temperature. Non-return / check valve - All versions can be supplied with an integral check valve and are designated BPM21LCV.

1 7

2 5

9 8

4 3

6

5.2.25

Standards The product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification The product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

" and ½" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT. Socket weld ends (½" only).

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) ��� ��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� �� �

�

�

�� �� �� Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

��

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 242°C @ 20 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g @ 217°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 242°C @ 20 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part Cover Capsule Valve seat Strainer screen Cover gasket Body Cover bolts Valve seat gasket Spacer plate Spring

Material Steel 1.0460 (C22.8) Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel 1.0460 (C22.8) Steel M8 x 25 mm BS 1506 - 621 A B7M Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2006

Steam traps Balanced pressure Spare parts

Capacities

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

���� ��� ��� ���

Available spares Capsule and seat assembly set Gasket set Strainer screen (packet of 3)

Condensate kg/h

��� ���

2, 3, 5, 8, 9, 10 5, 8 4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.

���

Example: 1 off Capsule and seat assembly for Spirax Sarco ½" BPM21L balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having STD fill operation at 13°C below steam saturation temperature.

���

��� �� �� �� ���

��� ��� ��� �� � � � � � Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

7 (Not an available spare)

��

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size " ½"

A 70 70

B 62 62

C 35 35

D 15 15

E 20 20

Weight 0.9 0.9 5

10

Withdrawal distance E

C

2

9

B

3 8

D 4 A

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P124-09) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane and the cover at the top, preferably with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. Installation in a vertical plane is also acceptable. When welding the trap into the pipeline, there is no need to remove the capsule, providing the welding is done by the electric arc method. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Disposal: This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Recommended tightening torques or

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BPM21L balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having screwed BSP connections. The unit is to be supplied with a steel body with internal strainer screen and STD capsule for operation approximately 13°C below steam saturation temperature.

Item Part 3 7

Valve seat Cover bolts

Nm

mm 17 A / F

BPM21L Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

M8 x 25

50 - 55 14 - 18

TI-P124-08 ST Issue 2

5.2.26

Steam traps Balanced pressure

5.2.27

Steam traps Balanced pressure

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P005-01

ST Issue 6

BPC32 and BPC32Y Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps Description

The BPC32 and BPC32Y are carbon steel maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps with straight connections. The BPC32 has an integral flat strainer screen and the BPC32Y an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/TRD100. Both traps are unaffected by waterhammer and are available as follows:-

BPC32

Standard units BPC32 and BPC32Y having 'STD' fill capsule Also available

BPC32CV and BPC32YCV

having 'STD' fill capsule and check valve.

Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill.

Capsule fill and operation: Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at approximately 12 °C below steam saturation temperature. Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' operation at approximately 24 °C below steam saturation temperature or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6 °C below steam temperature.

Check valve

Standards

5.2.28

BPC32CV BPC32YCV

BPC32Y

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Temperature °C

½", ¾", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799. ½", ¾", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627. DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40, ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS/KS 10K and JIS/KS 20K.

 

Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552)



Body design conditions



  





Steam saturation curve





    Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.





 

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A-B A-C A-D A-E F-G

Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ANSI 300. Flanged EN 1092 PN40. Flanged JIS/KS 20K. Flanged ANSI 150. Flanged JIS/KS 10K.

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature

PN40 50 bar g @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 35 bar g -60 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

32 bar g @ 281 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

281 °C @ 32 bar g

Minimum operating temperature 0 °C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 75 bar g

Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Balanced pressure BPC32

1

9

2

17

3 7

18 5

8

BPC32CV BPC32YCV

Check valve

BPC32Y

5.2.29 5 11

10

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Cover

Carbon steel

2

Capsule

Stainless steel

3

Valve seat

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

5

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

AISI 304

7

Cover gasket

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

8

Body / flanges

Carbon steel

9

Cover bolts

Stainless steel (M10 x 30)

10

Strainer cap

Carbon steel

11

Strainer cap gasket

Stainless steel

17

Spring

Stainless steel

18

Spacer plate

Stainless steel

Page 2 of 4

DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N

DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N A2-70 DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N BS 1449 304 S16

TI-P005-01 ST Issue 6

BPC32 and BPC32Y Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps

Steam traps Balanced pressure Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg

BPC32

Weight Size

A

A1

B

C

D

E

F

G

Scrd/SW/BW

Flgd

½" DN15

95 150 94 64

17

37

-

-

1.4

2.9

¾" DN20

95 150 94 64 19

37

-

-

1.4

3.5

1" DN25

95 160 94 64 23

37

-

-

1.5

4.1

E Withdrawal distance

C

BPC32Y Weight Size

A

A1

B

C

D

E

½" DN15

95 150 94 64

-

¾" DN20

95 150 94 64

1" DN25

95 160 94 64

F

G

F

Scrd/SW/BW

Flgd

37 54 28

1.6

3.1

-

37 54 28

1.6

3.7

-

37 54 28

1.8

4.4

B

D

A A1 G Withdrawal distance

Capacities    

Condensate kg/h

       

5.2.30

                                         

         Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Hot water capacity

 

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P005-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: The BPC32 and BPC32Y are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BPC32 carbon steel bodied maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed BSP with 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12 °C below steam saturation temperature.

TI-P005-01 ST Issue 6

BPC32 and BPC32Y Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps

Page 3 of 4

Steam traps Balanced pressure Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 2, 3, 17, 18

Capsule and seat assembly set Strainer screen

BPC32

(3 off)

Strainer screen and gasket

BPC32Y

(1 off each)

5 5, 11

Set of cover gaskets

(packet of 3)

7

Strainer cap gasket

(packet of 3)

11

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule reference. Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 BPC32 - 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12 °C below steam saturation temperature.

9*

17 2

5.2.31

18 BPC32

3 7

5 BPC32Y

5 11 * Note: Items 9 and 10 are not available as spares.

10*

Recommended tightening torques

Page 4 of 4

or mm

Item

Part

3

Valve seat

24 A/F

9

Cover bolts

16 A/F

10

Strainer cap

27 A/F

Nm

115 - 125 M10 x 30

23 - 27 120 - 135

TI-P005-01 ST Issue 6

BPC32 and BPC32Y Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps

Steam traps Balanced pressure

5.2.32

Steam traps Balanced pressure TI-P005-06

ST Issue 4

IBPC32 Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The IBPC32 is a carbon steel maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor and straight connections and has an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer. It can be supplied with a sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage (WLS1) or for steam leakage only (SS1). The IBPC32 can be easily integrated into all existing Spiratec monitoring systems. All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100.

IBPC32

1

9 17 2 18 3 7

Standard unit IBPC32 having 'STD' fill capsule Also available IBPC32CV having 'STD' fill capsule and check valve Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill.

Capsule fill and operation: 16 8

Standards

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

5

Certification

12

13

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

14 Check valve

Sizes and pipe connections

IBPC32CV

½", ¾", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799. ½", ¾", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627. DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40, ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS /KS 10K and JIS /KS 20K.

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) ��� Temperature °C

5.2.33

Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' operation at approximately 24°C below steam saturation temperature or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6°C below steam temperature.

��� ��� ���

� �

��� �

A-B A-C A-D A-E F-G

�

�

Steam saturation curve

�

�

�� �� �� �� Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

�

��

Materials

� ��

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ANSI 300. Flanged EN 1092 PN40. Flanged JIS / KS 20K. Flanged ANSI 150. Flanged JIS/KS 10K.

Maximum body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 35 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -60°C Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 32 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

No. Part

Material

1

Cover

Carbon steel

2 3 5 7

Capsule Valve seat Strainer screen Cover gasket

DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N

Stainless steel Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite DIN 17243 C22.8 8 Body / flanges Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70 12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 416 S37 13 Sensor gasket 14 Sensor Blanking plug 15 (not shown) 16 Adaptor gasket 17 Spring 18 Spacer plate

Stainless steel Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16 BS 1449 304 S16

Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

BS 1449 304 S16

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Balanced pressure Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" DN15 ¾" DN20 1" DN25

A A1 B 95 150 94 95 150 94 95 160 94

C 64 64 64

E 37 37 37

F 63 64 66

G 28 28 28

Weight Scrd / SW/ BW Flgd 1.65 3.15 1.65 3.75 1.85 4.45

B

E Withdrawal distance

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 2, 3, 17, 18 5 7 13, 14 16

Capsule and seat assembly set Strainer screen Y-type cylindrical (1 off) Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) Sensor and sensor gasket Adaptor gasket (packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule reference.

C

Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 IBPC32 having 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12°C below steam saturation temperature with integral Spiratec sensor.

F

9*

A A1 G Withdrawal distance

Capacities

Condensate kg / h

���� � ���

17

����

2

��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� ���

18

�� ��

��

�� �� � ��� �� �� �� �� �� � � ��

3 7

��� ��� ��� � � � � � �� Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Hot water capacity

�� ��

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-F01-30) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The IBPC32 is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane with the cover at the top. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" IBPC32 carbon steel bodied maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed BSP with 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. The trap will be supplied with an integral sensor to identify waterlogging and steam wastage (WLS1 sensor) or for steam leakage only (SS1 sensor). Sensors to be compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points: R1 (single trap) remote test point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap monitor or R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP / NPN output where appropriate.

5 16 12* 13

* Note Items 9 and 12 are not available as spares

14

Recommended tightening torques or

Item Part

Nm

mm 3 9 12 14

Valve seat Cover bolts Sensor adaptor Sensor

24 A /F 16 A /F 27 A /F 24 A /F

IBPC32 Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

M10 x 30

115 - 125 23 - 27 120 - 135 50 - 56

TI-P005-06 ST Issue 4

5.2.34

Steam traps Balanced pressure

5.2.35

Steam traps Balanced Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P005-10

ST Issue 2

BPC32F and BPC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps Description

The BPC32F and BPC32YF are carbon steel maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps having integrally flanged straight connections. The BPC32F has an integral flat strainer screen and the BPC32YF has an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/TRD100. Both traps are unaffected by waterhammer and are available as follows:-

BPC32F

Standard units BPC32F and BPC32YF having 'STD' fill capsule Also available

BPC32CVF and BPC32YCVF

having 'STD' fill capsule and check valve.

Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill.

Check valve

Capsule fill and operation:

BPC32CVF BPC32YCVF

5.2.36

Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' operation at approximately 24°C below steam saturation temperature or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6°C below steam temperature.

Standards

BPC32YF

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN40, ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 150 or ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 300. For other connections please consult Spirax Sarco.

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552) 

A Body design conditions

   

D 

Steam saturation curve

C

    Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. 

B 

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A - B Flanged ASME (ANSI) 300. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. A - D Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150.

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature

ASME (ANSI) 300 50 bar g @ 50°C 400°C @ 35 bar g -60°C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

32 bar g @ 281°C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

281°C @ 32 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Balanced pressure BPC32F 1

9

2

17

3 7

18 5 8

BPC32CVF BPC32YCVF

Check valve

BPC32YF

5.2.37 5 11

10

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Cover

Carbon steel

2

Capsule

Stainless steel

3

Valve seat

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

5

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

AISI 304

7

Cover gasket

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

8

Body

Carbon steel

9

Cover bolts

Stainless steel (M10 x 30)

10

Strainer cap

Carbon steel

11

Strainer cap gasket

Stainless steel

17

Spring

Stainless steel

18

Spacer plate

Stainless steel

TI-P005-10 ST Issue 2

DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N

1.0619+N ASTM A216 WCB A2-70 DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N

BPC32F and BPC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps

BS 1449 304 S16

Page 2 of 4

Steam traps Balanced pressure Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg BPC32F Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Weight

DN15

150

94

64

17

37

-

-

2.9

DN20

150

94

64

19

37

-

-

3.5

DN25

160

94

64

23

37

-

-

4.1

BPC32YF

C

D

F

Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Weight

DN15

150

94

64

-

37

55

28

3.1

DN20

150

94

64

-

37

56

28

3.7

DN25

160

94

64

-

37

58

28

4.4

B

E Withdrawal distance

A G Withdrawal distance

Capacities   

Condensate kg / h

       

                                            

  





5.2.38

  



 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Hot water capacity

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P005-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: The BPC32F and BPC32YF are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BPC32F carbon steel bodied maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections and an integral strainer screen. The trap is to be fitted with an 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature.

TI-P005-10 ST Issue 2

BPC32F and BPC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps

Page 3 of 4

Steam traps Balanced pressure Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 2, 3, 17, 18

Capsule and seat assembly set

5

Strainer screen

BPC32F

(3 off)

Strainer screen and gasket

BPC32YF

(1 off each)

5, 11

Set of cover gaskets

(packet of 3)

7

Strainer cap gasket

(packet of 3)

11

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule reference. Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 BPC32F - 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12°C below steam saturation temperature.

9*

17

5.2.39

2 18 3

7

5

BPC32YF

BPC32F

* Note: Items 9 and 10 are not available as spares.

5 11

Recommended tightening torques or mm

Item

Part

3

Valve seat

24 A/F

9

Cover bolts

16 A/F

10

Strainer cap

27 A/F

TI-P005-10 ST Issue 2

10* Nm

115 - 125 M10 x 30

23 - 27 120 - 135

BPC32F and BPC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps

Page 4 of 4

Steam traps Balanced pressure

5.2.40

Steam traps Balanced Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P005-03

ST Issue 5

BPS32 and BPS32Y Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps Description

The BPS32 and BPS32Y are stainless steel maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps with straight connections. The BPS32 has an integral flat strainer screen and the BPS32Y an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100. Both traps are unaffected by waterhammer and are available as follows:-

1

9

2

17

3 7

18

Standard units BPS32 and BPS32Y having 'STD' fill capsule having 'STD' fill capsule Also available BPS32CV and BPS32YCV and check valve. Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill.

5

Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' operation at approximately 24°C below steam saturation temperature or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6°C below steam temperature.

8

Capsule fill and operation:

Standards

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

BPS32CV BPS32YCV

Check valve

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799. ½", ¾", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627. DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40, ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20K.

BPS32Y

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.2.41

BPS32

 

 

  

A-B A-C A-D A-E F-G





Steam saturation curve





5



     Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300 Flanged EN 1092 PN40 Flanged JIS / KS 20K Flanged ASME 150 Flanged JIS / KS 10K





Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 30 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -200°C Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 281°C @ 32 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

11

Materials No. Part 1 2 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 17 18

10

Material Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.4571 stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti Capsule Stainless steel Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite EN 10222-5 1.4571 Body / flanges Austenitic stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70 Austenitic Strainer cap stainless steel DIN 17440 (W/S 1.4404) 316L Strainer cap Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 gasket Spring Stainless steel Spacer plate Stainless steel Cover

Steam traps Balanced pressure Spare parts

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg BPS32

Size ½" DN15 ¾" DN20 1" DN25

A 95 95 95

A1 B 150 94 150 94 160 94

C 64 64 64

D E F 17 37 19 37 23 37 -

Weight G Scrd / SW/ BW 1.4 1.4 1.5

E Withdrawal distance

Flgd 2.9 3.5 4.1

B

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule reference. Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 BPS32 - 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12°C below steam saturation temperature.

C

D

F

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Capsule and seat assembly set 2, 3, 17, 18 Strainer screen BPS32 (3 off) 5 Strainer screen and gasket BPS32Y (1 off each) 5, 11 Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) 7 Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3) 11

9*

A A1 G Withdrawal distance BPS32Y Size ½" DN15 ¾" DN20 1" DN25

A 95 95 95

A1 B 150 94 150 94 160 94

C D 64 64 64 -

E 37 37 37

Weight F G Scrd / SW/ BW 55 28 1.6 56 28 1.6 58 28 1.8

Flgd 3.1 3.7 4.4

17 2 18

Capacities

BPS32

3 000

2 000

Condensate kg / h

1000 500 400 300 200 100 50 0.1

3 7

5 BPS32Y

2Y V S3 YC BP d 32 n PS 2a 3 B S d BP an 2Y CV S3 YCV 2 P 3 2 S B BP S3 nd 2 a d BP 3 S an BP CV 2 S3 BP

0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Hot water capacity

20 32

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P005-04) supplied with the product. Installation note: The BPS32 and BPS32Y are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap.

5 11 * Note: Items 9 and 10 are not available as spares.

10*

Recommended tightening torques or

Item Part

Nm

mm 3 9 10

Valve seat Cover bolts Strainer cap

24 A /F 16 A /F 27 A /F

M10 x 30

115 - 125 23 - 27 120 - 135

Disposal These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off DN20 Spirax Sarco BPS32Y balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap manufactured in corrosion resistant stainless steel. Having a Y-type strainer and 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.

TI-P005-03 ST Issue 5

BPS32 and BPS32Y Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps

5.2.42

Steam traps Balanced Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P005-05

ST Issue 5

IBPS32 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor Description

The IBPS32 is a stainless steel maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor and straight connections. It also has an integral 'Y' type strainer. It can be supplied with a sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage (WLS1) or for steam leakage only (SS1). The IBPS32 can be easily integrated into all existing Spiratec monitoring systems. All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100.

IBPS32

1

9 17 2 18 3

Standard unit IBPS32 having 'STD' fill capsule Also available IBPS32CV having 'STD' fill capsule and check valve Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill.

7

Capsule fill and operation:

16 8

Standards

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

Certification

5

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

12

13

14 Check valve

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799. ½", ¾", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627. DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40, ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20K.

IBPS32CV

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.2.43

Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' operation at approximately 24°C below steam saturation temperature or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6°C below steam temperature.

   

 

 

A-B A-C A-D A-E F-G

 





Steam saturation curve    Pressure bar g

Materials



 

 

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300 Flanged EN 1092 PN40 Flanged JIS / KS 20K Flanged ASME 150 Flanged JIS / KS 10K

Maximum body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 30 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -200°C Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 32 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

No. Part

Material Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.4571 1 Cover stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti 2 Capsule Stainless steel 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.457 8 Body / flanges stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70 DIN 17440 12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel (W/S 1.4404) 316L 13 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 14 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Blanking plug 15 (not shown) 16 Adaptor gasket 17 Spring 18 Spacer plate

Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

Steam traps Balanced pressure Spare parts

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" DN15 ¾" DN20 1" DN25

A A1 B 95 150 94 95 150 94 95 160 94

C 64 64 64

E 37 37 37

F 63 64 66

G 28 28 28

Weight Scrd / SW/ BW 1.65 1.65 1.85

Flgd 3.15 3.75 4.45

B

E Withdrawal distance

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Capsule and seat assembly set 2, 3, 17, 18 Strainer screen Y-type cylindrical (1 off) 5 Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) 7 Sensor and sensor gasket 13, 14 Adaptor gasket (packet of 3) 16 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule reference. Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 IBPS32 having 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12°C below steam saturation temperature with integral Spiratec sensor.

C

F

A A1 G Withdrawal distance

9*

Capacities

Condensate kg / h



 

17



2

      

18



 

            

3 7

         Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Hot water capacity

 

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-F01-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The IBPS32 is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane with the cover at the top. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" IBPS32 stainless steel bodied maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed BSP with 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. The trap will be supplied with an integral sensor to identify waterlogging and steam wastage (WLS1 sensor) or for steam leakage only (SS1 sensor). Sensors to be compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points: R1 (single trap) remote test point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap monitor or R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP / NPN output where appropriate.

TI-P005-05 ST Issue 5

5 16 12* 13

* Note Items 9 and 12 are not available as spares

14

Recommended tightening torques or

Item Part

Nm

mm 3 9 12 14

Valve seat Cover bolts Sensor adaptor Sensor

24 A /F 16 A /F 27 A /F 24 A /F

M10 x 30

115 - 125 23 - 27 120 - 135 50 - 56

IBPS32 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

5.2.44

Steam traps Local regulations may restrict Bimetallic the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P076-10

ST Issue 6

SMC32 and SMC32Y Carbon Steel Bimetallic Steam Traps Description

The SMC32 and SMC32Y are carbon steel maintainable bimetallic steam traps with straight connections. The SMC32 has an integral flat strainer screen and the SM32Y an integral, cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO / TRD 100. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 1024 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

1 4 9

2

5

3

6

7

8

½", ¾", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799. ½", ¾", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627. DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40, ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20 K.

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.3.1

SMC32

  



SMC32Y



  

 





Steam saturation curve



   Pressure bar g









The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A-B A-C A-D A-E F-G

Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300. Flanged EN 1092 PN40. Flanged JIS / KS 20K. Flanged ASME 150. Flanged JIS / KS 10K.

Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 35 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -60°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 32 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 350°C @ 32 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

5 11

Materials

10

No. Part

Material

1

Cover

Carbon steel

2

Bimetallic element

3 4 5 6

Valve seat Locking nut Strainer screen Valve

7

Cover gasket

8

Body / flanges

9

Cover bolts

DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N Corrosion resistant bimetal Rau and stainless steel Type H46 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel Stainless steel AIS 304 Stainless steel Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite DIN 17243 C22.8 Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N

Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2 70 DIN 17243 C22.B 10 Strainer cap Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N 11 Strainer cap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16

Steam traps Bimetallic Spare parts

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

SMC32 Size

A A1 B

E

F

Weight G Scrd / SW / BW Flgd

½" DN15 ¾" DN20 1" DN25

95 150 94 92 17 51 95 150 94 92 19 51 95 160 94 92 23 51

-

-

C

D

E Withdrawal distance

1.7 1.7 1.8

3.1 3.7 4.4

B

How to order spares Always order spares by using the descripition given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Warning: Do not dismantle the element set by removing the locking nut (4) or the setting of the trap will be affected. Example: 1 - Element set for a Spirax Sarco ½" SMC32 bimetallic steam trap.

C

D

F

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Element set 2, 3, 4, 6 Strainer screen SMC32 (3 off) 5 Strainer screen and gasket SMC32Y (1 off) 5, 11 Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) 7 Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3) 11

9*

A A1 G Withdrawal distance SMC32Y F

Weight G Scrd / SW / BW Flgd

Size

A A1 B

C

D

E

½" DN15 ¾" DN20 1" DN25

95 150 94 92 95 150 94 92 95 160 94 92

-

51 54 28 51 54 28 51 54 28

1.7 1.7 1.8

3.1 3.7 4.4

6 4 2 Element set SMC32

Capacities  

3 7

5



Condensate kg/h

SMC32Y        

5 11        Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Hot water capacity





Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P076-09) supplied with the product. Installation note: The SMC32 and SMC32Y are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. Increased backpressure will reduce the temperature of condensate discharge. For further information consult Spirax Sarco. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.

10*

* Note: Items 9 and 10 are not available as spares.

Recommended tightening torques Item

Part

3 9 10

Valve seat Cover bolts Strainer cap

or

24 A / F 16 A / F 27 A / F

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" SMC32 carbon steel bodied maintainable bimetallic steam trap with an integral strainer screen and screwed BSP connections.

TI-P076-10 ST Issue 6

SMC32 and SMC32Y Carbon Steel Bimetallic Steam Traps

Nm

mm 10 x 30

115 - 125 23 - 27 120 - 135

5.3.2

Steam traps Bimetallic TI-P076-11

ST Issue 4

ISMC32 Carbon Steel Bimetallic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The ISMC32 is a carbon steel maintainable bimetallic steam trap fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor and straight connections and has an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer. It can be supplied with a sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage (WLS1) or for steam leakage only (SS1). The ISMC32 can be easily integrated into all existing Spiratec monitoring systems. All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100.

1 4 9 2 6 3

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

7

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

16 8

��� ��� ��� ���

5 12 13 14

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.3.3

½", ¾", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799. ½", ¾", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627. DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40, ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS /KS 10K and JIS /KS 20K.

� �

��� �

� �

��

�

�

�� �� �� Pressure bar g

� ��

� ��

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A-B A-C A-D A-E F-G

Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ANSI 300. Flanged EN 1092 PN40. Flanged JIS /KS 20K. Flanged ANSI 150. Flanged JIS /KS 10K.

Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 35 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -60°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 32 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 32 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

Materials No. Part

Material

DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N Corrosion resistant bimetal (Rau Type H46) 2 Bimetallic element and stainless steel 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 4 Locking nut Stainless steel 5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304 6 Valve Stainless steel 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite DIN 17243 C22.8 8 Body / flanges Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70 12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 416 S37 13 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 14 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Blanking plug 15 (not shown) Steel 16 Adaptor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 1

Cover

Carbon steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Bimetallic Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" DN15 ¾" DN20 1" DN25

A A1 B 95 150 94 95 150 94 95 160 94

C 92 92 92

E 51 51 51

F 63 64 66

G 28 28 28

Weight Scrd / SW/ BW Flgd 1.95 3.35 1.95 4.05 2.05 4.75

E Withdrawal distance

B

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 2, 3, 4, 6 5 7 13, 14 16

Element set Strainer screen Y-type cylindrical (1 off) Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) Sensor and sensor gasket Adaptor gasket (packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.

C

Warning: Do not dismantle the element set by removing the locking nut (4) or the setting of the trap will be affected. Example: 1 - Element set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 ISMC32 bimetallic steam trap with integral Spiratec sensor. F

A A1 G Withdrawal distance

9*

Capacities � ��� � ���

Condensate kg / h

� ���

5.3.4

6 4

����

2 Element set

��� ��� ���

3

���

7

��� �� ���

� � � � ��� ��� ��� �� � Differential pressure bar (x 100 =kPa)

Hot water capacity

�� ��

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-F01-30) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The ISMC32 is designed for installation with the bimetal element in a horizontal plane with the cover at the top. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" ISMC32 carbon steel bodied maintainable bimetallic steam trap having screwed BSP connecitons. The trap will be supplied with an integral sensor to identify waterlogging and steam wastage (WLS1 sensor) or for steam leakage only (SS1 sensor). Sensors to be compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points: R1 (single trap) remote test point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap monitor or R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP /NPN output where appropriate.

5 16 12* 13 14

* Note: Items 9 and 12 are not available as spares.

Recommended tightening torques or Item Part

Nm mm

3 9 12 14

Valve seat Cover bolts Sensor adaptor Sensor

24 A /F 16 A /F 27 A /F 24 A /F

M10 x 30

ISMC32 Carbon Steel Bimetallic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

115 - 125 23 - 27 120 - 135 50 - 56

TI-P076-11 ST Issue 4

Steam traps Bimetallic TI-P076-17 ST Issue 2

SMC32F and SMC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Bimetallic Steam Traps

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The SMC32F and SMC32YF are carbon steel maintainable bimetallic steam traps having integrally flanged straight connections. The SMC32F has an integral flat strainer screen and the SMC32YF has an integral, cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing components are produced by TÜV approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/TRD100. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

SMC32F 1 4

2

9

3

5

7

6

8

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN40, ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 150 or ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 300. For other connections please consult Spirax Sarco.

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.3.5

��� ��� ���

A

���

Steam saturation curve

��� �

SMC32YF

�

��

D �� �� �� Pressure bar g

C ��

B ��

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A - B Flanged ASME (ANSI) 300. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. A - D Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150. Body design conditions ASME (ANSI) 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 35 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -60°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 32 bar g @ 350°C for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 350°C @ 32 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

5 11

10

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Cover

Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N

2

Bimetallic element

Corrosion resistant bimetal and stainless steel

3

Valve seat

Stainless steel

4

Locking nut

Stainless steel

5

Strainer screen Stainless steel

6

Valve

Rau Type H46 BS 970 431 S29 AISI 304

Stainless steel

7

Cover gasket

Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite

8

Body

Carbon steel

9

Cover bolts

Stainless steel (M10 x 30)

1.0619+N / ASTM A216 WCB A2 - 70

10 Strainer cap

DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) Carbon steel ASTM A105N

Strainer cap 11 gasket

Stainless steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

BS 1449 304 S16

© Copyright 2009

Steam traps Bimetallic Spare parts

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg SMC32F Size A DN15 150 DN20 150 DN25 160

B 94 94 94

C 92 92 92

E 51 51 51

F -

G -

E Withdrawal distance

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Element set 2, 3, 4, 6 Strainer screen SMC32F (3 off) 5 Strainer screen and gasket SMC32YF (1 off) 5, 11 Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) 7 Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3) 11

Weight 3.1 3.7 4.4

B

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Warning: Do not dismantle the element set by removing the locking nut (4) or the setting of the trap will be affected. Example: 1 - Element set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 SMC32F bimetallic steam trap.

C

9* F

A

6 4

G Withdrawal distance

2 SMC32YF Size A DN15 150 DN20 150 DN25 160

Element set

3 B 94 94 94

C 92 92 92

E 51 51 51

F 55 56 58

G 28 28 28

SMC32F

Weight 3.3 4.0 4.7

7

5.3.6

SMC32YF

5

Capacities ���� ����

Condensate kg / h

���� ���� ��� ��� ���

5 11

* Note: Items 9 and 10 are not available as spares.

10*

���

Recommended tightening torques

���

or

Item Part �� ���

��� � � � � � �� Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Hot water capacity

��

��

Cold water capacity

Nm

mm 3 9 10

Valve seat Cover bolts Strainer cap

24 A /F 16 A /F 27 A /F

M10 x 30

115 - 125 23 - 27 120 - 135

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P076-09) supplied with the product. Installation note: The SMC32F and SMC32YF are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. Increased backpressure will reduce the temperature of condensate discharge. For further information consult Spirax Sarco. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 SMC32F carbon steel bodied maintainable bimetallic steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections and an integral strainer screen.

SMC32F and SMC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Bimetallic Steam Traps

TI-P076-17 ST Issue 2

Steam traps Bimetallic TI-P623-02

ST Issue 7

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

HP45 Bimetallic Steam Trap

ISO 9001

Description

The Spirax Sarco HP45 bimetallic steam trap is made of forged steel, and designed for draining high pressure, high temperature steam lines and processes. This steam trap is specially designed for HP steam and has a reinforced stainless steel insert within the body and can be repaired inline. It operates with no loss of steam, and quickly drains air, non-condensable gases and large quantities of cold water on start-up. Normally open in the event of failure, it has a built-in strainer screen and an external device for adjusting the discharge temperature of the condensate. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

10 7

8

4 6

5 3

Sizes and pipe connections

2

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP /NPT, socket weld ends to ANSI B 16.11 and butt weld ends to ANSI B 16.25. DN15, DN20 and DN25 Flanged PN63, PN100 and ANSI 600. 1

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.3.7

9

��� ���

�

��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� �

A-B A-C A-D A-E

��

�

�

�

�

�� ��

��� �� ��� ��� Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Screwed BSP/NPT, socket weld and butt weld ends. Flanged ANSI 600. Flanged PN100. Flanged PN63. �

Body design conditions PN150, Class 900 to ANSI B 16.34 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 153 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 86 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 45 bar g @ 425°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C @ 45 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Minimum inlet pressure for satisfactory operation 15 bar g PMX The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed 90% of the upstream pressure. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 229 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3 4

Part Body Valve seat gasket Bimetallic element Strainer screen

5

Cover gasket

6

Cover Cover stud 7 Cover nut 8 Blind nut gasket 9 Blind nut 10 Lock-nut

Material Steel ASTM A105N Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel Stainless steel AISI 304L Spiral wound stainless steel and graphite (asbestos free) Steel ASTM A105N Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7 Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 2H Stainless steel tanged reinforced graphite Steel ASTM A105 Steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2008

Steam traps Bimetallic Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" ¾" 1" PN63 /PN100 DN15 ANSI 600 PN63 /PN100 DN20 ANSI 600 PN63 /PN100 DN25 ANSI 600

A 235 235 235 235 235 235

A1 160 -

B 124 124 124 124 124 124 124

C 58 58 58 58 58 58 58

Spare parts

D Weight 150 6.5 150 11.0 150 9.5 150 11.5 150 10.0 150 12.0 150 10.5

D Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spare 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 5 2, 5, 8 4

Bimetallic assembly kit Cover gasket (pack of 3) Gasket set Strainer screen

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spare' and state the size and model of the bimetallic steam trap. Example: 1 - Bimetallic assembly kit for a Spirax Sarco 1" HP45 bimetallic steam trap.

*9 *10 B

*7

8

4 5 C

3 2 A1 A

Capacities ���� ���� ����

* Items 7, 9 and 10 are not available spares. Recommended tightening torques

Condensate kg / h

����

Item

����

3 7 9 10

����

���� ��� ��� ��� ��� ���

��

��

��

��

�� ��

or 36 A/F 22 A/F 29 A/F 13 A/F

Nm 120 - 132 70 - 77 80 - 88 5

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Hot water capacity

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P623-03) supplied with the product. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" HP45 bimetallic steam trap with socket weld end connections.

HP45 Bimetallic Steam Trap

TI-P623-02 ST Issue 7

5.3.8

Steam traps Bimetallic

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P623-07

ST Issue 3

ABL Series Bimetallic Steam Traps 12 11

10

Description

8

The ABL range of bimetallic steam traps are made of forged steel. They have a check valve, a built in strainer screen and an external device for adjusting the discharge temperature of the condensate. They are designed for high capacity constant pressure process applications. These steam traps operate with no loss of steam and quickly drain air, non-condensable gases and large quantities of cold water on start-up.

13 4

3 5

Material

1

Body sub assembly

Steel

2

Gland packing

Graphite

Sizes and pipe connections ASTM A105 N

3

Gland nut

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 316L

4

Adjustment pin

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 316L

ABL405/ABL505 Copper/graphite

6

Cap

Steel

7

Element gasket

Graphite/stainless steel

8

Bimetallic element

Stainless steel

9

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

Body design conditions

Maximum operating pressure

ASTM A105

Class 600

AISI 304L

5 bar g

ABL414/ABL514 14 bar g ABL425/ABL525 25 bar g ABL440/ABL540 40 bar g

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating pressure ∆PMX

Cover ABL414/ABL514 Copper/graphite gasket ABL425/ABL525 Copper/graphite

400 °C 0.1 bar g

The back pressure for correct operation must not exceed 90% of the upstream pressure.

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g

ABL440/ABL540 Stainless steel/graphite 11

Cover

Steel

ASTM A105

12

Cover bolt

Steel

ASTM A193 B7

13

Element screw

Steel

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Operating range

A

The product must not be used in this region.



Steam saturation curve

  

Limiting conditions

PMO

ABL405/ABL505 Copper/graphite



1½" and 2" screwed BSP/NPT and socket weld ends (ANSI B 16.11) DN40 and DN50 with PN40, PN64, ANSI 150, ANSI 300 and ANSI 600 flanges

ABL405/ABL505

ABL414/ABL514 Copper/graphite Cap gasket ABL425/ABL525 Copper/graphite ABL440/ABL540 Stainless steel/graphite

10

1 6

No. Part

5

7

2

Materials

Temperature °C

5.3.9

9

B     

C

D

  Pressure bar g

E

*PMO Maximum operating pressure (see Limiting conditions). A - B Flanged ANSI 150 F





A - C Flanged PN40 A - D Flanged ANSI 300 A - E Flanged PN64

Steam traps Bimetallic Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Capacities 

D Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element



Condensate kg/h

B



A

 

E Withdrawal distance for gland packing.

  

















C

 





  



Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Size

Hot water capacity

Cold water capacity

A

B

C

D

E

Weight

1½"-2" BSP/NPT/SW

270

75

100

150

100

13.0

PN40

270

75

100

150

100

17.0

PN64

290

75

100

150

100

20.0

ANSI 150

270

75

100

150

100

15.0

ANSI 300

270

75

100

150

100

18.0

Bimetallic assembly kit

ANSI 600

290

75

100

150

100

19.0

PN40

270

75

100

150

100

17.0

PN64

290

75

100

150

100

20.0

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spare' and state the size and model of the bimetallic steam trap.

ANSI 150

270

75

100

150

100

15.0

ANSI 300

270

75

100

150

100

18.0

ANSI 600

290

75

100

150

100

19.0

DN40

DN50

Connections

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P623-05) supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off DN40 Spirax Sarco ABL405 bimetallic steam trap with PN40 flanges.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spare 5, 7, 8, 9, 10

Example: 1 - Bimetallic assembly kit for a 1½" Spirax Sarco ABL405 bimetallic steam trap.

Recommended tightening torques or mm

Item

Nm

4

5 A/F

6

36 A/F

100 - 110

24 A/F

70 - 77

12

405, 414, 425 505, 514, 525 440, 540

13

24 A/F

120 - 132

8 mm socket

10.8 - 13.2

12 10

8 9 13 4

7

5 6 TI-P623-07 ST Issue 3

ABL Series Bimetallic Steam Traps

5.3.10

Steam traps Local regulations may restrict Bimetallic the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P624-02

ST Issue 6

SP80 and SP100 Bimetallic Steam Traps Description

The SP80 and SP100 are pilot operated bimetallic steam traps made of cast steel. They have a built-in strainer screen to protect the pilot valve and an external device for adjusting the discharge temperature of the condensate. They are specially designed for high capacity process applications. They are not sensitive to overheating and have a bimetallic pilot device which controls a main valve via a large diameter piston. These steam traps can be repaired inline and operate with no loss of steam. They quickly drain air, non-condensable gases and large quantities of cold water on start-up. Available types SP80N and SP100N SP80E and SP100E

22

15

13

14 8 7

11 10

12

21

9 6 5

4 2

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN80 SP80 or DN100 SP100 with Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 150 or ASME 300 connections.



A



Steam saturation curve

 

B  



   Pressure bar g

C 

D 

The product must not be used in this region. A-B A-C A-D

17 1

3

19

18

20

Materials

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.3.11

For use at low pressures For use at medium pressure

16

Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Flanged ASME 300

SP80N and SP100N Body design conditions Class 300 PMO Maximum operating pressure 3 bar g * TMO Maximum operating temperature 300°C Minimum operating pressure 0.5 bar g The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed ∆PMX 90% of the upstream pressure. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g SP80E and SP100E Body design conditions Class 300 21 bar g * PMO Maximum operating pressure TMO Maximum operating temperature 300°C Minimum operating pressure 1.5 bar g The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed ∆PMX 90% of the upstream pressure. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g

No. Part

Material

1

Body sub assembly

Steel

2

Piston casing

Stainless steel

ASTM A216 WCB4 and A105

3

Main valve

Stainless steel

4

Piston

Stainless steel

5

Piston ring

Stainless steel

6

Upper cover gasket

Graphite (asbestos-free)

7

Upper cover Upper cover bolt and nut

Steel

ASTM A105N

Steel

ASTM A193 B7 and A194 2H

Plug

Steel

8 9

AISI 304L

10 Bimetallic pilot element Stainless steel 11 Strainer screen

Stainless steel

12 Cap gasket

Metal - copper /graphite (asbestos-free)

AISI 304L

13 Cap

Steel

ASTM A105

14 Cap bolt

Steel

ASTM A193 B7

15 Blind nut gasket

Metal - copper/graphite

16 Blind nut

Steel

17 Main valve spring

Stainless steel

18 Lower cover gasket

Graphite (asbestos-free)

19 Lower cover

Steel

ASTM A105N

20 Lower cover bolt Pilot device 21 seating gasket

Steel

ASTM A193 B7

22 Adjustment screw

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

AISI 304

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 316L

Steam traps Bimetallic Capacities

E type pilot valve (>3 to 21 bar g)

(0 to 3 bar g) N type pilot valve





 

  

Condensate kg / h

 







  



   



     

     Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water capacity



Hot water capacity

How to size the SP80 and SP100

Both the SP80 and SP100 bimetallic steam traps are available with 2 different pilot valve assemblies (N type) or (E type) and 4 different seat types to achieve the rated capacities. To work out the appropriate bimetallic pilot valve and seat size for your application, follow the sizing procedure listed below: 1. The trap inlet pressure must be known: If the inlet pressure is below 3 bar g then select an N type pilot valve. If the inlet pressure is above 3 bar g then select an E type pilot valve. 2. The outlet pressure must be known to determine the differential pressure across the trap. 3. Depending on the desired capacity and differential pressure required, use the capacity chart above to choose the seat diameter which is closest to the seat’s mid range capacity. Sizing example: 1. If the trap inlet pressure is 10 bar g - select E type pilot valve. 2. If the outlet pressure is 6 bar g then: 10 bar g (inlet pressure) - 6 bar g (outlet pressure) means 4 bar g differential pressure exists. 3. If the trap is required to drain 25 000 kg / h then select either an SP80E or SP100E with a 46 mm seat, as this is closest to the mid-range capacity for a 46 mm seat. Although the capacity is also within the lower range of a 54 mm seat, trap performance would not be optimised.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element D



Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Pilot valve assembly N type 10, 11, 12, 15, 21 Pilot valve assembly E type 10, 11, 12, 15, 21 Gasket kit 6, 12, 15, 18, 21 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and model of the bimetallic steam trap. Example: 1 - Gasket kit for a DN80 Spirax Sarco SP80 bimetallic steam trap. 16 15 14

11

8 10 21

12 6

B

C Withdrawal distance E for main valve assembly Size DN80 DN100

A

A

B

C

D

E

350 400

210 210

132 132

150 150

100 100

Weight PN40 ASME 300 ASME 150 43 48 52 60

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P624-01) supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off DN80 Spirax Sarco SP80E bimetallic steam trap with 46 mm seat and flanged EN 1092 PN40 end connections

TI-P624-02 ST Issue 6

18

20

Recommended tightening torques Item 8 10 14 16 20

SP80 and SP100 Bimetallic Steam Traps

or 22 A/F 36 A/F 17 A/F 29 A/F 19 A/F

Nm 72 - 78 120 - 132 45 - 55 72 - 88 54 - 66

5.3.12

Steam traps Local regulations may restrict Bimetallic the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P025-01

ST Issue 9

SM45 Bimetallic Steam Trap Description

The SM45 is a medium pressure, temperature sensitive, maintainable steam trap. The operating element comprises a stack of bimetal discs which control the flow of condensate, air and other incondensible gases at a preset temperature below steam saturation. The body and cover are forged and is available with integral flanges.

SM45

Butt weld version shown illustrating the valve arrangement for the ¾" and 1" sizes.

13 1

2

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required.

3

Certification The product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

5.3.13

8

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1" and 1½" screwed BSP or NPT. ½", ¾", 1" and 1½" butt weld to suit schedule 80 pipe and socket weld to BS 3799 Class 3000. DN15, DN20, DN25 and DN40 standard flange to : EN1092 PN64, ASME 300 and JIS / KS 30K.

Pressure / temperature limits See page 2.

(ISO 6552)

5 4 10 11 9

7 12 6

5

Valve arrangement for the ½" sizes

Materials

No. Part 1 Cover 2 Locking nut

Material Alloy steel Stainless steel

3

Thermostatic element

Corrosive resistant bimetal and stainless steel

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Strainer screen Valve seat Valve seat gasket Valve Spring Body Cover gasket Cover stud Cover nut Cover washer Seat insert Name-plate

Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Alloy steel Spirally wound stainless steel graphite filled gasket Alloy steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

11 12 13

9 12 7 DIN 17243 13Cr Mo44 (W/S 1.7335) BS 970 303 S21 ½" - Rau Type RR ¾" - 1" Type 100 ASTM A240 316L BS 970 431 S29 BS 1449 304 S12 BS 970 431 S29 BS 2056 302 S26 DIN 17245 CS 22 Mo4 ASTM A193 Gr. B7 BS 4882 Gr. 2H BS 4320 Table 1 Form A BS 970 321 S20 BS 1449 304 S16 Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Bimetallic Kv values

For conversion:

Size

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

DN15 - ½"

DN20 - ¾"

DN25 - 1"

DN40 - 1½"

0.25

0.6

0.6

0.6

Kv value

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

A-B

450 400

A

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

300 200

Steam saturation curve

100 0

Screwed Socket weld Butt weld Flanged: EN 1092 PN64

0

10

20

40 30 Pressure bar g

50

B 60 63

Body design condition

PN64

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

63 bar g @ 200°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

450°C @ 43.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature

0°C

Temperature °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

A-C

95 bar g

A

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

300 200

Steam saturation curve

100 0

Flanged: ASME 300

0

10

20 30 Pressure bar g

C

51

40

Body design condition

ASME 300 51 bar g @ 120°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

450°C @ 34 bar g -10°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

45 bar g @ 259°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

450°C @ 34 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0°C

Temperature °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

A-D

Flanged: JIS / KS 30K

72 bar g

A

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

300 200

Steam saturation curve

100 0

0

10

20 30 Pressure bar g

D

40

48

Body design condition

The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur. JIS / KS 30K

PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature

48 bar g @ 0°C 450°C @ 22 bar g -10°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

45 bar g @ 100°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

450°C @ 22 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P025-01 ST Issue 9

The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.

PMA Maximum allowable pressure Minimum allowable temperature

450 400

45 bar g @ 259°C 450°C @ 43.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

450 400

The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.

SM45 Bimetallic Steam Trap

0°C 77 bar g Page 2 of 4

5.3.14

Steam traps Bimetallic

5.3.15

Condensate kg / h

Capacities

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Hot water capacity

TI-P025-01 ST Issue 9

Cold water capacity

SM45 Bimetallic Steam Trap

Page 3 of 4

Steam traps Bimetallic Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Screwed, butt weld and socket weld Size

A

C

D

E

H

Weight

½"

130

102

138

24

108

5.4

¾"

130

102

138

24

108

5.4

1"

130

102

138

24

108

5.4

2, 3, 6 4

Strainer screen (3 off) Set of gaskets

6, 10

(packet of 3 of each)

Important note The earlier design of the SM45 incorporated 4 off long cover studs and 8 off washers and nuts for assembling the body and cover. The current design of the SM45 incorporates a threaded cover and 4 off shorter studs and 4 off washers and nuts.

C

H Withdrawal distance

Available spares Complete with valve, valve seat Element set and valve seat gasket

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of steam trap. Example: 1 - Element set for a DN25 Spirax Sarco SM45 bimetallic steam trap.

D

E

A

5.3.16

A1 11

Flanged A1

C

D

E

H

Weight

210

102

138

24

108

7.2

230

102

138

24

108

8.6

DN25

230

102

138

24

108

9.5

DN40

260

102

146

30

114

13.6

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P025-02) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The SM45 is designed for installation with the element in a horizontal plane with the cover at the top. When welding the the trap into the line there is no need to remove the element providing that welding is done by the electric arc method.

2

2 3

3 5 4

6

6

10

10

Element set ¾" - 1½", DN20 - DN40

DN15 DN20

Element set ½" DN15

Size

Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing care is taken.

How to order

11

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" SM45 bimetallic steam trap having screwed BSP connections.

11

Recommended tightening torques or

Item

TI-P025-01 ST Issue 9

5

27 A /F

11

19 A /F

SM45 Bimetallic Steam Trap

Nm

mm

120 - 132 M12

110 - 120

Page 4 of 4

Steam traps Local regulations may restrict Bimetallic the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P626-02

ST Issue 4

PBX20 and PBX30 Quick Fit Connector Bimetallic Steam Traps Description

Spirax Sarco's PBX bimetallic steam traps comprise of a stainless steel trap assembly coupled to a carbon steel body connector. Pre-set and maintenance free, these steam traps can be mounted in any position. When the connector has been installed, the bimetallic trap assembly can be fitted within a few minutes without having to disturb the pipework. PBX steam traps are particularly suitable for food, pharmaceutical and oil industries, and are designed for a wide range of applications such as tracing, drips and draining collectors. Available types

3 5

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP / NPT and socket weld.

4 6 2

1

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.3.17

PBX20 0.1 bar to 21 bar PBX30 10 bar to 32 bar

Steam saturation curve Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.

Body design conditions PN110, Class 600 to ASME B 16.34 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 102 bar g @ 37.8°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 60 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C 21.0 bar g @ 400°C Maximum operating PBX20 PMO pressure PBX30 32.0 bar g @ 400°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C 0.1 bar g Minimum operating pressure PBX20 for satisfactory operation PBX30 10.0 bar g The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed DPMX 90% of the upstream pressure. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 124 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Connector body Strainer screen Bimetallic trap assembly

Material Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

4

Flange

Stainless steel or steel

5 6

Bolt Gasket

Stainless steel Graphite - stainless steel

ASTM A105N AISI 304L AISI 316L AISI 316L A105 A4 - 80

Steam traps Bimetallic Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg PBX20 and PBX30 Size ½" ¾" 1"

A 70 70 80

B 100 100 100

C 19 19 24

D 10 10 10

Weight 1.95 1.95 2.10

D Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Bimetallic trap assembly with gasket and strainer screen

2, 3, 6

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and model of the bimetallic steam trap. Example: 1 - Bimetallic trap assembly with gasket and strainer screen for Spirax Sarco ½" PBX20 bimetallic steam trap.

B 3 5

6

C

2 A

Condensate kg / h

Capacities

Recommended tightening torques Item 5

Nm 16 A / F

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Hot water capacity

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P626-01) supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" PBX30 bimetallic steam trap with carbon steel quick fit connector having socket weld connections.

TI-P626-02 ST Issue 4

PBX Series Quick Fit Connector Bimetallic Steam Traps

45 - 55

5.3.18

Steam traps Local regulations may restrict Bimetallic the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P625-04

ST Issue 2

USM21 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors Description

The USM21 is a pre-set and maintenance free sealed bimetallic steam trap manufactured in stainless steel. It is designed for steam pressures up to 21 bar and applications such as steam tracing and mains drips. When installed in any position with a suitable pipeline connector the USM21 can easily and simply be removed without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up trap replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged connections. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required.

Pipeline connector options

The USM can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors including: PC10HP Straight connector ASME 600 (TI-P128-10) PC20 + 'Y' type strainer ASME 300 (TI-P128-15) IPC2 _ + 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor (TI-P128-17) PC3 _ + 1 piston isolation valve ASME 600 (TI-P128-02) PC4 _ + 2 piston isolation valves ASME 600 (TI-P128-03) See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of the connections available for each pipeline connector. 11

1

5

6

Note: The body/cover weld joint complies with ASME section IX.

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.3.19

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

 

Steam saturation curve

 

USM21 fitted to a PC10HP connector

 





  Pressure bar g



4 10 9 8

7 3

2



The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected will dictate the maximum operating pressure and temperature of the complete assembly. Consult the specified Technical Information sheet as listed in 'Sizes and pipe connections' for relevant data. Body design conditions ASME 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 40°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 450°C @ 29 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 21 bar g 0°C * Minimum operating temperature DPMX Maximum differential pressure 21 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g * Traps are available in a range of subcooled temperature settings. Except for start-up and shutdown, they must operate above the minimum differential pressure values shown in the table below: Nominal subcooled temperature -10°C -30°C -50°C -70°C

External identification '-1' '-3' '-5' '-7'

Threshold differential pressure 5 bar 2 bar 0.5 bar 0.1 bar

USM21 fitted to a PC4 _ connector

USM21 fitted to a PC3 _ connector

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part Body Cover Seat Stem Bimetal Lock-nuts Body / seat gasket Screen

9

Inner gasket

10 Outer gasket 11 Connector screws

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Nickel alloy Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel / Graphite filler Stainless steel / Graphite filler Carbon steel

ASTM A351 CF8 AISI 316L AISI 316L AISI 410 G. Rau H46 AISI 304L AISI 316L AISI 304L Spirally wound AISI 304 strip Spirally wound AISI 304 strip ASTM A193 B7

Steam traps Bimetallic Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P625-03) supplied with the product. The USM21 can be installed on any Spirax Sarco pipeline connector. See separate Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Spirax Sarco pipeline connectors (IM-P128-06, IM-P128-11 and IM-P128-13).



Condensate kg / h

    

Disposal The USM21 trap unit is manufactured from stainless steel and is therefore totally recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.



Spare parts

The USM21 is a sealed non-maintainable trap unit. No internal spares are available. The spares which are available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not available as spares.

    

         Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water

Hot water



Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Model

A

B

C

D

USM21

35

78

68

40

Weight (Trap only) 0.6

Note: The gaskets contain sharp metal reinforcement, please handle with care. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state if ordering a complete trap the nominal operating temperature of the steam trap.

10 9

Trap unit

11

C

B

How to specify

Steam traps shall be of the sealed bimetal thermostatic USM21 type manufactured in stainless steel and be suitable for operating pressures up to 21 bar. Traps to be zero maintenance and to be connected to separate pipeline connectors by two screws for quick and simple installation / replacement. The thermostatic element is to nominally operate at 10°C, 30°C, 50°C or 70°C below steam temperature. Traps can be installed in any plane.

How to order The USM21 is supplied in two parts:1. The swivel pipeline connector

PC10HP

Standard connection

PC20 IPC2 _

+ 'Y' type strainer + 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor

PC3 _

+ 1 integral ISO valve

PC4 _

+ 2 integral ISO valves

Recommended tightening torques or

Item Part No. 11

Connector screws

Nm

mm "

2. The USM21 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and two connector screws. Notes: 1. State the nominal subcooling temperature required. 2. Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order placement. How to order example: 1 off ½" PC10HP swivel connector having screwed NPT connections for use with a USM21 sealed bimetallic steam trap. 1 off Spirax Sarco USM21 sealed bimetallic steam trap, set to operate nominally at 30°C below steam temperature.

TI-P625-04 ST Issue 2

11

Example: 2 off Connector screws for a USM21 sealed bimetallic steam trap. Gaskets

D

A

Available spares Connector screws (2 off) Complete USM21 trap unit inclusive of gaskets (9 and 10) and connector screws (11)

USM21 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors

33

5.3.20

Steam traps Bimetallic TI-P018-01

ST Issue 3

No.8 Fixed Temperature Liquid Expansion Steam Trap

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

1

2

3

4

6

5

7

8

9

10 11

5.3.21

Description

The No.8 fixed temperature liquid expansion thermostatic steam trap has an oil filled element set to operate at a fixed temperature. It is easily adjusted to discharge at any temperature between 60°C and 100°C.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" screwed BSP or NPT.

Limiting conditions

Materials

Body design conditions

PN25

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

25 bar g

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

250°C

PMO - Maximum operating pressure

17 bar g

TMO - Maximum operating temperature

232°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Temperature °C

Operating range    

Steam saturation curve

  





   Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. *PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended for saturated steam (17 bar g)

No. Part

Material

1

Adjustment nut

Brass

2

Overload spring

Stainless steel

3

Element nut

Brass

4

Washer

Brass

BS 2870 CZ 108

5

Adjustment lock-nut

Brass

BS EN 12165 CW 617N

6

Guide screw

Brass

BS 2872 CZ 108

7

Body

Gunmetal

BS EN CC 491K

8

Element

Brass

9

Valve head

Stainless steel

10

Valve seat gasket

Copper

11

Valve seat

Stainless steel

BS EN 12165 CW 617N BS 970 302 S31 BS EN 12165 CW 617N

AISI 440B BS 2870 C102 BS 970 431 S29

Certification

The product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2002

Steam traps Bimetallic Spare parts

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½"

A

B

C

Weight

215

137

32

1.2

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 2, 8, 10, 11

Element set

B

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.

C

Example: 1 - Element set for a ½" Spirax Sarco No.8 fixed temperature liquid expansion steam trap.

A (5) Adjustment lock-nut 7/ 8" Whit.

Capacities

The capacity graph shown is based on a trap with the adjustment 3 turns open and handling condensate at 80°C.

2



Round-head screw Adjustment nut

Condensate kg / h





8



Element set





     Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)



Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P018-02) supplied with the product. The trap should be installed with the inlet below the equipment being drained. The outlet should always be above the trap.

Adjustment

The position of the valve head relative to the seat and, therefore, the operating temperature, can be altered by turning the adjustment which serves one end of the element.

How to order

10

Example: 1 off ½" BSP Spirax Sarco No.8 fixed temperature liquid expansion steam trap.

11

Recommended tightening torques or Item 5

Nm

mm 115/ 32 A / F

11

No.8 Fixed Temperature Liquid Expansion Steam Trap

80 - 85 ½" UNF

30 - 35

TI-P018-01

ST Issue 3

5.3.22

Steam traps Fixed temperature discharge

5.4.1

Steam traps Fixed temperature discharge TI-P670-02

ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 9910872 ISO 9001

Bydrain Frost Protection Liquid Expansion Trap

➧

Description

The Spirax Sarco bydrain frost protection liquid expansion trap is made of stainless steel. It has been specifically designed for protecting water systems from frost damage. This fixed temperature discharge trap continuously monitors the water temperature in the pipes; the trap is firmly closed at 7°C, but as the temperature of the water cools to 2°C the trap opens, discharging any water in the pipe. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections ½" and ¾" screwed BSP or NPT

2

Limiting conditions

5.4.2

Body design conditions PN50, Class 300 to ANSI B 16.34 PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 41.4 bar g TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 450°C PMO - Maximum operating pressure 10 bar g TMO - Maximum operating temperature 70°C Minimum operating pressure for satisfactory operation is 0.1 bar g PMX - The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed 90% of the upstream pressure. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 62 bar g Note: The trap seat is completely open at a water circuit temperature of 2°C and closed at 7°C.

Materials

No. Part 1 Body 2 Thermostat Valve head 3 Internal parts

Material Stainless steel Brass PTFE Stainless steel

AISI 316L

1 3

Capacities 



Connections BSP, NPT BSP, NPT

A 42.4 42.4

B 110 115

Weight 0.65 0.70

Water m3/ h

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size ½" ¾"

         

B

 







  



Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P670-01) supplied with the product.

How to order

A

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" bydrain frost protection liquid expansion trap with screwed NPT end connections.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2003

Steam traps Fixed temperature discharge TI-P084-01

ST Issue 7

FT12 Cast Iron Float /Orifice Trap for High Capacity Applications

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

1

2

7

3

1

The FT12 is a unique steam trap which combines a large fixed orifice to handle very high condensate loads up to differential pressures of 4 bar. An integral float trap mechanism provides a variable capacity in addition to the orifce. Minimum flowrates are required to avoid blowthrough and these depend on the orifice selected A, B, C or D. The FT12 is manufactured in cast iron with DN150 (6") flanged connections. It is designed specifically for the sugar industry, which has inherently low pressure, high load steam systems. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Size and pipe connections Limiting conditions

Operating range 220 200

150

Steam saturation curve

100 50 0

0

8 6 10 12 Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. 2

4*

14

16

* PMO Maximum operating pressure. Note: The trap is available with a choice of four orifice plates suitable for various capacities: FT12-A, B, C and D. Each orifice option has a maximum and minimum flowrate. See the capacity chart opposite.

Materials

No. Part 1 Body Cover bolts 2 Cover nuts 3 Body gasket Main valve 4 assembly Main valve 5 assembly gasket Main valve 6 assembly bolts 7 Ball float 8 Orifice plate 9 Orifice plate studs and nuts

Material Cast iron GG25 Steel (M22 x 90) BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2 Reinforced exfoliated graphite

8 9 6

Capacities

Minimum flow 5 FT12-A - 44% of graph FT12-B - 55% of graph 4 FT12-C - 62% of graph FT12-D - 68% of graph How to select /size the trap The FT12 has a fixed orifice combined with a float mechanism. There is a minimum flowrate which must be present to ensure that the orifice does not waste steam. This minimum flow is indicated as a percentage flow of the maximum hot condensate flow as shown on the capacity graph. Example: Maximum condensate load from a process is 85 000 kg /h at 3 bar pressure differential. The minimum load is 57 000 kg /h. Whilst the B, C or D models will pass the maximum load the B model has a minimum flow at 49 000 kg /h where as the C and D models require a higher minimum load of 62 000 kg /h and 85 000 kg /h respectively. In this example an FT12-B would be selected as the minimum flowrate of the trap is 49 000 kg /h. Orifice option 150 000 D D C C B B 100 000 Maximum load 90 000 80 000 AA Condensate kg /h

Body design conditions PN16 PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 220°C PMO - Maximum operating pressure 4 bar g TMO - Maximum operating temperature 220°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Temperature °C

5.4.3

DN150, flanged PN16 and ANSI 125 (Flanges to BS 10 Table D can be supplied to special order).

70 000 60 000 50 000

Minimum load

40 000 30 000 20 000

Stainless steel (M8 x 20) Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel 304 Stainless steel

10 000 0.07 0.1

0.2

0.3

0.5 0.7

1

2

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

3

4

© Copyright 2003

Steam traps Fixed temperature discharge Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg

Trap

A

B

C

Weight

FT12

340

240

240

82

BSA1

BSA1 Typical installation Fig 33

SDCV3 A B

FT12

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P084-02) supplied with the product. The FT12 is designed for installation in a horizontal plane. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. A typical installation is shown on the left. Warning: The body /cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Disposal

This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN150 FT12-B cast iron float /orifice trap having PN16 flanged connections.

C

Spare parts

Trap operation

It is important that the FT12 is sized correctly to the running load of the plant being drained. See 'Capacities - How to select / size the trap' for full details. The fixed orifice (available in four different cross sectional areas A, B, C, or D) will pass a set amount of condensate at any given differential pressure consquently it is important that loads are constant. If the condensate load drops below the minimum value shown then steam will also pass through the trap. A separate float trap mechanism provides additional capacity should the condensate level increase up to the maximum values shown on the graph. Correct sizing will ensure that the plant condensate flow is between the minimum and maximum flowrates shown.

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Main valve assembly with float 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 Orifice plate (state A, B, C or D) 8, 9 Set of body gaskets (packet of 3) 3 Set of body nuts and bolts 2 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN150 FT12-D cast iron float /orifice trap.

9

2

8

5.4.4

2

3

4 5 7 6 Main valve assembly

Recommended tightening torques or

Item 2 6 9

mm 32 A /F

M22 x 90 M8 x 20 M8 x 20

FT12 Cast Iron Float /Orifice Trap for High Capacity Applications

Nm 160 - 180 20 - 24 20 - 24

TI-P084-01

ST Issue 7

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.1

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-S02-03

ST Issue 10

FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed) Description

The FT14 is an SG iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility. The FT14 can be maintained without disturbing the pipework.

FT14-C (R-L)

20 19 21

Available types FT14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left FT14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right FT14V Vertical connections with flow downwards 8

Capsule The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT14 is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.

4

17 6

Optional extras A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. The FT14 has the option of an integral strainer screen (designated 'X' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-X).

2 1

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

7

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

5 6

28

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT.

12

Temperature °C

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552) 

11 10

FT14 (R-L)

Main valve assembly 1"



Materials

 Steam saturation curve

  

3







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 14 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Maximum FT14-4.5 4.5 bar PMX differential FT14-10 10 bar pressure FT14-14 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

No. Part Material 1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40 * 2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr.8.8 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite 4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40 5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19 7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel BS 6105 Cl A2-70 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel 12 Erosion deflector (1" only) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 * 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel 18 Air vent gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19 19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21 20 SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 21 SLR seal Graphite 28 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Note: Item 12 is pressed into item 1 (1" only). * Page 1 of 3

5.5.2

Steam traps Ball float Capacities  

  





  



   

Condensate kg /h



5.5.3











 

 

 





 



 





 

 

  





 

 

  







 









  Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)











Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown. On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h) ½" and ¾" 1"

TI-S02-03 ST Issue 10

70

140

250

380

560

870

1 130

1 500

120

240

360

500

640

920

1 220

1 500

FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed)

Page 2 of 3

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

B1

C

D

½" ¾" 1"

121 121 145

107 107 107

96 96 117

67 67 75

147 147 166

E Withdrawal distance 105 105 110

F

Weight

30 30 23

2.9 2.9 4.0

D

A

C

B

F FT14-C

B1

E

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-13) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically. If required the flow orientation can be changed on site. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" FT14-4.5 (R-L) ball float steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent.

5.5.4

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 28 (1" only)

Main valve assembly with float

3, 17, 18

Air vent assembly

3, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21

Steam lock release and air vent assembly

3

Cover gasket (packet of 3)

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 17, 18, 28 (1" only)

Maintenance kit

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" FT14-10 ball float steam trap. Steam lock release assembly 19 + 21

Air vent assembly

20

18

17

Recommended tightening torques 3

2 5 7 17 19 and 21

2

11

6 5

10 7 28

8

or

Item

Nm

mm 17 A / F 17 A / F Pozidrive 17 A / F 19 A / F

M10 x 30 M4 x 6

47 - 50 50 - 55 2.5 - 3.0 50 - 55 50 - 55

3

Main valve assembly Note: Item 28 is required for 1" size only

TI-S02-03 ST Issue 10

FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed)

Page 3 of 3

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.5

Steam traps Ball float Page 1 of 3 TI-P615-01

ST Issue 6

IFT14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The IFT14 is an SG iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals, integral Spiratec sensor and automatic air venting facility. It can be supplied with either a WLS1 sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage or a SS1 sensor for steam leakage only. The IFT14 is supplied with horizontal connections, having flow from right to left (R – L), and can be simply integrated into all existing Spiratec monitoring systems. Capsule The BP99 / 32 capsule which is used in the FT14 is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g. Standards The product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

2 1

3

4 17

5.5.6

Sizes and pipe connections ½" and ¾" screwed BSP or NPT.

Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552)

Temperature °C

The product should not be used in this region due to the limitations of the sensor. ��� ��� ��� �� �

�

�

�

�

8

Materials

Steam saturation curve

���

25

24

�

��

��

��

��

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 14 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 13 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C IFT14-4.5 4.5 bar Maximum PMX differential IFT14-10 10 bar pressure IFT14-14 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

No. Part 1 Body 2 Cover bolts 3 4 *5 *6 *7 8 * 10 * 11 17 * 18 24 25 27

Cover gasket Cover Valve seat Valve seat gasket Pivot frame assembly screws Ball float and lever Pivot frame Pivot pin Air vent assembly Air vent seat gasket Sensor Sensor gasket Blanking plug (not shown)

Material SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11 Stainless steel

BS 6105 CI A2-70

Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16 BS 1449 304 S16

BS 1449 304 S11 BS 1449 304 S16 BS 1449 304 S16

Steel

* Note: Items 5, 6, 7, 10, 11 and 18 are shown more clearly overleaf.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Ball float Page 2 of 3 Capacities ���

���

��� �

��

���

� ��

��

���

��� ��

���

� ��

5.5.7

Condensate kg /h

��

��

���

� ��

��

���

��

��

�� ���

���

���

���

���

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. On the IFT14-4.5 units, this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown. On the IFT14-10 and IFT14-14 units there will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

1130

1500

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h) ½" and ¾"

70

140

250

380

560

870

IFT14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

TI-P615-01 ST Issue 6

Steam traps Ball float Page 3 of 3 Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" ¾"

A 122.5 122.5

B 107 107

B1 96 96

C 67 67

D 147 147

E 105 105

F 66 66

G 33 33

Weight 2.9 2.9

A

D C

B1

B F

G Withdrawal distance Withdrawal distance

E

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-F01-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The IFT14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically. It is recommended that a strainer, with a screen having 0.8 mm perforations, is installed upstream of the unit to ensure adequate removal of dirt from the steam system. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" IFT14-4.5 ball float steam trap with screwed BSP connections having either an integral sensor to identify waterlogging and steam wastage (WLSI sensor) or for steam leakage only (SSI sensor). Sensors to be compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points: - R1 (single trap) remote test point,

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Main valve assembly with float

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11 3, 17, 18

Air vent assembly Cover gasket (packet of 3)

3

Sensor and sensor gasket

24, 25

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model no. and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" IFT14-4.5 ball float steam trap with integral Spiratec sensor. Note: The pressure range is either 4.5, 10 or 14 bar.

- R12 (12 trap) remote test point, - Type 30 hand held indicator, - R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP / NPN output where appropriate. Air vent assembly 18

17

3

2 (not an available spare)

6

5 10

7 11

8

Main valve assembly Recommended tightening torques or Item mm 2 5 7 17 24

17 A /F 17 A /F Pozidrive 17 A /F 24 A /F

M10 x 30 M4 x 6

Nm 45 - 55 50 - 55 2.5 - 3.0 50 - 55 50 - 55

IFT14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

25

24

TI-P615-01 ST Issue 6

5.5.8

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.9

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-S02-26

ST Issue 8

FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged) Description

20

The FT14 is an SG iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility. The FT14 can be maintained without disturbing the pipework.

FT14-C (R-L)

19

Available types FT14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left FT14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right Please note: On the cover of both of these traps, the orientation of the connections can be adjusted on site in preparation of downward vertical flow applications. Capsule The BP99 / 32 capsule which is used in the FT14 is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g. Optional extras A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. The FT14 has the option of an integral strainer screen (designated 'X' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-X).

21 11 10 8

4

2 1

7

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

5

28

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Flanged EN 1092 PN16, ASME 150 and JIS/KS 20.

3

FT14 (R-L)

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

Sizes and pipe connections

17 18

12

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552) Main valve assembly DN25

 

Materials

 Steam saturation curve

  







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 14 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 13 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0 °C FT14-4.5 4.5 bar Maximum PMX differential FT14-10 10 bar pressure FT14-14 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

No. Part Material SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40 * 1 Body 2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite 4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40 5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19 7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel BS 6105 Cl A2-70 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel * 12 Erosion deflector (DN25 only) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S19 18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19 19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21 20 SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 21 SLR seal Graphite 28 Valve spring (DN25 only) Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 * Note: Item 12 is pressed into item 1 (DN25 only). Page 1 of 3

5.5.10

Steam traps Ball float Capacities  

  





 







 





Condensate kg /h







 



 



 







 





 









 





 









 









 



5.5.11















 









  Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)











Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown. On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h) DN15 and DN20 DN25

TI-S02-26 ST Issue 8

70

140

250

380

560

870

1 130

1 500

120

240

360

500

640

920

1 220

1 500

FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged)

Page 2 of 3

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

DN15 DN20 DN25

A PN /ASME 150 150 160

A JIS / KS 150 150 170

B

C

107 107 117

101 101 70

D

E

F

51 51 100

47 47 10

26.5 26.5 21.0

G Withdrawal distance 115 115 120

Weight 4.5 5.0 6.5

DN25

DN15 and DN20 B

A

E

D

D

G

C

C

E

FT14-C

G

F

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-13) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically. If required the flow orientation can be changed on site. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT14-4.5 (R-L) ball float steam trap with flanged PN16 connections and integral air vent.

Spare parts

5.5.12

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Main valve assembly with float Air vent assembly Steam lock release and air vent assembly Cover gasket (packet of 3) Maintenance kit

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 28 (DN25 only) 3, 17, 18 3, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 3 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 17, 18, 28 (DN25 only)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 FT14-10 ball float steam trap. Air vent assembly

Steam lock release assembly 19 + 21

18

20

17

Recommended tightening torques 3

Item 2 5 7 17 19 and 21

2

6 5

11

10 7 28

8

or mm 17 A / F M10 x 30 17 A/F Pozidrive M4 x 6 17 A / F 19 A / F

Nm 47 - 50 50 - 55 2.5 - 3.0 50 - 55 50 - 55

3

Main valve assembly Note: Item 28 is required for DN25 size only

TI-S02-26 ST Issue 8

FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged)

Page 3 of 3

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.13

Steam traps Ball float Page 1 of 5 TI-S02-27

ST Issue 8

FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2")

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

FT14HC 1"

FT14 1¼"

5.5.14 FT14-C FT14

1½" and 2"

Description

The FT14 and FT14HC are iron bodied ball float steam traps having stainless steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility. These traps are supplied with horizontal screwed connections only and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. The flow direction is as indicated on the valve body.

Available types FT14

Standard 1¼", 1½" and 2" High capacity (1" only) - As standard the FT14HC is available FT14HC with flow direction in either left-to-right or right-to-left direction. Please state preference when placing an order.

Note: These ball float steam traps are available with either 4.5, 10 or 14 bar internals (PMX).

Capsule

The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT14 and FT14HC ball float steam traps is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.

Optional extras will only be supplied if specified at the point of order A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped up to " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line. The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock.

Standards

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

Certification

This product is available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

1" (FT14HC only), 1¼", 1½" and 2" screwed BSP and NPT.

Pressure / temperature limits Materials

See page 2 for the pressure / temperature limitations.

See page 3 for the materials list.

Capacities

See page 4 for full capacity details.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 5

© Copyright 2009

Steam traps Ball float Page 2 of 5

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

PN25

��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� �

FT14HC 1" and

Steam saturation curve �

�

��

FT14 ��

1¼"

��

��

PN16

Temperature °C

Pressure bar g

��� ���

Steam saturation curve

���

FT14 1½" and 2"

� �

�

�� � � Pressure bar g

�

��

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.

5.5.15

Size

1" HC and 1¼"

1½" and 2"

PN25

PN16

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

25 bar g @ 100°C

16 bar g @ 100°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

300°C @ 18 bar g

220°C @ 13.5 bar g

-10°C

-10°C

21 bar g

14 bar g

275°C @ 19 bar g

220°C @ 13.5 bar g

Body design conditions

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

PMX Maximum differential pressure

0°C Size 4.5 bar 10 bar 14 bar

1" HC FT14HC-4.5 FT14HC-10 FT14HC-14

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

0°C 1¼" FT14-4.5 FT14-10 FT14-14

38 bar g

FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2") Page 2 of 5

1½" and 2" FT14-4.5 FT14-10 FT14-14 24 bar g

TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8

Steam traps Ball float Page 3 of 5 FT14HC 1"

FT14

4

1¼"

2

8

1 17 18

10

7 9 6 12

11 5

2 3 17 18

8

4

3

7

26

6 17

18

5

12

20 21 19

1

FT14-C

5.5.16

FT14

1½" and 2"

Materials No. Part 1

2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 17 18 19 20 21 26

Body Cover bolts Cover bolts Cover bolts & nuts Cover gasket

1" and 1¼" 1½" and 2" 1" 1¼" 1½" and 2"

1" and 1¼" 1½" and 2" Valve seat 1" and 1¼" Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 1½" and 2" Valve seat gasket 1" and 1¼" Main valve assembly gasket 1½" and 2" Pivot frame assembly set screws 1" and 1¼" Bolts 1½" Main valve assembly bolts Studs and nuts 2" Ball float and lever Support frame 1" and 1¼" Pivot frame 1" and 1¼" Pivot pin 1" and 1¼" Erosion deflector Air vent assembly Air vent seat gasket SLR assembly SLR gasket SLR seal Inlet plate 1½" and 2" only Cover

Material SG iron Cast iron Steel Steel Steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite SG iron Cast iron Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Mild steel Graphite Stainless steel

FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2") Page 3 of 5

BS EN 1563 JS 1030 DIN 1691 GG 25 BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 ASTM A193 B7 BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 BS EN 1563 JS 1030 DIN 1961 GG 25 BS 970 431 S29 BS 3146 Part 2 ANC 2 BS 1449 304 S11 BS 4183 18/8 ISO 3506-2: A2-70 BS 6105 A4-80 BS 1449 304 S16 BS 1449 304 S16 BS 1449 304 S16 BS 970 431 S29 BS 1449 304 S11 BS 970 303 S21 BS 1449 CS4 BS 1449 304 S16

TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8

Steam traps Ball float Page 4 of 5 Capacities �� ���

�� ���

�� ��� � ��� � ��� � ���

�

���

� ���

��

����

� ��

� ��� � ���

���

���

� ���

��

5.5.17

Condensate kg / h

� ���

�

� ���

��

�

���

���

� ���

���

���

� ���

��

����

��

� ���

�

��

� ��� ���

�

���

��

���

���

���

�� ���

���

� ���

��

�� ����

���

���

��� ���

� ��� ���

� ��� ��� � � ��

� ����

� �� �� � � ��

���

�

���

���

�� ���

���

���

� ���

��

���

�

���

���

� ���

���

��� ���

��

���

���

���

�� ��

���

���

���

�

�

�

�

�

�

� � � ��

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h) 1" HC

580

600

650

670

700

1 000

1 300

1 600

1¼, 1½" and 2"

580

600

650

670

700

1 000

1 300

1 600

FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2") Page 4 of 5

TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8

Steam traps Ball float Page 5 of 5 Dimensions / weights Size 1" HC 1¼" 1½" 2"

A 120 120 270 300

B 110 110 130 138

C 80 80 108 125

D 195 195 248 250

1½" and 2" shown

(approximate) in mm and kg E F G Weight 160 220 115 6.8 160 220 115 6.9 200 270 115 17.5 200 288 140 22.0 F

B

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco 2" FT14-4.5 ball float steam trap.

G D

The spare parts available are shown in solid outlines. Parts drawn in broken lines are not supplied as spares. Available spares with float (1" and 1¼") 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Main valve assembly with erosion deflector (1½" and 2") 5, 6, 7, 26 Ball float (1½" and 2") 8 Air vent assembly 17, 18 Manually adjustable needle valve (SLR) 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 and air vent assembly Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) 3, 6, 18, 20 Note: The erosion deflector on the 1" and 1¼" is pressed into the body during manufacture and is not available as a spare.

C

A

Spare parts

E Withdrawal distance

Recommended tightening torques Item

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" screwed BSP FT14HC-14 ball float steam trap having an SG iron body and cover, with thermostatic air vent - flow direction left-to-right. The cover is to be suitable for tapping " for drain/balance pipe connection.

Steam lock release assembly

2

Dowel

3

19 + 21

18

2

5

or

Size

Nm

mm

1"

17

M10 x 30

29 - 33

1¼"

14*

M10 x 30

29 - 33

1½"

19

M12 x 60

60 - 66

2"

24

M16 x 70

80 - 88

-

40 - 45

1" and 1¼"

17

1" and 1¼"

-

M5 x 20

10 - 12

1½"

10

M6 x 20

10 - 12

2"

13

M8 x 20

20 - 24

17

-

17

-

50 - 55

19

-

7

5.5.18

21 40 - 45 *Note: Reduced A/F bolt head required

Air vent assembly 17

20

2

8 5 10 8 7 6 26 5 7 11 9 Main valve assembly Main valve assembly with float (1½" and 2") (1" and 1¼") (horizontal assembly shown)

6

FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1¼", 1½" and 2") Page 4 of 5

TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P145-01

ST Issue 4

FTS14 Austenitic Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Trap Description

The FTS14 is an austenitic stainless steel ball float steam trap with an integral automatic air vent. It provides efficient condensate drainage and prompt air removal to ensure process equipment operates to its maximum potential. As standard the FTS14 has horizontal connections with flow from right to left (R-L). However its unique design allows the cover to be simply rotated to provide horizontal left to right (L-R) and vertical up or vertical down configurations. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

FTS14X

2 6 1 18 optional extra 5

Sizes and pipe connections

3

12

Screwed BSP (BS 21 and DIN 2999) ½", ¾" and 1" or NPT (ASME B 1.20.1). Socket weld ends to ASME B 16.11, ½", ¾" and 1" BS 3799 Class 3000 and DIN 3239 Flanged ends to ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300 DN15, 20 and 25 or EN 1092-1 PN16 or PN25. ½", ¾" and 1" Tri-clamp ends (FTS14-4.5 only). Note: For alternative connections please consult Spirax Sarco.

FTS14X-C (R-L) (Horizontal)

9

11 optional extra

Optional extras

Internal strainer (FTS14X). A manually adjustable needle valve can be added for use as a steam lock release mechanism (FTS14-C). The cover can be tapped " BSP for installation of a temperature sensor. Note: All options are available at extra cost.

10 and 13 optional extra

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.5.19

4

(Vertical down)

  A       

8

Materials No. Part

Steam saturation curve 

14 7 15

C    Pressure bar g



B 

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur. A - B Flanged PN16, PN25, ASME 300, screwed and socket weld. A - C Flanged ASME 150. Note: Tri-clamp compatible end connections, used for hygienic / sanitary applications, are only available on the FTS14-4.5. Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C Minimum allowable temperature -20°C A-B 19 bar g Maximum operating pressure * PMO for saturated steam service A - C 13.5 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 225°C @ 19 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco FTS14-4.5 4.5 bar Maximum PMX differential FTS14-10 10 bar pressure FTS14-14 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g

1

Body

2 3

Cover bolts Cover gasket

4

Cover

5

Main valve seat Main valve /air vent seat gasket Main valve assembly screws Ball float and lever Air vent assembly SLR assembly SLR gasket Pivot frame SLR seal Pivot

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Material Austenitic EN 10213 -4 (1.4408) stainless steel (316) ASTM A351 CF8M Stainless steel BS EN 3506 A2 -70 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Austenitic EN 10213-4 (1.4408) stainless steel (316) ASTM A351 CF8M Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel Stainless steel

Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Graphite Stainless steel Grey Viton complies with FDA CFR 15 'O' ring Title 21, Para 177, Section 2600 † 16 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel † 17 Sensor blanking plug Stainless steel (optional extra) 18 Strainer screen Stainless steel (optional extra) † Note: Items 16 and 17 cannot be shown.

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

Screwed /SW ½" 135 ¾" 135 1" 139 DN15 DN20 DN25 -

A

A1 Tri-clamp PN16 /25 ASME 150 ASME 300 180 180 200 150 147 194 150 147 194 160 160 204

Screwed, Socket weld and Tri-clamp ends (all sizes) A D

B

C

D

97 97 113 97 102 113

48 48 51 77 77 62

162 162 179 162 162 179

A1

B

C

Note. Capacities shown are based on discharge at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions the thermostatic air vent will be open, and will provide additional condensate capacity to the main valve assembly. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown. On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity.    

Condensate kg /h

Flanged DN15, 20 and FTS14-C F D

D

E

Capacities







 



Flanged DN25

B

C

  

Weight E F Withdrawal distance FTS14-C Screwed / SW Flanged 135 22 3.75 135 22 3.75 145 22 4.25 135 22 5.00 135 22 5.00 145 22 6.25

 

E

C

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P145-02) supplied with the product.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Maintenance kit 3, 5, 6 (2 off), 7 (2 off), 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16 (1" only), 18 Gasket set (packet of 3) 3, 15 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range i.e. 4.5, 10 or 14 bar. Example: 1 - Maintenance kit for a Spirax Sarco ½" FTS14-4.5 steam trap. Recommended tightening torques or Item



2 5 7 9 10 17 sensor blanking plug

    

        Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

15

6

mm M10 x 30 17 A /F Pozidrive 17 A /F 19 A /F 11 A /F

 

Air vent assembly 9

10 + 13 11 Steam lock release assembly 18

2

How to order

12 7 16 14 8 Main valve assembly Note: Item 16 is required for the 1" size only 6

5

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" FTS14X -4.5 R-L (right to left) stainless steel float trap fitted with screwed BSP connections. Trap is maintainable in line. Fitted with integral air vent and strainer screen.

TI-P145-01 ST Issue 4

E

Safety information, installation and maintenance

Optional extra At extra cost the cover can be tapped " BSP for installation of a temperature sensor.

FTS14 Austenitic Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Trap

3

M4 x 6

Nm 20 - 25 50 - 55 2.5 - 3.0 50 - 55 35 - 40 15 - 20

5.5.20

Steam traps Ball float Page 1 of 4 TI-P145-11

ST Issue 5

FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The FTGS14 ball float steam trap has an austenitic stainless steel body, stainless steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility. The SG iron cover is electroless nickel-plated offering increased resistance to erosion. This trap is supplied with horizontal screwed connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Available options FTGS14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left FTGS14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right Capsule The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14 is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

FTGS14 (R-L)

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections ½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP and NPT.

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.5.21

Optional extras A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. An integral strainer screen (designated 'X' on the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14X) can be fitted to the trap. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco.

��� ��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� �� �

�

�

�

� � �� Pressure bar g

��

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 14.6 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 13.8 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Maximum FTGS14-4.5 4.5 bar PMX differential FTGS14-10 10 bar pressure FTGS14-14 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 4

FTGS14-C (R-L) (with optional SLR)

© Copyright 2009

Steam traps Ball float Page 2 of 4 17 18

4

3

8

2

1

20 29 7 5 6

FTGS14 (R-L)

11

10

5.5.22

Main valve assembly 1" 28 20

21 19

FTGS14-C (R-L)

(with optional SLR)

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 17 18 19 20 21 28 29

Part Body Cover bolts Cover gasket Cover Valve seat Valve seat gasket Pivot frame assembly screws Ball float and lever Pivot frame Pivot pin Air vent assembly Air vent seat gasket SLR assembly SLR gasket SLR seal Valve spring (1" only) Body plug

Material Austenitic stainless steel Steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Electroless nickel plated SG iron Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel

FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed) Page 2 of 4

EN 10213-4 (1.4308) ASTM A351 CF8

DIN 1693 GGG 40

TI-P145-11 ST Issue 5

Steam traps Ball float Page 3 of 4 Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" and ¾" 1"

A

B

B1

C

D

123 145

107 117

96 117

80 70

160 162

E Withdrawal distance 120 120

F

Weight

38 38

3.4 4.6

FTGS14 A

D C

FTGS14-C

B B1

F E

Capacities ����

5.5.23

���

����

��

���

���

� �����

���

Condensate kg /h

��� ���

���

��� ���

��

��

��

����

�� ���

��

��

���

���

�� �� �� �� ���

���

���

���

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. ∆P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

1 130 1 220

1 500 1 500

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h) ½" and ¾" 1"

70 120

140 240

250 360

380 500

560 640

FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed) Page 3 of 4

870 920

TI-P145-11 ST Issue 5

Steam traps Ball float Page 4 of 4 Safety information, installation and maintenance

Spare parts

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P145-12) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FTGS14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically. If required the flow orientation can be changed on site by simply rotating the cover through 180°, therefore the arrow on the name-plate must point downwards. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11 17, 18, 28 (1" only)

Maintenance kit Main valve assembly with float

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 28 (1" only) 3, 17, 18

Air vent assembly Manually adjustable needle valve (FTGS14-C only)

How to order

19 + 21, 20 3

Cover gasket (packet of 3)

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" FTGS14-4.5 (L-R) ball float steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent.

20, 29

Gasket and plug

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" FTGS14-10 ball float steam trap. Recommended tightening torques or Item mm 2 17 A / F 5 17 A / F 7 17 19

SLR body SLR gland nut

29 Manually adjustable needle valve 19 + 21

Pozidrive 17 A / F 19 A / F 13 A / F 19 A / F

Nm M10 x 30

47 - 50 50 - 55

M4 x 6

2.5 - 3.0 50 - 55 57 - 63 3-5 57 - 63

M14 x 1.5

Air vent assembly

20

18

17

3

SLR gland nut SLR body

2

6

5

11 10 7 28

8

3

Main valve assembly Note: Item 28 is required for the 1" size only

FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed) Page 3 of 4

TI-P145-11 ST Issue 5

5.5.24

Steam traps Ball float TI-P615-11

ST Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

IFTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

Description The IFTGS14 is a maintainable ball float steam trap with integral automatic air venting facility. It is available with horizontal connections and has a stainless steel body and an electroless nickel plated SG iron cover offering increased resistance to erosion. The IFTGS14 can be simply integrated into all existing Spiratec monitoring systems.

2 1

3 4 17

Available options: SS1 Sensor to detect steam leakage only. WLS1 Sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage. WLS1 and Sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage Diode pack for use with R16C steam trap monitor. Standards The product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

8

Sizes and pipe connections

½" and ¾" screwed BSP or NPT.

25

24

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.5.25

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

��� ��� Note: The IFTGS14 is supplied with a steel plug (27, not shown) in the sensor adaptor, remove and fit sensor on site.

��� ���

Steam saturation curve

�� �

�

�

�

Materials �� � � Pressure bar g

��

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 14.6 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 13.8 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C IFTGS14-4.5 4.5 bar Maximum PMX differential IFTGS14-10 10 bar pressure IFTGS14-14 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

No. Part

Material

1

Austenitic stainless steel

Body

EN 10213-4 (1.4308) ASTM A351 CF8

2

Cover bolts

Steel

3

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Cover

Electroless nickel plated SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40

*5 *6

Valve seat

Stainless steel

Valve seat gasket

Stainless steel

*7

Pivot frame assembly screws

Stainless steel

8 * 10 * 11

Ball float and lever

Stainless steel

Pivot frame

Stainless steel

Pivot pin

Stainless steel

17

Air vent assembly

Stainless steel

18

Air vent seat gasket

Stainless steel

Gasket

Stainless steel

* 20 24

Sensor

Stainless steel

25

Sensor gasket

Stainless steel

27

Blanking plug (not shown)

Steel

Body plug

Stainless steel

* 29

* Note: Items 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 20 and 29 are shown more clearly overleaf. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Safety information, installation and maintenance

Size ½" ¾"

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P145-12) supplied with the product.

A 121 121

B 107 107

B1 96 96

C 70 70

D 151 151

E 105 105

F 60 60

G 130 130

Weight 3.6 3.6

A

D

B1 B F C

G

E Withdrawal distance

Spare parts

Withdrawal distance

Capacities

Note: Capacities shown are based on discharge at steam saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions the thermostatic air vent will be open, and will provide additional condensate capacity to the main valve assembly. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown. On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. For full details see TI-S02-28.

��� ��� Condensate kg /h

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 17, 18

Maintenance kit

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11

Main valve assembly

3, 17, 18

Air vent assembly

24, 25

Sensor and sensor gasket

3

Cover gasket (packet of 3)

20, 29

Gasket and plug

����

�

�� ���

���

���

���

��

��

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range. Example: 1 - Maintenance kit for a Spirax Sarco ½" IFTGS14-10 ball float steam trap. Recommended tightening torques or Item mm 2 17 A / F M10 x 30 5 17 A / F 7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 9 17 A / F 24 24 A / F 27 22 A / F 29 19 A/F M14 x 1.5

���

���

�� �� �� �� ���

Installation note - The IFTGS14 is supplied with a blanking plug in the sensor adaptor: The sensor is to be fitted on site. The IFTGS14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the cover, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically. The IFTGS14 has been designed for use in a right to left flow direction when viewed from the name-plate end, however, it can also be installed in a left to right orientation, by simply rotating the complete trap through 180°. Caution: Ensure that adequate distance is allowed for removal of the body and internals in the event of maintenance. See 'Dimensions / weights' for withdrawal distances. Disposal - This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

��� ���

���

�

�

� � �

47 - 50 50 - 55 2.5 - 3.0 50 - 55 50 - 56 50 - 56 57 - 63

�� �� Air vent assembly

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

29

Nm

20

18

17

5 11 10 7

8

3

2 (not an available spare)

6

Main valve assembly

25

How to order

Blanking plug 27 not shown

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" IFTGS14-4.5 ball float steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent.

IFTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

24

TI-P615-11 ST Issue 3

5.5.26

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.27

Steam traps Ball float Page 1 of 4 TI-P145-18

ST Issue 2

FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged) Description

The FTGS14 ball float steam trap has an austenitic stainless steel body, stainless steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility. The SG iron cover is electroless nickel-plated offering increased resistance to erosion. This trap is supplied with horizontal flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Available options FTGS14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left FTGS14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right Capsule The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14 is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g. Optional extras A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. An integral strainer screen (designated 'X' on the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14X) can be fitted to the trap. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

5.5.28 FTGS14 (R-L)

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Flanged EN 1092 PN16, ASME (ANSI) 150 and JIS / KS 10.

Temperature °C

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552)   

Steam saturation curve

  







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 14.6 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 13.8 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Maximum FTGS14-4.5 4.5 bar PMX differential FTGS14-10 10 bar pressure FTGS14-14 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 4

FTGS14-C (R-L) (with optional SLR)

© Copyright 2011

Steam traps Ball float Page 2 of 4 17 18

4 3 8

2 1 20 29 7 5

FTGS14 (R-L) 11 10

5.5.29

6

Main valve assembly DN25 28 20 19

21

FTGS14-C (R-L) (with optional SLR)

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 17 18 19 20 21 28 29

Part Body Cover bolts Cover gasket Cover Valve seat Valve seat gasket Pivot frame assembly screws Ball float and lever Pivot frame Pivot pin Air vent assembly Air vent seat gasket SLR assembly SLR gasket SLR seal Valve spring (DN25 only) Body plug

Material Austenitic stainless steel Steel Reinforced exfoliated graphite Electroless nickel plated SG iron Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel

FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged) Page 2 of 4

EN 10213-4 (1.4308) ASTM A351 CF8

DIN 1693 GGG 40

TI-P145-18 ST Issue 2

Steam traps Ball float Page 3 of 4 Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25

A PN/ASME 150 150 160

A JIS/KS 150 150 170

B

C

107 107 125

102 102 65

FTGS14

D

E

F

51 53 100

47 47 10

38 38 38

DN15 and DN20

G Withdrawal distance 105 105 120

Weight 4.7 5.2 6.8

FTGS14-C

DN25

B

F D

E

E

D

C

G

C

A

G

Capacities  



 

 







Condensate kg /h





 









 

5.5.30







 







    





















Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. ∆P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

1 130 1 220

1 500 1 500

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h) DN15 and DN20 DN25

70 120

140 240

250 360

380 500

560 640

FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged) Page 3 of 4

870 920

TI-P145-18 ST Issue 2

Steam traps Ball float Page 4 of 4 Safety information, installation and maintenance

Spare parts

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P145-12) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FTGS14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically. If required the flow orientation can be changed on site by simply rotating the cover through 180°, therefore the arrow on the name-plate must point downwards. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Maintenance kit

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11 17, 18, 28 (DN25 only)

Main valve assembly with float

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 28 (DN25 only) 3, 17, 18

Air vent assembly Manually adjustable needle valve (FTGS14-C only)

How to order

19 + 21, 20 3

Cover gasket (packet of 3)

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FTGS14-4.5 (L-R) ball float steam trap with flanged EN 1092 PN16 connections and integral air vent.

20, 29

Gasket and plug

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 FTGS14-10 ball float steam trap. Recommended tightening torques or Item mm 2 17 A / F M10 x 30 5 17 A / F 7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 17 17 A / F 19 19 A / F 21 13 A / F 29 19 A/F M14 x 1.5

5.5.31 19

29

2

18

20

6

47 - 50 50 - 55 2.5 - 3.0 50 - 55 57 - 63 3-5 57 - 63

Air vent assembly

Steam lock release assembly 21

Nm

5

11

10 7

17

28

8

3

3

Main valve assembly Note: Item 28 is required for DN25 size only

FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged) Page 4 of 4

TI-P145-18 ST Issue 2

Steam traps Ball float Page 1 of 4 TI-P145-19

ST Issue 1

FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Trap (1" Screwed)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description The FTGS14HC ball float steam trap has an austenitic stainless steel body, stainless steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility. The SG iron cover is electroless nickel-plated offering increased resistance to erosion. This trap is supplied with horizontal screwed connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework.

FTGS14HC (L-R)

Available options FTGS14HC (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left FTGS14HC (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right Note: If the orientation has to be changed on site - consult Spirax Sarco Capsule The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14HC ball float steam trap is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g.

5.5.32

Optional extras A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14HC-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order. The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

FTGS14HC-C

Sizes and pipe connections 1" screwed BSP and NPT.

Temperature °C

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552) ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� �

Steam saturation curve �

�

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.

Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 17 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 288°C @ 15 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C FTGS14HC-4.5 4.5 bar Maximum PMX differential FTGS14HC-10 10 bar pressure FTGS14HC-14 14 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 4

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Ball float Page 2 of 4

4

8 2 1

17 18 10

3

5.5.33

17

18

20

21 19

FTGS14HC (L-R)

FTGS14HC-C Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel

2

Cover bolts

Steel

3

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

EN 10213-4 (1.4308) ASTM A351 CF8 BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Cover

Electroless nickel plated SG iron

*5

Valve seat

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

*6

Valve seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S11

*7

Pivot frame assembly screws

Stainless steel

BS 4183 18 /8

8

DIN 1693 GGG 40

Ball float and lever

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

Support frame

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

Pivot frame

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

Pivot pin

Stainless steel

17

Air vent assembly

Stainless steel

18

Air vent seat gasket

Stainless steel

*9 10 * 11

BS 1449 304 S11

19

SLR assembly

Stainless steel

BS 970 303 S21

20

SLR gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

21

SLR seal

Graphite

* Note: For clarity items 5, 6, 7, 9 and 11 are shown more clearly on the spares drawing on page 4.

FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Trap (1" Screwed) Page 2 of 4

TI-P145-19 ST Issue 1

Steam traps Ball float Page 3 of 4 Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg Size 1"

A

B1

B2

C

D1

D2

120

111

80

115

203

230

FTGS14HC

E F Withdrawal distance 160 35

Weight 7.0

D2

FTGS14HC-C

B1

F B2

C A

E

D1

Withdrawal distance

Capacities

5.5.34

����

��� ����

� ��

� ��

��

��

Condensate kg /h

� ����

��

���� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ���

���

��� ���

���

��� ��� ���

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. ∆P (bar)

0.5

1

2

580

600

650

3

4.5

7

10

14

1300

1600

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h) 1"

670

700

1000

FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Trap (1" Screwed) Page 3 of 4

TI-P145-19 ST Issue 1

Steam traps Ball float Page 4 of 4 Safety information, installation and maintenance

Spare parts

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P145-20) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FTGS14HC must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically, therefore the arrow on the name-plate must point downwards. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Maintenance kit

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 9, 10, 11

Main valve assembly with float

3, 17, 18

Air vent assembly

Manually adjustable needle valve (FTGS14HC-C only) 19 + 21, 20

How to order

3

Cover gasket (packet of 3)

Example 1: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" FTGS14HC-4.5 (L-R) ball float steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent. Cover to be supplied with " tappings ready for both drain and balance pipe connections.

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range.

Note: If the optional manually adjustable needle valve is required you would need to write your order as follows:

Example: 1 - Main valve assembly with float for a Spirax Sarco 1" FTGS14HC-10 ball float steam trap.

Example 2: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" FTGS14HC-4.5C (L-R) ball float steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent complete with manually adjustable needle valve supplied fitted.

5.5.35

3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 9, 10, 11 17, 18

Recommended tightening torques or Item mm 2 17 A / F M10 x 30 5 17 A / F 7 Pozidrive M5 x 20 17 17 A / F 19 21 A / F

Nm 29 - 33 40 - 45 10 - 12 50 - 55 40 - 45

Manually adjustable needle valve 19 + 21

20 Air vent assembly 18

3

3

6

5

9

11

10

7

17

8

Main valve assembly

FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Trap (1" Screwed) Page 4 of 4

TI-P145-19 ST Issue 1

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.36

Steam traps Ball float TI-S02-28

ST Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Capacity Charts for FT14, FT14HC, FTGS14 and FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Traps

½", ¾" and 1" FT14 and FTGS14 (DN15, DN20 and DN25) � ��� ��� � ���

��

���

��

���

���

���

���

�� ���

��

� ���

���

5.5.37

��

��

��

���

�

���

���

� ���

��

��

���

���

� ���

�� ���

�� ���

��

��

��� Condensate kg /h

��

���

���

�� ��

��

���

���

���

���

���

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. ∆P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h) ½", ¾" (DN15, DN20) 1" (DN25)

70

140

250

380

560

870

1 130

1 500

120

240

360

500

640

920

1 220

1 500

See TI-S02-03, TI-S02-26, TI-P145-11 and TI-P14518 for further details of these ball float steam traps. Note: See overleaf for higher capacity models. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Ball float 1" FT14HC and FTGS14HC (DN25 HC) 1¼, 1½" and 2" FT14 (DN40 and DN50) �� ��� ��� �� ��� ��

�� ��� � ��� � ���

��

� ���

�

���

� ���

��

��

���

� ��

���

��

� ���

��

� ���

Condensate kg / h

� ���

��

���

� ���

��

��

��

� ���

���

5.5.38

�� ��

�

��

� ��� ���

�

���

�� ��

�� ��

�

� ��� ��� ��� � � ��� ��� �� �� ��� ���� ��

��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ���

���

��� ���

���

���

���

���

���

�

�

�

�

�

�

� � � ��

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. ∆P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h) 1" HC (DN25 HC)

580

600

650

670

700

1 000

1 300

1 600

1¼, 1½", 2" (DN40, DN50)

580

600

650

670

700

1 000

1 300

1 600

See TI-P066-01 and TI-P145-19 for further details of these ball float steam traps.

Capacity Charts for FT14, FT14HC, FTGS14 and FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Traps

TI-S02-28 ST Issue 4

Steam traps Ball float TI-S02-46

ST Issue 3

Capacity Charts for the FT14, FT14HC, FTGS14 and FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Traps at Low Differential Pressure

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

½", ¾", 1" FT14 and FTGS14 (DN15, DN20, DN25) ���

���

���

���

���

�� ���

���

����

�� ���

��� ���

5.5.39

���

Condensate

���

��

���

���

�� ���

���

�� ���

��

���

�� ���

��

�� ���

��

���

���

�

���

��

���

���

���

���

���

���

���

��

���

���

�� ���

�� ���

��

���

��

��

�� ���

��

���

��

����

�� ���

���

���

� ���

��

���

�� ���

��

�

���

���

�� ���

����

���

� ���

���

��� ��� ��� ����

Differential pressure mm

Note: For differential pressures above 1 000 mm w.g. please see TI-S02-28 Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Ball float 1" FT14HC and FTGS14HC 1¼", 1½" and 2" FT14 (DN40 and DN50) ����

����

����

����

����

���

� ���

����

���

���

Condensate kg/h

����

5.5.40

��

���

� ����

��

���

���

���

����

���

�

���

���

� ��� ���

��

� ���

�

�� ���

���

�

��

���

� ���

��� ���

���

���

���

�� ���

�� ���

� ���

�

��

����

� ���

�

���

����

���

���

����

�

����

���

�� ��

���

���

� ���

��

���

�

�

��

����

�� ���

���

����

���

����

���

�� ���

�� ���

�

����

���

�� ���

���

���

���

���

����

Differential pressure mm w.g

Note: For differential pressures above 1 000 mm w.g. please see TI-S02-28 Capacity Charts for the FT14, FT14HC, FTGS14 and FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Traps at Low Differential Pressure

TI-S02-46 ST Issue 3

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.41

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P605-01

ST Issue 1

FTS23 Stainless Steel Body and Cover FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover Ball Float Steam Traps Description FT_23 ball float steam traps are suitable for use with saturated and superheated steam, on process equipment, and the first choice for drainage of temperature controlled systems.

* Please note

For clarity see the spares illustration on page 5 for items 7, 13 + 14

They are the perfect choice in solving problems caused by steam that is carrying solid and incondensable contaminants such as salts and gasses; These quickly lead to fouling and the accumulation of sediment and debris, resulting in failure of the internal mechanism. They are typically used on geothermal steam.

1

The main design feature is the innovative self-cleaning float closing mechanism, which allows automatic safe operation even in cases of severe steam contamination. Furthermore, the position and size of the main valve and seat makes it easier for the discharge of condensate and solid contaminant. The trap is able to modulate the condensate flow adapting immediately to sudden and large variations of flow and pressure. Another key feature of the unit is the external manual lever that allows the valve ball to be fully opened regardless of the presence or absence of condensate in the unit - This facilitates the fast removal of any sediment / condensate that may be in the unit and easier inspection in maintaining optimum performance of the internal mechanism.

Available types FTS23-07 FTS23-23

Stainless steel body, cover and internals

FTC23-07 Carbon steel body with FTC23-23 Stainless steel cover and internals

PMO 7 bar g PMO 23 bar g PMO 7 bar g PMO 23 bar g

These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required.

9

These products are available with a manufacture's Typical Test Report or Certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections Flanged EN 1092 PN40 Flanged ASME B16.5 Class 150 Flanged ASME B16.5 Class 300

5.5.42

* 16, 17, 18 + 20

For clarity see the spares illustration on page 5 Manual lever 19

Materials 1 2a

Approvals

1½" and 2"

3 11 8 6

No. Part

Standards

DN25, DN40 and DN50

2a + 2b 5

2b 3 4 5 6 *7 8 9 10 11 12 13 * * 14 15 16 * * 17 * 18 19 * 20

Body

10 15 4 Material Carbon steel Stainless steel

5

12

ASTM A216 WCB ASTM A351 CF8 (on request)

Carbon steel ASTM A193 B7 Stainless steel ASTM A193 B8 Cl.1 Carbon steel ASTM A 194 Gr. 2H Cover nuts Stainless steel ASTM A194 Gr.8 Cover gasket Exfoliated graphite reinforced steel Cover Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8 Cover plug (½") Carbon steel ASTM A105 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A479 316 Valve seat gasket Exfoliated graphite reinforced steel Valve assembly screws Stainless steel AISI 304 Valve ball Stainless steel AISI 316 Float lever Stainless steel ASTM A240 316 Float lever pin Stainless steel ASTM A479 316 Float Stainless steel AISI 316 Washer Stainless steel AISI 304 Screw Stainless steel AISI 304 Internal lever Stainless steel AISI 316 Graphite packing seals Graphite Graphite Spacer Stainless steel AISI 316 Gland nut Stainless steel AISI 316 Manual lever Stainless steel ASTM A240 304 Nut and lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 304 Cover studs

Page 1 of 5

Steam traps Ball float

Stainless steel body and cover

Flanged PN40

Temperature °C

FTS23

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

  A

The product must not be used in this region.

 

Steam saturation curve

  





A

 Pressure bar g





A - A Flanged PN40 Body design conditions

PN40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

40 bar g @ 0°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 21.7 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10°C FTS23-07

PMO Maximum operating pressure

7 bar g @ 425°C

FTS23-23

TMO Maximum operating temperature

23 bar g @ 350°C 425°C @ 21.7 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DPMX Maximum differential pressure

7 bar

FTS23-23

23 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

60 bar g

Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 40 bar g as damage to the internals may occur.

Stainless steel body and cover

Flanged ASME 150 and

Flanged ASME 300

   B





Pressure psi g   





  Steam saturation curve

  





C   Pressure bar g



       

B  

The product must not be used in this r e g i o n o r b eyo n d the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

Temperature °F

FTS23

Temperature °C

5.5.43

0°C

FTS23-07

B - B Flanged ASME 300 B - C Flanged ASME 150 Body design conditions

ASME 150 or ASME 300

PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature

ASME 300

49.6 bar g @ 38°C

719 psi g @ 100°F

ASME 150

19 bar g @ 38°C

275 psi g @ 100°F

ASME 300

425°C @ 28 bar g

797°F @ 406 psi g

ASME 150

425°C @ 5.5 bar g

797°F @ 79 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10°C

14°C

FTS23-07

7 bar g @ 425°C

101 psi g @ 797°F

FTS23-23

23 bar g @ 425°C

333 psi g @ 797°F

FTS23-07

7 bar g @ 386°C

101 psi g @ 726°F

FTS23-23

13 bar g @ 194°C

188 psi g @ 381°F

ASME 300

425°C @ 28 bar g

797°F @ 406 psi g

ASME 150

425°C @ 5.5 bar g

797°F @ 79 psi g

ASME 300 PMO Maximum operating pressure ASME 150 TMO Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco FTS23-07

DPMX Maximum differential pressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

FTS23-23

0°C

32°F

7 bar

101.5 psi

23 bar

333.5 psi

ASME 300

75 bar g

1 087.5 psi g

ASME 150

28.5 bar g

413 psi g

Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 40 bar g (580 psi g) as damage to the internals may occur.

TI-P605-01 ST Issue 1

FTS23 Stainless Steel Body and Cover FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover Ball Float Steam Traps

Page 2 of 5

Steam traps Ball float

Carbon steel body with Stainless steel cover

Flanged PN40

Temperature °C

FTC23

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

  A

The product must not be used in this region.

 

Steam saturation curve

  





A

 Pressure bar g





A - A Flanged PN40 Body design conditions

PN40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

40 bar g @ 200°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 22.8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10°C FTC23-07

PMO Maximum operating pressure

7 bar g @ 425°C

FTC23-23

TMO Maximum operating temperature

23 bar g @ 425°C 425°C @ 22.8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco FTC23-07

DPMX Maximum differential pressure

0°C 7 bar

FTC23-23

23 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

60 bar g

Carbon steel body with Stainless steel cover

Flanged ASME 150 and

Flanged ASME 300

   B





Pressure psi g   





  Steam saturation curve

  





C   Pressure bar g



       

B  

5.5.44 The product must not be used in this r e g i o n o r b eyo n d the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

Temperature °F

FTC23

Temperature °C

Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 40 bar g as damage to the internals may occur.

B - B Flanged ASME 300 B - C Flanged ASME 150 Body design conditions

ASME 150 or ASME 300

PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature

ASME 300

50 bar g @ 50°C

725 psi g @ 122°F

ASME 150

19.6 bar g @ 38°C

284 psi g @ 100°F

ASME 300

425°C @ 28.8 bar g

797°F @ 417 psi g

ASME 150

425°C @ 5.5 bar g

797°F @ 79 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10°C

14°C

FTC23-07

7 bar g @ 425°C

101 psi g @ 797°F

FTC23-23

23 bar g @ 425°C

333 psi g @ 797°F

FTC23-07

7 bar g @ 386°C

101 psi g @ 726°F

FTC23-23

13 bar g @ 194°C

188 psi g @ 381°F

ASME 300

425°C @ 28.8 bar g

797°F @ 417 psi g

ASME 150

425°C @ 5.5 bar g

797°F @ 79 psi g

ASME 300 PMO Maximum operating pressure ASME 150 TMO Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco FTC23-07

DPMX Maximum differential pressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

FTC23-23

0°C

32°F

7 bar

101.5 psi

23 bar

333.5 psi

ASME 300

75 bar g

1 087.5 psi g

ASME 150

30 bar g

435 psi g

Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 40 bar g (580 psi g) as damage to the internals may occur.

TI-P605-01 ST Issue 1

FTS23 Stainless Steel Body and Cover FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover Ball Float Steam Traps

Page 3 of 5

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN25, DN40 and DN50 1½" and 2"

P N 4 0 flanged ASME flanged

A

B

C

D

E*

Weight

320

220

305

310

560

40.0

* Withdrawal distance for cover removal

A

C B

D

E*

* Withdrawal distance for cover removal

Capacities The condensate discharge capacities are based on the actual temperature of operation.

Safety factors:

   

- Hourly amount of condensate to be discharged - Effective differential pressure

 



The choice of trap should be based on the following data:

 Condensate kg

5.5.45

   







 





- 1.25 ÷ 1.5 with continuous duty - 2 ÷ 3 with intermittent duty

  

        Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

 

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P605-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: FT_23 ball float steam traps must be installed below the draining point with the direction of flow as indicated on the body and with the float lever positioned in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls freely. For optimum working conditions and protection of the unit it is recommended that a strainer be installed upstream to prevent possible damage to the internal mechanism and to ensure peak operation within your plant. In order to allow simple and safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purposes install suitable isolation valves. If the trap is to discharge to atmosphere ensure that it is to a safe place, the discharged medium may be at a temperature of 100°C. In order to ensure an efficient discharge of incondensable medium, it is recommended that a balance line be connected to a drain system (reference the Installation and Maintenance Instructions that are supplied with the unit).

Disposal

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken. In the event that, during the operation, the trap comes into contact with harmful substances, you will need to dispose of it in accordance with regulations under the current legislation.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 FTC23-23 carbon steel ball float steam trap with flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

TI-P605-01 ST Issue 1

FTS23 Stainless Steel Body and Cover FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover Ball Float Steam Traps

Page 4 of 5

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Available spares 6, 8

Valve seat assembly

9

Valve ball

10, 11

Ball float lever and pin assembly Float assembly

12, 13, 14

Manual lever kit

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 16, 17

Stuffing box and manual lever spacer assembly

3, 7

Gasket set (3 + 3 units)

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the table above and state the size and type of ball float steam trap, including its pressure range and type of connections. Example: 1 off Ball float lever and pin assembly for a DN50 Spirax Sarco FTC23-07 ball float steam trap having EN 1092 PN40 connections.

11

2a (not an available spare)

3

7

6

8

9

10

5.5.46

12

14 13 13

18 17

20

Recommended tightening torques Model

FTC23 FTS23

Item no.

Quantity

19

16

15

2b (not an available spare)

Manual lever kit

mm

Part

2a

8

Cover studs

2b

8

Cover nuts

24

8

4

Valve assembly screws

13

2a

12

Cover studs

2b

12

Cover nuts

24

8

4

Valve assembly screws

13

TI-P605-01 ST Issue 1

Nm

or M16 x 70

80 M8 x 20

19

M16 x 70 40 M8 x 20

FTS23 Stainless Steel Body and Cover FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover Ball Float Steam Traps

19

Page 5 of 5

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.47

Steam traps Ball float Page 1 of 4 TI-P602-01

ST Issue 4

FTC32 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20)

FTC32-C

5.5.48

FTC32CV shown

The FTC32 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap with integral automatic thermostatic air vent. It is ideal for all process drainage applications as condensate is always removed efficiently and quickly over a wide range of fluctuating pressure and load conditions. Standard connections are horizontal from right to left (R-L) when viewed from the base. Capsule The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTC32 ball float steam trap is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the CE mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" and ¾" screwed BSP and NPT. ½" and ¾" socket weld to BS 3799 Class 3000 and ASME (ANSI) B16.11 Class 3000. DN15 and DN20 flanged to EN 1092 PN40, ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS/KS 20K and 30K.

Optional extras The FTC32 is also available with horizontal connections having flow from left to right - FTC32 (L-R), and vertical flow both downwards and upwards - FTC32V. The trap is available with either ASTM or DIN body material. An optional manually adjustable needle valve can be fitted to all versions which provides a steam lock release feature in addition to the air vent - FTC32-C. An optional internal strainer screen is available - FTC32X. An internal non-return valve is available - FTC32CV.

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

Description

D



C, B

A

   

D



Steam saturation curve



C

B

   Pressure bar g This product must not be used in this region.

A



This product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals will occur. A-A B-B C-C D-D

Flanged ASME 300, JIS/KS 30K, screwed and socket weld. Flanged PN40. Flanged JIS/KS 20K. Flanged ASME 150.

Body design conditions

PN40 / ASME (ANSI) 300 PN 40 bar g PMA Maximum allowable pressure ASME 50 bar g TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C Minimum allowable temperature 0°C PMO Maximum operating pressure (recommended) 32 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 300°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco FTC32-4.5 4.5 bar FTC32-10 10 bar DPMX Maximum differential pressure FTC32-14 14 bar FTC32-21 21 bar FTC32-32 32 bar PN 60 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: ASME 75 bar g The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 48 bar as damage to the internals may occur.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 4

© Copyright 2011

Steam traps Ball float Page 2 of 4 8

14

2

1

4

3

11

12

10

9

11 7 13 5 6 15

FTC32-C

FT32CV shown

Materials No

5.5.49

Part

Material

1

Body

2

Cover

3 4 5 6

Cover bolts M12 x 35 Cover gasket Main valve seat 'O' ring Main valve assembly screws M3 x 6 Ball float and lever

7 8

ASTM A216 WCB/ Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25N ASTM A216 WCB/ Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25N Steel ASTM A193 B7 / A 2.70 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel BS 3146 ANC 2 EPDM Stainless steel

BS 6105 CI A2 70

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S11

No 9 10 11 12 13

Part Air vent assembly SLR assembly Air vent / SLR gasket SLR seal Pivot Strainer screen (FTC32X only) Check valve assembly (FTC32CV only)

14 15

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Graphite Stainless steel

BS 970 303 S21 BS 1449 304 S16

Stainless steel

ASTM A240 316L

BS 970 431 S29

Stainless steel

Note: For clarity some items are not identified on the drawing.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Screwed / socket weld Size ½" and ¾"

A 150

B 135

C 74

D 169

➤

➤

B

B

E 120

F 26

Weight 5.8

➤

➤ ➤ G➤ ➤ ➤

A

Flanged Size DN15 and DN20

➤

➤

D

C

➤ F➤ ➤➤ E ➤ Withdrawal distance

A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 PN40 ASME 150 ASME 300 JIS 20K JIS 30K 150 144 150 150 150

➤

B 135

A1

C 121

➤

D 180

➤

E 120

➤ F ➤

C

➤ D

F 26

➤➤ E ➤ Withdrawal distance G 47

Weight 7.4

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 FTC32-10-C-X-CV (R-L) carbon steel ball float steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections and material certification to EN 10204 3.1.

FTC32 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20) Page 2 of 4

TI-P602-01 ST Issue 4

Steam traps Ball float Page 3 of 4 Capacities   





 





 



 



 



 

Condensate kg / h







 

 

 

5.5.50

 







 





 





 

     Differential pressure bar ( x 100 = kPa )







Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent (TV) under start-up conditions.

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent (TV) will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. DP (bar)

0.5

1

DN15 and DN20

70

140

2 3 4.5 7 10 Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg /h) 250 380 560 870 1 130

FTC32 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20) Page 3 of 4

14

21

32

1 500

2 300

3 200

TI-P602-01 ST Issue 4

Steam traps Ball float Page 4 of 4 Spare parts

Spare parts are available as indicated. No other parts are supplied as spares.

8

2

14

4

1

3

Available spares 5, 6, 7 (3 off), 8, 13

Main valve assembly with float

9, 11

Air vent assembly

Manually adjustable needle valve and air vent assembly

9, 10, 11 4

Cover gasket (packet of 3) Check valve assembly

15

Strainer screen

14

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and pressure rating of the trap.

13

Example: 1 off Main valve assembly with float for a Spirax Sarco DN15 FTC32-10-C-X-CV (R-L) ball float steam trap.

15

Safety information, installation and maintenance

FT32CV shown

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P602-12) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FTC32 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically.

5.5.51

Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

FTC32-C 11 16

10 9

Recommended tightening torques

11 7

mm

Item no

17 12

Nm

or

5

3

19

M12 x 35

65 - 70

7

Posidrive

M3 x 6

1 - 1.5

16

17

50 - 55

17

19

40 - 45

6

FTC32 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20) Page 4 of 4

TI-P602-01 ST Issue 4

Steam traps Ball float

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-S02-21

ST Issue 12

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50 Description

The FT43 is a cast iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated FT44V, are available for all sizes. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated below. For vertically orientated traps the flow is downwards only. Available options:

FT43 – Horizontal flow

FT43V – Vertical flow

Capsule The BP99 / 32 capsule which is used in the FT43 is suitable for use on 150 °C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50 °C superheat @ 32 bar g. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European mark when Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the so required.

FT43 DN25

5.5.52

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers’ Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT43-C) can be fitted to the FT43. This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order.

FT43-C

The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN25, DN40 and DN50 Note: Flow direction, for FT43 horizontal orientated traps, when facing the body:

- DN25 is left to right (L-R).

(R-L versions are available for DN25 FT43TV PN16 only)

- DN40 and DN50 is right to left (R-L).

Flow direction, for FT43V ver tically orientated traps is downwards only. Only the one size, DN25, is available with JIS/KS flange connections with flow vertically downward FT43V. Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN16 with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1).

On request - ASME B 16.5 Class 125 and JIS / KS 10 flanges are also available.

FT43 DN40 and DN50

Note: ASME flanges are supplied with tapped holes to receive flange bolts. JIS / KS flanges will be supplied drilled as normal with plain bolts holes.

Page 1 of 6

Steam traps Ball float Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 

A



Steam saturation curve

  







D C

   Pressure bar g





B



The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN16. A - C Flanged ASME 125. A - D Flanged JIS/KS 10 Body design conditions

PN16

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

16 bar g @ 120 °C 220 °C @ 12.1 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

5.5.53

0 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Note: The DN40 and DN50 traps are limited to a PMO equal to PMX

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

220 °C @ 12.1 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

PMX Maximum differential pressure

13 bar g @ 195 °C

0 °C FT43-4.5

4.5 bar

FT43-10

10 bar

FT43-14

13 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed PMX

24 bar g

TI-S02-21 ST Issue 12

Page 2 of 6

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50

Steam traps Ball float FT43 DN25

2

3 1 18 17 4

8

2

1

18

17

8

4

10

9

FT43-C

12

19 21 20

6 5 7 11 18

17 7

FT43 DN40 and DN50

5.5.54

12 6 26 5 3

Materials No.

Part

1

Body

Material Cast iron

Cover bolts 2

DN25

Steel

Cover stud

Steel

BS 4882 - B7M

Cover nuts

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

3

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Cover

Cast iron

5

6

7

8

EN-JL 1040 BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Valve seat

DN25

Stainless steel

Main valve assembly with erosion deflector

DN40, DN50

Stainless steel

Valve seat gasket

DN25

Stainless steel

EN-JL 1040 BS 970 431 S29 BS 3146 Part 2 Anc 2 BS 1449 304 S11

Main valve assembly gasket

DN40, DN50

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Pivot frame assembly bolts

DN25

Stainless steel

Main valve assembly bolts

DN40

BS 970 304 S16

Studs and nuts

DN50

BS 6105 A4.80

BS 4183 18/8

Ball float and lever

DN25

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

Ball float

DN40, DN50

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

9

Support frame

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

10

Pivot frame

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

11

Pivot pin

Stainless steel

12

Erosion deflector

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

17

Air vent assembly

Stainless steel

18

Air vent seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 409 S19

19

SLR assembly

Stainless steel

BS 970 303 S21

20

SLR gasket

Mild steel

21

SLR seal

26

Inlet plate

BS 1449 CS4

Graphite DN40, DN50

Stainless steel

TI-S02-21 ST Issue 12

BS 1449 304 S15

Page 3 of 6

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50

Steam traps Ball float Capacities 



   





 











 



 

 

 Condensate kg/h









5.5.55

 





   









 





  





 





  





 





 





 













 









 





 



















Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

1 980

2 050

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h) DN25, DN40 and DN50

460

680

900

1 080

1 300

1 600

TI-S02-21 ST Issue 12

Page 4 of 6

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50

Steam traps Ball float FT43 DN40 and DN50 shown

B

C F

A

D

E

Withdrawal distance

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A* Size

PN16 JIS / KS 10

ASME 125

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

DN25

160

148

110

80

245

160

215

8.3

DN40

230

221

128

110

330

200

200

21.5

DN50

230

220

140

126

340

200

225

30.5

* The face-to-face dimensions for the PN16 are in accordance with ISO 6554; for other flange variants, please contact Spirax Sarco.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT43 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap, flanged to EN 1092 PN16 with cast iron body and cover with thermostatic air vent.

TI-S02-21 ST Issue 12

Page 5 of 6

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50

5.5.56

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Main valve assembly complete with ball float (DN25 horizontal traps)* Main valve assembly with erosion deflector (DN40 and DN50) (specify horizontal or vertical trap) **

5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 5, 6, 7, 12, 26 8

Ball float (DN40 and DN50)

17, 18

Air vent assembly

17, 18, 19, 20, 21

Manually adjustable needle valve and air vent assembly

3, 6, 20

Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3)

* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available as a spare. ** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap, including pressure range and orientation i.e. horizontal or vertical connections. Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap, with horizontal connections.

Steam lock release assembly 19 + 21

2

Dowel

3

18

Air vent assembly 17

20

5.5.57 2

12 8 5 10 7 11 9 Main valve assembly with float (DN25) 6

8 6 26 5 7 Main valve assembly (DN40 and 50) (horizontal assembly shown)

Recommended tightening torques Item

2 5

or mm

Part DN25

17 A/F

M10 x 30

29 - 33

DN40

19 A/F

M12 x 60

60 - 66

DN50

24 A/F

M16 x 70

80 - 88

DN25

50 - 50

DN25 7

Nm

M5 x 20

2.5 - 2.8

DN40

10 A/F

M6 x 20

10 - 12

DN50

13 A/F

M8 x 20

20 - 24

17

17 A/F

50 - 55

19

22 A/F

50 - 55

TI-S02-21 ST Issue 12

Page 6 of 6

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50

Steam traps Ball float

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-S02-22

ST Issue 9

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100 1

10

Sizes and pipe connections

9

DN80 and DN100 Standard flange: EN 1092 PN16. Flanges available on request: JIS 10, KS 10 and ASME 125.

4 8

5.5.58

5

6

7

3

2

Description

The FT43 is a cast iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. It is available with horizontal flanged connections only. If required, the covers can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting drain cocks. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the required.

mark when so

Certification This product is available with a manufacturer’s Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be specified at the time of order placement.

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Cast iron

DIN 1691 GG 20

2

Cover studs and nuts

Steel

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 BS 3692 Gr. 8

3

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Cover

Cast iron

5

Main valve assembly

Stainless steel

6

Main valve assembly gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

7

Main valve assembly studs and nuts

Stainless steel

BS 6105 A4-80

8

Ball float and lever

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

9

Air vent assembly

Stainless steel

10

Air vent seat gasket

Stainless steel

EN JL 1040 BS 3146 Pt. 2 ANC 2

BS 1449 409 S19

Page 1 of 3

Steam traps Ball float

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)   A

The product must not be used in this region.



Steam saturation curve

  





B

C    Pressure bar g









Body design conditions

PN16

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

16 bar g @ 120 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

220 °C @ 12.1 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

0 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

220 °C @ 12.1 bar g

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

Minimum operating temperature

DPMX

limited to DPMX

Maximum different pressure

0 °C

FT43-4.5

4.5 bar

FT43-10

10 bar

FT43-14

13 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

24 bar g

Capacities - DN80 and DN100  

Additonal cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions Capacities shown above are based on condensate at satutation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.

 

Condensate kg/h

5.5.59













Dp (bar)





 

Size 

DN80 DN100





0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

13

Minimum additonal cold water capacity (kg/h) 1 080 1 200 1 240 1 340 1 400 2 000 2 600 3 200

  

        Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

 

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

PN16 A

JIS/KS 10 A

ASME A

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

DN80

350

350

343

140

123

387

200

310

72

DN100

352

350

350

140

123

387

200

310

74

B

C F A

D

D

E

Withdrawal distance

TI-S02-22 ST Issue 9

Page 2 of 3

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100

Steam traps Ball float Safety information and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT43 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically. Disposal: This procuct is recyclable. Providing due care is taken no ecological hazard is anticipated with its disposal.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CDN100 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap flanged to EN 1092 PN16, with cast iron body and cover with thermostatic air vent.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5, 6, 7

Main valve assembly

8

Ball float and lever

9, 10

Air vent assembly

3, 6, 10

Set of gaskets Note: For a complete overhaul 2 x each spare is required, with the exception of the gaskets and main valve assembly kit.

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN80 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap.

Dowel

3 6

or mm

7

Main valve assembly

Recommended tightening torques Item

10

5.5.60

Air vent assembly 9

5 2

8

Nm

2

24 A/F

M16 x 45

80 - 88

7

13 A/F

M8 x 20

20 - 24

9

17 A/F

50 - 55

TI-S02-22 ST Issue 9

Page 3 of 3

FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.61

Steam traps Ball float

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-S02-14

ST Issue 14

FT44 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50) FT44

FT44

DN15, DN20 and DN25

DN40 and DN50 DN50 shown

DN15 shown

5.5.62 FT44-C

Description

The FT44 is a carbon steel bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. The body and cover castings are produced by a TÜV approved foundry. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated FT44V, are available for all sizes. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated above. For vertically orientated traps the flow is downwards only. Available options:

FT44 – Horizontal flow

FT44V – Vertical flow

Capsule The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT44 is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g. Optional extras A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT44-C) can be fitted to the FT44 horizontal version only. This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped

" BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order.

The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped

" BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order.

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the when so required.

mark

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50. Horizontal traps: Note the flow direction when facing the body: - DN15 to DN25 is left to right. - DN40 and DN50 is right to left. Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1), ASME B 16.5 Class 150, ASME B 16.5 Class 300 and JIS /KS 20 flanges are also available with extended face-to-face dimensions. Vertical traps: Note that the flow direction is vertically downwards only. Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1). ASME B 16.5 Class 150, ASME B 16.5 Class 300 and JIS/KS 20 are also available with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1). ASME / JIS / KS flanges are supplied with tapped holes to receive flange bolts. ASME flanges have UNC threads and JIS / KS have metric threads.

Page 1 of 5

Steam traps Ball float FT44

2

1

3

18 17

8

4

DN15, DN20 and DN25 DN15 shown

10 11 2

9 12 6

1

3 18

17

8

4

5 7

FT44-C 19 21 20

18

17

5.5.63

FT44

DN40 and DN50 DN50 shown

Materials

7

6 26 5

No. Part

Material

1

Body

Carbon steel

Cover studs

Steel

BS 4882 B7M

DN15, DN20 and DN25

Steel

EN 10269 25 Cr Mo 4

DN40 and DN50

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8

1.0619+N / WCB

2

Cover nuts

3

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Cover

Carbon steel

Valve seat 5

DN15, DN20 and DN25

1.0619+N / WCB

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29 BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2

Main valve assembly with erosion deflector

DN40 and DN50

Stainless steel

Valve seat gasket

DN15, DN20 and DN25

Stainless steel

Main valve assembly gasket

DN40 and DN50

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Pivot frame assembly screws

DN15, DN20 and DN25

Stainless steel

BS 4183 18/8

Bolts

DN40

Stainless steel

BS 970 302 S25

Studs and nuts

DN50

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

DN15, DN20 and DN25

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

10 Pivot frame

DN15, DN20 and DN25

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

11 Pivot pin

DN15, DN20 and DN25

Stainless steel

6 7

Main valve assembly

8

Ball float and lever

9

Support frame

BS 970 416 S37 BS 1449 304 S11

12 Erosion deflector

Stainless steel

17 Air vent assembly

Stainless steel

18 Air vent seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 409 S19

19 SLR assembly

Stainless steel

BS 970 303 S31

20 SLR gasket

Steel

21 SLR seal 26 Inlet plate

BS 970 431 S29

BS 1449 CS4

Graphite DN40 and DN50 only

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16 TI-S02-14 ST Issue 14

Page 2 of 5

FT44 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

 

This product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.

Steam saturation curve

 

The product must not be used in this region.

A





A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300 D

C

B



 Pressure bar g

A - C Flanged JIS /KS 2



A - D Flanged ASME 150.

Body design conditions

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

40 bar g @ 100°C 300°C @ 27.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10°C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Note: The DN40 and DN50 traps are limited to a PMO equal to DPMX

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

32 bar g @ 239°C 285°C @ 28.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

0°C

Size

DPMX Maximum differential pressure

DN15, DN20, DN25

DN40, DN50

FT44-4.5

4.5 bar

4.5 bar

FT44-10

10 bar

10 bar

FT44-14

14 bar

-

FT44-21

21 bar

21 bar

FT44-32

32 bar

32 bar

5.5.64

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure: Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed DPMX

60 bar g

Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the internal mechanism may result.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Notes: 1. Dimensions in brackets relate to vertical connections only. 2. PN40 face-to-face dimensions are in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1). Size

PN40 A (A)

ASME 300 A (A)

ASME 150 A (A)

JIS / KS 20K A (A)

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

DN15

150 (150)

209 (150)

203 (150)

206 (150)

80

80

215

120

155

10.8

DN20

150 (150)

209 (150)

205 (150)

210 (150)

80

80

225

120

165

10.8

DN25

160 (160)

212 (160)

208 (160)

210 (160)

115

85

282

170

215

15.0

DN40

230 (230)

327 (230)

321 (230)

322 (230)

130

115

337

200

200

33.0

DN50

230 (230)

320 (230)

313 (230)

311 (230)

141

123

347

200

225

34.0

FT44

FT44V

FT44

DN15 and DN20

DN15 and DN20

DN25, DN40 and DN50 B

B

C

C

(A) A

FT44V

DN25, DN40 and DN50

(A)

F D

E

F

E

TI-S02-14 ST Issue 14

Page 3 of 5

FT44 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float Capacities 

    

     



             

 

Condensate kg/h



             

    

5.5.65

     

 

      

 

     

 

                                                                         

   

        

 



  





















Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. 0.5

DP (bar)

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

21

32

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h) DN15 and DN20

up to 21 bar

450

600

780

1 040

1 140

1 350

1 530

1 750

2 300

-

32 bar only

170

250

380

520

600

780

860

1 140

1 170

1 200

460

680

900

1 080

1 300

1 600

1 980

2 050

2 600

-

90

120

350

460

600

850

900

1 020

1 200

1 300

DN25, DN40 up to 21 bar and DN50 32 bar only

TI-S02-14 ST Issue 14

Page 4 of 5

FT44 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT44 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT44-14 ball float steam trap, flanged to EN 1092 PN40 with carbon steel body and cover and thermostatic air vent.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11

Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 horizontal traps)* Main valve assembly with integral erosion deflector (DN40 and 50) ** (specify horizontal or vertical trap)

5, 6, 7, 12, 26 5, 6, 7, 8

Main valve assembly with float and erosion deflector (DN15 and DN20 vertical traps only)

8

Ball float (DN40 and DN50)

17, 18

Air vent assembly

17, 18, 19, 20, 21

Manually adjustable needle valve (SLR - Steam lock assembly) and air vent assembly (FT44-C)

3, 6, 18, 20

Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets)

* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN15, DN20 and DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available as a spare. ** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps.

Recommended tightening torques

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap, including pressure range and orientation i.e.: horizontal or vertical connections. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN40 FT44-4.5V ball float steam trap, with vertical connections.

or mm

Item Size

2 5

DN15, DN20 and DN25

17 A / F

M10 x 60

19 - 22

DN40

24 A / F

M16 x 85

60 - 66

DN50

24 A / F

M16 x 85

80 - 88

DN15, DN20 and DN25

17 A / F M5 x 20

2.5 - 2.8

DN15, DN20 and DN25 7

Manually adjustable needle valve 19 + 21

20

2

3

Dowel

18

5.5.66

Nm

50 - 55

DN40

10 A / F

M6 x 20

10 - 12

DN50

13 A / F

M8 x 20

20 - 24

17

17 A / F

50 - 55

19

22 A / F

50 - 55

Air vent assembly 17

2

8 5 10 7 11 9 Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25) 6

12 6 26 5 7 Main valve assembly (DN40 and DN50) (horizontal assembly shown)

8

TI-S02-14 ST Issue 14

Page 5 of 5

FT44 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.67

Steam traps Ball float

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-S02-23

CMGT Issue 13

FT44 Cast Steel Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100 Description

The FT44 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap with integral automatic air venting facility. It is available with horizontal flanged connections only. If required the covers can be drilled and tapped, " when bottom drilled and ½" when top drilled - with either BSP or NPT connections for the purpose of fitting drain cocks. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the when so required.

mark

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be specified at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN80 and DN100 standard flange is EN 1092 PN40, EN 1759-1 or ASME Class 150 or 300, and JIS/KS 20K. 1

10

9

5.5.68

4

8 5 7 3 6

Materials

2

No. Part

Material

1

Body

Cast steel

2

Cover studs and nuts

Steel

3

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Cover

Cast steel

5

Main valve assembly

Stainless steel

6

Main valve assembly gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

7

Main valve assembly studs and nuts

Stainless steel

BS 6105 A4-80

8

Ball float and lever

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

9

Air vent assembly

Stainless steel

10

Air vent seat gasket

Stainless steel

1.0619 + N / WCB BS 4882 B7M EN 10269 25 Cr Mo 4

1.0619 + N / WCB BS 3146 Pt. 2 ANC 2

BS 1449 409 S19

Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Ball float

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits A

The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 300. Steam saturation curve

A - C Flanged JIS/KS 20K. C

D

A - D Flanged ASME 150.

B

Pressure bar g Body design conditions

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

40 bar g @ 100 °C 300 °C

Minimum allowable temperature

-10 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

32 bar g @ 239 °C 300 °C @ 27.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: for lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

DPMX Maximum differential pressure

5.5.69

-10 °C

FT44-4.5

4.5 bar

FT44-10

10 bar

FT44-21

21 bar

FT44-32

32 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of :

60 bar g

Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed :

48 bar g

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

ASME 150 A

ASME 300 A

PN40 A

JIS/KS 20K A

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

DN80

343

362

353

350

140

123

390

200

310

95

DN100

350

366

350

350

140

123

390

200

310

97

B

C

F A

D

D

E Withdrawal distance

TI-S02-23 CMGT Issue 13

Page 2 of 4

FT44 Cast Steel Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100

Capacities

Steam traps Ball float - DN80 and DN100   

Condensate kg/h

 



 











    







 





 



  

  





  



 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Additonal cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. Minimum additonal cold water capacity (kg/h) Dp (bar)

0.5

1

Size

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

21

32

Minimum additonal cold water capacity (kg/h)

DN80, DN100 (up to 21 bar)

920

1 360

1 800

2 160

2 600

3 200

3 960

4 100

5 200

-

DN80, DN100 (32 bar only)

160

240

700

920

1 200

1 700

1 800

2 040

2 400

2 600

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT44 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically. Disposal: This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 FT44-4.5 ball float steam trap flanged to EN 1092 PN40, with cast steel body and cover with thermostatic air vent.

TI-S02-23 CMGT Issue 13

Page 3 of 4

FT44 Cast Steel Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100

5.5.70

Steam traps Ball float

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5, 6, 7

Main valve assembly

8

Ball float and lever

9, 10

Air vent assembly

Note: For a complete overhaul 2 x each spare is required, with the exception of the gaskets.

3, 6, 10

Set of gaskets

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN100 FT44-4.5 ball float steam trap. Dowel

10

Air vent assembly 9

5.5.71

Recommended tightening torques or mm

Item

3

6

7

5

2

8

Main valve assembly

Nm

2

24 A/F

M16 x 45

80 - 88

7

13 A/F

M8 x 20

20 - 24

9

17 A/F

50 - 55

TI-S02-23 CMGT Issue 13

Page 4 of 4

FT44 Cast Steel Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100

Steam traps Ball float

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P143-01

ST Issue 11

FT46 Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50) FT46

FT46

4.5 bar - 21 bar DN15, DN20 and DN25

DN15 to DN50 32 bar

DN15 shown

FT46

4.5, 10 and 21 bar DN40 and DN50 DN50 shown

5.5.72

FT46-C

4.5-21 bar

Description

The FT46 is an austenitic stainless steel bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. The body and cover castings are produced by a TÜV approved foundry. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated above.

Air vent: The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT46 is suitable for use on 150 °C superheat @ 0 bar g. This value reduces with elevated pressure. The bimetallic element is fitted as standard to the 32 bar variants to provide additional superheat resistance. It is also available on other variants on request. Please refer to the Pressure/temperature limits graph on page 2.

Standards: This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the mark when so required.

Certification: This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Optional extras: A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT46-C) can be fitted to the trap.

This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. Note: The SLR and bimetallic air vent cannot be used in conjunction with each other. Alternative arrangements may be available. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco. The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order. The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order.

Page 1 of 6

Steam traps Ball float Sizes and pipe connections

Materials

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50.

Note: Flow direction when facing the body: - DN15 to DN25 is left to right. - DN40 and DN50 is right to left. Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1). On request - ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 150 and 300 flanges are available with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1). Note: ASME (ANSI) flanges are supplied with tapped (UNC) holes for flange bolts.

No. Part

Material

1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel (316)

Cover studs

Austenitic stainless steel

A2.70

Cover nuts

Austenitic stainless steel

A4

3

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Cover

Austenitic stainless steel (316)

Valve seat

DN15, DN20 Stainless and steel DN25

Main valve assembly

DN40 Stainless BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2 and steel BS 970 416 S37 DN50

Valve seat gasket

DN15, DN20 Stainless and steel DN25

Main valve assembly gasket

DN40 Reinforced exfoliated and graphite DN50

Pivot frame assembly set screws

DN15, DN20 Stainless and steel DN25

2

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits A



5

 

Steam saturation curve

 

C 













B 



Pressure bar g

6

The product must not be used in this region. This product should not be used in this region as damage to the air vent may occur.

5.5.73

A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME (ANSI) 300. A - C Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150. Note: The use of the bimetallic element extends the superheat resistance to in excess of 400 °C. Body design conditions

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

40 bar g @ 100 °C 400 °C @ 27.4 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

When fitted with a Maximum capsule operating temperature When fitted with a bimetallic air vent

285 °C @ 30.3 bar g

1.4408 / CF8M

BS 970 431 S29

BS 1449 304 S11

BS 4183 18/8

BS 970 304 S15 BS 6105 A4.80

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

Support frame

DN15, DN20 Stainless and steel DN25

BS 1449 304 S16

Pivot frame

DN15, DN20 Stainless and steel DN25

BS 1449 304 S16

DN15, DN20 Stainless steel and DN25

8

Ball float and lever

9

10

400 °C @ 27.4 bar g 0 °C

11

Pivot pin

DN15 DN20 DN25

DN40 DN50

12

Erosion deflector

Stainless steel

FT46-4.5

4.5 bar

4.5 bar

17

Stainless steel

FT46-10

10 bar

10 bar

Air vent assembly for all pressure ratings

FT46-14

14 bar

-

18

Air vent seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 409 S19

FT46-21

21 bar

21 bar

19

SLR assembly

BS 970 303 S31

FT46-32

32 bar

32 bar

Stainless steel

20 SLR gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S11

21 SLR seal

Graphite

Size

Maximum differential pressure

Stainless Bolts DN40 steel Main valve Studs Stainless assembly and DN50 steel nuts

32 bar g @ 239 °C

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

PMX

7

1.4408 / CF8M

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure:

60 bar g

Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed:

48 bar g

Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the internal mechanism may result.

26 Inlet plate

DN40 and Stainless DN50 steel only

BS 970 431 S29

BS 1449 304 S16

TI-P143-01 ST Issue 11

Page 2 of 6

FT46 Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float FT46

4.5 bar - 21 bar DN15, DN20 and DN25

FT46

DN15 to DN50

DN15 shown

2

1

3

18

17

8

32 bar

4 17

11 5

10

9

6

7

5.5.74

FT46-C

4.5-21 bar 19

21

20

18

2

17

1

3

18

17

8

4

FT46

4.5, 10 and 21 bar DN40 and DN50 DN50 shown 7

12

6 26

5

TI-P143-01 ST Issue 11

Page 3 of 6

FT46 Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float

Capacities 

      





 





 









 

Condensate kg/h

     



 





    





 





 

 









 











 



















 





 

    





 



 







 



 

5.5.75

 





 



    















 







 







 



 



 



  















 



Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

21

32

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h) DN15 and DN20

DN25, DN40 and DN50

up to 21 bar

450

600

780

1 040

1 140

1 350

1 530

1 750

2 300

-

32 bar only

170

250

380

520

600

780

860

1 140

1 170

1 200

up to 21 bar

460

680

900

1 080

1 300

1 600

1 980

2 050

2 600

-

32 bar only

90

120

350

460

600

850

900

1 020

1 200

1 300

TI-P143-01 ST Issue 11

Page 4 of 6

FT46 Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

DN15

150

80

80

215

120

155

10.8

DN20

150

80

80

225

120

165

10.8

DN25

160

115

85

276

170

215

15.0

DN40

230

130

115

326

200

200

33.0

DN50

230

141

123

332

200

225

43.0

Face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1)

FT46

DN15 and DN20

B

C A F D

5.5.76

E

B

FT46

DN25, DN40 and DN50

C

F D

E

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT46 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Note: Although FT46 4.5 bar - 21 bar versions are fitted with a capsule air vent assembly as standard, they can be fitted with a bimetallic air vent assembly upon request. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT46-21 ball float steam trap, having an austenitic stainless steel body and cover with a bimetallic air vent assembly. Connections are to be flanged to EN1092 PN40. Note: Although the FT46 32 bar is fitted with a bimetallic air vent assembly as standard, it can be fitted with a capsule air vent assembly and steam lock release feature upon request. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT46-21 ball float steam trap, having an austenitic stainless steel body and cover with a capsule air vent assembly. Connections are to be flanged to EN1092 PN40. TI-P143-01 ST Issue 11

Page 5 of 6

FT46 Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11

Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20, and DN25)

5, 6, 7, 12, 26

Main valve assembly (DN40 and DN50)

8

Ball float (DN40 and DN50) Bimetallic air vent assembly

Air vent assembly

17, 18

Capsule air vent assembly

17, 18, 19, 20, 21

Steam lock release and capsule air vent assembly (FT46-C)

3, 6, 18, 20, 21

Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) Note: Item 12 (Erosion deflector) is only used in DN40 and DN50.

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap, including pressure range. Example: 1 - Capsule air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 FT46-4.5 ball float steam trap.

Steam lock release assembly 19 + 21

5.5.77

Capsule air vent assembly 17 2

Dowel

3

18

20

5

11

6 9 10

7

8

Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25)

Bimetallic air vent assembly 17 12

26 6

5

8

7

2

Main valve assembly (DN40 and DN50)

Recommended tightening torques Item

2 5

or mm

Size DN15, 20 and 25 DN40 DN50 DN15, 20 and 25

17 A/F 19 A/F 24 A/F 17 A/F

M10 x 60 M16 x 85 M16 x 85

Nm 19 - 22 60 - 66 80 - 88 50 - 55

Item

Size

7

DN15, 20 and 25 DN40 DN50

17 19

or mm

10 A/F 13 A/F 17 A/F 22 A/F

Nm M5 x 20 M6 x 20 M8 x 20

2.5 10 20 50 50

-

2.8 12 24 55 55

TI-P143-01 ST Issue 11

Page 6 of 6

FT46 Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P142-01

ST Issue 12

FT47 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50) Description

The FT47 is an SG iron ball float steam trap with integral automatic air venting facility. It is available with horizontal flanged connections as well as vertical flanged connections, designated FT47V. As an option in the horizontal version up to 21 bar g, a manually adjustable needle valve can be added for use as a steam lock release designated FT47-C. If required, the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock. Body and cover castings are produced by a TÜV approved foundry. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the when so required.

mark

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. As an available option certification to EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be specified at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50. Note: Flow direction, for horizontal orientated traps, when facing the body: - DN15 to DN25 is left to right. - DN40 and DN50 is right to left. For vertically orientated traps the flow is downwards only. Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 and PN25 with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1). On request ASME B 16.5 Class 150 flanges are also available with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1). ASME flanges are supplied with tapped (UNC) holes for flanged bolts.

FT47

DN15, DN20 and DN25 DN15 shown

FT47-C FT47

DN40 and DN50 DN50 shown

Page 1 of 6

5.5.78

Steam traps Ball float Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits A Steam saturation curve

C

B

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. This product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur. A - C Flanged ASME (ANSI) A150 A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN25/PN40 Body design conditions

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

40 bar g @ 100 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

300 °C @ 28 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

5.5.79

-10 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Note: The DN40 and DN50 traps are limited to a PMO equal to ∆PMX

32 bar g @ 239 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

285 °C @ 29 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

PMX

Maximum differential pressure

0 °C

Size

DN15, 20, 25

DN40, 50

FT47-4.5

4.5 bar

4.5 bar

FT47-10

10 bar

10 bar

FT47-14

14 bar

-

FT47-21

21 bar

21 bar

FT47-32

32 bar

32 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of : Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed PMX

60 bar g

Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the internal mechanism may result.

TI-P142-01 ST Issue 12

Page 2 of 6

FT47 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float FT47

DN15, DN20 and DN25

2

1

3

18

17

8

4

DN15 shown

10 11

9 12 6

2

1

3 18

17

8

4

5 7

FT47-C 19 21 20

18

17

FT47

5.5.80

DN40 and DN50 DN50 shown

Materials No. Part 1

Cover stud Cover nuts

3

Cover gasket

4

Cover

Main valve assembly gasket

8

Ball float and lever

DIN 17420 21 Cr Mo V57

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Steel

EN 10269 25 Cr Mo 4

DN40 and DN50 Steel

DIN 17420 24 Cr Mo 5 DIN 1693 GGG 40.3

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

DN40 and DN50 Stainless steel

BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S11

BS 970 416 S37 DN40 and DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Pivot frame assembly set screws Main valve assembly

EN JS1049

SG iron

Main valve assembly with erosion deflector

7

EN JS1025

DN50 SG iron

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Valve seat gasket 6

DN15, DN20, DN25 and DN40 SG iron Steel

Valve seat 5

6 26 5

Material

Body

2

7

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel

BS 4183 18/8

Bolts

DN40 Stainless steel

BS 970 302 S25

Studs and nuts

DN50 Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

9

Support frame

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

10

Pivot frame

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

11

Pivot pin

DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel

12

Erosion deflector

17

Air vent assembly

DN15, DN20 and DN25 for horizontal installations only Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29

Stainless steel

18

Air vent seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 409 S19

19

SLR assembly

Stainless steel

BS 970 303 S31

20

SLR gasket

Steel

21

SLR seal

Graphite

26

Inlet plate

DN40 and DN50 for horizontal installations only Stainless steel

TI-P142-01 ST Issue 12

BS 1449 CS 4 BS 1449 304 S16

Page 3 of 6

FT47 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float Capacities 

    

5 -4. T47 F   0 5 N D



10 47-  FT   0 5 N D 4.5 47- T  F  0 4 D N

 

Condensate kg / h



5.5.81

-10 T47  F  0 N4  D

    

5 -4. T47  F  5  N2

 

     

 





 



    

 

 D

10 47- FT   5  2 N D  -14 4 .5 T47  F  47-  5 T  2 F   0 D N 2 N dD n  5a 10 1 D N 47- T  F  0 2 N dD n  a  5 14 1 47DN FT   0 2 DN nd  a  15 DN

   

    

21 47FT   0 2 DN nd  a  15 -32 DN T47  F   0 2 N D nd   a  15 N D

   

 



  















 



Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. 0.5

P (bar)

1

2

3

4.5

7

10

14

21

32

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h)

DN15 and DN20

up to 21 bar

450

600

780

1 040

1 140

1 350

1 530

1 750

2 300

-

32 bar only

170

250

380

520

600

780

860

1 140

1 170

1 200

DN25, DN40 and DN50

up to 21 bar

460

680

900

1 080

1 300

1 600

1 980

2 050

2 600

-

32 bar only

90

120

350

460

600

850

900

1 020

1 200

1 300

TI-P142-01 ST Issue 12

Page 4 of 6

FT47 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float FT47

FT47

DN15 and DN20

B

B

C

FT47V

FT47V

A

A

DN15 and DN20

DN25, DN40 and DN50

DN25, DN40 and DN50

C

A

F D

E

F

E

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

DN15

150

80

80

215

120

155

10.8

DN20

150

80

80

225

120

165

10.8

DN25

160

115

85

276

170

215

15.0

DN40

230

130

115

326

200

200

33.0

DN50

230

141

123

332

200

236

34.0

Face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

5.5.82

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FT47 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT47-14 ball float steam trap, having an SG iron body and cover with thermostatic air vent. Connections are to be flanged to EN 1092 PN40.

TI-P142-01 ST Issue 12

Page 5 of 6

FT47 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 horizontal traps)* Main valve assembly with integral erosion deflector (DN40 and 50) ** (specify horizontal or vertical trap) Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 vertical traps only)

5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 5, 6, 7, 12, 26 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 8

Ball float (DN40 and 50)

17, 18

Air vent assembly

17, 18, 19, 20, 21

Steam lock release and air vent assembly (FT47-C)

3, 6, 18, 20, 21

Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets)

* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN15, DN20 and DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available as a spare. ** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps in sizes DN40 and DN50. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap, including pressure range and orientation i.e.: horizontal or vertical connections. Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 FT47-21 ball float steam trap, with horizontal connections. Steam lock release assembly

5.5.83

2

Dowel

3

18

Air vent assembly 17

19 20

2

8 5 10 7 11 9 Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25) 6

Recommended tightening torques Item

2

5

or mm

Part

DN15, 20 and 25

17 A/F

M10 x 60

19 - 22

DN40

19 A/F

M16 x 85

60 - 66

DN50

24 A/F

M16 x 85

80 - 88

DN15, 20 and 25

17 A/F

DN15, 20 and 25 7

Nm

12 6 26 5 7 8 Main valve assembly (DN40 and DN50) (horizontal assembly shown)

50 - 55 M5 x 20

2.5 - 2.8

DN40

10 A/F

M6 x 20

10 - 12

DN50

13 A/F

M8 x 20

20 - 24

17

17 A/F

50 - 55

19

22 A/F

50 - 55

TI-P142-01 ST Issue 12

Page 6 of 6

FT47 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.84

Steam traps Ball float TI-S02-36

ST Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

Capacity Charts for FT44, FT46 and FT47 Ball Float Steam Traps

ISO 9001

DN15, DN20, DN25 FT44 (formally FT20) - Cast steel GS C25N (TI-S02-14) DN15, DN20, DN25 FT46 - Austenitic stainless steel 1.4581 (TI-P143-01) DN15, DN20, DN25 FT47 - SG iron GGG 40.3 (TI-P142-01) Note: All capacities shown are for the FT44, FT46, and FT47 unless otherwise indicated. Capacities for the DN40 - DN100 are shown overleaf

����� ����� �

��

�����

Condensate kg/h

5.5.85

���

���

�� ���

���

��� ��� ��� ���

� ��

���

��

��

��

���

��� ���

��

��

���

��

��� �� � �� � ��

��

���

���

� ���

��

���

� ���

���

�� ���

��

�� ���

���

�� ���

� ���

����

���

���

���

�� ���

�� � �� � � � ��

� ��� ��

���

��� ��

�� �� �� ��

� ��� ��� � � ��

� ��� ��� � � �� ��� ��

�� �� ��

�� ���

��� ��� ��� ��� ��� � � � � � � � � �� Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

���

��

�� ��

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. P (bar) DN15, DN20 DN25

up to 21 bar 32 bar only up to 21 bar 32 bar only

0.5

1

450 170 460 90

600 250 680 120

2

3 4.5 7 10 14 Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h) 780 1 040 1 140 1 350 1 530 1 750 380 520 600 780 860 1 140 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 350 460 600 850 900 1 020

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

21

32

2 300 1 170 2 600 1 200

1 200 1 300

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Ball float DN40, DN50, DN80, DN100 FT44 (formally FT20) - Cast steel GS-C25N (TI-S02-23) DN40, DN50 FT46 - Austenitic stainless steel 1.4581 (TI-P143-01) DN40, DN50 FT47 - SG iron GGG 40.3 (TI-P142-01)

Note: All capacities shown are for the FT44, FT46, and FT47 unless otherwise indicated. Capacities for the DN15 - DN25 are shown overleaf ������ ������ ������

��

�

���

������

�

� �� ��

��

�����

�

�����

5.5.86

�� ��

��

��

� ��

�

���

� ��

��

���

� ���

��

�

�

��

��

�����

�� ��

�

���

��

�� ��

���

�

�

���

� ��

��

��

��

��

�����

��

��

�� ��

��

� ���

���

� ��

�����

��� ��

��

��

�� ��

��

��

�����

�

��

� ��

��

�� ��

�����

� ��

��

��

�����

�

��

�� ��

�

��

�

������

� ��

�� �� ��

�

��

��

��

���

� ��

�

��

�

��

� ��

��

� ��

��

������

Condensate kg/h

�� ���

��

��� ��� ��� ��� ���

���

��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �

�

�

�

� � � � ��

��

�� ��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. P (bar)

0.5

up to 21 bar 32 bar only up to 21 bar DN80, DN100 32 bar only

460 90 920 180

DN40, DN50

1 680 120 1 360 240

2 3 4.5 7 10 Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h) 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 350 460 600 850 900 1 800 2 160 2 600 3 200 2 960 700 920 1 200 1 700 1 800

Capacity Charts for FT44, FT46 and FT47 Ball Float Steam Traps

14

21

32

2 050 1 020 4 100 2 040

2 600 1 200 5 200 2 400

1 300 2 600

TI-S02-36 ST Issue 3

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P603-07

ST Issue 4

FT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections Description

The FT53 is a cast iron ball float steam trap with internal thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. For further information see TI-P603-08. Available options: FT53H - Horizontal flow. FT53V - Vertical flow. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

FT53V 2

4

8

1

6

5

7

3

Sizes and pipe connections

Optional extras

Manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature can be fitted to all versions. This option provides a steam lock release feature in addition to the standard air vent. The cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock if requested at the point of order.

Optional Steam lock release

FT53H

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.5.87

DN40 and DN50. Standard flange EN 1092 PN40 (formerly DIN 2501). Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 26554 Series 1.

  

8

Steam saturation curve

 

2







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region.

1 6 5

7

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C @ 9.5 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 13 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 265°C @ 11 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco FT53H-4.5 4.5 bar FT53V-4.5 DPMX Maximum differential pressure FT53H-10 10 bar FT53V-10 FT53H-13 13 bar FT53V-13 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

3 4

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part Body Cover Cover gasket Cover bolts FT53H Cover studs FT53V Cover nuts FT53V Valve seat Valve Main valve gasket Ball float

Material Cast iron EN-GJL-250 Cast iron EN-GJL-250 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel CK 35 (1.1181) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057) Exfoliated graphite Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)

Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

FT53H Size DN40 DN50

A 230 230

B 75.5 83.0

C 192 192

D 208 208

E 168 168

FT53V Size DN40 DN50

Weight 27.0 28.0

FT53H

A 230 230

B 75.5 83.0

D 312 312

E 168 168

F 151 166

G 255 255

Weight 29.0 30.0

FT53V D

D

B

A

E

E

F

B G

A C

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Note: Capacities shown are based on condensate at boiling temperature.      

Condensate kg /h





 

  



 

5.5.88





 



      

 







  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions: Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h): Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 8 10 13 DN40 and 50 460 680 900 1 080 1300 1700 1900 2150

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap with cast iron body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections. Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT53H-4.5-C.

Spare parts

See TI-P603-08 for the relevant information.

TI-P603-07 ST Issue 4

FT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections

Steam traps Ball float TI-P603-08

ST Issue 1

FT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

FT53V (vertical) shown

FT53H (horizontal) shown

5.5.89

Traps having the optional steam lock release will have the nomenclature FT53V-C or FT53H-C

General safety information

Pressure Before attempting any maintenance on the trap, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure gauge indicates zero. Temperature Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety glasses) is required. Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Installation

The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to installation. Open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation.

Maintenance

Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are used at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. See IM-P603-03 for further details.

Disposal

No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products provided due care is taken.

Note: For further information regarding Installation, Maintenance and Safety see IM-P603-03 Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2002

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information see TI-P603-07. Available spares Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 5, 7, 10, 16 Ball float 8 Air vent assembly 17, 18, 24, 25, 26 Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 7, 18, 20 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, Steam lock release and air vent assembly 22, 23, 24, 25, 26

22 23 Steam lock release assembly 20 19 21

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 FT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar. Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT53H-4.5-C

FT53H shown

Air vent assembly 3

26 25 24 17

18

5.5.90

8

5

16

10

7

Main valve assembly with erosion deflector

Recommended tightening torques or

Item No. FT53H 4 5 16 17 19 21

FT5

Bolt Stud Nut

Valve seat Erosion deflector bolts Air vent seat (SLR sub-assembly) (SLR retaining nut)

24 A /F 24 A /F 17 A /F 10 A /F 17 A /F 19 A /F 13 A /F

mm M16 x 55 M16 M16 M12 M6 x 10

Nm 150 - 165 70 - 80 150 - 165 50 - 55 10 - 12 50 - 55 40 - 45 4-5

FT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares)

TI-P603-08

ST Issue 1

Steam traps Ball float TI-P615-07 ST Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

IFT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

Description

IFT53V 2 3 1

10 8 24 25 7

4

IFT53H

Sizes and pipe connections

1

DN40 and DN50. Standard flange EN 1092 PN40 (formerly DIN 2501). Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 26554 Series 1.

Optional extras

If requested at the point of order the cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock.

Pressure / temperature limits 

Temperature °C

5.5.91

The IFT53 is a cast iron ball float steam trap fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor (SSI) for steam leakage detection and integral thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover are produced by TÜV approved foundries. Available options: IFT53H - Horizontal flow. IFT53V - Vertical flow. Sensors are compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points: R1 (single trap) remote test point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 trap) automatic steam trap moniter with PNP /NPN output where appropriate. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 /EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with a Typical Test Report. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

 

8









   Pressure bar g

11 24

9 7

Steam saturation curve









25

3 4

2

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region due to the limitations of the sensor. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C @ 9.5 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service 13 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 11.5 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. IFT53H-4.5, IFT53V- 4.5 4.5 bar Maximum IFT53H-10, IFT53V-10 10 bar PMX differential pressure IFT53H-13, IFT53V-13 13 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 24 25

Part Body Cover Cover gasket Cover bolts IFT53H Cover studs IFT53V Cover nuts IFT53V Valve seat Valve Main valve gasket Ball float Ball float Sensor gasket Sensor

Material Cast iron EN-GJL-250 Cast iron EN-GJL-250 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel CK 35 (1.1181) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057) Exfoliated graphite Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301) Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301) Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16

Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2005

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg IFT53H Size DN40 DN50

A 230 230

B 75.5 83.0

C 192 192

D 208 208

E 168 168

IFT53V Size DN40 DN50

Weight 27.0 28.0

IFT53H

A 230 230

B 75.5 83.0

D 312 312

E 168 168

F 151 166

G 255 255

Weight 29.0 30.0

IFT53V D

A

E

B

D

E

F

B

G

A

C

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842) Note: Capacities shown are based on boiling hot condensate.      

Condensate kg /h

 





 

 

5.5.92

  



   



 

      

 







  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions: Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h): Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 8 10 13 DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 700 1 900 2 150

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap with cast iron body and cover having an integral sensor (SS1) to identify steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.

Spare parts

See TI-P615-08 for the relevant information.

IFT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

TI-P615-07 ST Issue 3

Steam traps Ball float TI-P615-08

ST Issue 2

IFT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections - (Spares)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

IFT53V (vertical) shown

IFT53H (horizontal) shown

5.5.93

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P603-03) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation. Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Disposal

No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2005

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information see TI-P615-07. Available spares Main valve assembly with erosion deflector Ball float Air vent assembly Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) Sensor and gasket

7, 8, 9, 16 11 17, 18 3, 9, 18, 20 24, 25

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 IFT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar.

IFT53H shown

Air vent assembly 3

17

18

5.5.94 4 (Not an available spare)

11

25

16 7 8 9 Main valve assembly with erosion deflector

24

Recommended tightening torques or

Item No. IFT53H 4 16 17 25

IFT53V Erosion deflector bolts Air vent seat Sensor

Nm

mm Bolt Stud Nut

24 A / F 24 A / F 10 A / F 17 A / F 24 A / F

M16 x 55 M16 M16 M6 x 10

IFT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections - (Spares)

150 70 150 10 50 50 -

165 80 165 12 55 55

TI-P615-08 ST Issue 2

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P603-01

ST Issue 4

FT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections Description

The FT54 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap with internal thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover are produced by TÜV approved foundries. For further information see TI-P603-04.

DN15 FT54V

2

1 10

Available options: FT54H - Horizontal flow. FT54V - Vertical flow. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23/EC and carries the mark when so required.

6

5

3

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

4

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50. Standard flange EN 1092 PN40 (formerly DIN 2501). Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 26554 Series 1.

Optional Steam lock release

Optional extras

Manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature) can be fitted to all versions. This option provides a steam lock release feature in addition to the standard air vent. The cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock if requested at the point of order.

2

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.5.95

11



  

Steam saturation curve

 

1 8 9





 Pressure bar g

7 3

 



The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 24 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure 31 bar g PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 284°C @ 28.5 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DPMX Maximum differential pressures See overleaf Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the internal mechanism may result.

DN40 FT54H

4

Materials No. 1 2 3 4

Part Body Cover Cover gasket Cover bolts FT54H Cover studs FT54V Cover nuts FT54V

5

Valve seat

6

Valve

7

Valve seat

8 9 10 11

Material Carbon steel 1.0619+N Carbon steel 1.0619+N Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel CK 35 (1.1181) X 22 CrNi 17 2 DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4057) X 105 CrMo 17 DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4125)

X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057) X 22 CrNi 17 2 Valve DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057) Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite X 5 CrNi 18 10 Ball float Stainless steel (1.4301) DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel

Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg FT54H

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50

A 150 150 160 230 230

B 48 53 58 75.5 83

C 126 126 126 192 192

D 151 151 151 208 208

E 119 119 119 168 168

Weight 7.5 8.0 8.5 27.0 28.0

FT54H DN15 - DN50

FT54V

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50

A 150 150 160 230 230

B 48 53 58 75.5 83

D 214 214 221 312 312

E 119 119 119 168 168

F 96 106 116 151 166

G Weight 175 7.5 175 8.0 175 8.5 255 29.0 255 30.0

FT54V DN15 - DN50 D

D

B

A

E

E

F

B G

A

C

DPMX - Maximum differential pressures Size and model DN15, DN20 and DN25 DN40 and DN50

FT54H-4 FT54V-4 4 bar -

FT54H-4.5 FT54V-4.5 4.5 bar

FT54H-8 FT54V-8 8 bar -

FT54H-10 FT54V-10 10 bar

FT54H-12 FT54V-12 12 bar -

FT54H-20 FT54V-20 20 bar -

FT54H-28 FT54V-28 28 bar

FT54H-32 FT54V-32 32 bar -

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Capacities shown are based on boiling hot condensate.

DN15, DN20 and DN25 





















 







 

       DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)



 





 

 







 

 



DN40 and DN50

     

Condensate kg /h

Condensate kg /h

      

 

       







 







 





  



 

DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h) Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 1300

8 1700 1700

10 1900

12 2000 -

16 2250 2250

How to order

20 2550 2550

28 2900

32 3000 -

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap with carbon steel body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections. Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT54-4.5-C.

Spare parts

See TI-P603-04 for relevant information.

TI-P603-01 ST Issue 4

FT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections

5.5.96

Steam traps Ball float TI-P603-04

ST Issue 2

FT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DN15 FT54V (vertical) shown

DN40 FT54H (horizontal) shown

5.5.97

Traps having the optional steam lock release will have the nomenclature:FT54V-C or FT54H-C

Safety information

Pressure Before attempting any maintenance on the trap, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure gauge indicates zero. Temperature Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety glasses) is required. Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Installation

The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to installation. Open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation.

Maintenance

Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are used at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. See IM-P603-03 for further details.

Disposal

No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information see TI-P603-01. Available spares Main valve assembly with float 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15 (DN15, DN20 and DN25) Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 7, 8, 9, 16 (DN40 and DN50) Ball float (DN40 and DN50 only) Air vent assembly Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) Steam lock release and air vent assembly

11 17, 18 3, 9, 18, 20 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23

22

Steam lock release assembly

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 FT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar. Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT54H-4.5-C.

FT54H shown

23

20

19 21

Air vent assembly 3

17

18

5.5.98

15 11

7

16

8

5 12

9

Main valve assembly for DN40 and DN50 size traps with erosion deflector 10

13

6

14

Main valve assembly with float for DN15, DN20 and DN25 size traps

Recommended tightening torques or

Item FT54H DN15, DN20 and DN25 4

FT54V FT54H

DN40 and DN50 5 14 16 17 19 21

Nm

mm

(SLR sub-assembly) (SLR retaining nut)

FT54V

Bolt Stud Nut Bolt Stud Nut

10 (socket) 19 24 24 17 10 10 17 19 13

M12 x 35 M12 M12 M16 x 55 M16 M16 M12 M6 x 10 M6 x 10

70-75 35-40 70-75 150-165 70-80 150-165 50-55 10-12 10-12 50-55 40-45 4-5

FT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares) TI-P603-04

ST Issue 2

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P615-06

ST Issue 3

IFT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trapwith Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections Description

IFT54V DN15 2 3

1

10 25 24 6

5

4

IFT54H DN40

1

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50. Standard flange EN 1092 PN40 (formerly DIN 2501). Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 26554 Series 1.

Optional extras

If requested at the point of order the cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.5.99

The IFT54 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor (SSI) for steam leakage detection and integral thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover are produced by TÜV approved foundries. Available options: IFT54H - Horizontal flow. IFT54V - Vertical flow. Sensors are compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points: R1 (single trap) remote test point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP/NPN output where appropriate. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.



  







 Pressure bar g

11

9 7

24

3

Steam saturation curve



8

4  

25 2



The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region due to the limitations of the sensor. Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 24 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 31 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 31 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DPMX Maximum differential pressure See overleaf Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the internal mechanism may result.

Materials

No. Part 1 Body 2 Cover 3 Cover gasket Cover bolts FT54H 4 Cover studs FT54V Cover nuts FT54V 5 Valve seat (DN15 -25) 6 Valve (DN15-25) 7 Valve seat (DN40 -50) 8 Valve (DN40 -50) 9 Main valve gasket 10 Ball float 11 Ball float 24 Sensor gasket 25 Sensor

Material Carbon steel 1.0619+N Carbon steel 1.0619+N Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel CK 35 (1.1181) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057) Stainless steel X 105 CrMo 17 (1.4125) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057) Exfoliated graphite Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301) Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301) Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16

Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg IFT54H

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50

A 150 150 160 230 230

B 48 53 58 75.5 83

C 126 126 126 192 192

D 151 151 151 208 208

E 119 119 119 168 168

Weight 7.5 8.0 8.5 27.0 28.0

IFT54H DN15 - DN50

IFT54V

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50

A 150 150 160 230 230

B 48 53 58 75.5 83

D 214 214 221 312 312

E 119 119 119 168 168

F 96 106 116 151 166

G Weight 175 7.5 175 8.0 175 8.5 255 29.0 255 30.0

IFT54V DN15 - DN50 D

A

E

D

B

F

E

B

A

C

DPMX - Maximum differential pressures Size and model DN15, DN20 and DN25 DN40 and DN50

IFT54H-4 IFT54V-4 4 bar -

IFT54H-4.5 IFT54V-4.5 4.5 bar

IFT54H-8 IFT54V-8 8 bar -

G

IFT54H-10 IFT54V-10 10 bar

IFT54H-12 IFT54V-12 12 bar -

IFT54H-20 IFT54V-20 20 bar -

IFT54H-28 IFT54V-28 28 bar

IFT54H-32 IFT54V-32 32 bar -

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Capacities shown are based on boiling hot condensate.

DN15, DN20 and DN25 











 











 







 









 

       Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

 





 







 

DN40 and DN50

  

Condensate kg /h

Condensate kg /h

      





      







 





 



       Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

 

Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h) Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 1300

8 1700 1700

10 1900

12 2000 -

How to order

16 2250 2250

20 2550 2550

28 2900

32 3000 -

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap with a carbon steel body and cover having an integral sensor (SS1) to identify steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.

Spare parts

See TI-P615-05 for relevant information.

TI-P615-06 ST Issue 3

IFT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

5.5.100

Steam traps Ball float TI-P615-05

ST Issue 2

IFT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections - (Spares)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DN15 IFT54V (vertical) shown

DN40 IFT54H (horizontal) shown

5.5.101

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P603-03) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation. Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully. Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken.

Disposal

No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products provided due care is taken. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2005

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information see TI-P615-06. Available spares Main valve assembly with float Main valve assembly with erosion deflector Ball float Air vent assembly Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) Sensor and gasket

5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15 7, 8, 9, 16 11 17, 18 3, 9, 18, 20 24, 25

(DN15, DN20 and DN25) (DN40 and DN50) (DN40 and DN50 only)

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 IFT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar.

IFT54H shown

Air vent assembly 3

17

18

4 (Not an available spare)

11

25

16 8 9 7 Main valve assembly for DN40 and DN50 size traps with erosion deflector

5 12

24

10

or

Item No.

4

IFT54V IFT54H

DN40 and DN50 Valve seat Valve bolts Erosion deflector bolts Air vent seat Sensor

Nm

mm IFT54H

DN15, DN20 and DN25

13 6 14

Main valve assembly with float for DN15, DN20 and DN25 size traps

Recommended tightening torques

5 14 16 17 25

15

IFT54V

Bolt Stud Nut Bolt Stud Nut

10 (socket) 19 A / F 24 A / F 24 A / F 17 A / F 10 A / F 10 A / F 17 A / F 24 A / F

M12 x 35 M12 M12 M16 x 55 M16 M16 M12 M6 x 10 M6 x 10

IFT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections - (Spares)

70 35 70 150 70 150 50 10 10 50 50

-

75 40 75 165 80 165 55 12 12 55 55

TI-P615-05 ST Issue 2

5.5.102

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P603-02

ST Issue 4

FT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections Description

The FT57 is an SG iron ball float steam trap with internal thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover are produced by TÜV approved foundries. For further information see TI-P603-05. Available options: FT57H - Horizontal flow. FT57V - Vertical flow. Standards These products fully compy with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

10

6

5

3

4

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50. Standard flange EN 1092 PN40 (formerly DIN 2501). Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 26554 Series 1.

Optional Steam lock release

Optional extras

Manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature) can be fitted to all versions. This option provides a steam lock release feature in addition to the standard air vent. The cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock if requested at the point of order.

2

Pressure / temperature limits

11

   



1 8 9

Steam saturation curve

 



 Pressure bar g

2

1

Sizes and pipe connections

Temperature °C

5.5.103

DN15 FT57V

7 3

 



The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 350°C @ 28 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service 32 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 287°C @ 32 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DPMX Maximum differential pressures See overleaf Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the internal mechanism may result.

4

Materials

No. 1 2 3

Part Body Cover Cover gasket Cover bolts FT57H Cover studs FT57V Cover nuts FT57V

DN40 FT57H

Material SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) 4 Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258) Steel CK 35 (1.1181) X 22 CrNi 17 2 5 Valve seat DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4057) X 105 CrMo 17 6 Valve DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4125) X 22 CrNi 17 2 7 Valve seat DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057) X 22 CrNi 17 2 8 Valve DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057) 9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite 10 X 5 CrNi 18 10 Stainless steel 11 Ball float (1.4301) Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.

Steam traps Ball float Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg FT57H

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50

A 150 150 160 230 230

B 48 53 58 75.5 83

C 126 126 126 192 192

D 151 151 151 208 208

E 119 119 119 168 168

Weight 7.5 8.0 8.5 27.0 28.0

FT57H DN15 - DN50

FT57V

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50

A 150 150 160 230 230

B 48 53 58 75.5 83

D 214 214 221 312 312

E 119 119 119 168 168

F 96 106 116 151 166

G Weight 175 7.5 175 8.0 175 8.5 255 29.0 255 30.0

FT57V DN15 - DN50 D

B

A

E

D

E

F

B G

A

C

DPMX - Maximum differential pressures FT57H-4 FT57V-4 DN15, DN20 and DN25 4 bar DN40 and DN50 -

FT57H-4.5 FT57V-4.5 4.5 bar

Size and model

FT57H-8 FT57V-8 8 bar -

FT57H-10 FT57V-10 10 bar

FT57H-12 FT57V-12 12 bar -

FT57H-20 FT57V-20 20 bar -

FT57H-28 FT57V-28 28 bar

FT57H-32 FT57V-32 32 bar -

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Capacities shown are based on boiling hot condensate.

DN15, DN20 and DN25 





















 











 

       DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

 







 







 



DN40 and DN50

  

Condensate kg /h

Condensate kg /h

      

 

 





      







 

       DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

 

Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h) Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 1300

8 1700 1700

10 1900

12 2000 -

16 2250 2250

How to order

20 2550 2550

28 2900

32 3000 -

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT57H-4.5 ball float steam trap with SG iron body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections. Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT57-4.5-C.

Spare parts

See TI-P603-05 for relevant information.

TI-P603-02 ST Issue 4

FT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections

5.5.104

Steam traps Ball float TI-P603-05

ST Issue 2

FT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - (Spares)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DN15 FT57V (vertical) shown

DN40 FT57H (horizontal) shown

5.5.105

Traps having the optional steam lock release will have the nomenclature:FT57V-C or FT57H-C

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P603-03) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation. Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Disposal

No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2005

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information see TI-P603-02. Available spares Main valve assembly with float 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15 (DN15, 20 and 25) Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 7, 8, 9, 16 (DN40 and 50) Ball float (DN40 and 50 only) Air vent assembly Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) Steam lock release and air vent assembly

11 17, 18 3, 9, 18, 20 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23

22

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 FT57H-4.5 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar. Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT57H-4.5-C.

FT57H shown

23

Steam lock release assembly 20

19 21

Air vent assembly 3

17

18 4 (Not an available spare)

15 11

7

16

8

5 12

9

Main valve assembly for DN40 and DN50 size traps with erosion deflector 10

13

6

14

Main valve assembly with float for DN15, DN20 and DN25 size traps

Recommended tightening torques or

Item No. FT57H DN15, DN20 and DN25 4

5 14 16 17 19 21

FT57V FT57H

DN40 and DN50 Valve seat Valve bolts Erosion deflector bolts Air vent seat (SLR sub-assembly) (SLR retaining nut)

Nm

mm

FT57V

Bolt Stud Nut Bolt Stud Nut

10 (socket) 19 A / F 24 A / F 24 A / F 17 A / F 10 A / F 10 A / F 17 A / F 19 A / F 13 A / F

M12 x 35 M12 M12 M16 x 55 M16 M16 M12 M6 x 10 M6 x 10

FT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - (Spares)

70 35 70 150 70 150 50 10 10 50 40 4

-

75 40 75 165 80 165 55 12 12 55 45 5

TI-P603-05 ST Issue 2

5.5.106

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.107

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P615-03

ST Issue 5

IFT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

IFT57H

DN40 (horizontal shown)

5.5.108 IFT57V

DN15 (vertical shown)

Description

The IFT57 is an SG iron ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals, an integral Spiratec sensor (SSI) for steam leakage detection and built-in automatic air venting facility for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated IFT57V are available. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is from right to left only when facing the body. For vertically orientated traps the flow is downwards only. The body and cover are produced by TÜV approved foundries. Available options:

IFT57H - Horizontal flow.

IFT57V - Vertical flow.

Sensors are compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points: R1 (single trap) remote set point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP/NPN output where applicable. Capsule - The BP99 /32 capsule used in the air vent assembly is suitable for 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g. Optional extras The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped

" BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order.

The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped

" BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order.

Standards - This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification - This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50.

Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 (formerly DIN 2501) with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (series 1). Page 1 of 6

Steam traps Ball float

2 3

1

10 25 24 6

5

IFT57H DN40 4

IFT57V DN15 1

5.5.109 11

8

24

9 7

25

3 4

2

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

SG iron

EN-GJS-400-18U-LT

2

Cover

SG iron

EN-GJS-400-18U-LT

3

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Cover bolts 4

FT57H

Steel

24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)

Cover studs

FT57V

Steel

24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)

Cover nuts

FT57V

Steel

CK 35 (1.1181)

5

Valve seat

(DN15-25)

Stainless steel

X 22 CrNi172(1.4057)

6

Valve

(DN15-25)

Stainless steel

X 105CrMo17(1.4125)

7

Valve seat

(DN40-50)

Stainless steel

X 22 CrNi 172(1.4057)

8

Valve

(DN40-50)

Stainless steel

X 22 CrNi 172(1.4057)

9

Main valve gasket

Exfoliated graphite

10

Ball float

Stainless steel

X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)

11

Ball float

Stainless steel

X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)

24 Sensor gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

25 Sensor

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.

TI-P615-03 ST Issue 5

IFT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

Page 2 of 6

Steam traps Ball float Pressure/temperature limits Temperature °C

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region due to the limitations of the sensor.

Steam saturation curve Pressure bar g

Capsule - The BP99 /32 capsule used in the air vent assembly is suitable for 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g. Body design conditions

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

40 bar g @ 120°C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

350°C @ 28 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10°C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

32 bar g 240°C @ 32 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0°C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Size

Model

Maximum PMX differential pressures DN15, DN20 and DN25 DN40 and DN50

IFT57H-4 IFTH-4.5 IFT57H-8

IFTH-10 IFT57H-12 IFT57H-20 IFTH-28 IFT57H-32

IFT57V-4 IFTV-4.5 IFT57V-8

IFTV-10 IFT57V-12 IFT57V-20 IFTV-28 IFT57V-32

4 bar

-

8 bar

-

12 bar

20 bar

-

32 bar

-

4.5 bar

-

10 bar

-

-

28 bar

-

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

60 bar g

Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed ∆PMX

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg IFT57H

IFT57V

Size

A

B

C

D

E

Weight

Size

A

B

D

E

F

G

Weight

DN15

150

48

126

151

119

7.5

DN15

150

48

214

119

96

175

7.5

DN20

150

53

126

151

119

8.0

DN20

150

53

214

119

106

175

8.0

DN25

160

58

126

151

119

8.5

DN25

160

58

221

119

116

175

8.5

DN40

230

75.5

192

208

168

27.0

DN40

230

75.5

312

168

151

255

29.0

DN50

230

83

192

208

168

28.0

DN50

230

83

312

168

166

255

30.0

IFT57H DN15 to DN50 D

IFT57V DN15 to DN50 A

B

D

F

B A

C

E Withdrawal distance

TI-P615-03 ST Issue 5

IFT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

G

E Withdrawal distance Page 3 of 6

5.5.110

Steam traps Ball float Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842) DN15, DN20 and DN25

 

DN40 and DN50

 





 









  







 

Condensate kg/h

   







 









  

 





  





 Condensate kg/h

 



 





   

5.5.111

  







  

 

 









  



 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent. Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg/h) P (bar)

0.5

1

2

3

4

4.5

8

10

12

16

20

28

32

DN15, DN20 and DN25

460

680

900

1080

1 250

-

1 700

-

2 000

2 250

2 550

-

3 000

DN40 and DN50

460

680

900

1080

-

1 300

1 700

1 900

-

2 250

2 550

2 900

-

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P603-03) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance / replacement. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing damage may be reduced by thermal insulation / draining / isolation. For DN15 – DN25 sizes : It is recommended that a strainer, with a screen having 0.8 mm perforations, is installed upstream of the unit to ensure adequate removal of dirt from the steam system. For DN40 – DN50 sizes : It is recommended that a strainer, with a 40 mesh screen, is installed upstream of the unit to ensure adequate removal of dirt from the steam system. Maintenance note : Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Caution : The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal : No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT57H-16 ball float steam trap with SG iron body and cover having an integral sensor (SSI) to identify steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.

TI-P615-03 ST Issue 5

IFT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

Page 4 of 6

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Main valve assembly with float

(DN15, DN20 and DN25)

Main valve assembly with erosion deflector

(DN40 and DN50)

Ball float

(DN40 and DN50 only)

5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15 7, 8, 9, 16 11 17, 18

Air vent assembly

3, 9, 18, 20

Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3)

24, 25

Sensor and gasket

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 IFT54H-16 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 16 bar.

IFT57H shown

3

Air vent assembly 17

5.5.112

18

4 (Not an available spare)

11

25

16 8 9 7 Main valve assembly for DN40 and DN50 size traps with erosion deflector

15

5 12

24

Integral Spiratec sensor 10

13 6 14

Main valve assembly with float for DN15, DN20 and DN25 size traps

TI-P615-03 ST Issue 5

IFT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

Page 5 of 6

Steam traps Ball float

IFT57H shown

3

Air vent assembly 17

11

7

15

5

24

5.5.113 Recommended tightening torques or mm

Item No. and part IFT57H DN15, DN20 and DN25 2

Bolt

10 A/F (socket)

Stud

IFT57V IFT57H

DN40 and DN50

M12 x 35

70 - 75

M12

35 - 40

Nut

19 A/F

M12

70 - 75

Bolt

24 A/F

M16 x 55

150 - 165

M16

70 - 80

24 A/F

M16

150 - 165

Stud

IFT57V

Nm

Nut

5

DN15, DN20 and DN25

Valve seat

17 A/F

M12

50 - 55

7

DN15, DN20 and DN25

Pivot frame assembly screws

10 A/F

M6 x 10

10 - 12

15

DN40 and DN50

Servo-mechanism screws

10 A/F

M6 x 10

10 - 12

17

Air vent assembly

17 A/F

50 - 55

24

Sensor

24 A/F

50 - 55

TI-P615-03 ST Issue 5

IFT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections

Page 6 of 6

Steam traps Ball float Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P179-02

ST Issue 4

FTC80 Cast Steel 1½" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body

2" FTC80 SW (R-L) shown

5.5.114

Description

As standard, the FTC80 ball float steam trap is supplied with a right to left (R-L) flow configuration having horizontal connections and has provision for adding an air venting option; Please note that the unit is supplied with a ¾" socket weld connection in the cover with a plug screwed into the fitting. It has been designed for floor mounting and is suitable for most high-pressure process and drainage applications. Its simple robust ball float mechanism ensures excellent resistance to waterhammer. All internals are easily accessible for in-line maintenance and a drain port allows full body drainage. It has a large maintainable strainer screen that extends service intervals and is located in an accessible flanged chamber. Available options Factory fitted external BDV2 air vent having a ½" NPT screwed connection (a ½" BSP screwed connection is used on the PN100 version) Factory fitted internal fixed bleed for continuous discharge of air and other incondensable gasses Note: As standard the unit is supplied with a ¾" socket weld connection in the cover with a " BSP screwed plug fitted. Standard This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 for the body, cover, fasteners, screen flange and BDV2 air vent. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

1½" and 2" ASME B 16.11 Class 6000 socket weld. 1½" and 2" ASME B 16.5 Class 600 flanges. Note: Other connections are available upon request but may limit the operating range – Please consult Spirax Sarco for further information. Drain plug connection is " screwed NPT as standard (a " screwed BSP connection is used on the PN100 version).

Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Ball float 12 (optional)

32 (optional) Please note that items 33 to 42 make up the fixed bleed assembly

29

2" FTC80 SW (R-L) shown

4, 5 2

8 7

Materials

5.5.115

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 18a 18b 19 26 27 28 29 * 30 * 31

1

19

18

15, 26 6

13

14

3

27

Part Body Cover Cover gasket Cover stud Cover nuts Valve head and retainer Strainer flange Strainer screen Strainer gasket Strainer studs Strainer nuts Air vent (optional) Mechanism assembly Float Valve seat

Material Cast steel Cast steel Tanged graphite Steel Steel Stainless steel Steel Stainless steel Tanged graphite Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Titanium

Assembly bolts

Stainless steel

Assembly gasket Gasket Drain plug Air vent plug (not shown) Name-plate Flange pipe Flange

Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

33 Bleed orifice 34 Pipe support 35 Washer 36 Lock-nut 37 Nut 32 Fixed bleed assembly 38 Ferrule 39 Bleed pipe 40 Stud 41 Twin ferrule 42 Nut Note: Items 30 and 31 the flange and flange pipe are not shown. *

TI-P179-02 ST Issue 4

9

10, 11

ASTM A216 WCB ASTM A216 WCB SST100 ASTM A193 B16 ASTM A194 Gr. 4 ASTM A182 F11 CL2 SST100 ASTM A193 B16 ASTM A194 Gr. 4 (See BDV2 in TI-P600-01)

FTC80 Cast Steel 1½" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body

A4-80

ASTM A182 F11 CL2 ASTM A182 F11 CL2 ASTM A335 P11 ASTM A182 F11 CL2 ASTM A276 431 304 or 316 A2-70 316 316L ASTM A269 304 316 S11 or S13 316 S11 or S13 316 S11 or S13

Page 2 of 4

Steam traps Ball float

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)  



 

   

 

Steam saturation curve 



















   

Condensate kg/h

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

ASME 600

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

100 bar g @ 52°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 57 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature









  





 



-29°C

Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature

80 bar g

  

425°C @ 57 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0°C

FTC80-45

∆PMX





 

 



45 bar

Maximum differential FTC80-62 pressure FTC80-80



62 bar



80 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g







 





  





Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

5.5.116

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A Size

B

Withdrawal distance

Weight

Socket weld

ASME 600

Flanged

BDV2

Plug

C

D

E Cover

F Screen

Socket weld

ASME 600

DN40 (1½")

555

755

430

390

324

110.5

55

260

112

118

DN50 (2")

555

785

430

390

324

110.5

55

260

112

118

Flanged

C

E

B

D A (SW) A (ASME100)

F

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P179-06) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FTC80 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically. Integral legs assist stable floor mounting. Please note that appropriate high temperature jointing compound must be used on the drain plug and air vent plug threads. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" FTC80-45 (R-L) ball float steam trap with ASME Class 6000 weld connections and screwed BDV2 manual air vent complete with 3.1 certification for the FTC80 and BDV2.

TI-P179-02 ST Issue 4

FTC80 Cast Steel 1½" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body

Page 3 of 4

Steam traps Ball float Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Mechanism maintenance kit, including float Seat and ball head Cover gasket (3 off) Strainer screen Strainer gasket (3 off) Mechanism and fixed bleed maintenance kit including float

16

3, 13, 18a,18b, 19 3, 15, 16, 17, 19, 26 3 8, 9 9 3, 13, 18a, 18b, 19, 32

15

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed ‘Available spares’ and state the size and type of trap, including pressure range. Example: 1 off Seat and ball head set for a Spirax Sarco 1½" FTC80-45 ball float steam trap.

26

Item 12 The BDV2 air vent is an optional extra. For ordering this unit see TI-P600-01.

17

5.5.117 18b

32 (Optional - fixed bleed assembly) 18a 19 13

3

8

TI-P179-02 ST Issue 4

9

FTC80 Cast Steel 1½" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body

Page 4 of 4

Steam traps Ball float Page 1 of 4 TI-P179-03

ST Issue 3

FTC80 Cast Steel DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

2" FTC80 SW (R-L) shown

5.5.118

Description

As standard, the FTC80 ball float steam trap is supplied with a right to left (R-L) flow configuration having horizontal connections and has provision for adding an air venting option; Please note that the unit is supplied with a ¾" socket weld connection in the cover with a plug screwed into the fitting. It has been designed for floor mounting and is suitable for most high-pressure process and drainage applications. Its simple robust ball float mechanism ensures excellent resistance to waterhammer. All internals are easily accessible for in-line maintenance and a drain port allows full body drainage. It has a large maintainable strainer screen that extends service intervals and is located in an accessible flanged chamber. Available options Factory fitted external BDV2 air vent having a ½" BSP screwed connection Factory fitted internal fixed bleed for continuous discharge of air and other incondensable gasses Note: As standard the unit is supplied with a ¾" socket weld connection in the cover with a " BSP screwed plug fitted. Standard This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 for the body, cover, fasteners, screen flange and BDV2 air vent. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN40 and DN50 socket weld BS 3799. DN40 and DN50 flanged EN 1092 PN100. Note: Other connections are available upon request but may limit the operating range – Please consult Spirax Sarco for further information. Drain plug connection is " screwed BSP as standard.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 4

© Copyright 2010

Steam traps Ball float Page 2 of 4 32 (optional) Please note that items 33 to 42 make up the fixed bleed assembly

12 (optional)

29

2" FTC80 SW (R-L) shown

4, 5 2

8 7

Materials

5.5.119

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 18a 18b 19 26 27 28 29 * 30 * 31

1

19

18

15, 26 6

13

14

3

27

Part Body Cover Cover gasket Cover stud Cover nuts Valve head and retainer Strainer flange Strainer screen Strainer gasket Strainer studs Strainer nuts Air vent (optional) Mechanism assembly Float Valve seat

Material Cast steel Cast steel Tanged graphite Steel Steel Stainless steel Steel Stainless steel Tanged graphite Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Titanium

Assembly bolts and nuts

Stainless steel

Assembly gasket Gasket Drain plug Air vent plug (not shown) Name-plate Flange pipe Flange

Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

33 Bleed orifice 34 Pipe support 35 Washer 36 Lock-nut 37 Nut 32 Fixed bleed assembly 38 Ferrule 39 Bleed pipe 40 Stud 41 Twin ferrule 42 Nut Note: Items 30 and 31 the flange and flange pipe are not shown. *

9

10, 11

FTC80 Cast Steel DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body Page 2 of 4

GP240GH 1.0619 GP240GH 1.0619 SST100 ASTM A193 B16 ASTM A194 Gr. 4 ASTM A182 F11 CL2 SST100 ASTM A193 B16 ASTM A194 Gr. 4 (See BDV2 in TI-P600-01)

A4-80

ASTM A182 F11 CL2 ASTM A182 F11 CL2 ASTM A335 P11 ASTM A182 F11 CL2 ASTM A276 431 304 or 316 A2-70 316 316L ASTM A269 304 316 S11 or S13 316 S11 or S13 316 S11 or S13

TI-P179-03 ST Issue 3

Steam traps Ball float Page 3 of 4

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)  



 

   

 

Steam saturation curve 











 







 

Condensate kg/h

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN100

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

100 bar g @ 50°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 46 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature





 

  





 



-29°C

Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service

70 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature

  

425°C @ 46 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Maximum differential pressure



 

Pressure bar g

∆PMX





 

0°C

FTC80-45

45 bar

FTC80-62

62 bar

FTC80-80

70 bar

  

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g

           Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)



Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A Size

B

Withdrawal distance

Weight

Socket weld

Flanged PN100

BDV2

Plug

C

D

E Cover

F Screen

Socket weld

Flanged PN100

DN40 (1½")

555

755

430

390

324

110.5

55

260

112

118

DN50 (2")

555

785

430

390

324

110.5

55

260

112

118

C

E

B

D A (SW)

F

A (PN100)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P179-06) supplied with the product. Installation note: The FTC80 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and falls vertically. Integral legs assist stable floor mounting. Please note that appropriate high temperature jointing compound must be used on the drain plug and air vent plug threads. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FTC80-45 (R-L) ball float steam trap with flanged EN 1092 PN100 connections and screwed BDV2 manual air vent complete with 3.1 certification for the FTC80 and BDV2.

FTC80 Cast Steel DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body Page 3 of 4

TI-P179-03 ST Issue 3

5.5.120

Steam traps Ball float Page 4 of 4 Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Mechanism maintenance kit, including float Seat and ball head Cover gasket (3 off) Strainer screen Strainer gasket (3 off) Mechanism and fixed bleed maintenance kit including float

16

3, 13, 18a,18b, 19 3, 15, 16, 17, 19, 26 3 8, 9 9 3, 13, 18a, 18b, 19, 32

15

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed ‘Available spares’ and state the size and type of trap, including pressure range. Example: 1 off Seat and ball head set for a Spirax Sarco DN40 FTC80-45 ball float steam trap.

26

Item 12 The BDV2 air vent is an optional extra. For ordering this unit see TI-P600-01.

17

5.5.121 18b

32 (Optional - fixed bleed assembly) 18a

13

3

8

9

FTC80 Cast Steel DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body Page 4 of 4

TI-P179-03 ST Issue 3

Steam traps Ball float

5.5.122

Steam traps Inverted bucket

5.6.1

Steam traps Inverted bucket

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-S03-02

ST Issue 6

HM Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps Description

The Spirax Sarco HM Series of cast iron inverted bucket steam traps are designed for installation in horizontal pipework. They are available in screwed and flanged connections, with an optional blowdown valve.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" - HM00, ¾" - HM10 and 1" - HM12 Screwed BSP or NPT DN15 - HM003, DN20 - HM103 and DN25 - HM123. Standard flange: BS 4504 and DIN PN16

Optional extras

Integral blowdown valve:- The HM Series inverted bucket steam traps can be supplied with integral blowdown valves to remove debris from the inlet strainer. For further details see the relevant Technical Information Sheet.

5.6.2

External air vents:- When required, HM Series inverted bucket steam traps can be supplied with separate thermostatic air vents to provide the efficient and quick release of air. Various models, both balanced pressure and bimetallic, are available. Details for the range up to 30 bar g are shown in the relevant sales brochure. Diffusers:- Where steam traps discharge to atmosphere a diffuser should be fitted to reduce the effect of the blast discharge. The diffuser not only reduces the risk of groundwork erosion and condensate splashback, but also reduces sound pressure levels as well. Available models are detailed in the relevant sales brochure.

Capacities

See TI-P072-02 for capacities

  Steam saturation curve









   Pressure bar g







Size

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

PMO

Maximum operating pressure

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

DPMX - Maximum differential pressure

PN16 16 bar g 300 °C

Screwed



16 bar g 300 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressue of 24 bar g

Flanged

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

DPMX - Maximum differential pressure bar 4

8.5

10

12.5

14

½"

HM00/8

HM00/7

HM00/6

-

-

¾"

HM10/10

HM10/8

-

HM10/7

-

1"

HM12/12

HM12/10

-

-

HM12/7

DN15

HM003/8

HM003/7 HM003/6

-

-

DN20

HM103/10 HM103/8

-

HM103/7

-

DN25

HM123/12 HM123/10

-

-

HM123/7

Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Inverted bucket HM 1" only

15

5

2 1

6

8 7 11 9 10

HM ½" & ¾" 4 3

HM 1" only 13

12

14

5.6.3 Materials No. Part

Material

1

Cast Iron

2

Cover

DIN 1691 GG 20

Cover bolts

½", ¾"

Steel

BS 3692 Gr.10

Cover nuts

½", ¾"

Steel

BS 3692 Gr.10.9

Cover bolts

1"

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Cover nuts

1"

Steel

BS 692 Gr. 8

3

Body

Cast iron

4

Bucket

Stainless steel

5

Valve guide plate screw

Stainless steel M4.5 x 10

6

Valve guide plate

Stainless steel

7

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

8

Valve seat

Stainless steel

AISI 440B

9

Valve

Stainless steel

AISI 440B

Stainless steel

BS 1449 321 S31

HM00/10

Stainless steel

BS 970 321 S31

HM12

Stainless steel

BS 3605 (CFS) 304 S14

HM00

Stainless steel

ASTM A240 316L

½" and ¾"SG iron

DIN 1693 GGG 40

1"

Cast iron

DIN 1691 GG 25

Stainless steel

BS 970 416-537

10 Valve lever 11 Ferrule 12 Strainer screen 13 Strainer cap 14 Strainer gasket 15 Plug

DIN 1691 GG 20 BS 1449 304 S16 BS 4183 18/8 BS 1449 304 S11

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

TI-S03-02 ST Issue 6

Page 2 of 4

HM Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Steam traps Inverted bucket Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

A1

B

C

F

G

H

J

Weight

DN15

½"

120

210

100

100

73.5

89

65

M28

2.6

DN20

¾"

120

210

100

140

94.5

107

65

M28

3.2

DN25

1"

180

230

160

160

145.0

120

85

M32

8.8

A1 A B

C Withdrawal distance

F

G J H

Withdrawal distance

Safety information, installation and maintenance

Pressure Before attempting any maintenance of the steam trap, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure gauge indicates zero. Temperature Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety glasses) is required. Warning The body/cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Installation

The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket is rising and falling vertically. The inlet and outlet connections should be in a horizontal plane, with the trap installed below the drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the open end of the bucket. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to installation. Open isolation valves slowly until normal operating conditions are achieved. Check for leaks and correct operation.

Maintenance

Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are used at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. How to fit the valve and seat assembly Isolate the trap, remove the cover by undoing the cover nuts. Unhook the bucket from the valve lever. Remove the valve seat. Remove the valve guide plate by undoing the two screws. Screw in a new valve seat, using a little jointing paste on the threads and making sure the joint faces are clean. Fix a new valve guide plate in position by using the new screws which are supplied, hook the new valve lever over the pins on the valve guide plate and centralise the valve to the orifice and tighten the screws. Note: Due to adoption of metric threads the spares for the HM series, other than buckets, are not interchangeable with the spares for the previous H series. How to clean or replace the strainer screen Undo the strainer cap and remove the screen. Clean or replace as required and reassemble the strainer cap into the body, ensuring the screen is located centrally and a new gasket is used. Using a little anti-seize compound on the threads tighten to the recommended torque.

Disposal

This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ¾" HM10/7 inverted bucket steam trap with screwed BSP connections.

TI-S03-02 ST Issue 6

Page 3 of 4

HM Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

5.6.4

Steam traps Inverted bucket Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5 (2 off), 6, 8, 10

Valve and seat assembly

4

Bucket

7, 11

Cover gasket and ferrule (packet of 3 each) Strainer screen

12

Strainer screen gasket (packet of 3 each)

14

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and series of the trap.

2

Example: 1 - Valve and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" HM00/7 inverted bucket steam trap.

6 5 8 10

Valve seat assembly 4 11

5.6.5

7

Recommended tightening torques Item

2

8

13

or mm

Part

Nm

½", ¾"

M6 x 25

15 - 16

1"

M12 x 45

85 - 95

½", ¾"

13

50 - 55

1"

13

80 - 88

½", ¾"

22

M28

90 - 100

1"

27

M32

125 - 145

12 14

13 2

TI-S03-02 ST Issue 6

Page 4 of 4

HM Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Steam traps Inverted bucket

5.6.6

Steam traps Inverted bucket TI-S03-03 ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

200 Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Description

The Spirax Sarco 200 Series of inverted bucket steam traps are designed for installation in vertical pipework. With cast iron bodies and bolted cover they are maintainable and offer a very wide range of capacities, in applications up to 17 bar g.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" - 2" screwed BSP or NPT DN15 - 50 flanged* *Flanges meet the requirements of BS 4504 DIN PN16, PN10, PN6 and ANSI 125 and ANSI 150. In some sizes the inlet and outlet flanges are formed from the body casting and have tapped holes to receive studs. The stud holes are tapped UNC in ANSI flanges and metric in BS 4504 DIN flanges.

1 8

Limiting conditions

5.6.7

Note: Maximum operating conditions depend on the orifice size. Body design conditions PN16 PMO - Maximum operating pressure 22 bar g @ 210°C TMO - Maximum operating temperature 210°C @ 22 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 34 bar g

2 6 9

7

10

11

 PMX - Maximum differential pressure Screwed valves  PMX - Maximum differential pressure bar Size 2 2.5 4 8.5 12.5 13.8 17 ½" 211/12 211/10 211/8 211/7 211/6 ¾" 212/16 212/12 212/10 212/8 212/7 1" 213/24 213/20 213/16 213/14 213/12 1½" 215/36 215/28 215/22 215/20 215/18 2" 216/48 216/40 216/32 216/28 216/24

4 5 12

Flanged valves  PMX - Maximum differential pressure bar Size 2 2.5 4 8.5 12.5 13.8 17 DN15 221/12 221/10 221/8 221/7 221/6 DN20 222/16 222/12 222/10 222/8 222/7 DN25 223/24 223/20 223/16 223/14 223/12 DN40 225/36 225/28 225/22 225/20 225/18 DN50 226/48 226/40 226/32 226/28 226/24

Materials

No. Part 1 Cover Cover bolts 2 Cover nuts 4 Body 5 Bucket 6 Valve guide plate screws 7 Valve guide plate 8 Cover gasket 9 Valve seat 10 Valve 11 Valve lever 12 Internal tube

Screwed version shown (for details of the flanged version see overleaf) Material Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20 Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31 Stainless steel BS 4183 (18 /8) Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel AISI 440B Stainless steel AISI 440B Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31 Steel BS 1387 (MED)

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2002

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities

Spare parts

For capacities see Technical Information Sheet TI-S03-04.

Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg Screwed

Type Type 211 Type 212 Type 213 Type 215 Type 216

Size ½" ¾" 1" 1½" 2" B

C

A 163 200 269 365 432 C

B 108 135 188 238 286 B

C 178 229 280 380 470

D 67 93 114 140 185

Weight 2.8 5.2 12.2 27.0 43.5 B

C

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve and seat assembly (state pressure range) Bucket Internal tube Cover gasket (packet of 3)

6 (2 off), 7, 9, 11 5 12 8

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and full definition of the trap e.g. 212 /10. Example: 1 - Valve and seat assembly for a ¾" Spirax Sarco inverted bucket steam trap Series 212 /10. 2

A

Type 211 212 213 215 216

A

Type 221 222

Type 223 225 226

A

D Flanged Type Type 221 Type 222 Type 223 Type 225 Type 226

7 6

D Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50

A 215 286 305 370 450

B 108 135 188 238 286

C 254 280 305 380 457

D 121 140 165

Valve and seat assembly

9 11

Weight 4.9 9.1 16.3 30.8 49.4

5

Safety information, installation and maintenance

12

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S03-08) supplied with the product. The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket is rising and falling vertically. The inlet should be at the bottom with the trap installed below the drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the end of the bucket.

8

Disposal

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off DN40 225 /18 Spirax Sarco inverted bucket steam trap with flanged PN16 connections.

2

Recommended tightening torques Item 2 (6 off) 2 (8 off) 2 (10 off) 2 (12 off) 2 (12 off) 6

9

12

Size of trap ½" - DN15 ¾" - DN20 1" - DN25 1½" - DN40 2" - DN50 ½" - DN15 ¾"- DN20 1" - DN25 1½"- DN40 2" - DN50 ½"- DN15 ¾"- DN20 1"- DN25 1½"- DN40 2"- DN50 ½" - 2" DN15 - DN50

200 Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

or

Nm

mm M8 M10 M12 M16 M16 2BA 2BA ¼" WHIT ¼" WHIT 5 /16" WHIT ½"AF 5 /8"AF 7 /8"AF 1¼"AF 1½"AF

x x x x x x x x x x

35 40 60 75 75 5 /16" 5 /16" ½" ½" ½"

1½"AF

18 - 22 16 - 20 24 - 28 60 - 66 64 - 70 4-5 4-5 10 - 12 10 - 12 14 - 16 23 - 27 40 - 44 80 - 88 175 - 190 270 - 300 60 - 70

TI-S03-03

ST Issue 2

5.6.8

Steam traps Inverted bucket TI-S03-04

ST Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Capacity Charts for HM Series and 200 Series Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Capacities for the HM Series 1000 900

10

12

800 700 600

5.6.9

HM

M

,H

12

500

7

3

12

400

7

7

300 Condensate kg /h

8

10

10 HM

0 M1 ,H

200 , 00

HM

3

8 6

3

00

HM

100 90 80 70 60 50 0.5

0.7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10

12.5

14

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load. For further technical information for this product see TI-S03-02

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities for the 200 Series 10000 9000 8000

48

7000

32

40

24

6 , 22 216

6000 5000

22

36

4000

20

18

28

5 , 22 215

3000

2000

24

20

3 , 22 213

16

14

12

16

1000 900

12

2 , 22 212

800 Condensate kg/h

28

10

700

8

600 500

12

400

8

10

7

7

1 , 22 211

6

300

200

100 90 80 70 60 50 40

30 0.5

0.7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10

17

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load. For further technical information for this product see TI-S03-03

Capacity Charts for HM Series and 200 Series Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

TI-S03-04 ST Issue 3

5.6.10

Steam traps Inverted bucket

5.6.11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Page 1 of 3 TI-P077-01

ST Issue 5

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

S and SF Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Description

21

The S and SF series are a range of inverted bucket steam traps. The body and cover are constructed from cast iron and the complete unit is readily maintainable. Available options S series In-line connections and integral strainer SF series Integral flanged connections and integral strainer Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" - SA, ¾" - SB, 1" - SC, 1½" - SD screwed BSP, BS EN 10226 DN15 - SFA, DN20 - SFB, DN25 - SFC, DN40 - SFD Standard flange EN 1092 PN16 (UNI 2237 / 2229)

17

2

12 1

7

8 18

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� � ���

11

9

Steam saturation curve � � �� �� Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. �

�

��

��

Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C @ 9.6 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 13 bar g @ 195°C for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 300°C @ 9.6 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C ∆PMX Maximum differential pressure Screwed 4 bar 8 bar 12 bar Flanged 4 bar 8 bar 12 bar ½" SA4 SA8 SA12 DN15 SFA4 SFA8 SFA12 ¾" SB4 SB8 SB12 DN20 SFB4 SFB8 SFB12 1" SC4 SC8 SC12 DN25 SFC4 SFC8 SFC12 1½" SD4 SD8 SD12 DN40 SFD4 SFD8 SFD12 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 *3 *4 *5 *6 7 8 9

10

Screwed ½"

�

Part Body Cover Valve seat Valve head Valve lever Lever pivot Ferrule Bucket Strainer screen

15

Material Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25 Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25 Stainless steel X30 Cr 13 Stainless steel X30 Cr 13 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 Stainless steel BS 3605 CF5 304 S14 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L

Flanged DN15 No. 10 11 12 * 13 * 14 15 * 16 17 18 * 19 * 20 21

Part Strainer cap Strainer gasket Cover gasket Valve seat gasket Pivot pin Top plug Valve screw Cover bolts Inlet tube ¾", 1", 1½" Starlock washer Washer Name-plate

Material Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel BS 1449 304 Stainless steel BS 970 304 S15 Malleable iron Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2 70 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Steel BS 1387 Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel BS 1449 304

* Parts 3, 4, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 19 and 20 have been shown overleaf.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2009

5.6.12

Steam traps Inverted bucket Page 2 of 3 Capacities

Note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load.

4000 8

4

3000

12

" SD

1½

2000 8

4

12

C

1" S 1000 900 800

¾"

700

12

SB

600 Condensate kg /h

5.6.13

8

4

500 8

400

4

½"

12

SA

300

200

100 90 80 70 60 50 0.5

0.7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 8 9 10

12 14

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) S and SF Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps Page 2 of 3

TI-P077-01 ST Issue 5

Steam traps Inverted bucket Page 3 of 3 Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Spare parts

Screwed connections Size

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Weight

½"

130

105

75

95

170

70

66

3.4

¾"

175

145

110

105

215

90

80

7.3

1"

205

155

130

120

250

105

90

10.5

Bucket assembly

1½"

245

180

195

150

345

165

105

19.0

Strainer screen

Available spares Valve and seat assembly *(2 off) (supplied pre-assembled)

Packet of all gaskets

8 9, 11 7, 11, 12, 13

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No. and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 off Valve and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 SFB8 inverted bucket steam trap for differential pressures up to 8 bar.

F Withdrawal distance B

A1

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14* 16*, 19, 20*

A

D

E

17

C

G Withdrawal distance Flanged connections Size

A1

B

DN15

175

105

DN20

225

145

DN25

255

155

DN40

295

180

C

D

E

F

G

Weight

85

95

180

70

66

4.7

110

105

215

90

80

9.3

135

120

255

105

90

12.8

195

155

350

165

105

22.3

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P077-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap must be installed with the body upright with the strainer cap at the bottom so that the internal bucket is rising and falling vertically.

12 13 3 4, 19 6 20

5 14 16

20

Disposal: This product is recycable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

8 7

Recommended tightening torques Item No.

3

10

16

17

or Trap size ½" ¾" 1" 1½" ½" ¾" 1" 1½" ½" ¾" 1" 1½" ½" ¾" 1" 1½"

-

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40

Nm

mm 15 17 22 30 -

M28 M32 M42 M42 M4 M5 M5 M6 M8 M12 M10 M12

x x x x x x x x x x x x

30 36 46 50 8 10 10 10 20 25 30 35

25 25 50 80 50 50 70 90 2.5 3 3 5 20 60 40 60

-

30 40 60 90 60 60 80 110 3 4 4 6 25 70 45 70

9 11

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 SFB4 inverted bucket steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN16 connections.

S and SF Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps Page 3 of 3

10

TI-P077-01 ST Issue 5

5.6.14

Steam traps Inverted bucket TI-P077-05

ST Issue 3

SCA Series Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The Spirax Sarco SCA series is a maintainable carbon steel inverted bucket steam trap with in-line connections. They are suitable for a wide range of pressures and incorporate an integral strainer.

1

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. DN15, DN20 and DN25 socket weld ends (ANSI B 16.11), flanged PN40, ANSI 150 and ANSI 300.

Limiting conditions (ISO 6552)

Maximum operating conditions depend on the orifice size. Body design conditions ANSI / ASME 300 (PN50) PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 51 bar g TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 400°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 78 bar g

Temperature °C

5.6.15

Operating range

9 12,16 13 17

8 10 14 7

15

2

400 A

300 200 100 0

D

0

10 14.1*

4

Steam saturation curve

C

5

B

30 36.1* 40 41.5* 20 41.6* Pressure bar g

51

The product must not be used in this region. * PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended. A - B Flanged ANSI 300, screwed and socket weld A - C Flanged BS 4504 PN40 (ISO 7005.1) A - D Flanged ANSI 150 Differential pressure limitations PMX - Maximum differential Size 3 5 11 15 DN15 ½" SCA3 SCA5 SCA11 SCA15 DN20 ¾" SCA3 SCA5 SCA11 SCA15 DN25 1" SCA3 SCA5 SCA11 SCA15

pressure 30 SCA30 SCA30 SCA30

bar 40 SCA40 SCA40 SCA40

The SCA15, SCA30 and SCA40 are available as standard and the SCA3, SCA5 and SCA11 to special request. Note: The pressure limit on the flange specified should be greater than the pressure limit of the internal mechanism. The table below offers guidance. Pressure (at saturation) ANSI 150 14.1 bar g ANSI 300 41.6 bar g PN40 36.1 bar g Flange

18

6

Mechanism available 3, 5, 11 (15 limited to 14.1 bar g) all versions 3, 5, 11, 15, 30 (40 limited to 36.1 bar g)

Materials

No 1 2 *3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 * 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part Body Cover Cover bolts Bucket Screen Strainer cap Inlet tube Cover gasket Valve seat Valve guide plate Valve guide plate screws Hinge pin Valve lever Valve head Spring pin Washer Starlock washer 'S' type gasket

Material Carbon steel ASTM A105 Carbon steel A216 WCB Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7 Stainless steel AISI 304-2B Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel AISI 416 Stainless steel AISI 304 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel AISI 440C Stainless steel AISI 304-2B Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2-70 Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel AISI 304-2B Stainless steel AISI 420 Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel AISI 301 Stainless steel AISI 304

* Note: Items 3 and 11 not illustrated.

Certification

The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.B as standard. Certification must be specified at the time of order. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Inverted bucket Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Screwed SW A 90 90 165

Size DN15 DN20 DN25

½" ¾" 1"

PN40

ANSI 150 A1 150 150 160

A1 150 150 160

ANSI 300 A1 150 150 160

A1

➤

A

ANSI 300 5.0 5.8 6.5

The spare parts that are available are detailed below.

➤

➤

D

D ➤

➤

Weight ANSI PN40 150 4.7 4.6 5.3 5.0 6.0 5.7

Screwed SW 3.0 3.0 3.5

Spare parts

➤

➤

➤

➤

B 167 167 167

Withdrawal distance C D 100 110 100 110 100 110

* Note: Item 11 (valve guide plate screws) are not shown. How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spare' and state the size, model number and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Internal set for a Spirax Sarco DN20 SCA15 inverted bucket steam trap.

➤➤

B

Available spare Internal set 4, 8, 9, 10, 11 (2 off)*, 12, 13, 14, (state pressure range) 15, 16 (2 off), 17 Strainer set 5, 18 Cover and strainer gasket (packet of three) 8, 18

➤

C

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842) 700

A3 SC

500

Capacity kg / h

400

A5 SC 1 A1 SC 15 A SC

300 200

12,16 13 17 15

0 A3 SC

0 A4 SC

100

60 0.5

9

8 10 14

1

Installation

2

3

4 5

10

20

30 40

Pressure bar g

The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket is rising and falling vertically. The inlet and outlet connections should be in a horizontal plane, with the trap installed below the drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the open end of the bucket.

4 5

Maintenance

Before undertaking any maintenance on the inverted bucket steam trap it must be isolated from both supply line and return line and any pressure allowed to safely normalise to atmosphere. The trap should then be allowed to cool. It is recommended that new gaskets are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. The cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

18 6 (not an available spare) Recommended tightening torques mm Item No Part

How to fit valve and seat assembly Isolate the inverted bucket steam trap, remove body by undoing cover bolts. Remove complete bucket assembly by undoing the two screws. Remove valve seat. Screw in new valve seat to torque figures shown, using a little jointing paste on the threads and making sure that joint faces are clean. Fix new bucket assembly in position by using new screws which are supplied, centralise valve to the orifice and tighten screws to torque figures shown. Using new gaskets, refit body to torque figures shown.

*3 6 9

How to order

* 11

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 SCA15 inverted bucket steam trap with steel body, and flanged to PN40.

Nm

or Cover bolts Strainer cap Valve seat Valve guide plate screws

14 5 17

M10 M28 M16

40 - 45 170 - 190 35 - 40

Posidrive

M4 x 6

2.5 - 3.0

* Note: Items 3 and 11 are not illustrated.

SCA Series Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

TI-P077-05 ST Issue 3

5.6.16

Steam traps Inverted bucket

5.6.17

Steam traps Inverted bucket

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P072-01

ST Issue 5

HM34 Series Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Traps Description

The HM34 is an inverted bucket steam trap manufactured in carbon steel with an internal strainer fitted as standard. It is designed for use on horizontal installations and will operate on steam pressures up to 32 bar g.

Size ½" and ¾"

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. DN25 socket weld ends BS 3799 Class 3000. DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange EN 1092 PN40. Available on request: Flanged ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 connections.

5.6.18

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552) 

A



Steam saturation curve

 





C

B

 Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. A - B Screwed, socket weld, flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ANSI 300. A - C Flanged ANSI 150 Body design conditions

Size 1"

PN40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure @ 120 °C

40 bar g

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

300 °C

Minimum allowable temperature

-10 °C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 32 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature

300 °C

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Maximum differential pressure

∆PMX Size

4 bar

8.5 bar

12 bar

20 bar

32 bar

DN15 - ½"

HM34/8

HM34/7

HM34/6

HM34/5

HM34/4

DN20 - ¾"

HM34/10

HM34/8

HM34/7

HM34/6

HM34/5

DN25 - 1"

HM34/12

HM34/10

HM34/8

HM34/6

HM34/5

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Inverted bucket Size ½" and ¾" 1 2

7 6 5

8 11 9

ç

10

4

3 12 13 14

5.6.19 Size 1" 2

Materials No. Part

Material ½", ¾"

Forged steel

1"

Cast steel

1.0460 (C22.8)

1

Cover Cover screws

½", ¾"

Steel

BS 4168 Gr. 8.8

2

Cover bolts

1"

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Cover nuts

½", ¾", 1"

Steel

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

1.0619 +N

3

Body

Cast steel

4

Bucket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S31

5

Valve guide plate screw

Stainless steel M 4.5 x 10

BS 4183 18/8 BS 1449 304 S11

1.0619 +N

6

Valve guide plate

Stainless steel

7

Cover gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

8

Valve seat

Stainless steel

9

Valve

Stainless steel

AISI 440B

Stainless steel

BS 1449 321 S31

10 Valve lever

AISI 440B

½",¾"

Stainless steel

BS 970 321 S31

1"

Stainless steel

BS 3605 (CFS) 304 S14

12 Strainer screen

Stainless steel

ASTM A240 316L

13 Strainer cap

Steel

14 Strainer gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

11 Ferrule

1.0460 (C22.8)

TI-P072-01 ST Issue 5

Page 2 of 4

HM34 Series Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities

See TI-P072-02 for full details of capacities.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Screwed and socket weld connections Size

A

A1

B

C

F

G

H

J

Weight

½"

120

210

105

100

67

89

65

M28

2.6

¾"

120

210

105

100

88

107

65

M28

4.0

1"

180

230

160

160

145

120

85

M32

10.4

Flanged connections Size

A

A1

B

C

F

G

H

J

Weight

DN15

120

210

105

100

67

89

65

M28

4.5

DN20

120

210

105

100

88

107

65

M28

7.0

DN25

180

230

160

160

145

120

85

M32

12.0

A1

C Withdrawal distance

A B

5.6.20

F

G Withdrawal distance Thread J

H for strainer screen

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S03-11) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket is rising and falling vertically. The inlet and outlet connections should be in a horizontal plane, with the trap installed below the drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the open end of the bucket. Disposal: This product is recycable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" HM34/8 inverted bucket steam trap with screwed BSP connections.

TI-P072-01 ST Issue 5

Page 3 of 4

HM34 Series Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Steam traps Inverted bucket Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5 (2 off), 6, 8, 10

Valve and seat assembly

4

Bucket Cover gasket and ferrule

7, 11

(packet of 3 each)

12

Strainer screen Strainer screen gasket

(packet of 3 each)

Set of cover bolts and nuts

(set of 6)

14 2

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and pressure range. Example: 1 off Valve and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 HM34/7 inverted bucket steam trap.

2

Valve and seat assembly 6 5 8 10

5.6.21

4 11

7

Recommended tightening torques Item

2

8

13

or mm

Size

Nm

½", ¾"

M8 x 30

25 - 28

1

M12 x 45

25 - 28

½", ¾"

13

-

50 - 55

1"

13

-

80 - 88

½", ¾"

22

M28

90 - 100

1"

27

M32

125 - 145

12 14 13

2

TI-P072-01 ST Issue 5

Page 4 of 4

HM34 Series Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Steam traps Inverted bucket

5.6.22

Steam traps Inverted bucket TI-P072-02

ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

Capacities

½" / DN15

Condensate kg / h

ISO 9001

Capacity Charts for HM34 Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

5.6.23

Capacities

¾" / DN20

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Condensate kg / h

For selection see overleaf

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) For selection see overleaf Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Capacities

1" / DN25

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps Inverted bucket

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Selection note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load, For example; DN25 HM34 with a load of 80 kg / h at 7 bar differential should be handled by an HM34/10 and not an HM34/5.

Capacity Charts for HM34 Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

TI-P027-02

ST Issue 2

5.6.24

Steam traps Inverted bucket

5.6.25

Steam traps Inverted Local regulations may restrict the use of this bucket product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P067-10

ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Description

The IBV series C inverted bucket steam trap is manufactured using carbon steel for the body and cover; with internal components being made of stainless steel. It is suitable for use with saturated and superheated steam and in high pressure and high temperature applications. The IBV is fully automatic and has been designed in such a way that there is minimal friction from mechanism movement; valve closure is immediate, without any steam loss and the discharge action is positive with no equivocal phases. On the cover of the IBV there in a " hole, threaded and plugged, to eliminate any water discharge after being hydraulically tested before leaving the factory. This hole can be reopened on site for the customer to perform periodic hydro testing. Available types Series C

Carbon steel body and cover

3 2 4 †

7 8 6

Carbon steel body and cover with a material specification of Series C-LF2 A350 LF2 for low temperature applications down to -46°C

See TI-P067-13

Inbuilt check valve Supplied as an Optional extra

Series Z

See TI-P067-15

5

Alloy steel body and cover

Standards This steam trap is designed following the ASME VIII Directive and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure mark when Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the so required.

For items 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 see 'Spare parts' for specific part identification The following will be supplied, if specified, at the time of order placement: 1. A special name-plate when a U-STAMP has been specified.

1

2. A support bracket. The support bracket will be bolted where indicated '†' on the adjacent illustration.

Certification The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras

On request the IBV steam trap can be equipped with the following: An inbuilt stainless steel check valve Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10 for clarification. A Stellite plug and seat.

Sizes and pipe connections

Please note that all standard flanges (as noted below) will be slip-on type. Weld-neck type flanges can be supplied to special order and must be specified at the time of order placement. ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3" Screwed BSP or NPT Socket weld, according to ASME B 16.11 ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3" Flanged ASME B 16.5 ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900 and 1500* DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50 and DN80 Flanged EN 1092 PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100 and PN160* * Note: that the flanged ASME class 1500 and EN 1092 PN160 units are limited to a body rating of ASME class 900.

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Carbon steel

2

Cover

Carbon steel

Cover bolts

Carbon steel

NACE version

(external only)

4

Cover gasket

Reinforced graphite

5

Channelling pipe

Stainless steel

AISI 316

6

Bucket

Stainless steel

AISI 316

7

Bracket

Stainless steel

AISI 316

8

Bracket screw

Stainless steel

AISI 316

9

Lever pin

Stainless steel

AISI 316

3

PED ASTM A266 CL.2 U-STAMP ASME SA266 CL.2 ASTM A105 A193 B7 ASTM A479 XM-19

10 Split pin

Stainless steel

AISI 316

11 Valve seat

Stainless steel

400 series

12 Valve head

Stainless steel

400 series

13 Valve lever

Stainless steel

AISI 316 Page 1 of 11

5.6.26

Steam traps Inverted bucket Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Screwed, Socket weld and Flanged ASME 

 E

D







C

 Steam saturation curve

  

F 



E 

Screwed A-B-B

and

Socket weld

D 

 Pressure bar g



B, C 



      

Temperature°F

Temperature°C

  A F

Pressure psi g  B

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection. * Please note that the PMO is limited to the maximum DP of the selected IBV.



Body design conditions

ASME class 900

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

153.2 bar g @ 38°C

2 222 psi g @ 100°F

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 86.3 bar g

797°F @ 1 251 psi g

-29°C

-20°F

Minimum allowable temperature

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 116.3 bar g A-C-C

ASME class 900

TMO - Maximum operating temperature

797°F @ 1 251 psi g

0°C

32°F

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

229.8 bar g

Body design conditions

5.6.27

A-D-D

ASME class 600

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

100.2 bar g @ 38°C

1 453 psi g @ 100°F

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 57.5 bar g

797°F @ 834 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

-20°F

79.9 bar g

1 159 psi g

425°C @ 57.5 bar g

797°F @ 834 psi g

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature

0°C

32°F

150 bar g

2 175 psi g

51.1 bar g @ 38°C

741 psi g @ 100°F

425°C @ 28.8 bar g

797°F @ 418 psi g

-29°C

-20°F

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

ASME class 300

ASME class 300

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature

41.7 bar g

605 psi g

425°C @ 28.8 bar g

797°F @ 418 psi g

0°C

32°F

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

76.6 bar g

Body design conditions

A-F-F

ASME class 150

1 111 psi g ASME class 150

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

19.6 bar g @ 38°C

284 psi g @ 100°F

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 5.5 bar g

797°F @ 80 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

-20°F

14 bar g

203 psi g

425°C @ 5.5 bar g

797°F @ 80 psi g

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

3 333 psi g ASME class 600

Minimum operating temperature

A-E-E

1 687 psi g

425°C @ 86.3 bar g

0°C

32°F

29.4 bar g

426 psi g

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 2 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Flanged DIN

Temperature°C

L K   A

J

H

G

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

 Steam saturation curve



* Please note that the PMO is limited to the maximum DP of the selected IBV.

 

L 

K 

J

H

  Pressure bar g

G 



Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature A-G-G

PN100

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-H-H

PN63

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-J-J

PN40

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-K-K

PN25

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-L-L

PN16

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

PN100 100 bar g @ 38°C 425°C @ 44.9 bar g -29°C 66 bar g 425°C @ 44.9 bar g 0°C 143 bar g PN63 63 bar g @ 38°C 425°C @ 28.3 bar g -29°C 44 bar g 425°C @ 28.3 bar g 0°C 90 bar g PN40 40 bar g @ 38°C 425°C @ 17.5 bar g -29°C 29 bar g 425°C @ 17.5 bar g 0°C 57.2 bar g PN25 25 bar g @ 38°C 425°C @ 11.2 bar g -29°C 19 bar g 425°C @ 11.2 bar g 0°C 35.7 bar g PN16 16 bar g @ 38°C 425°C @ 7.1 bar g -29°C 12 bar g 425°C @ 7.1 bar g 0°C 22.8 bar g

Page 3 of 11

5.6.28

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN15

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

500 kg /h 30 bar 45 bar g 15 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 70 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.











 











5.6.29

 



Condensate kg / h





 



 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 4 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN20

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.



= = = =

1 050 kg /h 30 bar 45 bar g 15 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 55 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.





 



 

 

 

5.6.30

 







Condensate kg / h

  



 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 5 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN25

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

2 000 kg /h 4 bar 5 bar g 1 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 15 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.



 

 



 

 







5.6.31





Condensate kg / h



      

 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 6 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN40

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

2 000 kg /h 50 bar 75 bar g 25 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 110 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.













 

 













5.6.32



Condensate kg / h







     



























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 7 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN50

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

6 000 kg /h 8 bar 10 bar g 2 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 20 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.









 

  









  



5.6.33



Condensate kg / h







     

























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 8 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN80

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

5 000 kg /h 30 bar 55 bar g 25 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 90 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.













  





 









5.6.34



Condensate kg / h



 





   























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 9 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Dimensions

IBV size A

B

C

D

E

Socket weld

Weights Flanged ASME class: 300 600 900 1500

150

PN16

Flanged EN 1092: PN25 PN40 PN63 PN100 PN160

DN15

½"

260

488

420

25

165

20

18

20

20

20

22

22

20

20

20

20

22

22

DN20

¾"

260

488

420

25

165

26

24

26

28

28

30

30

28

28

28

28

30

30

DN25

1"

345

616

530

40

210

42

39

42

44

44

48

48

42

42

42

42

46

46

DN40

1½"

411

774

650

39

265

68

65

70

72

72

78

78

70

70

70

70

74

74

DN50

2"

411

782

650

39

265

68

65

72

74

76

88

88

72

72

72

74

78

78

DN80

3"

532 1 026 850

36

305

125

120

132

136

138

152

162

130

130

130

134

138

142

The following will be supplied, if specified, at the time of order placement:

E

2. A support bracket. The support bracket will be bolted where indicated '†' on the adjacent illustration.

E

D

1. A special name-plate when a U-STAMP has been specified.

5.6.35

BSP + NPT

E

D

D

†

† A

† B

C

Socket weld

Flanged Screwed

IBV product nomenclature and selection guide:

Please note that other units are available on request to suit the specifics of a particular process application. Series PMO @ Saturated steam temperature for the body rating

C = Carbon steel 116 bar g = ASME class 900 body Carbon steel

62 bar g = ASME class 600 body

116

43 bar g = ASME class 300 body DP = 6, 10, 15, 20, 40, 55, 70, 90, 110 bar

DP maximum differential pressure Size Connections

C

= ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 3" or DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80

Screwed

= BSP or NPT

Socket weld

= According to ASME B 16.11

Flanged

110 3"

ASME class 300

ASME = ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160 Blank = Standard

Optional extras

NACE = NACE compliancy Check valve CV = Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See above.

IBV product selection example:

IBV

-

C

-

116

-

110

-

3"

-

ASME class 300

-

How to order 1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - C - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap having a carbon steel body and cover with stainless steel internals.

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 10 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap must be installed below the drain point with the body upright in a vertical position, the cover at the top and the inlet connection at the bottom; this orientation will ensure that the bucket mechanism will rise and fall vertically without any friction. It is recommended that a strainer is installed upstream of the IBV to protect it from contamination. To permit safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purpose it is again recommended that suitable shut-off valves are installed upstream and downstream of the IBV application. It needs to be appreciated that there is blast discharge with this device, consequently the downstream accessories, if any, should be installed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the IBV.

11

Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

7 10

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve assembly Bucket assembly Cover gasket

9

8 12

13

(packet of 3)

4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 4, 6, 9, 10 4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the type of trap, pressure rating and size and type of the connections.

5.6.36 6

Example: 1 - Valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco IBV - C - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap.

Optional extra Inbuilt stainless steel check valve

4

Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP m a x i m u m d i f f e r e n t i a l pressure of 40 bar and above See the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10 for clarification.

TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 11 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket

5.6.37

Steam traps Inverted Local regulations may restrict the use of this bucket product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P067-13

ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Description

The IBV series C-LF2 inverted bucket steam trap is manufactured using carbon steel (A350 LF2) for the body and cover; with internal components being made of stainless steel. It is suitable for use with saturated and superheated steam and in high pressure and high temperature applications. The IBV is fully automatic and has been designed in such a way that there is minimal friction from mechanism movement; valve closure is immediate, without any steam loss and the discharge action is positive with no equivocal phases. On the cover of the IBV there in a " hole, threaded and plugged, to eliminate any water discharge after being hydraulically tested before leaving the factory. This hole can be reopened on site for the customer to perform periodic hydro testing. Available types Series C

Carbon steel body and cover

See TI-P067-10

Carbon steel body and cover with a material specification of Series C-LF2 A350 LF2 for low temperature applications down to -46°C Series Z

Alloy steel body and cover

See TI-P067-15

Standards This steam trap is designed following the ASME VIII Directive and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure mark when Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the so required.

3

For items 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 see 'Spare parts' for specific part identification

2 4 †

7 8 6

The following will be supplied, if specified, at the time of order placement:

Inbuilt check valve Supplied as an Optional extra 5

1. A special name-plate when a U-STAMP has been specified.

1

2. A support bracket. The support bracket will be bolted where indicated '†' on the adjacent illustration.

Certification The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras

On request the IBV steam trap can be equipped with the following: An inbuilt stainless steel check valve Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10 for clarification. A Stellite plug and seat.

Sizes and pipe connections

Please note that all standard flanges (as noted below) will be slip-on type. Weld-neck type flanges can be supplied to special order and must be specified at the time of order placement. ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3" Screwed BSP or NPT Socket weld, according to ASME B 16.11 ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3" Flanged ASME B 16.5 ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900 and 1500* DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50 and DN80 Flanged EN 1092 PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100 and PN160* * Note: that the flanged ASME class 1500 and EN 1092 PN160 units are limited to a body rating of ASME class 900.

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Carbon steel

2

Cover

Carbon steel

Cover bolts

Stainless steel

ASTM A193 Grade B8 ASTM A479 XM-19

3

PED ASTM A350 LF2 U-STAMP ASME SA350 LF2

NACE version

(external only)

4

Cover gasket

Reinforced graphite

ASTM A350 LF2

5

Channelling pipe

Stainless steel

AISI 316

6

Bucket

Stainless steel

AISI 316

7

Bracket

Stainless steel

AISI 316

8

Bracket screw

Stainless steel

AISI 316

9

Lever pin

Stainless steel

AISI 316

10 Split pin

Stainless steel

AISI 316

11 Valve seat

Stainless steel

400 series

12 Valve head

Stainless steel

400 series

13 Valve lever

Stainless steel

AISI 316 Page 1 of 11

5.6.38

Steam traps Inverted bucket Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Screwed, Socket weld and Flanged ASME F

E



D



B



C

 

Steam saturation curve



 

 

 F 



E 

Screwed A-B-B

and

Socket weld

D 

 Pressure bar g



B, C 



Temperature°F

Temperature°C

 A 

Pressure psi g 







The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection. * Please note that the PMO is limited to the maximum DP of the selected IBV.



Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

ASME class 900 153.2 bar g @ 38°C

2 222 psi g @ 100°F

345°C @ 112.7 bar g

653°F @ 1 635 psi g

-46°C

-50°F

Minimum allowable temperature

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 116.3 bar g A-C-C

ASME class 900

TMO - Maximum operating temperature

653°F @ 1 635 psi g

0°C

32°F

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

229.8 bar g

Body design conditions

5.6.39

A-D-D

ASME class 600

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

100.2 bar g @ 38°C

1 453 psi g @ 100°F

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

345°C @ 75.1 bar g

653°F @ 1 089 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature

-46°C

-50°F

79.9 bar g

1 159 psi g

345°C @ 75.1 bar g

653°F @ 1 089 psi g

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature

0°C

32°F

150 bar g

2 175 psi g

51.1 bar g @ 38°C

741 psi g @ 100°F

345°C @ 37.6 bar g

653°F @ 545 psi g

-46°C

-50°F

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

ASME class 300

ASME class 300

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature

41.7 bar g

605 psi g

345°C @ 37.6 bar g

653°F @ 545 psi g

0°C

32°F

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

76.6 bar g

Body design conditions

A-F-F

ASME class 150

1 111 psi g ASME class 150

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

19.6 bar g @ 38°C

284 psi g @ 100°F

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

345°C @ 8.4 bar g

653°F @ 122 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature

-46°C

-50°F

14 bar g

203 psi g

345°C @ 8.4 bar g

653°F @ 122 psi g

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

3 333 psi g ASME class 600

Minimum operating temperature

A-E-E

1 687 psi g

345°C @ 112.7 bar g

0°C

32°F

29.4 bar g

426 psi g

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 2 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Flanged DIN

Temperature°C

 A 

L K

J

H

G

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

Steam saturation curve

  

L 

K 

J

H

  Pressure bar g

G 

* Please note that the PMO is limited to the maximum DP of the selected IBV.



Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature A-G-G

PN100

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-H-H

PN63

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-J-J

PN40

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-K-K

PN25

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-L-L

PN16

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

PN100 100 bar g @ 38°C 345°C @ 60.4 bar g -46°C 66 bar g 345°C @ 60.4 bar g 0°C 143 bar g PN63 63 bar g @ 38°C 345°C @ 29.4 bar g -46°C 44 bar g 345°C @ 29.4 bar g 0°C 90 bar g PN40 40 bar g @ 38°C 345°C @ 18.6 bar g -46°C 29 bar g 345°C @ 18.6 bar g 0°C 57.2 bar g PN25 25 bar g @ 38°C 345°C @ 11.6 bar g -46°C 19 bar g 345°C @ 11.6 bar g 0°C 35.7 bar g PN16 16 bar g @ 38°C 345°C @ 7.4 bar g -46°C 12 bar g 345°C @ 7.4 bar g 0°C 22.8 bar g

Page 3 of 11

5.6.40

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN15

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

500 kg /h 30 bar 45 bar g 15 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 70 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.











 











5.6.41

 



Condensate kg / h





 



 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 4 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN20

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.



= = = =

1 050 kg /h 30 bar 45 bar g 15 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 55 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.





 



 

 

 

5.6.42

 







Condensate kg / h

  



 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 5 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN25

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

2 000 kg /h 4 bar 5 bar g 1 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 15 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.



 

 



 

 







5.6.43





Condensate kg / h



      

 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 6 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN40

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

2 000 kg /h 50 bar 75 bar g 25 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 110 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.













 

 













5.6.44



Condensate kg / h







     



























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 7 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN50

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

6 000 kg /h 8 bar 10 bar g 2 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 20 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.









 

  

 

 

  



5.6.45



Condensate kg / h







     

























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 8 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN80

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

5 000 kg /h 30 bar 55 bar g 25 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 90 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.













  





 









5.6.46



Condensate kg / h



 





   























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 9 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Dimensions

IBV size A

B

C

D

E

Socket weld

Weights Flanged ASME class: 300 600 900 1500

150

PN16

Flanged EN 1092: PN25 PN40 PN63 PN100 PN160

DN15

½"

260

488

420

25

165

20

18

20

20

20

22

22

20

20

20

20

22

22

DN20

¾"

260

488

420

25

165

26

24

26

28

28

30

30

28

28

28

28

30

30

DN25

1"

345

616

530

40

210

42

39

42

44

44

48

48

42

42

42

42

46

46

DN40

1½"

411

774

650

39

265

68

65

70

72

72

78

78

70

70

70

70

74

74

DN50

2"

411

782

650

39

265

68

65

72

74

76

88

88

72

72

72

74

78

78

DN80

3"

532 1 026 850

36

305

125

120

132

136

138

152

162

130

130

130

134

138

142

The following will be supplied, if specified, at the time of order placement:

E

E

D

2. A support bracket. The support bracket will be bolted where indicated '†' on the adjacent illustration.

E

D

1. A special name-plate when a U-STAMP has been specified.

5.6.47

BSP + NPT

D

†

† A

† B

C

Socket weld

Flanged Screwed

IBV product nomenclature and selection guide:

Please note that other units are available on request to suit the specifics of a particular process application. Series PMO @ Saturated steam temperature for the body rating

C-LF2 = Carbon steel with a material specification of A350 LF2 116 bar g = ASME class 900 body Carbon steel

62 bar g = ASME class 600 body

116

43 bar g = ASME class 300 body DP = 6, 10, 15, 20, 40, 55, 70, 90, 110 bar

DP maximum differential pressure Size Connections

C-LF2

= ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 3" or DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80

Screwed

= BSP or NPT

Socket weld

= According to ASME B 16.11

Flanged

110 3"

ASME class 300

ASME = ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160 Blank = Standard

Optional extras

NACE = NACE compliancy Check valve CV = Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See above.

IBV product selection example:

IBV

-

C-LF2

-

116

-

110

-

3"

-

ASME class 300

-

How to order 1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - C-LF2 - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap having a carbon steel body and cover with stainless steel internals.

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 10 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap must be installed below the drain point with the body upright in a vertical position, the cover at the top and the inlet connection at the bottom; this orientation will ensure that the bucket mechanism will rise and fall vertically without any friction. It is recommended that a strainer is installed upstream of the IBV to protect it from contamination. To permit safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purpose it is again recommended that suitable shut-off valves are installed upstream and downstream of the IBV application. It needs to be appreciated that there is blast discharge with this device, consequently the downstream accessories, if any, should be installed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the IBV.

11

Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

7 10

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve assembly Bucket assembly Cover gasket

9

8 12

13

(packet of 3)

4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 4, 6, 9, 10 4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the type of trap, pressure rating and size and type of the connections.

5.6.48 6

Example: 1 - Valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco IBV - C-LF2 - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap.

Optional extra Inbuilt stainless steel check valve

4

Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP m a x i m u m d i f f e r e n t i a l pressure of 40 bar and above See the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10 for clarification.

TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1

IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 11 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket

5.6.49

Steam traps Inverted Local regulations may restrict the use of this bucket product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P067-15

ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Description

The IBV series Z inverted bucket steam trap is manufactured using alloy steel for the body and cover; with internal components being made of stainless steel. It is suitable for use with saturated and superheated steam and in high pressure and high temperature applications. The IBV is fully automatic and has been designed in such a way that there is minimal friction from mechanism movement; valve closure is immediate, without any steam loss and the discharge action is positive with no equivocal phases. On the cover of the IBV there in a " hole, threaded and plugged, to eliminate any water discharge after being hydraulically tested before leaving the factory. This hole can be reopened on site for the customer to perform periodic hydro testing. Available types Series C

Carbon steel body and cover

See TI-P067-10

Carbon steel body and cover with a material specification of Series C-LF2 A350 LF2 for low temperature applications down to -46°C

See TI-P067-13

Series Z

Alloy steel body and cover

Standards This steam trap is designed following the ASME VIII Directive and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure mark when Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the so required.

3

For items 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 see 'Spare parts' for specific part identification

2 4 †

7 8 6

The following will be supplied, if specified, at the time of order placement:

Inbuilt check valve Supplied as an Optional extra 5

1. A special name-plate when a U-STAMP has been specified.

1

2. A support bracket. The support bracket will be bolted where indicated '†' on the adjacent illustration.

Certification The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras

On request the IBV steam trap can be equipped with the following: An inbuilt stainless steel check valve Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10 for clarification. A Stellite plug and seat.

Sizes and pipe connections

Please note that all standard flanges (as noted below) will be slip-on type. Weld-neck type flanges can be supplied to special order and must be specified at the time of order placement. ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3" Screwed BSP or NPT Socket weld, according to ASME B 16.11 ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" and 3" Flanged ASME B 16.5 ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900 and 1500* DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50 and DN80 Flanged EN 1092 PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100 and PN160* * Note: that the flanged ASME class 1500 and EN 1092 PN160 units are limited to a body rating of ASME class 900.

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Alloy steel

2

Cover

Alloy steel

Cover bolts

Alloy steel

NACE version

(external only)

4

Cover gasket

Reinforced graphite

5

Channelling pipe

Stainless steel

AISI 316

6

Bucket

Stainless steel

AISI 316

7

Bracket

Stainless steel

AISI 316

8

Bracket screw

Stainless steel

AISI 316

9

Lever pin

Stainless steel

AISI 316

3

PED ASTM A182 F22 CL.3 U-STAMP ASME SA182 F22 CL.3 ASTM A182 F11 A193 B16 ASTM A479 XM-19

10 Split pin

Stainless steel

AISI 316

11 Valve seat

Stainless steel

400 series

12 Valve head

Stainless steel

400 series

13 Valve lever

Stainless steel

AISI 316 Page 1 of 11

5.6.50

Steam traps Inverted bucket Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Screwed, Socket weld and Flanged ASME 



E

D

Pressure psi g 





C

  







Steam saturation curve

  

F 



E 

Screwed A-B-B



and

Socket weld

D 

 Pressure bar g



B, C 





Temperature°F

Temperature°C

  A

B

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection. * Please note that the PMO is limited to the maximum DP of the selected IBV.



Body design conditions

ASME class 900

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

155.1 bar g @ 50°C

2 249 psi g @ 122°F

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

538°C @ 55.3 bar g

1 000°F @ 802 psi g

-29°C

-20°F

Minimum allowable temperature

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 123.6 bar g A-C-C

ASME class 900

TMO - Maximum operating temperature

1 000°F @ 802 psi g

0°C

32°F

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

232.7 bar g

Body design conditions

5.6.51

A-D-D

ASME class 600

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

103.4 bar g @ 50°C

1 500 psi g @ 122°F

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

538°C @ 36.9 bar g

1 000°F @ 535 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

-20°F

85.6 bar g

1 241 psi g

538°C @ 36.9 bar g

1 000°F @ 535 psi g

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature

0°C

32°F

155.1 bar g

2 249 psi g

51.7 bar g @ 50°C

750 psi g @ 122°F

538°C @ 18.4 bar g

1 000°F @ 267 psi g

-29°C

-20°F

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

ASME class 300

ASME class 300

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature

45.6 bar g

661 psi g

538°C @ 18.4 bar g

1 000°F @ 267 psi g

0°C

32°F

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

77.5 bar g

Body design conditions

A-F-F

ASME class 150

1 124 psi g ASME class 150

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

19.6 bar g @ 50°C

284 psi g @ 122°F

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

538°C @ 5.5 bar g

1 000°F @ 80 psi g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

-20°F

14 bar g

203 psi g

538°C @ 5.5 bar g

1 000°F @ 80 psi g

* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

3 375 psi g ASME class 600

Minimum operating temperature

A-E-E

1 792 psi g

538°C @ 55.3 bar g

0°C

32°F

29.4 bar g

426 psi g

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 2 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Flanged DIN

Temperature°C

  A

L K

J

H

G

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

  Steam saturation curve

  

L 

K 

J

H

  Pressure bar g

G 

* Please note that the PMO is limited to the maximum DP of the selected IBV.



Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature A-G-G

PN100

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-H-H

PN63

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-J-J

PN40

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-K-K

PN25

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

A-L-L

PN16

Minimum allowable temperature * PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

PN100 100 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 37.1 bar g -29°C 99.4 bar g 538°C @ 37.1 bar g 0°C 143 bar g PN63 63 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 23.4 bar g -29°C 63 bar g 538°C @ 23.4 bar g 0°C 90 bar g PN40 40 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 14.8 bar g -29°C 40 bar g 538°C @ 14.8 bar g 0°C 57.2 bar g PN25 25 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 9.2 bar g -29°C 25 bar g 538°C @ 9.2 bar g 0°C 35.7 bar g PN16 16 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 5.9 bar g -29°C 16 bar g 538°C @ 5.9 bar g 0°C 22.8 bar g

Page 3 of 11

5.6.52

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN15

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

500 kg /h 30 bar 45 bar g 15 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 70 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.











 











5.6.53

 



Condensate kg / h





 



 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 4 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN20

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.



= = = =

1 050 kg /h 30 bar 45 bar g 15 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 55 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.





 



 

 

 

5.6.54

 







Condensate kg / h

  



 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 5 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN25

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

2 000 kg /h 4 bar 5 bar g 1 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 15 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.



 

 



 

 







5.6.55





Condensate kg / h



      

 

     























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 6 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN40

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

2 000 kg /h 50 bar 75 bar g 25 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 110 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.













 

 













5.6.56



Condensate kg / h







     



























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 7 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN50

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

6 000 kg /h 8 bar 10 bar g 2 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 20 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.









 

  









  



5.6.57



Condensate kg / h







     

























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 8 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Capacities - DN80

Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model.

Working example: Condensate discharge Effective differential pressure Upstream pressure Backpressure

For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. b) The effective differential pressure.

For full product selection and nomenclature follow the guide on page 10.

Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load.

= = = =

5 000 kg /h 30 bar 55 bar g 25 bar g

The unit of choice would have a DP max. differential pressure of 90 bar which is greater than the upstream pressure.













  





 









5.6.58



Condensate kg / h



 





   























  

 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 9 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Dimensions

IBV size A

B

C

D

E

Socket weld

Weights Flanged ASME class: 300 600 900 1500

150

PN16

Flanged EN 1092: PN25 PN40 PN63 PN100 PN160

DN15

½"

260

488

420

25

165

20

18

20

20

20

22

22

20

20

20

20

22

22

DN20

¾"

260

488

420

25

165

26

24

26

28

28

30

30

28

28

28

28

30

30

DN25

1"

345

616

530

40

210

42

39

42

44

44

48

48

42

42

42

42

46

46

DN40

1½"

411

774

650

39

265

68

65

70

72

72

78

78

70

70

70

70

74

74

DN50

2"

411

782

650

39

265

68

65

72

74

76

88

88

72

72

72

74

78

78

DN80

3"

532 1 026 850

36

305

125

120

132

136

138

152

162

130

130

130

134

138

142

The following will be supplied, if specified, at the time of order placement:

E

2. A support bracket. The support bracket will be bolted where indicated '†' on the adjacent illustration.

E

D

1. A special name-plate when a U-STAMP has been specified.

5.6.59

BSP + NPT

E

D

D

†

† A

† B

C

Socket weld

Flanged Screwed

IBV product nomenclature and selection guide:

Please note that other units are available on request to suit the specifics of a particular process application. Series PMO @ Saturated steam temperature for the body rating

Z = Alloy steel 123 bar g = ASME class 900 body Alloy steel

85 bar g = ASME class 600 body

123

45 bar g = ASME class 300 body DP = 6, 10, 15, 20, 40, 55, 70, 90, 110 bar

DP maximum differential pressure Size Connections

Z

= ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 3" or DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80

Screwed

= BSP or NPT

Socket weld

= According to ASME B 16.11

Flanged

110 3"

ASME class 300

ASME = ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160 Blank = Standard

Optional extras

NACE = NACE compliancy Check valve CV = Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See above.

IBV product selection example:

IBV

-

Z

-

123

-

110

-

3"

-

ASME class 300

-

How to order 1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - Z - 123 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap having an alloy steel body and cover with stainless steel internals.

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 10 of 11

Steam traps Inverted bucket Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap must be installed below the drain point with the body upright in a vertical position, the cover at the top and the inlet connection at the bottom; this orientation will ensure that the bucket mechanism will rise and fall vertically without any friction. It is recommended that a strainer is installed upstream of the IBV to protect it from contamination. To permit safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purpose it is again recommended that suitable shut-off valves are installed upstream and downstream of the IBV application. It needs to be appreciated that there is blast discharge with this device, consequently the downstream accessories, if any, should be installed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the IBV.

11

Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

7 10

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve assembly Bucket assembly Cover gasket

9

8 12

13 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 4, 6, 9, 10 4

(packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the type of trap, pressure rating and size and type of the connections.

5.6.60 6

Example: 1 - Valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco IBV - Z - 123 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap.

Optional extra Inbuilt stainless steel check valve

4

Please note that this option is only available for units that have a DP m a x i m u m d i f f e r e n t i a l pressure of 40 bar and above See the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10 for clarification.

TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1

IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap

Page 11 of 11

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P156-01

ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

TD10 Thermodynamic Steam Trap

ISO 9001

Description

The TD10 is a miniature thermodynamic disc trap designed specifically for draining small steam users like steam irons and instrument tracers.

Sizes and pipe connections

3

¼" swagelock outlet / BSP inlet (union and ferrule not supplied). ¼" BSP taper male inlet / BSP outlet.

To suit swagelock fitting

1

Outlet

Limiting conditions

Body design conditions PN16 PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 350°C PMO - Maximum operating pressure 10 bar g TMO - Maximum operating temperature 350°C PMOB - Maximum operating back pressure must not exceed 50% of the upstream pressure. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Operating range Temperature °C

5.7.1

2

  

Steam saturation curve

 







    Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.





* PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended 10 bar g. PMOB Maximum operating back pressure 50% of upstream pressure.

Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Body Cap Disc

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

BS 970 420 S37 AISI 416 BS 1449 420 S45

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2002

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions /weight Size ¼"

A 39.5

B 29.5

Spare parts

(approximately) in mm and kg C D Weight 18.5 10 0.7

There are no available spares for the TD10. Recommended tightening torques mm Item or 2 17 A / F

D Withdrawal distance

Nm 22 - 25

C

2

B

A

Capacities

5.7.2



Condensate kg /h

  



 

        Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)



Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-31) supplied with the product. The trap should preferably be installed in the horizontal plane, with a small drop leg proceeding it. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Where the trap discharges into a closed return system, a non-return valve should be fitted downstream to prevent return flow.

Disposal

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off ¼" Spirax Sarco TD10 thermodynamic steam trap with swagelock outlet connection.

TD10 Thermodynamic Steam Trap

TI-P156-01

ST Issue 2

Steam traps Local regulations mayThermodynamic restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P068-06

ST Issue 7

TD259 and TD259A Thermodynamic Steam Traps Description

The TD259 is a maintainable thermodynamic steam trap for use on instrument tracing or any small bore steam heating installations. It can be provided with an anti-air-binding disc for quick start-up on batch process and is designated TD259A. Standards The product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3 2

Sizes and pipe connections ¼" screwed BSP or NPT.

Pressure / temperature limits

1

Temperature °C

TD259   

Steam saturation curve

 







TD259A 

Temperature °C

5.7.3

  Pressure bar g





 Steam saturation curve

 







TD259A anti-air-binding disc   Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN63 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 63 bar g @ 120°C TD259 400°C Maximum allowable TMA temperature TD259A 255°C Minimum allowable temperature 0°C Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service 42 barg TD259 400°C @ 42 bar g Maximum operating TMO temperature TD259A 255°C @ 56 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Minimum pressure for satisfactory operation is 0.25 bar g Maximum operating backpressure must not exceed 80% PMOB of the upstream pressure DPMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 95 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Body Cap Disc

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 420 AISI 416 BS 1449 420 S45

Steam traps Thermodynamic Capacities - Hot water

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

 

Condensate kg / h

3

Disc (packet of 3)



How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.



Example: 1 - Packet of discs for a ¼" TD259 thermodynamic steam trap.



      

2          Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg

Size ¼"

A

B

C

D

Weight

54.5

42

22

40

0.36 3

B

D Withdrawal distance for cap

5.7.4

A

C

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-31) supplied with the product. Installation note: Preferably fitted in a horizontal pipe but can be fitted in other positions.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ¼" TD259A thermodynamic steam trap having screwed BSP connections.

TI-P068-06 ST Issue 7

Recommended tightening torque or Item Part mm 2 Cap 36 A /F

TD259 and TD259A Thermodynamic Steam Traps

Nm 135 - 150

Steam traps Local regulations mayThermodynamic restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P068-04

ST Issue 8

TD3-3 Thermodynamic Steam Trap 8

9

2

3

10 9 4

8

1

5.7.5

6 5

The TD3-3 is a medium pressure thermodynamic steam trap fitted between unions for ease of replacement. Tail pieces are prepared for butt weld ends. Optional extras Insulating cover - To prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain, etc. Integral blowdown valve - A BDV1 or BDV2 can be fitted to the strainer cap, alternatively the strainer cap can be drilled, tapped and plugged to " BSP or NPT.

Sizes and pipe connections

", ½" LC, ½" and ¾" butt weld Schedule 40.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Description

  

Steam saturation curve

 

Standards The product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.



Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

The product must not be used in this area.

Materials





 

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel

ASTM A743 Gr. CA 40

2

Cap

Stainless steel

AISI 416

3

Disc

Stainless steel

BS 1449 420 S45

4

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

5

Strainer cap

Stainless steel

AISI 416

6

Strainer cap gasket Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

7

Insulating cover (optional extra)

Aluminium

8

Union tail piece

Mild steel

BS 970 070 M20

9

Union nut

Mild steel

BS 970 230 M07

Reinforced exfoliated graphite



For optimum product performance the PMO should not exceed 42 bar g PN63

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

63 bar g @ 100°C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

400°C @ 42 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

0°C

Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service

42 bar g @ 400°C

TMO

400°C @ 42 bar g

Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DPMX Maximum differential pressure

AISI 316L spirally wound



Pressure bar g

Body design conditions

No. Part

10 Gasket



63 bar

Maximum backpressure should not exceed 80% of the inlet PMOB pressure Minimum inlet pressure for satisfactory operation

0.25 bar g

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 95 bar g

Steam traps Thermodynamic Spare parts

Capacities

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.



Available spares Trap unit Disc Strainer screen and gasket Union gasket and inner ring Insulating cover Strainer cap gasket

Condensate kg / h

 



 









How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.





  

 

(complete without unions) 4, 3, 1, 10 (packet of 3) 3 4, 6 (packet of 10) 10 7 (packet of 3) 6

Example: 1 - Trap unit for a Spirax Sarco ½" TD3-3 thermodynamic steam trap.







 





 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

7

10 9

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size

A

B

E

G

H

J

K

L

Weight

" ½" LC ½" ¾"

40 41 41 45

183 188 188 223

60 62 62 75

105 107 107 130

40 40 40 40

57 57 57 63

57 57 57 57

38 38 38 38

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.7

2 3 1 10 9

H Withdrawal distance for cap Withdrawal distance for insulating cover L

4

B

6

K

A

5 J

Recommended tightening torques or mm

Item 2 E

( ", ½" LC) (½", ¾")

5 ( ") 9 (½", ½" LC) (¾")

Withdrawal distance of screen G

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-25) supplied with the product. Installation note: Preferably fitted in a horizontal pipe but can be fitted in other positions. Disposal: The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TD3-3 thermodynamic steam trap having Schedule 40 butt weld connections.

TI-P068-04 ST Issue 8

TD3-3 Thermodynamic Steam Trap

36 41 32 30 36 41

Nm

M28

135 - 150 180 - 200 170 - 190 80 - 90 150 - 165 150 - 165

5.7.6

Steam traps Local regulations mayThermodynamic restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P614-03

ST Issue 3

IUTD30L and IUTD30H Thermodynamic Steam Traps with Integral Spiratec Sensors Description

The IUTD30L and IUTD30H stainless steel thermodynamic steam traps with integral strainer are fitted to pipeline connectors. The IUTD30L is specifically designed for lower loads associated with mains drainage and tracing applications up to 30 bar g. The IUTD30H is designed for higher loads. Both traps are fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor for quick and accurate detection of steam leakage and / or system cooling. Traps can be supplied with sensors to detect waterlogging and steam wastage (WLS1) or for steam leakage only (SS1). All trap / sensor types can be simply integrated into all existing Spiratec monitoring systems. All trap bodies have an electroless nickel plated finish (ELNP) which is both energy efficient and corrosion resistant. The traps are fitted by two screws to a permanently installed stainless steel pipeline connector to ensure the maintenance is both quick and easily undertaken. Traps can be removed / replaced using a simple wrench with minimum system downtime.

The IUTD30 can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors: PC10HP PC3 _ PC4 _

Straight connector Straight connector with one piston isolation valve Straight connector with two piston isolation valve

ASME 600

(TI-P128-10)

ASME 600

(TI-P128-02)

ASME 600

(TI-P128-03)

See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of the connections available for each pipeline connector.

11

2

10

3

Optional extras Insulating cover: To prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain etc. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

1 14

5

13 12

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

9



Temperature °C

5.7.7

Pipeline connector options

6

  

16 8

Steam saturation curve

 

7





  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected will dictate the maximum operating limits of the complete assembly. Reference the specific pipeline connector Technical Information sheet as detailed in 'Pipeline connector options'. Body design conditions PN50 (ASME 300) PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 27.5 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C Maximum operating pressure 30 bar g PMO for saturated steam service Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 30 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure 30 bar Maximum operating backpressure should not exceed PMOB 80% of the upstream pressure Minimum inlet pressure for satisfactory operation 0.25 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel - ELNP

2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Cap Disc Strainer screen Sensor adaptor Adaptor gasket Sensor Flange Pipeline connector Connector screw

12

Inlet gasket

13

Outlet gasket

14

Plug Insulating cover (optional extra) Sensor gasket Blanking plug (not shown)

Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Steel - ELNP ASTM A193 B7 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8 Steel ASTM A193 B7 Graphite / AISI 316 strip Stainless steel laminate Graphite / AISI 316 strip Stainless steel laminate Stainless steel ASTM A276 431

15 16 17

Aluminium Stainless steel Steel

ASTM A 743 Gr. CA 40 F ASTM A582 416 BS 1449 420 S45 BS 1449 304 S16 BS 970 416 S37 BS 1449 304 S16

Steam traps Thermodynamic Capacities

Dimensions (approximate) im mm 57



38

  Condensate kg /h

57

40.5













 





70 80 Withdrawal distance 46

  125

140 Withdrawal distance

Weight (approximate) in kg IUTD30L and IUTD30H with SS1 sensor IUTD30L and IUTD30H with WLS sensor

      Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)



Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. 2.50 2.65

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P154-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: The pipework connector can be installed in either horizontal or vertical pipework. The mating flange on the IUTD30 trap is free to rotate 360°. The steam trap should be fitted with the cap above the centre line of the trap, Ensure that the steam trap is in a horizontal position with the cap (2) uppermost. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease of maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap e.g. PC3_ and PC4_. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

Available spares Complete trap unit, excluding pipeline connector Connector screws and gasket Disc (packet of 3) Strainer screen Strainer screen gasket Insulating cover Sensor assembly (state SS1 or WLS1)

11, 12, 13 3 5 7 15 8, 16

How to order Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Packet of 3 discs for a Spirax Sarco IUTD30L thermodynamic steam trap. 15

2* 11

13 12

3

How to order The IUTD30L is supplied in two parts:1. The swivel pipeline connector

PC10HP

Standard connection

PC3 _

+ 1 integral ISO valve

PC4 _

+ 2 integral ISO valves

5 7 6*

2. The IUTD30 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and two connector screws supplied in a box. Note: Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order placement. How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 PC10HP swivel pipeline connector with socket weld connections. 1 off Spirax Sarco IUTD30L thermodynamic steam trap fitted with SS1 sensor, complete with connector screws and gaskets. 1 off Insulating cover to fit an IUTD30L.

TI-P614-03 ST Issue 3



16 * Note: Items 2 and 6 are not available as spares. Recommended tightening torques or Item mm (UTD30L) 36 A/F 2 (UTD30H) 41 A/F 6 32 A/F 8 24 A/F 11 " A/F

8

Nm 135 135 170 50 30

-

150 150 190 55 35

IUTD30L and IUTD30H Thermodynamic Steam Traps with Integral Spiratec Sensors

5.7.8

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P614-01

ST Issue 3

ITD32 Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The ITD32 is a maintainable thermodynamic steam trap supplied fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor: Available sensor options: SS1 Sensor to detect steam leakage only. WLS1 Sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage. WLS1 and Sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage Diode pack for use with R16C steam trap monitor. The ITD32 can be simply integrated into all existing Spiratec monitoring systems. All external body surfaces have an electroless nickel plate (ENP) finish which is both energy saving and oxidation resistant. For those applications where the release of air is a concern, an anti-air-binding disc is available i.e. ITD32LA and ITD32HA. ITD32 trap options: ITD32L Low capacity. ITD32LA Low capacity and anti-air-binding disc. ITD32H High capacity. ITD32HA High capacity and anti-air-binding disc.

5.7.9

Standards The product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections ITD32L and ITD32LA ITD32H and ITD32HA

½" and ¾" screwed BSP or NPT. ½" screwed BSP or NPT.

3

2

1 4

6 8

5 7

Optional extras Insulating cover: to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain etc.

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

* * *

ITD32LA and ITD32HA Anti-air-binding disc

3

��� ��� ��� ���

3

��� �

Groove identifies LA and HA versions

Steam saturation curve �

��

��

�� �� �� Pressure bar g

��

2

��

1

The product must not be used in this region.

Materials

The sensor limits the PMA and TMA to 240°C @ 32 bar g.

No. Part

Body design conditions PN63 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 63 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 42 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 240°C @ 32 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C 0.25 bar g Minimum inlet pressure ITD42L and ITD42H for satisfactory operation ITD42LA and ITD42HA 0.80 bar g Maximum operating backpressure should not exceed PMOB 80% of the upstream pressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 95 bar g

1

Body

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Cap Disc Strainer screen Adapter gasket Sensor adapter Sensor gasket Sensor Blanking plug (not shown) Insulating cover (optional extra)

9 10

Material Stainless steel ASTM A743 Gr. CA 40 F (with ENP finish) Stainless steel AISI 416 Stainless steel BS 1449 420 S45 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel BS 970 416 S37 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Steel Aluminium

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2010

Steam traps Thermodynamic Spare parts

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Disc (packet of 3) ITD32L or ITD32H 3 Disc and strainer screen ITD32LA or ITD32HA 3, 4, 5 Y-type strainer screen and gasket ITD32L or ITD32H 4, 5 Sensor adapter gasket (packet of 3) 5 Sensor and sensor gasket 7, 8 Insulating cover 10

1000

Condensate kg / h

500 400 300

½"

H

A

dH

an

200 ½"

100

50 0.7

"

¾ nd

a

d

n La

LA

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 1 - Y-type strainer screen and gasket for a Spirax Sarco ½" ITD32L thermodynamic steam trap with integral sensor.

3 4 5 2 10 20 Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

1

32

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" L and LA ½" H and HA ¾" L and LA

A 78 78 90

Withdrawal E distance

C

D

B 57 57 57

C 41 41 44

C1 52 57 52 A B

D 59 59 65

E 20 41 20

E1 38 38 38

10

F Weight 90 0.80 90 0.85 105 1.00

2 (not an available spare)

E1 Withdrawal distance

C1

3

F Withdrawal distance

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-F01-30) supplied with the product. Installation note: The ITD32 should be installed in horizontal pipework with a small drop leg preceding it. The sensor must be positioned directly below the trap body. Maintenance note: It is recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Maintenance may be completed with the trap in the pipeline. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

4 5

6 (not an available spare)

8

7

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" ITD32L thermodynamic steam trap having an integral Spiratec sensor: - WLS1 to identify waterlogging and steam wastage or - SS1 for steam leakage only. Sensors are to be compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points: - R1 (single trap) remote test point - R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP / NPN output where appropriate - R12 (12 trap) remote test point - R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap monitor - Type 30 hand held indicator

Recommended tightening torques or Item No. mm 2 6 8

ITD32L and LA ITD32H and HA

36 A / F 41 A / F 32 A / F 24 A / F

ITD32 Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

Nm

M28

135 135 170 50

- 150 - 150 - 190 - 55

TI-P614-01 ST Issue 3

5.7.10

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P068-17

ST Issue 5

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

TD32F Flanged Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Description

The TD32FLC and TD32FALC versions are identified by the groove in the cap

The TD32F is a maintainable medium pressure flanged thermodynamic steam trap which has an integral strainer screen fitted to protect the internals from dirt. The TD32FLC is designed specifically for low load applications such as steam mains drainage applications. The TD32FA and TD32FALC are fitted with an anti-air-binding disc to ensure prompt removal of air on start-up. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3 2 1 The TD32FA and TD32FALC have an anti-air-binding disc

Sizes and pipe connections

Optional extras

A TD32F is shown below

Insulating cover (for the DN15 and DN20 only): To prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain etc.

2

3

8

1

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.7.11

3

DN15, DN15LC, DN20, DN20LC, DN25 and DN25LC Flanged ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, DIN 2501 PN40 and JIS/KS 10, 16 and 20.



A   C 

Steam saturation curve

 





 Pressure bar g

B 



The product must not be used in this region. A-B C-B

TD32F and TD32FLC TD32FA and TD32FALC

Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C Minimum allowable temperature 0°C Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g PMO for saturated steam service 400°C Maximum operating TD32F and TD32FLC TMO temperature TD32FA and TD32FALC 255°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Minimum operating pressure for satisfactory operation is 0.25 bar g Maximum operating backpressure is 80% of PMOB upstream pressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

4

6 5

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel

2

Cap

Stainless steel

AISI 416

3

Disc

Stainless steel

BS 1449 420 S45

ASTM A743 CA-40

4 Strainer screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L Note: The TD32FA and TDFALC are fitted with a 100 mesh stainless steel screen. All other versions have a 0.8 mm perforated screen. 5

Strainer cap

Stainless steel

AISI 416

6

Strainer cap gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

7

Insulating cover Aluminium (optional extra for the DN15 and DN20 only)

8

Flanges

Steel

DIN 17243 C22.8 Ws 1.0460

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Weight

DN15 and DN15LC

150

55

41

40

80

57

38

55

2.4

DN20 and DN20LC

150

60

47

40

95

57

38

61

3.1

DN25 and DN25LC

160

65

53

40

100

—

—

—

4.2

Withdrawal distance for cap

Withdrawal distance for insulating cover A G

F

D

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 3

Disc for TD32F or TD32FLC (packet of 3)

Disc, strainer screen and gasket for TD32FA or TD32FALC 3, 4, 6 4, 6

Strainer screen and gasket

H

C

B

Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3)

6

Insulating cover (for the DN15 and DN20 only)

7

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Strainer screen for a DN15 Spirax Sarco TD32F thermodynamic steam trap.

E 7

Withdrawal distance for strainer

Capacities

5.7.12

*2

 3

Condensate kg/h

 

  

 



 

    





  





      Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)



Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-26) supplied with the product. Installation note: The TD32F is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane with the cover at the top. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap.

Disposal

6

*5

Recommended tightening torques or Item Size

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

2

Example: 1 off DN15 Spirax Sarco TD32FALC low capacity steam trap with flanged PN40 connections and having an integral strainer screen and anti-air-binding disc fitted.

4

* Note: Items 2 and 5 are not available as spares.

mm

Nm

DN15LC, 20LC, 25LC

36 A/F

135 - 150

DN15 DN20 DN25

41 A/F 41 A/F 55 A/F

180 - 200 180 - 200 250 - 275

32 A/F

170 - 190

5

TD32F Flanged Thermodynamic Steam Trap

TI-P068-17 ST Issue 5

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P068-22

ST Issue 5

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

TD42 Thermodynamic Steam Trap

ISO 9001

Description The TD42 is a maintainable thermodynamic steam trap. The TD42LC is specifically designed for relatively small condensate load and is, therefore, ideal for mains drainage applications. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturer’s Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3 2

1

Sizes and pipe connections

/ ", ½" LC - Low Capacity, ½" and ¾" screwed BSP or NPT.

3 8

Optional extras

4

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.7.13

Insulating cover: to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain, etc. Integral blowdown valve: a BDV1 or BDV2 can be fitted to the strainer cap, alternatively the strainer cap can be drilled, tapped and plugged " BSP or NPT.

��� ���

6

���

�

5

Steam saturation curve

��� �

��

��

�� �� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. For optimum product performance the PMO should not exceed 42 bar g. Body design conditions PN63 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 63 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 42 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 42 bar g recommended TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 42 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum backpressure should not exceed 80% of PMOB the inlet pressure under any conditions of operation otherwise the trap may not shut-off. Minimum operating differential pressure 0.25 bar g for satisfactory operation Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 95 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part Body Cap Disc Strainer screen Strainer cap Strainer cap gasket Insulating cover (optional extra)

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

ASTM A743 Gr. CA 40 AISI 416 BS 1449 420 S45 BS 1449 304 S16 AISI 416 BS 1449 304 S16

Aluminium

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Steam traps Thermodynamic Capacities

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

����

Available spares Disc (packet of 3) Strainer screen and gasket Insulating cover Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3)

Condensate kg / h

��� ���

��

��� ���

��

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Strainer screen and gasket for a Spirax Sarco ½" LC TD42 thermodynamic steam trap.

��

���

3 4, 6 7 6

����

���

��� ��

���

�

�

�

� �

��

��

7

�� ��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size 3/8" ½"LC ½" ¾"

A 41 41 41 47

B 78 78 78 90

E 55 55 55 60

G 85 85 85 100

H 41 41 41 41

Withdrawal distance H for screen

J 57 57 57 63

K 57 57 57 57

L Weight 38 0.75 38 0.75 38 0.80 38 1.00

2

Withdrawal distance for insulating cover L B

3 K

A

J

E

4 Withdrawal distance for cap G

6

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-24) supplied with the product. Installation note: The TD42 is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane with the cover at the top. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off ½" Spirax Sarco TD42 thermodynamic steam trap having screwed BSP connections.

5

Recommended tightening torques or Item mm (TD42LC) 36 2 (TD42) 41 5 32

TD42 Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Nm

M28

135 - 150 180 - 200 170 - 190

TI-P068-22 ST Issue 5

5.7.14

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P151-04

ST Issue 5

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

TD42A Thermodynamic Steam Trap

ISO 9001

Description The TD42A is a maintainable thermodynamic steam trap where the release of air is a concern. It is supplied with an anti-air-binding disc. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3 2

1

Sizes and pipe connections

", ½" LC and ½" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.

Optional extras

4

Pressure /temperature limits ���

Temperature °C

5.7.15

Insulating cover: to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain, etc. Integral blowdown valve: a BDV1 or BDV2 can be fitted to the strainer cap, alternatively the strainer cap can be drilled, tapped and plugged " BSP or NPT.

��� ��� ���

�

6

Steam saturation curve

��� �

��

��

5 ��

�� ��

��

��

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

3

Anti-air-binding disc

For optimum product performance the PMO should not exceed 42 bar g. Body design conditions PN63 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 63 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 42 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 42 bar g recommended TMO Maximum operating temperature 255°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum backpressure should not exceed 80% of PMOB the inlet pressure under any conditions of operation otherwise the trap may not shut-off. Minimum operating differential pressure 0.8 bar g for satisfactory operation Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 95 bar g

Materials No. Part 1 Body 2 Cap 3 4 5 6 7

Material Stainless steel ASTM A743 Gr. CA 40 F Stainless steel AISI 416 Stainless steel Disc BS 1449 420 S45 Bi-metal Strainer screen Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Strainer cap Stainless steel AISI 416 Strainer cap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Insulating cover Aluminium (optional extra)

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Thermodynamic Capacities

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Disc and screen 3, 4 Strainer screen and gasket 4, 6 Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3) 6 Insulating cover 7

����

Condensate kg / h

��� ��� ��� ���

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column head 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Strainer screen and gasket for a Spirax Sarco ½" LC TD42A thermodynamic steam trap.

��

���

���

���

� ����

�

��

���

�

�

�

� �

��

��

7

�� ��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size A 3/8" 41 ½" LC 41 ½" 41

B 78 78 78

E 55 55 55

G 85 85 85

H 41 41 41

J 57 57 57

K 57 57 57

L 38 38 38

Weight 0.75 0.75 0.80 2

Withdrawal distance H for screen

Withdrawal distance for insulating cover L B 3 K

A

J

E

4 Withdrawal distance for cap G

6

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-24) supplied with the product. Installation note: The TD42A is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane with the cover at the top. It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

5

Recommended tightening torques

2

Example: 1 off ½" Spirax Sarco TD42A thermodynamic steam trap having screwed BSP connections.

or

Item ( ", ½" LC)

36

(½")

41

5

TD42A Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Nm

mm

32

135 - 150 180 - 200 M28

170 - 190

TI-P151-04 ST Issue 5

5.7.16

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-S01-03

ST Issue 9

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

TD42L and TD42H Thermodynamic Steam Traps

ISO 9001

Description

The TD42L and TD42H are maintainable thermodynamic steam traps. The TD42L is specifically designed for relatively small condensate loads and therefore is ideal for mains drainage applications. For process type loads the TD42H is available. For those applications where the release of air is a concern, an anti-air-binding disc is available i.e. TD42LA and TD42HA. All external body surfaces have an electroless nickel preparation (ENP) which is both energy saving and oxidation resistant. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/ 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufactures' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

2

1

screwed BSP or NPT screwed BSP or NPT screwed BSP or NPT screwed BSP or NPT

4

Insulating cover: to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain etc. Integral blowdown valve: a BDV1 or BDV2 can be fitted to the strainer cap, alternatively the strainer cap can be drilled, tapped and plugged " BSP or NPT.

6

TD42L TD42H TD42LA TD42HA

", ½", ¾" and ½", ¾" and ", ½", ¾" and ½" and

1" 1" 1" ¾"

Optional extras 5

TD42LA and TD42HA Anti-air-binding disc

3

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.7.17

3

���

A ��� ��� ��� B ��� �

�

Steam saturation curve ��

��

�� �� �� Pressure bar g

��

C ��

3

Groove indentifies LA and HA versions

2

The product must not be used in this region. 1

For optimum product performance the PMO should not exceed 42 bar g. A - C TD42L and TD42H B - C TD42LA and TD42HA Body design conditions PN63 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 63 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 42 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 42 bar g TD42L and TD42H 400°C @ 42 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature TD42LA and TD42HA 255°C @ 42 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C 0.25 bar g Minimum inlet pressure TD42L and TD42H for satisfactory operation TD42LA and TD42HA 0.80 bar g Maximum operating backpressure should not exceed PMOB 80% of the upstream pressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 95 bar g

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel (with ENP finish)

2

Cap

Stainless steel

AISI 416

3

Disc

Stainless steel

BS 1449 420 S45

4

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

5

Strainer cap

Stainless steel

AISI 416

6

Strainer cap gasket Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

7

Insulating cover (optional extra)

ASTM A743 Gr. CA 40 F

Aluminium

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Thermodynamic Capacities

Spare parts

� ���

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Disc (packet of 3) (TD42L or TD42H) 3 Disc and strainer screen (TD42LA or TD42HA) 3, 4, 6 Strainer screen and gasket (TD42L or TD42H) 4, 6 Insulating cover 7 Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3) 6

Condensate kg / h

� ���

����

��� ���

����

��� ���

���

��

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Strainer screen and gasket for a Spirax Sarco ½" TD42L thermodynamic steam trap.

����

�

��� ���

�

�

����

����

��� ���

�

�

� �

��

��

�� ��

7

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size " L ½" L ¾" L 1" L ½" H ¾" H 1" H

A 41 41 44 48 41 47 53

B 78 78 85 95 78 90 96

E 55 55 60 65 55 60 66

G 85 85 100 100 85 100 100

H 20 20 20 20 41 41 41

J 52 52 52 58 57 63 -

K 57 57 57 57 57 57 -

L Weight 38 0.80 38 0.75 38 0.95 38 1.50 38 0.80 38 1.00 1.50

2

3 Withdrawal distance H for screen

Withdrawal distance for insulating cover L B K

A

J

4

E

6

Withdrawal distance for cap G

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-24) supplied with the product. Installation note: The TD42L and TD42H should be installed in the horizontal plane, with a small drop leg proceeding them. Disposal: This product is recycable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TD42L thermodynamic steam trap having screwed BSP connections.

5 Recommended tightening torques or

Item

2

Nm

mm (TD42L - all sizes)

36 A / F

135 - 150

(TD42H - ½", ¾") (TD42H - 1")

41 A / F 55 A / F

180 - 200 250 - 275

5

TD42L and TD42H Thermodynamic Steam Traps

32 A / F

M28

170 - 190

TI-S01-03 ST Issue 9

5.7.18

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P068-07

ST Issue 9

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

TD42S2 Thermodynamic Steam Traps

Description

The TD42S2 is a thermodynamic steam trap with forged steel body and socket weld ends. A full range of lower capacity traps (½" - 1") designated TD42S2LC are available for applications such as mains drainage or tracing. Please note: For low temperature applications down to -46°C use the TD42S3 (ASTM A350 LF2) - See TI-P068-23 for further information. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections ½"LC, ¾"LC, 1"LC, ½", ¾" and 1" socket weld ends to: ASME (ANSI) B 16.11 Schedule 80 / BS 3799 Class 3000 lb.

3 2

1

Optional extras 4

Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552) Please note: For low temperature applications down to -46°C use the TD42S3 (ASTM A350 LF2) - See TI-P068-23 for further information. ��� ���

6

Temperature °C

5.7.19

Insulating cover: To prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain etc. Integral blowdown valve: A BDV1 or BDV2 can be fitted to the strainer cap, alternatively the strainer cap can be drilled, tapped and plugged " BSP or NPT.

5

��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� �

�

��

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

Materials

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region. Note: Upon prolonged exposure to temperatures above 425°C, the carbide phase of steel may be converted to graphite. Permissible but not recommended for prolonged use above 425°C. Body design conditions ANSI / ASME 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 51 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 427°C @ 28 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service

42 bar g

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part Material Body Steel ASTM A105N Cap Stainless steel AISI 416 Disc Stainless steel BS 1449 420 S45 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 316L Strainer cap Steel ASTM A105N Strainer cap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Insulating cover Aluminium *7 (optional extra) * Note: Item 7 is shown on the spares illustration overleaf.

TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 34 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure 42 bar Maximum operating backpressure should not exceed PMOB 80% of the inlet pressure. Minimum inlet pressure for satisfactory operation 0.25 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Steam traps Thermodynamic Capacities

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

2 500 2 000

Available spares Disc

Condensate kg /h

1 000

3

(packet of 3)

4, 6

Strainer screen and gasket Strainer cap gasket Insulating cover

500 400

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 off Strainer screen and gasket for a Spirax Sarco ½" TD42S2 thermodynamic steam trap.

1"

300

¾"

200

6 7

(packet of 3)

½" 100 ½"LC, ¾"LC, 1"LC 70 0.25

0.5

1

2

3 4 5

20 30 42

10

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

7

When sizing the TD42S2 it is important to ensure that the correct model is selected. This will ensure the required operation and maximum life. For mains drainage and tracing applications the LC version should be selected irrespective of pipe size.

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" ½" LC ¾" ¾" LC 1" 1" LC

A 41 40 47 44 53 48

B 76 76 78 78 92 92

C 46 46 47 47 52 52

D 71 71 72 72 77 77

E 20 20 20 20 25 20

F 57 57 63 57 63 60

G 57 57 57 57 70 57

H Weight 38 0.80 38 0.75 38 1.00 38 1.00 38 1.50 38 1.50

2

5.7.20 3

E Withdrawal distance for cap

A

B G

H Withdrawal distance for insulating cover

F

4 6

C

D Withdrawal distance for screen 5

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-37) supplied with the product. Installation note The TD42S2 should be installed preferably in the horizontal position. However it can also be installed and operate in other orientations. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

Recommended tightening torques or Item mm ½" LC 36 A /F

2

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TD42S2LC thermodynamic steam trap fitted with an insulating cover for outside weather protection and having socket weld end connections.

5

¾" LC 1" LC ½" ¾" 1"

36 A /F 36 A /F 41 A /F 41 A /F 55 A /F

(all sizes)

27 A /F

TD42S2 Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Nm 87 - 97 87 - 97 87 - 97 100 - 110 100 - 110 140 - 160

M24

120 - 135

TI-P068-07 ST Issue 9

Steam traps Thermodynamic

5.7.21

Steam traps Thermodynamic

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P187-04

CMGT Issue 6

TDC46M Carbon Steel Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat Description

The TDC46M is a carbon steel, thermodynamic steam trap that has been specifically designed for low capacity applications up to 46 bar g (where pipe connections permit). As standard the unit is available with either screwed, socket weld or flanged connections.

Materials No.Part

Material

1

Body

Carbon steel

2

Top cap

Stainless steel 1.4301 / ASTM 479 304

Integral strainer.

3

Insulating cover

Stainless steel

EN 10088-1 1.4301

Integral air vent.

4

Disc

Hardened steel

1.2379

Insulation cap.

5

Seat

Hardened steel

1.2379

Replaceable seat for ease of maintenance.

6

Bimetal ring

Bimetal

Optional extras At extra cost a BDV1 integral blowdown valve can be pre-fitted to the strainer cap, please specify at the time of order placement.

7

Support

Stainless steel

8

Seat gasket

Graphite foil

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

9

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

ASTM A478 316L

10 Strainer cap gasket Stainless steel

AISI 304

Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be specified at the time of order placement.

11 Strainer cap

TDC46M benefits:

-

Stainless steel

1.0619+N / ASTM A216 WCB

AISI 304

1.4308 / ASTM A351 CF8

Flanged

2 3 4 7 6

5

8

9 1 Screwed

10 11

Sizes and pipe connections ½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT.

½", ¾" and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799 Class 3000 lb. DN15, DN20 and DN25 integrally flanged EN 1092 PN40, PN100 and ASME class 150, ASME class 300 or ASME class 600.

Optional extra BDV1 integral blowdown valve See spare par ts for details on how to order; Alternatively please specify at the time of order placement.

Page 1 of 5

5.7.22

Steam traps Thermodynamic Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Screwed and Socket weld

Screwed Socket weld

425 400 300 200

Steam saturation curve

100 0

0

20

40 60 Pressure bar g

80

100

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection. Body design condition

PN100 and ASME Class 600

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

100 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 57.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

Screwed Socket weld

-29 °C

PMO Maximum operating pressure

46 bar g @ 425 °C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

425 °C @ 46 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Minimum operating pressure

1.5 bar g

Maximum operating backpressure

80% of upstream pressure

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Flanged EN 1092 Temperature °C

5.7.23

150 bar g

Flanged: PN40 PN100

400

A

C

B

300 Steam saturation curve

200 100 0

C

0

20

60 40 Pressure bar g

B

80

100

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection. Body design condition

PN100

PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature

100 bar g @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 59.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature A-B-B

PN100

-10 °C

PMO Maximum operating pressure

46 bar g @ 400 °C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

400 °C @ 46 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure

1.5 bar g 80% of upstream pressure

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

150 bar g

Body design condition

PN40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature

40 bar g @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature A-C-C

PN40

-10 °C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

31.1 bar g @ 238 °C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure

1.5 bar g 80% of upstream pressure

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Page 2 of 5

60 bar g TI-P187-04 CMGT Issue 6

TDC46M Carbon Steel Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat

Steam traps Thermodynamic

Flanged: ASME Class 150 ASME Class 300 ASME Class 600

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Flanged ASME 425 400

A D

C

B

300 200 100 0

D 0

Steam saturation curve

20

C

40 60 Pressure bar g

B 80

99.3

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection. ASME Class 600

Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure

99.3 bar g @ 38 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 56 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature A-B-B

ASME 600

-29 °C

PMO Maximum operating pressure

46 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature

425 °C @ 46 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure

1.5 bar g 80% of upstream pressure 149 bar g

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

ASME Class 300

Body design condition

51.1 bar g @ 38 °C

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

425 °C @ 28.8 g

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

-29 °C

Minimum allowable temperature A-C-C

ASME 300

43 bar g

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature

425 °C @ 28.8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C 1.5 bar g

Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure

80% of upstream pressure 76.6 bar g

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

ASME Class 150

Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure

19.6 bar g @ 38 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g -29 °C

Minimum allowable temperature A-D-D

ASME 150

14 bar g

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature

0 °C 1.5 barg

Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure

80% of upstream pressure

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P187-04 CMGT Issue 6

TDC46M Carbon Steel Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat

29.4 bar g

Page 3 of 5

5.7.24

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions (approximate) in mm A

Size

B Screwed

Socket weld

D

Flanged PN40 ASME 150, 300, 600

PN100

E

F

Withdrawal Withdrawal distance distance

½"

DN15

58

78

92

150

210

61

59

40

30

¾"

DN20

61

95

92

150

210

61

63

40

30

1"

DN25

65

95

92

160

230

61

67

40

30

F

F

ØC Screwed and Socket weld

A

ØC Flanged

A

D

D

E

B

B

E

Weights (approximate) in kg Size

Screwed

Socket weld

Flanged ASME 150

ASME 300

ASME 600

PN40

PN100

½"

DN15

1.38

1.49

2.46

2.96

3.06

3.06

4.36

¾"

DN20

1.64

1.64

3.16

4.06

4.26

3.96

6.26

1"

DN25

1.90

1.90

4.16

5.16

5.46

4.86

8.16

Capacities

Safety information, installation and maintenance



For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P187-05) supplied with the product.



Condensate kg / h

5.7.25

C

Installation note: The TDC46M is designed for installation with the disc in a horizontal plane with the insulating cover at the top.

      

It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere.



For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap.











     



Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Page 4 of 5





How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 TDC46M thermodynamic steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

TI-P187-04 CMGT Issue 6

TDC46M Carbon Steel Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat

Steam traps Thermodynamic Spare parts

Please note that the spares shown are the same for the screwed, socket weld and flanged versions. The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares.

3

Available spares 3

Insulating cover

2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

Top cap, seat and disc assembly Strainer screen and gasket

9, 10

Set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets)

8, 10

2

BDV1 blowdown valve retrofit kit 4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.

7

Example: 1 off Top cap, seat and disc assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 TDC46M thermodynamic steam trap.

Top cap, seat and disc assembly

6

5

8

5.7.26

9

10

11

11 (not an available spare)

BDV1 Retrofit kit

Recommended tightening torques - for suitably lubricated threads Item

Part

mm

Nm

2

Top cap

50 A/F

300

11

Strainer cap

24 A/F

105 - 110

TI-P187-04 CMGT Issue 6

TDC46M Carbon Steel Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat

Page 5 of 5

Steam traps Thermodynamic

5.7.27

Steam traps Thermodynamic

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P187-02

CMGT Issue 5

TDS46M Stainless Steel Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat Description

The TDS46M is a stainless steel, thermodynamic steam trap that has been specifically designed for low capacity applications up to 46 bar g (where pipe connections permit). As standard the unit is available with either screwed, socket weld or flanged connections. TDS46M benefits:

-

Integral strainer. Integral air vent. Insulation cap. Replaceable seat for ease of maintenance.

Optional extras At extra cost a BDV1 integral blowdown valve can be pre-fitted to the strainer cap, please specify at the time of order placement. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be specified at the time of order placement.

Materials No.Part

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel 1.4308 / ASTM A351 CF8

2

Top cap

Stainless steel

1.4301 / ASTM A479 304

3

Insulating cover

Stainless steel

EN 10088-1 1.4301

4

Disc

Hardened steel

1.2379

5

Seat

Hardened steel

1.2379

6

Bimetal ring

Bimetal

7

Support

Stainless steel

8

Seat gasket

Graphite foil

9

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

ASTM A478 316L

10

Strainer cap gasket

Stainless steel

AISI 304

11 Strainer cap

AISI 304

Stainless steel 1.4308 / ASTM A351 CF8

Flanged

2 3 4 7 6

5

8

9 1 Screwed

10 11

Sizes and pipe connections ½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT.

½", ¾" and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799 Class 3000 lb. DN15, DN20 and DN25 integrally flanged EN 1092 PN40, PN100 and ASME class 150, ASME class 300 or ASME class 600.

Optional extra BDV1 integral blowdown valve See spare par ts for details on how to order; Alternatively please specify at the time of order placement.

Page 1 of 5

5.7.28

Steam traps Thermodynamic Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Screwed Socket weld Flanged: PN40 PN100

450 400

A

(ISO 6552)

- Screwed, Socket weld and Flanged EN 1092

C

B

300 200 100 0

C 0

20

Steam saturation curve

40 60 Pressure bar g

B 80

100

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection. Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature A-B-B

PN100 Screwed Socket weld

-50 °C 46 bar g @ 450 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

450 °C @ 46 bar g

Maximum operating backpressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic pressure of: Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature

PN40

450 °C @ 58.3 bar g

Maximum operating pressure

Minimum operating pressure

A-C-C

100 bar g @ 50 °C

PMO

Minimum operating temperature

5.7.29

PN100

0 °C 1.5 bar g 80% of upstream pressure 150 bar g PN40 40 bar g @ 50 °C 450 °C @ 23.3 bar g -50 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

28.4 bar g @ 233 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

450 °C @ 23.3 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic pressure of:

0 °C 1.5 bar g 80% of upstream pressure 60 bar g

TI-P187-02 CMGT Issue 5

Page 2 of 5

TDS46M Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat

Steam traps Thermodynamic

Flanged: ASME Class 150 ASME Class 300 ASME Class 600

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 450 400

(ISO 6552)

A D

- Flanged ASME

C

B

300 200 100 0

D 0

C 20

Steam saturation curve

40 60 Pressure bar g

B 80

99.3

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection. Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

ASME Class 600 99.3 bar g @ 38 °C 450 °C @ 54.8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature A-B-B

ASME 600

PMO

Maximum operating pressure

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

-50 °C 46 bar g 450 °C @ 46 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure

1.5 bar g 80% of the upstream pressure

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic pressure of:

149 bar g

Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

ASME Class 300 49.6 bar g @ 38 °C 450 °C @ 27.4 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature A-C-C

ASME 300

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

-50 °C 33 bar g 450 °C @ 27.4 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure

1.5 bar g 80% of the upstream pressure

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic pressure of:

74.4 bar g

Body design conditions

ASME Class 150

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

19 bar g @ 38 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

450 °C @ 4.6 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature A-D-D

ASME 150

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

-50 °C 14 bar g 450 °C @ 4.6 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Minimum operating pressure Maximum operating backpressure

1.5 bar g 80% of the upstream pressure

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic pressure of:

TI-P187-02 CMGT Issue 5

28.5 bar g

Page 3 of 5

TDS46M Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat

5.7.30

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions

(approximate) in mm A

Size

B Screwed

Socket weld

D

Flanged PN40 ASME 150, 300, 600

PN100

E

F

Withdrawal Withdrawal distance distance

½"

DN15

58

78

92

150

210

61

59

40

30

¾"

DN20

61

95

92

150

210

61

63

40

30

1"

DN25

65

95

92

160

230

61

67

40

30

F

F

ØC Screwed and Socket weld

A

ØC Flanged

A

D

D

E

B

B

E

Weights (approximate) in kg Size

Screwed

Socket weld

Flanged ASME 150

ASME 300

ASME 600

PN40

PN100

½"

DN15

1.38

1.49

2.46

2.96

3.06

3.06

4.36

¾"

DN20

1.64

1.64

3.16

4.06

4.26

3.96

6.26

1"

DN25

1.90

1.90

4.16

5.16

5.46

4.86

8.16

Capacities

Safety information, installation and maintenance



For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P187-05) supplied with the product.



Condensate kg / h

5.7.31

C

Installation note: The TDS46M is designed for installation with the disc in a horizontal plane with the insulating cover at the top.

      

It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere.



For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap.





How to order 





     



Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)





Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 TDS46M thermodynamic steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

TI-P187-02 CMGT Issue 5

Page 4 of 5

TDS46M Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat

Steam traps Thermodynamic Spare parts

Please note that the spares shown are the same for the screwed, socket weld and flanged versions. The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares.

3

Available spares 3

Insulating cover

2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

Top cap, seat and disc assembly Strainer screen and gasket

9, 10

Set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets)

8, 10

2

BDV1 blowdown valve retrofit kit 4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.

7

Example: 1 off Top cap, seat and disc assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 TDS46M thermodynamic steam trap.

Top cap, seat and disc assembly

6

5

8

5.7.32

9

10 11 (not an available spare)

11

BDV1 Retrofit kit

Recommended tightening torques - for suitably lubricated threads Item

Part

mm

Nm

2

Top cap

50 A/F

300

11

Strainer cap

24 A/F

105 - 110

TI-P187-02 CMGT Issue 5

Page 5 of 5

TDS46M Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Maintainable Seat

Steam traps Local regulations mayThermodynamic restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P068-18

ST Issue 4

TD52M, TD52MLC, TD52MA and TD52MLCA Thermodynamic Steam Traps Description

The TD52M is a maintainable thermodynamic steam trap manufactured in stainless steel specifically designed for relatively small condensate loads, such as steam mains drainage. For very low condensate loads, a low capacity version is available. This version is designated by the letters LC e.g.: TD52MLC. For those applications where the release of air is a concern an anti-air-binding disc is available. This version is designated by the letter A, e.g.: TD52MA and TD52MLCA.

2 3

Optional extra An insulating cover is available to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain etc. Not available for the 1" size. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections Screwed BSP or NPT

TD52M and TD52MA

¼"

", ½", ¾" and 1"

TD52MLC and TD52MLCA

½"

Pressure /temperature limits Temperature °C

5.7.33

1

425

A

300 255 200

B

100 0

0

Steam saturation curve 10

20

C 30 40 42 Pressure bar g

50

63

The product must not be used in this region.

Anti-air-binding disc

For optimum product performance the PMO should not exceed 42 bar g. A - C TD52M and TD52MLC B - C TD52MA and TD52MLCA

Materials

Body design conditions

PN63

No.

Part

Material

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

63 bar g @ 120°C

1

Body

Stainless steel

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 42 bar g

2

Cap

Stainless steel

AISI 416

0°C

3

Disc

Stainless steel

BS 1449 420 S45

42 bar g

4

Insulating cover (optional extra)

Aluminium

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO

Maximum operating TD52M and MLC 425°C @ 42 bar g temperature TD52MA and MLCA 255°C @ 42 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0°C

PMOB Maximum operating backpressure must not exceed 80% of the upstream pressure. Minimum operating differential TD52M and MLC pressure for satisfactory operation TD52MA and MLCA

0.25 bar 0.8 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 95 bar g

AISI 420 F

BS 1470 SIC M

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size ¼" " ½" LC ½" ¾" 1"

A 37 37 38 39 43 51

B 54 54 65 70 80 89

E 13 13 15 15 20 23

H 41 41 41 41 41 41

J 53 53 55 55 59 -

K 57 57 57 57 57 -

L 38 38 38 38 38 -

Weight 0.45 0.43 0.47 0.60 0.90 1.40

Withdrawal distance L for insulating cover

H Withdrawal distance for cap

Available spares

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Disc Insulating cover

3 4

(packet of 3) (Not 1" size)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Packet of 3 discs for a Spirax Sarco ½" TD52MLC thermodynamic steam trap.

B K

4

J

A

E

5.7.34

2

Capacities   

Condensate kg / h



   

3

  



              Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-31) supplied with the product.

Installation note: Preferably fitted in a horizontal pipe but can be fitted in other positions.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TD52MLC thermodynamic steam trap having screwed BSP connections. Note: Where required the unit can be fitted with a special anti-air-binding disc but must be specified when placing an order e.g. TDM52MLCA.

TI-P068-18 ST Issue 4

Recommended tightening torques or Item Part mm

2

Nm

¼"

36 A /F

180 - 200

"

36 A /F

180 - 200

½"

36 A /F

180 - 200

¾"

41 A /F

180 - 200

1"

55 A /F

250 - 275

TD52M, TD52MLC, TD52MA and TD52MLCA Thermodynamic Steam Traps

Steam traps Thermodynamic

5.7.35

Steam traps Thermodynamic

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P181-01 CMGT Issue 7

BTD52L Thermodynamic Steam Trap Description

The BTD52L is manufactured from 316L stainless steel specifically for mains drainage applications in clean steam systems.

Optional extras

An insulating cover is available at extra cost to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss when subjected to low ambient temperature, wind and rain etc.

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½" screwed BSP or NPT. ½" O/D x 16 swg (0.065") wall thickness tube end. DN 11850 (Series 1) tube ends 12 mm O/D x 1.0 mm wall thickness (DN10) 18 mm O/D x 1.0 mm wall thickness (DN15)

5.7.36

Screwed

ISO 1127 (Series 1) tube ends 17.2 mm O/D x 1.6 mm wall thickness (DN10) 21.3 mm O/D x 1.6 mm wall thickness (DN15) ½" Sanitary clamp compatible connections (DN15)

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits  

Steam saturation curve

   







   Pressure bar g







½" Tube ends

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN16

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

16 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

450 °C @ 8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

0 °C

*PMO

Maximum operating pressure recommended for steam service

10 bar g @ 220 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

450 °C @ 8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMOB

Maximum operating backpressure should not exceed 80% of the upstream pressure

Minimum operating differential pressure for satisfactory operation

Sanitary clamp ends

0.25 bar g

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Thermodynamic 2 3 1 Screwed

½" Tube ends

5.7.37

Sanitary clamp ends

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316L

2

Cap

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316L

3

Disc

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316L

4 **

Insulating cover (optional extra)

Aluminium

** Note: For clarity item 4 is shown page 4.

TI-P181-01 CMGT Issue 7

Page 2 of 4

BTD52L Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Steam traps Thermodynamic

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Dimensions Size

A

Sanitary clamp All sizes BSP or NPT

65

Tube ends

A1

Weights

A2

B

C

D

E

F

G

Screwed

65

36

53

15

40

38

38

0.45

36

51

14

40

37

38

123

Withdrawal distance for insulating cover

Capacities

G

Condensate kg/h

0.55 0.45

Optional extra

E

C

D

d

n " Sa ,½ d d e n ew e e b Scr ¼" / D Tu O ½"

Sanitary clamp

Withdrawal distance for cap

F

rewe ", ½" S c

Tube Ends

yc it ar

lam

p

B A2 Sanitary clamp A Screwed

5.7.38

A1 Tube end Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P181-03) supplied with the product. The trap should preferably be installed in the horizontal plane, with a small drop leg preceding it. For freeze proof installation, or where horizontal fitting is not possible, the BTD52L may be installed vertically, but the service life may be affected. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. When the trap discharges into a closed return system, a non-return valve should be fitted downstream to prevent return flow. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BTD52L thermodynamic steam trap in 316L stainless steel with tube ends 17.2 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness (ISO 1127, Series 1).

TI-P181-01 CMGT Issue 7

Page 3 of 4

BTD52L Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Steam traps Thermodynamic

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Disc

3

Insulating cover

4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Disc for a ½" BSP Spirax Sarco BTD52L thermodynamic steam trap.

4 (Optional extra)

2 (not an available spare)

5.7.39 3

Recommended tightening torques Warning: When torquing or untorquing the cap, some support should be given to the body of the trap to prevent over stressing and/or distortion of the end connections and system pipework.

or mm

Item 2

36 A/F

Nm 115 - 130

TI-P181-01 CMGT Issue 7

Page 4 of 4

BTD52L Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Steam traps Thermodynamic

5.7.40

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P068-08

ST Issue 8

TD62LM and TD62M Thermodynamic Steam Traps with replaceable seats (Screwed /Socket Weld)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The TD62LM and TD62M are maintainable high pressure thermodynamic steam traps with integral strainer and a replaceable seat to ease maintenance. They have been specifically designed for mains drainage applications up to 62 bar g. The TD62LM is specifically designed for relatively small condensate loads on superheat and mains drainage applications. An insulating cover is fitted as standard to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain etc.

11

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

10

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

9 2

6

8

7 + 15

14

13

Sizes and pipe connections

1

½", ¾" and 1" screwed ends NPT. ½", ¾" and 1" socket weld ends to ANSI B 16.11 Class 3000.

4

Optional extras

An optional blowdown/depressurisation valve can be supplied at extra cost - please consult Spirax Sarco.

12

Pressure / temperature limits

3

��� Temperature °C

5.7.41

5

��� ��� ��� ��� �

Steam saturation curve �

��

��

Materials ��

��

���

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for steam service

ANSI 600 103 bar g @ 93°C 525°C @ 42.7 bar g 0°C 62 bar g @ 482°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature 525°C @ 42.7 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C TD62LM 50% of upstream pressure Maximum operating PMOB backpressure TD62M 80% of upstream pressure TD62LM 8 bar g Minimum operating pressure TD62M 1.4 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 155 bar g

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 *7 8 9

Part Body Cover Strainer cap Strainer screen Insulating cover Disc Seat Cover studs Cover nuts

Material Steel ASTM A217 Gr. WC 6 Steel ASTM A217 Gr. WC 6 Steel ASTM A217 Gr. WC 6 Stainless steel 100 mesh 316L Aluminium Chromium steel Chromium steel Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B16 Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 8M Spirally wound stainless steel 10 Cover gasket with exfoliated graphite filler 11 Name-plate Stainless steel 12 Strainer cap gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite Spirally wound stainless steel 13 Inner seat gasket with exfoliated graphite filler 14 Outer seat gasket Spirally wound stainless steel with exfoliated graphite filler Stainless steel * 15 Ferrule * Note: Item 15 (ferrule) is pressed into item 7 (seat).

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2006

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Spare parts

Size ½" ¾" 1"

Available spares

A 80 80 85

B 92 92 100

C 92 92 92

D 52 52 47

E 20 20 20

F 51 51 51

Weight 2.08 2.08 2.43

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. 5

Insulating cover

8, 9

Set of cover studs and nuts (set of 4)

6, 7, 10, 13, 14, 15

Seat and disc assembly

F Withdrawal distance

4

Strainer screen 100 mesh

10, 12, 13, 14

Set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets)

C

12

Strainer cap gasket (3 off)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Strainer screen for a Spirax Sarco ½" TD62LM thermodynamic steam trap. A 5

9 D

6 B 10 E Withdrawal distance

7 + 15

Capacities

Condensate kg /h

��� ��� ���

14

�

����

13

���

8

���

���

���

�� �� �� �� ��� �

�

�

�

��

��

�� �� �� ��

Minimum operating pressure 8 bar for the TD62LM

4

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-58) supplied with the product.

12

Installation note: Preferably install in horizontal pipelines with the insulating cover uppermost although it can be fitted in other positions. After 24 hours in service the cover nuts should be checked for tightness.

3

Disposal The product is recyclable no ecological hazard is anitcipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

Recommended tightening torques or Item No.

How to order

Nm

mm

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TD62LM thermodynamic steam trap with integral strainer having screwed NPT connections, suitable for steam main drainage. An aluminium insulating cover shall be fitted as standard.

3 8 9

32 A /F M10 x 1.5 17 A /F

TD62LM and TD62M Thermodynamic Steam Traps with replaceable seats (Screwed / Socket Weld)

142 - 158 20 - 25 45 - 50

TI-P068-08 ST Issue 8

5.7.42

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P068-19

ST Issue 8

TD62LM and TD62M ISO 9001 Thermodynamic Steam Traps with Replaceable Seats EN Body (Flanged connections)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

Description

The TD62LM and TD62M are maintainable high pressure thermodynamic steam traps with integral strainer and a replaceable seat to ease maintenance. They have been specifically designed for mains drainage applications up to 62 bar g. The TD62LM is specifically designed for relatively small condensate loads on superheat and mains drainage applications. An insulating cover is fitted as standard to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss when subjected to low ambient temperatures, wind or rain. Body and cover castings are produced by a TÜV approved foundry. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

Sizes and pipe connections DN15, DN20 and DN25. Standard flange EN 1092 PN100.

11

9

2 8

6

7

10

15

14 13 4 1 10 8A

3

9

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.7.43

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

5

��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �

Steam saturation curve �

��

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

���

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for steam service

PN100 98.1 bar g @ 300°C 525°C @ 42.7 bar g -10°C 62 bar g @ 482°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature 525°C @ 42.7 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C TD62LM 50% of upstream pressure PMOB Maximum operating backpressure TD62M 80% of upstream pressure TD62LM 8 bar g Minimum operating pressure TD62M 1.4 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 *7 8 8A 9

Part Body Top cover Bottom cover Strainer screen Insulating cover Disc Seat Cover studs (top) Cover studs (bottom) Cover nuts

10 Cover gaskets 11 Name-plate 13 Inner seat gasket 14 Outer seat gasket * 15 Ferrule

Material Steel EN 10213-2 G17 CrMo5-5+QT Steel EN 10213-2 G17 CrMo5-5+QT Steel EN 10213-2 G17 CrMo5-5+QT Stainless steel 100 mesh 316L Aluminium Chromium steel Chromium steel Steel DIN 17240 21 CrMoV 5 7 Steel DIN 17240 21 CrMoV 5 7 Steel DIN 17240 21 24 CrMo 5 Spirally wound stainless steel with exfoliated graphite filler Stainless steel Spirally wound stainless steel with exfoliated graphite filler Spirally wound stainless steel with exfoliated graphite filler Stainless steel

* Note: Item 15 (ferrule) is pressed into item 7 (seat). Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25

A 87 87 87

B 150 150 160

C 92 92 92

D 72 72 72

E 40 40 40

F 30 30 30

Weight 8.5 8.5 9.1

F Withdrawal distance C

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Insulating cover Set of cover studs and nuts (set of 8) Seat and disc assembly Strainer screen 100 mesh Set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) Cover gasket (3 off)

5 8, 8A, 9 6, 7, 10, 13, 14, 15 4 10, 13, 14 10

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Strainer screen for a Spirax Sarco DN25 TD62LM thermodynamic steam trap (EN body). A 5

9

D

6 10 B

7 + 15

E Withdrawal distance

14 13

Capacities

8

Condensate kg /h

��� ��� ���

�

����

��� ���

���

���

�� �� �� �� ��� �

8A

�

�

�

��

��

�� �� �� �� 4

Minimum operating pressure 8 bar for the TD62LM Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

10

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-58) supplied with the product. Installation note: Preferably install in horizontal pipelines with the insulating cover uppermost although it can be fitted in other positions. After 24 hours in service the cover nuts should be checked for tightness. Disposal The product is recyclable no ecological hazard is anitcipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 TD62LM thermodynamic steam trap with EN steel body having an integral strainer replaceable seat and flanged PN100 connections suitable for steam main drainage. An aluminium insulating cover shall be fitted as standard.

9 Recommended tightening torques or Item No. mm 8 and 8A M10 x 1.5 9 17 A /F

TD62LM and TD62M Thermodynamic Steam Traps with replaceable seats EN Body (Flanged connections)

Nm 20 - 25 45 - 50

TI-P068-19 ST Issue 8

5.7.44

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P068-20

ST Issue 7

TD62LM and TD62M ISO 9001 Thermodynamic Steam Traps with replaceable seats ASTM Body (Flanged connections)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

Description

The TD62LM and TD62M are maintainable high pressure thermodynamic steam traps with integral strainer and a replaceable seat to ease maintenance. They have been specifically designed for mains drainage applications up to 62 bar g. The TD62LM is specifically designed for relatively small condensate loads on superheat and mains drainage applications. An insulating cover is fitted as standard to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss when subjected to low ambient temperatures, wind or rain. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

5 11

9

2 8

6

7

10

15

14 13

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. DN15, DN20 and DN25 Standard flange to ANSI B 16.5 Class 300 and 600, and JIS / KS 40K. ANSI Class 150 RF connections are available to special order.

Pressure / temperature limits ���

1 10

Sizes and pipe connections

Temperature °C

5.7.45

4

8A

3

9

A

��� ��� ��� ��� �

Steam saturation curve �

��

D

�� �� Pressure bar g

C

B ��

���

Materials

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A - B Flanged to ANSI B 16.5 Class 600. A - C Flanged to JIS /KS 40K. A - D Flanged to ANSI B 16.5 Class 300. Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for steam service

ANSI 600 103 bar g @ 93°C 525°C @ 42.7 bar g 0°C 62 bar g @ 482°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature 525°C @ 42.7 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C TD62LM 50% of upstream pressure Maximum operating PMOB backpressure TD62M 80% of upstream pressure TD62LM 8 bar g Minimum operating pressure TD62M 1.4 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 155 bar g

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 *7 8 8A 9

Part Body Top cover Bottom cover Strainer screen Insulating cover Disc Seat Cover studs (top) Cover studs (bottom) Cover nuts

10 Cover gaskets 11 Name-plate 13 Inner seat gasket 14 Outer seat gasket * 15 Ferrule

Material Steel ASTM A217 WC6 Steel ASTM A217 WC6 Steel ASTM A217 WC6 Stainless steel 100 mesh 316L Aluminium Chromium steel Chromium steel Steel ASTM A193 B16 Steel ASTM A193 B16 Steel ASTM A194 8M Spirally wound stainless steel with exfoliated graphite filler Stainless steel Spirally wound stainless steel with exfoliated graphite filler Spirally wound stainless steel with exfoliated graphite filler Stainless steel

* Note: Item 15 (ferrule) is pressed into item 7 (seat).

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2006

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25

A 87 87 87

ANSI ANSI JIS/KS 600 300 40K B B B C 147 135 146 92 151 138 146 92 160 147 156 92

D 72 72 72

E 40 40 40

F 30 30 30

Weight 8.5 8.5 9.1

F Withdrawal distance C

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Insulating cover Set of cover studs and nuts (set of 8) Seat and disc assembly Strainer screen 100 mesh Set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) Cover gaskets (3 off)

5 8, 8A, 9 6, 7, 10, 13, 14, 15 4 10, 13, 14 10

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Strainer screen for a Spirax Sarco DN25 TD62LM thermodynamic steam trap (ASTM body). A 5

9

D 6 10 7 + 15

B

14

E Withdrawal distance

13

Capacities

8

Condensate kg /h

��� ��� ���

�

����

��� ���

���

���

�� �� �� �� ��� �

8A

�

�

�

��

��

�� �� �� �� 4

Minimum operating pressure 8 bar for the TD62LM Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P068-58) supplied with the product. Installation note: Preferably install in horizontal pipelines with the insulating cover uppermost although it can be fitted in other positions. After 24 hours in service the cover nuts should be checked for tightness. Disposal The product is recyclable no ecological hazard is anitcipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 TD62LM thermodynamic steam trap with ASTM steel body having an integral strainer having a replaceable seat and flanged ANSI 600 connections suitable for steam mains drainage. An aluminium insulating cover shall be fitted as standard.

10

9 Recommended tightening torques or Item No. mm 8 and 8A M10 x 1.5 9 17 A /F

TD62LM and TD62M Thermodynamic Steam Traps with replaceable seats ASTM Body (Flanged connections)

Nm 20 - 25 45 - 50

TI-P068-20 ST Issue 7

5.7.46

Steam traps Thermodynamic TI-P150-11

ST Issue 3

TD120M High Pressure Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Replaceable Seat Description

The TD120M is a maintainable high pressure thermodynamic steam trap with integral strainer and a replaceable seat to ease maintenance, which can be supplied in ½", ¾" and 1" sizes with socket weld, butt weld or flanged connections. It has low capacity specifically designed for superheated mains drainage applications up to 250 bar g. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/ 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections



3 2



7 1 11 4 5

4 H

B

7

G F





5 *6

Steam saturation curve

 

J



E D



C

 



Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A-B Flanged to EN 1092 PN250, socket weld and butt weld ends. A-C Flanged to ASME (ANSI) Class 1500. A-D Flanged to EN 1092 PN160. A- E Flanged to ASME (ANSI) Class 900. A-H-F Flanged to ASME (ANSI) Class 600. A- J-G Flanged to EN 1092 PN100. Note: If the product is used at pressures above 170 bar g we would recommend regular inspection of the seat. Body design conditions PN250 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 250 bar g @ 300°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 550°C @ 80 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 220 bar g @ 374°C for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 550°C @ 80 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Maximum operating backpressure should not exceed 50% PMOB of the upstream pressure Minimum operating differential pressure 8 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 375 bar g

8 9 10 11 * 12

Part Body Disc Top cover Strainer screen assembly Bottom cover Seat

Material Alloy steel Steel Alloy steel

ASTM A182 F22 BS EN ISO 4957 ASTM A182 F22 BS 970 304 S15 / Stainless steel Sintered stainless Alloy steel ASTM A182 F22 Steel BS 4659 Gr. BD2 Spirally wound stainless steel Cover gasket with exfoliated graphite filler Cover studs Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B16 Cover nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr.4 Inner seat gasket Spirally wound stainless steel with exfoliated graphite filler Spirally wound stainless steel Cover gasket with exfoliated graphite filler Ferrule Stainless steel

* Note: Item 12 (ferrule) is pressed into item 6 (seat).

Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)   Condensate kg /h

 

6 +12 10

7

No. 1 2 3

A



9

Materials

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552)

Temperature °C

5.7.47

½", ¾" and 1" Butt weld ends to suit Schedule 160 pipe. ½", ¾" and 1" Socket weld ends to ASME (ANSI) B 16.11 Class 6000. DN15 and DN25 standard integral flange EN 1092 PN160 and PN250. DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard integral flanges: EN 1092 PN100, ASME (ANSI) Class 600, 900 and 1500.

8

 

 

 

     Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Hot water capacity



Cold water capacity

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Steam traps Thermodynamic Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Butt weld and socket weld Size A B B1 ½" 78 158 156 ¾" 80 158 156 1" 80 158 170

C 55 55 55

D 55 55 55

E 78 80 80

F 117 117 117

Weight 10.5 10.5 10.5

Withdrawal distance

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Seat and disc assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" TD120M high pressure thermodynamic steam trap.

F

D

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Set of cover studs and nuts 8 (8 off), 9 (8 off) Strainer screen and gasket 4, 11 Set of gaskets 7 (2 off), 10, 11 Maintenance kit 2, 4, 7 (2 off), 10, 11, 6 +12

A 9

E 8

B Butt weld, B1 Socket weld C

B2 Flanged

Withdrawal distance Flanged PN100 Size A DN15 80 DN20 80 DN25 80

B2 210 240 260

C 55 55 55

D 55 55 55

E 80 80 80

F 117 117 117

Weight 17.8 18.7 21.7

Flanged PN160 Size A B2 DN15 80 210 DN25 80 260

C 55 55

D 55 55

E 80 80

F 117 117

Weight 17.8 21.7

Flanged PN250 Size A B2 DN15 80 240 DN25 80 260

2 7 6 +12 10 7

C 55 55

D 55 55

E 80 80

F 117 117

Weight 17.8 21.7

Flanged ASME (ANSI) Class 600 Size A B2 C DN15 80 210 55 DN20 80 240 55 DN25 80 260 55

D 55 55 55

E 80 80 80

F 117 117 117

Weight 17.8 18.7 21.7

Flanged ASME (ANSI) Class 900 Size A B2 C DN15 80 240 55 DN20 80 240 55 DN25 80 260 55

and 1500 D E 55 80 55 80 55 80

F 117 117 117

Weight 17.8 18.7 21.7

11

8

4

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P150-12) supplied with the product. Installation note: The TD120M is designed for installation with the name-plate on top. For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TD120M high pressure thermodynamic steam trap having an alloy steel body with integral strainer and butt weld connections, suitable for superheated steam main drainage. Seat and disc shall be maintainable.

9

Recommended tightening torques Item

Part

4 8 9

Stud Nut

or

Nm

mm 22 A /F 23 A /F

M16 M16

25 - 35 85 - 90 160 - 180

TD120M High Pressure Thermodynamic Steam Trap with Replaceable Seat TI-P150-11 ST Issue 3

5.7.48

Steam traps Sealed TI-P120-01 ST Issue 6

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

SBP30 Sealed Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap ISO 9001

SBP30 1 2 4 3 5

check valve

SBP30LCV SBP30HCV

5.8.1

Standard unit Also available

low capacity without check valve with 'STD' fill capsule SBP30LCV, low capacity with check valve SBP30H, high capacity without check valve SBP30HCV, high capacity with check valve SBP30,

Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill. Capsule fill and operation As standard the trap is supplied with a 'STD' type filling for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. Optionally, the trap can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' operation at approximately 24°C below steam saturation temperature.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" and ¾" Screwed BSP or NPT. ½" and ¾" Socket weld ends to BS 3799 /ANSI B16.11 Schedule 80. DN15 and DN20 standard flange ANSI B16.5 Class 150 and ANSI 300, BS 4504 and DIN PN40, PN25 and PN16

Limiting conditions (ISO 6552)

Maximum design conditions PMO - Maximum operating pressure TMO - Maximum operating temperature PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature Cold hydraulic test pressure

Standards

ANSI 300 30 bar g 285°C 50 bar g 400°C 75 bar g

The cover (and flanges when specified) is welded to the body using the TIG process. Welds are approved in accordance with ASME Section IX and BS EN 288.

Materials

No 1 2 3 4 5

Part Cover Capsule Valve seat Strainer screen Body Flanges PN40 Flanges ANSI Stub ends

Material Stainless steel ASTM A240 Gr. 304 Stainless steel Stainless steel AISI 431 Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel ASTM A314 Gr. 304 Carbon steel DIN 17100 ST 37/2 Carbon steel ASTM A105N Schedule 40 pipe to ASTM A106 Grade B

Note: Carbon steel flanges are supplied as standard. Stainless steel flanges can be supplied as an option.

Certification

The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.B for body and cover as standard. All certification must be requested at the time of order placement.

Operating range Temperature °C

Description

The SBP30 is a sealed balanced pressure stainless steel steam trap with straight connections. It is unaffected by waterhammer and is available as follows:-

400 A

285 250 200

Steam saturation curve D

100 0

*PMO

C

B

30 *

50 40 Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

0

10

20

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Maximum operating pressure 30 bar g.

A - B Screwed, socket weld and flanged ANSI 300. A - C Flanged BS 4504 PN40. A - D Flanged ANSI 150.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Sealed Capacities

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg



Size ½" - DN15 ¾" - DN20

Condensate kg /h







 

 



 



 





 

 











C 56 56

D 19 19

Weight Scr /SW FIg 1.0 2.4 1.0 2.4

 

 C



D

      Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water capacity Hot water capacity 

B 63 63 B





A1 150 150





 









 

A 80 80



Safety information

Pressure Before attempting any maintenance of the steam trap, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure gauge indicates zero. Temperature Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety glasses) is required.

A

A1

5.8.2

Installation

The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal plane and the cover at the top, preferably with a drop leg immediately preceding the trap. When welding the trap into the pipeline, there is no need to remove the capsule, providing the welding is done by the electric arc method. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to installation. Open isolation valves slowly until normal operating conditions are achieved. Check for leaks and correct operation.

Maintenance

Maintenance can be initiated once the safety procedures have been observed. It is important to renew the complete assembly as there are no servicable parts. When maintenance is complete, open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks.

Disposal

This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off ½" Spirax Sarco SBP30 sealed balanced pressure steam trap. Screwed BSP with 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature.

SBP30 Sealed Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

TI-P120-01 ST Issue 6

Steam traps Sealed TI-P125-02

ST Issue 4

TSS21 Stainless Steel Sealed Thermostatic Steam Tracer Trap

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

Steam tracer trap

The TSS21 all stainless steel steam tracer trap is a completely sealed unit and therefore has no gasketed joints. It is operated thermostatically using a balanced pressure capsule and is specifically suitable for non critical tracing applications. It is however a dual purpose trap in that it can be fitted in the reverse mode where it will operate as a fixed temperature discharge steam trap. The trap fitted in the reverse mode will limit the downstream temperature to approximately 90°C when discharging to atmosphere. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturer’s Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at time of order placement.

4 3

Sizes and pipe connections

½" screwed BSP or NPT Socket weld ends to BS 3799 Class 3000.

7 2

Pressure/temperature limits Temperature °C

5.8.3

1

6

��� ��� ��� ���

5

Steam saturation curve

��� �

�

�

��

��

��

�� ���

1

��

Pressure bar g As a fixed discharge temperature trap

As a steam tracer trap

Fixed discharge temperature steam trap

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 200°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C Minimum allowable temperature -254°C Maximum operating pressure when used 21 bar g as a steam tracer trap * PMO Maximum operating pressure when used 7 bar g as a fixed discharge temperature trap Maximum operating temperature 242°C TMO Maximum operating temperature when used 170°C as a fixed discharge temperature trap Minimum operating temperature 0°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part End bosses Capsule Spring Spring retainer Space place Location clip Case

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

ASTM A276 Gr. 304 Federal QQ-W-423 BS 1449 304 S16 BS 1449 304 S16 BS 1449 302 S25 ASTM A269 Gr. 321

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Sealed Dimensions/weight (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½"

A 65

B 43

Weight 0.4

B

A

Capacities ����

Condensate kg/h

����

5.8.4

���

�

��� �� ���

� ���

���

���

��

���

���

�

� ���� ��

� ���

�

�

�����

�� ���

�

�

�

��

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Hot water capacity

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P125-10) supplied with the product. Installation note: The trap is intended for installation in a vertical line with flow vertically downwards. For tracing applications observe the direction of the red arrow on the trap body. For fixed discharge temperature applications observe the direction of the black arrow on the trap body. This will ensure that the trap is self-draining. When the trap is installed in its fixed discharge temperature mode it must discharge to atmosphere. The trap has not been designed to operate when discharging into a pressurised return main - under such conditions its operation will be erratic and unpredictable. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

Spare parts

The TSS21 is a sealed, non maintainable, steam tracer trap. Therefore, no spare parts are available.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" TSS21 sealed thermostatic steam trap having screwed BSP connections.

TSS21 Stainless Steel Sealed Thermostatic Steam Tracer Trap

TI-P125-02 ST Issue 4

Steam traps Sealed

5.8.5

Steam traps Sealed TI-P625-01

ST Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

T3 Bimetallic Steam Trap

ISO 9001

Description

The Spirax Sarco T3 is a forged stainless steel automatic steam trap. It is designed for instrument tracing or draining low capacity lines. The T3 operates with no loss of steam, and quickly drains air, noncondensable gases and large quantities of cold water on start-up.

1

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3

Sizes and pipe connections ", ¼" and ½" screwed BSP or NPT

��� ���

2

��� Steam saturation curve

��� �

�

�

��

�� �� �� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

�����

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Body design conditions PN50, Class 300 to ANSI B 16.34 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 41.38 bar g @ 37.8°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 22.8 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -254°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 17 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 300°C @ 17 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Minimum operating pressure for satisfactory operation is 0.15 bar g The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed PMX 90% of the upstream pressure. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 62 bar g

Dimensions

Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Body Cover Bimetallic element

Material Stainless steel (forged) Stainless steel (forged) Stainless steel

AISI 304L AISI 304L

Capacities 1 500 1000

Condensate kg / h

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

500 400 300 200 100

(approximate) in mm 50 40 30 0.1

0.2 0.3

0.5

1

2

3 4 5

10

17

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

70 Hot water capacity

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P625-02) supplied with the product. 42.5

Weight (approximate) 0.4 kg

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ¼" T3 bimetallic steam trap with screwed NPT connections.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2008

5.8.6

Steam traps Local regulations may restrict the Sealed use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P110-01

ST Issue 7

SIB30 and SIB30H Stainless Steel Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Traps Description

The SIB30 and SIB30H are all stainless steel sealed inverted bucket steam traps. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" and ¾" screwed BSP or NPT. DN15 and DN20 socket weld ends (BS 3799). DN15 and DN20 flanged ASME 150, ASME 300 and EN 1092 PN40 as standard. Alternative flanges are also available, on request, with JIS tables 20, 16 and 10 connections.

6 7

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.8.7

2 5 4



C



B

A

Steam saturation curve



3

 

B

C 



  Pressure bar g



A 

1

The product must not be used in this region. 8

A - A Flanged ASME 300, screwed and socket weld. B - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40. C - C Flanged ASME 150. Body design condition PN50 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 49 bar g @ 37°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 28 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 30 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 28 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0 Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 30.0 SIB30 / 4 SIB30H / 5 20.0 SIB30 / 5 SIB30H / 6 12.0 SIB30 / 6 SIB30H / 7 8.5 SIB30 / 7 SIB30H / 8 DPMX Maximum differential pressure 5.0 SIB30H / 10 4.0 SIB30 / 8 2.5 SIB30 / 10 2.0 SIB30H / 12 1.5 SIB30 / 12 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Stainless steel

Cover

ASTM A240 Gr. 304

Body

Stainless steel

Flanges

Carbon steel

3

Bucket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 321 S 12

4

Pivot pin

Stainless steel

BS 970 304 S 15

5

Valve seat

Stainless steel

AISI 440B

6

Valve

Stainless steel

AISI 440B

7

Valve lever

Stainless steel

BS 1449 321 S 12

8

Internal tube

Stainless steel

BS 3605 304 S 14

2

A182 F304 Mat No. 1.0460 (C22.8)

Steam traps Sealed Capacities

Condensate kg/h

Note: A trap should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load, e.g. 80 kg / h at 7 bar differential should be handled with the SIB30/7 and not the SIB30/4.                     











      







 

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)  

 











 









 

 



Condensate kg/h





 







       

 







 

 





5.8.8



      







 





  

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A

DN15 - ½" 110 DN20 - ¾" 110 SIB30H Size

A

DN15 - ½" 110 DN20 - ¾" 110

A1

B

C

D

150 150

76 76

124 124

143 143

A1

B

C

D

150 150

76 76

159 159

177 177

A1

Weight Scr / SW Flg 1.5 1.5



       

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

SIB30 Size



 

A

2.9 2.9

Weight Scr / SW Flg 1.75 1.75

3.15 3.15

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P110-05) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipe, below the drain point. If installed in exposed positions, consideration should be given to insulating the trap.

C

D

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP SIB30/6 sealed inverted bucket steam trap. Note: The cover (and flanges when specified) are welded to the body using the TIG process. Welds are approved in accordance with ASME section IX and BS EN 288.

TI-P110-01 ST Issue 7

B

SIB30 and SIB30H Stainless Steel Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Steam traps Sealed

5.8.9

Steam traps Sealed

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P110-02

CMGT Issue 7

SIB45 Stainless Steel Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Description

The SIB45 is an all stainless steel sealed inverted bucket steam trap. It is provided with pressure change assemblies for pressure differentials between 0.5 and 45 bar. Traps for 45 bar are provided with an in-built check valve as standard. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections SIB45/5 DN20 and DN25 Butt weld ends ANSI B 16.5 (to suit ANSI B 36.10 Schedule 80 pipe). Socket weld ends BS 3799 Class 3000 and ANSI B16.11. Standard flanges DIN 2547 PN100 and ANSI 600.

2

SIB45 / 6, SIB45 / 8, SIB45 / 10 ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. DN20 and DN25 Standard flanges ANSI 150 and ANSI 300. 4

Materials

5

No. Part

Material

1

Cover

Stainless steel

ASTM A240 Gr. 304

Body

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 304

Pipes

Stainless steel

ASTM A 312 Gr. 304

Flanges *

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 304

3

Bucket

Stainless steel

4

Valve seat

Stainless steel

5

Valve

Stainless steel

6

Valve lever

Stainless steel

7

Internal tube

Stainless steel

8

Check valve assembly Stainless steel (SIB45/5 only)

2

6

* Note: For all flanges except: ¾" PN100 - ASTM A 182 F 316

1 8 3 7

SIB45/5 shown

Page 1 of 3

5.8.10

Steam traps Sealed

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits B

450 400

Body design conditions

C

300 200 100 0

A

C

0

Steam saturation curve

20

B 40 60 Pressure bar g

A 80

100

The product must not be used in this region. Screwed, butt weld, socket weld, flanged DIN 2547 A-A PN100 and ANSI 600.

PN100

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

100 bar g @ 37 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

450 °C @ 54 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-254 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

60 bar g

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

450 °C @ 54 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

B - B Flanged ANSI 300. C - C Flanged ANSI 150.

Maximum differential PMX pressure

SIB45/10

4.5 bar

SIB45/6

20.0 bar

SIB45/5

45.0 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g

Capacities

Note: A trap should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load, e.g.: 80 kg / h at 7 bar differential should be handled with the SIB45 / 8 and not the SIB45 / 5.

5.8.11 B SI

45

/ 10

SIB

45

/8

B SI

45

/6

45

/5

Condensate kg/h

SIB

PMX SIB45/10

PMX SIB45/8

PMX SIB45/6

PMX SIB45/5

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

TI-P110-02 CMGT Issue 7

Page 2 of 3

SIB45 Stainless Steel Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap

Steam traps Sealed Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

Weight

A

A1

B

C

D

SW / BW

Flanged

DN20 - ¾"

110

230

85

175

198

3

6.5

DN25 - 1"

110

230

85

175

198

3

6.5

A1 A

C

D

5.8.12

B

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P110-05) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipe, below the drain point. If installed in exposed positions, consideration should be given to insulating the trap.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 SIB45 / 5 sealed inverted bucket steam trap flanged to ANSI 600. Note: The cover (and flanges when specified) are welded to the body using the TIG process. Welds are approved in accordance with ASME section IX and BS 4870, Part 1.

TI-P110-02 CMGT Issue 7

Page 3 of 3

SIB45 Stainless Steel Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap

Steam traps Local regulations may restrict the Sealed use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P625-04

ST Issue 2

USM21 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors Description

The USM21 is a pre-set and maintenance free sealed bimetallic steam trap manufactured in stainless steel. It is designed for steam pressures up to 21 bar and applications such as steam tracing and mains drips. When installed in any position with a suitable pipeline connector the USM21 can easily and simply be removed without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up trap replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged connections. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required.

Pipeline connector options

The USM can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors including: PC10HP Straight connector ASME 600 (TI-P128-10) PC20 + 'Y' type strainer ASME 300 (TI-P128-15) IPC2 _ + 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor (TI-P128-17) PC3 _ + 1 piston isolation valve ASME 600 (TI-P128-02) PC4 _ + 2 piston isolation valves ASME 600 (TI-P128-03) See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of the connections available for each pipeline connector. 11

1

5

6

Note: The body/cover weld joint complies with ASME section IX.

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.8.13

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

 

Steam saturation curve

 

USM21 fitted to a PC10HP connector

 





  Pressure bar g



4 10 9 8

7 3

2



The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected will dictate the maximum operating pressure and temperature of the complete assembly. Consult the specified Technical Information sheet as listed in 'Sizes and pipe connections' for relevant data. Body design conditions ASME 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 40°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 450°C @ 29 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 21 bar g 0°C * Minimum operating temperature DPMX Maximum differential pressure 21 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g * Traps are available in a range of subcooled temperature settings. Except for start-up and shutdown, they must operate above the minimum differential pressure values shown in the table below: Nominal subcooled temperature -10°C -30°C -50°C -70°C

External identification '-1' '-3' '-5' '-7'

Threshold differential pressure 5 bar 2 bar 0.5 bar 0.1 bar

USM21 fitted to a PC4 _ connector

USM21 fitted to a PC3 _ connector

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part Body Cover Seat Stem Bimetal Lock-nuts Body / seat gasket Screen

9

Inner gasket

10 Outer gasket 11 Connector screws

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Nickel alloy Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel / Graphite filler Stainless steel / Graphite filler Carbon steel

ASTM A351 CF8 AISI 316L AISI 316L AISI 410 G. Rau H46 AISI 304L AISI 316L AISI 304L Spirally wound AISI 304 strip Spirally wound AISI 304 strip ASTM A193 B7

Steam traps Sealed Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P625-03) supplied with the product. The USM21 can be installed on any Spirax Sarco pipeline connector. See separate Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Spirax Sarco pipeline connectors (IM-P128-06, IM-P128-11 and IM-P128-13).



Condensate kg / h

    

Disposal The USM21 trap unit is manufactured from stainless steel and is therefore totally recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.



Spare parts

The USM21 is a sealed non-maintainable trap unit. No internal spares are available. The spares which are available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not available as spares.

    

         Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water

Hot water



Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Model

A

B

C

D

USM21

35

78

68

40

Weight (Trap only) 0.6

Note: The gaskets contain sharp metal reinforcement, please handle with care. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state if ordering a complete trap the nominal operating temperature of the steam trap.

10 9

Trap unit

11

C

B

How to specify

Steam traps shall be of the sealed bimetal thermostatic USM21 type manufactured in stainless steel and be suitable for operating pressures up to 21 bar. Traps to be zero maintenance and to be connected to separate pipeline connectors by two screws for quick and simple installation / replacement. The thermostatic element is to nominally operate at 10°C, 30°C, 50°C or 70°C below steam temperature. Traps can be installed in any plane.

How to order The USM21 is supplied in two parts:1. The swivel pipeline connector

PC10HP

Standard connection

PC20 IPC2 _

+ 'Y' type strainer + 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor

PC3 _

+ 1 integral ISO valve

PC4 _

+ 2 integral ISO valves

Recommended tightening torques or

Item Part No. 11

Connector screws

Nm

mm "

2. The USM21 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and two connector screws. Notes: 1. State the nominal subcooling temperature required. 2. Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order placement. How to order example: 1 off ½" PC10HP swivel connector having screwed NPT connections for use with a USM21 sealed bimetallic steam trap. 1 off Spirax Sarco USM21 sealed bimetallic steam trap, set to operate nominally at 30°C below steam temperature.

TI-P625-04 ST Issue 2

11

Example: 2 off Connector screws for a USM21 sealed bimetallic steam trap. Gaskets

D

A

Available spares Connector screws (2 off) Complete USM21 trap unit inclusive of gaskets (9 and 10) and connector screws (11)

USM21 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors

33

5.8.14

Steam traps Local regulations may restrict the Sealed use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P625-11

ST Issue 2

USM32 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors Description

The USM32 is a pre-set and maintenance free sealed bimetallic steam trap manufactured in stainless steel. It is designed for steam pressures up to 32 bar and applications such as steam tracing and mains drips. When installed in any position with a suitable pipeline connector the USM32 can easily and simply be removed without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up trap replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged connections. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required.

Pipeline connector options

The USM can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors including: PC10HP Straight connector ASME 600 (TI-P128-10) PC20 + 'Y' type strainer ASME 300 (TI-P128-15) IPC2 _ + 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor (TI-P128-17) PC3 _ + 1 piston isolation valve ASME 600 (TI-P128-02) PC4 _ + 2 piston isolation valves ASME 600 (TI-P128-03) See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of the connections available for each pipeline connector. 11

1

5

6

Note: The body/cover weld joint complies with ASME section IX.

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.8.15

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

 

 

Steam saturation curve

 





   Pressure bar g

USM32 fitted to a PC10HP connector 

4 10 9 8

7 3

2



The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected will dictate the maximum operating pressure and temperature of the complete assembly. Consult the specified Technical Information sheet as listed in 'Sizes and pipe connections' for relevant data. Body design conditions ASME 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 49.6 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 450°C @ 28.8 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 28.8 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Minimum operating pressure 1 bar g DPMX Maximum differential pressure 32 bar Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

USM32 fitted to a PC4 _ connector

USM32 fitted to a PC3 _ connector

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part Body Cover Seat Stem Bimetal Lock-nuts Body / seat gasket Screen

9

Inner gasket

10 Outer gasket 11 Connector screws

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Nickel alloy Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel / Graphite filler Stainless steel / Graphite filler Carbon steel

ASTM A351 CF8M AISI 316L AISI 304 AISI 304 G. Rau H46 AISI 304L AISI 316L AISI 304L AISI 304 strip AISI 304 strip ASTM A193 B7

Steam traps Sealed Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P625-10) supplied with the product. The USM32 can be installed on any Spirax Sarco pipeline connector. See separate Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Spirax Sarco pipeline connectors (IM-P128-06, IM-P128-11 and IM-P128-13).

   

Condensate kg / h



Disposal The USM32 trap unit is manufactured from stainless steel and is therefore totally recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.



 

Spare parts

The USM32 is a sealed non-maintainable trap unit. No internal spares are available. The spares which are available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not available as spares.

 





















Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Cold water

Hot water

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Model

A

B

C

D

USM21

35

78

88

40

Weight (Trap only) 0.6

Note: The gaskets contain sharp metal reinforcement, please handle with care. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state if ordering a complete trap the nominal operating temperature of the steam trap.

10 9

Trap unit

11

C

B

How to specify

Steam traps shall be of the sealed bimetal thermostatic USM32 type manufactured in stainless steel and be suitable for operating pressures up to 32 bar. Traps to be zero maintenance and to be connected to separate pipeline connectors by two screws for quick and simple installation / replacement. The thermostatic element is to nominally operate at 30°C below steam temperature. Traps can be installed in any plane.

How to order The USM32 is supplied in two parts:1. The swivel pipeline connector

PC10HP

Standard connection

PC20 IPC2 _

+ 'Y' type strainer + 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor

PC3 _

+ 1 integral ISO valve

PC4 _

+ 2 integral ISO valves

Recommended tightening torques or

Item Part No. 11

Connector screws

Nm

mm "

2. The USM32 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and two connector screws. Notes: 1. State the nominal subcooling temperature required. 2. Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order placement. How to order example: 1 off ½" PC10HP swivel connector having screwed NPT connections for use with a USM32 sealed bimetallic steam trap. 1 off Spirax Sarco USM32 sealed bimetallic steam trap, set to operate nominally at 30°C below steam temperature.

TI-P625-11 ST Issue 2

11

Example: 2 off Connector screws for a USM32 sealed bimetallic steam trap. Gaskets

D

A

Available spares Connector screws (2 off) Complete USM32 trap unit inclusive of gaskets (9 and 10) and connector screws (11)

USM32 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors

33

5.8.16

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.1

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-F01-37

CMGT Issue 2

Piping Installation Diagrams for Compact Steam Trapping Stations Description

The diagrams and images shown on this document depict the piping arrangements of the standard range of Spirax Sarco pipeline connectors and traps. Other special configurations can also be supplied to meet individual customer needs - consult Spirax Sarco. Pipeline connectors can be used with the 'Universal' range of traps supplied by Spirax Sarco. For full details on compatible universal traps, see Page 4.

Connector attributes table Model

PC10HP

PC20

IPC20

IPC21

PC30

PC3000

PC3001

PC40

PC4000

Rating

Class 600

Class 300

Class 300

Class 300

Class 600

Class 600

Class 600

Class 600

Class 600

Class 600

PN40

Horizontal

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Vertical

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

• **

•

•

•

•

•

Strainer

Spira-tec

*

• •

•

•

•

Upstream isolation

•

• •

•

•

•

Downstream isolation

•

Bypass

•

Trap vent

•

•

Trap test

•

STAPS ISA100 TI reference

•

•

•

•

PC4001 STS17.2

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

P128-10 P128-15 P128-17 P128-17 P128-34 P128-34 P128-34 P128-33 P128-33 P128-33 P128-22

Consult Spirax Sarco Optional

* See relevant TI for available sensor options ** Double option available

Page 1 of 4

5.9.2

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Nomenclature and description (See note below)

Installation diagram

PC10 and PC10HP 'Universal' Straight connector 360°C

PC20 Straight connector with strainer left to right (IPC20 and IPC21) (Includes sensor)

5.9.3

PC30 'Universal' Left to right or Right to left

PC40 'Universal' Left to right or Right to left

Note: The maximum operating limits of the complete assembly will be dictated by the connector / trap combination. Reference the specific steam trap Technical Information Sheet for it's maximum pressure / temperature limitations.

Page 2 of 4

TI-F01-37 CMGT Issue 2

Piping Installation Diagrams for Compact Steam Trapping Stations

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Nomenclature and description (See note below)

Installation diagram

PC3000 'Universal' Left to right or Right to left

PC4000 'Universal' Left to right or Right to left

5.9.4

PC3001 'Universal' Left to right or Right to left

PC4001 'Universal' Left to right or Right to left

STS17.2 'Universal' Left to right or Right to left

Note: The maximum operating limits of the complete assembly will be dictated by the connector / trap combination. Reference the specific steam trap Technical Information Sheet for it's maximum pressure / temperature limitations.

TI-F01-37 CMGT Issue 2

Piping Installation Diagrams for Compact Steam Trapping Stations

Page 3 of 4

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Universal trap compatibility table

5.9.5

Model

PC10HP

PC30

PC3000

PC3001

PC40

PC4000

UBP32

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

USM21

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

USM32

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

UFT32

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

UIB30 UIB30H

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

UIB45

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

IUTD30L IUTD30H

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

UTD30L UTD30H

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

UTD30LA UTD30HA

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

UTDS46M

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

PC20

IPC20

IPC21

PC4001 STS17.2

= Limited by trap rating = Limited by connector rating

Page 4 of 4

TI-F01-37 CMGT Issue 2

Piping Installation Diagrams for Compact Steam Trapping Stations

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.6

Steam traps Swivel connectors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product toand below thetraps conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P128-10

ST Issue 6

PC10HP Pipeline Connector The PC10HP has been designed for use with the following steam trap options:UBP32, UTD30L, UTD30H, UTDS46M, UTD52L, UIB30, UIB45, UFT32, USM21 and USM32.

5.9.7 Steam trap type to be specified e.g. Spirax Sarco UBP, UTD, UIB, UFT, USM etc.

1

The PC10HP pipeline connector is designed for use with swivel connector steam traps up to the maximum pressure / temperature limitations of the selected steam trap. The principle is that the pipeline connector can be fitted into the pipeline, either horizontally or vertically. The steam trap can be fitted afterwards to the connector and can be rotated through 360° to ensure that the trap is in the horizontal plane. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Condensate inlet / outlet DN15, DN20 and DN25 ½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT Socket weld ends to ASME B 16.11 / BS 3799 Class 3000. Flanged versions are also available upon request. Please contact Spirax Sarco for further details.

Materials No. Part 1 Body

Material Austenitic stainless steel type 304 ASTM A 351 CF8

Kv values Size Kv

DN15 1.1

For conversion:

DN20 1.1 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

Description

  

Steam Steam saturation saturation curve curve

 





  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. Notes: - If flange connections are fitted then these will limit the maximum design conditions of the pipeline connector. - The maximum operating limits of the complete assembly will be dictated by the steam trap of choice. Reference the specific steam trap Technical Information sheet for its maximum pressure / temperature limitations. Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

ASME Class 600 99.3 bar g @ 38°C 425°C @ 56 bar g 0°C 64 bar g 425°C @ 56 bar g

DN25 1.1

Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 149 bar g

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps A

ä

ä

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

Weight

½"

61.5

0.6

¾"

73.5

0.7

1"

90.0

0.7

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P128-13) supplied with the product.

Installation note:

There are following criteria must be satisfied to ensure that the steam trap will operate correctly and ensure effective condensate removal.

-

The PC10HP shall be installed with flow in the direction of the arrow. Flow can be horizontal (either direction), vertical or inclined.

-

The correct steam trap and end connection must be selected to meet the system design conditions.

The connection face for the swivel connector steam trap must always be in the vertical plane unless stated on relevant steam trap Installation and Maintenance Instructions. Steam trap connector bolts are supplied with the selected steam trap.

After installation it is recommended that the pipeline connector is insulated to minimise radiated heat losses and to protect personnel from burns risk. Please note that there are some trap types that should not be insulated. Detailed instructions regarding welding socket weld versions are provided with the product - See IM-P128-13. An alternative pipeline connector is also available with integral strainer facility, called the PC20. For further details please see TI-P128-15. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement - Please see A3S (TI-P132-09) or RP31 (TI-P118-01). Spirax Sarco can also supply pipeline connectors fitted with integral isolation valves and can incorporate line drainage and trap depressurization facilities. Please see PC30 (TI-P128-02) or PC40 (TI-P128-03).

Disposal

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off ½" Spirax Sarco PC10HP pipeline connector in austenitic stainless steel having socket weld end connections to ASME B 16.11 Class 3000 and a body ASME Class 600 rated.

TI-P128-10 ST Issue 6

PC10HP Pipeline Connector

5.9.8

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps TI-P128-15 ST Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

PC20 Pipeline Connector with Integral Strainer

ISO 9001

PC20

➧ 2 1

Steam trap type to be specified e.g. Spirax Sarco UBP, UTD, UIB, UFT etc.

4 5

Materials

4

No. Part 1 Body

3 6

7 ¼" NPT drain plug

Description

The PC20 range of pipeline connectors are designed to give universal flow direction when used with the following swivel connector steam traps:UTD30, UTDM42, UTD52, UBP21, UBP32, UFT14, UFT32, UIB30 and UIB30H. The integral strainer screen provides protection for the selected steam trap where system conditions require. There is an optional blowdown valve which can be used to periodically remove any pipeline debris. The PC20 can also be supplied fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor to detect steam trap failures and reduce energy costs. These are designated IPC20 and IPC21. Full details are on TI-P128-17. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Directive 97 / 23 / EEC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Condensate inlet / outlet DN15, 20 and 25 Screwed BSP, NPT Socket weld ends to ANSI B 16.11 / BS 3799 Class 3000.

Optional extras - Integral blowdown valve, see TI-P153-01 for further details. - Integral Spiratec sensor, see TI-P128-17 for further details.

3 4

Material Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel Strainer screen (0.8 mm perforations.) Strainer cap Austenitic stainless steel Cap gasket Stainless steel

5 6 7

Blowdown valve Stainless steel Valve screw Stainless steel Plug Steel

2

ASTM A 351 CF8 316L AISI 303 BS 1449 304 S16 ASTM A582 A16 ASTM A276 431 ASTM A105

Limiting conditions

Body design conditions ANSI / ASME Class 300 (PN50) PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 400°C PMO - Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g TMO - Maximum operating temperature 400°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g

Operating range Temperature °C

5.9.9

Blowdown valve

400 300 200

Steam saturation curve

100 0

0

10

30 32* 20 Pressure bar g

40

50

The product must not be used in this region. *PMO

Maximum operating pressure recommended for saturated steam service.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Kv values

Size DN15 Kv 1.1 For conversion:

DN20 1.1 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN25 1.1 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" ¾" 1"

A 81 89 99

B 24 24 25

C 75 75 79

C* 95 95 100

D 58 64 69

Weight 0.80 1.20* 0.90 1.30* 1.10 1.50*

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Blowdown valve and gasket Strainer screen and gasket

4, 5 2, 4

How to order spares Always order spares using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state model number. Example: 1 - Strainer screen and gasket for a ½" PC20 connector.

PC20

* is for PC20 with integral blowdown valve

A

2

4

C *3 *Items 3 and 6 are not available spares

5.9.10

PC20 with blowdown valve

C* D

B

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P128-11) supplied with the product.

2

General information There are two criteria which must be satisfied to ensure that the swivel connector trap will operate correctly and ensure effective condensate removal:

-

4

The PC20 shall be installed with flow in the direction of the arrow. Flow can be horizontal (either direction), vertical or inclined. The connection face for the swivel connector steam trap must always be in the vertical plane unless stated on relevant steam trap Installation and Maintenance Instructions.

After installation it is recommended that the pipeline connector is insulated to minimise radiated heat losses and to protect personnel from burns risk. Note: Ensure that the discharge from the blowdown valve blows to a safe place. Detailed instructions regarding welding socket weld versions are provided with the product.

Disposal

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off ½" Spirax Sarco PC20 pipeline connector with integral strainer in austenitic stainless steel socket weld to ANSI B 16.11 Class 3000.

5 *6

Recommended tightening torques or

Item 3 5 6

Nm

mm 32 A / F 32 A / F 19 A / F

PC20 Pipeline Connector with Integral Strainer

M28 x 1.5P M28 x 1.5P

170 - 190 170 - 190 45 - 50

TI-P128-15 ST Issue 3

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps TI-P128-17 ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

IPC20 and IPC21 Pipeline Connectors with Integral Spiratec Sensors ISO 9001

2 1

Steam trap type to be specified e.g. Spirax Sarco UBP, UTD, UIB, UFT, etc. 4 3 9

Materials

8 SS1 sensor shown

Description

The IPC20 is a pipeline connector with integral strainer and Spiratec sensor for use with UTD52L, UTD52H, UTD30L, UTD30H, UBP21 and UBP32 steam traps. The IPC21 is a pipeline connector with an integral strainer and Spiratec sensor for use with UIB30, UIB30H, UFT14 and UFT32 steam traps. Both the IPC20 and IPC21 can be fitted with the following sensor options: SS1 sensor - for detection of steam leakage. WLS1 sensor with diode - for use with R16C monitor to detect steam wastage and waterlogging. WLS1 sensor without diode - for use with R1C to detect steam wastage and waterlogging. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Condensate inlet /outlet DN15, 20 and 25 Screwed BSP, NPT Socket weld ends to ANSI B 16.11 / BS 3799 Class 3000.

No. Part 1 Body 2

Strainer screen

3 4 8 9

Strainer cap Cap gasket Sensor Sensor gasket

Material Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A 351 CF8 Austenitic stainless steel 316L (0.8 mm perforations) Austenitic stainless steel AISI 303 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel ASTM A582 416 Stainless steel

Limiting conditions

Body design conditions ANSI /ASME Class 300 (PN50) PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 240°C PMO - Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g TMO - Maximum operating temperature 240°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g

Operating range Temperature °C

5.9.11

  

Steam saturation curve

  





    Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.



* PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended for saturated steam service.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Kv values

Size Kv

DN15 1.1

For conversion:

DN20 1.1

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Spare parts

DN25 1.1 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size ½" ¾" 1"

A 81 89 99

B 24 24 25

C 127 127 132

D 58 64 69

Weight 1.20 1.30 1.50

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen and gasket 2, 4 Sensor and sensor gasket 8, 9 How to order spares Always order spares using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and model number. Example: 1 - Strainer screen and gasket for the ½" IPC20 connector.

A

2 C

4 D

B

9 8

3

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P128-11) supplied with the product. General information There are two criteria which must be satisfied to ensure that the swivel connector trap will operate correctly and ensure effective condensate removal: - The IPC20 and IPC21 must be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the sensor at the bottom.

-

The connection face for the swivel connector steam trap must always be in the vertical plane unless stated on relevant steam trap Installation and Maintenance Instructions. After installation it is recommended that the pipeline connector is insulated to minimise radiated heat losses and to protect personnel from burn risk. Detailed instructions regarding welding socket weld versions are provided with the product.

Recommended tightening torques or

Item 3 8

Nm

mm 32 A /F 24 A /F

M28 x 1.5P

170 - 190 50 - 55

Disposal

This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off ½" Spirax Sarco IPC21 pipeline connector with socket weld connections fitted with an integral strainer screen and SS1 Spiratec sensor for steam wastage detection.

IPC20 and IPC21 Pipeline Connectors with Integral Spiratec Sensors

TI-P128-17 ST Issue 2

5.9.12

Steam traps Swivel connectors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product toand below thetraps conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P128-02

ST Issue 8

PC3_ Pipeline Connectors Description

The PC3_ range of pipeline connectors have been designed for use with swivel connector steam traps. The PC3_ is a pipeline connector with one integral stop valve which isolates upstream of the steam trap. The stop valve is a piston type. The PC3_ is available with optional connections (BDV1 and / or BDV2) for the draining of upstream pipework and trap venting upstream of the steam trap - See 'Optional extras'. Optional extras (see TI-P600-01 for further details) BDV1 blowdown valve is available for the draining of upstream pipework during operation. Care should be taken when using the BDV1 blowdown valve as the discharge may be hot. BDV2 depressurisation valve is available to provide side connection discharge, generally to be used as a vent for top pipe mounting or for line depressurisation, to ensure discharge is piped to grade / atmosphere.

Flow direction

Type

PC33 PC34 PC30

Left to right Right to left Universal Both: left to right or right to left

PC35 11 12

Description 1 stop valve + upstream line drain for a BDV1 or BDV2 and trap vent connection for BDV2 1 stop valve 1 stop valve + upstream line drain connection either side of the body for BDV1 or BDV2. It is necessary to plug one connection. This must always be the top connection. 1

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. For other certification contact Spirax Sarco.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15 and DN20 condensate inlet / outlet connections are available in screwed BSP or NPT and socket weld ends to ASME B16.11 class 3000. Drainage and venting connections are available in DN15 screwed BSP or NPT and socket weld connections for use with BDV1 or BDV2 valves.

10

PC30 shown

Flanged versions are also available upon request. Please contact Spirax Sarco for further details.

  

Steam saturation curve

 





  Pressure bar g

6

7

14 The product must not be used in this region.



9

13 8

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.9.13

Available types For piping installation diagrams see TI-F01-37.





Notes: 1. If flange connections are fitted then these will limit the maximum design conditions of the pipeline connector. 2. The maximum operating limits of the complete assembly will be dictated by the steam trap of choice. Reference the specific steam trap technical information sheet for its 'Pressure / temperature limits'. Body design conditions ASME class 600 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 99.3 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 56 bar g Maximum operating pressure PMO 62 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C @ 56 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g

Kv value: Both the DN15 and DN20 have a Kv value of Kv 1.8 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

View showing valve internals

Materials

No. Part 1 Body 2 Lower ring 3 Upper ring 4 Lantern bush 5 Piston 6 Spindle 7 Handwheel 8 Handwheel nut 9 Bonnet 10 Studs 11 Nuts 12 Washers 13 Washer 14 Name-plate

3 4 2 5

Material Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A182 F304 / 304L Graphite and stainless steel Graphite and stainless steel Steel UNI 4838 CF95 SMn Pb36 Stainless steel ASTM A479 F316 Steel ASTM A479 F410 Carbon steel ASTM A105N Stainless steel and nylon insert Carbon steel ASTM A105N Steel (ENP) ASTM A193-B7 Steel (ENP) ASTM A194-2H Steel Steel Stainless steel

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg C 36

D 90

E 25

F 50

G 35

H 90

J 99

K 115

L 22

N 50

Weight 2

Position of optional depressurisation valve connection

K (open)

J (closed)

H

F

E L D

G (closed)

Installation

General There are two criteria which must be satisfied to ensure that the swivel connector trap will operate correctly and ensure effective condensate removal: 1. The PC3_ shall be installed with flow in the direction of the arrow. Flow can be horizontal (left to right or right to left), vertical or inclined. 2. The connection face for the swivel connector steam trap must be in the vertical plane. Ensure that there is sufficient access to the handwheel to allow proper operation. After installation it is recommended that the pipeline connector is insulated to minimise radiated heat losses and to protect personnel from burns risk: Please note that some steam trap types should not be insulated. Optional BDV1and / or BDV2 If the optional BDV1 and / or BDV2 is being fitted to your application for line drain or trap vent, consideration must be given to the position of the discharge - See TI-P600-01 for further information. The discharge must be directed or piped to a safe place where it will not injure personnel nor damage plant. The BDV1 provides straight through discharge, generally used as a line drain or trap test valve where discharge is directed to grade. The BDV2 provides a side connection discharge, generally used as a trap vent or to ensure discharge is piped to grade.

Maintenance

For detailed Installation and Maintenance Instructions see IM-P128-06, which is supplied with the product.

N (open)

Disposal

This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order ä

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PC30 pipeline connector having a forged austenitic stainless steel body with one integral piston valve and DN15 socket weld connections to ASME B 16.11 Class 3000. Note: Where BDV1 or BDV2 valves are to be fitted they must be ordered separately - See TI-P600-01.

C ä

Spare parts

Safety information

Pressure Before attempting any maintenance, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation valves types BDV1 and BDV2 (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure guage indicates zero. Temperature Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety glasses) is required. Isolation Consider whether closing isolating valves will put any other part of the system or personnel at risk. Dangers might include; isolation of vents, protective devices or alarms. Ensure isolation valves are turned off in a gradual way to avoid system shocks. 6

8 13

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. For ease of replacement an extractor tool is available for removing the sealing rings. Available spares Sealing ring set 2, 3 Valve internals set 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13 Extractor tool Not shown How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state type and size of equipment. Example: 1 off Sealing ring set for integral piston valve on a PC3_ pipeline connector having DN15 socket weld connections. Recommended tightening torques or Item 11 8 5

11 (not available as a spare)

TI-P128-02 ST Issue 8

PC3_ Pipeline Connectors

Nm

mm 14 10 3

5

4

2

/16 x 18 UNC M6

10.0 0.1

5.9.14

Steam traps Swivel connectors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product toand below thetraps conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P128-03

ST Issue 8

PC4_ Pipeline Connectors Description

The PC4_ range of pipeline connectors have been designed for use with swivel connector steam traps. The PC4_ is a pipeline connector with two integral stop valves which isolate upstream and downstream of the steam trap. The stop valves are piston type. The PC4_ is available with optional connections (BDV1 and / or BDV2) for the draining of upstream pipework and trap venting upstream and trap testing downstream of the steam trap - See 'Optional extras'. Optional extras (see TI-P600-01 for further details) BDV1 blowdown valve is available for the draining of upstream pipework and trap testing downstream of the steam trap during operation. Care should be taken when using the BDV1 blowdown valve as the discharge may be hot. BDV2 depressurisation valve is available to provide side connection discharge, generally to be used as a vent for top pipe mounting or for line depressurisation, to ensure discharge is piped to grade / atmosphere.

Flow direction

Type

PC43 PC44 PC40

Left to right Right to left Universal Both: left to right or right to left

PC45 PC46 PC47

Left to right Right to left

11 12

Description 2 stop valves + upstream line drain and trap vent connections + dowstream trap test connections for: BDV1 or BDV2 2 stop valves 2 stop valves + upstream line drain connection either side of the body for: BDV1 or BDV2. It is necessary to plug one connection. This must always be the top connection. 2 stop valves + upstream line drain connection + dowstream trap test connections for: BDV1 or BDV2 1

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. For other certification contact Spirax Sarco.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15 and DN20 condensate inlet / outlet connections are available in screwed BSP or NPT and socket weld ends to ASME B16.11 class 3000. Drainage and venting connections are available in DN15 screwed BSP or NPT and socket weld connections for use with BDV1 or BDV2 valves. Flanged versions are also available upon request. Please contact Spirax Sarco for further details.

10

9

PC40 shown 7

6

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.9.15

Available types For piping installation diagrams see TI-F01-37.

 

The product must not be used in this region.

 

Steam saturation curve

 





  Pressure bar g





Notes: 1. If flange connections are fitted then these will limit the maximum design conditions of the pipeline connector. 2. The maximum operating limits of the complete assembly will be dictated by the steam trap of choice. Reference the specific steam trap technical information sheet for its 'Pressure / temperature limits'. Body design conditions ASME class 600 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 99.3 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 56 bar g Maximum operating pressure PMO 62 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C @ 56 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g

Kv value: Both the DN15 and DN20 have a Kv value of Kv 1.8 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

View showing valve internals

13 8 14

Materials

No. Part 1 Body 2 Lower ring 3 Upper ring 4 Lantern bush 5 Piston 6 Spindle 7 Handwheel 8 Handwheel nut 9 Bonnet 10 Studs 11 Nuts 12 Washers 13 Washer 14 Name-plate

3 4 2 5 Material Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A182 F304/304L Graphite and stainless steel Graphite and stainless steel Steel UNI 4838 CF95 SMn Pb36 Stainless steel ASTM A479 F316 Steel ASTM A479 F410 Carbon steel ASTM A105N Stainless steel and nylon insert Carbon steel ASTM A105N Steel (ENP) ASTM A193-B7 Steel (ENP) ASTM A194-2H Steel Steel Stainless steel

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg C 36

D 125

E 25

F 50

G 35

H 90

J 99

K 115

L 22

N Weight 50 3

J (closed) K (open)

H

F X +

Y + E L D

X and Y denote position of optional BDV1 or BDV2 depressurisation valve connections.

G (closed) N (open)

Installation

General There are two criteria which must be satisfied to ensure that the swivel connector trap will operate correctly and ensure effective condensate removal: 1. The PC4_ shall be installed with flow in the direction of the arrow. Flow can be horizontal (left to right or right to left), vertical or inclined. 2. The connection face for the swivel connector steam trap must be in the vertical plane. Ensure that there is sufficient access to the handwheel to allow proper operation. After installation it is recommended that the pipeline connector is insulated to minimise radiated heat losses and to protect personnel from burns risk: Please note that some steam trap types should not be insulated. Optional BDV1and / or BDV2 If the optional BDV1 and / or BDV2 is being fitted to your application for line drain, trap vent or trap testing, consideration must be given to the position of the discharge - See TI-P600-01 for further information. The discharge must be directed or piped to a safe place where it will not injure personnel nor damage plant. The BDV1 provides straight through discharge, generally used as a line drain or trap test valve where discharge is directed to grade. The BDV2 provides a side connection discharge, generally used as a trap vent or to ensure discharge is piped to grade.

Maintenance

For detailed Installation and Maintenance Instructions see IM-P128-06, which is supplied with the product.

Disposal

This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PC40 pipeline connector having a forged austenitic stainless steel body with two integral piston valves and DN15 socket weld connections to ASME B 16.11 Class 3000. Note: Where BDV1 or BDV2 valves are to be fitted they must be ordered separately - See TI-P600-01.

C

Spare parts

Safety information

Pressure Before attempting any maintenance, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation valves types BDV1 and BDV2 (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure guage indicates zero. Temperature Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety glasses) is required. Isolation Consider whether closing isolating valves will put any other part of the system or personnel at risk. Dangers might include; isolation of vents, protective devices or alarms. Ensure isolation valves are turned off in a gradual way to avoid system shocks. 8 13

6

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. For ease of replacement an extractor tool is available for removing the sealing rings. Available spares Sealing ring set 2, 3 Valve internals set 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13 Extractor tool Not shown How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state type and size of equipment. Example: 1 off Sealing ring set for integral piston valve on a PC4_ pipeline connector having DN15 socket weld connections. Recommended tightening torques or Item 11 8 5

14 10 3

11 (not available as a spare)

TI-P128-03 ST Issue 8

Nm

mm

PC4_ Pipeline Connectors

4

2

5

/16 x 18 UNC M6

10.0 0.1

5.9.16

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps TI-P127-01

ST Issue 7

UBP32 Sealed Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

Pipeline connector options The UBP32 can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors: PC10 Straight connector ANSI / ASME 300 (TI-P128-10) PC10HP Straight connector ANSI / ASME 600 (TI-P128-10) Connector with one PC3_ ANSI / ASME 600 (TI-P128-02) piston isolation valve Connector with two PC4_ ANSI / ASME 600 (TI-P128-03) piston isolation valves See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of connections available for each pipeline connector. 10

8 9

5

7

1

UBP32 fitted to PC10 connector

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.9.17

The UBP32 is a maintenance free sealed balanced pressure steam trap manufactured in stainless steel - It can also be supplied with an inbuilt check valve designated UBP32CV. When installed with a suitable pipeline connector the UBP32 can easily and simply be removed without breaking into the pipeline thus speeding up trap replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged connections. Capsule operation As standard the UBP32 is supplied with a thermostatic capsule (STD) which operates approximately 12°C below steam saturation temperature. It can also be supplied with capsules operating near to steam 4°C below (NTS) or sub cooled 22°C below (SUB). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. The body to cover welded joint complies with ASME Section IX and BS / EN 288. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

��� ��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� �

4 �

��

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

36

2

��

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the to internals may occur. Note: The model of pipeline connector and connection selected will dictate the maximum operating limits of the complete assembly. Reference the specific pipeline connector Technical Information sheet as detailed in 'Pipeline connector options'. Body design conditions PN50 (ANSI 300) PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 28 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -48°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 32 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 286°C @ 31 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

UBP32 fitted to PC3_ connector

Materials

UBP32 fitted to PC4_ connector

No. Part 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Material Austenitic ASTM A351 Gr. CF8 Body stainless steel (304 grade) Austenitic ASTM A276 Gr. 304 Cover stainless steel (304 grade) Screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 Gr. 304 Seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431 Capsule Stainless steel Spacer plate Stainless steel ASTM A240 Gr. 304 Spring Stainless steel ASTM A313 Gr. 302 Graphite / AISI 316 strip Inlet gasket Stainless steel laminate Graphite / AISI 316 strip Outlet gasket Stainless steel laminate Connector screws Steel ASTM A193 B7

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Dimensions/weight (approximate) in mm and kg A

B

C

35

33

68

Safety information, installation and maintenance

Weight D (trap unit only) 42.5 0.43

D

A

Spare parts

B

The UBP32 is a sealed non-maintainable trap unit. No internal spares are available. The spares which are available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not available as spares. Available spares Connector screws 10 Complete UBP32 trap unit inclusive of gaskets and connector screws (10)

C

How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No. and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 2 - Connector screws for a UBP32 sealed balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap.

Capacities �����

Condensate kg / h

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P127-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: The UBP32 can be installed on any pipeline connector in any plane. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

��� ��� 10

���

UBP32 trap unit and gaskets

5.9.18

���

��� ���

���

�

�

� � �

��

��

��

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Hot water capacity

Cold water capacity

How to specify

Steam traps shall be of the sealed balanced pressure thermostatic UBP32 type manufactured in stainless steel and be suitable for operating pressures up to 32 bar g. Traps to be zero maintenance and be connected to separate pipeline connectors by two screws to allow for quick and simple installation/replacement. The thermostatic capsule is to operate at 12°C/22°C/4°C below steam temperature depending on the capsule selected. Traps can be installed in any plane.

How to order The UBP32 is supplied in two parts:PC1_ Standard connection 1. The swivel pipeline connector PC3_ One integral ISO valve PC4_ Two integral ISO valves 2. The UBP32 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets (securely crimped in place) and two connector screws. All items will be supplied in a protective box.

Recommended tightening torques or Item mm 9 10 /16"

Nm

(Ibf ft)

30 - 35

(22 - 26)

How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 PC10 swivel pipeline connector with socket weld connections. 1 of f Spira x Sarco UBP32 sealed balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap fitted with an STD capsule.

UBP32 Sealed Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors TI-P127-01 ST Issue 7

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.19

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P154-01

ST Issue 10

UTD30L, UTD30LA, UTD30H and UTD30HA Thermodynamic Steam Traps with Swivel Connector Groove identifies UTD30LA and UTD30HA versions

UTD30LA and UTD30HA Anti-air-binding disc

UTD30L shown fitted to a PC10HP connector

Description

The UTD30 series are stainless steel thermodynamic steam traps with integral strainer having an electroless nickel preparation finish (ELNP) which is both energy efficient and corrosion resistant. They are attached to a suitable pipeline connector by two bolts for quick and easy replacement. UTD30L - Low capacity for mains drainage and tracing applications.

UTD30LA - Low capacity for mains drainage and tracing applications plus anti-air-binding disc.

UTD30H - For higher capacity applications.

UTD30HA - For higher capacity applications plus anti-air-binding disc.

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Pipeline connector options

The UTD30 can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors:

PC10HP Straight connector

ASME 600 (TI-P128-10)

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) A   B 

Steam saturation curve

 





C

  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. A - C UTD30L and UTD30H A - D UTD30LA and UTD30HA Note: The model of pipeline connector and connection selected will dictate the maximum operating limits of the complete assembly. Reference the specific pipeline connector Technical Information sheet as detailed in 'Pipeline connector options'. Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

PN50 50 bar g @ 38 °C 400 °C @ 27.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

0 °C 30 bar g

Maximum UTD30L and UTD30H 400 °C @ 27.5 bar g TMO operating temperature UTD30LA and UTD30HA 255 °C @ 30 bar g Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

PC3_

Straight connector with one piston isolation valve

ASME 600(TI-P128-02)

PMX Maximum differential pressure

PC4_

Straight connector with two piston isolation valves

ASME 600(TI-P128-03)

PMOB

See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of the connections available for each pipeline connector.

5.9.20



30 bar

Maximum operating backpressure should not exceed 80% of the upstream pressure

Minimum inlet pressure for satisfactory operation

0.25 bar g

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps 3

Groove identifies UTD30LA and UTD30HA versions

2

3 UTD30LA and UTD30HA Anti-air-binding disc

9

10

11 12

3

2

13

1 7

5.9.21

8

5 6

UTD30L shown fitted to a PC10HP connector

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel - ELNP

2

Cap

Stainless steel

ASTM A582 416

Stainless steel

BS 1449 420 S45

Stainless steel

BS 1449 420 S45

UTD30L and UTD30H 3

Disc

UTD30LA and UTD30HA

ASTM A743 Gr. CA 40

Bimetal

5

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

6

Strainer cap

Stainless steel

ASTM A582 416

7

Strainer cap gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

8

Flange

Alloy steel - ELNP

9

Pipeline connector

Stainless steel

10

Connector screw

Steel

11

Inner gasket

Graphite /Stainless steel laminate

AISI 316 strip

12

Outer gasket

Graphite /Stainless steel laminate

AISI 316 strip

13

Plug

Stainless steel

14

Insulating cover (optional)

Aluminium

Page 2 of 4

ASTM A193 B7 ASTM A351 CF8 ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A276.431

TI-P154-01 ST Issue 10

UTD30L, UTD30LA, UTD30H and UTD30HA Thermodynamic Steam Traps with Swivel Connector

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

67

41

55

85

57

38

1.10

E

F

Withdrawal distance of insulating cover

B

Withdrawal distance D for strainer screen

C

A

Condensate kg/h

Capacities

D UT

UT

30

0 D3

an

La

T dU

nd

D3

D UT

0H

30

A

5.9.22

LA

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Optional extras

Insulating cover: To prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss such as when subjected to low outside temperatures, wind, rain etc. Integral blowdown valve: A BDV1 or BDV2 can be fitted to the strainer cap, alternatively the strainer cap can be drilled, tapped and plugged " BSP or NPT. Having either a BDV1 or BDV2 fitted will aid the removal of debris from the inside of the strainer screen. This should be carried out periodically depending on the cleanliness of the system.

How to order The UTD30 is supplied in two parts:The swivel 1. pipeline connector

PC10HP

Standard connection

PC3 _

+ 1 integral ISO valve

PC4 _

+ 2 integral ISO valves

2. The UTD30 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and two connector screws. Available as follows: UTD30L, UTD30H, UTD30LA or UTD30HA. Items will be supplied in a protective box. Note: Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order placement. How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 PC10HP swivel pipeline connector with socket weld connections. 1 off Spirax Sarco UTD30LA thermodynamic steam trap fitted with an anti-air-binding disc and BDV1 integral blowdown valve. The unit is supplied complete with connector screws and gaskets. 1 off Insulating cover to fit a UTD30LA.

TI-P154-01 ST Issue 10

Page 3 of 4

UTD30L, UTD30LA, UTD30H and UTD30HA Thermodynamic Steam Traps with Swivel Connector

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P154-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: The pipeline connector can be installed in either horizontal or vertical pipework but the trap body must always have the cap (2) uppermost. Disposal: This product is recycable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Complete trap unit assembled (state unit nomenclature), excluding pipeline connector. 11, 12

Gasket set (packet of 3) Disc (packet of 3)

UTD30L and UTD30H

3

Strainer screen

UTD30L and UTD30H

5

Disc and strainer screen

UTD30LA and UTD30HA

3, 5 7

Strainer screen gasket

8, 15

Sensor assembly (state SS1 or WLS1)

14

Insulating cover How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.

5.9.23

Example: 1 off packet of 3 discs for a Spirax Sarco UTD30L thermodynamic steam trap with swivel connector.

14

2

3 10

11

12

5 7

6

Page 4 of 4

TI-P154-01 ST Issue 10

UTD30L, UTD30LA, UTD30H and UTD30HA Thermodynamic Steam Traps with Swivel Connector

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.24

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.25

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P181-01 CMGT Issue 7

BTD52L Thermodynamic Steam Trap Description

The BTD52L is manufactured from 316L stainless steel specifically for mains drainage applications in clean steam systems.

Optional extras

An insulating cover is available at extra cost to prevent the trap being unduly influenced by excessive heat loss when subjected to low ambient temperature, wind and rain etc.

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½" screwed BSP or NPT. ½" O/D x 16 swg (0.065") wall thickness tube end. DN 11850 (Series 1) tube ends 12 mm O/D x 1.0 mm wall thickness (DN10) 18 mm O/D x 1.0 mm wall thickness (DN15)

5.9.26

Screwed

ISO 1127 (Series 1) tube ends 17.2 mm O/D x 1.6 mm wall thickness (DN10) 21.3 mm O/D x 1.6 mm wall thickness (DN15) ½" Sanitary clamp compatible connections (DN15)

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits  

Steam saturation curve

   







   Pressure bar g







½" Tube ends

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN16

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

16 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

450 °C @ 8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

0 °C

*PMO

Maximum operating pressure recommended for steam service

10 bar g @ 220 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

450 °C @ 8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMOB

Maximum operating backpressure should not exceed 80% of the upstream pressure

Minimum operating differential pressure for satisfactory operation

Sanitary clamp ends

0.25 bar g

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps 2 3 1 Screwed

½" Tube ends

5.9.27

Sanitary clamp ends

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316L

2

Cap

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316L

3

Disc

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316L

4 **

Insulating cover (optional extra)

Aluminium

** Note: For clarity item 4 is shown page 4.

TI-P181-01 CMGT Issue 7

Page 2 of 4

BTD52L Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Dimensions Size

A

Sanitary clamp All sizes BSP or NPT

65

Tube ends

A1

Weights

A2

B

C

D

E

F

G

Screwed

65

36

53

15

40

38

38

0.45

36

51

14

40

37

38

123

Withdrawal distance for insulating cover

Capacities

G

Condensate kg/h

0.55 0.45

Optional extra

E

C

D

d

n " Sa ,½ d d e n ew e e b Scr ¼" / D Tu O ½"

Sanitary clamp

Withdrawal distance for cap

F

rewe ", ½" S c

Tube Ends

yc it ar

lam

p

B A2 Sanitary clamp A Screwed

5.9.28

A1 Tube end Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P181-03) supplied with the product. The trap should preferably be installed in the horizontal plane, with a small drop leg preceding it. For freeze proof installation, or where horizontal fitting is not possible, the BTD52L may be installed vertically, but the service life may be affected. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. When the trap discharges into a closed return system, a non-return valve should be fitted downstream to prevent return flow. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BTD52L thermodynamic steam trap in 316L stainless steel with tube ends 17.2 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness (ISO 1127, Series 1).

TI-P181-01 CMGT Issue 7

Page 3 of 4

BTD52L Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Disc

3

Insulating cover

4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Example: 1 - Disc for a ½" BSP Spirax Sarco BTD52L thermodynamic steam trap.

4 (Optional extra)

2 (not an available spare)

5.9.29 3

Recommended tightening torques Warning: When torquing or untorquing the cap, some support should be given to the body of the trap to prevent over stressing and/or distortion of the end connections and system pipework.

or mm

Item 2

36 A/F

Nm 115 - 130

TI-P181-01 CMGT Issue 7

Page 4 of 4

BTD52L Thermodynamic Steam Trap

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.30

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.31

Steam traps Swivel connectors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product toand below thetraps conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P113-01

ST Issue 8

UIB30 and UIB30H Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Traps (for use with Pipeline Connectors) Description

The UIB30 and UIB30H are sealed inverted bucket steam traps for either horizontal or vertical installation (with the cover hanging downwards). The UIB30H is designed for higher capacities. When installed with a suitable pipeline connector (available separately from Spirax Sarco) the UIB can easily and simply be removed without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up trap replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged end connections. The cover is also available with the option of a threaded base port to allow drainage. Optional extras The cover (1) is also available with a threaded drain plug and connection (13 + 14) in " NPT, ½" NPT or ½" BSP to allow for drainage. If this option is required it must be specified at the time of order placement. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Temperature °C

The UIB can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors including: PC10HP Straight connector ASME 600 (TI-P128-10) PC20 + 'Y' type strainer ASME 300 (TI-P128-15) PC3 _ + 1 piston isolation valve ASME 600 (TI-P128-02) PC4 _ + 2 piston isolation valves ASME 600 (TI-P128-03) See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of the connections available for each pipeline connector. 10

PC10HP shown 9 11 2

5.9.32 5

12 4

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)  

6 7

 

3

Steam saturation curve

  

Pipeline connector options





  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected will dictate the maximum operating limits of the complete assembly. Reference the specific pipeline connector Technical Information sheet as detailed in 'Pipeline connector options'. Body design conditions ASME 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 49.6 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C@28 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 32 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C @ 28 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 30.0 bar UIB30/4 UIB30H/5 20.0 bar UIB30/5 UIB30H/6 12.0 bar UIB30/6 UIB30H/7 8.5 bar UIB30/7 UIB30H/8 5.0 bar UIB30H/10 Maximum D PMX differential 4.0 bar UIB30/8 pressure 2.5 bar UIB30/10 2.0 bar UIB30H/12 1.5 bar UIB30/12 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g

1

* Note: Items 13 and 14

are optional extras that, if required, must be specified at the time of order placement.

8

13 * 14 *

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Cover

Stainless steel

ASTM A240 Gr. 304

2

Body

Stainless steel

ASTM A182 F304

3

Bucket

Stainless steel

1.4301

4

Pivot pin

Stainless steel

1.4301

5

Valve seat

Stainless steel

440B

6

Valve

Stainless steel

440B

7

Valve lever

Stainless steel

1.4301

8

Internal tube

Stainless steel

9

Flange

Alloy steel - ELNP

10

Connector screw Steel

11

Inlet gasket

12

Outlet gasket

* 13 * 14

Graphite / Stainless steel laminate

1.4306 ASTM A193 B7 ASTM A193 B7 AISI 304 strip

Drain connection Stainless steel ASTM A182 F304 / F304L Drain plug

Stainless steel - ELNP

ASTM A479 316 Page 1 of 3

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps UIB30 and UIB30H + PC10HP Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A B C Size UIB30 UIB30H DN15 - ½"

D

E

Weight UIB30

UIB30 + PC10HP

UIB30H

UIB30H + PC10HP

61.5

88

124.5

159.0

33.5

83

1.70

2.30

1.85

2.45

DN20 - ¾"

73.5

86

124.5

159.0

33.5

83

1.70

2.40

1.85

2.55

DN25 - 1"

90.0

89

124.5

159.0

33.5

83

1.70

2.40

1.85

2.55

B

A

D A

C

5.9.33 E

UIB30 and UIB30H with optional drain plug + PC10HP Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A B C D Size UIB30 UIB30H

E

F

Weight

G Plug

UIB30

withdrawal distance

DN15 - ½"

158

192

33.5

83

32

20

1.90

UIB30 UIB30H UIB30H + + PC10HP PC10HP

61.5

88

2.50

2.05

2.65

DN20 - ¾"

73.5

86

158

192

33.5

83

32

20

1.90

2.60

2.05

2.75

DN25 - 1"

90.0

89

158

192

33.5

83

32

20

1.90

2.60

2.05

2.75

A

B

D A

C

G Withdrawal distance E

TI-P113-01 ST Issue 8

F

UIB30 and UIB30H Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Traps with Swivel Connectors

Page 2 of 3

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Capacities

Note: The trap should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load. For example: 80 kg /h at 7 bar differential should be handled with the UIB30 /7 and not the UIB30/4.

Condensate kg /h

 





 





 

    









For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P113-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: The pipeline connector can be installed in either horizontal or vertical pipework.

DIsposal: The UIB30 trap unit is manufactured from stainless steel and is therefore totally recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.







Safety information, installation and maintenance





Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

      

Available spares 10, 11, 12

Connector screw and gasket set 





 

 

 



 

 

  

   

 

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the type of trap. Example: 1 - Connector screw and gasket set for a Spirax Sarco UIB30 sealed inverted bucket steam trap.

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)  

Condensate kg /h Condensate kg /h













 











 

 





       

5.9.34



















10 



  

  





            Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

12

11

Recommended tightening torques or Item Part

Nm mm

10

Connector screws

"

33

How to order The UIB30 is supplied in two parts:1. The swivel pipeline connector

PC10HP

Standard connection

PC20 PC3 _

+ 'Y' type strainer

PC4 _

+ 2 integral ISO valves

+ 1 integral ISO valve

2. The UIB30 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and two connector screws. Note: Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order placement. How to order example: 1 off ½" PC10HP swivel connector having screwed NPT connections for use with a UIB30 /4 sealed inverted bucket steam trap. 1 off UIB30 / 4 sealed inverted bucket steam trap complete with gaskets and connector screws. or 1 off UIB30 / 4 sealed inverted bucket steam trap with a ½" NPT drain plug and connection, complete with gaskets and connector screws.

TI-P113-01 ST Issue 8

UIB30 and UIB30H Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Traps with Swivel Connectors

Page 3 of 3

Steam traps Swivel connectors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product toand below thetraps conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P146-05

ST Issue 5

UFT32 Sealed Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (for use with Pipeline Connectors) Description

The UFT32 is an austenitic stainless steel maintenance free sealed ball float steam trap with an integral automatic air venting facility. It is designed for differential steam pressures up to 32 bar. When installed with a suitable pipeline connector the UFT32 can easily and simply be removed without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up trap replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged end connections. Capsule The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the UFT32 is suitable for use on 150°C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50°C superheat @ 32 bar g. UFT32 fitted to a PC3_ connector

Pipeline connector options

The UFT32 can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors including: PC10HP PC20 IPC21 PC3 _ PC4 _ STS17

Straight connector Straight connector with 'Y' type strainer Straight connector with 'Y' type strainer and integral Spiratec sensor Straight connector with one piston isolation valve Straight connector with two piston isolation valves Steam trap station

ASME 600

(TI-P128-10)

ASME 300

(TI-P128-15)

ASME 300

(TI-P128-15)

ASME 600

(TI-P128-02)

ASME 600

(TI-P128-03) (TI-P178-01)

See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of the connections available for each pipeline connector. UFT32 fitted to a PC4_ connector

Standards The body to cover welded joint complies with ASME Section IX and BS / EN 288. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23 /EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/ inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

UFT32 fitted to a PC10HP connector 3

8

11

9 12 13

Pressure/ temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

5.9.35



 

Steam saturation curve

 





     Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the to internals may occur. Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected will dictate the maximum operating limits of the complete assembly. Reference the specific pipeline connector Technical Information sheet as detailed in 'Pipeline connector options'. Body design conditions PN50 (ASME 300) PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 28 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -48°C Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service 32 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature 286°C @ 29 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 4.5 bar UFT32-4.5 10 bar UFT32-10 Maximum DPMX differential 14 bar UFT32-14 pressure 21 bar UFT32-21 32 bar UFT32-32 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 50 bar g

Materials

4

No. 1

Body

2

Cover

3 4

Connector screws Flange

*5

Inlet gasket

*6

Outlet gasket

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Main valve seat Main valve / air vent seat gasket Main valve assembly screws Ball float and lever Air vent assembly Pivot frame Pivot pin

1

14 7

10

2

Part Material Austenitic stainless EN 10213-4 1.4308; steel 304 ASTM A351 CF8 Austenitic stainless EN 10028-7 1.4301; steel 304 ASTM A240 Gr. 304 Steel ASTM A193 B7 Alloy steel - ELNP A322 Gr. 4130 Graphite / AISI 316 strip Stainless steel laminate Graphite / AISI 316 strip Stainless steel laminate Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S11

Stainless steel

BS 6105 CI A2-70

Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Stainless steel Austenitic stainless EN 10088-3 1.4301 14 Plug steel 304 ASTM A479 304 Note: Items 5 and 6 are shown clearly in the spares drawing overleaf. *

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Dimensions / weight approximate in mm and kg Size UFT32

A 164

B 94

C 57

B

Note: Capacities shown are based on discharge at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions the thermostatic air vent will be open, and will provide additional condensate capacity to the main valve assembly. This will provide a minimum of 100% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown. For example: A UFT32-14 has a hot condensate capacity of 195 kg /h at 5 bar differential. The cold start-up capacity will be a minimum of 390 kg /h.

Weight 2.02

A

  

C 14

                  

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P146-01) supplied with the product. Installation note: The UFT32 can be installed on any pipeline connector, but must be installed in a horizontal plane with the plug (14) downwards. See separate Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Spirax Sarco pipeline connectors (IM-P128-06, IM-P128-11 and IM-P128-13). Disposal The UFT32 trap unit is manufactured from stainless steel and is therefore totally recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.

How to specify

Steam traps shall be sealed ball float traps UFT32 type suitable for a differential operating pressure of either 4.5, 10, 14, 21 or 32 bar. Traps to be zero maintenance and be connected to a separate pipeline connector by two screws to allow for quick and simple installation / replacement. For example Spirax Sarco UFT32-32 ball float steam trap.

How to order The UFT32 is supplied as follows:-

PC10HP Standard connection One integral ISO valve plus PC20 'Y' type strainer 1. The swivel One integral ISO valve plus pipeline connector IPC21 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor PC3 _ One integral ISO valve PC4 _ Two integral ISO valves 2. The STS17 steam trap station 3. The UFT32 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and two connector screws. These items will be supplied in a protective box. Note: Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order placement. How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 PC10HP pipeline connector with socket weld connections. or 1 off DN20 STS17 steam trap st ation having soc ket weld connections. 3 and / or if you are ordering a replacement for an existing unit: 1 off Spirax Sarco UFT32-21 sealed stainless steel ball float steam trap. plus 1 off Spirax Sarco insulating jacket to fit a UFT32.

Condensate kg / h



Safety information, installation and maintenance







 



   

 

  





  







Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)

5.9.36

Spare parts

The UFT32 is a sealed non-maintainable trap unit. No internal spares are available. The spares that are available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in broken line are not available as spares. Available spares Connector screws (x 2) 3 Complete UFT32 trap unit inclusive of gaskets and connector screws (3) How to order spares Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model no. and pressure rating of the trap. Example: 2 x Connector screws for a Spirax Sarco UFT32 sealed stainless steel ball float steam trap (for use with pipeline connectors). UFT32 trap unit and gaskets

5 6

Please note: The above items are to be supplied with connector screws and gaskets. Recommended tightening torques or Item Part

Nm mm

3

Connector screws

TI-P146-05 ST Issue 5

"A / F

33

UFT32 Sealed Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (for use with Pipeline Connectors)

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.37

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P113-03

CMGT Issue 3

UIB45 Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap (for use with Pipeline Connectors) Description

The UIB45 is a sealed inverted bucket steam trap for either horizontal or vertical installation (with the cover hanging downwards). When installed with a suitable pipeline connector (available separately from Spirax Sarco) the UIB45 can easily and simply be removed without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up trap replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged end connections. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.

PC10HP shown

Note: The body/cover weld joint complies with ASME section IX. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552)

5.9.38

Temperature °C

425 300 200

Steam saturation curve

100 0 -29

0

20

40 60 Pressure bar g

80

99.3

The product must not be used in this region. Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected will dictate the maximum operating limits of the complete assembly. Reference the specific pipeline connector Technical Information sheet as detailed in 'Pipeline connector options'. Body design conditions

ASME 600

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature

99.3 bar g @ 38 °C 425 °C @ 56 bar g -29 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

63 bar g

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

425 °C @ 56 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Pipeline connector options

The UIB45 can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors including: PC10HP Straight connector PC20

Straight connector with Maximum differential pressure

PC3 _

Straight connector with one ASME 600 (TI-P128-02) piston isolation valve

PC4 _

Straight connector with two ASME 600 (TI-P128-03) piston isolation valve

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 45.0 bar

D PMX

Maximum differential pressure

UIB45/5

20.0 bar

UIB45/6

8.5 bar

UIB45/8

4.5 bar

UIB45/10

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 149 bar g

ASME 600 (TI-P128-10) ASME 300 (TI-P128-15)

See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for details of the connections available for each pipeline connector.

Page 1 of 4

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Materials

PC10HP shown

10

No. Part

Material

1

Cover

Stainless steel

ASTM A240 Gr. 304

9

2

Body

Stainless steel

ASTM A182 F304

11

3

Bucket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S 12

4

Pivot pin

Stainless steel

BS 970 304 S 15

5

Valve seat

Stainless steel

AISI 440B

6

Valve

Stainless steel

AISI 440B

7

Valve lever

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S 16

8

Internal tube

Stainless steel

ASTM A269 304

9

Flange

Alloy steel - ELNP

ASTM A193 B7

10

Connector screw

Steel

ASTM A193 B7

11

Inlet gasket

Graphite / stainless steel laminate

AISI 304 strip

12

Outlet gasket

Graphite / stainless steel laminate

AISI 304 strip

2

12

4 5

6

7

3

8 1

Capacities

Condensate kg/h

5.9.39

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Note: Trap should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load. e.g. 80 kg/h at 7 bar differential should be handled with the UIB45 / 8 and not the UIB45 / 5.

Page 2 of 4

TI-P113-03 CMGT Issue 3

UIB45 Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap (for use with Pipeline Connectors)

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

E

Weight

DN15 - ½"

61.5

86

170

33.5

90

2.6

DN20 - ¾"

73.5

84

170

33.5

90

2.6

DN25 - 1"

90.0

87

170

33.5

90

2.6

Please note: The weights shown are for the trap only and do not include the pipeline connector.

A B

D A

C

5.9.40

E

How to order The UIB45 is supplied in two parts:-

1.

2.

The swivel pipeline connector

PC10HP

Straight connection

PC20

Straight connection with 'Y' type strainer

PC3_

Straight connection with one integral ISO valve

PC4_

Straight connection with two integral ISO valves

The UIB45 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and two connector screws.

Note: Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order placement. How to order example: 1 off ½" PC10HP straight connector having screwed NPT connections for use with a UIB45 /5 sealed inverted bucket steam trap. 1 off UIB45 /5 sealed inverted bucket steam trap complete with gaskets and connector screws.

TI-P113-03 CMGT Issue 3

UIB45 Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap (for use with Pipeline Connectors)

Page 3 of 4

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P113-04) supplied with the product. Installation note: The pipeline connector can be installed in either horizontal or vertical pipework. DIsposal: The UIB45 trap unit is manufactured from stainless steel and is therefore totally recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 10, 11, 12

Connector screw and gasket set How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the type of trap. Example: 1 - Connector screw and gasket set for a Spirax Sarco UIB45 sealed inverted bucket steam trap.

5.9.41

10

12

11

Recommended tightening torques (for suitably lubricated threads) or mm

Item Part 10

Connector screws

Page 4 of 4

"

Nm

33

TI-P113-03 CMGT Issue 3

UIB45 Sealed Inverted Bucket Steam Trap (for use with Pipeline Connectors)

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.42

Steam traps Swivel connectors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product toand below thetraps conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P626-02

ST Issue 4

PBX20 and PBX30 Quick Fit Connector Bimetallic Steam Traps Description

Spirax Sarco's PBX bimetallic steam traps comprise of a stainless steel trap assembly coupled to a carbon steel body connector. Pre-set and maintenance free, these steam traps can be mounted in any position. When the connector has been installed, the bimetallic trap assembly can be fitted within a few minutes without having to disturb the pipework. PBX steam traps are particularly suitable for food, pharmaceutical and oil industries, and are designed for a wide range of applications such as tracing, drips and draining collectors. Available types

3 5

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP / NPT and socket weld.

4 6 2

1

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

5.9.43

PBX20 0.1 bar to 21 bar PBX30 10 bar to 32 bar

Steam saturation curve Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.

Body design conditions PN110, Class 600 to ASME B 16.34 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 102 bar g @ 37.8°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 60 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C 21.0 bar g @ 400°C Maximum operating PBX20 PMO pressure PBX30 32.0 bar g @ 400°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C 0.1 bar g Minimum operating pressure PBX20 for satisfactory operation PBX30 10.0 bar g The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed DPMX 90% of the upstream pressure. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 124 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Connector body Strainer screen Bimetallic trap assembly

Material Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

4

Flange

Stainless steel or steel

5 6

Bolt Gasket

Stainless steel Graphite - stainless steel

ASTM A105N AISI 304L AISI 316L AISI 316L A105 A4 - 80

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg PBX20 and PBX30 Size ½" ¾" 1"

A 70 70 80

B 100 100 100

C 19 19 24

D 10 10 10

Weight 1.95 1.95 2.10

D Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Bimetallic trap assembly with gasket and strainer screen

2, 3, 6

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and model of the bimetallic steam trap. Example: 1 - Bimetallic trap assembly with gasket and strainer screen for Spirax Sarco ½" PBX20 bimetallic steam trap.

B 3 5

6

C

2 A

Condensate kg / h

Capacities

Recommended tightening torques Item 5

Nm 16 A / F

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Hot water capacity

Cold water capacity

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P626-01) supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" PBX30 bimetallic steam trap with carbon steel quick fit connector having socket weld connections.

TI-P626-02 ST Issue 4

PBX Series Quick Fit Connector Bimetallic Steam Traps

45 - 55

5.9.44

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps

5.9.45

Steam traps Swivel connectors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product toand below thetraps conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P128-22

ST Issue 5

STS17.2 Stainless Steel Compact Pipeline Connector Steam Trapping Station STS17.2 version with double upstream isolation 3

3 Upstream isolation valve

Upstream isolation valve

STS17.2 version

3 Downstream isolation valve 1

with single upstream isolation 2

3

2

Upstream isolation valve

16

3

2

Downstream isolation valve 1

Strainer

5.9.46

19

16 2

Optional

2 Strainer

WLSL1 integral sensor

19

Description

The STS17.2 compact pipeline connector steam trapping station has been designed to provide a convenient ready to install trapping solution, which includes: upstream and downstream isolation valves (2), body incorporating quickfit connector + strainer (1) and check valve blanking plug (16). Available types The STS17.2 is available with either single or double upstream isolation. The STS17.2 trapping solution incorporates Spirax Sarco quickfit technology, which allows speedy trap maintenance. The following swivel connector steam traps (sold separately) can be used with this pipeline connector enabling it to be tailored to suit any application: - UTD30 and UTD52 thermodynamic steam traps. - UBP32 balanced pressure steam trap. - USM bimetallic steam trap. - UFT32 ball float steam trap. - UIB30 and UIB30H inverted bucket steam traps. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. For other certification contact Spirax Sarco.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP, NPT or socket weld. ½", ¾" and 1" ASME 150 and ASME 300. DN15, DN20 and DN25 flanged EN 1092 PN40.

BDV1 blowdown valve

SSL1 integral sensor

Optional extras

Integral sensor type SSL1 (steam only) or WLSL1 (for waterlogging) for use with R1C or WLSL1 with DIODE for use with RI6C are available as optional extras, to enable operational monitoring of the steam trap. Please note that the optional Spiratec SSL1 and WLSL1 sensors must not be fitted when the STS17.2 is installed in a vertical application. However a sensor can be fitted to a UTD30 steam trap if fitted. BDV1 blowdown valve is also available for cleaning the strainer during operation. Care should be taken when using the BDV1 blowdown valve as the discharge may be hot. Please note that a BDV1 cannot be used when a Spiratec sensor has been chosen to be part of the unit. Retrofit double isolation valve and spool piece to convert a single upstream isolation version to double isolation. Insulation jacket is available to reduce heat loss and energy wastage. See separate literature.

Materials No. 1 2 3 16 19

Part Body Isolation ball valves Handle Check valve blanking plug Strainer cap

Material Stainless steel ASTM A351 Gr. CF8 Stainless steel ASTM A182 F316L Mild steel ENP coated Stainless steel

ASTM A276 431

Stainless steel

ASTM A582 416 Page 1 of 3

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits   A 

Steam saturation curve

   

D





STS17.2 with single upstream isolation

B D  Pressure bar g

C

C 



B

The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged ASME Class 300, screwed and socket weld. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. A - D Flanged ASME Class 150. System design conditions

A D

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

40 bar g @ 120°C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

230°C @ 10 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature Maximum operating PMO pressure for saturated steam service

STS17.2 with double upstream isolation

C

-10°C ASME 150

13.6 bar g

All other connections 17.5 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature

230°C @ 10 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-10°C

B

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

5.9.47

A

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Dimension mm B C

D

222

76

93

90

¾" BSP and ¾" NPT

222

76

93

90

3.53

¾" SW

213

76

93

90

3.54

Single

1" BSP and 1" NPT

229

76

93

90

3.71

Single

1" SW

269

76

93

90

3.86

Single

½" ASME 150

268

76

93

90

4.45

Single

½" ASME 1300

294

76

93

90

4.98

Single

DN15 EN 1092 PN40

284

76

93

90

5.12

Isolation

Size and connection

Single

½" BSP, ½" NPT and ½" SW

Single Single

A

Weight kg 3.60

Single

¾" ASME 1150

272

76

93

90

4.67

Single

¾" ASME 1300

306

76

93

90

5.98

Single

DN20 EN 1092 PN40

304

76

93

90

5.74

Single

1" ASME 1150

271

76

93

90

4.96

Single

1" ASME 1300

309

76

93

90

6.64

Single

DN25 EN 1092 PN40

304

76

93

90

6.24

Double

½" BSP, ½" NPT and ½" SW

350

76

93

90

5.32

Double

¾" BSP and ¾" NPT

350

76

93

90

5.25

Double

¾" SW

341

76

93

90

5.26

Double

1" BSP and 1" NPT

357

76

93

90

5.43

Double

1" SW

397

76

93

90

5.58

Double

½" ASME 1150

396

76

93

90

6.17

Double

½" ASME 1300

422

76

93

90

6.70

Double

DN15 EN 1092 PN40

412

76

93

90

6.84

Double

¾" ASME 150

400

76

93

90

6.39

Double

¾" ASME 300

434

76

93

90

7.70

Double

DN20 EN 1092 PN40

432

76

93

90

7.46

Double

1" ASME 150

399

76

93

90

6.68

Double

1" ASME 300

437

76

93

90

8.36

Double

DN25 EN 1092 PN40

432

76

93

90

7.97

TI-P128-22 ST Issue 5

STS17.2 Stainless Steel Compact Pipeline Connector Steam Trapping Station

Page 2 of 3

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Spare parts

The spare parts are available as indicated below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Isolation ball valve seat and stem seals Strainer screen and gasket

8, 9 21, 22 23 24 20, 21 + 23 or 24 17, 18 X 20, 21 + 25

SSL1 Spiratec sensor WLSL1 diode waterlogging sensor Note: State whether an SSL1 or WLSL1 sensor is required.

Spare sensor and sensor gasket

Spiratec retrofit kit Check valve assembly Double isolation conversion kit (includes spool piece and additional isolation valve) BDV1 blowdown valve retrofit kit

How to order spares Always order spares using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and model number. Example: 1 off Spare Spiratec sensor and sensor gasket with WLSL1 diode waterlogging sensor for a ½" STS17.2 compact pipeline connector steam trapping station.

18 17

8 9

8

5.9.48 X X is a double isolation conversion kit

22 21

20 20 20 25

23

BDV1 blowdown valve

24

* SSL1 integral sensor * WLSL1 integral sensor

* Please

note that the optional Spiratec SSL1 and WLSL1 sensors (items 20 + 23 or 24) must not be fitted when the STS17.2 is installed in a vertical application. However a sensor can be fitted to a UTD30 steam trap if fitted.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P128-23) supplied with the product.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP STS17.2 stainless steel pipeline compact connector steam trapping station, having a Spiratec SSL1 sensor.

TI-P128-22 ST Issue 5

STS17.2 Stainless Steel Compact Pipeline Connector Steam Trapping Station

Page 3 of 3

Steam traps Swivel connectors Local regulations may restrict the use of this product toand below thetraps conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P128-27

ST Issue 2

IJ-STS17.2 and IJ-STS17.2D Insulation Jackets for the STS17.2 Steam Trapping Station IJ-STS17.2 insulation jacket

shown fitted onto an STS17.2 with single isolation valve

5.9.49

IJ-STS17.2D insulation jacket shown fitted onto an STS17.2 with double isolation valves

Description

The IJ-STS17.2 and IJ-STS17.2D are a range of insulation jackets for fitting to STS17.2 steam trapping stations. They are a one piece design that insulates all parts of the STS17.2 accept for the operating handles and steam trap connection. They are constructed from a silicone rubber class fibre with a mineral fibre insulation, suitable for both indoor and outdoor installations. Available types There are two types of insulation jacket available for the STS17.2 steam trapping station sizes ½" to 1". They are both of a one piece design with velcro and draw cord fastenings for easy installation. IJ-STS17.2 to fit onto an STS17.2 with single isolation valve. IJ-STS17.2D to fit onto an STS17.2 with double isolation valves.

Limiting conditions Maximum surface temperature of the STS17.2 220°C Thermal conductivity 0.044 W / m K at 100°C

Materials No.

Part

Material

1

Inner and outer cover surface Insulation Stitching Sealing Draw cords Label

Silicone rubber coated glass fibre

2 3 4 5 6

Mineral fibre Polyester cotton Velcro Nylon Nylon

How to order

Example: 1 off IJ-STS17.2 insulation jacket to fit a ½" STS17.2 steam trapping station.

Spare parts

There are no spare parts available for the IJ-STS17.2 insulation jackets.

Steam traps Swivel connectors and traps Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size IJ-STS17.2 IJ-STS17.2D

A 340 440

½", ¾" and 1" ½", ¾" and 1"

B 350 290

Insulation thickness 30 30

Weight 0.68 kg 0.68 kg

A

A

B C

C 450 370

B C

5.9.50

Safety information, installation and maintenance Installation

Extra care must be taken if the STS17.2 is in operation as it is likely to be operating at steam temperature. Ensure that adequate personal protection equipment is used to avoid injury. Once the STS17.2 steam trap station has been installed, the insulation jacket can be fitted. Disconnect the Spiratec sensor cable (if fitted, using the product instructions) and wrap the jacket around the STS17.2 steam trap station, from the bottom, with the steam trap universal mounting port passing through the access hole in the jacket. Whilst supporting it’s weight secure in position with the Velcro flaps A and B. Ensuring the jacket is centralised and is covering all of the STS17.2 pull and securely tie the draw cords. If a spiratec sensor or blowdown valve is fitted ensure that the access hole in the bottom of the jacket is inline. Reconnect the spiratec sensor cable. The cable must not be tread along the inside of the jacket touching the STS17.2, as the heat at operating temperature may cause damage.

Removal

Before removing the jacket, check if the STS17.2 is in service. If it is the surface of the STS17.2 will be hot enough to burn and suitable protective clothing (gloves) should be worn. Removal is the reverse procedure to the above.

Maintenance

There are no spare parts available for the IJ-STS17.2 insulation jackets.

Handling

When the jacket is new, the insulation, material is fully enclosed within the inner and outer face and retained by the stitching. In this condition, for handling, no special protective clothing is required. However, if the inner or outer faces have become damaged or unstitched, so as to expose the insulation material, suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves, safety glasses, face mask and overalls) should be worn.

Disposal

This product is not recyclable and is non-combustible. For disposal purposes consider the product to be mineral fibre and dispose of in accordance with local regulations.

1289051/2 TI-P128-27 ST Issue 2

IJ-STS17.2 and IJ-STS17.2D Insulation Jackets for the STS17.2 Steam Trapping Station

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets

5.10.1

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P117-02

CMGT Issue 11

MSC Manifolds - ASTM for Steam Distribution and Condensate Collection Description

A range of forged carbon steel compact manifolds with integral piston type stop valves for steam distribution and condensate collection duty. MSC manifolds can be used for either steam distribution duty or condensate collection duty depending on the way they are installed.

Recommended alternatives Flow direction when used for steam distribution duty

Flow direction when used for condensate collection duty

Operation In operation the piston valve should be either fully open or fully closed: It is not intended for throttling duties. As the piston valve has such a large sealing area it is not necessary to use a valve key to ensure dead tight shut-off. Please note that manifolds without piston valves fitted are also available. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. Certification The product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

5.10.2

Available types, sizes and pipe connections

MSC manifolds are available with 4, 8 or 12 connections designated: MSC04, MSC08 and MSC12 respectively and flanged BS 1560 (ASME) class 150 or 300 or socket weld to ASME B 16.11 Class 3000 or screwed BSP or NPT. Available in 125 mm and 160 mm pitch. The steam main / condensate return connection is DN40. The tracer line and drain connections are available as DN15, DN20 flanged, screwed BSP, NPT and SW to ASME B 16.11.

Optional extras

The following are available at extra cost:

-

Mounting kit comprising of studs, spacers and nuts.

-

Insulating jacket.

-

Fitted with steam traps for quick installation projects.

MSC04 shown having socket weld connections

Page 1 of 6

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits A Steam saturation curve

C

B

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged ASME Class 300, screwed and socket weld. A - C Flanged ASME Class 150. Body design conditions

ASME Class 300

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

51 bar g @ 38 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 28 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

5.10.3

-46 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

ASME 150

14 bar g

ASME 300, SW, NPT

41.5 bar g

ASME 150

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g

ASME 300, SW, NPT

425 °C @ 28 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

0 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g

Kv values All sizes

Kv 1.8

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156 The Kv stated is for each valve rather than the complete manifold.

Page 2 of 6

TI-P117-02 CMGT Issue 11

MSC Manifolds - ASTM for Steam Distribution and Condensate Collection

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets Recommended alternatives Flow direction when used for steam distribution duty

Flow direction when used for condensate collection duty

8 6

7

5

MSC04 shown having

socket weld connections 4 2

5.10.4

11 3 1

10

9

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Carbon steel (Zinc plated)

ASTM A105N / LF2

2

Studs

Steel (plated)

ASTM A193 B7

3

Nuts

Steel (plated)

ASTM A194 2H

4

Washers

Stainless steel

5

Piston

Stainless steel

AISI 410 : 1.4006

6

Lantern bush Stainless steel

ASTM A276 : AISI 431

No. Part

Material

7

Upper ring

Graphite and stainless steel

8

Lower ring

Graphite and stainless steel

9

Handwheel

Carbon steel (Zinc plated)

10

Handwheel nuts

Stainless steel

11 Washers

EN 10213 : 1.0619N

Steel

TI-P117-02 CMGT Issue 11

MSC Manifolds - ASTM for Steam Distribution and Condensate Collection

Page 3 of 6

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg 160 mm pitch version Type

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

Weight

MSC04

330

160

85

110

71

48

37.5

75

102

120

50

M12

45

10

MSC08

650

160

85

110

71

48

37.5

75

102

120

50

M12

45

20

MSC12

970

160

85

110

71

48

37.5

75

102

120

50

M12

45

30

125 mm pitch version Type

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

Weight

MSC04

255

125

65

110

71

48

37.5

75

102

120

50

M12

45

9

MSC08

505

125

65

110

71

48

37.5

75

102

120

50

M12

45

18

MSC12

755

125

65

110

71

48

37.5

75

102

120

50

M12

45

26

MSC04

MSC08 M

C

B

5.10.5

MSC12 M

C

B

A

M

M

B

A

M

C

A

M

C

M

C

C

C

B

M

C

B

A

A

M

M

C

C

M

C

F

K Open

J Closed

H

B

A

M

C G Closed L

N Open

E

M D Page 4 of 6

TI-P117-02 CMGT Issue 11

MSC Manifolds - ASTM for Steam Distribution and Condensate Collection

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P117-03) supplied with the product. General These manifolds have been designed for vertical installation. The back is provided with threaded connections M12 for ease of installation by attaching to a supporting structure.

8

MSC manifold

Spacer 11

50 mm

M12 Nut M12 stud

Structural steelwork

Installation view from above Mounting kits The manifold is generally conveniently attached to the structural steelwork supporting the plant. For ease of insulation it is recommended that spacers are fitted to give the manifold a stand-off of at least 50 mm. For convenience the following sets of mounting kit are available:

-

A single set comprising 2 off each stud, nut and spacer suitable for installing one MSC04 or MSC08.

-

A single set comprising 4 off each stud, nut and spacer suitable for installing one MSC12.

-

A multiple set comprising 12 off each stud, nut and spacer suitable for installing 6 x MSC04, 6 x MSC08 or 3 x MSC12.

5.10.6

After installation it is recommended that the manifold is insulated to minimise radiated heat losses and to protect personnel from burn risks. This is most easily done using the optional insulating jacket. Steam distribution duty The recommended installation is with the steam inlet connection at the top of the manifold. A trap set should be fitted to the bottom. The discharge from this trap set should ideally be returned. If it is to be discharged to atmosphere we recommend that a diffuser is fitted. Condensate collection duty The recommended installation is with the condensate outlet at the top. The bottom of the manifold should be fitted with a stop valve for blowdown purposes. Again, we recommend that a diffuser is fitted.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco MSC08 steam distribution and condensate collection manifold Dual Certified ASTM A105N / A350LF2 forged carbon steel body with integral piston valves having 8 x DN20 socket weld connections to ASME B 16.11 Class 3000. Complete with EN 10204 3.1 certification as standard for the body and bonnet.

TI-P117-02 CMGT Issue 11

MSC Manifolds - ASTM for Steam Distribution and Condensate Collection

Page 5 of 6

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. For ease of replacement an extractor tool is available for removing the sealing rings. Available spares 8 and 9

Sealing ring set

2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12

Piston valve assembly

6, 7, 8 and 9

Piston valve sub-assembly

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the type and size of manifold. Example: 1 off Sealing ring set for an integral piston valve on a carbon steel manifold MSC04 DN15 socket weld.

3+4+5

1

10

12 Washer

12 Washer

Top nut

5.10.7

Domed lock-nut

6

11

2

8

7

9

Table 1 Recommended tightening torques or

Item

mm

4

14

11

10

Page 6 of 6

" x 18 UNC M6

Nm

lbf ft

12

8.9

12

8.9

TI-P117-02 CMGT Issue 11

MSC Manifolds - ASTM for Steam Distribution and Condensate Collection

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets

5.10.8

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets TI-P117-10 ST Issue 6

IJ-MSC and IJ-MSC-H Insulation Jackets for MSC Manifolds

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

6 1

5 1 2

3

3 4

5.10.9

4

6

2

5

IJ-MSC04 shown fitted to MSC04

IJ-MSC04-H shown fitted to MSC04

Description

Materials

A range of insulation jackets for fitting to manifolds type MSC. Two versions are available: a low temperature version designated IJ-MSC and a high temperature version designated IJ-MSC-H. TI-P117-11 gives details of a payback calculator based on the energy saving to be made by fitting an insulation jacket.

Available types

Available in low temperature version (with velcro fastening) and high temperature version (with strap/buckle fastening) one piece jackets for fitting to all sizes of manifold. IJ-MSC04 and IJ-MSC04-H for insulating an MSC04 manifold IJ-MSC08 and IJ-MSC08-H for insulating an MSC08 manifold IJ-MSC12 and IJ-MSC12-H for insulating an MSC12 manifold

Limiting conditions Maximum metal surface temperature Thermal conductivity

IJ-MSC IJ-MSC-H

220°C 425°C 0.044 W / m K at 100°C

No.

Part

1

Inner and outer face

2

Insulation

3

Stitching

4

Sealing

5

Drawcords

6

Label

Material IJ-MSC

Silicone rubber coated glass fibre

IJ-MSC-H Glass fibre IJ-MSC

Mineral fibre

IJ-MSC-H Mineral fibre IJ-MSC

Polyester cotton

IJ-MSC-H Kevlar cotton IJ-MSC

Velcro

IJ-MSC-H Glass fibre /stainless steel buckles IJ-MSC

Nylon

IJ-MSC-H Kevlar Nylon

How to order

Example: 1 off IJ-MSC08 insulation jacket to fit an MSC08 manifold.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets IJ-MSC-H (The diagrams below show the unfolded dimensions of the jackets) A

A

A

B B B

to suit MSC04

A

to suit MSC08

to suit MSC12

A

IJ-MSC A

B B

5.10.10

B

Dimensions /mass (approximate) in mm and kg IJ-MSC IJ-MSC04 IJ-MSC08 IJ-MSC12

A 615 615 615

B 560 940 1320

to suit MSC12

to suit MSC08

to suit MSC04

Insulation thickness 50 50 50

Mass 1.34 2.04 2.74

Installation

Once the manifold has been installed, the jacket can be fitted. The jacket is a one piece construction and there is no need to remove any pipework or handwheels to fit it. The jacket can be fitted quickly and easily by following this procedure. IJ-MSC Place jacket on the right hand side of manifold up to mounting studs so that continuous velcro strip is on outside face of jacket. Wrap jacket around uppermost pair of valves by passing flaps between pipework and valve bonnets / handwheels. Pass horizontal uninsulated velcro flap behind manifold and fasten on continuous strip on the other side. Now position and fix large flap between each pair of valves. Adjust any flaps as necessary. The label should be positioned between the uppermost pair of valves and all vertical flaps should point downwards. Finally the upper and lower drawcords should be pulled tightly around the DN40 pipes to close any air gaps. When fitted the jacket should be a tight fit. The flaps and drawcords should be fitted tightly to minimise any gaps that would allow air to flow through or allow the ingress of water. IJ-MSC-H Place jacket on the left hand side of the manifold up to mounting studs so that the buckles on are on the outside face of the jacket. Wrap jacket around uppermost pair of valves by passing flaps between pipework and valve bonnets /handwheels. Pass strap behind manifold and through buckle on other side. Now position and fix large flap as necessary. The label should be positioned between the uppermost pair of valves and all straps should point downwards after fastening. Finally the upper and lower drawcords should be pulled tightly around the DN40 pipes to close any air gaps. When fitted the jacket should be a tight fit. The straps and drawcords

IJ-MSC-H IJ-MSC04-H IJ-MSC08-H IJ-MSC12-H

A 835 835 835

B 590 960 1330

Insulation thickness 50 50 50

Mass 2 3 4

should be fitted tightly to minimise any gaps that would allow air to flow through or allow the ingress of water. However, be careful when pulling straps tight that you do not inadvertently open up gaps in other places. Important note: Both the inner/outer face and insulation are made with a bonded aluminium foil. At a temperature of 120°C the adhesive bonding the aluminium will start to degrade and delamination of the foil will occur at 150-170°C. Scorching of the internal fabric may occur at 150°C. Neither of these reactions will impair the performance. Removal Before removing the jacket, check if the manifold is in service. If it is, then the metal surface will be hot enough to burn and suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves) should be worn. If it is necessary to access any valve, then the whole jacket does not need to be removed.

Handling

When the jacket is new, the insulation material is fully enclosed within the inner and outer face and retained by the stitching. In this condition for handling no special protective clothing is required. However, if the inner and outer faces become unstitched or damaged so as to expose the insulation material then suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves, safety glasses, face mask and overalls) should be worn.

Disposal

This product is not recyclable and non-combustible. For disposal purposes consider the product to be mineral fibre and dispose of in accordance with local regulations.

1170051/6   

TI-P117-10 ST Issue 6

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets TI-P117-11 ST Issue 3

Payback Calculator for IJ-MSC04, IJ-MSC08, IJ-MSC12, IJ-MSC04-H, IJ-MSC08-H and IJ-MSC12-H

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

This payback calculator provides a method for calculating the payback period based on the energy saving to be made by fitting an insulation jacket type IJ-MSC and IJ-MSC-H to a manifold type MSC. The method equates the cost of energy (to be agreed with the end user), the cost of the insulation jacket (which may include the cost of installation) and the annual heat loss from the manifold (the ambient temperature is to be agreed with the end user). The annual heat saving is determined from the graph. Select the ambient temperature value on the x-axis and run a vertical line up to the operating temperature. Then run a horizontal line to the y-axis where the value of annual heat saving can be read. For example, at an ambient temperature of 21°C and an operating temperature of 180°C the annual heat saving will be 6 GJ/year. The payback period can be calculated using the following equations: for

MSC04

P=

J 1 SE

for

MSC08

P=

J 2 SE

P=

J 3 SE

for

5.10.11

MSC12

Where:-

S

=

Annual heat saving from graph

J

=

Cost of insulation jacket

E = P

=

GJ £

Cost of energy

£ / GJ

Payback period

year

The equations are valid providing E and S are in the same units of energy and E and J are in the same units of currency. Conversion factors 1 GJ = 1000 MJ 1 GJ = 9.48 x 105 BTU Example 1 Consider a MSC08 operating at 9 bar g, 180°C with an ambient temperature of 21°C. From the graph below the annual heat saving, S, is 6 GJ / year. The cost of insulation jacket, J, including installation is assumed to be £150 Customer informs us that cost of energy, E, is £5 /GJ Hence:-

P=

J 2 SE

=

150 2x6x5

= 2.5 years

Note: The table overleaf gives exact values used to plot this graph. Intermediate temperatures may be obtained by linear interpolation.







  

 







 

   

 









Ambient temperature °C



 

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.



Operating temperature °C

Annual heat saving GJ / year





© Copyright 2004

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets Annual heat saving in GJ per year versus temperature for various steam temperatures These values are those used to plot the graph on the previous page 150°C

200°C

Steam temperature 250°C 300°C

4.53

7.07

10.18

13.99

18.63

24.27

31.08

34.98

4.36

6.88

9.99

13.79

18.42

24.05

30.86

34.76

-30°C

4.19

6.70

9.79

13.58

18.21

23.84

30.64

34.54

-25°C

4.02

6.52

9.60

13.38

18.01

23.63

30.42

34.32

-20°C

3.85

6.34

9.41

13.18

17.80

23.41

30.20

34.09

-15°C

3.68

6.15

9.22

12.98

17.59

23.20

29.98

33.87

-10°C

3.52

5.97

9.02

12.78

17.38

22.98

29.76

33.65

-5°C

3.35

5.79

8.83

12.58

17.17

22.76

29.54

33.42

0°C

3.18

5.61

8.64

12.37

16.96

22.55

29.31

33.20

5°C

3.01

5.43

8.44

12.17

16.75

22.33

29.09

32.97

10°C

2.85

5.24

8.25

11.97

16.54

22.11

28.86

32.74

15°C

2.68

5.06

8.05

11.76

16.32

21.89

28.64

32.52

20°C

2.52

4.88

7.86

11.56

16.11

21.67

28.41

32.29

25°C

2.35

4.69

7.66

11.35

15.89

21.45

28.18

32.05

30°C

2.19

4.51

7.46

11.14

15.68

21.22

27.95

31.82

35°C

2.02

4.33

7.27

10.93

15.46

21.00

27.72

31.59

40°C

1.86

4.14

7.07

10.73

15.24

20.77

27.49

31.35

Ambient temperature

100°C

-40°C -35°C

350°C

400°C

425°C

Certain assumptions have been made to compile this data: 1. Still air conditions. 2. All heat loss is by radiation. 3. Surface metal temperature is equal to operating temperature. 4. 8 760 hours operation per year.

5.10.12

Effect of wind speed

The following table gives the approximate effect of air movement. Wind speed km / h 11 22 33 55

Additional heat saving 16% 116% 156% 218%

Example 2 Example 1 provided a payback for still air conditions. If the average wind speed was 22 km / h, then the annual heat savings becomes 6 x 2.16 = 12.96 GJ /year Hence:- P =

150 = 1.16 years 2 x 12.96 x 5

Payback Calculator for IJ-MSC04, IJ-MSC08, IJ-MSC12, IJ-MSC04-H, IJ-MSC08-H and IJ-MSC12-H

TI-P117-11 ST Issue 3

Steam traps Manifolds and insulation jackets

5.10.13

Condensate pumps

Section 6 6.1

Mechanical pumps and pump traps

6.2

Electric pumps

6

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

6.1.1

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 1 of 4 TI-P612-28

ST Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

APT10-4.5 Automatic Pump Trap

ISO 9001

Description

The Spirax Sarco automatic pump trap is a screwed displacement receiver pressure rated to PN10. The unit is capable of automatically trapping or pumping, depending on line conditions. The unit is operated by steam and is used to remove condensate from process and heating plant under all operating conditions including vacuum. The APT10-4.5 is available with standard blue paint finish or coated in ENP (Electroless Nickel plate). 16 20

Certification

This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23/EC, ATEX Directive 94/9/EC and carries the and marks when so required.

Design compliance

Shell designed in accordance with A.D. Merkblatter / ASME VIII. 4 19 18

17 13

14 5

12 24 11

3 6

25 21

6.1.2 Trap and outlet check valve mechanism 8 7

1 2

15

22 9 23 10

26

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Cover

SG iron

2

Cover gasket

Synthetic fibre

No. Part 14 Spring (pump) 15 Split pin

3

Body

SG iron

16

4

Cover bolts

Stainless steel BS EN ISO 3506 Gr. A2-70

5

Pump trap lever

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S15

17

6

Float

Stainless steel

7

Pivot shaft

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16 BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431

8

Washer

Stainless steel

18 19 20 21

9

Trap housing

Stainless steel

10 Ball

EN JS 1025 / ASTM A395 EN JS 1025 / ASTM A395

Stainless steel

BS 1449 316 BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431 ASTM A276 440 B

11 Seat (inlet check valve) Stainless steel

AISI 420

12 Flap (inlet check valve) Stainless steel 13 Pump mechanism Stainless steel bracket

BS 3146 ANC 4B BS 3146 ANC 4B

22 23 24 25 26 27

Material Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 Gr. 2 Stainless steel BS 1574 BS 970 431 S29 / Exhaust seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 431 Inlet valve ASTM A276 440 B / Stainless steel and seat assembly BS 970 431 S29 Exhaust valve Stainless steel BS 3146 ANC 2 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19 Pump mechanism bolt Stainless steel BS EN ISO 3506 Gr. A2-70 Float bolt Stainless steel BS EN ISO 3506 Gr. A2-70 BS 970 431 S29 / Trap 1st stage valve Stainless steel ASTM A276 431 Trap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19 Actuator arm Stainless steel BS 3146 ANC 2 Name-plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 Drain plug Stainless steel DIN 17440 1.4571 Motive supply strainer SG iron DIN 17440 1.4571

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 4

© Copyright 2007

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 2 of 4 Sizes and pipe connections Size

Nominal capacities

DN20 x DN20 Fluid connections Inlet Outlet DN20 (¾") DN20 (¾") BSP - BS 21 parallel NPT

For full capacity details for a specific application consult Spirax Sarco. To accurately size the pump trap, the following data is required. 1. Installation head available, from the base of the pump trap to the centre line of the heat exchanger / process condensate outlet (m). If the outlet is mounted vertically, then this should be from the base of the pump to the face of the outlet. 2. Motive steam pressure available to power the pump trap (bar g). 3. Total backpressure in the condensate return system (bar g). See note below. 4. Heat exchanger full load operating pressure (bar g). 5. Heat exchanger maximum steam load (kg /h). 6. Minimum temperature of secondary fluid (°C). 7. Maximum controlled temperature of secondary fluid (°C).

Motive / Exhaust DN15 (½") BSP NPT

Limiting conditions Body design conditions PN10 Maximum motive inlet pressure 4.5 bar g Maximum operating pressure 4.5 bar g Maximum backpressure 4.0 bar g Maximum operating temperature 155°C Minimum operating temperature -10°C Temperature limits (Ambient ) -10°C to 200°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 15.0 bar g Minimum installation head (from base of pump) 0.2 m Recommended minimum installation head (from base of pump) 0.3 m

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

Size Pump discharge /cycle 1.0 metre installation head At: 4.5 bar g motive pressure 2.5 bar g total backpressure

DN20 x DN20 2.6 litres Max. trapping capacity 830 kg / h Max. pumping capacity 650 kg / h

Note: Total lift or backpressure BP (static head plus pressure head in the return system) must be below the motive fluid inlet pressure to allow pump capacity to be achieved. BP (backpressure) = (H x 0.098 1) + (P) + (Pf) Height (H) in metres x 0.098 1 plus pressure (P) bar g in the return line, plus downstream piping friction pressure drop (Pf) in bar. (Pf can be ignored if the downstream pipework is less than 100 metres to a non-flooded condensate return and has been sized to take into account the effect of flash steam at the heat exchanger's full load operating conditions.)

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN20 x DN20

6.1.3

A 187

B 23

C 223

D 398

E 273

F 220

G 57

D

H 135

I 171

A

Motive steam supply

Weight 14

Exhaust

G

IN S

E

E

F

C I OUT

B H

How to specify

The pump trap shall be a Spirax Sarco automatic pump trap type APT10-4.5 operated by steam to 4.5 bar g. No electrical energy shall be required. Body construction from SG iron (GGG 40.3 or ASTM A395) with a swing type inlet check valve and ball type outlet check valve. The internal trap mechanism shall contain a stainless steel float connected to an internal trap. The pump, trap and check valve mechanisms shall be incorporated into the same body envelope with no external seals or glands and shall be capable of operating with a minimum of 200 mm installation head from the base of the unit.

How to order:

Example: 1 off Automatic pump trap, type APT10-4.5, DN20 x DN20, complete with motive supply strainer screwed BSP with BSP motive fluid connections.

APT10-4.5 Automatic Pump Trap Page 2 of 4

TI-P612-28 ST Issue 4

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 3 of 4 Spare parts

Please note:

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

For customer convenience, spares are supplied in kits to ensure all the appropriate replacement parts are available e.g. when an inlet /exhaust valve and seat assembly is ordered, all replacement split pins, washers and gaskets will be provided in addition to the key components listed.

Available spares (see page 4 for part number identification) A Cover gasket 2 B Inlet check valve 2, 12 C Spring and actuator arm 2, 14, 24 D Float 2, 5, 6, 21 E Trap and outlet check valve mechanism 2, 7, 8, 9, 10, 22, 23 F Inlet / exhaust valve and seat kit 2, 16, 17, 18, 19 G Motive supply strainer (Fig. 12 SG iron) - see separate literature G

F

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of unit. Example: 1 off Inlet /exhaust valve and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco DN20 x DN20 APT10-4.5 automatic pump trap. A

B

6.1.4

E

C

D

APT10-4.5 Automatic Pump Trap Page 3 of 4

TI-P612-28 ST Issue 4

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 4 of 4

2 12

A Cover gasket

B Inlet check valve

5

6.1.5

21 14

24

C Spring and actuator arm

6

D Float

8 7

17 19

22

9

17 16

23

19

10

18

E Trap and outlet check valve mechanism

F Inlet / exhaust valve and seat kit

APT10-4.5 Automatic Pump Trap Page 4 of 4

TI-P612-28 ST Issue 4

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P612-02

CMGT Issue 9

APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC Automatic Pump Traps Description

The Spirax Sarco APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC automatic pump traps are flanged or screwed displacement receivers pressure rated to PN16. The units are capable of automatically trapping or pumping, depending on pipeline conditions. The unit is operated by steam and is used to remove condensate from process plant under all operating conditions including vacuum. For optional extras see 'How to order' on page 5. Design compliance - The shell of the product has been designed in accordance with A.D. Merkblatter / ASME VIII. Standards - These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive, ATEX Directive and carry the

and

marks when so required.

Certification - These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections Model and body material

Inlet and outlet sizes and pipe connections EN 1092 PN16

APT14 SG iron

APT14HC SG iron APT14SHC Carbon steel

Motive / exhaust

Sight glass

Drain

BSP or NPT DN15 (½")

BSP

DN15 (½")

BSP

DN10 ( ")

NPT DN15 (½")

NPT

DN15 (½")

NPT

DN10 ( ")

BSP DN15 (½")

BSP

DN15 (½")

BSP

DN10 ( ")

KS 10 (KS B 1511)

BSP DN15 (½")

BSP

DN15 (½")

BSP

DN10 ( ")

BSP (BS 21 parallel)

BSP DN15 (½")

BSP

DN15 (½")

BSP

DN10 ( ")

NPT

NPT DN15 (½")

NPT

DN15 (½")

NPT

DN10 ( ")

EN 1092 PN16

BSP DN15 (½")

BSP

DN15 (½")

BSP

DN10 ( ")

NPT DN15 (½")

NPT

DN15 (½")

NPT

DN10 ( ")

BSP DN15 (½")

BSP

DN15 (½")

BSP

DN10 ( ")

BSP DN15 (½")

BSP

DN15 (½")

BSP

DN10 ( ")

ASME B 16.5 150 Flanged DN40 inlet x DN25 outlet JIS 10 (JIS B 2210)

Screwed 1½" inlet x 1" outlet

Connections

ASME B 16.5 150 Flanged DN50 inlet x DN40 outlet JIS 10 (JIS B 2210) KS 10 (KS B 1511)

Page 1 of 7

6.1.6

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Pressure / temperature limits APT14 and APT14HC (SG iron) Temperature °C

B

C

Steam saturation curve

A

D Pressure bar g

Steam saturation curve

D

Temperature °C

Temperature °C

APT14SHC (carbon steel)

Steam saturation curve

Pressure bar g

Pressure bar g

The product must not be used in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A - D Flanged PN16.

6.1.7

B - D Flanged JIS/KS 10. C - D Flanged ASME 150. Body design conditions

PN16

Maximum motive inlet pressure

13.8 bar g

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

Maximum backpressure for standard pumps (for higher backpressures contact Spirax Sarco) TMO

Maximum operating temperature for saturated steam service

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Temperature limits (Ambient

)

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Recommended filling head above the pump (from the base of the receiver / process)

16 bar g @ 120 °C 300 °C @ 12.8 bar g -10 °C 13.8 bar g @ 198 °C 5 bar g 198 °C @ 13.8 bar g -10 °C -10 °C to 200 °C 24 bar g 0.3 m

Filling/ Maximum recommended installation (from the base of the pump) for higher installation heads refer to Spirax Sarco 1 m Installation Minimum installation head required (from the base of the pump)

0.2 m

TI-P612-02 CMGT Issue 9

Page 2 of 7

APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC Automatic Pump Traps

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Nominal capacities

For full capacity details for a specific application consult Spirax Sarco. To accurately size the pump trap, the following data is required. 1. Installation head available, from the base of the pump trap to the centre line of the heat exchanger / process condensate outlet (m). If the outlet is mounted vertically, then this should be from the base of the pump to the face of the outlet. 2. Motive steam pressure available to power the pump trap (bar g). 3. Total backpressure in the condensate return system (bar g). See note below. 4. Heat exchanger full-load operating pressure (bar g). 5. Heat exchanger maximum steam load (kg / h). 6. Minimum temperature of secondary fluid ( °C). 7. Maximum controlled temperature of secondary fluid ( °C). Model

APT14

APT14HC and APT14SHC

Pump discharge/cycle

5 litres

8 litres

1 metre installation head At: 5 bar g motive pressure 1 bar g total backpressure

Maximum trapping capacity 4 000 kg / h Maximum pumping capacity 1 100 kg / h

Maximum trapping capacity 9 000 kg / h Maximum pumping capacity 2 800 kg / h

Note: The capacities detailed within the above Table are only given as a guide. They are based on the installation parameters shown in the left hand column. Achieved capacities will differ if any of the installation parameters change. For specific capacities and application details, contact Spirax Sarco. The total lift or backpressure BP (static head plus pressure head in the return system) must be below the motive fluid inlet pressure to allow pump capacity to be achieved. BP (backpressure) = (H x 0.098 1) + (P) + (Pf) Height (H) in metres x 0.098 1 plus pressure (P) bar g in the return line, plus downstream piping friction pressure drop (Pf) in bar. (Pf can be ignored if the downstream pipework is less than 100 metres to a non-flooded condensate return and has been sized to take into account the effect of flash steam at the heat exchanger's full-load operating conditions.)

Dimensions/weight (approximate) in mm and kg Withdrawal distance H

F

A G

I Motive steam supply

S

E

Exhaust

E

C

B J

D Model

Connection

APT14

Screwed

A BSP/NPT PN16 JIS/KS10 ASME

350

389

385

APT14HC Flanged

-

512

506

524

APT14SHC Flanged

-

552

546

544

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

386.5 198 246 385 304 258 57 250

I Screwed Flanged BSP/NPT PN16 JIS/KS10 ASME

J

Weight

-

-

-

-

198

45

198 270 400 335 261 57 275

-

31.5

31.5

45

198

65

206 278 407 351 261 57 275

-

31.5

31.5

45

206

105

TI-P612-02 CMGT Issue 9

Page 3 of 7

APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC Automatic Pump Traps

6.1.8

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Materials No. Part 1

2

3

4

6.1.9

Cover

Cover gasket

Body

Material APT14

SG iron

APT14HC

SG iron

APT14SHC

Carbon steel

APT14

Graphite laminated with stainless steel insert

APT14HC

Graphite laminated with stainless steel insert

APT14SHC

Novapit SSTC expanded graphite laminated with stainless steel insert

APT14

SG iron

APT14HC

SG iron

APT14SHC

Carbon steel

Cover bolts Location pins

EN JS 1025 or ASTM A395 EN JS 1025 or ASTM A395 EN 1.0619+N or ASTM A216 WCB

EN JS 1025 or ASTM A395 EN JS 1025 or ASTM A395 EN 1.0619+N or ASTM A216 WCB

Stainless steel

ISO 3506 Gr. A2 70

APT14SHC only Stainless steel

304

5

Pump lever

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S15

6

Float

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S15

7

Trap lever

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S15

11

Seat (inlet check valve)

Stainless steel

AISI 420

12

Flap (inlet check valve)

Stainless steel

BS 3146 ANC 4B

13

Pump mechanism bracket

Stainless steel

BS 3146 ANC 4B

14

Spring (pump)

Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S26 Gr. 2 BS 970 431 S29 or ASTM A276 431

16

Exhaust seat

Stainless steel

17

Inlet valve and seat assembly

Stainless steel

18

Exhaust valve

Stainless steel

BS 3146 ANC 2

19

Valve seat gasket

Stainless steel

BS 1449 409 S19

20 Pump mechanism bolt

Stainless steel

ISO 3506 Gr. A2 70

24 Actuator arm

Stainless steel

BS 3146 ANC 2

25 Name-plate

Stainless steel

BS 1449 304 S16

26 Drain plug

Steel

DIN 17440 1.4571

27 Inlet valve spring 28 Motive strainer

Stainless steel APT14

SG iron

APT14HC

SG iron

APT14SHC

Carbon steel

29 DCV10 (APT14HC and APT14SHC)

Stainless steel (not shown) 13

1 4 2

28

16

19

18 20

11 17

14

27 12 5

24

25 21 6

7 26

3

APT14 shown

For Trap mechanism materials, see page 5 TI-P612-02 CMGT Issue 9

Page 4 of 7

APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC Automatic Pump Traps

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Materials for the trap mechanism No. Part

Material

8

Trap 2nd stage valve

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 440 B

9

Trap housing

Stainless steel

BS 3146 ANC 2

10

Ball (APT14 only)

Stainless steel

ASTM A276 440 B

15

Split pin

Stainless steel

BS 1574

21 Trap housing bolt

Stainless steel

BS 6105 A4 80

22 Trap 1st stage valve

Stainless steel

BS 970 431 S29 or ASTM A276 431

23 'O' ring

EPDM APT14HC and APT14SHC

APT14 15

15 22 8

22 8

9

9

21

21

23

23

10

6.1.10 Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P612-04) supplied with the product.

How to specify APT14 and APT14HC The pump trap shall be a Spirax Sarco automatic pump trap type APT14 operated by steam to 13.8 bar g. No electrical energy shall be required. Body construction from SG iron (EN JS 1025 dual certified with ASTM A395) with a swing type inlet check valve (APT14 and APT14HC) and ball type outlet check valve (APT14 only). The internal trap mechanism shall contain dual stainless steel floats connected with a two stage trap, while the internal pump mechanism shall be a stainless steel single tension spring snap-action device with no external seals or glands. APT14SHC The pump trap shall be a Spirax Sarco automatic pump trap type APT14SHC operated by steam to 13.8 bar g. No electrical energy shall be required. Body construction from carbon steel (EN 1.0619 dual certified with ASTM A216 WCB) with a swing type inlet check valve. The internal trap mechanism shall contain dual stainless steel floats connected with a two stage trap, while the internal pump mechanism shall be a stainless steel single tension spring snap-action device with no external seals or glands.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco automatic pump trap, type APT14, DN40 x DN25, flanged EN 1092 PN16 with BSP motive fluid connections. Optional extras Both the APT14 and APT14HC are available with the body and cover coated with electroless nickel plate (ENP). This option, when required, will be denoted as APT14 ENP and APT14HC ENP respectively and must be stated at the time of order placement. The APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC are available with the body drilled, tapped and plugged to accept sight level gauges. Note: Sight level gauges can not be fitted retrospectively to the standard APT14, APT14HC or APT14SHC. Sight level gauges, supplied separately, are available for the APT14, APT14HC or APT14SHC. For further details contact Spirax Sarco.

TI-P612-02 CMGT Issue 9

Page 5 of 7

APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC Automatic Pump Traps

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares

A

Cover assembly (A - G inclusive)

B

Cover gasket

C

Inlet check valve

D

Spring and actuator arm

2, 14, 24

E

Floats

2, 5, 6, 7

F

Trap and outlet check valve mechanism

G

Inlet/exhaust valve and seat kit

H

See separate literature: For the APT14 or APT14HC see TI-P163-01 and for the APT14SHC see TI-P063-02

1, 2, 5-25 2 2, 12

2, 8, 9, 10 (APT14 only), 21, 22, 23 2, 16, 17, 18, 19, 27

DCV10 outlet check valve (APT14HC and APT14SHC only). See separate literature TI-P601-32

28 29

Please note: For customer convenience, spares are supplied in kits to ensure all the appropriate replacement parts are available e.g. when an inlet/ exhaust valve and seat assembly is ordered, all replacement split pins, washers and gaskets will be provided in addition to the key components listed. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of unit. Example: 1 off Inlet / exhaust valve and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco DN40 x DN25 APT14 automatic pump trap.

6.1.11

A

Cover assembly (APT14 shown) G

A Cover assembly

B

H

C

F

D

E

TI-P612-02 CMGT Issue 9

Page 6 of 7

APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC Automatic Pump Traps

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps B

C

Cover gasket

Inlet check valve

APT14

APT14HC, and APT14SHC

12

2

D

E

Floats

Spring and actuator arm 14

5

7

6 24

F

Trap and outlet check valve mechanism Note: Item 10 is not included for the APT14HC and APT14SHC

6.1.12

G

Inlet / exhaust valve and seat kit APT14

APT14

22 8 9 21 23

16 19

18

10 APT14HC and APT14SHC

APT14HC and APT14SHC 17 22 8 9 21

19 17 27

23

TI-P612-02 CMGT Issue 9

Page 7 of 7

APT14, APT14HC and APT14SHC Automatic Pump Traps

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

6.1.13

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 1 of 6 TI-P136-02

ST Issue 12

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

MFP14, MFP14S and MFP14SS Automatic Pumps

Description

½" BSP or NPT steam, compressed air or gas inlet

The Spirax Sarco MFP14 automatic pump is a displacement receiver operated by steam or compressed air. It is generally used to lift liquids such as condensate to a higher level. Subject to the conditions being suitable, the pump can also be used to directly drain closed vessels under vacuum or pressure. In conjunction with a float steam trap the pump can be used to effectively drain temperature controlled heat exchangers under all operating conditions. Available types The MFP14 is available with the following body materials: SG iron MFP14 Cast steel MFP14S Stainless steel MFP14SS

J D*

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/ 23 / EC, ATEX Directive 94 / 9 / EC and carries the and marks when so required.

1" BSP /NPT exhaust

H K

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Designed in accordance with AD-Merkblatter and ASME VIII Dir 1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

L G Withdrawal distance

Sizes and pipe connections 1", 1½", 2" and 3" x 2" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel). MFP14 DN25, DN40, DN50 and DN80 x DN50 flanged SG iron EN 1092 PN16, ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 and JIS /KS B 2238 10. DN50 flanged EN 1092 PN16, ANSI B 16.5 MFP14S Class 150 and JIS /KS B2238 10. Cast steel 2" screwed BSP /NPT connections are available to special order. DN50 flanged EN 1092 PN16, ANSI B 16.5 MFP14SS Class 150 JIS /KS B 2238 10. Stainless steel 2" screwed BSP /NPT connections are available to special order.

6.1.14

Integral lifting eye 15 mm diameter

C

Optional extra Electronic pump monitors A plugged boss is provided on the pump cover, screwed ½" BSP for connecting an electronic pump monitor (For full details see TI-P136-24): EPM1 A simple stand-alone unit with an 8 digit LCD display, powered by an integral 1.5 V lithium battery. EPM2 A version suitable for coupling to a remote counter /building energy management system (BEMS). Insulation jacket - An insulation jacket tailor made for each size of MFP14 is available for energy savings and health and safety. See TI-P136-07.

E

F

B A

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A JIS /KS PN ANSI DN25 410 DN40 440 DN50 557 625 DN80 x DN50 573 645 Size

B

C

*D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

305 305 420 420

507.0 527.0 637.5 637.5

430

68 81 104 119

68 81 104 104

480 480 580 580

13 13 33 33

18 18 18 18

165 165 245 245

Ø 280 Ø 280 Ø 321 342

Weight Pump Including check valves only and flanges 51 58 54 63 72 82 88 98

* Note: Dimension D only applies to the DN80 x DN50 pump which has an oval body. The DN25, DN40 and DN50 are round bodied therefore dimension L is sufficient. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 6

© Copyright 2009

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 2 of 6 Materials No. Part

Material MFP14

1

Cover

MFP14S

SG iron Cast steel

MFP14SS Stainless steel 2 3

6.1.15

Cover gasket Cover screws

Synthetic fibre Stainless steel

(EN JS 1025) EN-GJS-400-18-LT DIN GSC 25N ASTM A216 WCB BS EN 10213-4 144091 ASTM A351 CF3M

ISO 3506 Gr. A2-70 (EN JS 1025) MFP14 SG iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT DIN GSC 25N MFP14S Cast steel 4 Body ASTM A216 WCB BS EN 10213-4 MFP14SS Stainless steel 144091 ASTM A351 CF3M 5 Pillar Stainless steel BS 970, 431 S29 6 Connector rod Stainless steel BS 1449, 304 S11 7 Float and lever Stainless steel AISI 304 (EN JS 1025) MFP14 SG iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT DIN GSC 25N MFP14S Cast steel 8 Eyebolt ASTM A216 WCB (integral) BS EN 10213-4 MFP14SS Stainless steel 1998 - 144091 ASTM A351 CF3M 9 Mechanism lever Stainless steel BS 3146 pt.2 ANC 2 10 Spring Inconel 718 ASTM 5962 / ASTM B367 11 Pressure plug Steel DIN 267 Part III Class 5.8 12 Check valves Stainless steel 13 Screwed boss flanges Steel 14 Mechanism bracket Stainless steel BS 3146 pt. 2 ANC 4B 15 Bracket screws Stainless steel BS 6105 Gr. A2-70 16 Inlet valve seat Stainless steel BS 970, 431 S29 17 Inlet valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 440B Inlet valve 18 Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19 seat gasket 19 Exhaust valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 20 Exhaust valve Stainless steel BS 3146 pt. 2 ANC 2 Exhaust valve 21 Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19 seat gasket 22 EPM actuator ALNICO 23 'O' ring seal EPDM 28 Spring anchor Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29

8 3

1

23

2 28

4

10

22 5 6 7 13

11

19

15 21 20

MFP14, MFP14S and MFP14SS Automatic Pumps Page 2 of 6

12

16 18

17 14

9

TI-P136-02 ST Issue 12

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 3 of 6

MFP14SS

Temperature °C

MFP14S

Temperature °C

MFP14

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� �

��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� �

��� ��� ��� ��� ��� �� �

A

C B

Steam saturation curve �

�

�

D � � �� Pressure bar g

��

����

��

AC B

Steam saturation curve �

�

�

D � � �� Pressure bar g

��

����

��

��

��

��

BC A

Steam saturation curve �

�

�

D � � ����� Pressure bar g

The product must not be used in this region. For use in this region contact Spirax Sarco As standard this product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range.

6.1.16

A - D Flanged PN16 B - D Flanged JIS /KS 10 C - D Flanged ANSI 150 Body design conditions MFP14 and MFP14S Maximum motive inlet pressure (steam air or gas) MFP14SS MFP14 PMA Maximum allowable pressure MFP14S MFP14SS MFP14 TMA Maximum allowable temperature MFP14S MFP14SS Minimum allowable temperature. For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco MFP14 Maximum operating pressure PMO MFP14S for saturated steam service MFP14SS MFP14 Maximum operating temperature TMO MFP14S for saturated steam service MFP14SS Minimum operating temperature. For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

PN16 13.8 bar g 10.96 bar g 16 bar g @ 120°C 16 bar g @120°C 16 bar g @ 93°C 300°C @ 12.8 bar g 300°C @ 10.8 bar g 300°C @ 9.3 bar g 0°C 13.8 bar g @ 198°C 13.8 bar g @ 198°C 10.96 bar g @ 188°C 198°C @ 13.8 bar g 198°C @ 13.8 bar g 188°C @ 10.96 bar g 0°C

Total lift or backpressure (static head plus pressure in the return system) which must be below the motive fluid inlet pressure to allow capacity to be achieved:Height (H) in metres x 0.0981 plus pressure (bar g) in return line, plus downstream piping friction pressure drop in bar calculated at a flowrate of the lesser of six times the actual condensate rate or 30 000 litres / h. Recommended filling head above the pump 0.3 m Minimum filling head required 0.15 m (reduced capacity) Standard pump operates with liquids of specific gravity: 1 down to 0.8 DN80 x 50 DN50 DN40 and DN25 Pump discharge per cycle 19.3 litres 12.8 litres 7 litres Steam consumption 20 kg / h maximum 20 kg/h maximum 16 kg/h maximum Air consumption (Free air) 5.6 dm3/s maximum 5.6 dm3/s maximum 4.4 dm3/s maximum Temperature limits (Ambient ) -10°C to 200°C -10°C to 200°C -10°C to 200°C

MFP14, MFP14S and MFP14SS Automatic Pumps Page 3 of 6

TI-P136-02 ST Issue 12

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 4 of 6 How to use the sizing chart

Reservoir Operating pressure 5.2 barg

0.15 m Filling head

Lift = 9.2 m

��������

���������

���������

���������

��

���������

��

���������

P2 = 1.7 barg Return main pressure and pipe length

Plant 1 500 kg/h

��

���������

Motive pressure bar g

How to size and select

Considering the inlet pressure, backpressure and filling head conditions, select the pump size which meets the capacity requirements of the application.

�� �� � � � �

���

MFP14

� � �

The known data

Condensate load Steam pressure available for operating pump Vertical lift from pump to the return piping Pressure in the return piping (piping friction negligible) Filling head on the pump available

1 500 kg /h 5.2 bar g 9.2 m 1.7 bar g 0.15 m

Note: It is strongly recommended that the maximum motive / backpressure differential is between 2 - 4 bar g.

Selection example

6.1.17

Firstly calculate the total effective lift against which condensate must be pumped. Total effective lift is calculated by adding vertical lift from the pump to return piping (9.2 m) to the pressure in the return piping (1.7 bar g). To convert pressure in the return pipe into pressure head, divide it by the conversion factor of 0.0981:P 2 = 1.7 bar g ÷ 0.098 1 = 17.3 m Pressure head (lift) The total effective lift then becomes calculable :9.2 m + 17.3 m The total effective lift is 26.5 m Now that the total effective lift has been calculated, a pump can be selected by plotting the known data onto the graphs on page 5.

� � �

�

����

���� ���� �����

����

����

Flowrate kg /h Example DN50 pump capacities

Capacity multiplying factors for other filling heads Filling head Capacity multiplying factors metres (m) DN25 DN40 DN50 DN80 x DN50 0.15 0.90 0.75 0.75 0.80 0.30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.60 1.15 1.10 1.20 1.05 0.90 1.35 1.25 1.30 1.15 For motive fluids other than steam, see the table below.

Final pump selection

1. Plot a horizontal line from 5.2 bar g (Motive pressure).

The size of pump selected in this case would be DN50. This has the capability to pump:0.75 x 2 400 kg /h = 1 800 kg/h easily coping with a condensate load of 1 500 kg/h.

2. Plot a line indicating 26.5 m lift. 3. From the point where the motive pressure line crosses the m lift line, drop a vertical line to the X axis. 4. Read the corresponding capacity (2 400 kg /h). Note: As the filling head is different to 0.3 m, then the capacity calculated above must be corrected by the appropriate factor selected from the table opposite.

Note: If the motive fluid is not steam, then the capacity above must be multiplied by the appropriate factor in the table below.

Capacity multiplying factors for motive gas supplies (other than steam) Pump size DN25 DN40 DN50 DN80 x DN50

10%

20%

30%

1.20 1.20 1.02 1.02

1.25 1.25 1.05 1.05

1.30 1.30 1.08 1.08

% Backpressure Vs Motive pressure (BP/MP) 40% 50% 60% 70% Capacity multiplying factors 1.35 1.35 1.10 1.10

1.40 1.40 1.15 1.15

1.43 1.43 1.20 1.20

MFP14, MFP14S and MFP14SS Automatic Pumps Page 4 of 6

1.46 1.46 1.27 1.27

80%

90%

1.50 1.50 1.33 1.33

1.53 1.53 1.40 1.40

TI-P136-02 ST Issue 12

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 5 of 6

Motive pressure bar g

Motive pressure bar g

The capacity charts are based on a filling head of 0.3 m. The lift lines represent the net effective lift (i.e. lift plus frictional resistance).

Flowrate kg /h

Flowrate kg /h DN40 pump capacities

DN25 pump capacities

��������

���������

���������

���������

��

���������

��

���������

���������

��

6.1.18

��

Motive pressure bar g

Motive pressure bar g

�� � � � � � � � � � �

�

����

����

����

����

����

Flowrate kg /h

Flowrate kg /h DN50 pump capacities

DN80 x DN50 pump capacities

Note: If you are in any doubt about the size of the pump required or if the conditions are unusual we will be glad to advise you if you give us the answers to the following questions:1. Nature of liquid to be pumped. 2. Temperature of liquid to be pumped. 3. Quantity to be pumped (kg /h or litres /h). 4. Initial lift horizontal distance and net effective lift (i.e. initial lift less subsequent fall in discharge line). 5. Operating medium (steam, compressed air or gas). 6. Operating pressure available. 7. The pump is generally used to drain water from a vented receiver but under certain circumstances can drain a unit from under steam pressure or vacuum - state which. Note: To achieve rated capacity, the pump must be installed with check valves as supplied by Spirax Sarco. Use of a substitute check valve may affect the performance of the pump.

MFP14, MFP14S and MFP14SS Automatic Pumps Page 5 of 6

TI-P136-02 ST Issue 12

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Page 6 of 6 Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P136-03) supplied with the product. Installation note: For best operation any flash steam must be vented or condensed ahead of the pump inlet.

How to specify

Automatic pumps shall be Spirax Sarco type MFP14 with SG iron bodies and flanged/screwed connections. They shall have stainless steel valve and float assemblies, and a stainless steel disc check valve on the condensate inlet and outlet connections. They shall have screwed steam/compressed air inlet and exhaust connections.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 MFP14 automatic pump having flanged EN 1092 PN16 connections with BSP motive fluid connections, complete with check valves and 2" BSP screwed boss flanges.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are available as spares. Available spares Cover gasket Float Inlet/outlet check valve (each) Cover and internal mechanism assembly Valve set (inlet and exhaust valves and seats) Spring shaft kit (two spring assemblies including anchors and two shafts plus nuts and washers for rear shaft)

2 7 12 1, 2, 7 (complete) 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 10

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of pump. Example: 1 off Cover gasket for a Spirax Sarco DN50 MFP14 automatic pump.

19

6.1.19 21 20

16 18

17

1 17 (hidden) 2

10

7

12

MFP14, MFP14S and MFP14SS Automatic Pumps Page 6 of 6

TI-P136-02 ST Issue 12

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

6.1.20

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps TI-P136-07 ST Issue 5

IJ-MFP Insulation Jackets for MFP Automatic Pumps

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

A range of tailored insulation jackets for fitting to automatic pumps type MFP.

Sizes Jacket type Pump size DN25

Pump type MFP14

DN40 IJ-MFP

3

MFP14

DN50

MFP14, MFP14S and MFP14SS

DN80 x DN50

* Pre date code A05: MFP14, MFP14S and MFP14SS * Post date code A05: MFP14

Limiting conditions Maximum service temperature Insulation thermal conductivity Maximum weight

Materials

6.1.21

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part Jacket covering Insulation Stitching Draw cord Fastening Label

220°C 0.044 W/m K at 100°C 4.5 kg

6 1

5

Material Silicone coated glass fibre Mineral fibre Polyester cotton Nylon Velcro Nylon

Dimensions / mass

2

(approximate) in mm and kg

ØD

4

A C

B

Size DN25 and DN40 DN50 DN80 x DN50

Pre date code A05 Post date code A05

A 610 720 720 720

B 215 255 255 255

C 50 50 50 50

ØD 355 355 355 355 /555

Mass 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.5

How to order

Example: 1 off IJ-MFP insulation jacket to fit a DN50 MFP14 automatic pump. * Note: For the DN80 x DN50 type MFP14 a date code is required when ordering an insulation jacket see the name plate on MFP14 pump cover. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

1369050/5 © Copyright 2005

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

IMPORTANT - SAFETY INFORMATION PLEASE READ CAREFULLY Hazards to be considered when installing / maintaining this product.

Installation

Before attempting to fit the insulation jacket ensure the pump and all surrounding pipework is cool and wear appropriate safety clothing to avoid the danger of burns. Do not attempt to disconnect any pipework to fit this product - it will simply fit around the pump and associated pipework.

Disposal

There are no hazardous materials used in the construction of this insulation jacket. However, contact with the inner mineral fibre filling should be avoided as this may cause minor skin irritation. Unwanted material should be disposed of in a safe and environmentally friendly manner.

Installation

This IJ-MFP jacket should be fitted after the automatic pump has been installed, it is a one piece construction and there is no need to disconnect any pipework. The jacket can be quickly and easily fitted by following the procedure below. 1. Slacken off the two draw cords at the bottom of the insulation jacket. 2. With the Velcro side straps aligned with the discharge side of the pump, carefully lower the jacket over the top of the pump, making sure the two slots in the lower part of the jacket locate over the neck of the inlet and outlet flanges. 3. When the jacket is fully lowered to the base of the pump, tighten the draw cords ensuring a secure fit around the base and flanges. 4. The two draw cords should now be tied in a bow. 5. Finally, the Velcro side and top straps should be tightly overlapped and fastened down ensuring the jacket is firmly fitted around the pump. The removal procedure is the reverse of the above. Please note:- It is unnecessary to remove the whole jacket to maintain the pump, only the top and side Velcro straps need to be unfastened to gain access to the pump cover and inlet / exhaust.

6.1.22

    

TI-P136-07

ST Issue 5

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

6.1.23

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps andto below pumps traps Local regulations may restrict the use of this product the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P680-01

ST Issue 2

APT10-PPU, APT14-PPU and APT14HC-PPU (Closed System) Automatic Pump-trap Packaged Units Description

The Spirax Sarco APT10-PPU, APT14-PPU and APT14HC-PPU automatic pump-trap packaged units are plug in systems specifically designed to remove condensate from plant under 'stall' conditions. The whole system is capable of handling capacities up to 2 800 kg / h pumping and 9 000 kg / h trapping, depending on available differential pressure. Each unit comes with a condensate receiver, motive supply drain trap and ancillaries. Operated by steam the APT10, APT14 and APT14HC-PPU's meet a wide range of applications. The standard pump-trap is manufactured from SG iron, although electroless nickel plated (ENP) versions are available on request. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the All welding is in accordance with ASME IX, BS EN 287 / 288, BS EN part 1-2004 and BS EN ISO 15614 part 1-2004.

mark.

Certification These products are available with a Declaration of Conformity. Other certification is available for individual component parts if required, at extra cost. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

6.1.24 W

X

Y

Z

Sizes and pipe connections

W2 W Condensate inlet

Unit size

X Motive supply

Y Exhaust / balance line

Z Condensate outlet

Connects to the system pipework

W1

Connects to flange W of the unit

Spool piece

APT10-PPU

DN20 x DN20 PN16 (¾" x ¾")

DN65

DN15

DN15

DN20

APT14-PPU

DN40 x DN25 PN16 (1½" x 1")

DN100

DN15

DN15

DN25

APT14HC-PPU

DN50 x DN40 PN16 (2" x 1½")

DN125

DN15

DN15

DN40

Optional extras

A spool piece is available to connect the receiver to the system pipework. Page 1 of 3

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Limiting conditions

APT10 APT14 and APT14HC APT10 APT14 and APT14HC APT10 APT14 and APT14HC APT10 APT14 and APT14HC APT10 APT14 and APT14HC

Unit design conditions Maximum motive inlet pressure (steam) Maximum operating pressure Maximum backpressure Maximum operating temperature

PN10 PN16 4.5 bar g 13.8 bar g 4.5 bar g 13.8 bar g 4 bar g 5 bar g 155°C 198°C 0°C 15 bar g 24 bar g

Minimum operating temperature APT10 APT14 and APT14HC

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Note: For operating temperatures above or below those stated contact Spirax Sarco.

Capacities

*

Sizing of the pump-trap is dependent on motive pressure, backpressure (lift, return system pressure and frictional losses) and process conditions. For accurate sizing for the application please contact Spirax Sarco. 1

10

2

12 4 5

6.1.25

9

4 8

11

2

6 Items 9, 10, 11 and 12 are to be connected to the outlet of the system by the end user .

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part Receiver Ball valves Trap set Strainer Pump - trap Diffuser Base and supporting frame Name - plate Air vent Check valve Ball valve Air eliminator

7

DN20 to DN50 DN15 DN15 to DN50

3

(¾" to 2") (½") (½" to 2")

Material Carbon steel Steel (PTFE seals) Stainless steel (PTFE seals) SG iron SG iron Stainless steel Carbon steel Aluminium Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel

STS17.2

PC10HP / UBP32 * * DN15 (½") * AE50S * * Please note: Items 9, 10, 11 and 12 are not included with the pump package. They must be ordered as a separate item. It is intended that the end user provides the pipework and connects these components correctly - see Section 3 'Installation' of the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P680-02) supplied with the unit.

TI-P680-01 ST Issue 2

APT10-PPU, APT14-PPU and APT14HC-PPU (closed system) Automatic Pump-trap Packaged Units

Page 2 of 3

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps APT - Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Unit size

A

B

C

D

DN20 x DN20 (¾" x ¾")

642

428

228

DN40 x DN25 (1½" x 1")

657

528

353

DN50 x DN40 (2" x 1½")

743

553

353

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

1024 1081

588

600

549

1064 1081

723

600

547

1215 1081

787

600

618

N

Weight

428

110

253

795

375

-

110

400

285

320

755

282

244

170

425

250

400

833

322

253

220

L K

Flow

N

M

W

A

Flow

H I

B C

J

E G

D

F

Spool piece - Dimensions (approximate) in mm Unit size DN20 x DN20

DN40 x DN25

DN50 x DN40

W1 DN65

DN100

DN125

W2

O

P

DN25

173

20

DN40

176

13

DN50

180

7

DN40

196

31

DN50

201

26

DN65

199

19

DN80

204

12

DN50

227

41

DN65

227

33

DN80

232

24

DN100

234

13

W2

Connects to the system pipework

C

Face W2

O Spool piece

P

6.1.26

W1

Connects to flange W of the unit

C

Face W1

Safety information, Installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit. For full details of the individual component products see separate Installation and Maintenance Instructions also supplied with the unit.

Spare parts

Either refer to the individual component product Technical Information sheets (TI) or Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM) supplied with the unit, for availability of spare parts.

How to specify

Spirax Sarco APT14-PPU (APT10 - PPU or APT14HC - PPU) closed system automatic pump-trap packaged unit, operated by steam up to 13.8 bar g (4.5 bar g for the APT10 - PPU). The complete system shall be supplied with PED markings, with all welding in accordance with BS EN 287 / 288.

How to order example

1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 x DN25 APT14-PPU (closed system) automatic pump-trap packaged unit with flanged PN16 external connections plus the optional DN100 x DN40 spool piece. + 1 off Spirax Sarco air vent kit for APT14-PPU.

TI-P680-01 ST Issue 2

APT10-PPU, APT14-PPU and APT14HC-PPU (closed system) Automatic Pump-trap Packaged Units

Page 3 of 3

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps TI-P136-24

ST Issue 6

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

EPM1 and EPM2 Electronic Pump Monitors

ISO 9001

Description

The Spirax Sarco electronic pump monitor (EPM) is designed to monitor the operational status or meter the fluid output of positive displacement pumps. Suitable for all pump applications, the compact EPM can be used on both open vented or closed sealed systems. The EPM is powered by an integral 1.5 V lithium battery and can be connected to a standard MFP14 pump without the need for a separate power supply. Principal features: - For monitoring or metering the output of positive displacement MFP type pumps. - Reliable, trouble-free operation - no moving parts, or ongoing maintenance.

-

2

1

Suitable for all pump applications to 198°C. Clear 8 digit LCD display (EPM1 only). 7 year lithium battery.

The EPM is available in two easy-to-specify options: EPM1

6.1.27

EPM1 shown

EPM2

3

A simple stand alone unit with an 8 digit LCD display. Version suitable for coupling to a remote counter / building energy management system (BEMS) up to a maximum of 48 V .

EPM1 monitoring This option includes a clear, easy to read, 8 digit LCD display enabling the pump's operation to be closely monitored and the pumped condensate rate to be easily calculated. All MFP capacities (litres per cycle) are clearly laser etched into the stainless steel support bracket, so all the important information is readily available. In addition, the EPM1 has a lockable reset/zero facility, for full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P136-23) supplied with the product. EPM2 intelligent pumping EPM2 allows the pump to be incorporated into a BEMS. An auxiliary alarm can relay the operational status of the plant, providing a low cost diagnostic solution. Routine maintenance programs can be automatically timed to coincide with the exact quantity of pumped cycles, tailored to suit the individual needs of each process. EPM2 enables the volume of pumped condensate to be automatically calculated via the BEMS.

4

5

22

Limiting conditions Model EPM1 EPM2

Ambient air temperature range -10°C to +50°C -40°C to +85°C

Pumped fluid maximum temperature limit 198°C 198°C

Materials No.Part 1 Enclosure 2 Digital counter (casing) 3 Bracket 4 Gland 5

Sensor (switch)

22 Actuator

Material Acetal Makrolon Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S15 Nickel plated Precious metal 48 V , 1 A, 12 W (max.) Alnico

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Dimensions / weights (approximate) Dimension B 100

A Ø70

in mm and kg Weights EPM1 EPM2 0.172 0.159

C 150

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares EPM Actuator assembly 22 How to order spares Always order spares using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of MFP14 pump. Example: 1 - EPM actuator assembly for use with a DN25 MFP14 automatic pump.

B A

EPM1 shown

2

C

5

6.1.28

22

Safety information, installation and Maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P136-23) supplied with the product. Installation note: If installing in a hazardous area contact Spirax Sarco.

How to specify

Spirax Sarco electronic pump monitor (EPM) specifically for use with all MFP14 type pumps.

How to order

Please state the size and material of MFP14 automatic pump: Example 1: 1 off Spirax Sarco EPM1 with counter for a DN25 MFP14 (SG iron) automatic pump. Example 2: 1 off Spirax Sarco EPM2 for a 3" x 2" MFP14SS (Cast stainless steel) automatic pump.

EPM1 and EPM2 Electronic Pump Monitors

TI-P136-24 ST Issue 6

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

6.1.29

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps andto below pumps traps Local regulations may restrict the use of this product the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P135-13

ST Issue 2

PTF4 Pivotrol® Pump (patented) version Dual Mechanism - Pressure Powered Pump Cross sectional view

22 8

23

2

Exhaust outlet

Motive inlet

2 3

1 18

10 12 14 15 11 13

7

16

6 19

5 4 9

6.1.30 21

17

20

18

Description

The Spirax Sarco Pivotrol® Pump (patented) is a non electric pump which transfers high temperature condensate, or other liquids from a low point, low pressure or vacuum space to an area of higher pressure or elevation. This self-contained unit including PowerPivot® technology (patented) uses steam, compressed air or any other suitable pressurised gas as the pumping force. The standard Pivotrol® PTF4 Pump will handle liquids from 0.88 to 1.0 specific gravity. Compliance This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and is certified for use to Category III within Group 2 Gases and to mark when SEP for Group 2 liquids. The product carries the so required. This product is designed and built to the pressure vessel code ASME Section VIII, Division 1. Accessories: Reflex type gauge glass - Insulation cover. Operating characteristics Pump discharge per cycle 102.1 litres (26.9 US gal) Maximum instantaneous discharge rate 28 litres / s (450 US gpm) Steam consumption See page 8 Average air consumption See page 8 For increased service life - Operate the pump with a motive pressure of 1.03 to 1.37 bar g (15 to 20 psi g) above the pump backpressure.

Sizes and pipe connections DN100 x DN100 Flanged ASME Class 150, 4" x 4" Screwed NPT and Socket weld Motive and Exhaust: 4" x 4" Screwed NPT and Socket weld Inlet and Outlet:

21

Materials No. Part 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Material Fabricated 200 psi g Body steel ASME code stamped Cover Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB Cover gasket Spiral wound AISI 304 / Graphite Steam inlet valve assembly Stainless steel Steam inlet valve gasket Stainless steel Exhaust valve assembly Stainless steel Exhaust valve gasket Stainless steel Eye bolt Stainless steel Pushrod assembly Stainless steel Mechanism support Stainless steel Bushing mounting plate Stainless steel Bushings Carbide Spring anchor Carbide Spring Inconel Float arm assembly Stainless steel Pivots Carbide Float pivot Stainless steel Pin Stainless steel Paddle Stainless steel Float Stainless steel Screws (typical) Stainless steel Plugs (typical) Forged stainless steel Check valves (SDCV44) Stainless steel Cycle counter Various Vent assist valve Stainless steel Page 1 of 8

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Pressure / temperature limits Pressure psi g 

















  











Steam saturation curve



 





 

  







  Pressure bar g





Temperature °F

Temperature °C



The product must not be used in this region. ASME Section VIII, Division 1

Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure TMO Maximum operating temperature for saturated steam service Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Minimum motive differential required:

6.1.31

13.8 bar g @ 204°C

(200 psi g @ 400°F)

343°C @ 8.6 bar g

(650°F @ 125 psi g)

-28.9°C

(-20°F)

13.8 bar g

(200 psi g)

198°C

(388°F)

-28.9°C

(-20°F)

0.5 bar g

(7 psi g)

Maximum backpressure:

75% of motive pressure

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

20.7 bar g

(300 psi g)

Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed:

20.7 bar g

(300 psi g)

Specific gravity of pumped liquid 0.88 to 1.0 Cycle counter: For further technical information about the cycle counter contact Spirax Sarco or your local Spirax Sarco representative.

Filling head requirements Filling head

Filling head above pump cover

Standard recommended Maximum filling head Minimum filling head

Filling height from base of pump

305 mm (12")

1125 mm (44.3")

1 524 mm (60")

2 337 mm (92.0")

-76 mm

(-3")

744 mm (29.3")

Maximum number of cycles per minute = 6

TI-P135-13 ST Issue 2

PTF4 Pivotrol® Pump (patented) Dual Mechanism - Pressure Powered Pump

Page 2 of 8

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres and (inches) Dimension

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

P

millimetres

1 002

851

813

368

406

503

508

267

15

699

800

1427

102

224

330

inches

(39.5)

(33.5)

(32.0)

(14.5)

(16.0)

(19.8)

(20.0)

(10.5)

(0.6)

(27.5)

(31.5)

(56.2)

(4.0)

(8.8)

(13.0)

12 mm (½") NPT / SW motive inlet

Weights (approximate) in kgs (lbs) PTF4 complete unit weight 249.0 kg (550 lb) Reflex gauge glass weight - Each 10.4 kg (23 lb) Cover and mechanism assembly weight - Each 29.5 kg (65 lb)

25 mm (1") NPT vent assist valve outlet

I I

ØG

25 mm (1") NPT vent assist valve outlet

H P

25 mm (1") NPT / SW exhaust valve

25 mm (1") NPT / SW exhaust valve

Pressure gauges may be fitted to any of the top gauge glass connections

6.1.32

Filling head

A B

C

20 mm (¾") gauge glass connections plugged (on both sides)

D

N 16 mm ( ") through holes E F

TI-P135-13 ST Issue 2

12 mm (½") drain valve connection (plugged) J K L

PTF4 Pivotrol® Pump (patented) Dual Mechanism - Pressure Powered Pump

M

Page 3 of 8

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Recommended installation

The pump is fitted with a vented receiver or an inlet reservoir. Details of the application will determine whether a vented receiver or an inlet reservoir will be needed to accomplish this. Condensate outlet

Vent to atmosphere. To be piped to a safe location such that there is no risk to personnel

Motive steam or gas supply

Check valve to help reduce the likelihood of backflow and waterhammer

Pump exhaust

At least 304 mm (12") seal on the overflow. Discharge to be piped to safe location such that there is no risk to personnel.

Condensate return line Vented receiver Strainer Height

TD

Min. 304 mm (12") above the vent assist valve Filling height

PTF4

6.1.33

How to size and select

Sizing and selection

From the inlet pressure, backpressure and filling head conditions given below, select the pump size and check valve package which meets the capacity requirement of the application. Specify pump body - Type PTF4. Select optional extras as required. For kg / h, multiply the capacities below by 0.454 (For gpm, multiply the capacities below by 0.002). Backpressure in bar g = lift height (H) in metres divided by 10 plus the pressure in the return line (Backpressure in psi g = lift height (H) in feet x 0.433 plus the pressure in the return line). Added to this is the downstream piping friction pressure drop in bar g (psi g) calculated and based on the maximum instantaneous discharge rate of the respective pump selected - See TI sheets. Note: To achieve rated capacity, the pump must be installed with check valves supplied by Spirax Sarco. Use of a substitute check valve may affect the performance of the pump. Capacity lb / h when installed with the recommended filling head above the top of the pump. Condensate load Steam pressure available for operating pump Vertical lift from pump to the return piping Pressure in the return piping (piping friction negligible) Filling head on the pump available

9 545 kg / h 5.5 bar g 9.1 m 1.7 bar g 610 mm

(21 000 lb / h) (80 psi g) (30 feet) (25 psi g) (24")

Solution: 1. Calculate 'H', the total lift or backpressure, against which the condensate must be pumped: 'H' Metric = (9.1 m / 10) + 1.7 bar g = 2.6 bar g 'H' Imperial = (30 feet x 0.433) + 25 psi g = 38 psi g) 2. From the capacity table, given an inlet pressure of 5.5 bar g (80 psi g) and a backpressure of 2.8 bar g (40 psi g), choose a PTF4 pump with stainless steel check valves, which has a capacity of 12 264 kg / h (26 980 lb / h). Note from capacity multiplying factor charts: A. If filling head were 457 mm (18") PTF4 pump capacity would be: = 0.98 x 12 264 kg / h (26 980 lb / h) = 12 018 kg / h (26 441 lb / h) B. Pump capacity using compressed air would be (% backpressure is 5.5 to 2.6 bar g (38 to 80 psi g) = 47% e.g. use 50%): = 1.85 x 12 264 kg / h (26 980 lb / h) = 22 688 kg / h (49 914 lb / h).

Intended use

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and is certified for use to Category III within Group 2 Gases and to SEP for Group 2 liquids. The product carries the CE mark when so required. This product is designed and built to the pressure vessel code ASME section VIII Division 1.

TI-P135-13 ST Issue 2

PTF4 Pivotrol® Pump (patented) Dual Mechanism - Pressure Powered Pump

Page 4 of 8

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Vented receiver (open system)

To drain condensate from a single or multiple source an 'open system', a vented receiver should be installed in a horizontal plane above and ahead of the pump. Sufficient receiver volume is needed above the filling head level to accept the condensate reaching the receiver during the pump discharge stroke. More important, the receiver must be sized to allow sufficient area for complete flash steam separation from the condensate. The Table below displays the proper vented receiver sizing (per criteria set forth in the A.S.H.R.A.E. Handbook) based on the amount of flash steam present. If the receiver is sized as shown below, there will be sufficient volume for condensate storage and sufficient area for flash steam separation. The receiver can be a length of large diameter pipe or a tank.

Pump size

Inlet reservoir piping (closed system)

To drain condensate from a single piece of equipment in a 'closed system', a reservoir should be installed in a horizontal plane above and ahead of the pump. Sufficient reservoir volume is needed above the filling head level to accept the condensate reaching the reservoir during the pump discharge stroke. The Table below displays the minimum reservoir sizing, based on a condensate load, needed to prevent equipment flooding during the pump dischare stroke. The reservoir can be a length of large diameter pipe or a tank.

Pump size

Flash steam up to:

Pipe size Diameter Length

Vent line Diameter

Liquid load 300 mm (12")

400 mm (16")

500 mm (20")

1 524 mm (5 ft)

914 mm (3 ft)

610 mm (2 ft)

3 048 mm (10 ft)

2 133 mm (7 ft)

1 219 mm (4 ft)

2 743 mm (9 ft)

1 828 mm (6 ft)

1 219 mm (4 ft)

3 658 mm (12 ft)

2 286 mm (7.5 ft)

1 828 mm (6 ft)

(50 000 lb / h)

2 743 mm (9 ft)

1 828 mm (6 ft)

27 211 kg / h (60 000 lb / h)

2 743 mm (9 ft)

1 828 mm (6 ft)

454 kg / h) (1 000 lb / h)

400 mm (16")

1 524 mm (60")

150 mm (6")

kg / h (lb / h)

907 kg / h)

500 mm (20")

1 524 mm (60")

200 mm (8")

(10 000 lb / h)

600 mm (24")

1 524 mm (60")

200 mm (8")

(20 000 lb / h)

650 mm (26’’)

1 524 mm (60")

250 mm (10")

(30 000 lb / h)

700 mm (28")

1 524 mm (60")

250 mm (10")

(40 000 lb / h)

750 mm (30")

1 829 mm (72")

300 mm (12")

800 mm (32")

1 829 mm (72")

300 mm (12")

900 mm (36")

1 829 mm (72")

350 mm (14")

(2 000 lb / h) 1 361 kg / h) (3 000 lb / h) 1 814 kg / h) (4 000 lb / h) 2 268 kg / h) (5 000 lb / h) 2 722 kg / h) (6 000 lb / h) 3 175 kg / h) (7 000 lb / h) 3 629 kg / h) (8 000 lb / h)

Reservoir pipe size*

4 535 kg / h) 9 070 kg / h) 13 605 kg / h) 18 141 kg / h) 22 676 kg / h)

600 mm (24")

* When the backpressure or motive pressure is less than 50%, these reservoir lengths can be reduced by half.

Multiplying factors for non-standard conditions Filling head mm inches

Capacity multiplying factors for non-standard filling heads

Capacity multiplying factors for motive gas supply (other than steam)

-76

(-3")

0.23

-25

(-1")

0.41

0

(0)

0.70

152

(6")

0.89

% Back pressure v. Motive pressure (bp / MP)

305

(12")

0.95

457

(18")

0.98

610

(24")

1.00

914

(36")

1.00

1 219

(48")

1.08

1 524

(60")

1.20

TI-P135-13 ST Issue 2

10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90%

Capacity multiplying 1.19 1.43 1.43 1.53 1.85 2.04 2.14 2.20 2.44 factors

PTF4 Pivotrol® Pump (patented) Dual Mechanism - Pressure Powered Pump

Page 5 of 8

6.1.34

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps To size the PTF4 in a closed system:

Please note that the vent assist valve that is noted in the formula below can be identified by item 23 on page 1. Establish the available motive pressure. Establish the static backpressure on the pump-trap combination. Place the established pressures into the formula below: • Pump motive pressure – Minimum valve assist valve delta P > Backpressure • Capacity charts to be read as normal, i.e. at pump motive and backpressure. • If, Pump motive pressure – Minimum valve assist valve delta P < Backpressure, then isolate or remove the valve assist valve and multiply the capacity by 0.77 to find the reduced capacity without the valve assist valve. Sizing example: 1 A closed system has the following conditions: Motive steam available = 10.3 bar g (150 psi g). Static backpressure = 3.1 bar g (45 psi g). Open system PTF4 capacity charts show capacity at 10.3 bar g (150 psi g) motive with 3.1 bar g (45 psi g) backpressure. Closed system The vent assist valve on the PTF4 requires at least 5.2 bar g (75 psi g) differential pressure to operate in a closed system. To size the PTF4 pump: Pump motive pressure – Minimum valve assist valve delta P > Backpressure 10.3 bar g (150 psi g) – 5.2 bar g (75 psi g) > 3.1 bar g (45 psi g) As the motive pressure is 10.3 bar g (150 psi g) and the valve assist valve requires a minimum 8.3 bar g (120 psi g) to operate: 5.2 + 3.1 = 8.3 bar g (75 + 45 = 120 psi g), this combination is sized correctly. Motive pressure

6.1.35

Backpressure

Condensate capacity

Motive pressure

Backpressure

Condensate capacity

bar g

psi g

bar g

psi g

kg / h

lb / h

bar g

psi g

bar g

psi g

kg / h

lb / h

13.8

200

10.3

150

10055

22120

8.3

120

3.4

50

13782

30320

13.8

200

9.7

140

10441

22970

8.3

120

2.8

40

15014

33030

13.8

200

8.3

120

11305

24870

8.3

120

2.1

30

16605

36530

13.8

200

6.9

100

12323

27110

8.3

120

1.4

20

18845

41460

13.8

200

5.5

80

13573

29860

8.3

120

1.0

15

20432

44950

13.8

200

4.1

60

15182

33400

6.9

100

4.1

60

11241

24730

13.8

200

3.4

50

16200

35640

6.9

100

3.4

50

12318

27100

13.8

200

2.8

40

17450

38390

6.9

100

2.8

40

13641

30010

13.8

200

2.1

30

19059

41930

6.9

100

2.1

30

15341

33750

13.8

200

1.4

20

21327

46920

6.9

100

1.4

20

17741

39030

13.8

200

1.0

15

22936

50460

6.9

100

1.0

15

19445

42780

12.4

180

8.3

120

10773

23700

5.5

80

4.1

60

9705

21350

12.4

180

6.9

100

11827

26020

5.5

80

3.4

50

10855

23880

12.4

180

5.5

80

13114

28850

5.5

80

2.8

40

12264

26980

12.4

180

4.1

60

14773

32500

5.5

80

2.1

30

14077

30970

12.4

180

3.4

50

15823

34810

5.5

80

1.4

20

16641

36610

12.4

180

2.8

40

17109

37640

5.5

80

1.0

15

18455

40600

12.4

180

2.1

30

18773

41300

4.8

70

3.4

50

9932

21850

12.4

180

1.4

20

21109

46440

4.8

70

2.8

40

11286

24830

12.4

180

1.0

15

22768

50090

4.8

70

2.1

30

13036

28680

11.0

160

8.3

120

10241

22530

4.8

70

1.7

25

14145

31120

11.0

160

6.9

100

11327

24920

4.8

70

1.4

20

15505

34110

11.0

160

5.5

80

12650

27830

4.8

70

1.0

15

17255

37960

11.0

160

4.1

60

14359

31590

4.1

60

2.8

40

10427

22940

11.0

160

3.4

50

15445

33980

4.1

60

2.1

30

12200

26840

11.0

160

2.8

40

16768

36890

4.1

60

1.7

25

13323

29310

11.0

160

2.1

30

18482

40660

4.1

60

1.4

20

14695

32330

11.0

160

1.4

20

20891

45960

4.1

60

1.0

15

16468

36230

11.0

160

1.0

15

22600

49720

3.4

50

2.1

30

11505

25310

9.7

140

6.9

100

10641

23410

3.4

50

1.7

25

12714

27970

9.7

140

5.5

80

11918

26220

3.4

50

1.4

20

14050

30910

9.7

140

4.1

60

13568

29850

3.4

50

1.0

15

15527

34160

9.7

140

3.4

50

14614

32150

2.8

40

2.1

30

8855

19480

9.7

140

2.8

40

15891

34960

2.8

40

1.7

25

10105

22230

9.7

140

2.1

30

17541

38590

2.8

40

1.4

20

11636

25600

9.7

140

1.4

20

19868

43710

2.8

40

1.0

15

13609

29940

9.7

140

1.0

15

21518

47340

2.1

30

1.4

20

9291

20440

8.3

120

5.5

80

11186

24610

2.1

30

1.0

15

11659

25650

8.3

120

4.1

60

12777

28110

TI-P135-13 ST Issue 2

Assumes a Fill Head - 1.42m (36"), Fill Height - 2.86m (70")

PTF4 Pivotrol® Pump (patented) Dual Mechanism - Pressure Powered Pump

Page 6 of 8

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

Capacity charts

Capacity lb/h

Capacity kg/h

Motive pressure psi g

Motive pressure bar g

TI-P135-13 ST Issue 2

PTF4 Pivotrol® Pump (patented) Dual Mechanism - Pressure Powered Pump

Page 7 of 8

6.1.36

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps PTF4 Pivotrol® steam consumption chart Backpressure (psi g)  



























 

  

PT



F4

w

ut itho

ins

u

on l at i

PT

F4

wi

ns th i

ula

tion

  





















































   



Steam used per 1000 lbs of water pumped

Steam used per 1000 kgs of water pumped    





Backpressure (bar g) 

PTF4 Pivotrol® air consumption chart Backpressure g)g) Backpressure(psi (psi

consumptionper per1000 1000kgs kgspumped pumped (Ndm (Ndm33/s) s) AirAir consumption





















  





















 









 

 































Airconsumption consumption per per 1000 Air 1000 lbs lbs pumped pumped(scf) (scf)

6.1.37





Backpressure (bar g) g) Backpressure (bar

Sample specification

How to order

The pump shall be Spirax Sarco Pivotrol® Pump (patented) Dual Mechanism PTF4, operated by steam, compressed air or other pressurised gas to 13.8 bar g (200 psi g), which does not require any electrical energy, and is capable of pumping liquids down to 0.88 specific gravity. The pump shall have stainless steel, split disc check valves on the inlet and outlet connections. The pump shall contain Spirax Sarco PowerPivot® (patented) technology to ensure longevity and reliability of the pump. The Pivotrol® Pump shall include an Inconel spring with a lifetime warranty and be supplied with an integral cycle counter to monitor a 3 million cycle x 3 year warranty. When required the pump shall be supplied with a reflex gauge glass.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P135-14) supplied with the product.

TI-P135-13 ST Issue 2

PTF4 Pivotrol® Pump (patented) Dual Mechanism - Pressure Powered Pump

Page 8 of 8

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps andto below pumps traps Local regulations may restrict the use of this product the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P681-01

ST Issue 4

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units Description

The Spirax Sarco MFP14-PPU vented automatic pump packaged units are plug-in systems specifically designed to collect and pump hot condensate; commonly returned for use as boiler feedwater. The MFP14-PPU is available with either single, duplex or triplex pumps, mounted on a single base plate, that can be used for duty only or duty / stand-by applications. Operated by steam, the MFP14-PPU can be tailored to suit a wide range of condensate handling applications. The standard pump is manufactured from SG iron, although cast steel and stainless steel versions are available on request. Please note: Versions suitable for use with compressed air as the motive power and or other combinations are available as bespoke items. For further details contact your local Spirax Sarco office or representative. Standards The MFP14-PPU fully complies with the requirements of PED, the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Please note that all the welding is in accordance with the requirements of PED.

6.1.38

Certification This product is available with a declaration of conformity. For other certification requirements contact Spirax Sarco. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Retrospective certification / inspection may not be possible.

Pressure / temperature limits Body design condition

PN16

Maximum receiver operating pressure Maximum motive inlet pressure (steam air or gas) Maximum allowable PMA pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

MFP14

13.8 bar g

MFP14S

13.8 bar g

MFP14SS

16 bar g @ 120°C

MFP14S

16 bar g @ 120°C

Maximum operating pressure

Maximum operating TMO temperature

For full sizing details see pages 8 and 9

Unit size

16 bar g @ 93°C

MFP14

300°C @ 12.8 bar g

MFP14S

300°C @ 10.8 bar g

Approximate maximum capacities (with 4 m lift) kg / h Single Duplex Triplex MFP14-PPU MFP14-PPU MFP14-PPU

DN25 (1")

1 300

300°C @ 9.3 bar g

DN40 (1½")

2 000

4 000

MFP14

13.8 bar g @ 198°C

MFP14S

13.8 bar g @ 198°C

DN50 (2")

4 000

8 000

DN80 x DN50 (3" x 2")

6 000

12 000

MFP14SS

Minimum allowable temperature 0°C PMO

Approximate capacities

10.96 bar g

MFP14 MFP14SS

Single MFP14-PPU shown

0.5 bar g

MFP14SS MFP14 MFP14S MFP14SS

10.96 bar g @ 188°C 198°C @ 13.8 bar g

18 000

198°C @ 13.8 bar g 188°C @ 10.96 bar g

Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

For Single MFP14-PPU, see pages 2 and 3 For Duplex MFP14-PPU, see pages 4 and 5 For Triplex MFP14-PPU, see pages 6 and 7

Page 1 of 9

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Single MFP14-PPU Sizes and pipe connections Unit size

V (Condensate out)

Pipe connection

W (Motive)

X (Overflow)

Y (Vent)

Z (Inlet)

DN25 (1")

PN16

DN25

DN15

DN50 PN16

DN100

DN40

ASME 150

1" ASME 150

½" ASME 150

2" ASME 150

4" ASME 150

1½" ASME 150

DN40 (1½")

PN16

DN40

DN15

DN50 PN16

DN100

DN40

ASME 150

1½" ASME 150

½" ASME 150

2" ASME 150

4" ASME 150

1½" ASME 150

DN50 (2")

PN16

DN50

DN15

DN50 PN16

DN150

DN65

ASME 150

2" ASME 150

½" ASME 150

2" ASME 150

6" ASME 150

2½" ASME 150

DN80 x DN50 (3" x 2")

PN16

DN50

DN15

DN50 PN16

DN150

DN65

ASME 150

2" ASME 150

½" ASME 150

2" ASME 150

6" ASME 150

2½" ASME 150

Y Z

X

Z

1

5

6.1.39

11

10

7

6

W

6 8 +9

3

12

2

Materials No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part Receiver Base plate and frame MFP14 pump DCV10 check valve BSA2T isolation valve Fig 37 strainer M10S2 RB ball valve straight handle PC10 Quick-fit connector UTD30L thermodynamic steam trap Steam inlet drain trap flexible hose Exhaust flexible hose Pipework

TI-P681-01 ST Issue 4

4

5

4

V

Material Mild steel Mild steel SG iron Stainless steel SG iron SG iron Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Mild steel / stainless steel Mild steel / stainless steel Mild steel

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units

Page 2 of 9

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Single MFP14-PPU Dimensions (approximate) in mm Dimensions (mm) A

Unit size

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M PN16

N

ASME PN16 150

O

P

Q

R

ASME 150

DN25 (1")

1 380 645

223 1 081 499

225 1 316 300 1 119 600 300 1 158

1 138

987

965

220 1 240 42 318

DN40 (1½")

1 401 665

235 1 081 499

225 1 337 300 1 139 600 300 1 158

1 139

1 036

1 015

220 1 240 42 318

DN50 (2")

1 606 775

259 1 081 499

225 1 541 300 1 316 600 300 1 274

1 254

1 270

1 257

220 1 240 42 318

DN80 x DN50 1 716 775 (3" x 2")

259 1 081 499

225 1 650 300 1 425 600 300 1 274

1 255

1 269

1 261

220 1 240 42 318

P

H

E R

F

O

Q

6.1.40

A J

Steam inlet Condensate outlet

G

B

C

D L M (Steam inlet) N (Condensate outlet)

K

Weight (approximate) in kg DN25 (1") 230

Optional loop seal

DN40 (1½") 255

A loop seal must be be fitted to the overflow of the receiver. This can be purchased as an optional extra and must be specified at the time of order placement. Alternatively a loop seal can be created by the fitter at the point of installation.

TI-P681-01 ST Issue 4

DN50 (2") 285

DN80 x DN50 (3" x 2") 325

244 mm

153 mm

325 mm

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units

Page 3 of 9

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Duplex MFP14-PPU Sizes and pipe connections Unit size

V (Condensate out)

Pipe connection

W (Motive)

X (Overflow)

Y (Vent)

Z (Inlet)

DN40 (1½")

PN16

DN40

DN15

DN50

DN150

DN50

ASME 150

1½" ASME 150

½" ASME 150

2" ASME 150

6" ASME 150

2" ASME 150

DN50 (2")

PN16

DN50

DN15

DN50

DN200

DN65

ASME 150

2" ASME 150

½" ASME 150

2" ASME 150

8" ASME 150

2½" ASME 150

DN80 x DN50 (3" x 2")

PN16

DN50

DN15

DN50

DN200

DN80

ASME 150

2" ASME 150

½" ASME 150

2" ASME 150

8" ASME 150

3" ASME 150

Y Z X

Z

1

7

12

6.1.41

13

13 12

7

11

11

10 7

7

3

W

6 5 7

5

12 2

6

5

12

V

6 4

Materials No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part Receiver Base plate and frame MFP14 pump DCV10 check valve BSA2T Isolation valve Fig 37 strainer M10S2 RB ball valve with either oval or straight handle PC10 Quick-fit connector UTD30L thermodynamic steam trap Steam inlet flexible hose Exhaust flexible hose Pipework DCV41 check valve

TI-P681-01 ST Issue 4

8+9

3

V 4

5

Material Mild steel Mild steel SG iron Stainless steel SG iron SG iron Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Mild steel / stainless steel Mild steel / stainless steel Mild steel Stainless steel

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units

Page 4 of 9

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Duplex MFP14-PPU Dimensions (approximate) in mm Dimensions (mm) A

Unit size

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

O

PN16

ASME PN16 150

ASME 150

P

Q

DN40 (1½")

1 504 820

236 1 836 700

350 1 454 425

425

850

191

1 766

1 766

1 366

1 352

285 1 496 270

DN50 (2")

1 654 921

258 1 836 700

350 1 582 425

425

850

172

1 850

1 850

1 564

1 552

287 1 667 183

DN80 x DN50 1 822 921 (3" x 2")

259 1 836 700

350 1 760 425

425

850

167

1 895

1 938

1 606

1 640

282 1 751 144

P

H

E

O

F

Q

6.1.42

A

G J

B

C L

L

N (Condensate outlet)

K

D M (Steam inlet)

Weight (approximate) in kg DN40 (1½") 470

Optional loop seal

DN50 (2") 510

A loop seal must be be fitted to the overflow of the receiver. This can be purchased as an optional extra and must be specified at the time of order placement. Alternatively a loop seal can be created by the fitter at the point of installation.

TI-P681-01 ST Issue 4

DN80 x DN50 (3" x 2") 650

244 mm

153 mm

325 mm

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units

Page 5 of 9

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Triplex MFP14-PPU Sizes and pipe connections Unit size

Pipe connection

V (Condensate out)

W (Motive)

X (Overflow)

Y (Vent)

Z (Inlet)

PN16

DN50

DN25

DN80

DN300

DN100

ASME 150

2" ASME 150

1" ASME 150

3" ASME 150

12" ASME 150

4" ASME 150

DN80 x DN50 (3" x 2")

Y

Z

Z

1

X 5

7 13

5

6

11

7

W

11

5 13 13

10

7

7

7

7

11

7

12

6.1.43

12 12

3

8+9 3 3

2

5

6 4

Materials No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part Receiver Base plate and frame MFP14 pump DCV10 check valve BSA2T isolation valve Fig 37 strainer M10S2 RB ball valve with either oval or straight handle PC10 quick-fit connector UTD30L thermodynamic steam trap Steam Inlet flexible hose Exhaust flexible hose Pipework DCV41 check valve

TI-P681-01 ST Issue 4

5

5 4

V

V

V

Material Mild steel Mild steel SG iron Stainless steel SG iron SG iron Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Mild steel / stainless steel Mild steel / stainless steel Mild steel Stainless steel

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units

Page 6 of 9

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Triplex MFP14-PPU Dimensions (approximate) in mm Dimensions (mm) A

Unit size

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

PN16 ASME PN16 ASME 150 150 DN80 x DN50 1 836 1 088 214 1 635 760 350 1 767 244 1 464 1 465 267 1 586 (3" x 2")

1 602

1 465

P

1 501

355 1 704 535

97

M E F

H

O

A

Steam inlet

G

J

Condensate outlet

B

C R L

Q

Q

L

K (Base width) N (Condensate outlet)

D

Weight (approximate) in kg

Optional loop seal

1 050

A loop seal must be be fitted to the overflow of the receiver. This can be purchased as an optional extra and must be specified at the time of order placement. Alternatively a loop seal can be created by the fitter at the point of installation.

TI-P681-01 ST Issue 4

244 mm

153 mm

325 mm

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units

Page 7 of 9

6.1.44

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps

Considering the inlet pressure, backpressure and filling head conditions, select the pump size which meets the capacity requirements of the application. P2 = 1.7 barg Return main pressure and pipe length

Plant 1 500 kg/h

Reservoir Operating pressure 5.2 barg

0.3m Filling head

How to use the sizing chart Motive pressure bar g

How to size and select

Lift = 9.2 m

MFP14

The known data Condensate load Steam pressure available for operating pump Vertical lift from pump to the return piping

1 500 kg /h 5.2 bar g 9.2 m

Pressure in the return piping (piping friction negligible) 1.7 bar g Filling head on the pump available

0.3 m

Note: It is strongly recommended that the maximum motive / backpressure differential is between 2 - 4 bar g.

Flowrate kg /h Example DN50 pump capacities

Selection example

6.1.45

Firstly calculate the total effective lift against which condensate must be pumped. Total effective lift is calculated by adding vertical lift from the pump to return piping (9.2 m) to the pressure in the return piping (1.7 bar g). To convert pressure in the return pipe into pressure head, divide it by the conversion factor of 0.0981:P2 = 1.7 bar g ÷ 0.098 1 = 17.3 m Pressure head (lift) The total effective lift then becomes calculable :9.2 m + 17.3 m The total effective lift is 26.5 m Now that the total effective lift has been calculated, a pump can be selected by plotting the known data onto the graphs on page 9. 1. Plot a horizontal line from 5.2 bar g (Motive pressure). 2. Plot a line indicating 26.5 m lift. 3. From the point where the motive pressure line crosses the m lift line, drop a vertical line to the X axis. 4. Read the corresponding capacity (2400 kg/h). The capacity charts shown are for single pumps. The capacities should be doubled or tripled to give the capacities of the duplex or triplex pumped packages. Note: The MFP14-PPU packages are not supplied with a connecting condensate return manifold. Ideally each pump should have its own dedicated return line to a vented receiver or holding tank. If the duplex pump returns are to be joined together to create a collective return line, care should be taken to ensure that it is adequately sized to accommodate the instantaneous discharge rate of all pumps discharging at the same time. Failure to do this may result in reduced capacity of the packaged pump unit.

TI-P681-01 ST Issue 4

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units

Page 8 of 9

Condensate pumps Mechanical pumps and pumps traps Capacities

The capacity charts are based on a filling head of 0.3 m. The lift lines represent the net effective lift (i.e. lift plus frictional resistance).

DN40 pump capacities

Motive pressure bar g

Motive pressure bar g

DN25 pump capacities

Flowrate kg /h

Flowrate kg /h

DN50 pump capacities

DN80 x DN50 pump capacities

Motive pressure bar g

Motive pressure bar g

6.1.46

Flowrate kg /h

Flowrate kg /h

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit. Installation points to consider As well as the returning condensate lines to and from the MFP14-PPU, consideration should be taken to ensure that the receiver vent and overflow pipes can be fitted to the recommended guidelines. Details are shown within the installation and maintenance instructions IMP681-02.

Spare parts

For availability of spare parts refer to the individual product TI sheets that comprise the unit.

How to specify

Spirax Sarco MFP14-PPU vented automatic pump packaged unit operated by steam to 13.8 bar g. The complete system shall be supplied with a receiver designed to be compliant with the PED (97 / 23 / EC), and all welding in accordance with EN 287 / 288 BS EN Part 1 – 2004 and BS EN ISO 15614 Part 1 2004. The whole system shall be supplied ready to fit with a base plate.

How to order - Please state on the order if you require the optional loop seal.

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN80 X DN50 MFP14-PPU (vented) automatic pump packaged unit with flanged PN16 external connections.

TI-P681-01 ST Issue 4

MFP14-PPU (Vented) Automatic Pump Packaged Units

Page 9 of 9

Condensate pumps Electric pumps TI-P089-01

ST Issue 7

M Series Condensate Recovery Unit The Spirax Sarco M series is a compact packaged condensate recovery unit designed for relatively small loads. It comprises a vertical receiver with single close-coupled motor pump and control gear pre-wired and ready for use. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Machiner y Directive 98 / 37/ EC, European Low Voltage Directive 72 / 23 / EEC and European Electromagnetic Compatibility Devices Directive 89 / 336 / EEC. This product is not a pressurised vessel and therefore does not need to comply with the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

Vent connection Control panel

Inlet connection Lifting lug

Overflow connection

Certification This product is available with a Typical Test Report and a certificate of conformity to EN 10204 2.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Construction

Receiver Steel construction, hot dip galvanised. Designed for vented operation but pressure tested to 2.1 bar. Alternatively a mild steel receiver painted externally with two coats of primer is available upon request.

6.2.1

Pumps Pumps are designed to operate under conditions of extremely low NPSH. Close coupled motor pump with cast iron casing and bronze impeller. Stainless steel shaft and Crane mechanical seal. 3 400 or 2 800 rpm motor suitable for 380 - 440 volt 3 phase 50 Hz or 60 Hz supplies. TEFV IP55 enclosure with Calss 'F' insulation utilizing Class 'B' temperature rise only. Control gear Float operated magnetic level switch pre-wired to a control panel housed in plastic control gear with the enclosure mounted on a stand-off bracket. Enclosure houses contactor starter with overload and single phasing protection. A rotary 'Hand/Off/Auto' selector provides manual control for test or maintenance. The control gear enclosure is pre-wired in a flexible conduit to the motor pump terminal box. Warning: The customer electrical supply must contain fuse protection.

Electrical details Unit kW rating

M0207 0.75

M2107 0.75

M2111 1.10

Drain

Installation

The pump suction pipework incorporates a resilient coupling, avoiding expansion stresses and facilitating pump removal. A 1" BSP bronze non-return valve is fitted to the pump delivery. Installation requires only connection of the inlet, vent, overflow and discharge pipework, and wiring between the customers supply isolator and the control gear enclosure. With the selector turned to 'Auto' the unit operates to match demand with no further attention. Note: It is recommended that a valve should be fitted in the delivery pipework adjacent to the unit. Should the system head be less than the unit head, the valve may then be adjusted to increase the system head, reducing possible cavitation and noise.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Pump discharge

© Copyright 2007

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Dimensions / weights in mm and kg (Note: these figures are for guidance only and not to be used for design purposes) Unit A M0207 1075 M2107 1075 M2111 1075

B 240 240 240

C 260 260 260

D 665 665 665

H

E 1005 1005 1005

F 215 235 235

G 320 320 320

H 150 150 150

J 25 25 25

K 380 380 380

L 200 200 200

M 220 220 220

Vent 2" BSP

Inlet 1½" BSP

B

P 220 220 220

Q Weight 700 95.0 700 95.0 700 95.0

Overflow 1½" BSP

C

E Q Withdrawal distance for float switch

N 175 175 175

Drain 1" BSP

A

P

Pump discharge 1" BSP

D N G F

L Withdrawal distance for pump

K

J

M

M

Sizing charts ��

��

��

����� Pump delivery head in metres

Pump delivery head in metres

��

�� ����� ��

��

�����

�� ����� ��

�� �����

����� ��

�

��

���

���

��� ��� ���

����

Condensate to be handled at 94°C kg / h

����

�

���

���

���

��� ���

���� ����

Condensate to be handled at 98°C kg / h

M Series Condensate Recovery Unit

TI-P089-01 ST Issue 7

6.2.2

Condensate pumps Electric pumps TI-P089-07

ST Issue 5

Series III Condensate Recovery Unit With galvanised receiver Single or duplex pumps Optional high level alarm

Vent connection

Inlet connection

Overflow pipework should include a loopseal/inverted syphon close to the vessel. Overflow connection

With copper receiver Single or duplex pumps

Water level gauge (optional)

6.2.3 Pump discharge Isolating valves

Description

The Spirax Sarco condensate recovery units are designed to handle hot condensate, which is commonly returned for use as boiler feedwater. They can handle quantities up to 34 000 kg / h at 98°C with pump delivery heads up to 30 - 35 metres. A unit comprises three main parts - receiver, pump/pumps and control gear. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Machinery Directive 98/37/EC, European Low Voltage Directive 72 / 73 / EEC and European Electromagnetic Compatibility Devices Directive 89 / 336 / EEC. This product is not a pressurised vessel and therefore does not need to comply with the European Pressure Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 2.1 and EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Receiver

Mild steel receivers are hot dip galvanized after manufacture and mounted in a galvanised steel frame with plated fastenings. Copper receivers are mounted in lined cradles. Both types are fitted with an inspection cover and adequately sized vent, overflow, drain and two inlet connections screwed BSPT. They are pressure tested to 2.1 bar. Water level gauges complete with brass shut-off and drain cocks can be provided as an extra.

Pumps

Pumps are constructed of cast iron fitted with Crane mechanical seals and gunmetal impellers specially developed for operation under conditions of extremely low NPSH to handle boiling condensate with the minimum of flooded suction. They are close-coupled to TEFC motors having class F insulation (class B temperature rise) motor enclosure rating IP55 minimum and running at 2 850 rpm (50 Hz) or 3 400 (60 Hz).

Control gear

Receivers are fitted with a magnetic switch float level control. The single unit uses this to operate a single pump designed to discharge at the rate of 1.5 times the maximum condensate rate shown on the pump sizing chart. The cascade unit uses two pumps, each rated at 1.1 times the maximum rate shown on the sizing chart. The control panel incorporates a selector switch which allows the duty pump to take precedence in handling the load. If it is unable to cope with any peak load then the cascade method of control brings in the stand-by pump. This arrangement effectively provides automatic changeover in the event of pump electrical or mechanical failure. Electrical equipment is suitable for 415 volt 3 phase 50 Hz or 60 Hz 4 wire supply (380 volt to special order). Control equipment is installed in a separate IP65 rated metal enclosure. Interconnecting wiring is not included. Connection for BMS interface are provided to monitor pump run or tripped condition.

Fitting

Single or duplicate motorpumps are mounted under the receiver and have individual suction pipework, incorporating an isolating valve and resilient coupling. Pump deliveries are fitted with nonreturn valves screwed BSPT. With duplicate pumps, both discharges are on the same side of the unit. Note: It is recommended that a lockshield valve should be fitted in the delivery pipework so that, in the event of the system head being substantially less than the unit head, the valve may be adjusted to increase the system head, thus reducing possible cavitation and noise.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2003

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Nomenclature

The Spirax Sarco condensate recovery unit is described by a four figure code with a prefix letter and a suffix letter. Prefix letter - denotes nominal receiver size A = 100 litres B = 225 litres C = 550 litres D = 750 litres E = 1 000 litres Two numbers indicate size of motor e.g. 07 = 0.75 kW 22 = 2.2 kW Suffix letter indicates number of pumps e.g. S = Single pump C = Duplicate pumps with cascade control Example: E40C is therefore a unit with 1000 litre receiver and duplicate pumps, each with 4.0 kW motor.

Sizing

See TI-P089-05 and TI-P089-06

Information required for quotation or with order 1. Average rate at which condensate returns to the receiver in kg / h or lb / h. 2. Maximum temperature of condensate. 3. Total pumping delivery head, including static and friction loss in pipe and fittings. In calculating the pipe friction, it must be remembered that the pumping rate is approximately 1.1 times the rate which the condensate returns to the receiver in the case of a cascade unit and 1.5 times in the case of a unit with single pump. 4. Electric supply available and voltage. 5. Any abnormal operating conditions which may be encountered.

Inlet A-A

Vent A - A

Inlet A-A

Overflow A - A

Drain 1" BSP

6.2.4

Discharge B-B

Fixing holes 19 mm dia.

Pump and motor details, connections and weights Unit

Motor kW

Connections BSP A-A B-B

Weight Single Cascade pump pumps

Unit

Motor kW

Connections BSP A-A B-B

Weight Single Cascade pump pumps

A0207

0.75

1½

1

125 kg

145 kg

C5830

3.0

2½

1½

290 kg

A2107

0.75

1½

1

130 kg

150 kg

C5840

4.0

2½

1½

300 kg

400 kg

A2111

1.10

1½

1

135 kg

155 kg

C5930

3.0

2½

2

320 kg

450 kg

A0507

0.75

1½

1½

140 kg

160 kg

C5940

4.0

2½

2

330 kg

460 kg

C5955

5.5

2½

2

350 kg

485 kg

390 kg

B5511

1.10

2

1½

155 kg

190 kg

B0507

0.75

2

1½

155 kg

190 kg

D5822

2.2

3

1½

330 kg

435 kg

B0611

1.10

2

1½

205 kg

275 kg

D5830

3.0

3

1½

340 kg

445 kg

B0615

1.50

2

1½

215 kg

285 kg

D5840

4.0

3

1½

350 kg

455 kg

B0622

2.20

2

1½

255 kg

295 kg

D5930

3.0

3

2

354 kg

473 kg

B5830

3.00

2

1½

260 kg

360 kg

D5940

4.0

3

2

364 kg

483 kg

B5840

4.00

2

1½

280 kg

385 kg

D5955

5.5

3

2

383 kg

500 kg

C5511

1.10

2½

1½

240 kg

270 kg

E5930

3.0

4

2

390 kg

530 kg

C0615

1.50

2½

1½

290 kg

400 kg

E5940

4.0

4

2

400 kg

540 kg

C0622

2.20

2½

1½

300 kg

410 kg

E5955

5.5

4

2

420 kg

560 kg

Series III Condensate Recovery Unit

TI-P089-07 ST Issue 5

Condensate pumps Electric pumps TI-P089-03

ST Issue 4

Series III Condensate Recovery Unit With Galvanised Receiver Withdrawal distance for float level control R

P

Q

H

H Y

M

L

J U

N

K

G

6.2.5

F

C T

S

D

E B

B

A

A

Withdrawal distance for motor

Dimensions in mm (Note: these figures are for guidance only and not to be used for design purposes) Unit

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

Q

R

S

T

U

Y

A0207

420

180

310

285

195

240

645

500

240

910

125

200

840

560

190

700

260

200

200

400

A2107

420

180

310

285

205

260

645

500

240

910

125

200

840

560

190

700

260

200

200

400

A2111

420

180

310

285

205

260

645

500

240

910

125

200

840

560

190

700

260

200

200

400

A0507

420

180

320

275

225

240

645

500

240

910

125

200

840

560

190

700

260

200

200

400

B5511

420

240

320

275

225

240

710

500

320 1050 125

200

965

560

215

700

260

200

200

400

B0507

420

240

320

275

225

240

710

500

320 1050 125

200

965

560

215

700

260

200

200

400

B0611

635

240

440

420

270

305

815

750

320 1165 125

200 1065 810

215

700

180

300

200

650

B0615

635

240

440

430

270

305

815

750

320 1165 125

200 1065 810

215

700

200

300

200

650

B0622

635

240

440

420

270

305

815

750

320 1165 125

200 1065 810

215

700

230

300

200

650

B5830

635

240

440

425

270

335

915

750

320 1260 250

300 1170 815

220

700

300

300

200

650

B5840

635

240

440

425

270

335

915

750

320 1260 250

300 1170 815

220

700

320

300

200

650

C5511

635

290

400

460

225

240

790

750

400 1215 250

300 1125 815

260

700

80

450

250

600

C0615

635

290

440

420

270

305

870

750

400 1300 250

300 1200 815

260

700

200

300

250

600

C0622

635

290

440

420

270

305

870

750

400 1300 250

300 1200 815

260

700

230

300

250

600

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Withdrawal distance for float level control R

P

Q

H

H Y

M

L

J U

N

K

G

F

C T

S

D

E

A

B

B

A

Withdrawal distance for motor

Dimensions in mm (Note: these figures are for guidance only and not to be used for design purposes) Unit

P

Q

R

S

T

U

Y

C5830 635

A

290

B

440 425

C

D

270

E

335 1010 750

F

G

H

400 1435 250

J

K

L

300 1345

M

N

820

260

700

250

300

250

600

C5840 635

290

440 425

270

335 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

820

260

700

280

300

250

600

C5930 635

290

490 425

310

340 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

815

260

700

300

300

250

600

C5940 635

290

490 425

310

340 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

815

260

700

330

300

250

600

C5955 635

290

490 425

310

340 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

815

260

700

380

300

250

600

D5822 635

350

440 425

270

305 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

815

280

700

250

300

300

600

D5830 635

350

440 425

270

335 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

815

280

700

250

300

300

600

D5840 635

350

440 425

270

335 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

815

280

700

280

300

300

600

D5930 635

350

425 460

310

340 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

820

280

700

250

350

300

600

D5940 635

350

425 460

310

340 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

820

280

700

250

350

300

600

D5955 635

350

425 460

310

340 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

820

280

700

280

350

300

600

E5930 820

350

350 610

310

340 1067 1000 477 1580 400

400 1465 1080 280

700

0

650

300

850

E5940 820

350

350 610

310

340 1067 1000 477 1580 400

400 1465 1080 280

700

0

650

300

850

E5955 820

350

350 610

310

340 1067 1000 477 1580 400

400 1465 1080 280

700

80

600

300

850

A1

C1

Dimensions of control panel A1

B1

C1

Single pump

200

300

300

Duplicate pump

200

500

400

Series III Condensate Recovery Unit

B1

TI-P089-03 ST Issue 4

6.2.6

Condensate pumps Electric pumps TI-P089-04

ST Issue 3

Series III Condensate Recovery Unit With Copper Receiver Withdrawal distance for float level control R

P

Q

H

H Y

M

L

J U

N

K

G

6.2.7

F

C T

S

D

A

E B

B

A

Withdrawal distance for motor

Dimensions in mm (Note: these figures are for guidance only and not to be used for design purposes) Unit

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

Q

R

S

T

U

Y

A0207

420

180

310

285

195

240

645

500

240

910

125

200

840

560

190

700

260

200

200

400

A2107

420

180

310

285

205

260

645

500

240

910

125

200

840

560

190

700

260

200

200

400

A2111

420

180

310

285

205

260

645

500

240

910

125

200

840

560

190

700

260

200

200

400

A0507

420

180

320

275

225

240

645

500

240

910

125

200

840

560

190

700

260

200

200

400

B5511

420

240

320

275

225

240

710

500

320 1050 125

200

965

560

215

700

260

200

200

400

B0507

420

240

320

275

225

240

710

500

320 1050 125

200

965

560

215

700

260

200

200

400

B0611

635

240

440

420

270

305

815

750

320 1165 125

200 1065 810

215

700

180

300

200

650

B0615

635

240

440

430

270

305

815

750

320 1165 125

200 1065 810

215

700

200

300

200

650

B0622

635

240

440

420

270

305

815

750

320 1165 125

200 1065 810

215

700

230

300

200

650

B5830

635

240

440

425

270

335

915

750

320 1260 250

300 1170 815

220

700

300

300

200

650

B5840

635

240

440

425

270

335

915

750

320 1260 250

300 1170 815

220

700

320

300

200

650

C5511

635

290

400

460

225

240

790

750

400 1215 250

300 1125 815

260

700

80

450

250

600

C0615

635

290

440

420

270

305

870

750

400 1300 250

300 1200 815

260

700

200

300

250

600

C0622

635

290

440

420

270

305

870

750

400 1300 250

300 1200 815

260

700

230

300

250

600

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2003

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Withdrawal distance for float level control R

P

Q

H

H Y

M

L

J U

N

K

G

F

C T

S

D

E

A

B

B

A

Withdrawal distance for motor

Dimensions in mm (Note: these figures are for guidance only and not to be used for design purposes) Unit

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

Q

R

S

T

U

Y

C5830 635

290

440 425

270

335 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

820

260

700

250

300

250

600

C5840 635

290

440 425

270

335 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

820

260

700

280

300

250

600

C5930 635

290

490 425

310

340 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

815

260

700

300

300

250

600

C5940 635

290

490 425

310

340 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

815

260

700

330

300

250

600

C5955 635

290

490 425

310

340 1010 750

400 1435 250

300 1345

815

260

700

380

300

250

600

D5822 635

350

440 425

270

305 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

815

280

700

250

300

300

600

D5830 635

350

440 425

270

335 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

815

280

700

250

300

300

600

D5840 635

350

440 425

270

335 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

815

280

700

280

300

300

600

D5930 635

350

425 460

310

340 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

820

280

700

250

350

300

600

D5940 635

350

425 460

310

340 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

820

280

700

250

350

300

600

D5955 635

350

425 460

310

340 1067 750

477 1570 250

300 1480

820

280

700

280

350

300

600

E5930 820

350

350 610

310

340 1067 1000 477 1580 400

400 1465 1080 280

700

0

650

300

850

E5940 820

350

350 610

310

340 1067 1000 477 1580 400

400 1465 1080 280

700

0

650

300

850

E5955 820

350

350 610

310

340 1067 1000 477 1580 400

400 1465 1080 280

700

80

600

300

850

A1

C1

Dimensions of control panel A1

B1

C1

Single pump

240

300

220

Duplicate pump

430

300

220

Series III Condensate Recovery Unit

B1

TI-P089-04 ST Issue 3

6.2.8

Condensate pumps Electric pumps TI-P089-05

ST Issue 6

Series III Condensate Recovery Unit Single pump sizing chart at 90°C 35 A2111S

C5840S

B5840S B5830S

30

D5840S

6.2.9

Delivery head in metres

B0622S

E5955S

C5830S

25 A2107S

C0622S

B0615S

20

C0615S

A0507S 15

D5830S

E5940S

B0507S A0207S

D5822S C5511S

10

E5930S 5 300

500

1 000

2 000

3 000

5 000

10 000

20 000

Condensate to be handled at 90°C kg / h

How to size

Project a horizontal line from the pump delivery head and a vertical line from the amount of condensate to be handled. The point where these two lines intersect will indicate the unit to be selected. N.B. Although condensate will be entering the receiver continuously, the pumps will be operating for only part of the time. The pump discharge rate is based on 1.5 times the maximum rate shown on the pump sizing chart and this should be taken into account when calculating the pump delivery head. This delivery head will include the static head and the frictional resistance of the pipe and fittings.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2005

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Single pump sizing chart at 94°C 35 C5840S

25

B0615S C0615S A0507S

15

B0507S A0207S C5511S

10

D5822S

20

D5940S

D5830S

C0622S

A2107S

E5940S

5955S

C5830S

C5830S (LD)

Delivery head in metres

B0622S

E5955S

D5840S

B5830S 30

E5930S

B5840S

D5930S

A2111S

5 300

500

1 000

2 000

3 000

5 000

10 000

20 000

Condensate to be handled at 94°C kg / h

6.2.10

Single pump sizing chart at 98°C 35 A2111S

30

B5840S

B0622S

C5955S

D5955S

Delivery head in metres

* E5955S A2107S

25

B0615S

20 B0611S A0207C

C5940S

D5940S * E5940S

A0507S

15 B5511S

C5511S

C5930S

D5930S * E5930S

10

5 300

500

1 000

2 000

3 000

5 000

10 000

20 000

Condensate to be handled at 98°C kg / h

* These sizes are based on condensate at 95°C

Series III Condensate Recovery Unit

TI-P089-05 ST Issue 6

Condensate pumps Electric pumps TI-P089-06

ST Issue 4

   Duplicate pump sizing chart at 90°C 35

A2111C

C5840C

B5840C B5830C

30

D5840C

6.2.11

Delivery head in metres

B0622C 25

E5955C

C5830C

A2107C B0615C

20

D5830C

C0615C

A0507C 15

C0622C

E5940C

B0507C A0207C

D5822C C5511C

10

E5930C 5 500

1 000

2 000

3 000

5 000

10 000

20 000

30 000

Condensate to be handled at 90°C kg / h

How to size

Project a horizontal line from the pump delivery head and a vertical line from the amount of condensate to be handled. The point where these two lines intersect will indicate the unit to be selected. N.B. Although condensate will be entering the receiver continuously, the pumps will be operating for only part of the time. The pump discharge rate is based on 1.1 times the maximum rate shown on the pump sizing chart and this should be taken into account when calculating the pump delivery head. This delivery head will include the static head and the frictional resistance of the pipe and fittings.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2003

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Duplicate pump sizing chart at 94°C 35 C5840C

B5840C

C5830C

25 C0622C

B0507C

D5822C

A0207C C5511C

10

E5940C

15

C5830C (LD)

C0615C

A0507C

E5930C

B0615C

D5940C

D5830C

A2107C 20

E5955C

5955C

B0622C Delivery head in metres

D5840C

B5830C

30

D5930C

A2111C

5 500

1 000

2 000

3 000

5 000

10 000

20 000

30 000

Condensate to be handled at 94°C kg/h

6.2.12

Duplicate pump sizing chart at 98°C Delivery head in metres

35 A2111C 30

B5840C B0622C

C5955C

D5955C * E5955C

A2107C

25

20

B0615C

B0611C

C5940C

D5940C * E5940C

A0507C

A0207C 15

B5511C

C5511C

C5930C

D5930C * E5930C

10

5 500

1 000

2 000

3 000

5 000

10 000

20 000

30 000

Condensate to be handled at 98°C kg/h

* These sizes are based on condensate at 95°C

Series  'Cascade' Condensate Recovery Unit

TI-P089-06

ST Issue 4

Condensate pumps Electric pumps

6.2.13

Condensate pumps Electric Local regulations may restrict the use of thispumps product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P089-37

ST Issue 4

SPS Series Stainless Steel Condensate Recovery Units

6.2.14

Description

Standards

Receiver Receivers are manufactured from 304 stainless steel. All sizes are fitted with adequately sized vent, overflow, drain and inlet connections flanged to PN16 or screwed BSP. Vessels are leak tested to 0.5 bar. A water level gauge is available as an optional extra.

Certification

The Spirax Sarco SPS series condensate recovery units are designed to handle hot condensate, which is commonly returned for use as boiler feedwater. The standard SPS series can handle quantities up to 20 000 kg / h, cascade control at 98°C with varying pump delivery heads. For higher duties please contact Spirax Sarco. The package comprises:- receiver, frame, pumps, valves, level controls and prewired control panel.

Pumps Pumps are constructed from fabricated 304 / 316 stainless steel and designed for operation under conditions of low NPSH to handle hot condensate with the minimum of flooded suction. They are directly coupled to TEFC motors having class F insulation (class B temperature rise) motor enclosure rating IP54 minimum. Control Receivers are fitted with solid state level control’s which provides on / off cascade pump operation. The control panel incorporates electrical equipment suitable for 400 volt, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4 wire supply (230 volt single phase to special order). Control equipment is installed in a pre-wired IP54 rated metal enclosure. Connections for BMS interface are provided to monitor pump run or tripped condition. Pump fitting The motor and pumps are mounted under the receiver with over size suction inlet pipework and isolation valve. The pump discharge outlet is fitted with a non return valve.

This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Machinery Directive 98 / 37 / EC, European Low Voltage Directive 2006 / 95 / EC and European Electromagnetic Compatibility Devices Directive 2004 / 108 / EC. The receiver is not a pressurised vessel and is designed to operate at atmospheric pressure and therefore falls outside the scope of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

A declaration of conformity to EN 10204 2.1 is available on request. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Materials

Part Receiver Pump casing Pump impeller Suction pipework Isolation valves Gauge glass Discharge pipework Check valve Motor casing Panel Cable covering

Material 304 stainless steel 304 / 316 stainless steel 304 / 316 stainless steel 304 stainless steel Brass ball type or EPDM lined butterfly valves Brass valves, glass sight glass 304 stainless steel Bronze 304 stainless steel Mild steel with polyester powder paint finish Adaptaflex Pafs 16 Page 1 of 3

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Dimensions (approximate) in mm Model

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

SPS150

563

475

SPS300

690

600

SPS500

835

725

1 400

H

I

J

800

750

175

175

1 090

1 000

250

250

80

670

925

1 218

80

1 020

925

1 305

1 250

300

300

100

1 250

1 000

1 540

Please note: For inlet and outlet connections and unit weights see the Table below.

C D 2

E

F

1

1

3

B

J

I

4 Control panel if fitted

6.2.15

G

A

H

Inlet and outlet connections and weights (approximate) in kg Connections Full-load Motor current 1 2 3

4

Model

kW

A

Vessel inlet

Vent

Overflow

Discharge outlet

SPS150-202

0.55

1.7

DN40

DN50

DN50

1" BSP

Weight (kg) Dry Wet 195

325

SPS150-203

0.55

1.7

DN40

DN50

DN50

1" BSP

195

325

SPS150-204

0.55

1.7

DN40

DN50

DN50

1" BSP

197

327

SPS150-205

0.75

2.0

DN40

DN50

DN50

1" BSP

200

330

SPS150-206

1.10

2.8

DN40

DN50

DN50

1¼" BSP

205

335

SPS300-402

0.55

1.7

DN50

DN65

* DN65

1¼" BSP

230

515

SPS300-403

0.75

2.0

DN50

DN65

* DN65

1¼" BSP

230

515

SPS300-404

0.75

2.0

DN50

DN65

* DN65

1¼" BSP

235

520

SPS300-405

1.10

2.8

DN50

DN65

* DN65

1¼" BSP

237

522

SPS300-406

1.50

3.5

DN50

DN65

* DN65

1¼" BSP

240

525

SPS500-802

0.75

2.0

DN50

DN65

DN65

1½" BSP

298

768

SPS500-803

1.10

2.8

DN50

DN65

DN65

1½" BSP

301

771

SPS500-804

1.50

3.5

DN50

DN65

DN65

1½" BSP

305

775

SPS500-805

1.85

4.7

DN50

DN65

DN65

1½" BSP

311

781

* DN50 when an extra high level probe is fitted.

TI-P089-37 ST Issue 4

SPS Series Stainless Steel Condensate Recovery Units

Page 2 of 3

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Sizing and selection - Cascade pump duties Information required for sizing and selection: 1. Average rate at which condensate returns to the receiver in kg / h. 2. Total pumping delivery head, including lift and friction loss in pipe and fittings. Sizing and selection For correct selection plot the condensate return rate to be handled against the total head required (static + friction) and select the appropriate unit. If selection is borderline then select the next largest unit. For duty / standby selections the chart capacities should be halved. Selection example: The condensate return rate is known to be 7 000 kg / h and the total head required is 25 m. Draw a horizontal line from the known 25 m head required until it crosses the vertical line which represents the known 7 000 kg / h condensate which needs to be handled. For this example the selection would be an SPS300-403 condensate recovery unit. 



    



 

Head (m)

 



6.2.16

  







 















 





 

 

 

         

 

Condensate to be handled at 98°C kg / h

Typical specification

The condensate recovery unit shall be a Spirax Sarco compact SPS condensate recovery unit type SPS300-403 designed and built to handle 7 000 kg / h of condensate against a required head of 25 m.

How to order

Example: 1 off SPS300-403 condensate recovery unit.

TI-P089-37 ST Issue 4

SPS Series Stainless Steel Condensate Recovery Units

Page 3 of 3

Condensate pumps Electric pumps TI-P089-38

ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

SPM Stainless Steel Condensate Recovery Units

Description

The Spirax Sarco series of SPM condensate recovery units are designed to handle hot condensate, which is commonly returned for use as boiler feedwater. The standard SPM series can handle quantities up to 2 000 kg / h at 98°C with pump delivery heads up to 30 meters. For higher duties please contact Spirax Sarco. The package comprises: receiver, frame, single pump and prewired control panel. Receiver Receivers are manufactured from 304 stainless steel fitted with an adequately sized vent, overflow, drain and inlet having screwed BSP connections. Vessels are leak tested to 0.5 bar. Water level gauges are available as an optional extra. Pumps Pumps are constructed from fabricated 304 / 316 stainless steel and are designed for operation under conditions of low NPSH to handle hot condensate with the minimum of flooded suction. They are directly coupled to TEFC motors having class F insulation (class B temperature rise) motor enclosure rating IP54 minimum.

6.2.17

Pump fitment The motor and pumps are mounted under the receiver with full size suction inlet pipework. The pump discharge outlet is fitted with a non-return valve. A discharge valve is required for head regulation (customer to supply). Control Receivers are fitted with Liquiphant T level control’s which provides on / off pump operation. Electrical equipment is suitable for 230 volt, 1 phase, 50 Hz supply (400 volt three phase to special order). Control equipment is installed in a pre-wired IP54 rated metal enclosure. Connections for BMS interface are provided to monitor pump run or tripped condition. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Machinery Directive 98 / 37 / EC, European Low Voltage Directive 73 / 23 / EEC and European Electromagnetic Compatibility Devices Directive 89 / 336 / EEC. This product is not a pressurised vessel and is designed to operate at atmospheric pressure and is therefore outside the scope of the European Pressure Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification Certification of conformity EN 10204 2.1 are available on request. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Materials Part Receiver Pump casing Pump impeller Suction pipework Gauge glass Discharge pipework Check valve Motor casing Panel Cable covering

Material 304 stainless steel 304/ 316 stainless steel 304/ 316 stainless steel 304 stainless steel Brass valves, glass sight glass 304/ 316 stainless steel Bronze 304 stainless steel Mild steel with polyester powder paint finish Adaptaflex Pafs 16

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Condensate pumps Electric pumps Connections and weights Model

Motor

Vessel inlet

SPM202-1 SPM203-1

0.55 0.55

DN40 BSP DN40 BSP

Connections Discharge outlet DN25 BSP DN25 BSP

Vent

Overflow

Dry

DN50 BSP DN50 BSP

DN40 BSP DN40 BSP

54 54

150

6

Weight (kg)

Wet 184 184

150

2

1

50

3 500

1 000

6 4

7

5

440

170 5 50

488 438

Nozzle Schedule (BSP) 1. Condensate inlet 1½" BSP 2. Open vent 2" BSP 3. Over flow 1½" BSP 4. Pump discharge 5. Vessel downpipe 35 mm 6. Level probe x 1" BSP (Bush to ½") 7. Tank drain ½" BSP (c/ w plug)

6.2.18 Ø475

338 388

Sizing and selection Information required for sizing and selection: 1. Average rate at which condensate returns to the receiver in kg / h. 2. Total pumping delivery head, including lift and friction loss in pipe and fittings. Sizing and selection For correct selection plot the condensate return rate to be handled against the total head required (static + friction) and select the appropriate unit. If selection is borderline then select the next largest unit. ����

Selection example: The condensate return rate is known to be 1 200 kg / h and the total head required is 25 m. Draw a horizontal line from the known 25 m head required until it crosses the vertical line which represents the known 1 200 kg / h condensate which needs to be handled. For this example the selection would be an SPM203-1 condensate recovery unit.

The condensate recovery unit shall be a Spirax Sarco compact SPM condensate recovery unit type SPM203-1 designed and built to handle 1 200 kg / h of condensate against a required head of 25 m.

Example: 1 off SPM203-1 condensate recovery unit.

Head (m)

����

Typical specification

How to order

��������

����

���� ��������

���� ��� � ���

���� ���� Condensate to be handled at 98°C kg / h

SPM Stainless Steel Condensate Recovery Units

����

TI-P089-38 ST Issue 2

Condensate pumps Electric pumps

6.2.19

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Section 7 7.1

Bellows sealed stop valves

7.2

HV3 stop valves

7.3

Piston valves

7.4

Ball valves

7.5

Lift check valves

7.6

Disc, split disc and wafer check valves

7.7

Strainers and filters

7.8

Separators and insulation jackets

7.9

Sight glasses

7.10

Diffusers

7.11

Pressure gauges and temperature gauges

7.12

Air vents and air eliminators

7.13

Vacuum breakers

7.14

Hosedown stations

7.15

Depressurisation valves

7

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves TI-P132-09

ST Issue 6

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

A3S and A3SS Bellows Sealed Stop Valve

ISO 9001

Description

15

A screwed and socket weld bellows sealed, in-line stop valve for use on steam, gas, liquid, condensate and water systems. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. The valve bellows fatigue life conforms to ISO 15761.

14

Seat leakage Disc to seat shut-off conforms to API 598 and DIN 3230 leakage rate B01.

13 18

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

17 16 9

Sizes and pipe connections

3

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel), NPT Socket weld to BS 3799 /ANSI B 16.11

12

Temperature °C

Pressure /temperature limits (Class 800)

7.1.1

10

11 8

��� ���

2

��� ��� ��� � ���

7

Steam saturation curve

�

��

��

6

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

��� ���

5 4

The product must not be used in this region. Operating restrictions to conform to ISO 15761.

1

Body design conditions Class 800 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 136 bar g TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure 99 bar g @ 360°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 40 bar g @ 400°C for extended bellows life Maximum operating temperature 425°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 40 bar g for extended bellows life Minimum operating temperature -29°C Without the bellows fitted the unit is designed 212 bar g for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Kv values

Size

½"

Kv

1.3

For conversion:

¾"

1"

1¼"

3.2

5.8

9.0

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

1½"

2"

17.0

19.2

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Materials No. 1 2 3 4

Part Body Bonnet Gland flange Integral seat A3S Disc A3SS

Material Forged steel Forged steel Forged steel Stellite Stainless steel

ASTM A105N ASTM A105N ASTM A105 Gr. 6 ASTM A276 Type 410 5 ASTM A276 Type 410 Stainless steel + stellite Gr. 6 6 Bellows Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 321 Spirally wound stainless steel and graphite 7 Gaskets filler /graphite laminate with stainless steel insert. 8 Body bolts Carbon steel ASTM A193 B7 9 Gland nuts Carbon steel ASTM A194 2H 10 Gland studs Stainless steel AISI 410 11 Stem packing Graphite 12 Gland follower Stainless steel ASTM A276 Type 410 13 Handwheel Carbon steel 14 Wheel nut Carbon steel 15 Name-plate Stainless steel 16 Stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Type 410 17 Yoke nut Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 410 18 Grease nipple Carbon steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

80 90 110 127 155 170

B (valve open) 136 144 167 194 220 230

C

Weight

70 90 110 110 130 180

1.7 2.3 3.6 5.9 8.5 11.6

C

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Set of body gaskets 7 Maintenance kit (Disc and bellows assembly + body gaskets) 5, 6, 7 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Maintenance kit plus 1 - Set of body gaskets for a 1" Spirax Sarco type A3S bellows sealed stop valve having screwed BSP connections.

B

*8

A

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P132-11) supplied with the product.

7 (Graphite laminate with stainless steel insert)

7.1.2

Installation note: Install in the direction of flow given by the arrow on the body with the handwheel in a suitable position. The preferred position is with the spindle vertical. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

6

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco A3S bellows sealed stop valve having screwed BSP connections.

5 7 (Spirally wound stainless steel and graphite filler)

* Please note: Item 8 is not an available spare. Recommended tightening torques Item Part

Size

8

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

Body bolt

A3S and A3SS Bellows Sealed Stop Valve

or

Nm

mm M10 M10 M12 M12 M14 M16

40 40 70 70 110 160

- 50 - 50 - 90 - 90 - 130 - 190

TI-P132-09 ST Issue 6

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

7.1.3

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows stop valves Local regulations may restrict sealed the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P137-18

ST Issue 6

BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

7.1.4

BSA6T shown

Description

A range of sealed, in-line stop valves having twin ply bellows as standard throughout the range. These valves have been designed for use on steam, gas, liquid, condensate and water systems. The standard BSAT range comes complete with throttling plug and locking device. The alternative BSA range has a flat disc. The Tables on page 2 clearly display the available sizes, pipeline connections and available options for the standard and alternative ranges.

Standards

The product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the when so required.

mark

Certification

The BSA1 and BSA1T is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. The BSA2, BSA2T, BSA3, BSA3T, BSA6T and BSA64T is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Page 1 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Range and options Standard BSAT range - complete with throttling plug and locking device Material Model and connections

Sizes

Cast iron

SG iron

BSA1T

BSA2T

PN16 KS 10 PN16

PN25

Cast steel

BSA3T PN25

PN40 ASME 150 ASME 300

Stainless steel

Stainless steel / cast steel

BSA6T

BSA64T

KS 20

PN40

PN40

DN15

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN20

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN25

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN32

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN40

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN50

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN65

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN80

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN100

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN125

•

•

•

•

•

DN150

•

•

•

•

DN200

•

•

•

•

DN250

•

•

•

•

•

DN15

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN20

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN25

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Optional DN32 R-PTFE DN40 soft DN50 seat

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN65

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN80

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN100

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Stainless steel

Stainless steel / cast steel

7.1.5

Alternative BSA range - complete with flat disc option Material

Cast iron

Model and connections

Sizes

Optional balancing disc

BSA1

SG iron

Cast steel

BSA2

BSA3

PN16

KS 10

PN16

PN25

PN25

PN40

DN125

•

•

•

•

•

DN150

•

•

•

•

•

DN200

•

•

•

•

•

DN250

•

DN125

•

•

DN150

•

•

DN200 DN250

TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

•

•

•

•

•

ASME 150

ASME 300

KS 20

•

•

•

•

• •

•

•

BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Page 2 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Dimensions /weights

(approximate) in mm and kg

Size

A

B

C

BSA1 BSA1T BSA2 BSA2T

Weight BSA3 (ASME) ANSI 150

BSA3 ASME 300 JIS/KS 20K

4

5

6

4

4

5

6

7

5

5

6

8

9

6

PN

JIS / KS 10K

JIS / KS 20K

ASME 150

ASME 300

DN15

130

133

152

108

152

205

125

4

DN20

150

153

178

117

178

205

125

DN25

160

163

200

127

203

217

125

BSA3 (DIN)

BSA6T BSA64T PN40

DN32

180

183

-

-

-

217

125

7

8

-

-

8

DN40

200

203

224

165

229

243

200

10

11

10

11

11

DN50

230

229

259

203

267

243

200

12

14

12

15

14

DN65

290

293

-

-

-

263

200

16

19

-

-

19

DN80

310

309

304

241

317

287

200

21

26

25

29

26

DN100

350

349

340

292

356

383

315

36

44

41

49

44

DN125

400

395

-

-

-

416

315

52

64

-

-

-

DN150

480

479

428

-

445

450

315

75

88

-

94

-

DN200

600

592

537

-

559

622

500

145

180

-

193

-

DN250

730

-

-

-

-

763

500

*180

-

-

-

-

*(BSA2T / BSA2 only)

C

7.1.6

B

A

TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Page 3 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Seat leakage

Disc to seat shut-off conforms to EN 12266-1 Rate A leakage and ISO 5208 Rate A. Disc to seat shut-off for BSA3 (ANSI) conforms to API 598 no leakage.

Kv values - all options DN15 (½") 4

Size Kv

DN20 (¾") 7

For conversion:

DN25 (1") 12

DN32 (1¼") 19

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN40 (1½") 30

DN50 (2") 47

DN65 (2½") 77

DN80 (3") 120

DN100 (4") 193

DN125 (5") 288

DN150 (6") 410

DN200 (8") 725

DN250 (10") 1 145

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Note: For Kv values and flow characteristic values of the BSA1T, BSA2T and BSA3T see the next section 'BSAT flow data'.

BSAT flow data BSAT valve Size Handwheel rotations 0

7.1.7

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

DN80

DN100

DN125

DN150

DN200

DN250

Kv values for given handwheel rotations tested to EN 60534-2-3 Water at 20°C 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0.5

1.2

1.2

1.4

2.2

4.4

4.1

5.6

0

0

0

0

0

0

10.4

12.0

21

28

66

110

1

1.7

1.7

2.0

3.7

5.0

5.0

1.5

2.7

2.9

2.9

5.0

5.5

6.0

7.0

11.5

14.3

23

30

81

140

9.2

13.6

24.5

26

33

97

2

3.6

4.0

4.6

7.9

7.6

150

7.2

11.6

16.3

34.1

42

46

111

165

2.5

4.4

5.3

6.4

10.6

3

5.4

6.6

8.5

13.8

11.0

9.7

12.4

18.5

59.6

67

65

149

190

14.7

14.1

13.0

21.1

86.2

94

90

199

225

4

10.6

17.0

4.5

11.2

18.3

22.6

24.4

25.2

24.5

123.0

140

152

302

330

24.4

29.4

32.5

29.0

139.0

181

177

355

5

11.9

19.6

451

27.2

37.0

43.6

39.1

164.1

185

216

403

460

6

28.9

46.2

60.2

61.0

179.0

220

264

455

600

6.5

29.1

47.0

63.0

69.0

186.0

230

288

480

641

6.7

29.3

47.2

656

64.3

73.0

235

293

487

7

65.9

78.0

241

305

495

678

8

71.2

90.0

259

337

507

738

8.5

74.6

92.0

348

522

760

99.0

369

9.5 10

793

101.6

805

10.7

827

To convert Kv to volume flowrate in m³ / h:= Kv x

Note: The maximum recommended differential pressure in throttling function: DN15 - DN80 2.0 bar DN100 - DN125 1.5 bar DN150 1.0 bar DN200 - DN250 0.8 bar

√ ∆P

Where: = Volume flow in cubic m/h ∆P = Pressure drop in bar

If the BSAT is used above these quoted figures, increased noise and vibration may be experienced.

The graphs below show handwheel rotation and flow characteristic with water at 20°C:       

BSAT - DN20 Kvr values

Kvr values

BSAT - DN15



TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

  Handwheel rotations



       



BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

  Handwheel rotations



Page 4 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

      

BSAT - DN32  Kvr values

Kvr values

BSAT - DN25





  Handwheel rotations







   Handwheel rotations





Kvr values

Kvr values

   



  Handwheel rotations



Kvr values

   





   Handwheel rotations





BSAT - DN150

 

   Handwheel rotations









      



  Handwheel rotations







      

7.1.8 



 Handwheel rotations





 Kvr values

   



  Handwheel rotations



  



BSAT - DN250





  Handwheel rotations



Typical standard flat disc for the BSA1, BSA2 and BSA3





 % Flow



 



BSAT - DN200







BSAT - DN125

 Kvr values



BSAT - DN80

BSAT - DN100

Kvr values











Kvr values

  Handwheel rotations







BSAT - DN65





BSAT - DN50 Kvr values

Kvr values

      







BSAT - DN40







TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

  Handwheel rotations





   





BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

  % Handwheel rotations





Page 5 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Materials for the BSA1T, BSA2T, BSA3T and BSA1, BSA2, BSA3 No. Part 1

BSA1T

BSA2T

BSA1

BSA2

DIN

ANSI

Cast iron EN-GJS-250

SG iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT

Cast steel 1.0619+N (GSC 25N)

Cast steel ASTM A 216 WCB

Steel (DN15 - DN80) DIN 17243 C 22.8

Forged steel (DN15- DN80) ASTM A 105

and

Body

2

Bonnet

3

Seat

4

Disc

SG iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT

Steel (DN100 - DN200) Cast steel (DN100- DN200) 1.0619+N (GSC 25N) ASTM A 216 WCB Stainless steel AISI 420

Metal Soft seat

5

Bellows

6

Stem

7

Handwheel

8

Stem packing

Stainless steel DIN 17440 X30 Cr13 Disc

Stainless steel DIN 17440 X30 Cr13

Insert

R-PTFE 25% carbon filled Stainless steel WS 1.4571 EN10028-7 X6 CrNiMTi 17-12-2 Stainless steel AISI 420 Pressed steel BS 1449 CR4 Graphite

Bonnet studs 9

Steel DIN 17420 24 Cr Mo 5

Bonnet nuts

Graphite laminated with stainless steel insert

DN15 - DN80

Locking 11 screw DN100 - DN150 DN200 - DN250 Stroke limiter for throttling versions The handwheel nut on the BSA1T, BSA2T and BSA3T has a threaded hole for provision of a stroke limiter. Customer to supply standard nuts and bolts as indicated in the table below. Size Hexagon bolt DN15 - DN80 M8 x 50 mm DN100 - DN150 M12 x 75 mm DN200 - DN250 M12 x 100 mm

Handwheel nut

Steel ASTM A 192 2 H

Steel DIN 931 Gr. 5.6

10 Body / bonnet gasket

Stroke limiter

Steel ASTM A 193 B7

Steel DIN 17420 Ck 35

Bonnet bolts

7.1.9

BSA3T and BSA3

and

Steel M8

x 14 mm

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Steel M8

x 20 mm

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Steel M12 x 20 mm

BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

BSAT Protection cap

7 11

BSAT

11

BSA

6

8

9 2 5

10

1

DN150 shown

3

4

Optional balancing disc assembly 25 bar ∆P DN125 Used 17 bar ∆P DN150 6" above 10 bar ∆P DN200 8" 6 bar ∆P DN250 (BSA2 only)

Optional soft sealing disc

TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Page 6 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Materials for the BSA6T and BSA64T No. Part 1

Body

2

Bonnet

3

Seat

BSA6T

BSA64T

Stainless steel EN 10213 1.4408 or ASTM A351 CF8M

Stainless steel EN 10213 1.4408 or ASTM A351 CF8M

Stainless stel EN 10213 1.4581

Carbon steel DN15 - DN80 DIN 117243 C22.8 Carbon steel DN100 10619+N (GSC 25N)

Stainless steel EN 10213 1.4408 or ASTM A351 CF8M DN15 - DN40

Stainless steel EN 10088 1.4571

DN50 - DN100

Stainless steel EN 100222 1.4571

4

Disc

5

Bellows

Stainless steel DIN 17440 1.4571

6

Stem

Stainless steel EN 10088 1.4571

7

Handwheel

8

Stem packing

Graphite

Bonnet studs

Stainless steel A4-70

Bonnet nuts

Stainless steel A4

9

Pressed steel BS 1449 CR4

10 Body / bonnet gasket

Graphite laminated with stainless steel insert

DN15 - DN80

Locking 11 screw DN100 - DN150 DN200 - DN250

Stroke limiter for throttling versions The handwheel nut on the BSA6T and BSA64T has a threaded hole for provision of a stroke limiter. Customer to supply standard nuts and bolts as indicated in the table below. Size Hexagon bolt DN15 - DN80 M8 x 50 mm DN100 - DN150 M12 x 75 mm DN200 - DN250 M12 x 100 mm Stroke limiter Handwheel nut

BSAT

Steel M8

x 14 mm

A2-70

Steel M8

x 20 mm

A2-70

Steel M12 x 20 mm

A2-70

Protection cap

7

7.1.10

BSAT 6

11 8

9 2 5

10 1

3

TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

4 Page 7 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves Product limitations

Maximum permissible differential pressure in throttling function: DN15 - DN80 2.0 bar DN150 1.0 bar Note: ∆PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO. DN100 - DN125 1.5 bar DN200 - DN250 0.8 bar

Key:

The product must not be used in this region.

Temperature °C

BSA1T and BSA1  

B A



A - A Flanged JIS / KS 10K B - B Flanged PN16

Steam saturation curve

 







A







B





Pressure bar g Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Soft seat Metal seat

TMO - Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

 Steam saturation curve

 







   Pressure bar g







BSA3T and BSA3 (DIN)



PN25

 Steam saturation curve

 







  Pressure bar g

  Pressure bar g



Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Soft seat TMO - Maximum operating temperature Metal seat Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:







PN25 25 bar g 350°C 22.3 bar g 230°C 350°C -10°C 38 bar g

PN40, DN15 - DN150 Temperature °C

Steam saturation curve



220°C 220°C -10°C 20 bar g

PN25, DN200





230°C 300°C -10°C 24 bar g

PN16 16 bar g 350°C 14.7 bar g 230°C 350°C -10°C 24 bar g





JIS / KS 10K 14 bar g 220°C 11 bar g

 

Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Soft seat TMO - Maximum operating temperature Metal seat Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Temperature °C

7.1.11

PN16

 

Temperature °C

Temperature °C

BSA2T and BSA2

PN16 16 bar g 300°C 12.9 bar g

  

Steam saturation curve

 







PN25, DN200 25 bar g 400°C 23.2 bar g 230°C 400°C -10°C 38 bar g

   Pressure bar g







PN40, DN15 - DN150 40 bar g 400°C * 30.4 bar g 230°C 400°C -10°C 60 bar g

* Maximum operating pressure is limited to 27 bar g for the soft seat version only

TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Page 8 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves Product limitations

Key:

Maximum permissible differential pressure in throttling function: DN15 - DN80 2.0 bar DN150 1.0 bar

The product must not be used in this region.

Note: ∆PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO. DN100 - DN125

DN200 - DN250

1.5 bar

0.8 bar

BSA3T and BSA3 (ASME) Temperature °C



C

 

Steam saturation curve

  

C - D Flanged ASME 150 C - E Flanged JIS / KS 20K C - F Flanged ASME 300

D



F





ASME 150 19.6 bar g 425°C 14 bar g

Body design conditions PMA - Maximum allowable pressure TMA - Maximum allowable temperature PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature

E

  Pressure bar g



ASME 300 51 bar g 425°C *41.6 bar g

JIS /KS 20K 34 bar g 425°C *30.7 bar g

Soft seat

230°C

230°C

230°C

Metal seat

425°C -29°C

425°C -29°C

425°C 0°C

31 bar g

77 bar g

50 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

* Maximum operating pressure is limited to 27 bar g for the soft seat version only

BSA6T and BSA64

Temperature °C

 

7.1.12



Steam saturation curve

  





 Pressure bar g





Body design conditions

PN40

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

40 bar g @ 50°C

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

400°C @ 25 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10°C

PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO - Maximum operating temperature

Metal seat

29.8 bar g @ 236°C

Soft seat

27.0 bar g @ 230°C

Metal seat

400°C @ 25.6 bar g

Soft seat

230°C @ 27.0 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-10°C On / off function

∆PMX - Maximum differential pressure

Throttling function

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Limited to the PMO DN15 - DN80 DN100

2 bar 1.5 bar 60 bar g

Page 9 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P137-02) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in the direction of flow given by the arrow on the body with the handwheel in a suitable position. Disposal: These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off DN25 Spirax Sarco type BSA2T bellows sealed stop valve, flanged PN16 or PN25. Note: Should the differential pressure exceed those listed against the respective sizes in the table below, then please ensure balancing discs are specified for use in the valves (see illustration overleaf). Size Differential pressure (bar)

DN125 25

DN150 17

DN200 10

DN250 6

Spare parts

The spare parts are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Body/bonnet gasket and stem packing Stem and bellows assembly (state if BSAT or BSA) Disc (and optional disc where fitted) state full description of the valve

10, 8 (2 off) 5, 6, 8, 10 4, 8, 10

How to order spares Please note: for customer convenience spares are supplied in kits to ensure all the appropriate replacement parts are supplied to carry out a specific maintenance task. e.g. when a stem/bellows assembly is ordered, parts (10), (8) and (6, 5) will be included in the kit. Always order spares by using the description given in 'Available spares' and state the size and type of stop valve. Example: 1 - Body / bonnet gasket and stem packing for a DN15 Spirax Sarco BSA2T PN16 bellows sealed stop valve.

7.1.13

8

BSAT shown

6

10

5 10

4

TI-P137-18 ST Issue 6

BSAT and BSA Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Page 10 of 10

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P184-18 ST Issue 3

BSA3BD Bellows Sealed Stop Valves Description

A range of sealed, in-line stop valves having tri-ply bellows as standard throughout the range. These valves have been designed for use on steam, gas, liquid, thermal oils, condensate and water systems. The BSA3BD is fitted with a flat, balanced pressure plug as standard. Standards The product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the

mark when

10

15 6

DN200 and DN250

7,8

so required. Certification The BSA3BD is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

2 1

9

5 14

4

Size and pipe connection

DN200, DN250, DN300, DN350 and DN400 EN 1092 and EN 12516-1 PN16, PN25 and PN40 13 12 11 3

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Cast steel

1.0619+N

2

Bonnet

Cast steel

1.0619+N

3

Seat

A105 and Stellite

4

Disc

Stainless steel

5

Bellows

Stainless steel DIN 17440 X6 Cr Ni Ti 1810

6

Stem

Stainless steel

7

Bonnet nut

Steel

ASTM A194 2H

8

Bonnet stud

Steel

ASTM A193 B7

9

Body / bonnet gasket

Graphite laminated with stainless steel insert

10

Handwheel

11

Strap

12

Self locking nut Stainless steel

13

Balance plug

14

Locking washer ASTM A276 304

15

Stem packing

AISI 420

DN200 and DN250

Cast iron

DN300 to DN400

Stainless steel

10

DIN 17440 X30 Cr13 and Stellite

Carbon steel

Stainless steel

7.1.14

ASTM A276 304

DIN 17440 x 30 Cr13 and Stellite

15 6

DN300 to DN400

5 7,8 2

1

9 14

4

13 12 11 3

Graphite

Page 1 of 5

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits - EN 1092 and EN 12516-1 Flanged: PN16 PN25 PN40

400

A

D

C

B

Steam saturation curve

300 200

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

100 0

D 0

5

10

C

B

15 20 25 Pressure bar g

30

35

40

Body design condition

PN40

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

40 bar g @ 0 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

PN40

A-B-B

-10 °C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

31.3 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-10 °C

Minimum operating pressure

0 bar g

Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

60 bar g

Body design condition

PN25

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

25 bar g @ 0 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

400 °C @ 14.8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

PN25

A-C-C

-10 °C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

20.5 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature

400 °C @ 14.8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-10 °C

Minimum operating pressure

0 bar g

Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

7.1.15

37.5 bar g

Body design condition

PN16

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

16 bar g @ 0 °C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

400 °C @ 9.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

PN16

A-D-D

-10 °C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

13.5 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature

400 °C @ 9.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-10 °C

Minimum operating pressure

0 bar g

Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

24 bar g

Seat leakage Disc to seat shut-off conforms to EN 12266-1 Rate A leakage and ISO 5208 Rate A. Kv values

Please note that the Kv values for a valve supplied without a balanced disc are shown for comparison purposes only. All BSA3BD valves will be supplied with a balanced disc. DN200

DN250

DN300

DN350

DN400

Balanced Unbalanced Balanced Unbalanced Balanced Unbalanced Balanced Unbalanced Balanced Unbalanced 593

735

935

1 170

1 264

1 710

1 804

2 365

2 362

3 225

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

To convert Kv to volume flowrate in m³/h:= Kv x √ ∆P

Where:

= Volume flow in cubic m/h

√ ∆P = Pressure drop in bar

TI-P184-18 ST Issue 3

Page 2 of 5

BSA3BD Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

Weight 180

DN200

600

612

500

800

DN250

730

765

500

990

316

DN300

850

1 005

600

1 265

480

DN350

980

1 095

650

1 420

690

DN400

1 100

1 173

700

1 505

950

C

C

B B

D

D

A

A

DN200 and DN250

DN300 to DN400

7.1.16

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P184-19) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in the direction of flow given by the arrow on the body with the handwheel in a suitable position. Disposal: These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken

How to order

Example: 1 off DN200 Spirax Sarco type BSA3BD bellows sealed stop valve, flanged EN 1092 PN40.

TI-P184-18 ST Issue 3

Page 3 of 5

BSA3BD Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

Spare parts - DN200 and DN250

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Body / bonnet gasket and stem packing

15 and 9 (2 off)

Stem and bellows assembly

5, 6, 12, 14, 15 and 9 (2 off)

Disc (state full description of the valve)

4, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 9 (2 off)

How to order spares Please note: for customer convenience spares are supplied in kits to ensure all the appropriate replacement parts are supplied to carry out a specific maintenance task. e.g. when a stem / bellows assembly is ordered, parts 9, 12, 14 and 15 will be included in the kit. Always order spares by using the description given in 'Available spares' and state the size and type of stop valve. Example: 1 - Body / bonnet gasket and stem packing for a DN200 Spirax Sarco BSA3BD PN40 bellows sealed stop valve.

15

6

9 5

7.1.17

14 13 4

12

TI-P184-18 ST Issue 3

Page 4 of 5

BSA3BD Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

Spare parts - DN300 to DN400

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares Body / bonnet gasket and stem packing Stem and bellows assembly Disc (state full description of the valve)

15 and 9 (2 off) 5, 6, 12, 14, 15 and 9 (2 off) 4, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 9 (2 off) 15

How to order spares Please note: for customer convenience spares are supplied in kits to ensure all the appropriate replacement parts are supplied to carry out a specific maintenance task. e.g. when a stem / bellows assembly is ordered, parts 9, 12, 14 and 15 will be included in the kit. Always order spares by using the description given in 'Available spares' and state the size and type of stop valve. Example: 1 - Body / bonnet gasket and stem packing for a DN200 Spirax Sarco BSA3BD PN40 bellows sealed stop valve.

6

5

9

14 13

4

12

TI-P184-18 ST Issue 3

Page 5 of 5

BSA3BD Bellows Sealed Stop Valves

7.1.18

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves

7.1.19

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves Page 1 of 3 TI-P184-08

ST Issue 5

Spirax SafeBlocTM DBB3 Double Block and Bleed Bellows Sealed Stop Valve Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The Spirax SafeBloc TM is a double block and bleed bellows sealed stop valve, accommodated within the same face-to-face dimension of a single valve. It has been designed for use as an in-line double isolation valve on steam, gas, liquid, condensate and water systems. Available types DBB3 steel body and bonnet with PN40 or ANSI 300 connections. Seat leakage Disc to seat shut-off conforms to EN 12266-1 Rate A leakage and ISO 5208 Rate A. Bleed valve options A bleed valve connection is provided to depressurise the downstream when the upstream valve is isolated. This can be supplied with either a DN15 flanged, ½" screwed BSP or NPT or ½" socket weld connection and must be stated at the time of order placement. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Size and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100. Flanged EN 1092 PN40 or ANSI B 16.5 Class 300. Face-to-face dimensions conform to BS EN 558:2008.

7.1.20

Kv values

DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 Size DN15 ½" ¾" 1" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" Kv 4 4.5 8 22 32 70 123 144 For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Bleed valve connection

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) ���

PN40

��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� �

Temperature °C

Temperature °C

���

�

�

��

�� �� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

��

���

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

PN40 40 bar g @ 0°C 400°C @ 24 bar g -10°C 30.4 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C @ 24 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

Steam saturation curve

��� � ���

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature

ANSI 300

���

�

�� �� �� Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. ��

Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

��

ANSI 300 51 bar g @ 37.7°C 425°C @ 28 bar g -29°C 41.6 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C @ 28 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 77 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves Page 2 of 3

7

2 8

5 4 3

1

10 9

6

11

Materials

7.1.21

No. Part

Material

1

Body

Cast steel

2

Bonnets

DN15 - DN80

Forged steel

DN100

Cast steel

3 4 5 6 7 8

Seats Discs Bellows Stems Handwheels Stem packing

Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

9

Bonnet studs

Steel

10

Bonnet nuts

Steel

11

Body / bonnet gaskets

Graphite laminated with stainless steel insert

DN ANSI DIN ANSI DIN ANSI

EN 10213-2 GP240GH ASTM A 216 WCB DIN 17243 C22.8 ASTM A 105 N EN 10213-2 GP240 GH ASTM A 216 WCB AISI 420 DIN17440 X30 Cr13 DIN17440 X6CrNiTi 1810 AISI 420 BS 1449 CR4

DIN ANSI DIN ANSI

17240 24 Cr Mo 5 ASTM A 193 B7 DIN 17240 Ck 35 ASTM A 192 2 H

Graphite

C

Dimensions / weights (approximate in mm and kg) Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

A PN 130 150 160 200 230 290 310 350

ANSI 300 152 178 203 229 267 292 318 356

B

C

D

E

251 248 260 295 307 342 375 503

125 125 125 200 200 200 200 315

106 106 107 117 121 129 136 147

61.5 61.5 63.0 73.0 83.5 100.0 118.0 147.5

Weight 8.3 9.2 10.5 20.8 25.2 37.1 51.4 92.0

B

C D E B

Spirax SafeBlocTM DBB3 Double Block and Bleed Bellows Sealed Stop Valve

A

TI-P184-08 ST Issue 5

Pipeline ancillaries Bellows sealed stop valves Page 3 of 3 Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P184-09) supplied with this product.

Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off DN25 Spirax SafeBloc TM DBB3 double block and bleed bellows sealed stop valve having flanged PN40 connections. The bleed valve connection is to be DN15 flanged PN40. Note: The bleed valve is to be ordered separately. For example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BSA3 bellows sealed stop valve having flanged PN40 connections.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Body / bonnet gasket and stem packing Stem and bellows assembly Disc

8 (2 off), 11a, 11b 6, 5 4

8

Note: The gasket contains sharp metal reinforcement, please handle with care. For a complete overhaul of the valve 2 x each spare is required. How to order spares Please note: for customer convenience spares are supplied in kits to ensure all the appropriate replacement parts are supplied to carry out a specific maintenance task e.g. when a stem and bellows assembly is ordered, parts (8, 11a and 11b) and (6 and 5) will be included in the kit. Always order spares by using the description given above and state the size and type of stop valve.

11a

6

Example: 1 - Body / bonnet gasket and stem packing for a DN15 Spirax SafeBloc TM DBB3 double block and bleed bellows sealed stop valve having PN40 connections. 5

7.1.22

11b

4

Spirax SafeBlocTM DBB3 Double Block and Bleed Bellows Sealed Stop Valve

TI-P184-08 ST Issue 5

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 stop valve Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P060-01

ST Issue 7

HV3 Stop Valve Description

A bronze bodied globe valve for steam, water, oil or air applications. To BS 5154 Series A.

12

Sizes and pipe connections

11

Pressure / temperature limits

6

½", ¾", 1", 1¼",1½" and 2" screwed BSP parallel.

Temperature °C





10



Steam saturation curve

   



9 8 7



5

Maximum body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 170°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 10.5 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 25 bar g @ 170°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 10.5 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

1 4



  Pressure bar g



The product must not be used in this region.

7.2.1

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Gunmetal

2

Valve seat

Stainless steel

3

Valve

Stainless steel

4

Lock-nut

Gunmetal

5

Bonnet

Gunmetal

½" - 1"

BS 1400 LG2 AISI 431 AISI 431 BS 1400 LG2 BS 1400 LG2

Austenitic stainless steel

BS 970 303 S31

6

Stem

Gunmetal

BS 1400 LG2

7

Washer

Gunmetal

BS 1400 LG2

8

Gland packing

PTFE

1¼" - 2"

9

Gland

Gunmetal

10

Packing nut

Gunmetal

11

Handwheel

Aluminium

12

Handwheel nut

Brass

Kv values

BS 1400 LG2 BS 1400 LG2 DIN 1725 GK-A1 Si 1 DIN 17660 MS63

Size

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

Kv

1.3

1.6

4.2

13.8

19.7

28

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

3 2

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 stop valve Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" ¾" 1" 1¼"

A 67 80 95 112

B 102 110 130 144

B1 110 125 146 160

C 60 60 80 100

Weight 0.60 0.86 1.30 2.08

1½"

132

144

160

100

2.86

2"

160

174

203

120

4.65

C

B1 Withdrawal distance

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Valve and seat assembly Gland packing (packet of 3)

2, 3 8

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Valve and seat assembly for a 1" Spirax Sarco HV3 stop valve. Note: The above spares are applicable to the HV3 stop valve only, identified by its blue handwheel. They are not interchangeable with spares for the HV1 stop valve identified by its green handwheel, or the HV2 stop valve, identified by its red handwheel.

B

8 A

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P060-04) supplied with the product.

7.2.2

Installation note: Install the valve in the direction of flow given by the arrow on the body. The valve can be installed in any plane but not with the handwheel below the valve body. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco HV3 stop valve having 1½ BSP parallel connections.

3

2

TI-P060-01 ST Issue 7

HV3 Stop Valve

Pipeline ancillaries Piston valves

7.3.1

Pipeline ancillaries Piston valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P118-06

ST Issue 3

PV4 and PV6 Piston Valves Description

The PV4 and PV6 are piston isolation valves that have been designed for use on steam, condensate and other liquid sytems.

7.3.2

Available types: Screwed, butt weld and socket weld connections

PV4 PV6

Carbon steel body / bonnet and stainless steel internals Stainless steel body / bonnet and stainless steel internals

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Butt welded ends to EN 12627:1999BW - ASME B16.25 Screwed BSP (BS 21 / DIN 2999) or NPT to (ASME B1.20.1) Socket weld ends to ASME B 16.11

Page 1 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries Piston valves Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

PV4

  A  Steam saturation curve

   







B 



 

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A - B Screwed, socket weld and butt weld Body design conditions

API Class 800

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

136 bar g @ 38 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 76 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

101 bar g 425 °C @ 76 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

Temperature °C

PV6

7.3.3

  A      

205 bar g

Steam saturation curve B







  Pressure bar g



 

The product must not be used in this region. A - B Screwed, socket weld and butt weld Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

API Class 800 132 bar g @ 0 °C 538 °C @ 67 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

84 bar g 538 °C @ 67 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

198 bar g

TI-P118-06 ST Issue 3

Page 2 of 4

PV4 and PV6 Piston Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Piston valves Kv values Screwed, Socket weld and butt weld

Size Kv

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

3

4.5

8.5

12

20.5

32

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

14

7

8 11

12

6 13

9

2

10 1 4 5

3

Materials No. 1 2

Part Body and Bonnet

Material PV4

Carbon steel

PV6

Stainless steel

ASTM A105 EN 1.4401 / AISI 316

Graphite laminate

3

Lower sealing rings

4

Upper sealing rings

5

Lantern bush

6

Piston

7

Handwheel

Carbon steel

8

Handwheel nut

Carbon steel

9

Stud bolt

10

Nut

11

Washer

Stainless steel

12

Name-plate

Stainless steel

13

Belleville washer

Stainless steel

14

Blind nut

Carbon steel

Stainless steel Graphite laminate Stainless steel PV4

Stainless steel

EN 1.4057 / AISI 431

PV6

Stainless steel

EN 1.4401 / AISI 316

PV4

Stainless steel

EN 1.4401 / AISI 316

PV6

Stainless steel

EN 1.4404 / AISI 316L

PV4

Carbon steel

PV6

Stainless steel

PV4

Carbon steel

PV6

Stainless steel

TI-P118-06 ST Issue 3

ASTM A193 B7 ASTM A193 GrB8M2 ASTM A194 2H ASTM A193 GrB8M2

Page 3 of 4

PV4 and PV6 Piston Valves

7.3.4

Pipeline ancillaries Piston valves Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Screwed, socket weld and butt weld Size

A

B

B1

C

Weight

½"

85

92

112

75

1.1

¾"

100

102

142

95

1.6

1"

120

134

174

115

2.8

1¼"

140

160

196

150

4.0

1½"

160

180

220

150

6.5

2"

185

210

265

201

15.0

C

Spare parts

Spare parts are available as indicated. No other parts are supplied as spares. Available spares 3 and 4

Set of sealing rings

2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 11

Bonnet assembly

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given above and state the size and type of valve. Example: 1 - Bonnet assembly for a Spirax Sarco ½" PV4 piston valve.

7

8 + 11

B1 B

6 2

10 Not an available spare

4 5 A (Screwed / Socket weld and butt weld)

7.3.5

3

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P118-05) supplied with the product. Caution: Valve keys should not be used to operate these valves. Installation note: Install the valve in the direction of flow given by the arrow on the body. The valve can be installed in any plane but not with the handwheel below the valve body. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" PV4 piston valve having screwed NPT connections. The valve is to be supplied with EN 10204 3.1 certification. The Kv is to be 3.0.

Recommended tightening torques Item

10

or mm

Size

Nm

½"

13 A / F

12

¾"

13 A / F

9

1"

13 A / F

9

1¼"

17 A / F

30

1½"

22 A / F

35

2"

26 A / F

70

Caution: The torque of the studs is calculated to optimise the use of the product. An excessive torque can damage the valve internals (particulary if the product is open). The studs of valve can be retightened to extend the life of it, but only when it is closed and not more than the recommended torque.

TI-P118-06 ST Issue 3

Page 4 of 4

PV4 and PV6 Piston Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Piston valves

7.3.6

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

7.4.1

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valve Local regulations may restrict the use ofvalves this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P133-08

ST Issue 13

M10V Ball Valve DN¼" to 2½"

The M10V three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions only). It can be used with the majority of industrial fluids. Available types M10V2 _ _ Zinc plated carbon steel body, PTFE seats. M10V3_ _ Stainless steel body, PTFE seats. M10V4 _ _ Complete stainless steel, PTFE seats. Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Description

 

A

7.4.2

   

C

Steam saturation curve



F 





E

E   Pressure bar g

D

D C 



B 

The product must not be used in this region. A-B A-C A-D A-E A-F

Screwed, SW and BW ¼" - 1½" FB, RB and 2" RB. Screwed, SW and BW 2" FB and 2½" RB only. Flanged ASME 300. Flanged EN 1092 PN40. Flanged ASME 150.

Sizes and pipe connections

Note 1: On the 2" FB and 2½" RB a PTFE gasket is fitted between the body and cap.

Full bore

Note 2: The flange standard may restrict the maximum operating pressure. Please check with Spirax Sarco.

Flanged DN15 to DN50 ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" ASME Class 150, Screwed and welded ASME Class 300, BSP, BSPT, API / NPT, BW, SW and EN 1092 PN40. Flanged Reduced bore DN15 to DN65 ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" ASME Class 150, Screwed and welded ASME Class 300, BSP, BSPT, API / NPT, BW, SW and EN 1092 PN40.

Technical data Flow characteristic Port

Modified linear Full and reduced port versions

Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device

Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Body design conditions PN100 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 70 bar g @ 40°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 230°C @ 0 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 10 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 230°C @ 0 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 105 bar g Page 1 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve 14

12

4 11 10

13

7

Please note: Screwed, butt weld and socket weld M10V ball valves have bolts and nuts. Flanged M10V ball valves have studs and nuts.

9 8 6 5 3

16

Materials No. Part

7.4.3

1

Body

2

Cap

3 4 5 6

Ball Stem Seat Stem seal

7

Separator

8

Spring washers

9

Nut

M10V2 M10V3 M10V4 M10V2 M10V3 M10V4

M10V2 M10V3 M10V4 M10V2 M10V3 M10V4

10 Name-plate (DN) 11 Stem nut

12 Lever

M10V2 M10V3 M10V4 M10V2 M10V3 M10V4

13 Name-plate 14 Grip * 15 Bolts

16 Nuts

17 Studs

M10V2 M10V3 M10V4 M10V2 M10V3 M10V4 M10V2 M10V3 M10V4

1 17

2

Material Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Stainless steel Stainless steel Virgin PTFE Reinforced PTFE antistatic

AISI 316 AISI 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 316 AISI 301

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L14

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 304 AISI 430

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L14

Stainless steel

AISI 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel Vinyl

AISI 316 AISI 430

Zinc plated carbon steel

A 193 B7

Stainless steel

AISI 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel

AISI 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

Grade 5

Stainless steel

AISI 316

* Note: Item 15 not shown - Screwed, butt weld and socket weld versions only

TI-P133-08 ST Issue 13

M10V Ball Valve DN¼" to 2½"

Page 2 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Dimensions (approximate) in mm

Reduced bore Size A ¼" 63 " 63 ½" 63 ¾" 68 1" 86 1¼" 97 1½" 106 2" 124 2½" 152

A1 60 63 51 59 84 93 102 118 152

A2 108 117 127 140 165 178 191

A3 130 150 160 180 200 230 -

A4 140 152 165 178 190 216 241

B 120 120 120 120 157 157 180 180 245

B1 120 120 157 157 180 180 -

C 61 61 61 63 91 95 109 115 132

C1 87 89 91 95 109 115 132

D 22 22 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

D1 89 98 108 118 127 152 -

D2 95 105 115 140 150 165 -

D3 95 117 124 133 156 165 190

E 11 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

Full bore Size A ¼" 63 " 63 ½" 68 ¾" 86 1" 97 1¼" 106 1½" 124 2" 152

A1 60 63 68 86 97 106 124 152

A2 -

A3 130 150 160 180 200 230

A4 140 152 165 178 190 216

B 120 120 120 157 157 180 180 245

B1 120 157 157 180 180 245

C 61 61 63 91 95 109 115 132

C1 89 91 95 109 115 132

D 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

D1 -

D2 95 105 115 140 150 165

D3 95 117 124 133 156 165

E 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

Weights (approximate) in kg Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½"

Scrd / BW / SW 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.70 1.27 1.77 2.50 3.50 6.90

Reduced bore PN40 ASME 150 2.2 1.65 2.9 2.20 3.9 3.38 5.4 4.44 6.5 5.84 8.8 8.99 -

ASME 300 2.2 2.9 4.5 7.0 8.36 11.2 17.5

Scrd / BW / SW 0.61 0.61 0.70 1.27 1.77 2.50 3.50 6.90 -

Full bore PN40 2.3 3.5 4.4 6.2 7.5 12.2 -

ASME 300 2.5 4.2 5.1 7.5 10.0 13.4 -

B, B1

C, C1

D1, D2, D3

ØE D A, A1 A2, A3, A4

TI-P133-08 ST Issue 13

A A1 A2 A3 A4 B B1 C C1

: : : : : : : : :

D D1 D2 D3

: : : :

Screwed and Butt weld Socket weld Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Flanged ASME 300 Screwed, Butt weld and Socket weld Flanged ASME 150, PN40 Screwed, Butt weld and Socket weld Flanged ASME 150, Flanged PN40 Screwed, Butt weld and Socket weld Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Flanged ASME 300

M10V Ball Valve DN¼" to 2½"

Page 3 of 4

7.4.4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Kv values

Size Reduced bore Full bore For conversion:

¼" 2.5 2.5

" 6.8 6.8

½" 6 17

¾" 10 36

1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 27 49 70 103 168 58 89 153 205 -

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m)

Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 2 2 2 3.5 13 21 30 40 45 Full bore 2 2 3.5 13 21 30 40 45 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 62 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

6

7.4.5

5

TI-P133-08 ST Issue 13

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10V2FB ball valve. Optional extras: - Self-venting ball. - Extended stems 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. - Lockable handle. - Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Seat and stem seal set

5, 6

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat and stem seal set for a ½" M10V2FB ball valve.

5

6

M10V Ball Valve DN¼" to 2½"

Page 4 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P133-06 ST Issue 18

M10S Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Description

The M10S three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions only). It can be used with the majority of industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. Available types M10S2_ _

Zinc plated carbon steel body, PDR 0.8 seats.

M10S3_ _

Stainless steel body, PDR 0.8 seats.

M10S4_ _

Complete stainless steel, PDR 0.8 seats.

Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23 / EC and carries mark when so required. the Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Technical data Flow characteristic

Modified linear

Port

Full and reduced port versions

Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device

Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Sizes and pipe connections Full bore

Flanged DN15 to DN50 ASME Class 150, ASME Class 300, and EN 1092 PN40.

Reduced bore

Flanged DN15 to DN65 ASME Class 150, ASME Class 300, and EN 1092 PN40.

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed and welded BSP, BSPT, API / NPT, BW, SW

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" Screwed and welded BSP, BSPT, API / NPT, BW, SW

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

  

A

Note 1: On the 2" FB and 2½" RB a PTFE gasket is fitted between the body and cap.

D

Note 2: The flange standard may restrict the maximum operating pressure. Please check with Spirax Sarco.

Steam saturation curve

   

E

F 



E D C   Pressure bar g



B 

Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature The product must not be used in this region. A - B Screwed, SW and BW ¼" - 1½" FB, RB and 2" RB. A - C Screwed, SW and BW 2" FB and 2½" RB only. A - D Flanged ASME (ANSI) 300.

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature

PN100 100 bar g @ 60 °C 260 °C @ 0 bar g -29 °C 17.5 bar g 260 °C @ 0 bar g -29 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

A - E Flanged EN 1092 PN40.

PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO

A-F

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g

Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150.

Page 1 of 4

7.4.6

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve 14

12

4 11 10

13

7

Please note: Screwed, butt weld and socket weld M10V ball valves have bolts and nuts. Flanged M10V ball valves have studs and nuts.

9 8 6 5 3

16

1 17

2

Materials No.

7.4.7

Part

Material M10S2

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

1

Body

M10S3 M10S4

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

M10S2

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

2

Cap

M10S3 M10S4

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

3

Ball

Stainless steel

AISI 316

4

Stem

Stainless steel

AISI 316

5

Seat

Carbon/graphite reinforced PTFE

PDR 0.8

6

Stem seal

Reinforced PTFE antistatic

7

Separator

8

Spring washers

9

Nut

10 11

M10S2 M10S3

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

M10S4

Stainless steel

AISI 316

Stainless steel

AISI 301

M10S2 M10S3

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L14

M10S4

Stainless steel

AISI 304

Name-plate (DN) Stem nut

Stainless steel

AISI 430

M10S2 M10S3

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L14

M10S4

Stainless steel

AISI 304

M10S2 M10S3

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

M10S4

12

Lever

Stainless steel

AISI 316

13

Name-plate

Stainless steel

AISI 430

14

Grip

Vinyl

* 15

Bolts

16

17

Nuts

Studs

M10S2 M10S3

Zinc plated carbon steel

A 193 B7

M10S4

Stainless steel

AISI 304

M10S2 M10S3

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

M10S4

Stainless steel

AISI 304

M10S2 M10S3

Zinc plated carbon steel

Grade 5

M10S4

Stainless steel

AISI 304

* Note: Item 15 not shown - Screwed, butt weld and socket weld versions only. TI-P133-06 ST Issue 18

Page 2 of 4

M10S Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Dimensions (approximate) in mm Reduced bore Size

A

A1

A2

A3

A4

B

B1

C

C1

D

D1

D2

D3

E

¼"

63

60

-

-

-

120

-

61

-

24

-

-

-

11

"

63

63

-

-

-

120

-

61

-

24

-

-

-

11

½"

63

51

108

130

140

120

120

61

87

24

89

95

95

11

¾"

68

59

117

150

152

120

120

63

89

26

98

105

117

14

1"

86

84

127

160

165

157

157

91

91

31

108

115

124

21

1¼"

97

93

140

180

178

157

157

95

95

37

118

140

133

25

1½"

106

102

165

200

190

180

180

109

109

41

127

150

156

31

2"

124

118

178

230

216

180

180

115

115

48

152

165

165

38

2½"

152

152

191

-

241

245

-

132

132

57

-

-

190

51

Size

A

A1

A2

A3

A4

B

B1

C

C1

D

D1

D2

D3

E

¼"

63

60

-

-

-

120

-

61

-

24

-

-

-

11

"

63

63

-

-

-

120

-

61

-

24

-

-

-

11

½"

68

68

-

130

140

120

120

63

89

26

-

95

95

14

¾"

86

86

-

150

152

157

157

91

91

31

-

105

117

21

1"

97

97

-

160

165

157

157

95

95

37

-

115

124

25

1¼"

106

106

-

180

178

180

180

109

109

41

-

140

133

31

1½"

124

124

-

200

190

180

180

115

115

48

-

150

156

38

2"

152

152

-

230

216

245

245

132

132

57

-

165

165

51

Full bore

Weights (approximate) in kg Size

Reduced bore

Full bore

Scrd / BW / SW

PN40

ASME 150

ASME 300

Scrd / BW / SW

PN40

ASME 300

¼"

0.61

-

-

-

0.61

-

-

"

0.61

-

-

-

0.61

-

-

½"

0.61

2.2

1.65

2.2

0.70

2.3

2.5

¾"

0.70

2.9

2.20

2.9

1.27

3.5

4.2

1"

1.27

3.9

3.38

4.5

1.77

4.4

5.1

1¼"

1.77

5.4

4.44

7.0

2.50

6.2

7.5

1½"

2.50

6.5

5.84

8.36

3.50

7.5

10.0

2"

3.50

8.8

8.99

11.2

6.90

12.2

13.4

2½"

6.90

-

-

17.5

-

-

-

B, B1

C, C1

D1, D2, D3

ØE D A, A1 A2, A3, A4

A

: Screwed and Butt weld

A1

: Socket weld

A2

: Flanged ASME 150

A3

: Flanged PN40

A4

: Flanged ASME 300

B

: Screwed, Butt weld and Socket weld

B1

: Flanged ASME 150, PN40

C

: Screwed, Butt weld and Socket weld

C1

: Flanged ASME 150, Flanged PN40

D

: Screwed, Butt weld and Socket weld

D1

: Flanged ASME 150

D2

: Flanged PN40

D3

: Flanged ASME 300

TI-P133-06 ST Issue 18

Page 3 of 4

M10S Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

7.4.8

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Kv values Size

¼"

"

Reduced bore

2.5

Full bore

2.5

For conversion:

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

2½"

6.8

6

10

27

49

70

103

168

6.8

17

36

58

89

153

205

-

C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963

C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m) Size

¼"

"

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

2½"

Reduced bore

2

2

2

3.5

13

21

30

40

45

Full bore

2

2

3.5

13

21

30

40

45

-

The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 62 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Welding Only the models that have connections designed for welding (SW, BW, Imperial Tube connections) should be welded. Valves with SW or BW welding connections must be disassembled before welding onto the pipeline, the ends should be welded separately and the valve should be reassembled when the ends are cool. Carbon steel valves with threaded (BSPT, BSP, NPT) or flanged connections must not be welded to avoid damages to the valve and/or injury to personnel.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10S2FB ball valve. Optional extras:

- Self-venting ball. - Extended stems 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. - Lockable handle. - Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules. Spare parts

7.4.9

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5, 6

Seat and stem seal set

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat and stem seal set for a ½" M10S2FB ball valve.

6

5

5

6

TI-P133-06 ST Issue 18

Page 4 of 4

M10S Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valve Local regulations may restrict the use ofvalves this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P133-60

ST Issue 7

M10Vi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

The M10Vi ISO three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, has a lockable handle as standard and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions only). It can be used with process fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M10Vi2_ _ ISO M10Vi3_ _ ISO M10Vi4_ _ ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel body, PTFE seats. Stainless steel body, PTFE seats. Complete stainless steel, PTFE seats.

Technical data

Flow characteristic Modified linear Port Full and reduced bore versions Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Description

 

A



Steam saturation curve

   

B 

Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore).



Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required.

The product must not be used in this region.

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections Full bore

Flanged DN15 to DN50 Screwed and welded ASME Class 150, ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" ASME Class 300, BSP, BSPT, API / NPT, BW, SW and EN 1092 PN40. Flanged Reduced bore DN15 to DN65 Screwed and welded ASME Class 150, ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" ASME Class 300, BSP, BSPT, API / NPT, BW, SW and EN 1092 PN40.





  Pressure bar g



C 

A - B 2" FB and 2½" RB only A - C ¼" - 1½" FB, RB and 2" RB Note:

The flange standard may restrict the maximum operating pressure. Please check with Spirax Sarco.

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

70 bar g @ 60°C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

230°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service

-29°C 10 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature 232°C @ 0 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 105 bar g Page 1 of 4

7.4.10

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve 14

12

21

18

11 4

9, 20

18

23 8 16

6, 7, 22

15 3

2

1 5 19

Materials No. Part

7.4.11

1

Body

2

Cap

3 4 5 6

Ball Stem Seat Stem seal

7

Separator

8

Spring washer

9

Nut

M10Vi2 ISO M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO M10Vi2 ISO M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO

M10Vi2 ISO M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO M10Vi2 ISO M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO

10 Name-plate (Not shown) 11 Stem nut

12 Lever 14 Grip

M10Vi2 ISO M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO M10Vi2 ISO M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO

Material Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Stainless steel Stainless steel Virgin PTFE Reinforced PTFE antistatic

AISI 316 AISI 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 316 AISI 301

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 304 AISI 430

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel

AISI 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Vinyl orange

AISI 316

M10Vi2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO Stainless steel M10Vi2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel Nuts M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO Stainless steel Studs M10Vi4 ISO Stainless steel Note: Item 17 can not be shown as it is only applicable to welded versions M10Vi2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel Stop screw M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO Stainless steel Body / cap gasket - 'O' ring EPDM geothermal Nut locker Stainless steel M10Vi2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel Lockable handle M10Vi3 ISO M10Vi4 ISO Stainless steel Stem seal Stainless steel Lock-plate Stainless steel

15 Bolts

16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23

TI-P133-60 ST Issue 7

M10Vi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Grade 5 AISI 304 SAE 1010 AISI 304 AISI 31 SAE 12L 14 AISI 304 AISI 316 SAE 1010 AISI 316 AISI 304L Page 2 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Dimensions (approximate) in mm Reduced bore

Size

A

A1

A2

A3

A4

B

B1

C

C1

D

D1

D2

D3

E

¼"

66

63

-

-

-

162

-

93

-

24

-

-

-

11

"

66

63

-

-

-

162

-

93

-

24

-

-

-

11

½"

66

66

108

130

140

162

145

93

81

24

89

95

95

11

¾"

72

60

117

150

152

162

145

95

84

26

98

105

117

14

1"

87

84

127

160

165

162

162

106

100

31

108

115

124

21

1¼"

104

94

140

180

178

162

162

106

104

37

118

140

133

25

1½"

110

102

165

200

190

186

185

116

112

41

127

150

155

31

2"

125

118

178

230

216

186

185

123

120

48

152

165

165

38

2½"

153

152

-

-

241

251

-

142

-

57

-

-

190

51

Full bore Size

A

A1

A2

A3

A4

B

B1

C

C1

D

D1

D2

D3

E

¼"

66

63

-

-

-

162

-

93

-

24

-

-

-

11

"

66

63

-

-

-

162

-

93

-

24

-

-

-

11

½"

72

64

117.4

130

140

162

145

95

84

26

89

95

95

14

¾"

87

84

136.4

150

152

162

162

101

100

31

98

105

117

21

1"

104

98

155.0

160

165

162

162

106

104

37

108

115

124

25

1¼"

110

106

163.6

180

178

186

185

116

112

41

118

140

133

31

1½"

125

124

183.2

200

190

186

185

123

120

48

127

150

155

38

2"

153

152

215.2

230

216

251

250

142

140

57

152

165

165

51

B, B1

C, C1 D1, D2, D3

A: A1 : A2 : A3 : A4 :

Scrd and BW SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Flanged ASME 300

7.4.12

B : Scrd, BW, SW B1 : Flanged ASME 150, PN40 C : Scrd, BW, SW C1 : Flanged ASME 150, PN40

ØE D A, A1 A2, A3 , A4

D: D1 : D2 : D3 :

Scrd, BW, SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Flanged ASME 300

E:

All versions

Weights (approximate) in kg Size

Reduced bore

Full bore

Scrd / BW / SW

PN40

ASME 150

ASME 300

Scrd / BW / SW

PN40

ASME 150

¼"

0.65

-

-

-

0.65

-

-

-

"

0.65

-

-

-

0.72

-

-

-

½"

0.72

2.30

1.77

1.70

0.95

2.60

1.87

2.40

¾"

0.95

3.20

2.35

2.28

1.60

3.80

2.73

3.79

1"

1.60

4.20

3.47

2.91

2.05

4.70

3.55

5.01

1¼"

2.05

5.70

4.47

4.15

2.75

6.40

4.76

6.50

1½"

2.75

6.80

5.96

5.88

4.25

8.30

5.82

9.22

2"

4.25

9.50

9.16

8.12

7.50

12.80

11.91

13.99

2½"

7.50

-

-

15.85

-

-

-

-

TI-P133-60 ST Issue 7

M10Vi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

ASME 300

Page 3 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Kv values

Size Reduced bore Full bore For conversion:

How to order example: ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 2.5 6.8 6 10 27 49 70 103 168 2.5 6.8 17 36 58 89 153 205 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m)

Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 3.25 3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20 50 60 75 Full bore 3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20 50 60 75 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 40 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10Vi2FB ISO ball valve. Optional extras: - Self-venting ball. - Extended stems 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. - Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Seat, seals and body gasket set

5, 6, 19, 22

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals and body gasket set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10Vi2FB ISO ball valve.

7.4.13 22 6

6

19

TI-P133-60 ST Issue 7

5

M10Vi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

5

19

Page 4 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valve Local regulations may restrict the use ofvalves this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P133-58

ST Issue 6

M10Si ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

The M10Si ISO three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, has a lockable handle as standard and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions only). It can be used for steam and other industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M10Si2_ _ ISO M10Si3_ _ ISO M10Si4_ _ ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel body, PDR 0.8 seats. Stainless steel body, PDR 0.8 seats. Complete stainless steel, PDR 0.8 seats.

Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Flanged DN15 to DN50 Screwed and welded ASME Class 150, ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" ASME Class 300, BSP, BSPT, API / NPT, BW, SW and EN 1092 PN40. Flanged Reduced bore DN15 to DN65 Screwed and welded ASME Class 150, ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" ASME Class 300, BSP, BSPT, API / NPT, BW, SW and EN 1092 PN40.

Full bore

Technical data

Flow characteristic Modified linear Port Full and reduced bore versions Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Pressure / temperature limits  Temperature °C

Description

A

 

Steam saturation curve

   





B   Pressure bar g



C 

The product must not be used in this region. A - B 2" FB and 2½" RB only A - C ¼" - 1½" FB, RB and 2" RB Note:

The flange standard may restrict the maximum operating pressure. Please check with Spirax Sarco.

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service

100 bar g @ 60°C 260°C @ 0 bar g -29°C 17.5 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g Page 1 of 4

7.4.14

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve 14

12

21

18

11 4

9, 20

18

23 8 16

6, 7, 22

15 3

2

1 5 19

Materials No. Part

7.4.15

1

Body

2

Cap

3 4 5 6

Ball Stem Seat Stem seal

7

Separator

8

Spring washer

9

Nut

M10Si2 ISO M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO M10Si2 ISO M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO

M10Si2 ISO M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO M10Si2 ISO M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO

10 Name-plate (Not shown) 11 Stem nut

12 Lever 14 Grip

M10Si2 ISO M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO M10Si2 ISO M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO

Material Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Stainless steel Stainless steel Carbon / graphite reinforced PTFE Reinforced PTFE antistatic

AISI 316 AISI 316 PDR 0.8

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 316 AISI 301

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 304 AISI 430

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel

AISI 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Vinyl

AISI 316

M10Si2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO Stainless steel M10Si2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel Nuts M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO Stainless steel Studs M10Si4 ISO Stainless steel Note: Item 17 can not be shown as it is only applicable to welded versions M10Si2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel Stop screw M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO Stainless steel Body / cap gasket - 'O' ring EPDM geothermal Nut locker Stainless steel M10Si2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel Lockable handle M10Si3 ISO M10Si4 ISO Stainless steel Stem seal Stainless steel Lock-plate Stainless steel

15 Bolts

16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23

TI-P133-58 ST Issue 6

M10Si ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Grade 5 AISI 304 SAE 1010 AISI 304 AISI 316 SAE 12L 14 AISI 304 AISI 316 SAE 1010 AISI 316 AISI 304L

Page 2 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Dimensions (approximate) in mm Reduced bore

Size

A

A1

A2

A3

A4

B

B1

C

C1

D

D1

D2

D3

E

¼"

66

63

-

-

-

162

-

93

-

24

-

-

-

11

"

66

63

-

-

-

162

-

93

-

24

-

-

-

11

½"

66

66

108

130

140

162

145

93

81

24

89

95

95

11

¾"

72

60

117

150

152

162

145

95

84

26

98

105

117

14

1"

87

84

127

160

165

162

162

106

100

31

108

115

124

21

1¼"

104

94

140

180

178

162

162

106

104

37

118

140

133

25

1½"

110

102

165

200

190

186

185

116

112

41

127

150

155

31

2"

125

118

178

230

216

186

185

123

120

48

152

165

165

38

2½"

153

152

-

-

241

251

-

142

-

57

-

-

190

51

Full bore Size

A

A1

A2

A3

A4

B

B1

C

C1

D

D1

D2

D3

E

¼"

66

63

-

-

-

162

-

93

-

24

-

-

-

11

"

66

63

-

-

-

162

-

93

-

24

-

-

-

11

½"

72

64

-

130

140

162

145

95

84

26

-

95

95

14

¾"

87

84

-

150

152

162

162

101

100

31

-

105

117

21

1"

104

98

-

160

165

162

162

106

104

37

-

115

124

25

1¼"

110

106

-

180

178

186

185

116

112

41

-

140

133

31

1½"

125

124

-

200

190

186

185

123

120

48

-

150

155

38

2"

153

152

-

230

216

251

250

142

140

57

-

165

165

51

B, B1

A: A1 : A2 : A3 : A4 :

C, C1 D1, D2, D3

Scrd and BW SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Flanged ASME 300

B : Scrd, BW, SW B1 : Flanged ASME 150, PN40 C : Scrd, BW, SW C1 : Flanged ASME 150, PN40

ØE D A, A1 A2, A3 , A4

D: D1 : D2 : D3 :

Scrd, BW, SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Flanged ASME 300

E:

All versions

Weights (approximate) in kg Size

Reduced bore

Full bore

Scrd / BW / SW

PN40

ASME 150

ASME 300

Scrd / BW / SW

PN40

ASME 150

¼"

0.65

-

-

-

0.65

-

-

-

"

0.65

-

-

-

0.72

-

-

-

½"

0.72

2.30

1.77

1.70

0.95

2.60

1.87

2.40

¾"

0.95

3.20

2.35

2.28

1.60

3.80

2.73

3.79

1"

1.60

4.20

3.47

2.91

2.05

4.70

3.55

5.01

1¼"

2.05

5.70

4.47

4.15

2.75

6.40

4.76

6.50

1½"

2.75

6.80

5.96

5.88

4.25

8.30

5.82

9.22

2"

4.25

9.50

9.16

8.12

7.50

12.80

11.91

13.99

2½"

7.50

-

-

15.85

-

-

-

-

TI-P133-58 ST Issue 6

M10Si ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

ASME 300

Page 3 of 4

7.4.16

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Kv values

Size Reduced bore Full bore For conversion:

How to order example: ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 2.5 6.8 6 10 27 49 70 103 168 2.5 6.8 17 36 58 89 153 205 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m)

Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 3.25 3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20 50 60 75 Full bore 3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20 50 60 75 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 40 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10Si2FB ISO ball valve. Optional extras: - Self-venting ball. - Extended stems 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. - Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Seat, seals and body gasket set

5, 6, 19, 22

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals and body gasket set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10Si2FB ISO ball valve.

7.4.17 22 6

6

19

TI-P133-58 ST Issue 6

5

M10Si ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

5

19

Page 4 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valve Local regulations may restrict the use ofvalves this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P133-59

ST Issue 5

M10Si ISO Automation Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", (2½" only available with reduced bore) screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW full bore and reduced bore. DN15 to DN50 (DN65 only available with reduced bore) flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 150 and ASME 300 full bore and reduced bore.

The M10Si ISO Automation three-piece body ball valve has ISO mounting as standard. It is designed for use as an automated isolating valve, not a control valve, on applications that use steam and other industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. The M10Si ISO Automation ball valve is specifically designed for pneumatic or electric actuation and not manual operation and can be serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions only). ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M10Si2_ _ ISO Automation

Zinc plated carbon steel body, PDR 0.8 seats.

M10Si3_ _ ISO Automation

Stainless steel body, PDR 0.8 seats.

M10Si4_ _ ISO Automation

Complete stainless steel, PDR 0.8 seats.

Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Options

• Self-venting ball. • Extended stems 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. • Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules.

Technical data Flow characteristic Port

Modified linear Full and reduced bore versions

Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device

Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Pressure / temperature limits  Temperature °C

Description

A

 

Steam saturation curve

   





B   Pressure bar g



C 

The product must not be used in this region. A - B 2" FB and 2½" RB only A - C ¼" - 1½" FB, RB and 2" RB Note:

The flange standard may restrict the maximum operating pressure. Please check with Spirax Sarco.

Body design conditions PN100 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 100 bar g @ 60°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 17.5 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 150 bar g Page 1 of 3

7.4.18

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

4 11 20 9

8

16

6, 7, 22

15 2

3 1 5 19

Materials No. Part

1 Body

7.4.19

2

Cap

3 Ball 4 Stem 5 Seat 6 Stem seal 7

Separator

8 Belleville washer 9

Nut

M10Si2 ISO Automation M10Si3 ISO Automation M10Si4 ISO Automation M10Si2 ISO Automation M10Si3 ISO Automation M10Si4 ISO Automation M10Si2 ISO Automation M10Si3 ISO Automation M10Si4 ISO Automation M10Si2 ISO Automation M10Si3 ISO Automation M10Si4 ISO Automation

10 Name-plate - DN (Not shown) 11 Stem nut 13 Name-plate (Not shown)

M10Si2 ISO Automation M10Si3 ISO Automation M10Si4 ISO Automation

Material Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Stainless steel Stainless steel Carbon / graphite reinforced PTFE Reinforced PTFE antistatic

AISI 316 AISI 316 PDR 0.8

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 316 AISI 301

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 304 AISI 430

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 304 AISI 430

M10Si2 ISO Automation Zinc plated carbon steel M10Si3 ISO Automation M10Si4 ISO Automation Stainless steel M10Si2 ISO Automation Zinc plated carbon steel Nuts M10Si3 ISO Automation M10Si4 ISO Automation Stainless steel Studs M10Si4 ISO Automation Stainless steel Note: Item 17 can not be shown as it is only applicable to welded versions Body / cap gasket - 'O' ring EPDM geothermal Nut locker Stainless steel Stem seal PEEK

15 Bolts

16 17 19 20 22

TI-P133-59 ST Issue 5

M10Si ISO Automation Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Grade 5 AISI 304 SAE 1010 AISI 304 AISI 316

AIS 316

Page 2 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Dimensions (approximate) in mm Reduced bore Size A A1 A2 A3 D ¼" 56 52 22 " 56 52 - - 22 ½" 63 52 108 130 24 ¾" 68 60 117 150 26 1" 86 84 127 160 31 1¼" 99 94 140 180 37 1½" 108 102 165 200 41 2" 124 118 178 230 48 2½" 152 152 57 Full bore Size A ¼" 56 " 63 ½" 68 ¾" 86 1" 99 1¼" 108 1½" 124 2" 152

A1 58 60 64 84 98 106 124 152

A2 - -

A3 - 130 150 160 180 200 230

D 22 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

Kv values D1 - 89 98 108 118 127 152 -

D2 - 95 105 115 140 150 165 -

E 8 8 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

D1 - -

D2 - 95 105 115 140 150 165

E 8 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

Weights (approximate) in kg Size

¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½"

Reduced bore Full bore Scrd /BW/SW PN40 ASME 150 Scrd /BW/SW PN40 0.65 0.65 0.65 - - 0.72 0.72 2.30 1.77 0.95 2.60 0.95 3.20 2.35 1.60 3.80 1.60 4.20 3.47 2.05 4.70 2.05 5.70 4.47 2.75 6.40 2.75 6.80 5.96 4.25 8.30 4.25 9.50 9.16 7.50 12.80 7.50 -

D1, D2

Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 2.5 6.8 6 10 27 49 70 103 168 Full bore 2.5 6.8 17 36 58 89 153 205 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m)

Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 3.25 3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20 50 60 75 Full bore

3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20

50

60

75

-

The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 40 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10Si2FB ISO Automation ball valve.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spare Seat, seals and body gasket set 5, 6, 19, 22 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spare' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals and body gasket set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10Si2FB ISO Automation ball valve.

7.4.20

ØE

22 D

6

6

A, A1

A2, A3

A A1 A2 A3

: Scrd and BW : SW : Flanged ASME 150 : Flanged PN40

D : Scrd, BW, SW D1 : Flanged ASME 150 D2 : Flanged PN40 E : All versions

TI-P133-59 ST Issue 5

19

5

M10Si ISO Automation Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

5

19 Page 3 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valve Local regulations may restrict the use ofvalves this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P133-51

ST Issue 6

M10P Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Description

The M10P three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline. It can be used on applications that use steam and other industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. Available types M10P2_ _ Zinc plated carbon steel body and caps, PDR 0.8 seats. M10P3_ _ Stainless steel body and caps, PDR 0.8 seats. Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Options • • • • •

11 10

2

14 12 9 8 7 6 1 5 3 17 13 16 15

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", (2½" only available with reduced bore). Screwed BSP, BSPT, API/NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore.

Technical data Flow characteristic Port

Modified linear Full and reduced port versions

Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device (optional) complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Pressure / temperature limits

Materials No. Part

 Temperature °C

7.4.21

Self-venting ball. Extended stems 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. Lockable handle. Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules. Can be automated.

4

 

Steam saturation curve

   







  Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. PMA Maximum allowable pressure 140 bar g @ 32°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 17.5 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 210 bar g

M10P2 M10P3 M10P2 M10P3

1

Body

2

Cap

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Ball Stem Seat Stem seal Separator Belleville washer Nut Name-plate (DN) Stem nut Lever Name-plate Grip Bolts Nuts Cap gasket

Material Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105 Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105 Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L Stainless steel AISI 316 Stainless steel AISI 316 Carbon /graphite reinforced PTFE Reinforced PTFE antistatic Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010 Stainless steel AISI 301 Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010 Stainless steel AISI 430 Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010 Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010 Stainless steel AISI 430 Vinyl (black) Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5 Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5 Viton 'O' ring

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Kv values

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Reduced bore Size A ¼" 63 " 63 ½" 63 ¾" 68 1" 86 1¼" 99 1½" 108 2" 124 2½" 152

A1 52 52 52 60 84 94 102 118 152

B 120 120 120 120 157 157 180 180 245

C 61 61 61 63 91 195 109 115 132

D 24 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

E 11 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

Weight 0.52 0.52 0.61 0.70 1.27 1.77 2.50 3.50 6.90

Size Reduced bore Full bore

¼" 2.5 2.5

" 6.8 6.8

½" 6 17

¾" 10 36

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 27 49 70 103 168 58 89 153 205 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m)

Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 2 2 2 3.5 13 21 30 40 45 Full bore 2 2 3.5 13 21 30 40 45 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 140 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

B

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. C

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10P2FB ball valve.

Spare parts

ØE

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

D

Available spares Seat and stem seal set

A1: SW A: Scrd and BW Full bore Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

A 63 63 68 86 99 108 124 152

A1 60 60 64 84 98 106 124 152

B 120 120 120 157 157 180 180 245

C 61 61 63 91 95 109 115 132

D 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

5

E 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

17

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat and stem seal set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10P2FB ball valve.

Weight 0.52 0.61 0.70 1.27 1.77 2.50 3.50 6.90

7.4.22

6 6

TI-P133-51 ST Issue 6

5, 6, 17

M10P Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

17

5

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 1 of 3 TI-P133-69

ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

M10Pi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Description

7.4.23

The M10Pi ISO three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, has a lockable handle as standard and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions only). It can be used with process fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M10Pi2 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel body and caps.

M10Pi3 ISO Stainless steel body and caps. Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Options • Self-venting ball. • Extended stem 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. • Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules.

Technical data Flow characteristic Modified linear Port Full and reduced bore versions Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Sizes and pipe connections Full bore ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW

Reduced bore ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW

Pressure / temperature limits  Temperature °C

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

 

Steam saturation curve

   







  Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. PMA Maximum allowable pressure 140 bar g @ 32°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 17.5 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 0 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 210 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 2 of 3 14

12

20

17

11 4

9, 19

17

22 8 16

6, 7, 21

15 3

2

1 5 18

Materials No. Part

Material M10Pi2 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

M10Pi3 ISO

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

M10Pi2 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

M10Pi3 ISO

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Ball

Stainless steel

AISI 316

4

Stem

Stainless steel

AISI 316

5

Seat

Reinforced PTFE

6

Stem seal

Reinforced PTFE antistatic

7

Separator

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

8

Belleville washer

Stainless steel

AISI 301

9

Lower stem nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

10 Name-plate - DN (Not shown)

Stainless steel

AISI 430

11 Upper stem nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

12 Lever

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

13 Name-plate (Not shown)

Stainless steel

AISI 430

14 Grip

Vinyl black

15 Studs

Zinc plated carbon steel

B7

16 Nuts

Zinc plated carbon steel

2H

17 Stop screw

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L 14

18 Body / cap 'O' ring

Geothermal

19 Nut locker

Stainless steel

AISI 304

20 Lockable handle

Stainless steel

AISI 304L

21 Stem seal

Stainless steel

AISI 316

22 Lock-plate

Stainless steel

AISI 304L

1

Body

2

Cap

3

M10Pi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

TI-P133-69 ST Issue 2

7.4.24

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 3 of 3 Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Reduced bore Size A ¼" 66 " 66 ½" 66 ¾" 72 1" 87 1¼" 104 1½" 111 2" 125 2½" 153

A1 66 66 66 72 87 104 111 119 153

B 162 162 162 162 162 162 186 186 251

C 93 93 93 95 101 106 118 123 140

D 24 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

E 11 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 50

Kv values

Weight 0.86 0.84 0.81 1.02 1.56 2.35 3.08 4.41 8.17

B

Size Reduced bore Full bore For conversion

¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 5 6.8 6 10 27 49 70 103 168 5 6.8 17 36 58 89 153 205 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m) Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 14 21 50 60 75 Full bore 3.5 3.5 6 14 21 50 60 75 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 140 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque. Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10Pi2FB ISO ball valve. C

ØE D A1: SW A: Scrd and BW

7.4.25

Full bore Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

A 66 66 72 87 104 111 125 153

A1 66 66 72 87 104 111 125 153

B 162 162 162 162 162 186 186 251

C 93 93 95 101 106 118 123 140

D 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

E 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 50

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spare Seat, seals and body gasket set 5, 6, 18, 21 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spare' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals and body gasket set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10Pi2FB ISO ball valve.

Weight 0.86 0.84 1.02 1.56 2.35 3.08 4.41 9.05

21 6

6

18

5

M10Pi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

5

18

TI-P133-69 ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 1 of 3 TI-P133-68

ST Issue 2

ISO 9001

M10Ti ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Description

The M10Ti ISO three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, has a lockable handle as standard and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions only). It has been specially designed for applications that cannot use Teflon, for example the tobacco industry. The seat and seals are of UHMWPE (Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene). ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M10Ti2 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel body and caps.

M10Ti3 ISO

Stainless steel body and caps.

M10Ti4 ISO Complete stainless steel construction. Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Options

• Self-venting ball. • Extended stem 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation.

Technical data Flow characteristic Modified linear Port Full and reduced bore versions Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device (optional) Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Sizes and pipe connections Flanged DN15 to DN50 ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" ASME (ANSI) Class 150, Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW ASME (ANSI) Class 300 and EN 1092 PN40 Flanged Reduced bore DN15 to DN65 ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" ASME (ANSI) Class 150, Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW ASME (ANSI) Class 300 and EN 1092 PN40.

Full bore

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

A

B

D

C

E

Pressure bar g A-D-E: ¼" to 1½" FB and RB, and 2" RB A-B-C: 2" FB and 2½" RB PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

70 bar g @ 70°C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

70°C @ 70 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure TMO

Maximum operating temperature

-29°C 70 bar g 70°C @ 70 bar g

Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure

70 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 105 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

7.4.26

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 2 of 3 13

12

20

17

11 4

9, 19

17

22

8 15

6, 7, 21

14

3

2

1 5 18

Materials No. Part

7.4.27

1

Body

2

Cap

3 4 5 6

Ball Stem Seat Stem seal

7

Separator

8

Belleville washer

9

Lower stem nut

M10Ti2 ISO M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO M10Ti2 ISO M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO

M10Ti2 ISO M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO M10Ti2 ISO M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO

10 Name-plate - DN (Not shown) 11 Upper stem nut

12 Lever 13 Grip

M10Ti2 ISO M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO M10Ti2 ISO M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO

Material Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Stainless steel Stainless steel UHMWPE UHMWPE

AISI 316 AISI 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 316 AISI 301

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AISI 304 AISI 430

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel

AISI 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Vinyl light blue

AISI 316

M10Ti2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO Stainless steel M10Ti2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel Nuts M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO Stainless steel Studs M10Ti4 ISO Stainless steel Note: Item 16 can not be shown as it is only applicable to welded versions M10Ti2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel Stop screw M10Ti3 ISO M10Ti4 ISO Stainless steel Body / cap 'O' ring Geothermal Nut locker Stainless steel Lockable handle Stainless steel Stem seal Stainless steel Lock-plate Stainless steel

14 Bolts

15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22

M10Ti ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Grade 5 AISI 304 SAE 1010 AISI 304 AISI 316

SAE 12L 14 AISI 304 AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

TI-P133-68 ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 3 of 3 Kv values

Dimensions (approximate) in mm Reduced bore Size A A1 A2

A3

B2

-

-

11 11

Full bore

93 95

93 95

24 26

89 95 98 105

11 14

Operating torque (N m)

21

1¼" 104 104 140 180 162 162 106 106 1½" 111 111 165 200 186 186 118 118

37 118 140 41 127 150

25 31

2"

48 152 165

38

57

-

-

50

125 119 178 230 186 186 123 123

A3

251 251 140 140

Full bore A2

66 66

-

½" ¾"

72 87

72 87

-

1"

B2

B3

C2

C3

D

D1

D2

E

-

93 93

-

24 24

-

-

11 11

130 162 162 95 95 150 162 162 101 101

26 31

-

95 105

14 21

- 162 - 162

104 104

-

160 162 162 106 106

37

-

115

25

1¼" 111 111 1½" 125 125

-

180 186 186 118 118 200 186 186 123 123

41 48

-

140 150

31 38

2"

-

230 251 251 140 140

57

-

165

50

153 153

Weights (approximate) in kg Size ¼" " ½"

58

24 24

31 108 115

A1

36

-

87 127 160 162 162 101 101

A

17

93 93

87

66 66

6.8

-

1"

¼" "

5

E

66 108 130 162 162 72 117 150 162 162

Size

1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 27 49 70 103 168

D2

66 72

-

¾" 10

D1

½" ¾"

-

½" 6

D

66 66

2½" 153 153

" 6.8

C3

66 66

- 162 - 162

¼" 5

C2

¼" "

-

Size Reduced bore

B3

Reduced bore Full bore Scrd /BW/SW PN40 ASME 150 Scrd /BW/SW PN40 0.86 0.86 0.84 0.84 0.81 2.35 1.70 1.02 2.59

¾" 1" 1¼"

1.02 1.56 2.35

3.20 4.30 6.40

2.25 2.92 4.15

1.56 2.35 3.08

3.76 5.02 6.92

1½" 2"

3.08 4.41

7.20 10.72

6.40 8.35

4.41 9.05

9.09 13.96

2½"

8.17

-

-

-

-

For conversion

89

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

153 205

-

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Size ¼" Reduced bore 3.25 3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20 50 60 75 Full bore

3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25

20

50

60

75

-

The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 40 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10Ti2FB ISO ball valve.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spare Seat, seals and body gasket set

5, 6, 18, 21

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spare' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals and body gasket set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10Ti2FB ISO ball valve.

7.4.28

B2, B3

C2, C3

D1, D2

21

ØE D

6

6

A, A1 A2, A3 A: A1: A2: A3: B2: B3: C2: C3: D: D1: D2: E:

Scrd and BW SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged PN40 and ASME 150 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged PN40 and ASME 150 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 All versions

18

5

M10Ti ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

5

18

TI-P133-68 ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 1 of 3 TI-P133-07

ST Issue 9

M10F Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The M10F three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve. It is antistatic and firesafe as standard and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline. The M10F can be used on applications that use steam and other industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. Firesafe design In normal working conditions, the ball rests against R-PTFE seals ensuring total closure. Note: R-PTFE is PTFE reinforced with carbon and graphite. When the valve is submitted to temperature above the limits R-PTFE can withstand, the seat becomes deformed and renders the R-PTFE to extrusion. When the R-PTFE has been totally destroyed, the ball will come to rest firmly against the metal seat in the cap, producing a metal-metal closing. This secondary seat in the valve cap, that has been machined with the same radius as the ball, ensures the valve will operate to international API Spec 6FA standard, and BS 6755 part 2 standards. Available types M10F2RB Zinc plated carbon steel body, reduced bore. M10F2FB Zinc plated carbon steel body, full bore. Note: Stainless steel versions are available on request.

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Pressure / temperature limits

Options • Self-venting ball.

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", (2½" M10F2RB only). Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW full bore and reduced bore. Note: Flanged connections ANSI class 150, ANSI class 300 and EN 1092 PN40 are available on request.

Technical data Flow characteristic Port

Temperature °C

7.4.29

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required.

��� ��� ��� �� � ���

Modified linear Full and reduced bore versions

�

��

��

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

The product must not be used in this region.

Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 Firesafe Designed to BS 6755 part 2 and API Spec 6FA standards

Steam saturation curve

���

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

62 bar g @ 25°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

230°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29°C 15 bar g 230°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 93 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 2 of 3 12

13

14

11 10 8 7 6

9 16 4

5

3 17

2

1

15

2

7.4.30

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

2

Cap

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

3

Ball

Stainless steel

AISI 316

4

Stem

Stainless steel

AISI 316

5

Seat

Carbon reinforced PTFE (R-PTFE)

6

Stem seal

Antistatic R-PTFE

7

Separator

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

8

Belleville washer

Stainless steel

AISI 301

9

Nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

10

Name-plate (DN)

Stainless steel

AISI 430

11

Stem nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

12

Lever

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

13

Name-plate

Stainless steel

AISI 430

14

Grip

Vinyl

15

Bolts

Zinc plated carbon steel

16

Stem seal

Graphite

17

Body gasket

Graphite

M10F Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

ASTM A193 B7

TI-P133-07 ST Issue 9

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 3 of 3 Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Reduced bore Size A ¼" 60 3 / 8" 60 ½" 60 ¾" 66 1" 80 1¼" 96 1½" 102 2" 118 2½" 146

A1 58 58 49 56 78 91 98 112 145

B 120 120 120 120 157 157 180 180 245

C 63 63 63 66 94 99 111 117 134

D 26 26 26 29 33 37 41 48 57

E 11 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

Kv values

Weight 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.85 1.50 2.30 3.00 4.50 7.80

B

Size ¼" 3/8" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 3 6.8 6 10 27 49 70 103 168 Full bore 3 6.8 17 36 58 89 153 205 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torques (N m) Size ¼" 3/8" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 2 2 2 3.5 13 21 30 40 45 Full bore 2 2 3.5 13 21 30 40 45 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 62 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque. Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. C

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed NPT M10F2RB ball valve.

Spare parts

ØE D

A1: SW A: Screwed BW

7.4.31

Full bore Size A ¼" 60 3 / 8" 60 ½" 66 ¾" 80 1" 96 1¼" 102 1½" 118 2" 146

A1 58 58 61 78 95 102 118 145

B 120 120 120 157 157 180 180 245

C 63 63 66 94 99 111 117 134

D 26 26 29 33 37 41 48 57

E 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

Weight 0.66 0.66 0.85 1.50 2.30 3.00 4.50 9.10

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spare Body gasket, seat and stem seal set

5, 6, 16, 17

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spare' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Body gasket, seat and stem seal set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10F2FB ball valve.

6 6 16

17

5

5

M10F Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

17

TI-P133-07 ST Issue 9

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 1 of 3 TI-P133-11

ST Issue 7

M10F ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The M10F ISO three-piece body ball valve has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline. It is antistatic, firesafe and has ISO mounting as standard. The M10F can be used on applications that use steam and other industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. Firesafe design In normal working conditions, the ball rests against R-PTFE seals ensuring total closure. Note: R-PTFE is PTFE reinforced with carbon and graphite. When the valve is submitted to temperature above the limits R-PTFE can withstand, the seat becomes deformed and renders the R-PTFE to extrusion. When the R-PTFE has been totally destroyed, the ball will come to rest firmly against the metal seat in the cap, producing a metal-metal closing. This secondary seat in the valve cap ensures the valve will operate to international API Spec 6 FA and BS 6755 part 2 standards. ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be safely and easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Zinc plated carbon steel body, reduced bore. Zinc plated carbon steel body, full bore.

Note: Stainless steel versions are avaliable on request.

Options

• Self-venting ball.

Technical data Flow characteristic Port

Modified linear Full and reduced bore versions

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Available types M10F2RB ISO M10F2FB ISO

7.4.32 ��� ��� ��� �� � ���

Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 Firesafe Designed to BS 6755 Part 2 and API Spec 6FA standards

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", (2½" M10F2RB ISO only). Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore. Note: Flanged connections ANSI class 150, ANSI Class 300 and

Steam saturation curve

���

�

��

��

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. PMA Maximum allowable pressure

62 bar g @ 25°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

230°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO Maximum operating temperature

-29°C 15 bar g 230°C @ 0 bar g

Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 93 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2007

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 2 of 3 13

12

14

8

7

9

6

16

4

18

6

11 10

5

3 17

7.4.33

2

15

1

2

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

2

Cap

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

3

Ball

Stainless steel

AISI 316L

4

Stem

Stainless steel

AISI 316L

5

Seat

Carbon reinforced PTFE

6

Stem seal

Antistatic R-PTFE

7

Separator

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L14

8

Belleville washer

Stainless steel

AISI 301

9

Nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L14

10

Name-plate (DN)

Stainless steel

AISI 430

11

Stem nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L14

12

Lever

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

13

Name-plate

Stainless steel

AISI 430

14

Grip

Vinyl

15

Bolts

Zinc plated carbon steel

16

Stem seal

Graphite

17

Body gasket

Graphite

18

Stop screw

Zinc plated carbon steel

M10F ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Page 2 of 3

ASTM A193 B7

SAE 12L14

TI-P133-11 ST Issue 7

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 3 of 3 Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Kv values

Reduced bore

Size ¼" Reduced bore 3 Full bore 3

Size ¼" 3 /8" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½"

A 60 60 60 66 80 96 102 118 146

A1 58 58 49 56 78 91 98 112 145

B 130 130 130 130 162 162 185 185 250

C 66 66 66 69 100 104 112 120 140

D 26 26 26 29 33 37 41 48 57

E 11 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

Weight 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.95 1.65 2.30 3.05 4.60 7.95

B

For conversion:

/8" 6.8 6.8

3

½" 6 17

¾" 10 36

1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 27 49 70 103 58 89 153 205

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

2½" 168 -

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torques (N m) Size ¼" Reduced bore 2 Full bore 2

/8" 2 2

½" 2 3.5

3

¾" 3.5 13

1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 13 21 30 40 21 30 40 45

2½" 45 -

The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 62 bar. Valves that are subject to a long static period, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

How to order C

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed NPT M10F2RB ISO ball valve.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

ØE D

Available spares Seat, stem seal set and body gaskets

5, 6, 16, 17

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, stem seal set and body gasket set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10F2FB ISO ball valve.

A1: SW A: Scrd and BW Full bore Size ¼" 3 /8" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

A 60 60 66 80 96 102 118 146

A1 58 58 61 78 95 102 118 145

B 130 130 130 162 162 185 185 250

C 66 66 69 100 104 112 120 140

D 26 26 29 33 37 41 48 57

E 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 51

Weight 0.92 0.92 0.95 1.65 2.30 3.05 4.60 8.75

16

6

17

7.4.34

5

M10F ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Page 2 of 3

5

17

TI-P133-11 ST Issue 7

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

7.4.35

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 1 of 3 TI-P133-70

ST Issue 2

ISO 9001

M10Hi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Description

The M10Hi ISO three-piece body ball valve has a lockable handle and ISO mounting as standard and features a special ball, which has received a surface hardening. It can be used on applications that use steam and other industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. The M10Hi ISO has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline. ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel body and caps. Stainless steel body and caps. Complete stainless steel construction.

Sizes and pipe connections Flanged DN15 to DN50 ASME (ANSI) Class 150, 300 and EN 1092 PN40 Flanged Reduced bore ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" DN15 to DN65 ASME (ANSI) Class 150, Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW 300 and EN 1092 PN40.

Full bore

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW

Pressure / temperature limits ��� Temperature °C

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

��� ��� ��� ��� �� � ���

Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore) and needs to be stated when placing an order. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Options

• Self-venting ball. • Extended stem 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation.

Technical data Flow characteristic Modified linear Port Full and reduced bore versions Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A)

Steam saturation curve

�

��

��

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. The product can only be used in this region for short periods of time. Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature

PN63 62 bar g @ 215°C 310°C @ 0 bar g -29°C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum For short periods 310°C @ 0 bar g operating temperatures For continuous operation 250°C @ 39 bar g

39 bar g

Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 93 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2009

7.4.36

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 2 of 3 13

12

20

17

11 4

9, 19

17

22 8 15

6, 7, 21, 23

14 16 2

3 1 5 18

16

Materials No.

Part

1

Body

2

Cap

3 4 5 6

Ball Stem Seat Stem seal

7

Separator

8

Belleville washer

9

Lower stem nut

10

Name-plate (Not shown)

11

Upper stem nut

Material M10Hi2 ISO

7.4.37

12

Lever

13

Grip

14

Studs

15

Nuts

16

Seat ‘O’ ring

17

Stop screw

18 19 20 21 22 23

Body / cap 'O' ring Nut locker Lockable handle Stem seal Lock-plate Stem seal

M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO

M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO M10Hi2 ISO M10Hi3 ISO M10Hi4 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

Stainless steel (hardened) Stainless steel Reinforced PEEK Reinforced PTFE

AlSl 316 AlSl 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AlSl 316 AlSl 301

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AlSl 304 AlSl 430

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel

AlSl 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Vinyl yellow

AlSl 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

A193 B7

Stainless steel

AlSl 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

A194 2H

Stainless steel Geothermal

AlSl 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L 14

Stainless steel Geothermal Stainless steel Stainless steel Graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel

AlSl 304

M10Hi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Page 2 of 3

AlSl 304 AlSl 304L AlSl 304L AlSl 316

TI-P133-70 ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 3 of 3 Kv values

Dimensions (approximate) in mm Reduced bore Size A A1 ¼" 66 66 " 66 66 ½" 66 66 ¾" 72 72 1" 87 87 1¼" 104 104 1½" 111 111 2" 125 119 2½" 153 153 Full bore Size A ¼" 66 " 66 ½" 72 ¾" 87 1" 104 1¼" 111 1½" 125 2" 153

A1 66 66 72 87 104 111 125 153

A2 108 117 127 140 165 178 -

A3 130 150 160 180 200 230 -

B2 162 162 162 162 162 162 186 186 251

B3 162 162 162 162 186 186 251

C2 93 93 93 95 101 106 118 123 140

C3 93 95 101 106 118 123 140

D 24 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

D1 89 98 108 118 127 152 -

D2 95 105 115 140 150 165 -

E 11 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 50

A2 -

A3 130 150 160 180 200 230

B2 162 162 162 162 162 186 186 251

B3 162 162 162 186 186 251

C2 93 93 95 101 106 118 123 140

C3 95 101 106 118 123 140

D 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

D1 -

D2 95 105 115 140 150 165

E 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 50

Weights (approximate) in kg Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½"

Reduced bore Full bore Scrd /BW/SW PN40 ASME 150 Scrd /BW/SW PN40 0.86 0.86 0.84 0.81 1.02 1.56 2.35 3.08 4.41 8.17

2.35 3.20 4.30 6.40 7.20 10.72 -

1.70 2.25 2.92 4.15 6.40 8.35 -

0.84 1.02 1.56 2.35 3.08 4.41 9.05 -

2.59 3.76 5.02 6.92 9.09 13.96 -

Size Reduced bore Full bore For conversion

¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 5 6.8 6 10 27 49 70 103 168 5 6.8 17 36 58 89 153 205 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m) Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 10 10 10 14 24 45 55 65 80 Full bore 10 10 14 24 45 55 65 80 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 40 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10Hi2FB ISO ball valve.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Seat, seals, body / cap 'O' ring and seat 'O' ring set

5, 6, 16, 18, 21, 23

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals, body / cap 'O' ring and seat 'O' ring set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10Hi2FB ISO ball valve.

7.4.38

B2, B3

C2, C3 6 D1, D2

23

ØE D

21 23

A, A1 A2, A3 A: A1: A2: A3: B2: B3: C2: C3: D: D1: D2: E:

Scrd and BW SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged PN40 and ASME 150 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged PN40 and ASME 150 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 All versions

18 16

5

M10Hi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Page 3 of 3

5

16

18

TI-P133-70 ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

7.4.39

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valve Local regulations may restrict the use ofvalves this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P133-67

ST Issue 3

M10HTi ISO Tobacco Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

The M10HTi ISO three-piece body ball valve has a lockable handle and ISO mounting as standard and features a special ball, which has received a surface hardening. This particular ball valve has been specially designed for applications that cannot use Teflon at high temperatures, for example the tobacco industry. The M10HTi ISO has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline. ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel body and caps. Stainless steel body and caps. Complete stainless steel construction.

Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore) and needs to be stated when placing an order. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Options

• Self-venting ball. • Extended stem 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation.

Technical data

Flow characteristic Modified linear Port Full and reduced bore versions Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A)

Sizes and pipe connections

Flanged DN15 to DN50 ASME Class 150, 300 and EN 1092 PN40 Flanged Reduced bore ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" DN15 to DN65 ASME Class 150, Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW 300 and EN 1092 PN40

Full bore

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW

Pressure / temperature limits 

Temperature °C

Description

 

A Steam saturation curve

   

E 



D 

C

  Pressure bar g



B 

The product must not be used in this region. A - B Screwed, socket weld and but weld. A - C Flanged ASME 300. A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN40. A - E Flanged ASME 150. Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service

PN63 62 bar g @ 60°C 260°C @ 0 bar g -29°C 17.5 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature 260ºC @ 0 bar g bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 93 bar g Page 1 of 3

7.4.40

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve 13

12

20

1

11 4

9, 19

17

22 8 15

6, 7, 21, 23

14 3

2

1 5 18

16

Materials

7.4.41

No.

Part

1

Body

2

Cap

3 4 5 6

Ball Stem Seat Lower stem seal

7

Separator

8

Belleville washer

9

Lower stem nut

10

Name-plate (Not shown)

11

Upper stem nut

12

Lever

13

Grip

14

Studs

15

Nuts

16

Seat ‘O’ ring

17

Stop screw

18 19 20 21 22 23

Body / cap 'O' ring Nut locker Lockable handle Stem seal Lock-plate Stem seal

TI-P133-67 ST Issue 3

Material M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel Stainless steel Zinc plated carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel (hardened) Stainless steel Virgin PEEK Virgin PEEK

M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO M10HTi2 ISO M10HTi3 ISO M10HTi4 ISO

ASTM A105 ASTM A 182 F 316L ASTM A105 ASTM A 182 F 316L AlSl 316 AlSl 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AlSl 316 AlSl 301

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Stainless steel

AlSl 304 AlSl 430

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel

AlSl 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Vinyl yellow

AlSl 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

A193 B7

Stainless steel

AlSl 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

A194 2H

Stainless steel Geothermal

AlSl 304

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L 14

Stainless steel Geothermal Stainless steel Stainless steel Graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel

AlSl 304

M10HTi ISO Tobacco Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

AlSl 316

AlSl 316

Page 2 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Kv values

Dimensions (approximate) in mm

Reduced bore Size A A1 ¼" 66 66 " 66 66 ½" 66 66 ¾" 72 72 1" 87 87 1¼" 104 104 1½" 111 111 2" 125 119 2½" 153 153 Full bore Size A ¼" 66 " 66 ½" 72 ¾" 87 1" 104 1¼" 111 1½" 125 2" 153

A1 66 66 72 87 104 111 125 153

A2 108 117 127 140 165 178 -

A3 130 150 160 180 200 230 -

B2 162 162 162 162 162 162 186 186 251

B3 162 162 162 162 186 186 251

C2 93 93 93 95 101 106 118 123 140

C3 93 95 101 106 118 123 140

D 24 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

D1 89 98 108 118 127 152 -

D2 95 105 115 140 150 165 -

E 11 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 50

A2 -

A3 130 150 160 180 200 230

B2 162 162 162 162 162 186 186 251

B3 162 162 162 186 186 251

C2 93 93 95 101 106 118 123 140

C3 95 101 106 118 123 140

D 24 24 26 31 37 41 48 57

D1 -

D2 95 105 115 140 150 165

E 11 11 14 21 25 31 38 50

Weights (approximate) in kg Size

¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½"

Reduced bore Full bore Scrd / BW / SW PN40 ASME 150 Scrd / BW / SW PN40 0.86 0.86 0.84 0.84 0.81 2.35 1.70 1.02 2.59 1.02 3.20 2.25 1.56 3.76 1.56 4.30 2.92 2.35 5.02 2.35 6.40 4.15 3.08 6.92 3.08 7.20 6.40 4.41 9.09 4.41 10.72 8.35 9.05 13.96 8.17 -

Size Reduced bore Full bore For conversion

¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 5 6.8 6 10 27 49 70 103 168 5 6.8 17 36 58 89 153 205 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m)

Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" Reduced bore 3.25 3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20 50 60 75 Full bore 3.25 3.25 5.50 13.25 20 50 60 75 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 40 bar. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10HTi2FB ISO ball valve.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Seat, seals, body / cap 'O' ring and seat 'O' ring set

5, 6, 16, 18, 21, 23

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals, body / cap 'O' ring and seat 'O' ring set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10HTi2FB ISO ball valve.

7.4.42

B2, B3

C2, C3 6 D1, D2

23

ØE D

21 23

A, A1 A2, A3 A: A1: A2: A3: B2: B3: C2: C3: D: D1: D2: E:

Scrd and BW SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged PN40 and ASME 150 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged PN40 and ASME 150 Scrd, BW and SW Flanged ASME 150 Flanged PN40 All versions

TI-P133-67 ST Issue 3

18 16

5

M10HTi ISO Tobacco Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

5

16

18 Page 3 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve TI-P133-45

ST Issue 7

M10HP Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2"

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

14

The M10HP is a three piece body ball valve designed specially for manual isolation of high pressure gas service. The design includes floating ball and blow-out proof stem. Servicing can be achieved without removing the ball valve from the pipeline. As a main feature, the M10HP has a special AISI 316L ball, subjected to ionic nitriding surface hardening.

4 12 10 17

13

Available types M10HP2 _ _ M10HP3 _ _

Zinc plated carbon steel body, Acetal seats. Stainless steel body, Acetal seats.

9 8 6 7

Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required.

5 3

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

2

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2"* Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, SW and BW all available either as full bore (FB) or reduced bore (RB). * Note: The 2" is only available with reduced bore (RB).

15

Technical data Port

Full and reduced bore versions

Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Design

ANSI B 16.11, B 1.2.1, B 16.34

Pressure / temperature limits �� Temperature °C

7.4.43

1 11

16

Materials

A

No. Part

��

A- B A- C A- D

D �

��

���

C

��� ��� ��� ��� Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

¼, " and ½" RB ½" FB; ¾" and 1" RB 1" FB; 1¼", 1½" and 2" RB

PMA

¼", " and ½" RB 300 bar Maximum allowable (operating) ½" FB; ¾" and 1" RB 250 bar pressure (PMO) 1" FB; 1¼", 1½" and 2" RB 180 bar

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature TMO

Maximum operating temperature

80°C -29°C 80°C @ 210 bar g

M10HP3

Stainless steel

ASTM A105

Body

2

Cap

3

Ball

Stainless steel (Hardened)

AISI 316L

4

Stem

Stainless steel

AISI 316L

5

Seat

Acetal

6

Stem seal

Antistatic R-PTFE

7

Stem seal

PEEK

8

Separator

Zinc plated carbon steel

9

Belleville washer

Stainless steel

B ���

Zinc plated carbon steel

1 �� � ���

Material M10HP2

ASTM A 182 F 316L

M10HP2

Zinc plated carbon steel

M10HP3

Stainless steel

ASTM A105

ASTM A 182 F 316L

AISI 301

10 Nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

11 Name-plate

Stainless steel

12 Nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L 14

13

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Lever

SAE 12L 14 AISI 430

Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

14 Grip

Vinyl (Green)

15 Bolts (Allen)

Zinc plated carbon steel

Grade 12.9

PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO

16 Nuts

Zinc plated carbon steel

Grade 2H

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 1.5 x PMO

17

Viton 'O' ring

Cap gasket

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Kv values

Reduced bore

Size

½"

¾"

1"

Reduced bore

5

6.8

6

10

27

49

70

103

0.61

Full bore

5

6.8

17

36

58

89

153

-

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Size

A

A1

B

C

D

E

Weight

¼"

63

60

120

61

24

11

¼"

"

1¼" 1½"

2"

"

63

63

120

61

24

11

0.61

½"

63

52

120

61

24

11

0.61

¾"

68

60

120

63

26

14

0.70

Operating torque (N m)

1"

86

84

157

91

31

21

1.27

Size

¼"

"

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

97

94

157

95

37

25

1.77

Reduced bore

10

10

10

15

25

40

55

100

1½"

106

102

180

109

41

31

2.50

Full bore

10

10

15

25

40

55

100

-

2"

124

118

180

115

48

38

3.50

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

1¼" 1½"

2"

The indicated torque figures are for valves frequently operated, that are submiited to the maximum differential pressure. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

B

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. C

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco 1" screwed NPT M10HP3FB ball valve. ØE

Spare parts

D

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares

A1: SW A: Screwed and BW

Seat, stem seals, seat seal set and cap gaskets

Full bore Size

A

A1

B

C

D

E

Weight

¼"

63

60

120

61

24

11

0.61

"

63

63

120

61

24

11

0.61

½"

68

68

120

63

26

14

0.70

¾"

86

86

157

91

31

21

1.27

1"

97

97

157

95

37

25

1.77

1¼"

106

106

180

109

41

31

2.50

1½"

124

124

180

115

48

38

3.50

5, 6, 7, 17

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, stem seals, seat seal set and cap gaskets for a Spirax Sarco 1" M10HP3FB ball valve.

7.4.44

6

7

5

17

M10HP Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2"

17

5

TI-P133-45 ST Issue 7

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

7.4.45

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 1 of 3 TI-P133-71

ST Issue 2

ISO 9001

M10HPi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2"

Description

The M10HPi ISO three-piece body ball valve has a lockable handle and ISO mounting as standard. It features a special floating ball, which has received a surface hardening and a blow-out proof stem. This particular ball valve has been specially designed for manual isolation of applications using high-pressure gas. The M10HPi ISO has been designed for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve, and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline. ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M10HPi2 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel body and caps.

M10HPi3 ISO Stainless steel body and caps. Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore).

Sizes and pipe connections Full bore ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼" and 1½" Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW

Pressure / temperature limits

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Options

7.4.46

Reduced bore

Temperature °C

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

 

A

   

D 



C

B



      Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

A - B ¼, " and ½" RB A - C ½" FB; ¾" and 1" RB A - D 1" FB; 1¼", 1½" and 2" RB ¼", " and ½" RB 350 bar Maximum allowable (operating) ½" FB; ¾" and 1" RB 315 bar pressure (PMO) 1" FB; 1¼", 1½" and 2" RB 280 bar TMA Maximum allowable temperature 80°C Minimum allowable temperature -29°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 80°C @ 210 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 1.5 x PMO PMA

• Self-venting ball. • Extended stem 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. • Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules.

Technical data Flow characteristic Modified linear Port Full and reduced bore versions Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Antistatic device Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2010

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 2 of 3 13

12

19

16

11

4

9, 18

16

21 8 6, 7, 20, 22 14 15

3

2

1 5 17

15

Materials

7.4.47

No.

Part

1

Body

2

Cap

3

Material M10HPi2 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

M10HPi3 ISO

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F 316L

M10HPi2 ISO

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1040

M10HPi3 ISO

Stainless steel

AISI 316

Ball

Stainless steel (hardened)

AlSl 316

4

Stem

Stainless steel

AlSl 316

5

Seat

Acetal

6

Stem seal

Reinforced PEEK

7

Separator

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

8

Belleville washer

Stainless steel

AlSl 301

9

Stem nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

10

Name-plate (Not shown)

Stainless steel

AlSl 430

11

Upper stem nut

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

12

Lever

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

13

Grip

Vinyl green

14

Socket head cap screw

Carbon steel

15

Seat 'O' ring (2" RB and 1½" FB only)

Viton

16

Stop screw

Zinc plated carbon steel

17

Body / cap 'O' ring

Viton

18

Nut locker

Stainless steel

AlSl 316

19

Lockable handle

Stainless steel

AlSl 316

20

Stem seal

Reinforced PTFE

21

Lock-plate

Stainless steel

AISI 304L

22

Stem seal

Stainless steel

AlSl 316

M10HPi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2" Page 2 of 3

ASTM A 574

SAE 12L 14

TI-P133-71 ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 3 of 3 Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Reduced bore Size A ¼" 82 " 84 ½" 84 ¾" 92 1" 114 1¼" 132 1½" 146 2" 154

A1 82 84 84 92 114 132 146 154

B 162 162 162 162 162 182 186 186

C 93 93 93 95 101 106 116 123

D 28 28 28 29 34 40 46 51

E 11 11 11 14 21 25 31 38

Kv values

Weight 1.46 1.49 1.46 1.71 2.54 3.92 5.56 6.95

B

Size Reduced bore Full bore For conversion

¼" " ½" ¾" 5 6.8 6 10 5 6.8 17 36 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

1" 27 58

1¼" 1½" 2" 49 70 103 89 153 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Operating torque (N m) Size ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" Reduced bore 10 10 10 15 25 40 55 100 Full bore 10 10 15 25 40 55 100 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque. Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. C

How to order example:

1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M10HPi2FB ISO ball valve.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

ØE D A1: SW A: Screwed and BW Full bore Size A ¼" 82 " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½"

84 92 114 132 146 154

A1 82

B 162

C 93

D 28

E 11

Weight 1.46

84 92 114 132 146 154

162 162 162 182 186 186

93 95 101 106 116 123

28 29 34 40 46 51

11 14 21 25 31 38

1.49 1.71 2.54 3.92 5.56 6.95

Available spares Seat, seals, body / cap 'O' ring and seat 'O' ring set

5, 6, 15, 17, 20, 22

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals, body / cap 'O' ring and seat 'O' ring set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M10HPi2FB ISO ball valve.

7.4.48

6 22 20

17 15

5

5

M10HPi ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2" Page 3 of 3

15

17

TI-P133-71 ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

7.4.49

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 1 of 3 TI-P133-34

ST Issue 5

M15 ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½"

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The M15 ISO three-piece body ball valve has ISO mounting and metal seats as standard. This makes it suitable for working with fluids that contain solids in suspension. It can be used on flow control applications that use steam and other industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. The M15 ISO has been designed for use as a control valve not an isolating valve, and can be serviced without removal from the pipeline. ISO mounting The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be safely and easily accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. Available types M152V_ _ ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, Viton 'O' ring. M152K_ _ ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, Kalrez 'O' ring. M153V_ _ ISO Stainless steel body, Viton 'O' ring. M153K_ _ ISO Stainless steel body, Kalrez 'O' ring. M154V_ _ ISO Complete stainless steel, Viton 'O' ring. M154K_ _ ISO Complete stainless steel, Kalrez 'O' ring. Note: The nomenclature will be followed with either FB (full bore) or RB (reduced bore). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

• Self-venting ball. • Extended stem 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation. • Lockable handle. • Oval handle for confined spaces.

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", (2½" only available with reduced bore). Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore. DN15 - DN50 (DN65 only available with reduced bore). Flanged ANSI 150 and ANSI 300, full bore and reduced bore. Flanged EN 1092 PN40, full bore and reduced bore.

Technical data Equal percentage Full and reduced bore versions Test procedure to ANSI B 16.104 Class IV Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

Options

Flow characteristic Port Leakage Antistatic (optional)

7.4.50 ��� A ��� ��� D ��� ��� �� � ��� �

B E Steam saturation curve

�

��

��

C �� ��

Pressure bar g A -B - C M15_K (Kalrez 'O' ring). D -E - C M15_V (Viton 'O' ring). PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

MI5_K 21 bar g @ 300°C MI5_V 21 bar g @ 220°C MI5_K 300°C MI5_V 220°C -29°C 21 bar g

MI5_K 300°C @ 21 bar g MI5_V 220°C @ 21 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 32 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2006

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 2 of 3

¼"- ¾" shown

11

1" - 2" shown

10 9 6, 7, 8 4 6

12

13

5 3 14

15 18 17

16

2

1

Materials No. Part

7.4.51

1

Body

2

Cap

3 4 5 6 7

Ball Stem Seat Stem seal Stem seal

8

Separator

9

Belleville washer

Material Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F316L

Zinc plated carbon steel

ASTM A105

Stainless steel

ASTM A 182 F316L

Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel PEEK PTFE reinforced with graphite

AISI 316L + CrN AISI 316 AISI 316 + CrN

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L 14

Stainless steel

AISI 316

Stainless steel

AISI 301

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L 14

Stainless steel

AISI 316

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel Vinyl

AISI 316

M152 M153

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 12L 14

M154 M15_V M15_K

Stainless steel Viton Kalrez

AISI 316

M152 M153 M154 M152 M153 M154

M152 M153 M154

10 Nut

M152 M153

11 Lever

M154 M152 M153 M154

12 Grip 13 Stop screw 14 'O' ring 15 Cap gasket 16 Bolts

17 Nuts 18 Name-plate

Graphite M152 M153

Zinc plated carbon steel

Grade 5

M154

Stainless steel

Grade A2 70

Zinc plated carbon steel

SAE 1010

Stainless steel

Grade A2

M152 M153 M154

Stainless steel

M15 ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Page 2 of 3

TI-P133-34 ST Issue 5

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Page 3 of 3 Kv values

Dimensions (approximate) in mm

Size ¼" Reduced bore 5

Reduced bore Size ¼" 3 /8" ½"

A A1 A2 A3 B2 B3 C2 C3 63 60 - 145 81 63 63 - 145 81 63 52 108 130 145 145 81 81

¾" 1" 1¼"

70 83 99

D 26 26 26

D1 89

D2 95

E 11 11 11

Full bore For conversion:

¼" 3 /8" ½"

63 63 70

A1

A2

A3

B2

B3

5 6.8 17 36 58 Cv(UK) = Kv x 0.963

2½" 168

89 153 205 Cv(US) = Kv x 1.156

Size ¼" Reduced bore 4

/8" 4

3

½" 4

¾" 6

1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 22 30 50 60

2½" 80

Full bore 4 4 6 22 30 50 60 80 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 62 bar. Valves that are subject to a long static period, may require greater break out torque

D1

D2

E

Safety information, installation and maintenance

81 81 84 84

How to order

- 145 - 145 130 145 145

26 26 29

-

-

11 11 14

¾" 83 83 1" 99 99 1¼" 106 106

-

150 162 162 100 100 34 160 162 162 104 104 37 180 185 185 112 112 41

-

-

21 25 31

200 185 185 120 120 48 230 250 250 140 140 57

-

-

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.

Reduced bore Size Scrd /BW /SW PN40 ANSI 150 ¼" 0.92 3 /8" 0.92 ½" 0.92 2.15 2.10 ¾" 1.00 2.25 2.47 1" 1.70 4.40 3.57 1¼" 2.40 6.00 3.20 1½" 3.20 7.10 6.15 2" 4.70 11.00 8.55 2½" 9.50 -

Full bore Scrd /BW /SW 0.92 0.92 1.00 1.70 2.40 3.10 4.70 8.75 -

Model Material 'O' rings Size Bore Connections

Body material

2 3

= Carbon steel = Stainless steel

4 = All stainless steel V = Viton 'O' rings K = Kalrez RB = Reduced bore Bore FB = Full bore Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" screwed BSP M152VFB ISO ball valve.

Specify:

38 51

Weights (approximate) in kg PN40 2.90 3.45 4.60 4.60 8.20 13.50 -

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Ball 3 Seat, seals, 'O' ring and cap gasket set 5, 6 and 6A, 7, 14, 15 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Seat, seals, 'O' ring and cap gasket set for a Spirax Sarco ½" M152VFB ISO ball valve.

B2, B3

C2, C3 D1, D2

1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 27 49 70 103

D

-

-

¾" 10

C3

C2

60 63 70

1½" 124 124 2" 152 152

½" 6

Operating torques (N m)

60 117 150 145 145 84 84 29 98 105 14 81 127 160 162 162 100 100 34 108 115 21 95 140 180 162 162 104 104 37 118 140 25

1½" 106 102 165 200 185 185 112 112 41 127 150 31 2" 124 118 178 230 185 185 120 120 48 152 165 38 2½" 152 152 - 250 - 140 57 51 Full bore Size A

/8" 6.8

3

¼"- ¾" shown

ØE D A, A1 6 7

A2, A3 A: A1: A2: A3: B2: B3: C2: C3:

Screwed and BW SW Flanged ANSI 150 Flanged PN40 Screwed, BW and SW Flanged PN40 and ANSI 150 Screwed, BW and SW Flanged PN40 and ANSI 150

6A

D: Screwed, BW and SW D1: Flanged ANSI150 D2: Flanged PN40 E: All models 15 14 5 3

M15 ISO Ball Valve DN¼" to DN2½" Page 3 of 3

5 14

15

TI-P133-34 ST Issue 5

7.4.52

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve TI-P133-46

ST Issue 1

Cert. No. LRQ 110478 ISO 9001

M15 ISO Ball Valve for Control of Fluids Sizing Sheet

Description

The M15 ISO ball valve is ideal for control applications. Both ball and seat are manufactured in chrome plated metal which ensures a long life, even with applications that constantly modulate the flow of the fluid. The valve is actuated by a double or single acting pneumatic actuator. The actuator is regulated by an electropneumatic positioner that receives a 4 - 20 mA signal from the process.

Advantages: - Inherent equal percentage flow characteristic with -

high rangeability (32:1).

Suitable for fluids that contain solids in suspension. Capacity is much higher than a same size globe valve. Less maintenance than spindle regulating valves. Small, compact and easily maintained.

Sizing

1. Determine the required Cv for the ball valve using the appropriate equation detailed below. With the first approximation for this calculation it is suggested to use a factor FL = 0.68, that corresponds to an opening of the valve of 72°. 2. Calculate the diameter of the pipe for maximum flow within the limits of velocity and pressure drop for the fluid.

7.4.53

3. With the Cv and pipe diameter, use the table overleaf starting with the column that corresponds to the rotation of 72°, that gives FL = 0.68. 4. In this column, choose the combination of ball valve diameter and pipe diameter that gives a Cv result the same or superior to the one calculated in step 1. 5. It is recommended not to use a ball valve with a diameter less than half the pipe diameter, because of excessive tension that can produce vibrations.

Simplified equations for sizing

(Kv values = Cv x 0.86)

For liquids Where: Pm = Maximum P for sizing, When P2 > Pv use Pm = FL² (P1 - Pv)

 When P2 ≤ Pv use Pm = P1 -  0.96 - 0.28 

Pv   Pv P c 

Cv = Flow coeffecient of the valve FL = Pressure recovery factor pr = Density at inlet temperature (water = 1.0 at STP) P1 = Upstream pressure (bar a)

Sub-critical flow

Critical flow

When:

When:

P Pm

Volumetric flowrate

Volumetric flowrate

pr ∆P

Cv = 1.16

Cv =

1.16 FL

pr ∆Pm

P2 = Downstream presure (bar a) PV = Vapour pressure of the liquid at inlet temperature (bar a) Pc = Thermodynamic critical pressure (bar a)  = Flowrate in m³ / h  = Flowrate in in kg / h

Mass flowrate

Cv =

 865

∆Ppr

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

Mass flowrate

Cv =

 865 FL pr∆Pm

© Copyright 2002

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Simplified equations for sizing

(Kv values = Cv x 0.86)

For steam and gases Where: Cv = Flow coeffecient of the valve FL = Pressure recovery factor pr = Specific density of gas (air = 1) P1 = Upstream pressure (bar a) P2 = Downstream presure (bar a) T = Inlet temperature in °K (°C + 273)  = Flowrate of gas in Nm³ / h (at 15°C and 1 bar a)  = Flowrate of gas in in kg / h Tso = Superheating of steam in °C (Temperature of superheated steam - Temperature of saturated steam)

Sub-critical flow

Critical flow

When:

When:

P < 0.5 FL² P1

P > 0.5 FL² P1

For gases (volumetric flowrate)

For gases (volumetric flowrate)

 pr T Cv = 295 P1² - P2²

 pr T Cv = 257 FLP1

For gases (mass flowrate)

For gases (mass flowrate)

Cv =

S = Flowrate of steam in kg / h

 T 360

Cv =

(P1² - P2²)pr

For saturated steam

Note: These equations are only a simplified version of the original sizing equations of the ISA and IEC regulations. The results are sufficiently close for practical use. There could be a maximum error of 8% in the transition of non-choked flowrate to choked flowrate.

Cv =

311 FLP1 pr

For saturated steam

s 13.81 P1² - P2²

s Cv = 11.95 FLP1

For superheated steam Cv =

 T

For superheated steam

s (1 + 0.001 26 Tso) 13.81 P1² - P2²

Cv =

s (1 + 0.001 26 Tso) 11.95 FLP1

Cv values for reduced bore (RB) valves (Kv values = Cv x 0.86) Valve size ½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

2½"

FL

Pipe size

0°

9°

18°

27°

36°

Rotation 45°

54°

63°

72°

81°

½"

0.00

0.00

0.22

0.36

0.58

0.88

1.47

2.17

3.50

5.53

7.00

¾"

0.00

0.00

0.22

0.36

0.58

0.88

1.45

2.12

3.29

4.80

5.66

90°

1"

0.00

0.00

0.22

0.36

0.58

0.87

1.44

2.09

3.20

4.53

5.23

¾"

0.00

0.00

0.37

0.62

0.99

1.50

2.52

3.72

6.00

9.48

12.00

1"

0.00

0.00

0.37

0.62

0.99

1.50

2.50

3.69

5.87

8.98

11.03

1¼"

0.00

0.00

0.37

0.62

0.99

1.50

2.49

3.65

5.73

8.52

10.21

1½"

0.00

0.00

0.37

0.62

0.99

1.49

2.48

3.64

5.68

8.35

9.91

1"

0.00

0.00

0.98

1.64

2.61

3.95

6.64

9.80

15.80

24.96

31.60

1¼"

0.00

0.00

0.98

1.64

2.61

3.94

6.59

9.63

15.10

22.45

26.91

1½"

0.00

0.00

0.98

1.64

2.60

3.93

6.55

6.52

14.70

21.20

24.83

2"

0.00

0.00

0.98

1.64

2.60

3.92

6.50

9.36

14.15

19.63

22.41

1¼"

0.00

0.00

1.47

2.46

3.90

5.91

9.93

14.66

23.65

37.37

47.30

1½"

0.00

0.00

1.47

2.46

3.90

5.90

9.88

14.50

23.00

34.95

42.66

2"

0.00

0.00

1.47

2.46

3.89

5.88

9.80

14.24

22.00

31.72

37.14

2½"

0.00

0.00

1.47

2.46

3.89

5.87

9.75

14.09

21.47

30.18

34.74

1½"

0.00

0.00

2.54

4.26

6.77

10.25

17.22

25.42

41.00

64.78

82.00

2"

0.00

0.00

2.54

4.26

6.76

10.21

17.03

24.83

38.65

56.53

66.91

2½"

0.00

0.00

2.54

4.25

6.75

10.18

16.89

24.40

37.08

51.94

59.65

3"

0.00

0.00

2.54

4.25

6.74

10.15

16.75

23.97

35.63

48.16

54.12

1½"

0.00

0.00

3.72

6.24

9.90

15.00

25.20

37.20

60.00

94.80

120.00

2½"

0.00

0.00

3.72

6.24

9.89

14.98

25.10

36.88

58.70

89.92

110.53

3"

0.00

0.00

3.72

6.24

9.88

14.94

24.93

36.33

56.56

82.73

97.93

4"

0.00

0.00

3.72

6.23

9.87

14.90

24.73

35.75

54.43

76.46

87.97

2½"

0.00

0.00

6.08

10.19

16.17

24.50

41.16

60.76

98.00

154.84

196.00

3"

0.00

0.00

6.08

10.19

16.16

24.46

40.99

60.22

95.79

146.53

179.90

4"

0.00

0.00

6.08

10.18

16.14

24.38

40.60

59.01

91.13

131.31

153.72

6"

0.00

0.00

6.08

10.17

16.11

24.28

40.16

57.67

86.43

118.31

133.91

-

-

0.96

0.94

0.92

0.88

0.82

0.75

0.68

0.62

0.50

M15 ISO Ball Valve for Control of Fluids - Sizing Sheet

TI-P133-46

ST Issue 1

7.4.54

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

7.4.55

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P182-05

ST Issue 6

M70i ISO Forged Stainless Steel Ball Valve for Sanitary Applications Description

The M70i forged 316L stainless steel, three-piece body ball valve has ISO mounting as standard. It has been designed in accordance with ASME BPE for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve on clean steam and other high purity and aseptic processes where bacteria and media deposits can put product quality at risk. The low maintenance, clean design is suitable for steam, liquid and gas services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. Applications include the pharmaceutical, biotech, food and beverage and cosmetic s industries.

Principal features:

-

True port design - The internal diameter of the end connections and ball precisely match that of the connecting tubing to guarantee drainability.

-

Forged material - The M70i is manufactured from high integrity ASTM A182 F316L.

-

Low ferrite - Body and end connections have 3% to 5% ferrite content to help prevent rouge.

-

Designed with orbital welding in mind - Extended tube weld end connections means that automatic orbital welding can be performed without valve disassembly.

-

Designed for automation - ISO 5211 mounting pad as standard enabling simple actuator mounting.

-

Lockable handle - A spring loaded lockable handle allows the valve to be locked in the chosen position – ensuring system integrity.

Surface finish Standard internal surface finish is 0.5 micron Ra (20 micro inch). Electropolishing to 0.375 micron Ra (15 micro inch) is available to special order. External surface finishes are as forged / machined. Available types M70iV ISO

Virgin PTFE TFM 1600

M70iVEP ISO

Virgin PTFE TFM 1600 electropolished to 0.375 micron Ra

M70iG ISO

Mineral filled PTFE

M70iGEP ISO

Mineral filled PTFE electropolished to 0.375 micron Ra

Optional extras:

-

Extended stem 100 mm (4") to allow for insulation.

-

Cavity fillers are provided as standard. If cavity fillers are not required please specify when placing an order.

-

Low ferrite < 1% under special request.

7.4.56 Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification:

- Material Certification to EN 10204 3.1 - Elastomer FDA / USP compliance certificate. - Surface finish certification. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Packaging Each valve is end capped and sealed in a plastic bag, in accordance with ASME BPE, to avoid the ingress of dirt.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" sanitary clamp (ASME BPE). ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2" extended O / D tube weld ends (ETO) (ASME BPE). Sanitary clamp / ETO combinations are also available. Alternatively: 2½", 3" and 4" investment cast sanitary ball valves are available through our M80i range - see TI-P182-06. Note: Other connection options are available on request. Please consult Spirax Sarco.

Page 1 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Materials

Pressure / temperature limits 

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L

2

End connection

Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L

3

Ball

Stainless steel

AISI 316L

4

Stem

Stainless steel

AISI 316L

5

Seat

A - B Virgin PTFE TFM 1600.

6

Stem seal

Virgin PTFE TFM 1600

A - C Mineral filled PTFE.

7

Spacer

Stainless steel

AISI 316

PN63

8

Compression nut

Stainless steel

AISI 316

Lock washer

Stainless steel

AISI 316

Stainless steel

AISI 316

11 Nameplate (not shown) Stainless steel

AISI 430 AISI 316

Temperature °C

No. Part





Steam saturation curve

   







  Pressure bar g

  

 

The product must not be used in this region.

Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

62 bar g @ 20 °C

9

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

200 °C @ 0 bar g

10 Stem nut

Minimum allowable temperature

-29 °C

M70iG

Mineral filled PTFE

M70iV

Virgin PTFE TFM 1600

Virgin PTFE

7.0 bar g

12 Handle

Stainless steel

Mineral filled PTFE

8.5 bar g

13 Cover

Vinyl

14 Stud and nut

Stainless steel

Minimum operating temperature -29 °C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco

15 Cavity filler

Virgin PTFE TFM 1600

16 Body cap gasket

Virgin PTFE TFM 1600

DPMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO

17 Belleville washer

Stainless steel

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 93 bar g

18 Stem seal

Stainless steel

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

200 °C @ 0 bar g

13

AISI 316

AISI 316

12

7.4.57

10

4

The internals have been exploded below to help identify the position of some of the parts in the materials list.

10

9 8

14

17

7

5

18

15

6

2

6

4 1

16

5

15

3

15

5

2

16

TI-P182-05 ST Issue 6

Page 2 of 4

M70i ISO Forged Stainless Steel Ball Valve for Sanitary Applications

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Technical data Leakage test procedure to ISO 5208 (Rate A) / EN 12266-1 (Rate A) Materials comply with;

Stem seal and seat

- FDA CFR title 21 part 177, section 1550. - USP23 Class VI

Flow characteristic

Modified linear

Port

True port design

Kv values Size

½"

¾"

1"

1½"

2"

7

25

56

164

360

Size

½"

¾"

1"

1½"

2"

Nm

13

15

19

70

100

Kv For conversion C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Torque value

The torque figures shown are for a valve at maximum operating pressure that is operated frequently. Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require greater break-out torque.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A1

A2

A3

B

C

D

E1

E2

F

G (Clamp)

G (ETO)

Weight

½"

89.0

140.0

114.5

161

92

24

25.0

12.70

9.4

44.5

70.0

0.80

¾"

101.6

152.4

127.0

161

94

26

25.0

19.05

15.8

50.8

76.2

1.00

1"

114.2

165.0

139.6

161

101

31

50.5

25.40

22.2

57.1

82.5

1.55

1½"

139.6

190.4

165.0

185

126

48

50.5

38.10

34.8

69.8

95.2

4.50

2"

158.7

203.1

180.9

250

141

57

64.0

50.80

47.5

79.4

101.6

7.70

B

G

7.4.58

C

E2

F

E1 D

A1 Sanitary clamp A2 Tube A3 Sanitary clamp / ETO TI-P182-05 ST Issue 6

Page 3 of 4

M70i ISO Forged Stainless Steel Ball Valve for Sanitary Applications

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Welding Only the models that have connections designed for welding (ETO) should be welded. Valves with clamp connections must not be welded to avoid damages to soft parts.

How to order

The M70i has a number of features that must be specified at the time of order placement; they are size, end connection, seat material, internal surface finish, and any certification that is required. Note: Cavity fillers are provided as standard. If cavity fillers are not required please specify so when placing an order. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" M70iV ISO forged sanitary ball valve complete with sanitary clamp connections (ASME BPE) and an internal surface finish of 0.5 micron Ra (20 micro inch). The unit is to be supplied complete with EN 10204 3.1 material certification.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 5, 6, 15, 16, 18

Seat and seal set with cavity filler

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve. Example: 1 - Virgin PTFE TFM 1600 seat and seal set with cavity filler for a Spirax Sarco ½" M70iV ISO forged stainless steel ball valve.

7.4.59

18 6

6

16

5

15

15

5

16

TI-P182-05 ST Issue 6

Page 4 of 4

M70i ISO Forged Stainless Steel Ball Valve for Sanitary Applications

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P182-06

ST Issue 5

M80i ISO Stainless Steel Ball Valve for Sanitary Applications

Description

The M80i investment cast 316L stainless steel, three-piece body ball valve has ISO mounting as standard. It has been designed in accordance with ASME BPE for use as an isolating valve, not a control valve on clean steam and other high purity and aseptic processes where bacteria and media deposits can put product quality at risk. The low maintenance, clean design is suitable for steam, liquid and gas services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and pressures. A pplic ations inc lude the pharmaceutical, biotech, food and beverage and cosmetics industries.

Principal features:

-

True port design - The internal diameter of the end connections and ball precisely match that of the connecting tubing to guarantee drainability.

-

Low ferrite - The M80i has Pv use Pm = FL² (P1 - Pv)

 When P2 ≤ Pv use Pm = P1 -  0.96 - 0.28 

Pv   Pv P c 

Cv = Flow coeffecient of the valve FL = Pressure recovery factor pr = Density at inlet temperature (water = 1.0 at STP) P1 = Upstream pressure (bar a)

Sub-critical flow

Critical flow

When:

When:

P Pm

Volumetric flowrate

Volumetric flowrate

pr ∆P

Cv = 1.16

Cv =

1.16 FL

pr ∆Pm

P2 = Downstream presure (bar a) PV = Vapour pressure of the liquid at inlet temperature (bar a) Pc = Thermodynamic critical pressure (bar a)  = Flowrate in m³ / h  = Flowrate in in kg / h

Mass flowrate

Cv =

 865

∆Ppr

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

Mass flowrate

Cv =

 865 FL pr∆Pm

© Copyright 2002

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve Simplified equations for sizing

(Kv values = Cv x 0.86)

For steam and gases Where: Cv = Flow coeffecient of the valve FL = Pressure recovery factor pr = Specific density of gas (air = 1) P1 = Upstream pressure (bar a) P2 = Downstream presure (bar a) T = Inlet temperature in °K (°C + 273)  = Flowrate of gas in Nm³ / h (at 15°C and 1 bar a)  = Flowrate of gas in in kg / h Tso = Superheating of steam in °C (Temperature of superheated steam - Temperature of saturated steam)

Sub-critical flow

Critical flow

When:

When:

P < 0.5 FL² P1

P > 0.5 FL² P1

For gases (volumetric flowrate)

For gases (volumetric flowrate)

 pr T Cv = 295 P1² - P2²

 pr T Cv = 257 FLP1

For gases (mass flowrate)

For gases (mass flowrate)

Cv =

S = Flowrate of steam in kg / h

Cv =

Cv values (Kv values = Cv x 0.86)

DN40

DN50

DN65

DN80

DN100

DN150

FL

(P1² - P2²)pr

 T 311 FLP1 pr

For saturated steam

s 13.81 P1² - P2²

s Cv = 11.95 FLP1

For superheated steam Cv =

DN25

360

Cv =

For saturated steam

Note: These equations are only a simplified version of the original sizing equations of the ISA and IEC regulations. The results are sufficiently close for practical use. There could be a maximum error of 8% in the transition of non-choked flowrate to choked flowrate.

Valve size

 T

For superheated steam

s (1 + 0.001 26 Tso) 13.81 P1² - P2²

Cv =

s (1 + 0.001 26 Tso) 11.95 FLP1

Pipe size

0°

9°

18°

27°

36°

Rotation 45°

54°

63°

72°

81°

90°

25 mm

0.00

0.00

0.96

1.61

2.56

3.88

6.51

9.61

15.50

24.49

31.00

32 mm

0.00

0.00

0.96

1.61

2.56

3.87

6.48

9.50

15.06

22.85

27.86

40 mm

0.00

0.00

0.96

1.61

2.56

3.87

6.45

9.42

14.73

21.75

25.92

50 mm

0.00

0.00

0.96

1.61

2.55

3.86

6.41

9.29

14.24

20.27

23.52

40 mm

0.00

0.00

2.94

4.93

7.82

11.85

19.91

29.39

47.40

74.89

94.80

50 mm

0.00

0.00

2.94

4.93

7.81

11.81

19.74

28.86

45.28

67.26

80.57

65 mm

0.00

0.00

2.94

4.92

7.80

11.78

19.57

28.33

43.30

61.23

70.77

80 mm

0.00

0.00

2.94

4.92

7.79

11.74

19.38

27.77

41.39

56.16

63.24

50 mm

0.00

0.00

3.41

5.72

9.08

13.75

23.10

34.10

55.00

86.90

110.00

65 mm

0.00

0.00

3.41

5.72

9.08

13.74

23.05

33.94

54.33

84.33

104.92

80 mm

0.00

0.00

3.41

5.72

9.07

13.71

22.93

33.57

52.85

79.08

95.30

100 mm

0.00

0.00

3.41

5.72

9.06

13.69

22.80

33.15

51.26

74.04

86.83

65 mm

0.00

0.00

7.15

11.99

19.02

28.81

48.41

71.46

115.25

182.10

230.50

80 mm

0.00

0.00

7.15

11.99

19.00

28.74

48.09

70.45

111.15

167.10

202.12

100 mm

0.00

0.00

7.15

11.97

18.96

28.60

47.44

68.43

103.70

144.56

165.48

150 mm

0.00

0.00

7.14

11.96

18.91

28.44

46.71

66.31

96.71

127.22

140.79

80 mm

0.00

0.00

8.99

15.08

23.93

36.25

60.90

89.90

145.00

229.10

290.00

100 mm

0.00

0.00

8.99

15.07

23.91

36.17

60.53

88.71

140.16

211.30

256.20

150 mm

0.00

0.00

8.99

15.06

23.86

36.00

59.74

86.30

131.20

183.85

211.18

200 mm

0.00

0.00

8.98

15.06

23.84

35.93

59.40

85.27

127.65

174.44

197.26

100 mm

0.00

0.00

17.36

29.12

46.20

70.00

117.60

173.60

280.00

442.40

560.00

150 mm

0.00

0.00

17.35

29.10

46.10

69.66

116.00

168.58

260.27

374.87

438.72

200 mm

0.00

0.00

17.35

29.08

46.03

69.40

114.81

164.97

247.56

339.58

384.87

250 mm

0.00

0.00

17.35

29.06

45.98

69.24

114.10

162.89

240.69

322.47

360.47

150 mm

0.00

0.00

23.25

39.00

61.88

93.75

157.50

232.50

375.00

592.50

750.00

200 mm

0.00

0.00

23.25

38.99

61.85

93.66

157.07

231.12

369.29

570.71

707.20

250 mm

0.00

0.00

23.25

38.99

61.82

93.55

156.53

229.43

362.50

546.56

662.73

300 mm

0.00

0.00

23.25

38.98

61.80

93.47

156.18

228.32

358.16

532.04

637.31

-

-

0.96

0.94

0.92

0.88

0.82

0.75

0.68

0.62

0.50

M45 ISO Ball Valve for Control of Fluids - Sizing Sheet

TI-P133-47

ST Issue 1

7.4.154

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

7.4.155

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P372-23

CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves Description

The BVA300 series are pneumatic rotary actuators which automate Spirax Sarco ball valves in a wide range of industrial applications. BVA300 actuators are provided with bi-directional travel stops that allow a rotation of 90°± 5°. Linkage is made with the new BVL_X kits with extended stem.

Pneumatic actuated ball valve range: Three-piece ball valves: Actuators Two-piece combined ball valves: with: One-piece ball valves:

M10Vi ISO; M10Si ISO; M10Ti ISO; M10Hi ISO; M10HTi

Page 4

M10HPi ISO; M10Pi ISO

Page 5

M70i ISO; M80i ISO

Page 6

M31V ISO; M31S ISO; M33V ISO; M33S ISO; M33F ISO; M33T ISO

Page 7

M33H ISO; M33HT ISO

Page 8

M21Hi ISO; M21HTi ISO; M40Hi ISO; M40HTi ISO

Page 9

M45i ISO

Page 10

M21Ti ISO; M21Vi ISO; M21Si ISO; M21Fi; M40Ti ISO; M40Vi ISO; M40Si ISO; M40Fi ISO

Page 11

M21ViJ ISO; M21SiJ ISO; M40ViJ ISO; M40SiJ ISO

Page 12

BVA300 pnematic actuator range:

For optimum actuator performance use the selection tables on pages 4 to 12. Double acting:

310D, 315D, 320D, 325D, 330D, 335D, 340D, 345D, 350D, 355D, 357D, 360D, 365D.

Single acting (spring return):

310S, 315S, 320S, 325S, 330S, 335S, 340S, 345S, 350S, 355S, 357S, 360S, 365S.

7.4.156

Technical data Maximum pressure

8 bar g

Minimal pressure

3 bar g

Operating pressure range (standard)

3, 4, 5 or 6 bar g

Operating temperature range

-30 °C to 100 °C

Note: Other operating temperature ranges available on request. Operating media

Compressed air (clean and dry) Non corrosive gas Light hydraulic oil (must be compatible with 'O' rings)

Rotation 90 ±5°

Anticlockwise with port 'A' pressurised

Optional extras: Limit switch box: For more details, see TI-P372-26

Solenoid valve: a range of Namur electrical

valves with an encapsulation rating to IP65 is available for use with BVA actuators. These can be used to drive actuators with compressed air or non-corrosive gas.

Solenoid

Coil voltage 220 Vac

3/2 NAMUR for BVAS

110 Vac 24 Vac / dc

Not e: E xplosion proof solenoid valves are available on request.

220 Vac 5/2 NAMUR for BVAD

110 Vac

5/2

3/2

24 Vac / dc

Page 1 of 12

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve

Materials

21

No Part

Material

1

Body

Aluminium hard anodized

3

Pinion*

Nickel plated carbon steel

4

End caps

Aluminium epoxy coated

20 Bolt

Stainless steel

21 Indicator cap

Polyamide

22 Coloured indicator

Polyamide

22

1

20

*shown clearly in the spares drawing on page 3

4

Adjustable switches

Typical assembly

Dimensions/weights

(approximate) in mm and kg

Type

A1

B

C

D

E

BVA310

163 145

96

76

48

34

1.6

1.4

BVA315

195 158 115

91

56

45

2.3

2.1

BVA320

217 177 137 111

66

55

3.7

3.0

BVA325

258 196 147 122

71

60

4.8

3.8

BVA330

299 225 165 136

78

70

7.3

5.6

BVA335

349 273 182 153

86

80

10.8

8.5

BVA340

397 304 199 173

96

85

15.4

11.2

BVA345

473 372 221 192 106

98

22.2

16.9

BVA350

560 439 249 213 116 114

34.3

25.8

BVA355

601 461 280 243 131 130

46.0

32.5

BVL_X linkage kit components and materials

BVA357

698 504 313 276 148 147

66.0

49.1

Frame

Stainless steel AISI 304

BVA360

738 518 383 356 178 177

99.9

69.6

Stem adapter

Stainless steel AISI 304

BVA365

940 630 434 415 213 201

183.0

129.4

Frame-to-actuator screws

Stainless steel

Washers

Stainless steel

Frame-to-valve screws

Stainless steel

Stem nut

Stainless steel

A - BVA300 series actuator B - Spirax Sarco ball valve C - Linkage kit (BVL_X) D - Solenoid valve E - Limit switch box

Weights

E A D

C 5/2

3/2

B

7.4.157

A

Single Double

A: Double acting A1: Single acting B

E M5 x 12

D C

Port A Air inlet connection NAMUR G ¼"DIN

Page 2 of 12

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Pipeline ancillaries HV3 Ball stop valves valve How to order

Note: You will need to refer to the selection tables (pages 4 to 12) before placing an order. How to order example: 1 - Spirax Sarco BVA320S/8 actuator 1 - 3/2 NAMUR solenoid 24 Vac 1 - 303X linkage kit 1 - LSB72 limit switch box Note: Actuated ball valves may be supplied completely assembled to suit the application.

Spare parts

The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.

Available spares 7, 8, 11, 12, 16

'O' rings set (available either in NBR, Viton or Silicon) BVA300 series maintenance kit

13, 14, 15

Pinion washers

5, 6, 10, 17, 18

Others

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the nomenclature of the pneumatic actuator that they are intended for. Note: all the spares mentioned above are sold together in one spare par t kit. Example: 1 - BVA300 series maintenance kit with 'O' rings in NBR for a Spirax Sarco BVA320S/08 pneumatic actuator. 8

6

17

11

22 21 13 14 15 12 1

7.4.158

5 16 Exploded view of the spring set

10

Normally open configuration shown

3 (not an available spare)

20

4

11

17 8

6

18 7

Spring quantity selection

According to the available air pressure, the BVA has different spring configurations. For more details, see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions IM-P372-24. Springs BVA

S/4

S/6

S/8

310

•

•

•

315 - 365

•

S/10

S/12

S/14

•

•

•

Example: BVA325S/10 has 10 springs.

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Page 3 of 12

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves

Selection tables

Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for three-piece ball valves M10Vi ISO, M10Si ISO and M10Ti ISO ball valves DN

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

M10Hi ISO and M10HTi ball valves DN

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g

Single acting BVA

BVL

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

300X

310S/4

300X

¼" RB -

" RB

315D

490X

320S/8

491X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

300X

310S/4

300X

½" RB -

" FB

315D

490X

320S/8

491X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

300X

315S/8

300X

¾" RB - ½" FB

315D

490X

325S/8

491X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

302X

320S/8

303X

1" RB - ¾" FB

320D

493X

330S/8

493X 495X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

320D

311X

325S/8

311X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

325D

494X

340S/8

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

330D

305X

340S/8

316X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

330D

496X

340S/8

497X

2" RB - 1½" FB

330D

306X

340S/8

307X

2" RB - 1½" FB

330D

498X

340S/8

499X

2½" RB - 2" FB

335D

309X

340S/8

309X

2½" RB - 2" FB

335D

502X

345S/8

503X

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

300X

310S/6

300X

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

320S/10

491X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

300X

310S/6

300X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

320S/10

491X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

300X

315S/10

300X

¾" RB - ½" FB

315D

490X

320S/10

491X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

302X

320S/10

303X

1" RB - ¾" FB

320D

493X

325S/10

493X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

315D

310X

320S/10

311X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

325D

494X

335S/10

495X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

325D

305X

335S/10

316X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

325D

496X

335S/10

497X

2" RB - 1½" FB

325D

306X

335S/10

307X

2" RB - 1½" FB

330D

498X

340S/10

499X

2½" RB - 2" FB

330D

308X

340S/10

309X

2½" RB - 2" FB

335D

502X

340S/10

502X

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

7.4.159

Double acting BVA

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

300X

310S/6

300X

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

315S/12

490X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

300X

310S/6

300X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

315S/12

490X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

300X

310S/6

300X

¾" RB - ½" FB

315D

490X

320S/12

491X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

302X

320S/12

303X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

492X

325S/10

493X 494X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

315D

310X

320S/12

311X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

320D

494X

330S/12

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

320D

305X

330S/12

305X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

325D

496X

335S/12

497X

2" RB - 1½" FB

325D

306X

335S/12

307X

2" RB - 1½" FB

325D

498X

335S/12

499X

2½" RB - 2" FB

325D

308X

335S/12

309X

2½" RB - 2" FB

330D

505X

335S/12

502X

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g ¼" RB -

" RB

½" RB -

310D

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g

300X

310S/8

300X

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

315S/14

490X 490X

" FB

310D

300X

310S/8

300X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

315S/14

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

300X

310S/8

300X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

490X

320S/14

491X

1" RB - ¾" FB

310D

302X

315S/14

302X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

492X

320S/14

493X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

315D

310X

320S/14

311X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

320D

494X

330S/14

494X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

320D

305X

330S/14

305X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

320D

496X

330S/14

496X

2" RB - 1½" FB

320D

306X

330S/14

306X

2" RB - 1½" FB

325D

498X

335S/14

499X

2½" RB - 2" FB

325D

308X

335S/14

309X

2½" RB - 2" FB

325D

505X

335S/14

502X

*

DN

A

B

¼"

218

122

Dimensions (mm)

*

DN

A

B

¼"

259

122

"

218

122

"

259

122

½"

218

122

½"

259

122

¾"

239

124

¾"

271

124

1"

266

129

1"

294

129

1¼"

281

134

1¼"

347

134

1½"

336

137

1½"

336

137

2"

342

143

2"

342

143

2½"

356

157

2½"

378

157

A B

Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve.

Page 4 of 12

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Selection tables Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for three-piece ball valves M10HPi ISO ball valves DN

M10Pi ISO ball valves

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

DN

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g

¼" RB -

" RB

315D

490X

320S/8

491X

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

310S/4

490X

½" RB -

" FB

315D

490X

320S/8

491X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

310S/4

490X

¾" RB - ½" FB

315D

490X

325S/8

491X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

490X

315S/8

490X

1" RB - ¾" FB

320D

493X

330S/8

493X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

492X

320S/8

493X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

325D

494X

340S/8

495X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

320D

494X

325S/8

494X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

330D

496X

340S/8

497X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

330D

496X

340S/8

497X

2" RB - 1½" FB

335D

499X

345S/8

500X

2" RB - 1½" FB

330D

498X

340S/8

499X

2½" RB - 2" FB

330D

505X

340S/8

502X

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g ¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

320S/10

491X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

320S/10

491X

¼" RB -

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g " RB

310D

490X

310S/6

490X

¾" RB - ½" FB

315D

490X

320S/10

491X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

310S/6

490X 490X

1" RB - ¾" FB

320D

493X

325S/10

493X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

490X

315S/10

1¼" RB - 1" FB

325D

494X

335S/10

495X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

492X

320S/10

493X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

325D

496X

335S/10

497X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

315D

504X

320S/10

494X

2" RB - 1½" FB

335D

499X

340S/10

499X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

325D

496X

335S/10

497X

2" RB - 1½" FB

325D

498X

335S/10

499X

315S/12

490X

2½" RB - 2" FB

330D

505X

340S/10

502X

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g ¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

½" RB -

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

" FB

310D

490X

315S/12

490X

¾" RB - ½" FB

315D

490X

320S/12

491X

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

310S/6

490X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

492X

325S/12

493X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

310S/6

490X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

320D

494X

330S/12

494X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

490X

310S/6

490X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

325D

496X

335S/12

497X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

492X

320S/12

493X

2" RB - 1½" FB

330D

498X

340S/12

499X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

315D

504X

320S/12

494X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

320D

496X

330S/12

496X

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g ¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

315S/14

490X

2" RB - 1½" FB

325D

498X

335S/12

499X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

315S/14

490X

2½" RB - 2" FB

325D

505X

335S/12

502X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

490X

320S/14

491X

1" RB - ¾" FB

315D

492X

320S/14

493X

¼" RB -

" RB

310D

490X

310S/8

490X

1¼" RB - 1" FB

320D

494X

330S/14

494X

½" RB -

" FB

310D

490X

310S/8

490X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

320D

496X

330S/14

496X

¾" RB - ½" FB

310D

490X

310S/8

490X

2" RB - 1½" FB

330D

498X

340S/14

499X

1" RB - ¾" FB

310D

492X

315S/14

492X

DN

A

B

¼"

259

122

"

259

122

½"

259

122

¾"

271

124

1"

294

129

1¼"

347

1½"

336

2"

381

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g

1¼" RB - 1" FB

315D

504X

320S/14

494X

1½" RB - 1¼" FB

320D

496X

330S/14

496X

2" RB - 1½" FB

320D

498X

330S/14

498X

2½" RB - 2" FB

325D

505X

335S/14

502X

Dimensions (mm)

*

DN

A

B

¼"

218

122

134

"

218

122

137

½"

218

122

143

¾"

239

124

1"

266

129

1¼"

281

134

1½"

336

137

2"

342

143

2½"

356

157

A B

*

Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve.

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Page 5 of 12

7.4.160

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Selection tables Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for three-piece ball valves M70i ISO ball valve DN

M80i ISO ball valve

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

DN

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g

BVA

BVA

BVL

BVL

½"

315D

300X

320S/8

301X

2½"

335D

481X

345S/8

482X

¾"

315D

300X

325S/8

301X

3"

340D

481X

345S/8

482X

1"

320D

303X

325S/8

303X

4"

340D

484X

350S/8

486X

1½"

330D

306X

340S/8

307X

2"

335D

309X

345S/8

318X

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g 2½"

335D

481X

340S/10

481X

3"

335D

481X

345S/10

482X

4"

335D

484X

345S/10

485X

½"

315D

300X

320S/10

301X

¾"

315D

300X

320S/10

301X

1"

315D

302X

325S/10

303X

2½"

330D

480X

340S/12

481X

1½"

330D

306X

340S/10

307X

3"

335D

481X

340S/12

481X

2"

335D

309X

340S/10

309X

4"

335D

484X

345S/12

485X

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g

½"

310D

300X

320S/12

301X

2½"

330D

480X

340S/14

481X

¾"

315D

300X

320S/12

301X

3"

330D

480X

340S/14

481X

1"

315D

302X

320S/12

303X

4"

335D

484X

340S/14

484X

1½"

325D

306X

335S/12

307X

2"

330D

308X

340S/12

309X

DN

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g ½"

310D

300X

315S/14

300X

¾"

310D

300X

320S/14

301X

1"

315D

302X

320S/14

303X

1½"

325D

306X

335S/14

307X

2"

330D

308X

335S/14

309X

DN

*

Single acting

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g

7.4.161

Double acting

A

B

½"

259

122

¾"

271

124

1"

276

129

1½"

342

143

2"

378

157

Dimensions (mm)

A

B

2½"

407

186

3"

434

213

4"

499

250

*

A B

Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve.

Page 6 of 12

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Selection tables Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for two-piece ball valves M31V ISO and M31S ISO ball valves

DN

M33V ISO, M33S ISO, M33F and M33T ISO ball valves

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

DN

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g 2"

325D

400X

2½"

330D

402X

3"

330D

402X

4"

345D

406X

6"

355D

8"

360D

2"

BVA

BVA

BVL

BVL

340S/8

403X

2½"

345S/8

404X

3"

355S/8

407X

4"

409X

365S/8

414X

413X

-

-

510X

340S/8

335D

513X

345S/8

514X

340D

513X

350S/8

526X

350D

517X

360S/8

527X

6"

360D

520X

365S/8

521X

8"

365D

525X

-

-

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g

330D

511X

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g

2"

320D

400X

330S/10

400X

2"

330D

510X

335S/10

511X

2½"

325D

402X

335S/10

403X

2½"

335D

513X

340S/10

513X

3"

330D

402X

340S/10

403X

3"

335D

513X

345S/10

514X

4"

340D

405X

350S/10

407X

4"

345D

516X

355S/10

517X

6"

355D

409X

360S/10

410X

6"

355D

519X

360S/10

520X

8"

355D

412X

360S/12

413X

8"

360D

524X

365S/10

525X

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

2"

320D

400X

330S/12

400X

2"

325D

510X

335S/12

511X

2½"

320D

402X

330S/12

402X

2½"

330D

512X

340S/12

513X

3"

325D

402X

335S/12

403X

3"

335D

513X

340S/12

513X

4"

335D

405X

350S/12

407X

4"

345D

516X

355S/12

517X

6"

350D

409X

360S/12

410X

6"

350D

519X

360S/12

520X

8"

355D

412X

360S/12

413X

8"

360D

524X

365S/12

525X

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g

2"

320D

400X

330S/14

400X

2"

325D

510X

335S/14

511X

2½"

320D

402X

330S/14

402X

2½"

330D

512X

335S/14

513X

3"

325D

402X

335S/14

403X

3"

335D

513X

340S/14

513X

4"

335D

405X

345S/14

406X

4"

345D

516X

350S/14

517X

6"

350D

409X

360S/14

410X

6"

350D

519X

360S/14

520X

8"

350D

412X

360S/14

413X

8"

360D

524X

365S/14

525X

DN

*

Single acting

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g 401X

335S/8

Double acting

A

B

2"

340

158

2½"

371

3"

Dimensions (mm)

*

A

B

2"

356

157

172

2½"

390

169

400

179

3"

426

177

4"

488

208

4"

647

264

6"

747

313

6"

750

316

8"

731

348

8"

785

351

A

DN

B

Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve.

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Page 7 of 12

7.4.162

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Selection tables Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for two-piece ball valves M33H ISO and M33HT ISO ball valves DN

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g 2"

335D

511X

345S/8

528X

2½"

335D

513X

345S/8

514X

3"

340D

513X

350S/8

526X

4"

350D

517X

360S/8

527X

6"

360D

520X

365S/8

521X

8"

365D

525X

-

-

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g 2"

330D

510X

340S/10

511X

2½"

335D

513X

340S/10

513X

3"

335D

513X

345S/10

514X

4"

345D

516X

355S/10

517X

6"

357D

520X

360S/10

520X

8"

360D

524X

365S/10

525X

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g 2"

330D

510X

340S/12

511X

2½"

330D

512X

340S/12

513X

3"

335D

513X

345S/12

514X

7.4.163

4"

345D

516X

355S/12

517X

6"

355D

519X

360S/12

520X

8"

360D

524X

365S/12

525X

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g 2"

325D

510X

335S/14

511X

2½"

325D

512X

340S/14

513X

3"

335D

513X

340S/14

513X

4"

345D

516X

350S/14

517X

6"

350D

519X

360S/14

520X

8"

360D

524X

365S/14

525X

DN

*

A

B

2"

395

174

2½"

390

169

3"

426

177

4"

647

264

6"

750

316

8"

785

351

Dimensions (mm)

A

*

B

Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve.

Page 8 of 12

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves

Selection tables

Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for one-piece ball valves M21Hi ISO and M21HTi ISO ball valves M40Hi ISO and M40HTi ISO ball valves DN

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

DN

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

½" **

315D

300X

325S/8

301X

½" **

315D

300X

320S/12

301X

¾" **

315D

300X

325S/8

301X

¾" **

315D

300X

320S/12

301X

1"

320D

303X

325S/8

303X

1"

315D

302X

320S/12

303X

1¼"

320D

494X

330S/8

494X

1¼"

315D

504X

325S/12

494X

1½"

325D

306X

340S/8

307X

1½"

320D

306X

330S/12

306X

2"

330D

306X

340S/8

307X

2"

325D

306X

335S/12

307X

2½"

335D

511X

345S/8

528X

2½"

330D

510X

340S/12

511X

3"

335D

513X

345S/8

514X

3"

330D

512X

345S/12

514X

4"

340D

513X

350S/8

526X

4"

335D

513X

345S/12

514X

6"

350D

517X

360S/8

527X

6"

345D

516X

357S/12

527X

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g

½" **

315D

300X

320S/10

301X

½" **

310D

300X

320S/14

301X

¾" **

315D

300X

320S/10

301X

¾" **

310D

300X

320S/14

301X

1"

315D

302X

325S/10

303X

1"

315D

302X

320S/14

303X

1¼"

320D

494X

325S/10

494X

1¼"

315D

504X

325S/14

494X

1½"

325D

306X

335S/10

307X

1½"

320D

306X

330S/14

306X

2"

325D

306X

335S/10

307X

2"

320D

306X

330S/14

306X

2½"

335D

511X

345S/10

528X

2½"

330D

510X

340S/14

511X

3"

335D

513X

345S/10

514X

3"

330D

512X

340S/14

513X

4"

340D

513X

350S/10

526X

4"

335D

513X

345S/14

514X

6"

350D

517X

357S/10

527X

6"

345D

516X

355S/14

517X

DN

A

B

½" **

271

124

¾" **

271

124

1"

276

129

1¼"

299

134

1½"

337

138

2"

342

143

2½"

395

174

3"

383

162

4"

426

177

6"

647

264

Dimensions (mm)

A

*

B

* Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve. ** Note: ½" and ¾" just for M21i TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Page 9 of 12

7.4.164

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Selection tables Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for one-piece ball valves M45i ISO ball valves DN

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g 1"

320D

1¼"

320D

494X

330S/8

494X

1½"

325D

306X

340S/8

307X

303X

325S/8

303X

2"

330D

306X

340S/8

307X

2½"

335D

511X

345S/8

528X

3"

340D

513X

345S/8

514X

4"

345D

514X

355S/8

526X

345D

516X

360S/8

527X

6"

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g 1"

315D

302X

325S/10

303X

1¼"

320D

494X

330S/10

494X

1½"

325D

306X

330S/10

306X

2"

325D

306X

335S/10

307X

2½"

330D

510X

340S/10

511X

3"

335D

513X

345S/10

514X

4"

340D

513X

350S/10

526X

345D

516X

355S/10

517X

6"

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

7.4.165

1"

315D

302X

320S/12

303X

1¼"

320D

494X

325S/12

494X

1½"

320D

306X

330S/12

306X

2"

325D

306X

335S/12

307X

2½"

330D

510X

340S/12

511X

3"

335D

513X

340S/12

513X

4"

335D

513X

345S/12

514X

6"

340D

515X

355S/12

517X

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g 1"

315D

302X

320S/14

303X

1¼"

315D

504X

325S/14

494X

1½"

320D

306X

330S/14

306X

2"

320D

306X

330S/14

306X

2½"

325D

510X

335S/14

511X

3"

330D

512X

340S/14

513X

4"

335D

513X

345S/14

514X

6"

340D

515X

350S/14

517X

DN

*

A

B

1"

276

129

1¼"

299

134

1½"

337

138

2"

342

143

2½"

378

157

3"

383

162

4"

457

177

6"

650

264

Dimensions (mm)

A

*

B

Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve.

Page 10 of 12

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves

Selection tables

Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for one-piece ball valves M21Ti ISO, M21Vi ISO, M21Si ISO and M21Fi ball valves M40Ti ISO, M40Vi ISO, M40Si ISO and M40Fi ISO ball valves DN

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

DN

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

½" **

310D

300X

320S/8

301X

½" **

310D

300X

315S/12

300X

¾"**

310D

300X

320S/8

301X

¾"**

310D

300X

315S/12

300X

1"

315D

302X

320S/8

303X

1"

315D

302X

320S/12

303X

1¼"

320D

494X

325S/8

494X

1¼"

315D

504X

320S/12

494X

1½"

320D

306X

330S/8

306X

1½"

315D

506X

325S/12

306X

2"

320D

306X

330S/8

306X

2"

320D

306X

325S/12

306X

2½"

330D

510X

340S/8

511X

2½"

325D

510X

335S/12

511X

3"

335D

513X

345S/8

514X

3"

330D

512X

340S/12

513X

4"

340D

513X

350S/8

526X

4"

335D

513X

340S/12

513X

6"

340D

515X

350S/8

517X

6"

335D

515X

345S/12

516X

8" ***

360D

520X

365S/8

521X

8" ***

350D

519X

360S/12

520X

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g

½" **

310D

300X

315S/10

300X

½" **

310D

300X

315S/14

300X

¾"**

310D

300X

315S/10

300X

¾"**

310D

300X

315S/14

300X

1"

315D

302X

320S/10

303X

1"

310D

302X

315S/14

302X

1¼"

315D

504X

320S/10

494X

1¼"

315D

504X

320S/14

494X

1½"

320D

306X

325S/10

306X

1½"

315D

506X

325S/14

306X

2"

320D

306X

330S/10

306X

2"

315D

506X

325S/14

306X

2½"

325D

510X

335S/10

511X

2½"

320D

510X

330S/14

510X

3"

335D

513X

340S/10

513X

3"

330D

512X

335S/14

513X

4"

335D

513X

345S/10

514X

4"

330D

512X

340S/14

513X

6"

335D

515X

345S/10

516X

6"

335D

515X

345S/14

516X

8" ***

355D

519X

360S/10

520X

8" ***

350D

519X

360S/14

520 X

A

B

½"

DN

271

124

¾"

271

124

1"

276

129

1¼"

299

134

1½"

337

138

2"

342

143

2½"

356

157

3"

383

162

4"

398

177

6"

513

264

8"

750

316

Dimensions (mm)

A

*

B

* Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve. ** Note: ½" and ¾" just for M21i *** Note: 8" just for M40i TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Page 11 of 12

7.4.166

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Selection tables Pages 4 to 12 contain all necessary information to select the correct actuator for relevant Spirax Sarco ball valves. For valves not appearing in these tables please contact Spirax Sarco for advice.

Pneumatic actuator selection tables for one-piece ball valves M21ViJ ISO and M21SiJ ISO ball valves. M40ViJ ISO and M40SiJ ISO ball valves.

DN

Double acting

Single acting

BVA

BVA

BVL

BVL

Actuator operating pressure 3 bar g 1½"

320D

306X

330S/8

306X

2"

325D

306X

330S/8

306X

2½"

330D

510X

340S/8

511X

3"

335D

513X

345S/8

514X

4"

340D

513X

350S/8

526X

Actuator operating pressure 4 bar g 1½"

320D

306X

325S/10

306X

2"

320D

306X

330S/10

306X

2½"

330D

510X

335S/10

511X

3"

335D

513X

345S/10

514X

4"

340D

513X

345S/10

514X

Actuator operating pressure 5 bar g

7.4.167

1½"

320D

306X

325S/12

306X

2"

320D

306X

325S/12

306X

2½"

325D

510X

335S/12

511X

3"

335D

513X

340S/12

513X

4"

335D

513X

345S/12

514X

Actuator operating pressure 6 bar g 1½"

320D

306X

325S/14

306X

2"

320D

306X

325S/14

306X

2½"

325D

510X

335S/14

511X

3"

330D

512X

340S/14

513X

4"

335D

513X

340S/14

513X

DN

*

A

B

1½"

303

138

2"

308

143

2½"

373

174

3"

383

162

4"

426

177

Dimensions (mm)

A

*

B

Note: The dimensions A and B represent the maximum size (mm) for the biggest recommended actuator according to each valve.

Page 12 of 12

TI-P372-23 CTLS Issue 11

BVA300 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves

7.4.168

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves

7.4.169

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves TI-P372-26

CH Issue 2

LSB31, LSB32, LSB33, LSB34, LSB71, LSB72, LSB73 and LSB74 Limit Switch Boxes for BVA300 Series Actuators

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

LSB limit switch boxes are normally used for indicating valve open or valve closed position. They also allow switching points to be adjustable over the full range of actuators. There is an open/closed valve position indicator mounted at the end of the switch box axis, at the top of the cover. LSB's include a stainless steel linkage kit for direct mounting to BVA300 series actuators. Available limit switch boxes: LSB31 Contact switches (2 x SPDT) LSB71 Contact switches (2 x SPDT) Explosion proof Exd IIC T6 LSB32 10 - 30 Vdc 3-wire proximity sensors (2 x Autonics PS17-5DNU, NPN) LSB72 10 - 30 Vdc 3-wire proximity sensors (2 x Autonics PS17-5DNU, NPN) Explosion proof Exd IIC T6 LSB33 8 Vdc 2-wire proximity sensors (2 x P&F NJ2-V3-N; intrinsically safe) LSB73 8 Vdc 2-wire proximity sensors (2 x P&F NJ2-V3-N; intrinsically safe) Explosion proof Exd IIC T6 LSB34 5 - 60 Vdc 2-wire proximity sensors (2 x P&F NBB3-V3-Z4) LSB74 5 - 60 Vdc 2-wire proximity sensors (2 x P&F NBB3-V3-Z4) Explosion proof Exd IIC T6

Dimensions (approximate) in mm LSB31, LSB32, LSB33 and LSB34

LSB71, LSB72, LSB73 and LSB74

134

89

110

7.4.170

142

144

172 2 x PG13.5 80

2 x M25 30

30

80

Technical data Protection Outer cover Room temperature Connection socket Position indicator Mounting kit

LSB3_ LSB7_

Standard IP67 Explosion proof Exd IIC T6, IP67 Epoxy - polyester -20°C to +80°C 8 terminals 0° to 90° dome type NAMUR, SS1 or SS2 stainless steel

Optional IP68 IP68 Nylon -40°C to +100°C

LSB3_ Switch sensor

Mechanical 2-SPDT LSB7_

Case

Cast aluminum

3-way L-port, T-port SS3, MT1 Proximity sensors - P&F Autonics, Magnetic Magnetic sensor DPDT switches Proximity sensors - P&F Autonics, Magnetic Magnetic sensors Position transmitter (output 0-1 Kohm, 4-20 mA dc) Stainless steel 316L

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2010

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P029-01 ST Issue 8

LCV1 Bronze Lift Check Valve Description

The LCV1 is a bronze lift check valve which is installed in horizontal lines to prevent reverse flow. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3

1

2

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 3". Screwed BSP or NPT

   Steam saturation curve

  







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region.

Maximum allowable pressure Maximum allowable temperature

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Maximum operating temperature

Materials PN16

16 bar g @ 180°C 250°C @ 8 bar g -29°C 14 bar g 250°C @ 8 bar g 0°C

No.

Part

1

Body

2

Material

Cone

3

Cap

4*

Spring

EN 1982 CC491K

Bronze Brass

BS 2874 CZ 114

Brass

EN 12165 CW617N

Stainless steel

BS 2056 302 S26

* Not illustrated

Kv values Size

½"

¾"

Kv

1.9

4.3

For conversion:

1"

1¼"

8.5

1½"

11.9

18.8

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Opening pressures in mbar

Without springs Size

2"

3"

30.8

68.4

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Flow pressures

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½

2"

6.2

7.4

6.5

7.1

7.1

6.9

With springs fitted the opening pressure is the same as the spring strength.

TI-P029-01

ST Issue 8

LCV1 Bronze Lift Check Valve Description

The LCV1 is a bronze lift check valve which is installed in horizontal lines to prevent reverse flow. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3

1

2

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2" and 3". Screwed BSP or NPT

Pressure/temperature limits Temperature °C

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits

Body design conditions PMA TMA

Minimum allowable temperature PMO TMO

Minimum operating temperature

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 28 bar g

   Steam saturation curve

 

7.5.1









   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature

Materials No.

Part

Material

16 bar g @ 180°C

1

Body

Bronze

250°C @ 8 bar g

2

Cone

Brass

BS 2874 CZ 114

-29°C

3

Cap

Brass

EN 12165 CW617N

4*

Spring

Stainless steel

PN16

14 bar g 250°C @ 8 bar g 0°C

EN 1982 CC491K

BS 2056 302 S26

* Not illustrated

Kv values

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco.

Size

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

3"

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 28 bar g

Kv

1.9

4.3

8.5

11.9

18.8

30.8

68.4

For conversion:

C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Opening pressures in mbar

Without springs Size

C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Flow pressures

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½

2"

6.2

7.4

6.5

7.1

7.1

6.9

With springs fitted the opening pressure is the same as the spring strength.

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A

B

C

D

Weight

½"

52

46

18

36

0.2

¾"

71

58

20

41

0.5

1"

86

71

28

56

0.8

1¼"

108

71

28

56

0.8

1½"

106

91

36

71

1.9

2"

131

104

43

86

2.7

3"

180

152

61

122

6.9

A

D

B

C

Safety information, installation and maintenance

7.5.2

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P029-06) supplied with the product. Installation note: Always install the LCV1 horizontally with the flow in the direction indicated on the body.

Disposal

This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

Spare parts

There are no spare parts available for this product.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1¼" LCV1 lift check valve having screwed BSP connections.

TI-P029-01 ST Issue 8

LCV1 Bronze Lift Check Valve

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves

7.5.3

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Page 1 of 8 TI-P029-16

ST Issue 4

LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 Lift Check Valves

Description

The LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 lift check valves are designed in accordance with EN 12516 and ASME B16.34 to prevent reverse flow in the installations. The design of these valves allows them to be easily serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline - See Spare parts, page 8. Available types: LCV3 Cast iron bodied with stainless steel internals. LCV4 Cast steel bodied with stainless steel internals. LCV6 Stainless steel bodied with stainless steel internals. LCV7 SG iron bodied with stainless steel internals.

7.5.4

Optional for the LCV4: High temperature bolting (stainless steel A2-70). Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carries the when so required.

mark

Standard shut-off This range of lift check valves conform to EN 12266-1: 2003 Rate F. Certification With the exception of the LCV3 these products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections LCV3

Unit Connections

PN16 JIS / KS 10

ASME 125

LCV4 BSP NPT

PN40 JIS / KS 20

ASME 150 ASME 300

LCV6 NPT SW

PN40 JIS / KS 20

ASME 150 ASME 300

LCV7 BSP NPT SW

PN16 PN25 JIS / KS 10

ASME 125 ASME 250

BSP NPT

DN15

½"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN20

¾"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN25

1"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN32

1¼"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN40

1½"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN50

2"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN65

2½"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN80

3"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

DN100

4"

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

•

• •

© Copyright 2011

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Page 2 of 8 LCV3 pressure / temperature limits A   C      

Temperature °C

Temperature °C



Steam saturation curve D 



   Pressure bar g





B

  E   



The product must not be used in this region. A - B Screwed BSP and flanged EN 1092 PN16. C - D Screwed NPT, socket weld and flanged ASME 125.

Screwed and Flanged EN 1092 PN16

Flanged ASME 125

7.5.5 Flanged JIS / KS 10

Steam saturation curve



F 





  Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. E-F

Flanged JIS / KS 10.

Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 Lift Check Valves Page 2 of 8

PN16 16 bar g @ 120°C 300°C @ 9.6 bar g -10°C 13 bar g 300°C @ 9.6 bar g -10°C 24 bar g ASME 125 13.8 bar g @ 65°C 232°C @ 8.6 bar g -10°C 10 bar g 232°C @ 8.6 bar g -10°C 20.5 bar g JIS / KS 10 13.7 bar g @ 120°C 220°C @ 9.8 bar g 0°C 11.2 bar g 220°C @ 9.8 bar g 0°C 20 bar g

TI-P029-16 ST Issue 4

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Page 3 of 8



A

Temperature °C

Temperature °C

LCV4 pressure / temperature limits   Steam saturation curve

  



D



C

  Pressure bar g



B 

 E       

Steam saturation curve F 



  Pressure bar g

A - B Screwed NPT, socket weld and flanged ASME 300. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. A - D Flanged ASME 150.

E-F

PN40

Maximum allowable pressure

PMO TMO

Maximum allowable temperature

300°C @ 27.6 bar g 400°C @ 23.8 bar g

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Maximum operating temperature

300°C @ 27.6 bar g 400°C @ 23.8 bar g

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions

TMA

PMO TMO

Maximum allowable pressure Maximum allowable temperature Maximum allowable temperature with high temperature bolting Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Maximum operating temperature Maximum operating temperature with high temperature bolting

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA TMA

Screwed NPT Socket weld and Flanged ASME 300

TMO

Maximum allowable pressure

19.3 bar g @ 38°C 300°C @ 10.2 bar g 400°C @ 6.5 bar g -10°C 13.9 bar g 300°C @ 10.2 bar g 400°C @ 6.5 bar g -10°C 30 bar g 51.1 bar g @ 38°C

Maximum allowable temperature

300°C @ 39.8 bar g

Maximum allowable temperature with high temperature bolting

400°C @ 34.7 bar g

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

-10°C 41.8 bar g

Maximum operating temperature

300°C @ 39.8 bar g

Maximum operating temperature with high temperature bolting

400°C @ 34.7 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions

-10°C 77 bar g JIS / KS 20

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

34 bar g @ 120°C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

300°C @ 32 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

Flanged JIS / KS 20

60 bar g

ASME 300

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

-10°C

ASME 150

Minimum allowable temperature

Flanged ASME 150

-10°C 31.1 bar g

Maximum operating temperature with high temperature bolting

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco.

PMA

40 bar g @ 50°C

Maximum allowable temperature with high temperature bolting

Minimum allowable temperature

Flanged EN 1092 PN40



Flanged JIS / KS 20.

Body design conditions

TMA



The product must not be used in this region.

The product must not be used in this region.

PMA



PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 Lift Check Valves Page 3 of 8

0°C 30 bar g 300°C @ 32 bar g 0°C 51 bar g

TI-P029-16 ST Issue 4

7.5.6

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Page 4 of 8

Temperature °C



A

 

Steam saturation curve

  





D 



C 

B 

Temperature °C

LCV6 pressure / temperature limits  E       

Steam saturation curve F 



  Pressure bar g







Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A - B Screwed NPT, socket weld and flanged ASME 300. A - C Screwed BSP and flanged EN 1092 PN40. A - D Flanged ASME 150.

Screwed BSP and Flanged EN 1092 PN40

7.5.7

Screwed NPT Socket weld and Flanged ASME 300

Flanged ASME 150

Flanged JIS / KS 20

The product must not be used in this region. E-F

Flanged JIS / KS 20.

Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 Lift Check Valves Page 4 of 8

PN40 40 bar g @ 50°C 400°C @ 27.4 bar g -10°C 32.3 bar g 400°C @ 27.4 bar g -10°C 60 bar g ASME 300 49.6 bar g @ 38°C 400°C @ 29.4 bar g -10°C 34 bar g 400°C @ 29.4 bar g -10°C 76 bar g ASME 150 19 bar g @ 38°C 400°C @ 6.5 bar g -10°C 13.8 bar g 400°C @ 6.5 bar g -10°C 30 bar g JIS / KS 20 34 bar g @ 120°C 300°C @ 32 bar g 0°C 23.5 bar g 300°C @ 32 bar g 0°C 51 bar g

TI-P029-16 ST Issue 4

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Page 5 of 8

A

Temperature °C

Temperature °C

LCV7 pressure / temperature limits

D Steam saturation curve H

B

C

G

 E       

Steam saturation curve 



F

  Pressure bar g







Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

The product must not be used in this region. A-B A-C D-G D-H

Screwed BSP and flanged EN 1092 PN25. Screwed NPT and flanged EN 1092 PN16. Flanged ASME 250. Flanged ASME 125.

Flanged EN 1092 PN16

Screwed BSP and Flanged EN 1092 PN25

Flanged ASME 125

Screwed NPT and Flanged ASME 250

Flanged JIS / KS 10

E-F

Flanged JIS / KS 10.

Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 Lift Check Valves Page 5 of 8

PN16 16 bar g @ 120°C 300°C @ 12.8 bar g -10°C 14.7 bar g 300°C @ 12.8 bar g -10°C 24 bar g PN25 25 bar g @ 120°C 300°C @ 20 bar g -10°C 22.5 bar g 300°C @ 20 bar g -10°C 38 bar g ASME 125 13.8 bar g @ 65°C 232°C @ 8.6 bar g -10°C 10 bar g 232°C @ 8.6 bar g -10°C 20.5 bar g ASME 250 34.5 bar g @ 65°C 232°C @ 17.2 bar g -10°C 19.4 bar g 232°C @ 17.2 bar g -10°C 52 bar g JIS / KS 10 13.7 bar g @ 120°C 300°C @ 9.8 bar g 0°C 12.3 bar g 300°C @ 9.8 bar g 0°C 20 bar g

TI-P029-16 ST Issue 4

7.5.8

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Page 6 of 8 Materials No.

Part

Material LCV3

1 and 2

Body and cover

3

Gasket

4 and 5

Seat and guide

6 7

Disc Spring

LCV4 LCV6 LCV7 LCV3 LCV4 LCV6 LCV7

LCV3 LCV4 LCV6 LCV7

8

Bolt

9

Seat retainer

ASME Cast iron body with SG iron cover PN SG iron body with cast iron cover Carbon steel Stainless steel SG iron Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Cast steel Cast steel Stainless steel Cast steel Stainless steel

Cover (1) Body (2)

Standard PN / BSP ASME / NPT / SW EN 1561 GJL250 ASTM A395 EN 1563 GJS400-15 ASTM A126 Class B EN 10213 1.0619+N ASTM A216 WCB EN 10213 1.4408 ASTM A351-CF8M EN 1563 GJS400-18LT ASTM A395 Graphite Graphite 431 431 431 431 316L 316L 431 431 316L 316L 316 S 42 316 S 42 Grade 8.8 Grade 8.8 Grade 8.8 Grade 8.8 A2-70 A2-70 Grade 8.8 Grade 8.8 316L 316L

8 1 5

3

2

9

7.5.9

4 6

7

3

Weights (approximate) in kg LCV3 Unit

Flanged

LCV4

Screwed

Flanged

LCV6

Screwed Socket weld

Flanged

LCV7

Screwed Socket weld

Flanged

Screwed

DN15

½"

4.30

3.10

5.05

3.65

5.19

3.79

4.64

3.24

DN20

¾"

5.50

4.10

6.43

5.33

6.60

5.50

5.89

4.29

DN25

1"

5.82

4.10

6.58

4.18

6.77

4.37

6.04

3.74

DN32

1¼"

10.23

7.20

12.89

9.59

13.37

10.07

11.99

8.69

DN40

1½"

11.43

8.00

14.35

9.55

14.77

9.97

13.18

9.28

DN50

2"

14.96

10.50

16.86

12.06

17.51

12.71

15.65

10.65

DN65

2½"

27.04

32.25

33.13

29.53

DN80

3"

29.47

36.02

37.00

33.00

DN100

4"

48.93

52.06

53.47

48.82

LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 Lift Check Valves Page 6 of 8

TI-P029-16 ST Issue 4

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Page 7 of 8 Dimensions (approximate) in mm

Please note: Flanged ASME versions are (approximate) in inches

Screwed and Socket weld

Flanged

B

B

A

A

Dimension

A

B

Connection

Screwed

Flanged

Screwed

Flanged

Flanged

BSP

PN40 PN16 PN25 JIS 10 / KS 10 JIS 20 / KS 20

NPT

ASME 125

ASME 250 ASME 300

Socket weld

LCV3

LCV7

DN15

½"

130

130

6½"

7¼"

7½"

DN20

¾"

155

150

6½"

7¼"

7½"

DN25

1"

160

160

7¾"

7¼"

7¼"

7¾"

DN32

1¼"

185

180

8½"

DN40

1½"

205

200

9¼"

8¾"

8¾"

9¼"

DN50

2"

230

230

10½"

10"

10"

10½"

DN65

2½"

290

10½"

10½"

11½"

DN80

3"

310

11¾"

11¾"

12½"

DN100

4"

350

13¾"

13¾"

14½"

DN15

½"

88

88

4"

4"

4"

4"

DN20

¾"

88

88

4"

4"

4"

4"

DN25

1"

88

88

4"

4"

4"

4"

DN32

1¼"

117

117

5

"

DN40

1½"

117

117

5

"

5

"

5

"

5

"

DN50

2"

117

117

5

"

5

"

5

"

5

"

DN65

2½"

166

7 "

7 "

7 "

DN80

3"

166

7 "

7 "

7 "

DN100

4"

180

8½"

8½"

8½"

LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 Lift Check Valves Page 7 of 8

TI-P029-16 ST Issue 4

7.5.10

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves Page 8 of 8 Capacities Capacity

DN15 ½"

DN20 ¾"

DN25 1"

DN32 1¼"

DN40 1½"

DN50 2"

DN65 2½"

DN80 3"

DN100 4"

5

8.3

11

18

34

42

87

113

135

Kv

Opening pressures in mbar Differential pressures with zero flow Flow direction

3

DN15 to DN25

DN32 to DN50

DN65 to DN100

22.5

24.5

25.5

20

20

20

Horizontal Vertical

1

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P029-17) supplied with the product.

Installation note: Always install the lift check valve with the flow in the direction indicated on the body. Disposal These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.

2

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 LCV4 lift check valve having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

Spare parts

7.5.11

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares LCV Gaskets kit (Cover gasket and seat gasket) Spare 1 LCV Internals kit (Cover gasket, seat gasket, spring, disc and seat) Spare 2

1

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap. Always order spares by using the description of the LCV and Spare 1 or Spare 2. Example: 1 off LCV Internals kit – Spare 2, for a Spirax Sarco DN15 LCV4 lift check valve having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

Nm EN

3

LCV3

17 A / F

Others

19 A / F

LCV3

19 A / F

Others

24 A / F

ASME

EN LCV3

M10

Others

M12

LCV3

M12

Others

M16

ASME ½" - 13 UNC

40 - 50

" - 11 UNC

80 - 90

DN15 to DN25

(½" to 1")

DN32 to DN50

(1¼" to 2")

DN65 to DN80

(2½" to 3")

24 A / F

1¼" A / F

M16

¾" - 9 UNC

DN100

(4")

24 A / F

1

" A/F

M16

" - 11 UNC

" A/F 1

" A/F

LCV3, LCV4, LCV6 and LCV7 Lift Check Valves Page 8 of 8

90 - 100 70 - 80

TI-P029-16 ST Issue 4

Pipeline ancillaries Lift check valves

7.5.12

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, splitmaydisc wafer check valves Local regulations restrict theand use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P134-05

ST Issue 9

DCV1 Disc Check Valve Description

The DCV1 disc check valve is of the wafer pattern designed to be sandwiched between flanges. It is suitable for use on a wide range of fluids for applications in process lines, hot water systems, steam and condensate systems etc. Face-to-face dimensions conform to EN 558 part 1, series 49. As standard it will be supplied with a metal-to-metal seat for use on steam applications. Where it is being used on oil, air, gas and water applications, alternative seat material is available see 'Optional extras'. Note: Wafer check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor Optional extras Heavy duty springs (700 mbar opening pressure, up to DN65) for boiler feed applications. Viton soft seats for oil, air and gas applications. EPDM soft seats for water applications.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 Suitable for installation between BS 10 Tables 'E' and 'H', EN 1092 PN6, PN10, PN16, PN25, PN40; JIS 5, JIS 10, JIS 16, and JIS 20 flanges with the following exceptions:Note 1: DN40, DN50, DN80 and DN100 - will not fit between JIS 5 flanges. Note 2: DN65 and DN80 - will not fit between BS 10 'E' flanges.

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4

Part Body Disc Spring retainer Standard spring Heavy duty spring

Material Bronze WS 2.1050 Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A276 316 Austenitic stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11 Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42 Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42

3

4

2 1

Pressure / temperature limits  Temperature °C

7.6.1

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Standard shut-off Standard valves conform to EN 12266-1 rate E. Valves conforming to EN 12266-1 rate D are available on request. Soft seated versions meet EN 12266-1 rate A, providing a differential pressure exists. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

 

Steam saturation curve

   





 Pressure bar g

Disc check valves are opened by the pressure of the fluid and closed by the spring as soon as the flow ceases and before the reverse flow occurs.

Please note: The figures displayed are only relevant when a metal-to-metal seat is used. If Viton or EPDM seats are used the product is restricted to the limits of the seat material chosen. Body design conditions for saturated steam service TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature

Open

Closed



The product must not be used in this region.

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

Operation



PN16

16 bar g @ 120°C 260°C @ 7 bar g -198°C 13.2 bar g @ 196°C 260°C @ 7 bar g

Minimum operating temperature -198°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Temperature limits

Viton seat

-25°C to +205°C

EPDM seat

-40°C to +120°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

A 60.0 69.5 80.5 90.5 101.0 115.0 142.0 154.0 184.0

B 43 53 63 75 85 95 115 133 154

C 38 45 55 68 79 93 113 128 148

D 16.0 19.0 22.0 28.0 31.5 40.0 46.0 50.0 60.0

E 29.0 35.7 44.0 54.5 65.5 77.0 97.5 111.5 130.0

Kv values

DN 15 20 25 32 40 Kv 4.4 6.8 10.8 17 26 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

50 43

F 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100

65 60

Weight 0.13 0.19 0.32 0.55 0.74 1.25 1.87 2.42 3.81

80 80

A

100 113

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Opening pressures in mbar

Differential pressures with zero flow for standard and high temperature springs. è Flow direction 15 25 22.5 20

è

DN è è

20 25 22.5 20

25 25 22.5 20

32 27 23.5 20

40 28 24.5 20

50 29 24.5 20

65 30 25 20

80 31 25.5 20

B

100 33 26.5 20

E

D

è

Where lowest opening pressures are required, valves without springs can be installed in vertical pipes with bottom-to-top flow. Without spring 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 5 5.5 6.5 Heavy duty springs approximately 700 mbar

Pressure loss diagram



  

 

                    

      

    





   

Safety information, installation and maintenance Water flowrate in Vw I /s

Water flowrate in Vw m3 /h





  











Pressure loss in bar Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 20°C. The values indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only within the range of partial opening. The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 20°C. To determine the pressure for other fluids the equivalent water volume flowrate must be calculated and used in the graph. xV 1000 Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in l / s or m³/h

Vw = Where:

V

= Density of fluid kg/m³ = Volume of fluid l/s or m³/h

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50, DCV1 bronze disc check valve for fitting between EN 1092 PN25 flanges.

TI-P134-05 ST Issue 9

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-07) supplied with the product. DCV disc check valves must be fitted in accordance with the direction of flow arrow indicating correct fluid flow direction. When fitted with a spring they can be installed in any plane. When supplied without a spring they must be fitted in a vertical flow line with the flow from bottom-to-top. The 'cam' design of the body allows the various flange types to be accommodated. The body is rotated to touch the flange joint bolts ensuring that the valve is centred in the pipeline.

*

*

Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and joint gaskets are to * Note: be provided by the installer. Disc check valves are non-maintainable

(no spares are available). Disc check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor. Various options are denoted by a marking on the valve body:'W' – Without spring – Standard metal disc 'H' – Heavy duty spring – Standard metal disc 'V' – Standard spring – Viton soft faced disc 'E' – Standard spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'WV' – Without spring – Viton soft faced disc 'WE' – Without spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'HV' – Heavy duty spring – Viton soft faced disc 'HE' – Heavy duty spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'T' – Valves tested to EN 12266-1 Rate D No identification indicates a standard spring with a metal disc.

Disposal

Pressure loss information for steam, compressed air and gases is available from Spirax Sarco.

How to order

F C

If a product which contains a Viton component has been subjected to a temperature approaching 315°C or higher, then it may have decomposed and formed hydrofluoric acid. Avoid skin contact and inhalation of any fumes as the acid will cause deep skin burns and damage to the respiratory system. Viton must be disposed of in a recognised manner as stated in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-07). No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

DCV1 Disc Check Valve

7.6.2

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, splitmaydisc wafer check valves Local regulations restrict theand use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P134-50

ST Issue 7

DCV3 and DCV3LT Disc Check Valves Description

The DCV3 and DCV3LT disc check valves are of the wafer pattern designed to be sandwiched between flanges. They are suitable for use on a wide range of fluids for applications in process lines, hot water systems, steam and condensate systems etc. Face-to-face dimensions conform to EN 558 part 1, series 49. As standard they will be supplied with a metal-to-metal seat for use on steam applications. Where they are being used on oil, air, gas and water applications, alternative seat material is available - see 'Optional extras'. Optional extras Heavy duty springs (700 mbar opening pressure, up to DN65) for boiler feed applications. Viton soft seats for oil, air and gas applications. EPDM soft seats for water applications.

LT

The DCV3LT is supplied with 'LT ' stamped on the unit.

Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

7.6.3

Certification These products are available with a Typical Test Report. The products are also available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 Suitable for installation between BS 10 Tables 'E' and 'H', EN 1092 PN6, PN10, PN16, PN25 and PN40; JIS 5, JIS 10, JIS 16, JIS 20 flanges with the following exceptions:DN40, DN50, DN80 and DN100 - will not fit between JIS 5 flanges DN65 and DN80 - will not fit between BS 10 'E' flanges.

Materials

No. 1 2 3

Part Material Body Austenitic stainless steel WS 1.4581 Disc Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A276 316 Spring retainer Austenitic stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11 Standard spring Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42 4 Heavy duty spring Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42 High temp. spring Nickel alloy Nimonic 90 Note: Special testing to allow lower temperture operation can be provided at extra cost. Consult Spirax Sarco

Operation

Disc check valves are opened by the pressure of the fluid and closed by the spring as soon as the flow ceases and before the reverse flow occurs.

Open

Closed

2 1

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

Standard shut-off Standard valves conform to EN 12266 rate E. Valves conforming to EN 12266 rate D are available on request. Soft seated versions meet EN 12266 rate A, providing a differential pressure exists.

3 4

A

B

E

C Steam saturation curve



     

F D

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. Use either a DCV3 with high temperature spring or DCV3 / DCV3LT without spring for use in this area. A- B - F DCV3 without spring and with high temperature spring. A- B -D DCV3LT without spring. E - C - F DCV3 with standard spring and heavy duty spring. E - C -D DCV3LT with standard spring and heavy duty spring. Please note: The figures displayed are only relevant when a metal-to-metal seat is used. If Viton or EPDM seats are used the product is restricted to the limits of the seat material chosen. Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 31.2 bar g DCV3 -10°C Minimum allowable temperature DCV3LT -60°C operating pressure PMO Maximum 40 bar g @ 50°C (metal-to-metal seat) Standard spring 300°C @ 33.3 bar g Heavy duty spring 300°C @ 33.3 bar g Maximum High TMO operating temperature DCV3 only 400°C @ 31.2 bar g temperature spring Without spring 400°C @ 31.2 bar g Minimum operating temperature DCV3 -10°C Note: For lower operating -60°C temperatures consult Spirax Sarco DCV3LT Viton seat -25°C to +205°C EPDM seat -40°C to +120°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g Temperature limits

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

A 60.0 69.5 80.5 90.5 101.0 115.0 142.0 154.0 184.0

Kv values DN Kv

15 4.4

B 43 53 63 75 85 95 115 133 154

20 6.8

For conversion:

C 38 45 55 68 79 93 113 128 148

25 10.8

D 16.0 19.0 22.0 28.0 31.5 40.0 46.0 50.0 60.0

E 29.0 35.7 44.0 54.5 65.5 77.0 97.5 111.5 130.0

40 26

50 43

32 17

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

F 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100

65 60

Weight 0.13 0.19 0.32 0.55 0.74 1.25 1.87 2.42 3.81

80 80

A

100 113

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Opening pressures in mbar

Differential pressures with zero temperature springs. Flow direction DN 15 20 25 32 25 25 25 27 22.5 22.5 22.5 23.5 20 20 20 20

flow for standard and high

40 28 24.5 20

50 29 24.5 20

65 30 25 20

80 31 25.5 20

100 33 26.5 20

B E

Where lowest opening pressures are required, valves without springs can be installed in vertical pipes with bottom-to-top flow. Without spring 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 5 5.5 6.5 Heavy duty springs approximately 700 mbar

D

F

Pressure loss diagram

C

  

 

Water flowrate in Vw m3 /h



                   

      

    





   

Safety information, installation and maintenance Water flowrate in Vw I /s





  











Pressure loss in bar Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 20°C. The values indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only within the range of partial opening. The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 20°C. To determine the pressure for other fluids the equivalent water volume flowrate must be calculated and used in the graph. xV 1000 Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in l / s or m³/ h

Vw = Where:

= Density of fluid kg / m³ V

7.6.4 *

*

Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and joint gaskets are to be * Note: provided by the installer. Disc check valves are non-maintainable

(no spares are available). Disc check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor. Various options are denoted by a marking on the valve body:'N' – High temperature spring – Standard metal disc 'W' – Without spring – Standard metal disc 'H' – Heavy duty spring – Standard metal disc 'V' – Standard spring – Viton soft faced disc 'E' – Standard spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'WV' – Without spring – Viton soft faced disc 'WE' – Without spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'HV' – Heavy duty spring – Viton soft faced disc 'HE' – Heavy duty spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'T' – Valves tested to EN 12266 rate D No identification indicates a standard spring with a metal disc.

Disposal

= Volume of fluid l / s or m³/ h

Pressure loss information for steam, compressed air and gases is available from Spirax Sarco.

How to order

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-08) supplied with the product. DCV disc check valves must be fitted in accordance with the direction of flow arrow indicating correct fluid flow direction. When fitted with a spring they can be installed in any plane. When supplied without a spring they must be fitted in a vertical flow line with the flow from bottom-to-top. The 'cam' design of the body allows the various flange types to be accommodated. The body is rotated to touch the flange joint bolts ensuring that the valve is centred in the pipeline.

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50, DCV3 austenitic stainless steel disc check valve for fitting between EN 1092 PN25 flanges.

If a product which contains a Viton component has been subjected to a temperature approaching 315°C or higher, then it may have decomposed and formed hydrofluoric acid. Avoid skin contact and inhalation of any fumes as the acid will cause deep skin burns and damage to the respiratory system. Viton must be disposed of in a recognised manner as stated in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-08). No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

DCV3 and DCV3LT Disc Check Valves

TI-P134-50 ST Issue 7

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, splitmaydisc wafer check valves Local regulations restrict theand use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P134-04

ST Issue 11

DCV4 Disc Check Valve Description

The DCV4 stainless steel disc check valve is of the wafer pattern designed to be sandwiched between ASME flanges. It is suitable for use on a wide range of fluids for applications in process lines, hot water systems, steam and condensate systems etc. Face-to-face dimensions conform to EN 558 part 2, series 52. As standard it will be supplied with a metal-to-metal seat for use on steam applications. Where it will be used on oil, air, gas and water applications, alternative seat material is available - see 'Optional extras'. Optional extras High temperature springs for temperatures up to 400°C. Viton soft seats for oils, air and gas applications. EPM soft seats for water applications. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.

7.6.5

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80 and DN100 Suitable for installation between ASME 150 or ASME 300 flanges.

Materials No. Part 1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M

Disc

Austenitic stainless steel

ASTM A276 316

3

Spring retainer

Austenitic stainless steel

BS 1449 316 S11

Standard spring

Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42

High temp. spring Nickel alloy

Nimonic 90

Operation

Disc check valves are opened by the pressure of the fluid and closed by the spring as soon as the flow ceases and before the reverse flow occurs.

Open

Pressure / temperature limits  

E



C Steam saturation curve

  

B

A

D 











Pressure bar g

Material

2

4

1

4 2 3

Temperature °C

Standard shut-off Standard valves conform to EN 12266-1 rate E. Valves conforming to EN 12266-1 rate D are available on request. Soft seated versions meet EN 12266-1 rate A, providing a differential pressure exists.

Closed

The product must not be used in this region. A- B -D High temperature spring and without spring. E - C -D Standard spring. Please note: The figures displayed are only relevant when a metal-to-metal seat is used. If Viton or EPDM seats are used the product is restricted to the limits of the seat material chosen. Body design conditions for saturated steam service ASME 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 49 bar g @ 37°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 29 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C operating pressure 49 bar g @ 37°C PMO Maximum for saturated steam service Standard spring 300°C @ 31.5 bar g Maximum High TMO operating temperature 400°C @ 29 bar g temperature spring Without spring 400°C @ 29 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Viton seat -25°C to +205°C Temperature limits EPDM seat -40°C to +120°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg ASME ASME 300 150 A B C 54 47 38 67 57 46 73 67 54 95 86 76 111 105 95 149 136 130 181 174 160

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50 DN80 DN100

D 25 31 35 45 56 71 80

E 22.35 27.35 33.15 49.15 59.15 90.15 111.15

Kv values

DN 15 20 25 40 Kv 4.4 7.5 12 26 For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

F Weight 15 0.24 20 0.41 25 0.54 40 1.15 50 1.84 80 3.69 100 5.70

50 80 100 39 84 150 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 B Centering dimension for ASME 150

Opening pressures in mbar

Differential pressures with zero flow for standard and high temperature springs. Flow direction

DN

15 25 22.5 20

20 25 22.5 20

25 25 22.5 20

40 28 24 20

50 29 24.5 20

80 31 25.5 20

A Centering dimension for ASME 300

100 33 26.5 20

Where lowest opening pressures are required, valves without springs can be installed in vertical pipes with bottom-to-top flow. Without spring 2.5 2.5 2.5 4.0 4.5 5.5 6.5

E

D

Pressure loss diagram      







    

   



         



   





   











F C Water flowrate in Vw I /s

Water flowrate in Vw m3 /h



    



Pressure loss in bar Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 20°C. The values indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only within the range of partial opening. The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 20°C. To determine the pressure for other fluids the equivalent water volume flowrate must be calculated and used in the graph. xV 1000 Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in l / s or m³/ h = Density of fluid kg / m³ V = Volume of fluid l / s or m³/ h

Vw = Where:

Pressure loss information for steam, compressed air and gases is available from Spirax Sarco.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40, DCV4 stainless steel disc check valve for fitting between ASME 300 flanges.

TI-P134-04 ST Issue 11

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-08) supplied with the product. DCV4 disc check valves must be fitted in accordance with the direction of flow arrow indicating correct fluid flow direction. When fitted with a spring they can be installed in any plane. When supplied without a spring they must be fitted in a vertical flow line with the flow from bottom-to-top.

*

*

Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and joint gaskets are to be * Note: provided by the installer. Disc check valves are non-maintainable (no spares are available). Disc check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor.

Various options are denoted by a marking on the valve body:'N' – High temperature spring – Standard metal disc 'W' – Without spring – Standard metal disc 'V' – Standard spring – Viton soft faced disc 'E' – Standard spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'WV' – Without spring – Viton soft faced disc 'WE' – Without spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'T' – Valves tested to EN 12266-1 Rate D No identification indicates a standard spring with a metal disc.

Disposal

If a product which contains a Viton component has been subjected to a temperature approaching 315°C or higher, then it may have decomposed and formed hydrofluoric acid. Avoid skin contact and inhalation of any fumes as the acid will cause deep skin burns and damage to the respiratory system. Viton must be disposed of in a recognised manner as stated in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-08). No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

DCV4 Disc Check Valve

7.6.6

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves

7.6.7

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P601-18

ST Issue 8

DCV41 Austenitic Stainless Steel Disc Check Valve Description

The DCV41 is an austenitic stainless steel disc check valve available with either screwed or socket weld end connections. Its function is to prevent reverse flow on a wide variety of fluids for applications in process lines, hot water systems, steam and condensate systems. For oil and gas applications, a Viton seat is available. For water applications an EPDM seat is available. Soft seat versions provide a zero leakage rate or bubble tight shut-off, i.e. they meet EN 12266-1 Rate A, providing a differential pressure exists. Please note that the soft seat options are not available with socket weld ends. The shut-off of the standard valve conforms to EN 12266-1 Rate E. When a heavy duty spring is installed with an EPDM seat, the valve is suitable for boiler feedwater check applications. A high temperature spring version is available to operate at 400 °C. Optional extras

2

Heavy duty springs (700 mbar opening pressure) for boiler feed applications

34

1

High temperature springs Viton soft seats for oils and gas applications - screwed only

Standard DCV41 with metal seat

EPDM soft seats for water applications - screwed only Standards Designed and manufactured in accordance with BS 7438. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Standard shut-off Standard valves conform to EN 12266-1 rate E. Soft seated versions meet EN 2266-1 rate A, providing a differential pressure exists. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

7.6.8 Soft seat option (screwed connections only)

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" Screwed BSP to BS 21 female parallel, Screwed NPT to ASME B 1.20.1 and Socket weld to ASME B 16.11 Class 3000.

Materials

Operation

No. Part

Material

1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M

2

Seat

Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M

3

Disc

Austenitic stainless steel

Standard spring

Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42

4

Disc check valves are opened by the pressure of the fluid and closed by the spring as soon as the flow ceases and before the reverse flow occurs.

ASTM A276 316

Heavy duty spring Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42 High temp. spring Nickel alloy

Nimonic 90

Page 1 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C



A



B

The product must not be used in this region. C

E

For use in this area use a DCV41 with high temperature spring or DCV41 without spring.



Steam saturation curve

  





A - B - D High temperature spring and without spring. E - C - D Standard spring.

D

  Pressure bar g





Please note: Special testing to allow lower temperature operation can be provided at extra cost. Consult Spirax Sarco.

Body design conditions

PN50

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

49.6 bar g @ 38 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

400 °C @ 29.4 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

TMO

-29 °C

Maximum operating pressure (bar g)

Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature

*

49.6 bar g @ 38 °C With metal seat and standard spring

300 °C

With metal seat and high temperature spring

400 °C

Without spring

400 °C

Viton seat

205 °C

EPDM seat

120 °C

With metal seat

-29 °C

With viton seat

-25 °C to +205 °C

With EPDM seat

-40 °C to +120 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

7.6.9

76 bar g

* Note: Special testing to allow lower temperature operation can be provided at extra cost. Consult Spirax Sarco. Dimensions/weight (approximate) in mm and kg Size

A Socket weld

A Screwed

B A/F

Weight

½"

50

51

34

0.2

¾"

55

57

41

0.3

1"

67

68

50

0.5

A End elevation

B

TI-P601-18 ST Issue 8

Page 2 of 3

DCV41 Austenitic Stainless Steel Disc Check Valve

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves How to order

Kv values Size

½"

¾"

1"

Kv

4.4

7.5

12

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DCV41 austenitic stainless steel bodied disc check valve having ½" screwed BSP connections supplied fitted with a Viton soft seat and certification to EN 10204 3.1 for the body.

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Safety information, installation and maintenance

Opening pressures in mbar

Differential pressures with zero flow for standard and high temperature springs. Flow direction All sizes

25

22.5

20

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P601-19) supplied with the product. The DCV41 disc check valve must be fitted in accordance with the direction of flow arrow indicating correct fluid flow direction. When fitted with a spring, they can be installed in any plane. When supplied without spring, they must be fitted in a vertical flow line with the flow from bottom-to-top.

Where lower opening pressures are required, valves without springs can be installed in vertical pipes with bottom-to-top flow.

Note: Disc check valves are non-maintainable (no spares are available). Disc check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor.

Without spring and

Various options are denoted by a marking on the valve body:-

flow direction

Size

½"

¾"

1"

'N'

- High temperature spring - Standard metal seat

mbar

3.0

2.5

4.0

'W'

- Without spring

- Standard metal seat

'WV'

- Without spring

- Viton seat

'WE'

- Without spring

- EPDM seat

'H'

- Heavy duty spring

- Standard metal seat

'HV'

- Heavy duty spring

- Viton seat



'HE'

- Heavy duty spring

- EPDM seat



'V'

- Standard spring

- Viton seat



'E'

- Standard spring

- EPDM seat

Heavy duty springs approximately 700 mbar

Pressure loss diagram 

1"

 



¾"

 

½"



Water flowrate in Vw l/s

Water flowrate in Vw m³/h





  

  Pressure loss in bar





No identification indicates a standard spring with a metal disc.

7.6.10

Disposal

If a product which contains a Viton component has been subjected to a temperature approaching 315 °C or higher, then it may have decomposed and formed hydrofluoric acid. Avoid skin contact and inhalation of any fumes as the acid will cause deep skin burns and damage to the respiratory system. Viton must be disposed of in a recognised manner as stated in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P601-19). No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 20 °C. The values indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only within the range of partial opening. The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 20 °C. To determine the pressure for other fluids the equivalent water volume flowrate must be calculated and used in the graph. Vw = Vw Where:

1000

xV

= Equivalent water volume flow in l/s or m³ / h = Density of fluid kg / m³

V

= Volume of fluid l / s or m³ / h

Pressure loss information for steam, compressed air and gases is available from Spirax Sarco.

TI-P601-18 ST Issue 8

Page 3 of 3

DCV41 Austenitic Stainless Steel Disc Check Valve

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, splitmaydisc wafer check valves Local regulations restrict theand use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P134-26

ST Issue 8

DCV6 Disc Check Valve Description

The DCV6 stainless steel disc check valve is of the wafer pattern designed to be sandwiched between flanges. It is suitable for use on a wide range of fluids for applications in process lines, hot water systems, steam and condensate lines etc. They have an increased gasket face area compared to the DCV3, with face-to-face dimensions conforming to EN 558 part 2, series 52. As standard it will be supplied with a metal-to-metal seat for use on steam applications. Where it is being used on oil, air, gas and water applications, alternative seat material is available see 'Optional extras'. Note: Wafer check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor. Optional extras Heavy duty springs (700 mbar opening pressure, up to DN65) for boiler feed applications High temperature springs for temperatures up to 400°C. Viton soft seats for oil, gas and air applications. EPDM soft seats for water applications.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 Suitable for installation between the following flanges: EN 1092 PN10, PN16, PN25 and PN40, JIS 10K, JIS 16K, JIS 20K, JIS 30K and JIS 40K, KS 10K, KS 16K, KS 20K, KS 30K and KS 40K, ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and Class 300 Note: DN80 and DN100 - will not fit between JIS 10K. Flange face options: Flange faces may be machined to fit between flanges according to DIN 2512, 2513, 2514 and ASME 150 / 300 RJ.

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel

WS 1.4581

2

Disc

Austenitic stainless steel

ASTM A276 316

3

Spring retainer

Austenitic stainless steel BS 1449 316 S 11

Standard spring

Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S 42

4

Heavy duty spring Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S 42 High temp. spring Nickel alloy

Nimonic 90

Operation

Disc check valves are opened by the pressure of the fluid and closed by the spring as soon as the flow ceases and before the reverse flow occurs.

Open

Closed

4

3 2

1

Pressure / temperature limits 400

Temperature °C

7.6.11

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Standard shut-off Standard valves conform to EN 12266-1 rate D. Soft seated versions meet EN 12266-1 rate A, providing a differential pressure exists. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

A

300

B C

E

200

Steam saturation curve

100 0 -10

0

5

10

15 20 25 Pressure bar g

30

35

D 40

The product must not be used in this region. For use in this area use a DCV6 with high temperature spring or DCV6 without spring. A- B -D High temperature spring and without spring. E - C -D Standard spring and heavy duty spring. Please note: The figures displayed are only relevant when a metal-to-metal seat is used. If Viton or EPDM seats are used the product is restricted to the limits of the seat material chosen. Body design conditions for PN40 and ASME 300 saturated steam service PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 22.4 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure 40 bar g @ 50°C PMO for saturated steam service Standard spring 300°C @ 33.3 bar g Heavy duty spring 300°C @ 33.3 bar g Maximum High TMO operating temperature 400°C @ 31.2 bar g temperature spring Without spring 400°C @ 31.2 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Viton seat -25°C to +205°C Temperature limits EPDM seat -40°C to +120°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

A 64 73 85 95 106 119 149 158 189

B 22 27 33 41 49 59 75 90 111

Kv values

DN 15 20 Kv 4.4 7.5 For conversion:

C 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100

D 48 61 71 81 91 105 125 141 164

E 25.0 31.5 35.5 40.0 45.0 56.0 63.0 71.0 80.0

Weight 0.25 0.45 0.67 0.85 1.12 1.75 2.75 3.58 5.39

25 32 40 50 65 80 100 12 17 26 39 58 86 158 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Opening pressures in mbar

Differential pressures with zero flow for standard and high temperature springs.  Flow direction

A D

DN

15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 25 25 25 27 28 29 30 31 33  22.5 22.5 22.5 23.5 24.5 24.5 25 25.5 26.5 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Where lowest opening pressures are required, valves without springs can be installed in vertical pipes with bottom-to-top flow. Without spring 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6.5 Heavy duty springs approximately 700 mbar 

B





E

Pressure loss diagram

C 

  

 

            

    

   

    

 







   

Safety information, installation and maintenance Water flowrate in Vw l /s

Water flowrate in Vw m3 /h





  











Pressure loss in bar Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 20°C. The values indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only within the range of partial opening. The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 20°C. To determine the pressure for other fluids the equivalent water volume flowrate must be calculated and used in the graph. xV 1000 Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in l / s or m³/h

Vw = Where:

V

= Density of fluid kg/m³ = Volume of fluid l/s or m³/h

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15, DCV6 stainless steel disc check valve for fitting between EN 1092 PN40 flanges.

TI-P134-26 ST Issue 8

*

*

Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and joint gaskets are to be * Note: provided by the installer. Disc check valves are non-maintainable

(no spares are available). Disc check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor. Various options are denoted by a marking on the valve body:'N' – High temperature spring – Standard metal disc 'W' – Without spring – Standard metal disc 'H' – Heavy duty spring – Standard metal disc 'V' – Standard spring – Viton soft faced disc 'E' – Standard spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'WV' – Without spring – Viton soft faced disc 'WE' – Without spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'HV' – Heavy duty spring – Viton soft faced disc 'HE' – Heavy duty spring – EPDM soft faced disc 'T' – Valves tested to EN 12266-1 Rate D No identification indicates a standard spring with a metal disc.

Disposal

Pressure loss information for steam, compressed air and gases is available from Spirax Sarco.

How to order

For full detail see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-22) supplied with the product. DCV disc check valves must be fitted in accordance with the direction of flow arrow indicating correct fluid flow direction. When fitted with a spring they can be installed in any plane. When supplied without a spring they must be fitted in a vertical flow line with the flow from bottom-to-top. The 'cam' design of the body allows the various flange types to be accommodated. The body is rotated to touch the flange joint bolts ensuring that the valve is centred in the pipeline.

If a product which contains a Viton component has been subjected to a temperature approaching 315°C or higher, then it may have decomposed and formed hydrofluoric acid. Avoid skin contact and inhalation of any fumes as the acid will cause deep skin burns and damage to the respiratory system. Viton must be disposed of in a recognised manner as stated in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-22). No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

DCV6 Disc Check Valve

7.6.12

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, splitmaydisc wafer check valves Local regulations restrict theand use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-P601-01

ST Issue 11

DCV8 Disc Check Valve

ç

Description

DCV8 disc check valves are of a wafer pattern, designed to be sandwiched between DIN 2501 and EN 1092 flanges. Their function is to prevent reverse flow on a wide variety of fluids. The DCV8 is designed for use with agressive fluids, vapours, acids and alkalines at high pressures and temperatures. The valves are provided with an M8 threaded tapping for product earthing and conform to EN 558 part 1, series 49. Optional extras Heavy duty springs (700 mbar opening pressure, up to DN65) for boiler feed applications High temperature springs Viton soft seats for oils and gas applications EPM soft seats for water applications Standards Designed and manufactured in accordance with ÄD Merkblatter. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Standard shut-off Standard valves conform to EN 122 66-1 rate D. Soft seated versions meet EN 12266-1 rate A, providing a differential pressure exists.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 Suitable for installation between the following flanges: EN 1092 / DIN 2501 PN10, PN16, PN25 and PN40.

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel

WS 1.4408

2

Disc

Austenitic stainless steel

ASTM A276 316

3

Spring retainer

Austenitic stainless steel BS 1449 316 S 11

Standard spring

Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S 42

4

Heavy duty spring Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S 42 High temp. spring Nickel alloy

Nimonic 90

Operation

Disc check valves are opened by the pressure of the fluid and closed by the spring as soon as the flow ceases and before the reverse flow occurs.

Open

Closed

3

2

1

Pressure / temperature limits 400 Temperature °C

7.6.13

Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. and the body is sourced from a TÜV approved foundry. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

4

A

300

B C

E

200

Steam saturation curve

100

0 -196

0

5

10

15 20 25 Pressure bar g

D 30

35

40

The product must not be used in this region. For use in this area use a DCV8 with high temperature spring or DCV8 without spring. A - B - D Without standard or high temperature springs. E - C - D Standard spring and heavy duty spring. Please note: Special testing to allow lower temperature operation can be provided at extra cost. Consult Spirax Sarco. Body design conditions PN40 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 barg @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400°C @ 25.6 barg Minimum allowable temperature -196°C PMO Maximum operating pressure (bar g) 40 bar g @ 50°C Standard spring 300°C @ 27.6 bar g Maximum Heavy duty spring 300°C @ 27.6 bar g TMO operating High temperature spring 400°C @ 25.6 bar g temperature Without spring 400°C @ 25.6 bar g Minimum operating temperature (standard disc) -196°C Viton seat -25°C to +205°C Temperature limits EPDM seat -40°C to +120°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A* 16.0 19.0 22.0 28.0 31.5 40.0 46.0 50.0 PN16 60.0 DN100 PN40 60.0 * EN 558 part 1, series 49 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80

Kv values

DN 15 20 Kv 4.4 6.8 For conversion:

B 53 63 72 84 94 109 129 144 164 169

C 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 100

D 65 72 78 93 104 115 138 152 171 174

25 32 40 50 10.8 17 26 43 Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

E Weight 23.0 0.18 28.0 0.27 33.8 0.40 41.8 0.67 49.8 0.90 59.8 1.45 75.8 2.14 90.8 2.69 111.8 4.36 111.8 4.36

D

65 80 100 60 80 113 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Opening pressures in mbar

Differential pressures with zero flow for standard and high temperature springs. Flow direction DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 25 25 25 27 28 29 30 31 33 22.5 22.5 22.5 23.5 24.5 24.5 25 25.5 26.5 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Where lowest opening pressures are required, valves without springs can be installed in vertical pipes with bottom-to-top flow. Without spring 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6.5 Heavy duty springs approximately 700 mbar

Water flowrate in Vw m3 /h



  

 

                 

     

    







Water flowrate in Vw I /s



  

A

C For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P601-02) supplied with the product. DCV8 disc check valves must be fitted in accordance with the direction of flow arrow indicating correct fluid flow direction. When fitted with a spring they can be installed in any plane. When supplied without a spring they must be fitted in a vertical flow line with the flow from bottom-to-top.

* *

  

   Pressure loss in bar





Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 20°C. The values indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only within the range of partial opening. The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 20°C. To determine the pressure for other fluids the equivalent water volume flowrate must be calculated and used in the graph. xV 1000 Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in l / s or m³/h = Density of fluid kg/m³ V = Volume of fluid l/s or m³/h

Vw = Where:

E

Safety information, installation and maintenance

Pressure loss diagram

 

B

Pressure loss information for steam, compressed air and gases is available from Spirax Sarco.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25, DCV8 disc check valve for fitting between DIN 2501 / EN 1092 DN25 PN40 flanges.

TI-P601-01 ST Issue 11

Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and joint gaskets are to be * Note: provided by the installer. Disc check valves are non-maintainable (no spares are available). Disc check valves are not suitable for use where heavily pulsating flow exists, such as close to a compressor.

Various options are denoted by a marking on the valve body:'N' – High temperature spring – Standard metal disc 'W' – Without spring – Standard metal disc 'H' – Heavy duty spring – Standard metal disc 'V' – Standard spring – Viton soft faced disc 'E' – Standard spring – EPDM soft faced disc No identification indicates a standard spring with a metal disc.

Disposal

If a product that contains a Viton component has been subjected to a temperature approaching 315°C or higher, then it may have decomposed and formed hydrofluoric acid. Avoid skin contact and inhalation of any fumes as the acid will cause deep skin burns and damage to the respiratory system. Viton must be disposed of in a recognised manner as stated in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P601-02). No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

DCV8 Disc Check Valve

7.6.14

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves

7.6.15

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P601-32

CMGT Issue 7

DCV10 Stainless Steel and DCV10C Carbon Steel Centrally Guided Disc Check Valves Description

The DCV10 (cast stainless steel) and DCV10C (zinc plated cast carbon steel) are wafer pattern disc check valves that have been designed to be sandwiched between flanges for use with pumps and general cycling applications. They are suitable for use on a wide range of fluids for applications in process lines, hot water systems, steam and condensate systems etc. The centrally guided design ensures improved life span of the unit plus more reliability when compared to traditional disc check valves. These disc check valves will ensure correct flow of condensate and other suitable fluids whilst also preventing reverse flow - maintaining production and profit at all times. Standards: Designed in accordance with BS EN 14341:2006. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the

mark when so required.

Shut-off: Shut-off conforms to EN 12266-1:2003 Rate F. Certification: This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

DCV10

DCV10 and DCV10C

DN25 - DN100

DN125 - DN250

7.6.16

Sizes and pipe connections Sizes: DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200 and DN250 The PN rated design fits between the following flanges:

DN25 - DN100

EN 1092 PN25, PN16, PN40, JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20K

DN125 - DN250

EN 1092 PN25, PN16, PN40 and JIS / KS 20K

The ASME Class 300 design fits between the following flanges: ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and Class 300. Face-to-face dimensions are in accordance with EN 558 Series 49 for the DN125 - DN200 size range and EN 558 Series 52 for the DN250.

Page 1 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Materials

DCV10

DN25 - DN100

No.Part 1

Body

Material

PN

Austenitic stainless steel

1.4308

ASME

Austenitic stainless steel

A351 CF8

Austenitic stainless steel

A276 316L

Austenitic stainless steel

AISI 316L

2

Disc

3

Spider

Martensitic stainless steel

4

Spring

Stainless steel

5

Gaskets

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Body DCV10C

7.6.17

2

Disc

3

Seat

4

Spring

5

Gaskets

5 3

DN125 - DN250

Material

DCV10 1

4

BS 3146-2 ANC2 BS 2056 316 S42

DCV10 and DCV10 No.Part

1 2

PN

Austenitic stainless steel

1.4308

ASME

Austenitic stainless steel

A351 CF8

PN

Carbon steel

1.0619+N

ASME

Carbon steel

A216 WCB

PN

Austenitic stainless steel

1.4308

ASME

Austenitic stainless steel

A351 CF8

PN

Austenitic stainless steel

1.4308

ASME

Austenitic stainless steel

A351 CF8

Stainless steel

5 3

1

2

4

316L

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Kv values Size Kv

DN25

DN40

DN50

DN80

DN100

DN125

DN150

DN200

DN250

10.8

26

43

80

130

188

213

432

735

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Opening pressures in mbar Differential pressures with zero flow. Flow direction DN

Page 2 of 6

DN25

DN40

DN50

DN80

DN100

DN125

DN150

DN200

DN250

25.0

28.0

29.0

31.0

33

44

46

48.5

54

22.5

24.5

24.5

25.5

27

32

33

34

37

20.0

20.0

20.0

30.0

20

20

20

20

20

TI-P601-32 CMGT Issue 7

DCV10 Stainless Steel and DCV10C Carbon Steel Centrally Guided Disc Check Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Pressure/temperature limits

DCV10

DN25 - DN100

Temperature °C

A

B C

D

E F

G

H

Steam saturation curve H

C

B

D

E

F

G

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged ASME Class 150. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN16. A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN25. A - E Flanged JIS / KS 20K. A-F

Flanged EN 1092 PN40.

A - G Flanged ASME Class 300. H - H Flanged JIS / KS 10K. Body design condition PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

PN40 or ASME Class 300 PN40 ASME Class 300

40 bar g @ 50 °C 49.5 bar g @ 38 °C

PN40

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

ASME Class 300

400 °C @ 28.4 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

-10 °C PN40 ASME Class 300

40 bar g @ 50 °C 49.5 bar g @ 38 °C

PN40

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

ASME Class 300

400 °C @ 28.4 bar g

Temperature limits

-10 °C to +400 °C

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

-10 °C PN40 ASME Class 300

TI-P601-32 CMGT Issue 7

DCV10 Stainless Steel and DCV10C Carbon Steel Centrally Guided Disc Check Valves

60 bar g 74.4 bar g

Page 3 of 6

7.6.18

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Pressure/temperature limits

DCV10

DN125 - DN250

Temperature °C

A

B C

D

E, F

G

Steam saturation curve C

B

D

E

F

G

Pressure bar g

DCV10C

DN125 - DN250

Temperature °C

A

B C

E, F

D

G

Steam saturation curve C B

D

E

F

G

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged ASME Class 150. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN16. A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN25.

7.6.19

A - E Flanged JIS / KS 20K. A-F

Flanged EN 1092 PN40.

A - G Flanged ASME Class 300. Body design condition PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

PN40 or ASME Class 300 DCV10

49.6 bar g @ 38 °C

DCV10C

51.1 bar g @ 38 °C

DCV10

400 °C @ 28.4 bar g

DCV10C

400 °C @ 34.7 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

Temperature limits

-29 °C DCV10

33 bar g @ 241 °C

DCV10C

42 bar g @ 255 °C

DCV10

400 °C @ 28.4 bar g

DCV10C

400 °C @ 34.7 bar g -29 °C to +400 °C

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Page 4 of 6

77 bar g

TI-P601-32 CMGT Issue 7

DCV10 Stainless Steel and DCV10C Carbon Steel Centrally Guided Disc Check Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Principle of operation The DCV10 and DCV10C are opened by the pressure and flow of condensate and are closed by the pressure of the spring when the flow ceases and before reverse flow occurs.

Closed

Open

Pressure loss diagram

    



















Water flowrate Vw m3/h



   







 











7.6.20

 

 

 

   





 Pressure loss in bar







Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 20 °C. The values indicated are applicable with horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only within the range of partial opening. The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 20 °C. To determine the pressure for other fluids the equivalent water volume flowrate must be calculated and used in the graph.

Where:

ρ

•

×V

w

=

w

= Equivalent water volume flow in l/s or m³/h

1000

= Density of fluid kg/m³ = Volume of fluid l/s or m³/h

TI-P601-32 CMGT Issue 7

DCV10 Stainless Steel and DCV10C Carbon Steel Centrally Guided Disc Check Valves

Page 5 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Dimensions/weights

DN25 - DN100

(approximate) in mm and kg

PN40, PN25 and PN16 Size

A

B

C

D Open Closed

E

F

Weight

DN25

71

71

22

31

24

25

34

0.40

DN40

92

86

31.5

44

34

40

49

0.82

DN50

107

101

40

55

42.5

50

61

1.34

DN80

142

131

50

69

53

80

89

2.56

DN100

178

162

60

81

60

100

100

5.30

DN125

219

188

90

-

91

117

125

11.00

DN150

253

214

106

-

106

146

150

16.00

DN200

325

269

140

-

142.3

183

200

32.00

DN250

376.5

322

200

-

204

230

250

60.00

E

F

Weight

C

E B

JIS/KS 10K Size

A

B

C

D Open Closed

DN25

71

71

22

31

24

25

34

0.40

DN40

92

86

31.5

44

34

40

49

0.82

DN50

107

101

40

55

42.5

50

61

1.34

DN80

142

131

50

69

53

80

89

2.56

E

F

Weight

100

100

5.30

F

DN125 - DN250

JIS/KS 20K Size DN100

7.6.21

A

B

C

178

162

60

D Open Closed 81

60

DN125

219

188

90

-

91

117

125

11.00

DN150

253

214

106

-

106

146

150

16.00

DN200

325

269

140

-

142.3

183

200

32.00

DN250

376.5

322

200

-

204

230

250

60.00

F

Weight

A

D

C E B

ASME Class 150 and ASME Class 300 Size

A

B

C

D Open Closed

E

DN25

70

63

35.5

37.0

35

025

030

0.50

DN40

95

85.5

45

47.0

45

040

048

0.82

DN50

108

101.5

56

57.5

56

050

061

1.85

DN80

146

133

71

71.0

71

080

089

3.50

DN100

178

162

60

81.0

60

100

100

5.30

DN125

219

188

90

-

91

117

125

11.00

DN150

253

214

106

-

106

146

150

16.00

DN200

325

269

140

-

142.3

183

200

32.00

DN250

376.5

322

200

-

204

230

250

60.00

F

A

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P601-33) supplied with the product.

Installation note:

The DCV10 and DCV10C can be fitted in either a horizontal or vertical line in accordance with the direction of flow arrow on the body. Note: Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and gaskets are to be supplied by the installer.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN80 DCV10 stainless steel check valve to fit between PN16 flanges.

Spare parts

Disposal:

The DCV10 and DCV10C are non-maintainable disc check valves - There are no available spares.

Page 6 of 6

TI-P601-32 CMGT Issue 7

These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products providing due care is taken.

DCV10 Stainless Steel and DCV10C Carbon Steel Centrally Guided Disc Check Valves

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves

7.6.22

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves AI-P134-25

ST Issue 4

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DCV Wafer Check Valve Applications Sheet 1

Steam main drainage

A DCV wafer check valve fitted after the steam trap will protect against possible waterhammer, by preventing condensate from flowing back into the steam main.







7.6.23 Multiple boiler installation

A DCV wafer check valve fitted on the outlet from each boiler will prevent steam from flowing back into any boilers that are on stand-by.

On line

On line

On stand-by





Blending

In blending applications DCV wafer check valves will prevent reverse flow back along the supply lines. A common blending application is steam /cold water mixing to produce hot water.



Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Direct steam injection

In a direct steam injection application, when the contents of the tank has reached the set temperature, the temperature control valve will close. Any steam downstream of the temperature control valve will rapidly condense and reduce in volume. This rapid reduction in volume will create a vacuum and liquid from the tank could be drawn back up into the steam line. A DCV wafer check valve fitted after the temperature control valve and in reverse, will prevent this from happening. It will open when a vacuum is present and allow air into the line.

Inert gas blanket

Vacuum breaker

Relief valve

Inert gas blanket



One DCV wafer check valve fitted with a heavy duty spring, acts as a low pressure relief valve, maintaining a constant pressure within the vessel. The second DCV wafer check valve acts as a vacuum breaker.

7.6.24

Pump foot valve

A DCV wafer check valve fitted with a soft seat, installed at the suction inlet of the pump, will ensure that the pump's prime is not lost when it stops running.

 DCV Wafer Check Valve Application Sheet 1

AI-P134-25 ST Issue 4

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves AI-P134-32

ST Issue 3

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DCV Wafer Check Valve Applications Sheet 2

De-superheaters

A DCV wafer check valve installed after the control valve will prevent any reverse flow of steam into the water feedline. Another valve in the steam line will prevent reverse flow of water in the steam main.

Flowmetering

Downstream of the flowmeter pipeline unit, a DCV wafer check valve should be fitted to prevent damage to the flowmeter internals in the event of reverse flow conditions.

7.6.25

Pipeline draining

Drainage of liquid pipelines is assisted if air is allowed into the system. A DCV wafer check valve fitted as a vacuum breaker will allow this to happen. An EPDM soft faced disc should be fitted.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves

Cooling water in

Steam in

Process vessels

On process applications that require both heating and cooling of the vessel a DCV wafer check valve will protect each of the supply lines against reverse flow. Valves on water duty should be fitted with EPDM soft faced discs.

Cooling water out

Condensate out

Heat exchangers

DCV wafer check valves are used to prevent reverse flow in the secondary flow line, and in the condensate line after the float trap to ensure that the exchanger does not flood. A DCV wafer check valve fitted after the control valve will also act as a vacuum breaker.

7.6.26

Hot water heating systems

In dual pump installations where one pump is running and the others is on stand-by, DCV wafer check valves prevent short circuiting through the stand-by pump. Heavy duty springs will help prevent gravity circulation when pumps are shutdown. EPDM soft faced discs should be fitted.

DCV Wafer Check Valve Applications Sheet 2

AI-P134-32

ST Issue 3

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves AI-P134-33

ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DCV Wafer Check Valve Applications Sheet 3

Boiler feedline

A DCV wafer check valve, fitted with an EPDM soft seat and a heavy duty spring, is installed after the boiler feedpump. This ensures that reverse flow back through the pump will not happen when the pump shuts down. The heavy duty spring ensures that gravity flow into the boiler does not occur when both the pump and the boiler are shutdown, therefore protecting the boiler against flooding.

7.6.27

Multiple pump installations

A DCV wafer check valve fitted with a suitable soft seat is installed after each pump. This will ensure that reverse flow does not occur back through the pumps that have stopped running.

Storage tanks

A DCV wafer check valve fitted in reverse will act as a vacuum breaker, safeguarding the vessel from possible collapse if a vacuum forms inside.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves

Contamination detection

A DCV wafer check valve installed in the main line produces a small pressure drop, ensuring that a proportion of the flow passes through the sampling chamber.

Blowdown vessel

When a blowdown vessel receives blowdown from more than one boiler, a DCV wafer check valve should be installed on each separate blowdown line. This will prevent the blowdown from one boiler flowing back into another boiler. In many countries this is a statutory requirement.

7.6.28

Flash vessel

The DCV wafer check valve installed at the flash steam outlet from the flash vessel, ensures that steam from the make-up valve does not flow back into the flash vessel. The DCV wafer check valve after the FT steam trap ensures that condensate does not flood back up into the flash vessel.

DCV Wafer Check Valve Applications Sheet 3

AI-P134-33

ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, splitmaydisc wafer check valves Local regulations restrict theand use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P134-03

ST Issue 8

WCV1, WCV2 and WCV3 Wafer Check Valves Description

WCV1, WCV2 and WCV3 wafer check valves are designed to be sandwiched between flanges. They are specifically designed for use on applications where there is a high proportion of particles in the liquid e.g.: sewage, paper mills, sludges etc. The standard seating ring is EPDM. Sealing ring options : Viton - suffix 'V',

PTFE - suffix 'T'

and

NBR - suffix 'P'.

Standards : Designed and manufactured in accordance with DIN 3202 Part 3. 3

Certification : These products are available with a Typical Test Report. Certification to EN 10204 3.1 is also available on request. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

1

Sizes and pipe connections

DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300, DN350, DN400, DN450, DN500 for fitting between the following flange connections: EN 1092 PN6, PN10, PN16, PN25, PN40 or ASME 150 and ASME 300. Note: Weld neck flanges must be used.

Materials No. Part

Body

2

Valve disc /stem

3

Eyebolt

WS 2.1090 WS 1.4301 WS 1.4571 WS 2.1050 WS 2.1096 WS 1.4301 WS 1.4571 WS 1.4301

200

These products must not be used in this region: Temperature °C

WCV1

150

(DN125 - DN300)

100 50 0

0

200

2

4

6 8 10 Pressure bar g

12

14

16

WCV1

150

Temperature °C

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

Temperature °C

7.6.29

1

Material WCV1 Bronze WCV2 Austenitic stainless steel WCV3 Austenitic stainless steel Bronze (DN125 to DN200) WCV1 Bronze (DN250 to DN500) WCV2 Austenitic stainless steel WCV3 Austenitic stainless steel Austenitic stainless steel

2

(DN350 - DN500)

100 50 0

0

2

6 4 Pressure bar g

Maximum design conditions

8

10

WCV1 WCV2 and WCV3 Standard sealing ring:

Temperature limits with sealing ring Optional alternatives: Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

WCV1 WCV2 and WCV3

200

WCV2 WCV3

150

and (DN125 - DN300)

100 50 0

0

200

10

20 Pressure bar g

30

40

WCV2 WCV3

150

and (DN350 - DN500)

100 50 0

0

2

4

PN16 (DN125 - DN300) PN40 (DN125 - DN300) EPDM - suffix 'E' Viton - suffix 'V' PTFE - suffix 'T' NBR - suffix 'P' 24 bar g (DN125 - DN300) 60 bar g (DN125 - DN300)

8 6 10 Pressure bar g

12

14

PN10 (DN350 - DN500) PN16 (DN350 - DN500) -50°C to +150°C -15°C to +250°C -10°C to +200°C -20°C to +80°C 15 bar g (DN350 - DN500) 24 bar g (DN350 - DN500)

16

Pipeline ancillaries Disc, split disc and wafer check valves Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

D

C

B

A

E

Size DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300 DN350 DN400 DN450 DN500

Kv 553 728 1 027 1 900 2 140 4 160 5 140 6 200 9 500

A 96 115 142 190 218 265 315 358 410

PN6 B 184 209 264 319 375 425 475 530 580

PN10 B 194 220 275 330 380 440 491 541 596

PN16 B 194 220 275 331 386 446 498 558 620

PN25 B 196 226 286 343 403 460 517 567 627

PN40 B 196 226 293 355 420 477 549 631

ASME 150 ASME 300 B B 197 216 222 251 279 308 340 362 410 422 451 486 514 540 549 597 606 654

C 16 18 28 28 38 41 48 51 65

D 101 125 163 205 240 269 308 336 368

E 72 71 79 73 80 65 62 57 56

*

Weight 3.1 4.9 11.0 15.0 25.0 37.0 55.0 65.0 105.0

* For check valves in austenitic stainless steel at PN10

Opening pressure in mbar

Differential pressures with zero flow for standard springs. Flow direction DN125 9.40 0.98

DN150 12.20 0.98

DN200 18.40 1.17

DN250 16.90 0.98

DN300 20.60 1.17

Pressure loss diagram

DN350 22.10 1.17

DN400 24.00 1.27

DN450 24.10 1.27

DN500 31.10 1.96

Safety information, installation and maintenance 

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P134-61) supplied with the product.





Installation note:

         

   

450

DN 500

0

35

DN

DN

00



50 N2

4 DN

5 12

D

300

DN

DN

50

1

DN

   

200

DN

Water flowrate in Vw I /s at 20°C

Water flowrate in Vw m³/h at 20°C





  

 







 



Pressure drop bar To establish pressure loss in other media, use the water volume flow as an equivalent. Vw =

ρ

√ 1000

xV

Where: Vw = Equivalent water volume flow in l /s or m3/ h

ρ = Density of fluid in kg /m3 V = Volume of fluid in l /s or m3 / h Pressure loss information for steam, compresed air and gases are available from Spirax Sarco.

TI-P134-03 ST Issue

8

WCV wafer type check valves can be installed, sandwiched between weld neck flanges, with horizontal flow or vertical upward flow. When installing on a pump delivery side, do not assemble direct onto the pump flange or following bend or elbows, allow a distance of 5 to 10 pipe diameters. Note: Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and gaskets are to be supplied by the installer.

Disposal:

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken. However, if the recycling process involves a temperature approaching 315°C caution is advised regarding decomposition of the viton component.

How to order

When ordering, please specify: 1. Nominal pipe diameter (DN) 2. Body material 3. Flow medium 4. Maximum operating temperature 5. Nominal pressure (PN) 6. Flanging 7. Sealing ring How to order example 1 off Spirax Sarco DN150 WCV1 bronze body wafer type check valve having a standard EPDM sealing ring, hot water at 110°C, PN at 6 bar g, supplied to fit between EN 1092 PN16 flanges.

Spare parts

WCV type wafer check valves are non-maintainable - There are no available spares.

WCV1, WCV2 and WCV3 Wafer Check Valves

7.6.30

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P169-06

ST Issue 3

TP1, TP2, TP3 and Spacer Ring Stainless Steel Temporary Strainers Description

Temporary strainers have been designed to fit between two flanges and are generally used during commissioning and start-up to remove any course debris. They are available in three designs (TP1, TP2 and TP3 as illustated below) to suit a wide range of fluids for applications in process lines, hot water systems, steam and condensate systems etc. The standard screens are manufactured using 304L or 316L stainless steel and have 3 mm perforations. Other perforations or material of construction are available on request. Temporary strainers are not intended to be used for permanent applications. Contact Spirax Sarco when permanent applications are required. After commissioning and start-up the temporary strainer should be removed from the pipeline and replaced with a spacer ring. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required.

Please note

The spacer ring handle is painted blue to differentiate it from a temporary strainer when fitted between the flanges on the pipeline.

Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 and NACE approval. Note: All certifications / inspections requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN40 - DN700 (1½" – 28") Designed for installation between the following flanges: EN 1092 PN10, PN16, PN25 and PN40 or ASME 150, ASME 300 and ASME 600 1

7.7.1

TP1 Conical

Spacer ring

1

TP2 Truncated conical

3

2

1

3

2

TP3 Flat screen

1

3 and 2

Materials

No. 1 2 3

Part Collar Screen Mesh lining

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Optional extras

The following optional extras are Perforations: Mesh: Screen material: Specific surface finish for collar:

AISI 304L or AISI 316L AISI 304L or AISI 316L AISI 304L or AISI 316L

available for all unit sizes at an extra cost and must be stated at the time of order placement: 3 mm (standard), 1.6 mm and 6 mm. Contact Spirax Sarco for availability of perforations not displayed. M40, M100 and M200. Contact Spirax Sarco for availability of mesh screens not displayed. AISI 304L (standard), AISI 316L and Monel 400. Ra 0.025 µm to 50 µm.

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg A

100% column = The standard unit (100%) (150%) (200%)

Size DN40 - 1½" DN50 - 2" DN65 - 2½" DN80 - 3" DN100 - 4" DN125 - 5" DN150 - 6" DN200 - 8" DN250 - 10" DN300 - 12" DN350 - 14" DN400 - 16" DN450 - 18" DN500 - 20" DN600 - 24" DN700 - 28"

50 68 88 108 140 173 210 282 355 427 477 558 670 704 848 993

100 115 140 165 215 268 330 430 535 635 660 750 840 940 1 120 1 538

A

140 150 180 230 290 355 430 585 685 825 890 990 1 120 1 245 1 475 2 072

D

31 44 56 67 88 117 139 181 228 276 320 368 415 466 568 686

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5

20 32 38 50 65 83 105 145 185 225 260 300 345 380 460 550 E

D

B

TP2 Truncated conical

TP1 Conical C

DN40 - 1½" DN50 - 2" DN65 - 2½" DN80 - 3" DN100 - 4" DN125 - 5" DN150 - 6" DN200 - 8" DN250 - 10" DN300 - 12" DN350 - 14" DN400 - 16" DN450 - 18" DN500 - 20" DN600 - 24" DN700 - 28"

C

A

B

Size

B

C

TP3 Flat screen

and Spacer ring

PN16 88 102 122 138 158 188 212 268 320 378 438 490 550 610 725 795

PN25 88 102 122 138 162 188 218 278 335 395 450 505 555 615 720 820

PN40 88 102 122 138 162 188 218 285 345 410 465 535 560 615 735 840

ASME 150 80 98 117 130 168 191 216 275 333 403 445 508 543 600 711 800

F

C

E PN10 88 102 122 138 158 188 212 268 320 370 430 482 532 585 685 800

All varients

B

ASME 300 90 105 124 143 175 210 245 302 356 416 479 533 591 648 768 800

ASME 600 90 105 124 143 187 235 260 314 394 450 486 560 605 675 784 800

F 102 102 102 102 102 127 127 127 153 153 153 153 203 203 203 203

Weight * PN 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.65 1.00 1.30 2.00 3.60 5.00 6.50 8.40 11.80 12.40 14.60 20.30 27.80

ASME 0.24 0.30 0.40 0.60 0.60 1.10 1.60 2.80 3.90 5.30 6.40 9.20 11.60 13.50 18.60 26.00

* Please note that the weights displayed are approximate and only applicable for the TP1 and TP2

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the installation and maintenance instructions (IM-P169-07) supplied with the product. Warning: Carry strainers with gloves. Disposal: These products are recyclable. No ecologic hazard is anticipated with disposal of these products providing due care is taken.

TI-P169-06 ST Issue 3

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 TP1 temporary conical shaped strainer having the standard 100% stainless steel screen with 3 mm perforations, for installation between EN 1092 PN25 flanges.

TP1, TP2, TP3 and Spacer Ring Stainless Steel Temporary Strainers

7.7.2

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P164-02

ST Issue 8

Fig 12 Brass and Bronze Strainers Description

Fig 12 Y-type strainers are available with either a brass or bronze screwed body. The standard stainless steel screen has 0.8 mm perforations. As options, other perforations and mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required.

Sizes and pipe connections

Fig 12 Brass " Fig 12 Bronze ½", ¾", 1, 1¼", 1½", 2" and 2½" Connections: Screwed BSP (BS 21) or NPT

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries mark when so required. the Certification This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report for the body and cap. Note: All certifications / inspections requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

4

Optional extras Stainless steel

Strainer screens

Monel Strainer size

1.6, 3.0 mm 40, 100, 200 0.8, 3.0 mm 100 Drain valve

" and ½"

¼"

¼"

¾" and 1"

½"

½"

1¼" and 1½"

1"

¾"

1¼"

¾"

2"

and 2½"

Fig 12

1

Sizes ½" to 1"

3 2

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

7.7.3

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted at extra cost.

Perforations Mesh Perforations Mesh Blowdown valve





Steam saturation curve

  





4   Pressure bar g

 



1

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 210°C @ 19 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -198°C Maximum operating pressure 19 bar g @ 210°C * PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 210°C @ 19 bar g Minimum operating temperature -198°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

3

Fig 12 Sizes

" and 1¼" to 2½" 2

Materials No. Part

Material "

Brass

EN 12165 CW617N

1

Body

2

Cap

Brass

3

Cap gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

½" to 2½" Bronze

EN 1982 CC491K EN 12165 CW617N ASTM A240 316 L

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values Size

"

½"

¾"

1"

1¼" 1½"

2"

2½"

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

2.6

3

6.2 11.3 26

41

68

98

Mesh 40 and 100

2.6

3

6.2 11.3 26

41

68

98

Mesh 200

2.6

3

6.2

33

55

78

For conversion:

9.3

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

21

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Brass body

Screening area cm²

Size

A

B

C

D

"

69

50

80

24 A /F

27

Weight 0.45

Bronze body ½" 72 ¾" 82 1" 104 1¼" 138 1½" 150 2" 178 2½" 207

54 64 72 100 110 133 152

85 110 130 170 190 212 240

30 A /F 36 A /F 46 A /F 52 A /F 60 A /F 79 A /F 98 A /F

27 43 73 135 164 251 327

0.55 0.70 1.00 1.60 2.10 4.80 7.70

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen. (state material, size of perforation or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cap gasket (packet of 3)

3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforations or mesh required. Example: 1 - Stainless steel strainer screen having 0.8 mm perforations for a ¾" Spirax Sarco Fig 12 strainer.

Fig 12

Sizes ½" to 1"

A

3

D B

4 C

2

7.7.4

Withdrawal distance

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-17) supplied with the product.

Installation note: Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. We also recommend that a Spirax Sarco DV depressurisation type valve (see the product specific TI literature for further details) be installed to ensure that any pressure is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the strainer.

Fig 12

Sizes " and 1¼" to 2½"

3

Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that a new gasket is used whenever maintenance is undertaken.

4 2

Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" Fig 12 bronze strainer with screwed BSP connections and stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

TI-P164-02 ST Issue 8

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

Qty

2

" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½"

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Fig 12 Brass and Bronze Strainers

or mm 22 A /F 22 A /F 27 A /F 27 A /F 41 A /F 41 A /F 55 A /F 55 A /F

Nm M28 M28 M32 M42 M56 M60 M72 3¼"-16 UNS

35 - 40 35 - 40 42 - 48 70 - 80 124 - 144 164 - 184 234 - 264 300 - 330

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-P021-01

ST Issue 6

Fig 3 Bronze Strainer

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

DN15 to 25

DN50 to 100

1 4

1 4 2

3

3 7

5

2

Description

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

3 4

Cap gasket Strainer screen DN32 Cap bolts DN40 Cap studs DN50 to 100 Cap nuts DN50 to 100 Screen rods DN100

5 6 7

PN25

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure

25 bar g

TMA - Maximum allowable temperature

Strainer screens

Perforations Mesh Perforations Mesh

1.6 mm (DN15 to 80) 3.0 mm (DN15 to 100) 40, 100, 200 0.8 mm (DN15 to 80) 3.0 mm (DN15 to 100)

Strainer size

Blowdown valve

Drain valve

DN15 and 20

½"

½"

DN25

¾"

¾"

DN32 and 40

1"

¾"

DN50

1¼"

¾"

DN65 and 80

1½"

¾"

2"

¾"

250°C

Minimum operating temperature

0°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g Special testing to allow lower temperature operation can be provided at extra cost. Consult Spirax Sarco.

Operating range

100

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted at extra cost.

DN100

Cap

Body design conditions

Optional extras

Monel screen

DN15 to 25 DN32 to 100

2

Material Bronze EN 1982 CC491K Brass EN 12165 CW617N Bronze EN 1982 CC491K Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel 316L Carbon steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 Carbon steel BS 1768 Gr. S Carbon steel BS 2693 - R Carbon steel BS 1768 - 1 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121

Limiting conditions (ISO 6552)

DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80 and 100. Standard flanges:- BS 4504 /DIN PN25 and ANSI 150.

Stainless steel screen

Materials

No. Part 1 Body

Temperature °C

7.7.5

The Fig 3 is a bronze integrally flanged Y-type strainer. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to 80 size range has 0.8 mm perforations, the DN100 has 1.6 mm perforations. Optional mesh and perforation sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required.

A

 

Steam saturation curve

 





C   Pressure bar g



B 

This product must not be used in this region. For use in this region the castings may be resin impregnated to MIL /276 and DEF 03 - 1 /2 standards. A-B

Flanged BS 4504 /DIN PN25

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

A - C Flanged ANSI 150 © Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

For conversion:

Size Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm Mesh 40 and 100 Mesh 200

DN15 6.0 6.0 5.5

DN20 11 11 9

DN25 19 19 16

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

A 130 146 165 186 192 222 251 267 362

B

C

75 86 117 133 150 172 204 227 260

127 150 175 200 229 305 343 386 448

Screening area 43 cm2 73 cm2 135 cm2 164 cm2 194 cm2 310 cm2 406 cm2 503 cm2 826 cm2

Weight 3.2 3.6 5.0 7.3 8.6 13.6 21.0 28.5 42.6

DN32 27 27 23

DN40 41 41 37

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 DN50 DN65 64 103 64 103 52 77

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 DN80 DN100 165 268 165 268 124 196

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen 4 (state material, size of perforation or mesh and size of strainer) Cap gasket (packet of 3) 3 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforations or mesh required. Example: 1 - Stainless steel strainer screen, having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN65 Spirax Sarco Fig 3 strainer having BS 4504 /DIN PN25 connections. DN15 to 25

A

C

3

B

4 2 DN50 to 100

7.7.6

Withdrawal distance

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product.

Installation note: Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that a new gasket is used whenever maintenance is undertaken.

Disposal

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

3 4

DN32 and 40

How to order

6

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 Fig 3 bronze strainer, flanged to BS 4504 /DIN PN25 with a stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

6 5

Recommended tightening torques Item 2

5, 6

Qty 1 1 1 4 4 6 12

Fig 3 Bronze Strainer

Size

or

Nm mm DN15 26 A /F 1" BSP x 29/ 64" 42 - 48 DN20 26 A /F 1¼" BSP x 37/ 64" 70 - 80 41 DN25 32 A /F 1¾" BSP x / 64" 124 - 144 3/ 8" UNF x DN32 and 40 ¾" 20 - 24 3/ 8" UNF x 1¼" DN50 and 65 20 - 24 7 DN80 / 16" UNF x 1½" 50 - 55 DN100 ½" UNF x 2" 50 - 55

TI-P021-01 ST Issue 6

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P164-01

ST Issue 6

Fig 4 Brass Strainer Description

The Fig 4 is an angle type, brass bodied, screwed strainer. As standard it will be supplied with a stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations. Optionally other perforations and mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European mark Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the when so required.

1

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½" and ¾" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.

Optional extras Strainer screens

Stainless steel screen Monel screen

4

1.6 and 3 mm

Mesh

40, 100 and 200

Perforations

0.8 and 3 mm

Mesh

100

3 2

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled and tapped to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted at extra cost. Strainer size

Blowdown valve or drain valve

½" and ¾"

½"

Materials

Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552) 

Temperature °C

7.7.7

Perforations

  Steam saturation curve

  







   Pressure bar g

 



The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C @ 8 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C Maximum operating pressure 13.4 bar g @ 196°C * PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 8 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

No. Part

Material

1

Body

Brass

EN 12165 CW 617N

2

Cap

Brass

EN 12165 CW 617N

3

Cap gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

316L

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

Spare parts

Size

½"

¾"

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

4

4

Mesh 40 and 100

4

4

Mesh 200

4

4

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg

Screening area cm2 Weight

Size

A

B

C

D

E

½"

36

98

67

42

44

43

0.7

¾"

36

98

67

42

44

43

0.7

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen (state material, size of perforation or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cap gasket (3 off)

3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 - Stainless steel strainer screen having 0.8 mm perforations for a ½" Spirax Sarco Fig 4 strainer.

A

E

B

D

C Withdrawal distance 4

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P164-06) supplied with the product.

3

Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully.

7.7.8

Installation note: The strainer should be installed with the strainer cap at the bottom with the inlet at the top.

2 (not an available spare)

Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

2

½" and ¾"

or

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" Fig 4 strainer, screwed BSP, with a stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

TI-P164-01 ST Issue 6

Fig 4 Brass Strainer

Nm

mm 26 A / F

1"

BSP

42 - 48

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P163-01

ST Issue 8

Fig 12 SG Iron Strainer Description

Size ½" to 2"

The Fig 12 is an SG iron screwed Y-type strainer. The standard stainless steel screen is 0.8 mm perforations. As options, other perforations and mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

4

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½" and 3" screwed BSP or NPT. 1

Optional extras Strainer screens

Stainless steel screen Monel

1.6, 3 mm

Mesh

40, 100, 200

Perforations

0.8, 3 mm

3

Mesh

100

2

Blowdown or drain valve connections. The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. Strainer size

Blowdown valve

Drain valve

½"

¼"

¼"

¾" and 1"

½"

½"

1¼" and 1½"

1"

¾"

1¼"

¾"

2" to 3"

Size 2½" and 3"

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

7.7.9

Perforations



4

   

1

Steam saturation curve







  Pressure bar g





3

The product must not be used in this region.

Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260°C @ 19.5 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

21 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature 260°C @ 19.5 bar g ½" to 2" -10°C 2½" and 3" 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

2

6

5

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

SG iron

2

Cap

Carbon steel

3

Cap gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4 5

Strainer screen Bolt

Stainless steel Carbon steel

6

Washer

Carbon steel

DIN 1693 GGG 40 1.0460 and ASTM A105N 316L BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 BS 4320 TI Form A

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 1½" 2"

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Size

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

2½"

3"

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

3.6

11

15.5

26

41

68

82

115

Mesh 40 and 100

3.6

11

15.5

26

41

68

82

115

Mesh 200

3.6

9

13.0

21

35

55

66

93

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Spare parts

Size

A

B

C

D

Screening area cm²

½"

87

55

79

32

25

0.47

¾"

110

65

93

36

42

0.77

1"

125

78

110

48

71

1.40

1¼"

155

103

140

60

135

2.15

1½"

190

115

153

65

161

3.30

2"

230

140

177

76

251

5.10

2½"

274

177

230

94

406

7.30

3"

280

183

237

105

406

7.50

Weight

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen 4 (state material, size of perforations or mesh and size of strainer) 3

Cap gasket (packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 - Strainer screen, stainless steel having 0.8 mm perforations for a 1½" Spirax Sarco Fig 12 strainer.

C

D

Withdrawal distance

Size ½" to 2" B

A

3 4

2

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-17) supplied with the product.

Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully. Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement.

Size 2½" and 3" 3 4

Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline. Disposal: The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

6

How to order

Recommended tightening torques

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2" Fig 12 SG iron strainer, screwed BSP, with stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

5

Item

2

5

TI-P163-01 ST Issue 8

Qty

Size

1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3"

Fig 12 SG Iron Strainer

or

Nm

mm 36 38 50 46 50 60 19 19

M28 M32 M42 M56 M60 M72 M12 M12

38 42 70 124 164 234 50 50

-

40 48 80 144 184 264 55 55

7.7.10

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P169-03

ST Issue 2

Fig 14HP Carbon Steel Strainer Description

The Fig 14HP is a carbon steel Y-type strainer designed to remove scale, rust and other debris from the pipeline. The standard stainless steel screen is 0.8 mm perforations. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification The product is available with a manufacturer’s Typical Test Report for the body and cap as standard and EN 10204 3.1 to special order at extra cost. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼" 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP or NPT Socket weld ends to BS 3799 Class 3000 lb

4

1

Optional extras Strainer screens

Stainless steel screen

1.6 mm and 3.0 mm 40, 100 and 200

Perforations

Monel screen

0.8 mm and 3.0 mm

Mesh

100

3 2

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted at extra cost. Strainer size ¼",

Blowdown valve

" and ½"

¾" and 1" 1¼" and 1½" 2"

Drain valve

¼"

¼"

½"

½"

1"

¾"

1¼"

¾"

Pressure /temperature limits 

Temperature °C

7.7.11

Perforations Mesh

 

Steam saturation curve

  





  Pressure bar g



 

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions ASME Class 800 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 136.1 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C @ 76.7 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 136.1 bar g @ 38°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C @ 76.7 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 205 bar g

Materials No. Part 1 2 3 4

Material ¼" and ½" Carbon steel ASTM A105N / 1.0460 Body ¾" to 2" Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB / 1.0619 + N Cap Carbon steel ASTM A105N / 1.0460 Cap gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite Strainer screen Stainless steel A240 316L

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

For conversion:

Size

¼"

"

½"

¾"

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 1¼"

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 1½"

2"

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

1

2.6

3.6

11

15.5

26

41

68

Mesh 40 and 100

1

2.6

3.6

11

15.5

26

41

68

Mesh 200

1

2.6

2.6

9

13.0

21

35

55

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

1"

Spare parts

Size

A

B

C

D

Screening area cm²

¼"

70

51

80

32

27

0.43

"

70

51

80

32

27

0.49

½"

73

52

81

32

27

0.56

Strainer screen (state material, perforations or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cap gasket

3

Weight

¾"

90

64

100

36

43

0.72

1"

105

74

120

46

73

1.17

1¼"

140

102

164

60

135

2.35

1½"

152

115

184

70

164

3.30

2"

178

138

224

80

251

4.95

A

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares

(packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 off Stainless steel strainer screen having 0.8 mm perforations for a ¾" Spirax Sarco Fig 14HP strainer. Note: When replacing the strainer cap coat the thread only with anti-seize compound, making sure none gets on the gasket or gasket faces.

D

B

Withdrawal distance C

7.7.12

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-17) supplied with the product.

Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

3 4

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" Fig 14HP strainer having screwed BSP connections with a stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

2 Recommended tightening torques or Item

Size ¼",

2

TI-P169-03 ST Issue 2

", and ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

Fig 14HP Carbon Steel Strainer

36 A /F 38 A /F 50 A /F 46 A /F 50 A /F 60 A /F

mm

Nm 50 60 100 180 230 330 -

55 66 110 200 250 360

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-P160-01

ST Issue 7

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Fig 16 and Fig 16L Austenitic Stainless Steel Strainers

Description

The Fig 16 and Fig 16L are austenitic stainless steel screwed Y-type strainers. The Fig 16 is 316 and the Fig 16L is 316L. The standard stainless steel screen is 0.8 mm perforations. As options, other perforations and mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification The Fig 16 is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. The Fig 16L is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

4

1

", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP or NPT Socket weld ends to BS 3799 Class 3000 lb (Fig 16L only).

Optional extras Strainer screens

3

Stainless steel screens Monel screens

1.6 mm and 3 mm 40, 100 and 200 0.8 mm and 3 mm 100

2

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted at extra cost. Strainer size Blowdown valve Drain valve " and ½" ¼" ¼" ¾" ½" " 1" ½" ½" 1¼" and 1½" 1" ¾" 2" 1¼" ¾"

Pressure /temperature limits ����� Temperature °C

7.7.13

Perforations Mesh Perforations Mesh

��� ���

Steam saturation curve

��� � ���

�

��

��

�� �� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

����

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions ANSI 600 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 82.7 bar g @ 37.7°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 398.8°C @ 46.2 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 82.7 bar g @ 37.7°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 398.8°C @ 46.2 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 125 bar g

Materials No. Part

Material Austenitic stainless steel

ASTM A351 Gr. CF8M (316)

Fig 16L Austenitic stainless steel

ASTM A351 Gr. CF3M (316L)

Fig 16 1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel

ASTM A351 Gr. CF8M (316)

Fig 16L Austenitic stainless steel

ASTM A351 Gr. CF3M (316L)

Fig 16 2

Cap

3

Cap gasket

4

Strainer screen Austenitic stainless steel

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

316L © Copyright 2006

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

For conversion:

Size

¼"

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

"

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

1

2.6

3.6

11

15.5

26

41

68

Mesh 40 and 100

1

2.6

3.6

11

15.5

26

41

68

Mesh 200

1

2.6

2.6

9

13.0

21

33

55

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

Screening area cm²

Spare parts

A

B

C

D

Weight

"

69

55

87

26

25

0.32

½"

76

55

87

32

25

0.38

¾"

88

65

110

38

42

0.51

1"

106

78

125

46

71

0.87

1¼"

133

103

155

56

135

1.56

1½"

146

115

190

62

161

2.10

2"

172

140

230

76

251

3.46

A

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen (state material, size of perforation or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cap gasket

3

(packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 off Stainless steel strainer screen, having 1.6 mm perforations, for a ¾" Spirax Sarco Fig 16 strainer with screwed BSP connections. Note: When replacing the strainer cap coat the thread only with anti-seize compound, making sure none gets on the gasket or gasket faces.

D

B

Withdrawal distance C

7.7.14

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-17) supplied with the product. Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal The product is recyclabe. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

3 4

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" Fig 16 strainer with screwed BSP connections and a stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

2 Recommended tightening torques Item

or

Size

Nm

mm

2

" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

22 A /F 22 A /F 27 A /F 27 A /F 46 A /F 46 A /F 60 A /F

Fig 16 and Fig 16L Austenitic Stainless Steel Strainers

45 - 50 45 - 50 60 - 66 100 - 110 240 - 260 260 - 280 310 - 340

TI-P160-01 ST Issue 7

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-P169-08 ST Issue 1

Fig 16HP Stainless Steel Strainer Description

The Fig 16HP is a stainless steel Y-type strainer designed to remove scale, rust and other debris from the pipeline. The standard stainless steel screen is 0.8 mm perforations. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification The product is available with a manufacturer’s Typical Test Report for the body and cap as standard and EN 10204 3.1 to special order at extra cost. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

4

Optional extras

1

¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼" 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP or NPT Socket weld ends to BS 3799 Class 3000 lb Strainer screens

Stainless steel screen

Mesh

1.6 mm and 3.0 mm 40, 100 and 200

Perforations

Monel screen

0.8 mm and 3.0 mm

Mesh

100

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted at extra cost. Strainer size ¼",

Blowdown valve

" and ½"

2

¼"

½"

½"

1¼" and 1½"

1"

¾"

1¼"

¾"

2"

3

Drain valve

¼"

¾" and 1"

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

7.7.15

Perforations

       

Steam saturation curve 





  Pressure bar g



 

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions ASME Class 800 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 132.4 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 538°C @ 66.8 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 132.4 bar g @ 38°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 538°C @ 66.8 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 200 bar g

Materials No. Part 1 2 3 4

¼" to ½" Body ¾" to 2" Cap Cap gasket Strainer screen

Material Stainless steel A182 F316L / 1.4404 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M / 1.4408 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M / 1.4408 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Stainless steel A240 316L

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

For conversion:

Size

¼"

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

1

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

"

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

2.6

3.6

11

15.5

26

41

68

Mesh 40 and 100

1

2.6

3.6

11

15.5

26

41

68

Mesh 200

1

2.6

2.6

9

13.0

21

35

55

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Size

A

B

C

D

Screening area cm²

Weight

¼"

70

51

80

32

27

0.43

Available spares Strainer screen (state material, perforations or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cap gasket

3

"

70

51

80

32

27

0.49

½"

73

52

81

32

27

0.56

¾"

90

64

100

36

43

0.72

1"

105

74

120

46

73

1¼"

140

102

164

60

135

2.35

1½"

152

115

184

70

164

3.30

2"

178

138

224

80

251

4.95

1.17

A

(packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 off Stainless steel strainer screen having 0.8 mm perforations for a ¾" Spirax Sarco Fig 16HP strainer. Note: When replacing the strainer cap coat the thread only with anti-seize compound, making sure none gets on the gasket or gasket faces.

D

B

Withdrawal distance C

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-17) supplied with the product. Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" Fig 16HP strainer having screwed BSP connections with a stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

7.7.16 3 4

2 Recommended tightening torques or Item

Size ¼",

2

", and ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

Fig 16HP Stainless Steel Strainer

mm 22 A /F 27 A /F 32 A /F 46 A /F 50 A /F 60 A /F

Nm 50 60 100 180 230 330 -

55 66 110 200 250 360

TI-P169-08 ST Issue 1

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-P162-03 ST Issue 1

Fig 18HP Alloy Steel Strainer Description

The Fig 18HP is an alloy steel butt weld Y-type strainer with flanged screen cover that has been designed in accordance with ASME B16.34:2004 and ASME VIII. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN50 size range has 0.8 mm perforations – See 'Optional extras' for alternative perforations / mesh sizes and screen materials. If required, the strainer cover can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 and NACE Approval. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 (½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2") Screwed BSP (BS21) and NPT (ASME B 1.20.1) Socket weld ASME B 16.11 and BS 3799 Butt weld ASME B16.25 Schedule 160, Schedule 80 and Schedule 40

The following optional extras are available for all unit sizes at an extra cost and must be stated at the time of order placement: 0.8 mm (standard), 1 mm, 1.6 mm, 3 mm and 6mm Perforations: Contact Spirax Sarco for availability of perforations not displayed. M20, M40, M60, M100, M200 and M400 Mesh: Contact Spirax Sarco for availability of mesh screens not displayed. Screen AISI 316, AISI 316L (standard), AISI 304, material: AISI 304L and Monel Blowdown / drain valve connection The cover can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. This option is available at extra cost. Strainer size Blowdown valve Drain valve DN15 - DN25 ½" ½" DN32 - DN50 1¼" ¾"

4

3 5 2

6

Materials No. Body

Material

1

Body

Alloy steel

EN 10213: 1.7379 and ASTM A217 WC9

2

Cover

Alloy steel

EN 10213: 1.7379 and ASTM A217 WC9

3

Cover gasket

Stainless steel + Graphite

4

Strainer screen Stainless steel

5

Cover studs

Alloy steel

ASTM A193 Gr. B16

6

Cover nuts

Alloy steel

ASTM A194 Gr. 7

AISI 316L

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

7.7.17

Optional extras

1

Body design conditions

       



Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature

Steam saturation curve 

PMA

Maximum operating pressure * PMO for saturated steam service  



Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

 

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

ASME 2500 431 bar g @ 38°C 538°C @ 154 bar g -29°C 220 bar g @ 374°C 538°C @ 154 bar g

Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 646 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Page 2 of 2 Spare parts

Kv values

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 perforations 5 8 13 22 29 46 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm Mesh M200 4 6 10 17 23 37 Please consult Spirax Sarco for the Kv values of the following screens: 1 mm, 6 mm, M20, M40, M60, M100 and M400.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Weight

Volume (L)

8.74

0.130

8.79

0.140

DN25

8.84

0.145

DN32

28.75

0.850

28.82

0.850

28.99

0.850

Size

A

B

C

DN15 DN20

DN40

180

280

150

240

196

308

DN50

Screening area (cm²)

73 cm²

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen and Cover gasket Spares kit 1 (state material, perforations or mesh and size of strainer) Spares kit 2 Cover gasket (3 off)

4 and 3 3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the spares kit required plus the size and type of strainer and perforations or mesh required for the screen. Example: 1 off Spares kit 1 for a DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 18HP strainer having butt weld connections. The strainer screen is to be stainless steel with 1.6 mm perforations.

251 cm²

A

B

C Withdrawal distance 3

7.7.18

4

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P162-04) supplied with the product.

Warning: The strainer cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in horizontal plane. On liquid systems pocket should be point downwards. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 Fig 18HP strainer having the standard stainless steel screen with 0.8 mm perforations and Schedule 160 butt weld connections.

5 (not an available spare)

6 (not an available spare)

Recommended tightening torques - Items 5 and 6 mm Sizes

Qty

Nm or

DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN50

Fig 18HP Alloy Steel Strainer

4 8

1¼" 1¼"

¾" - 10 UNC ¾" - 10 UNC

140 - 150 120 - 130

TI-P162-03 ST Issue 1

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-S60-03

ST Issue 8

Fig 33 Cast Iron Strainer Description

The Fig 33 is a cast iron integrally flanged Y- type strainer. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN80 size range has 0.8 mm perforations, in the DN100 to DN200 size range it has 1.6 mm perforations. Optional mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200 Standard available flanges: EN 1092 PN16, AS 2129 table F, ASME 150 (DN15 and DN20) and ASME 125 (DN25 to DN200).

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturer’s Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras Stainless steel screen

Monel screen

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. Strainer size Blowdown valve Drain valve DN15 ¼ ¼" DN20 and DN25 ½" ½" DN32 and DN40 1" ¾" DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100 and DN125 1¼" ¾" DN150 and DN200 2" ¾"

1 4 3 2 DN15 to DN50

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

7.7.19

1.6 mm (DN15 to DN80) 3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200) Mesh 40, 100, 200 0.8 mm (DN15 to DN80) Perforations 1.6 mm (DN100 to DN200) 3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200) Mesh 100

Perforations

300

A

C

200 B

0

1

Steam saturation curve

100 0

2

4

A B

C 10 6 8 Pressure bar g

12

14

16 3

The product must not be used in this region. A-A B-B C-C

Flanged EN 1092 PN16 Flanged AS 2129 Table F Flanged ASME 125 (including DN15, DN20 flanged ASME 150)

Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature DN15 to DN50 Minimum allowable temperature DN65 to DN200 EN 1092 PN16 Maximum operating pressure AS 2129 Table F PMO for saturated steam service ASME 125 ASME 150 TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

4

PN16 16 bar g 300°C -10°C 0°C 13 bar g 13 bar g 10 bar g 10 bar g 300°C 0°C 24 bar g

5 2

Materials

DN65 to DN200

No. Part Material 1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20 Cap DN15 to DN50 SG iron DIN 1693 GG 25 2 Cover DN65 to DN200 Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20 3 Cap gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite 4 Strainer screen Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A240 316L 5 Bolts Carbon steel BS 4169 Gr. 8.8

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

Size DN15 Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3.0 mm 5 Mesh 40 and 100 5 Mesh 200 4

DN20 8 8 6

DN25 13 13 10

DN32 22 22 17

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

PN16 AS 2129 ASME* Screening Size A A A B C area cm² Weight DN15 130 130 130 70 110 27 1.8 DN20 150 147 150 80 130 43 2.7 DN25 160 157 154 95 150 73 3.4 DN32 180 176 176 135 225 135 6.0 DN40 200 194 194 145 240 164 7.2 DN50 230 224 224 175 300 251 10.9 DN65 290 288 228 200 335 327 21.7 DN80 310 304 304 210 340 361 25.9 DN100 350 350 350 255 415 545 38.5 DN125 400 400 400 300 510 843 63.0 DN150 480 480 480 345 575 1117 87.0 DN200 600 598 598 435 730 1909 153.0 * DN15 and DN20 ASME 150 and, DN25 to DN200 ASME 125

For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 29 46 72 103 155 237 340 588 29 46 72 103 155 237 340 588 23 37 58 83 124 186 268 464

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen (state material, size of perforation or mesh and size of strainer) Cap gasket (packet of 3)

4 3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforations or mesh required. Example: 1 - Strainer screen, stainless steel with 0.8 mm perforations for a DN65 Spirax Sarco Fig 33 strainer.

A

DN15 to DN50 4 3 2

B C

7.7.20

Withdrawal distance

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement.

DN65 to DN200 3 4

Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

5 Recommended tightening torques or

Example: 1 off DN25 Spirax Sarco Fig 33 strainer having EN 1092 PN16 flanged connections. The strainer must be supplied with a stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

Item

2

5

TI-S60-03 ST Issue 8

Qty

Size

1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 12

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

Fig 33 Cast Iron Strainer

Nm

mm 36 38 50 46 50 60 19 19 24 24 30 30

M28 M32 M42 M56 M60 M72 M12 x 40 M12 x 40 M16 x 50 M16 x 50 M20 x 60 M20 x 70

50 60 100 150 170 190 20 30 70 80 100 90

- 55 - 66 - 110 - 165 - 185 - 210 - 24 - 35 - 77 - 88 - 110 - 100

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P064-02

ST Issue 11

Fig 34 Carbon Steel Strainer - ASTM Material Description

The Fig 34 is an integrally flanged Y-type strainer designed to remove rust, scale and other debris from the pipeline. It is produced from carbon steel, ASTM material. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN80 is 0.8 mm perforations and in the DN100 to DN200 it is 1.6 mm perforations. NB: A low temperature carbon steel strainer is available on request. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification The product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report as standard and certification to EN 10204 3.1 for body and cap by order. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras Strainer screens Stainless steel screen Perforations Mesh

1.6 mm (DN15 to DN80) 3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200) 40, 100 and 200

Perforations

0.8 mm (DN15 to DN80) 1.6 mm (DN100 to DN200) 3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200)

Mesh

100

Monel screen

Strainer size

Blowdown valve ¼"

¼"

DN20 and DN25

½"

½"

DN32 and DN40

1"

¾"

DN50 to DN125

1¼"

¾"

2"

¾"

DN150 and DN200

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200 Standard flange ASME Class 150, ASME Class 300 and JIS / KS 20. DN15 to DN25

1 4 3 2

DN32 to DN50

1

Drain valve

DN15

4 3

5 2

Pressure /temperature limits 

Temperature °C

7.7.21

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted.

Sizes and pipe connections

B

 

Steam saturation curve

  

C





DN65 to DN200

A

1 B

C   Pressure bar g



A 

This product must not be used in this region. A - A Flanged ASME 300 B - B Flanged ASME 150

C-C

Flanged JIS /KS 20

Body design conditions PN50 / ASME 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 37.7°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 398.8°C @ 34.8 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 50 bar g @ 37.7°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 398.8°C @ 34.8 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 78 bar g

4 3 2 5

Materials No.

Part

1

Body

Material Carbon steel

ASTM A216 WCB

DN15 - DN50

Forged steel

A105N

DN65 - DN200

Carbon steel

ASTM A216 WCB

2

Cap

3

Cap gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

5

Bolts

Carbon steel

ASTM A240 316L ASTM A193 B7

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values Size

For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

DN80

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 40 and 100

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 200

4

6

10

17

23

37

58

83

124

186

268

464

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

ASME ASME JIS / 150 300 KS 20 A A A

B

Screening area cm² Weight

C

DN15

120

127

126

70

110

27

2.1

DN20

144

150

150

80

130

43

2.9

DN25

154

160

159

95

150

73

3.8

DN32

180

180

178

130

235

135

6.5

DN40

200

208

202

146

260

164

9.0

DN50

230

240

232

180

320

251

10.5

DN65

290

289

278

200

325

327

17.5

DN80

310

311

297

205

330

361

24.0

DN100

351

351

333

255

405

545

30.0

DN125

401

401

383

315

510

843

49.0

DN150

473

478

461

345

560

1 117

68.0

DN200

593

600

577

440

710

1 909

128.0

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen (state material, perforations or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cap gasket

3

(packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 off Strainer screen, stainless steel having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 34 strainer having ASME 300 connections.

A

7.7.22

B C

3 DN32 to DN200

DN15 to DN25

4

Withdrawal distance

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product. Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

5

DN15 to DN25 2 Recommended tightening torques Item

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 Fig 34 strainer having flanged ASME 300 connections with stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

Qty

or

Nm

mm 2

5

TI-P064-02 ST Issue 11

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 to DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

Fig 34 Carbon Steel Strainer - ASTM Material

1 1 1 4 4 8 8 8 12

22 27 27 19 19 24 30 30 36

M12 x 30 M12 x 35 M16 x 45 M20 x 50 M20 x 55 M24 x 65

50 60 100 20 30 50 70 80 120 -

55 66 110 24 35 55 77 88 130

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

7.7.23

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P064-01

ST Issue 12

Fig 34 Carbon Steel Strainer - EN Material Description

The Fig 34 is a carbon steel integrally flanged Y-type strainer in EN material. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN80 is 0.8 mm perforations and in the DN100 to DN200 it is 1.6 mm perforations. As options, other perforation and mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required. NB: A low temperature carbon steel strainer is available on request. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

DN15 to DN25 1 4 3 2

Certification The product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report as standard and certification to EN 10204 3.1 for body and cap by order. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras

1

Strainer screens Stainless steel screen

Perforations Mesh

Monel screen

1.6 mm

(DN15 to DN80)

3.0 mm

(DN15 to DN200)

0.8 mm

(DN15 to DN80)

1.6 mm

(DN100 to DN200)

3.0 mm

(DN15 to DN200)

5 2

100

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. Strainer size

4 3

40, 100 and 200

Perforations

Mesh

DN32 to DN50

1 4

DN65 to DN200

Blowdown valve

Drain valve

DN15

¼"

¼"

DN20 and DN25

½"

½"

5

DN32 and DN40

1"

¾"

Materials

DN50 to DN125

1¼"

¾"

No. Part

Material

2"

¾"

1

Body

Carbon steel

1.0619

2

Cap

Forged steel

C22.8

DN65 - DN200 Carbon steel

1.0619

3

Cap gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

ASTM A240 316L

5

Bolts

Stainless steel

AD MBI W2 A2-70

DN150 and DN200

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200 Standard flange EN 1092 PN40.

3 2

DN15 - DN50

Page 1 of 3

7.7.24

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Pressure/temperature limits Temperature °C

Body design conditions Steam saturation curve

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

40 bar g @ 50 °C 400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

-29 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure

40 bar g @ 50 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 69 bar g

Kv values Size

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3.0 mm

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 40 and 100

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 200

4

6

10

17

23

37

58

83

124

186

268

464

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg

7.7.25

Size

PN40 A

C

Screening area cm²

B

Weight

DN15

130

70

110

27

2.1

DN20

150

80

130

43

2.9

DN25

160

95

150

73

3.8

DN32

180

130

235

135

6.5

DN40

200

146

260

164

9.0

DN50

230

180

320

251

10.5

DN65

290

200

325

327

17.5

DN80

310

205

330

361

24.0

DN100

351

255

405

545

30.0

DN125

400

315

510

843

49.0

DN150

480

345

560

1117

68.0

DN200

600

440

710

1909

128.0

DN15 to DN25 A

B C

Withdrawal distance

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product. Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Disposal: This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 Fig 34 strainer flanged to EN 1092 PN40 with stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

TI-P064-01 ST Issue 12

Page 2 of 3

Fig 34 Carbon Steel Strainer - EN Material

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen (state material, perforations or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cap gasket

3

(packet of 3)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 - Strainer screen, stainless steel having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 34 strainer having EN 1092 PN40 connections.

3 4

7.7.26

DN32 to DN200

5

DN15 to DN25

2

Recommended tightening torques Item

2

5

Size

or mm

Qty

Nm

DN15

1

22

M28

50 - 55

DN20

1

27

M32

60 - 66

DN25

1

27

M42

100 - 110

DN32 to DN65

4

19

M12 x 30

20 - 24

DN80

4

19

M12 x 35

30 - 35

DN100

8

24

M16 x 45

50 - 55

DN125

8

30

M20 x 50

70 - 77

DN150

8

30

M20 x 55

80 - 88

DN200

12

36

M24 x 65

120 - 130

TI-P064-01 ST Issue 12

Page 3 of 3

Fig 34 Carbon Steel Strainer - EN Material

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

7.7.27

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P168-07

ST Issue 2

Fig 34 Carbon Steel 'Y' Type Strainer - DN250 to DN400 (10" to 16") Description

The Fig 34 is an integrally flanged Y-type strainer designed to remove rust, scale and other debris from the pipeline. The standard stainless steel screen is 3 mm perforations. Please note: Low temperature carbon steel or stainless steel versions of this strainer are available on request. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1 for body and cover. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

EN strainer 1 2

4

5 6

3

Optional extras Strainer screens

Perforations:

0.8 mm, 1.6 mm and 5 mm

Mesh:

40, 100 and 200

Monel screen: Available on request Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. Strainer size

Blowdown valve

Drain valve

2"

2"

DN250 to DN400

7.7.28 ASME strainer

Sizes and pipe connections

1

DN250, DN300, DN350 and DN400 Available standard flanged connections:

- EN 1092 PN40, PN25 and PN16. - ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and ASME B 16.5 Class 300. - JIS / KS 10 and JIS / KS 20.

As standard all flanges are supplied with a raised face. Alternative flange facing can be supplied on request and must also be specified at the point of order placement.

Kv values Size

DN250

DN300

DN350

DN400

Perforated

950

1300

1800

2300

Mesh

850

1100

1500

1900

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

4

2 6

3

5

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Carbon steel

EN 10213 : 1.0619+N / ASTM A216 WCB

2

Cover

Carbon steel

EN 10213 : 1.0619+N / ASTM A216 WCB or ASTM A105N

3

Gasket

Reinfiorced exfoilated graphite

4

Screen Stainless steel

5

Stud

Carbon steel

ASTM A193 B7

6

Nut

Carbon steel

ASTM A194 2H

Page 1 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Pressure / temperature limits EN Temperature °C

300 200 Steam saturation curve

100 0 -29

0

B

10

C

D

20 Pressure bar g

40

30

Temperature °C

A

400

425 400 300 200 0 -29

PMA and TMA

TMA

A-F

PN40 PN40

40 bar g @ 50 °C

PN25

25 bar g @ 50 °C

PN16

16 bar g @ 50 °C

PN40

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

PN25

400 °C @ 14.8 bar g

PN16

400 °C @ 9.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

PMO

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

-29 °C PN40

30.7 bar g @ 237 °C

PN25

20 bar g @ 215 °C

PN16

13.2 bar g @ 196 °C

PN40

400 °C @ 23.8 bar g

PN25

400 °C @ 14.8 bar g

PN16

400 °C @ 9.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

40

E 51.1

Flanged ASME Class 150

PMA and TMA

ASME Class 300

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

ASME 300

51.1 bar g @ 38 °C

ASME 150

19.6 bar g @ 38 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

ASME 300

425 °C @ 28.8 bar g

ASME 150

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29 °C

PMO

Maximum operating ASME 300 pressure for saturated ASME 150 steam service

41.5 bar g @ 254 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

ASME 300

425 °C @ 28.8 bar g

ASME 150

425 °C @ 5.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

13.6 bar g @ 197 °C

-29 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 1.5 x PMA

-29 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 1.5 x PMA

Temperature °C

7.7.29

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

20 30 Pressure bar g

Body design conditions

Body design conditions

Maximum allowable temperature

10

A - E Flanged ASME Class 30

A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN40

Maximum allowable pressure

F

0

The product must not be used in this region.

A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN16

PMA

Steam saturation curve

100

The product must not be used in this region.

A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN25

ASME

A

300

Body design conditions

H

200

Steam saturation curve

100 0 -29

JIS / KS

A

425 400

0

H

10

G

20 Pressure bar g

The product must not be used in this region. A - G Flanged JIS / KS 20 A - H Flanged JIS / KS 10

PMA and TMA

30

34

PN40

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

JIS / KS 20

34 bar g @ 120 °C

JIS / KS 10

14 bar g @ 120 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

JIS / KS 20

425 °C @ 20.0 bar g

JIS / KS 10

300 °C @ 10.0 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29 °C

PMO

JIS / KS 20 Maximum operating pressure for saturated JIS / KS 10 steam service

30.1 bar g @ 236 °C

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

JIS / KS 20

425 °C @ 20.0 bar g

JIS / KS 10

300 °C @ 10.0 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

12.4 bar g @ 193 °C

-29 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 1.5 x PMA

TI-P168-07 ST Issue 2

Page 2 of 4

Fig 34 Carbon Steel 'Y' Type Strainer - DN250 to DN400 (10" to 16")

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg A Size

DN250

DN300

DN350

DN400

EN and ASME JIS / KS 150

B

C

D

ASME 300

Screening area PN40 PN25 mm²

EN

730

622

622

515

957

45°

371 800

ASME

730

622

622

560

1 005

60°

371 800

EN

850

699

711

570

1 020

45°

439 300

ASME

850

699

711

640

1 098

60°

439 300

EN

980

787

838

620

1 205

45°

653 400

ASME

980

787

838

770

1 320

60°

593 800

EN

1 100

914

864

710

1 340

60°

641 400

ASME

1 100

914

864

730

1 360

60°

641 400

Weight (Kg) PN16 JIS / KS JIS / KS ASME 20 10 150

ASME 300

212

197

187

202

185

163

218

259

236

222

238

214

270

344

448

419

396

414

377

380

454

600

547

513

548

498

487

617

A

D

B

7.7.30

C Withdrawal distance

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product. Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Warning: The strainer cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN350 Fig 34 strainer having flanged ASME Class 300 connections with a stainless steel screen having 3 mm perforations. TI-P168-07 ST Issue 2

Page 3 of 4

Fig 34 Carbon Steel 'Y' Type Strainer - DN250 to DN400 (10" to 16")

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen

(state material, perforations or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cover gasket

(packet of 3)

3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 off Strainer screen, stainless steel having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN250 Spirax Sarco Fig 34 strainer having ASME Class 300 connections.

3 4

7.7.31 5

6

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

DN250 10" DN300 12" 5 and 6 DN350 14" DN400 16"

Connections

or mm

Quantity

Nm

ASME Class 150 and EN

16

1¼"

¾" - 10UNC

160 - 180

ASME Class 300

16

17 /16"

" - 9UNC

180 - 200

ASME Class 150 and EN

16

1¼"

¾" - 10UNC

200 - 220

ASME Class 300

18

17 /16"

" - 9UNC

210 - 230

ASME Class 150 and EN

20

1¼"

¾" - 10UNC

220 - 240

ASME Class 300

22

17 /16"

" - 9UNC

230 - 250

ASME Class 150 and EN

22

17 /16"

ASME Class 300

16

113 /16"

" - 9UNC 1 " - 7UNC

330 - 350 380 - 400

TI-P168-07 ST Issue 2

Page 4 of 4

Fig 34 Carbon Steel 'Y' Type Strainer - DN250 to DN400 (10" to 16")

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2011

TI-P168-01

ST Issue 1

Fig 34HP Carbon Steel Strainer Description

The Fig 34HP is a cast carbon steel Y-type strainer that has been designed in accordance with ASME B16.34:2004 and ASME VIII, that is readily available with integrally flanged or butt weld connections. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN80 size range has 0.8 mm perforations, and 1.6 mm perforations in the DN100 to DN200 size range - See 'Optional extras' for alternative perforations / mesh sizes and screen materials. If required, the strainer cover can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 and NACE Approval. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Flanged: EN 1092 PN100, EN 1092 PN63, ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 600 and ASME (ANSI) 600 RTJ DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150 and DN200. Screwed: BSP or NPT - ½", ¾", 1", 1½" and 2" Socket weld: ASME (ANSI) B16.11 Class 3000 - ½", ¾", 1", 1½" and 2" Butt weld: ASME (ANSI) B16.25 Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 6" and 8"

DN32 to DN50

1

4 3

5+6

2

Materials No. Part 1

Body

2

Cover

3 4 5 6

Cover gasket Strainer screen Cover stud Cover nut

Material EN 10213 10619+N and ASTM A216 WCB EN10213 1.0619+N and Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB Stainless steel + Graphite Spiral wound Stainless steel AISI 316L Carbon steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7 Carbon steel ASTM A194 Gr. 2H Carbon steel

Optional extras

The following optional extras are available for all unit sizes at an extra cost and must be stated at the time of order placement: 0.8 mm (standard), 1 mm, 1.6 mm, 3 mm and 6 mm Perforations: Contact Spirax Sarco for availability of perforations not displayed. M20, M40, M60, M100, M200 and M400 Mesh: Contact Spirax Sarco for availability of mesh screens not displayed. Screen AISI 316, AISI 316L (standard), AISI 304, material: AISI 304L and Monel Blowdown / drain valve connection The cover can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. This option is available at extra cost. Strainer size Blowdown valve Drain valve DN15 ¼" ¼" DN20 and DN25 ½" ½" DN40 1" ¾" DN50 to DN100 1¼" ¾" DN150 to DN200 2" ¾"

Page 1 of 3

7.7.32

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits  A  B 

The product must not be used in this region.



Steam saturation curve

  

A - C Flanged ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 600, ASME (ANSI) 600 RTJ, Screwed NPT, Socket weld ASME (ANSI) B16.11 Class 3000 and Butt weld ASME (ANSI) B16.25 Schedule 40 and 80. B - D Flanged EN 1092 PN100 and Screwed BSP. B - E Flanged EN 1092 PN63.

D

E 



  Pressure bar g



C



A-C Flanged ASME 600 and 600 RTJ Screwed NPT Socket weld and Butt weld Body design conditions ASME 600 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 102.1 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425°C@ 57.5 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 102.1 bar g @ 38°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 425°C@ 57.5 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 153 bar g

B-D Flanged EN 1092 PN100 and Screwed BSP PN100 100 bar g @ 50°C 400°C@ 59.5 bar g -29°C 100 bar g @ 50°C 400°C@ 59.5 bar g -29°C

B-E Flanged EN 1092 PN63 PN63 63 bar g @ 50°C 400°C@ 37.5 bar g -29°C 63 bar g @ 50°C 400°C@ 37.5 bar g -29°C

150 bar g

95 bar g

Kv values

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156 Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200 Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm 5 8 13 29 46 72 103 155 340 588 Mesh M40 and M100 5 8 13 29 46 72 103 155 340 588 Mesh M200 4 6 10 23 37 58 83 124 268 464 Please consult Spirax Sarco for the Kv values of the following screens: 1 mm, 6 mm, M20, M60 and M400.

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size

7.7.33 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200

A

A

A

ASME 600

PN100

165 190 216 241 292 330 356 432 559 660

210 230 230 260 300 340 380 430 550 650

Screwed Socket weld Butt weld 165 190 216 241 292 330 356 432 559 660

B

C

117 117 117 195 195 222 222 280 360 455

Weights ASME 600

PN100

3.6 4.6 5.6 12.2 17.4 34.0 35.0 60.0 130.0 222.0

4.0 4.9 7.6 12.2 18.0 35.0 36.0 59.0 128.0 222.0

200 200 200 330 330 340 340 458 610 775

Screwed Socket weld Butt weld 1.6 1.8 2.2 7.2 7.6 16.2 20.6 31.9 74.8 143.5

A

B

TI-P168-01 CH Issue 1

C Withdrawal distance

Fig 34HP Carbon Steel Strainer

Page 2 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Safety information, installation and maintenance

Spare parts

Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards.

Available spares Cover gasket (packet of 3)

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product.

Warning: The strainer cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.

How to order

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Strainer screen Cover gasket

Strainer screen + Cover gasket

3 4 3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 - Strainer screen + Cover gasket. The strainer screen is to be stainless steel having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 34HP strainer having EN 1092 PN63 flanged connections.

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 Fig 34HP strainer having the standard stainless steel screen with 0.8 mm perforations and flanged EN 1092 PN100 connections.

3 4

5+6 (not available as spares)

Recommended tightening torques - Items 5 and 6 Sizes

TI-P168-01 CH Issue 1

mm

Qty

DN15 - DN25

4

DN40 - DN50

8

DN65 - DN80

8

1

DN100

8

"

½" - 13 UNC

20 - 30

"

½" - 13 UNC

30 - 40

"

" - 11 UNC

50 - 60

1¼"

¾" - 10 UNC

80 - 90

DN150

8

1

"

DN200

12

1

"

Fig 34HP Carbon Steel Strainer

Nm

or

" - 9 UNC 1¼" - 7 UNC

100 - 110 180 - 190

Page 3 of 3

7.7.34

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-P160-02

ST Issue 10

Fig 36 Austenitic Stainless Steel Strainer

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The Fig 36 is an austenitic stainless steel integrally flanged Y- type strainer. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN80 size range has 0.8 mm perforations, in the DN100 to DN200 size range it has 1.6 mm perforations. Other perforations, mesh sizes and monel screens are available as options. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carries the so required.

mark when

Certification The product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report as standard and EN 10204 3.1 for body and cap by special request. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras

Sizes and pipe connections

Strainer screens

Stainless steel screens

Monel screens

1.6 mm (DN15 to DN80) 3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200) Mesh 40, 100, 200 0.8 mm (DN15 to DN80) Perforations 1.6 mm (DN100 to DN200) 3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200) Mesh 100 Perforations

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200 Standard flange: EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40 (DN15 to DN50) EN 1092 PN25 and PN40 (DN65 to DN150) EN 1092 PN40 (DN200) ANSI Class 150 and ANSI Class 300 (All sizes) JIS/KS flanges are available on request.

Blowdown or drain valve connections. The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. Strainer size

Drain valve

¼"

¼"

DN20 and DN25

½"

½"

DN32 and DN40

1"

¾"

DN50 to DN125

1¼"

¾"

2"

¾"

DN150 and DN200

Pressure /temperature limits Temperature °C

7.7.35

Blowdown valve

DN15

��� ���

A Steam saturation ��� curve

1 4

���

��� � ���

3 D �

��

C ��

��

B ��

��

Pressure bar g

2 5

This product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged ANSI 300. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. A - D Flanged ANSI 150. Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature

ANSI 300 (PN50) 41 bar g @ 38°C 450°C @ 21 bar g -29°C ANSI 150 16 bar g PMO Maximum operating pressure PN40 38 bar g ANSI 300 41 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 450°C @ 21 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g

Materials No. Part 1

Body

2

Cap

Size

DN15

- DN50

DN65

- DN200

3

Cap gasket

4

Strainer screen

5

Cap bolt

Material Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A182F316L Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M Reinforced exfoliated graphite Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A240 316L Austenitic stainless steel ISO 3506 A2-70

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2008

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

For conversion:

Size

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 40 and 100

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 200

4

6

10

17

23

37

58

83

124

186

268

464

Spare parts

Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg EN 1092 ANSI PN16/25/40 150 Size A A

ANSI 300 A

B

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Screening C area cm² Weight

Available spares Strainer screen 4 (state material, size of perforations or mesh and size of strainer)

DN15

130

124

130

70

120

28

2.5

DN20

150

142

149

80

130

46

4.5

Cap gasket (3 off)

DN25

160

156

163

95

162

79

5.0

DN32

180

180

180

130

235

135

10.0

DN40

200

200

208

146

260

161

12.0

DN50

230

230

241

180

320

251

16.5

DN65

290

290

290

200

325

325

23.0

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 off stainless steel strainer screen, having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 36 strainer having EN 1092 PN40 connections.

DN80

310

310

310

205

330

360

35.6

DN100

351

351

351

255

405

540

38.5

DN125

400

400

400

315

510

840

76.0

DN150

480

475

480

345

560 1 115

109.0

DN200

600

594

600

440

710 1 905

144.0

3

A

B

C

7.7.36 4

Withdrawal distance

3

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product. Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that a new gasket is used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 Fig 36 strainer having a stainless steel screen with 0.8 mm perforations. The connections are to be flanged EN 1092 PN40.

5 Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

or

Qty

Nm

mm

5

DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

Fig 36 Austenitic Stainless Steel Strainer

4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

16 A / F 19 A / F 19 A/F 19 A/F 19 A/F 24 A/F 30 A/F 30 A/F 36 A / F

M10 x 30 M12 x 35 M12 x 35 M12 x 45 M12 x 50 M16 x 50 M20 x 60 M20 x 65 M20 x 75

22 - 25 40 - 45 40 - 45 40 - 45 40 - 45 100 - 110 160 - 170 210 - 230 210 - 230

TI-P160-02 ST Issue 10

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

7.7.37

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Page 1 of 3 TI-P160-11

ST Issue 2

Fig 36HP Stainless Steel Strainer Description

The Fig 36HP is a Stainless steel Y-type strainer that has been designed in accordance with ASME B16.34:2004 and ASME VIII, that is readily available with integrally flanged or butt weld connections. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN80 size range has 0.8 mm perforations, and 1.6 mm perforations in the DN100 to DN200 size range - See 'Optional extras' for alternative perforations / mesh sizes and screen materials. If required, the strainer cover can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 and NACE Approval. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Flanged: EN 1092 PN100, EN 1092 PN63, ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 600 and ASME (ANSI) 600 RTJ DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150 and DN200. Screwed: BSP or NPT - ½", ¾", 1", 1½" and 2" Socket weld: ASME (ANSI) B16.11 Class 3000 - ½", ¾", 1", 1½" and 2" Butt weld: ASME (ANSI) B16.25 Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 6" and 8"

DN40 to DN50

1

4 3 5+6 2

Materials No. Part 1

Body

2

Cover

3 4 5 6

Cover gasket Strainer screen Cover stud Cover nut

Material EN 10213 1.4408 and ASTM A351 CF8M EN 10213 1.4408 and Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M Stainless steel + Graphite Spiral wound Stainless steel AISI 316L Stainless steel ASTM A193 Gr. B8M2 Stainless steel ASTM A194 Gr. 8M Stainless steel

Optional extras

The following optional extras are available for all unit sizes at an extra cost and must be stated at the time of order placement: 0.8 mm (standard), 1 mm, 1.6 mm, 3 mm and 6 mm Perforations: Contact Spirax Sarco for availability of perforations not displayed. M20, M40, M60, M100, M200 and M400 Mesh: Contact Spirax Sarco for availability of mesh screens not displayed. Screen AISI 316, AISI 316L (standard), AISI 304, material: AISI 304L and Monel Blowdown / drain valve connection The cover can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. This option is available at extra cost. Strainer size Blowdown valve Drain valve DN15 ¼" ¼" DN20 and DN25 ½" ½" DN40 1" ¾" DN50 to DN100 1¼" ¾" DN150 to DN200 2" ¾"

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

Page 1 of 3

© Copyright 2012

7.7.38

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Page 2 of 3

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits   A      

D

C

Steam saturation curve 



The product must not be used in this region.

B

D   Pressure bar g

A - B Flanged ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 600, ASME (ANSI) 600 RTJ, Screwed NPT, Socket weld ASME (ANSI) B16.11 Class 3000 and Butt weld ASME (ANSI) B16.25 Schedule 40 and 80. A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN100 and Screwed BSP. A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN63.

B C 



A-B Flanged ASME 600 and 600 RTJ Screwed NPT Socket weld and Butt weld Body design conditions ASME 600 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 99.3 bar g @ 38°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 538°C @ 50 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -29°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 99.3 bar g @ 38°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 538°C @ 50 bar g Minimum operating temperature -29°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 153 bar g

A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN100 and Screwed BSP PN100 100 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 65.4 bar g -29°C 100 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 65.4 bar g -29°C

A-D Flanged EN 1092 PN63 PN63 63 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 41.2 bar g -29°C 63 bar g @ 50°C 538°C @ 41.2 bar g -29°C

150 bar g

95 bar g

Kv values For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200 Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm 5 8 13 29 46 72 103 155 340 588 Mesh M40 and M100 5 8 13 29 46 72 103 155 340 588 Mesh M200 4 6 10 23 37 58 83 124 268 464 Please consult Spirax Sarco for the Kv values of the following screens: 1 mm, 6 mm, M20, M60 and M400. Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

7.7.39

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200

A ASME 600

A PN100

165 190 216 241 292 330 356 432 559 660

210 230 230 260 300 340 380 430 550 650

A Screwed Socket weld Butt weld 165 190 216 241 292 330 356 432 559 660

B

C

Weights ASME 600

117 117 117 195 195 222 222 280 360 455

200 200 200 330 330 340 340 458 610 775

3.6 4.6 5.6 12.2 17.4 34.0 35.0 60.0 130.0 222.0

PN100 4.0 4.9 7.6 12.2 18.0 35.0 36.0 59.0 128.0 222.0

Screwed Socket weld Butt weld 1.6 1.8 2.2 7.2 7.6 16.2 20.6 31.9 74.8 143.5

A

B

C Withdrawal distance

Fig 36HP Stainless Steel Strainer Page 2 of 3

TI-P160-11 CH Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Page 3 of 3 Safety information, installation and maintenance

Spare parts

Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards.

Available spares Cover gasket (packet of 3)

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product.

Warning: The strainer cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.

How to order

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Strainer screen Cover gasket

Strainer screen + Cover gasket

3 4 3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 - Strainer screen + Cover gasket. The strainer screen is to be stainless steel having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 36HP strainer having EN 1092 PN63 flanged connections.

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 Fig 36HP strainer having the standard stainless steel screen with 0.8 mm perforations and flanged EN 1092 PN100 connections.

3 4

5+6 (not available as spares)

Recommended tightening torques - Items 5 and 6 mm Sizes DN15 - DN25 DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200

Fig 36HP Stainless Steel Strainer Page 3 of 3

Qty 4 8 8 8 8 12

Nm " " 1 " 1 ¼" 1 " 1 "

or ½" - 13 UNC ½" - 13 UNC " - 11 UNC ¾" - 10 UNC " - 9 UNC 1¼" - 7 UNC

20 - 30 30 - 40 50 - 60 80 - 90 100 - 110 180 - 190

TI-P160-11 CH Issue 2

7.7.40

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

7.7.41

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P081-01

CMGT Issue 11

Fig 37 SG Iron Strainer Description

The Fig 37 is an SG iron integrally flanged Y-type strainer. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN80 size range is 0.8 mm perforations, in the DN100 to DN200 it is 1.6 mm perforations. As options other perforations and mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required.

DN15 to DN50

Optional extras Strainer screens Stainless steel screen

Perforations Mesh

Monel screen

(DN15 to DN80)

3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200)

0.8 mm

1 4 3

40, 100 and 200

Perforations Mesh

1.6 mm

(DN15 to DN80)

2

3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200) 100

Blowdown or drain valve connections The cap can be drilled to the following sizes to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted at extra cost. Strainer size

Blowdown valve

Drain valve

DN15

¼"

¼"

DN20 and DN25

½"

½"

DN32, DN40 and DN50

1"

¾"

1¼"

¾"

2"

¾"

DN65 to DN125 DN150 and DN200

DN65 to DN200

7.7.42 1 4

3

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification The product is available a manufacturers' Typical Test Report for the body and cap as standard and EN 10204 3.1 to special order at extra cost. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15 to DN150 standard flange EN 1092 PN40 and ANSI 150. DN200 standard flange EN 1092 PN25 and ANSI 150. JIS/KS 10K and 20K.

5

2

Materials No. Part

Materials

1

SG iron

Body DN15 to DN50

2

Cap

Carbon steel

DN65 to DN100 SG iron DN125 to DN200 Carbon steel

DIN 1693 GGG 40 DIN 17245 C22.8 EN-GJS-400-15 DIN 17245 GS C25N

3

Cap gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Strainer screen

Stainless steel

5

ASTM A240 316L

Cap stud

DN65 to DN200 Carbon steel

BS 4439 Gr. 8.8

Cap nut

DN65 to DN200 Carbon steel

BS 3692 Gr. Page 1 of 4

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits A  B  C

   

Steam saturation curve



C



E D  Pressure bar g

A

B





The product must not be used in this region. A - A Flanged EN 1092 PN40. B - B Flanged ANSI 150. C - C Flanged JIS/KS 10K. A - D Flanged JIS/KS 20K. A - E Flanged EN 1092 PN25.

Body design conditions

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

DN15 - DN150

PN40

DN200

PN25

DN15 - DN150

40 bar g @ 120 °C

DN200

25 bar g @ 120 °C 350 °C

Minimum allowable temperature

7.7.43

-10 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

DN15 - DN150

40 bar g @ 120 °C

DN200

25 bar g @ 120 °C

DN15 - DN150

350 °C @ 28.5 bar g

DN200

350 °C @ 17.5 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-10 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

PN25

38 bar g

PN40

60 bar g

ANSI 150

30 bar g

JIS/KS 20K

49 bar g

JIS/KS 10K

28 bar g

Kv values Size

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

DN125

DN150

DN200

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 40 and 100

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 200

4

6

10

17

23

37

58

83

124

186

268

464

For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

TI-P081-01 CMGT Issue 11

Page 2 of 4

Fig 37 SG Iron Strainer

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Dimensions/weights

(approximate) in mm and kg

Size

PN40 A

PN25 A

ANSI 150 A

JIS 10K A

JIS 20K

B

C

Screening area cm²

Weight

DN15

130

-

122

123

127

70

110

25

1.85

DN20

150

-

142

143

147

80

130

42

2.80

DN25

160

-

156

153

156

95

150

71

3.50

DN32

180

-

176

177

180

135

225

135

6.20

DN40

200

-

200

197

200

145

240

161

7.40

DN50

230

-

230

223

227

175

300

251

11.20

DN65

290

-

291

282

286

200

335

352

20.00

DN80

310

-

311

298

306

210

340

360

24.00

DN100

350

-

350

337

349

255

415

540

36.00

DN125

400

-

398

389

401

300

510

840

60.00

DN150

480

-

482

469

481

345

575

1 115

83.00

DN200

-

600

600

585

601

435

730

1 905

148.00

A

DN15 to DN50 shown C Withdrawal distance

B

7.7.44

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product. Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if not handled and disposed of carefully. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN80 Fig 37 strainer having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections with a stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations.

TI-P081-01 CMGT Issue 11

Page 3 of 4

Fig 37 SG Iron Strainer

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen (state material, size of perforation or mesh and size of strainer)

4

Cap gasket (packet of 3)

3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 off Stainless steel strainer screen having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 37 strainer having EN 1092 PN25 connections.

DN65 to DN200

DN15 to DN50

4 3 4

3 5 2 5

Recommended tightening torques

7.7.45

Item

2

5

or mm

Qty

Size

Nm

1

DN15

22

M28

50 - 55

1

DN20

27

M32

60 - 66

1

DN25

27

M42

100 - 110

1

DN32

46

M56

250 - 275

1

DN40

50

M60

250 - 275

1

DN50

60

M72

310 - 340

8

DN65

19

M12 x 35

20 - 24

8

DN80

19

M12 x 35

30 - 35

8

DN100

24

M16 x 45

50 - 55

8

DN125

30

M20 x 50

80 - 88

8

DN150

30

M20 x 55

100 - 110

12

DN200

36

M24 x 65

90 - 100

TI-P081-01 CMGT Issue 11

Page 4 of 4

Fig 37 SG Iron Strainer

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

7.7.46

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-P160-04

ST Issue 9

Fig 3616 Austenitic Stainless Steel Strainer - ASTM Material Description

The Fig 3616 is an austenitic stainless steel integrally flanged Y-type strainer with flanged screen cover in ASTM material. The standard stainless steel screen in the ½" to 3" has 0.8 mm perforations and in the 4" to 8" it has 1.6 mm perforations. As options, other perforation and mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required. The body can also be drilled and tapped for pressure tappings if required. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Optional extras

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 5", 6" and 8" Standard flange ASME (ANSI) Class 150.

Strainer screens 1.6 mm (½" to 3") Perforations Stainless steel screen 3.0 mm (½" to 8") Mesh 40, 100, 200 Monel screen

0.8 mm (½" to 3") Perforations 1.6 mm (4" to 8") 3.0 mm (½" to 8")



Mesh



Blowdown, drain valve and pressure connections The cap can be tapped to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. The body can be drilled for pressure tappings. These options are available at extra cost. Connection sizes are as shown below: Strainer size

Blowdown valve

Drain valve

Pressure tapping

½" to ¾"

"

"

¼"

1" to 1¼"

½"

½"

¼"

1½" to 3"

¾"

¾"

¼"

4" to 8"

1"

1"

¼"

1

4

Pressure / temperature limits  Temperature °C

7.7.47

100

3



Steam saturation curve



5

2

 





 Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. Note: Special testing to allow lower temperature operation can be provided at extra cost. Consult Spirax Sarco. Body design conditions ASME (ANSI) 150 PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 19 bar g (275.5 psi g) TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 400°C (752°F) Minimum allowable temperature -29°C (-20°F) PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 400°C (752°F) Minimum operating temperature -29°C (-20°F) Designed for a maximum 30 bar g (435 psi g) cold hydraulic test pressure of:

Materials No. Part Material 1 Body Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M 2 Cap Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M 3 Cap gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite Strainer Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A240 316L 4 screen 5 Bolts Austenitic stainless steel EN ISO 3506 A2 - 70

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2011

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Size

½"

¾"

1"

1¼"

1½"

2"

2½"

3"

4"

5"

6"

8"

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm 5

8 13 22 29 46 72 103 155 237 340 588

Mesh 40 and 100

5

8 13 22 29 46 72 103 155 237 340 588

Mesh 200

4 6 10 17 23 37 58 83 124 186 268 464



Dimensions /weights approximate in mm (ins) and kg (lb) Size

ASME (ANSI) 150 A

½"

120 (4.72)

69 (2.71)

101 (3.97)

28 (4.34)

2.1 (4.6)

¾ "

144 (5.66)

82 (3.22)

125 (4.92)

46 (7.13)

2.9 (6.4)

1"

154 (6.06)

90 (3.54)

140 (5.51)

79 (12.24)

3.8 (8.4)

1¼"

180 (7.08)

114 (4.48)

198 (7.79)

135 (20.92)

6.6 (14.5)

1½"

200 (7.87)

127 (5.00)

210 (8.26)

161 (24.95)

9.0 (19.8)

2"

230 (9.05)

150 (5.90)

248 (9.76)

251 (38.90)

10.5 (23.1)

2½"

290 (11.41)

162 (6.37)

263 (10.35)

325 (50.37)

17.5 (38.6)

3"

310 (12.20)

178 (7.00)

272 (10.70)

360 (55.80)

20.0 (44.1)

4"

351 (13.81)

210 (8.26)

323 (12.71)

540 (83.70)

24.0 (52.9)

5"

401 (15.78)

253 (9.96)

393 (15.47)

840 (130.20)

38.0 (83.7)

6"

473 (18.62)

293 (11.53)

454 (17.87)

1 115 (172.82)

50.5 (111.1)

8"

593 (23.34)

375 (14.76)

584 (22.99)

1 905 (295.27)

88.0 (194.0)

B

Downstream pressure tapping

Upstream pressure tapping

Screening area cm²

C

Weight

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares



Strainer screen (state material, perforations or mesh and size of strainer) B C Withdrawal distance

A

Safety information, installation and maintenance

Cap gasket



4

½" to 8" (3 off)

3

5" to 8" (1 off)

3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 - stainless steel strainer screen, having 0.8 mm perforations for a 2" Spirax Sarco Fig 3616 strainer having flanged ASME (ANSI) 150 connections.

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

5

½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8"

or Nm (lbf ft) mm 4 13 A /F M8 x 20 15 - 20 (11 - 15) 4 13 A /F M8 x 20 15 - 20 (11 - 15) 4 13 A /F M8 x 20 15 - 20 (11 - 15) 4 13 A /F M8 x 20 15 - 20 (11 - 15) 4 13 A /F M8 x 20 15 - 20 (11 - 15) 4 17 A /F M10 x 25 22 - 25 (16 - 18) 4 17 A /F M10 x 30 22 - 25 (16 - 18) 6 17 A /F M10 x 30 22 - 25 (16 - 18) 6 19 A /F M12 x 35 50 - 60 (36 - 44) 8 19 A /F M12 x 40 50 - 60 (36 - 44) 8 19 A /F M12 x 40 50 - 60 (36 - 44) 8 24 A /F M16 x 50 100 - 110 (73 - 80)

Qty

3 4

5 (not an available spare)

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1½" Fig 3616 strainer, flanged ASME (ANSI) 150 with austenitic stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations and flanged screen cap.

Fig 3616 Austenitic Stainless Steel Strainer - ASTM Material

TI-P160-04 ST Issue 9

7.7.48

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-P160-05 ST Issue 8

      

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The Fig 3616 is an austenitic stainless steel integrally flanged Y-type strainer with flanged screen cover in DIN material. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to 80 has 0.8 mm perforations and in the DN100 to 200 it has 1.6 mm perforations. As options, other perforation and mesh sizes are available as well as monel screens. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required. The body can also be drilled and tapped for pressure tappings if required.

1

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200. Standard flange BS 4504 PN16.

Optional extras Strainer screens

Stainless steel screen Perforations Mesh Perforations

Monel screen

Mesh

4 5

3

Blowdown, drain valve and pressure connections The cap can be tapped to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. The body can be drilled for pressure tappings. These options are available at extra cost. Connection sizes are as shown below: Blowdown Drain Pressure Strainer size valve valve tapping 3 3 DN15 to 20 /8" /8" ¼" DN25 to 32 ½" ½" ¼" DN40 and 80 ¾" ¾" ¼" DN100 to 200 1" 1" ¼"

2

Limiting conditions

Body design conditions PN16 PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 15 bar g TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 300°C Minimum operating temperature -10°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Operating range Temperature °C

7.7.49

1.6 mm (DN15 to 80) 3.0 mm (DN15 to 200) 40, 100, 200 0.8 mm (DN15 to 80) 1.6 mm (DN100 to 200) 3.0 mm (DN15 to 200) 100



No.Part 1 Body 2 Cap 3 Cap gasket 4 Strainer screen 5 Bolts

Steam saturation curve

  



    Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. 



Kv values Size

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm Mesh 40 and 100 Mesh 200 For conversion:

Materials





Material Austenitic stainless steel EN10213 pt 4 1.4408 Austenitic stainless steel EN10088 pt 3 1.4401 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A240 316L Austenitic stainless steel EN ISO 3506 A2 - 70

Certification

The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.B for body and cap at extra cost. All certification must be requested at the time of order placement.

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

DN65

DN80

5 5 4

8 8 6

13 13 10

22 22 17

29 29 23

46 46 37

72 72 58

103 103 83

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 155 155 124

237 237 186

340 340 268

588 588 464

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg PN16 A 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

B 69 82 90 114 127 150 162 178 210 253 293 375

Upstream pressure tapping

Downstream pressure tapping

B

Screening area cm² 28 46 79 135 161 251 325 360 540 840 1 115 1 905

C 101 125 140 198 210 248 263 272 323 393 454 584

C Withdrawal distance

A

Safety information

Weight 2.1 2.9 3.8 6.6 9.0 10.5 17.5 20.0 24.0 38.0 50.5 88.0

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Strainer screen (state material, perforations or mesh and size of strainer) DN15 to 100 (3 off) Cap gasket DN125 to 200 (1 off)

4 3 3

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 - Strainer screen, stainless steel having 0.8 mm perforations for DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 3616 strainer PN16.

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product. Pressure Before attempting any maintenance of the strainer, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the strainer. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure gauge indicates zero.

7.7.50

Temperature Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety glasses) is required. Warning: The strainer cap gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Installation

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product. The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to installation. Open isolation valves slowly until normal operating conditions are achieved. Check for leaks and correct operation.

Maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product. Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that a new gasket is used whenever maintenance is undertaken.

4 3

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

Qty

5

DN15 and 20 DN25 DN32 and 40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

4 4 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 8

Disposal

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 Fig 3616 strainer, flanged BS 4504 PN16 with austenitic stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations and flanged screen cap.

Fig 3616 Austenitic Stainless Steel Strainer - DIN Material

13 A /F 13 A /F 13 A /F 17 A /F 17 A /F 17 A /F 19 A /F 19 A /F 19 A /F 24 A /F

or mm M8 x 20 M8 x 20 M8 x 20 M10 x 25 M10 x 30 M10 x 30 M12 x 35 M12 x 40 M12 x 40 M16 x 50

Nm 15 15 15 22 22 22 50 50 50 100 -

20 20 20 25 25 25 60 60 60 110

TI-P160-05 ST Issue 8

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-P081-03

ST Issue 7

Fig 3716 SG Iron Strainer - DIN Material Description

The Fig 3716 is an SG iron integrally flanged Y-type strainer with flanged screen cover in DIN material. The standard stainless steel screen in the DN15 to DN80 has 0.8 mm perforations and in the DN100 to DN200 it has 1.6 mm perforations. As options, other perforation and mesh sizes are available. The strainer cap can be drilled and tapped for blowdown and drain valves if required. The body can also be drilled and tapped for pressure tappings if required. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23/EC and carries the when so required.

mark

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras

Sizes and pipe connections

Strainer screens

Stainless steel screen

1.6 mm (DN15 to DN80) Perforations 3.0 mm (DN15 to DN200) Mesh

40, 100, 200 0.8 mm (½" to 3") Perforations 1.6 mm (4" to 8") 3.0 mm (½" to 8")

Monel screen

Mesh

100

Blowdown, drain valve and pressure connections The cap can be tapped to enable a blowdown or drain valve to be fitted. The body can be drilled for pressure tappings. These options are available at extra cost. Connection sizes are as shown below: Blowdown valve

Strainer size

Drain valve

Pressure tapping

DN15 to DN20

3

3

/8"

¼"

DN25 to DN32

½"

½"

¼"

DN40 and DN80

¾"

¾"

¼"

DN100 to DN200

1"

1"

¼"

/8"

1

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

7.7.51

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200. Standard flange EN 1092 PN16. DN50 to DN200 sizes are also available with ASME (ANSI) 150 and JIS 10K connections on request.

       

4 Steam saturation curve 





5

3    Pressure bar g







2

The product must not be used in this region. Note: Special testing to allow lower temperature operation can be provided at extra cost. Consult Spirax Sarco. Body design conditions PN16 TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C @ 12.3 bar g PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100°C Minimum allowable temperature -10°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 300°C @ 12.3 bar g Maximum 16 bar g @ 100°C PMO operating pressure (15 bar g for saturated steam service @ 201°C) Minimum operating temperature -10°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5

Part Body Cap Cap gasket Strainer screen Bolts

Material SG iron DIN 1693 GGG40 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG40 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Austenitic stainless steel Carbon steel

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

ASTM A240 316L BS 3692 Gr 8.8 © Copyright 2011

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Kv values

For conversion:

Size

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

DN15

DN20

DN25

DN32

DN40

DN50

Perforations 0.8, 1.6 and 3 mm

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 40 and 100

5

8

13

22

29

46

72

103

155

237

340

588

Mesh 200

4

6

10

17

23

37

58

83

124

186

268

464

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Spare parts

ASME 150

DN15

130

-

69

101

28

2.1

Available spares

DN20

150

-

82

125

46

2.9

DN25

160

-

90

140

79

3.8

Strainer screen (state: perforations or mesh and size of strainer)

DN32

180

-

114

198

135

6.6

DN40

200

-

127

210

161

9.0

DN50

230

233

150

248

251

10.5

DN65

290

288

162

263

325

17.5

DN80

310

311

178

272

360

20.0

DN100

350

345

210

323

540

24.0

DN125

400

396

253

393

840

38.0

DN150

480

482

293

454

1 115

50.5

DN200

600

610

375

584

1 905

88.0

B

C

Screening area cm² Weight

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.

Size

PN16 A

DN15 to DN100

Cap gasket

4 3

(packet of 3)

3

DN125 to DN200 (1 off)

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer and perforation or mesh required. Example: 1 - Strainer screen, stainless steel having 0.8 mm perforations for a DN50 Spirax Sarco Fig 3716 strainer PN16.

Downstream pressure tapping

Upstream pressure tapping

7.7.52

3 4

B

A

5 (not an available spare) Withdrawal distance C

Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-18) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The strainer should be installed in the direction of flow, as indicated on the body. On applications involving steam or gases the pocket should be in the horizontal plane. On liquid systems the pocket should point downwards. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

Recommended tightening torques Item

5

Size DN15 and DN20 DN25 DN32 and DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

or

Qty 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 8

13 13 13 17 17 17 19 19 19 24

Nm

mm M8 x 20 M8 x 20 M8 x 20 M10 x 25 M10 x 30 M10 x 30 M12 x 35 M12 x 40 M12 x 40 M16 x 50

15 15 15 22 22 22 50 50 50 100 -

20 20 20 25 25 25 60 60 60 110

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 Fig 3716 strainer, flanged EN 1092 PN16 with austenitic stainless steel screen having 0.8 mm perforations and fl anged screen cap.

Fig 3716 SG Iron Strainer - DIN Material

TI-P081-03 ST Issue 7

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters TI-S60-21

ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Pressure Drop Information (Resistance to Flow of Water) for Strainers

Note: Some strainers are not available in all the sizes shown. Please refer to the relevant Technical Information (TI) sheet for the particular product to ensure that the connection size required is available.

Screwed strainers

How to use: For a given flowrate extend a horizontal line until it intersects with the diagonal that represents the strainer size and material. Drop a vertical line from this point until it reaches the pressure drop axis. This figure indicates the pressure drop in bar, e.g. 9 000 kg / h of water passing through a 1½" Fig 14 with standard screen would have a pressure drop of 0.047 bar. Key

��� ���

Screens 100 mesh or coarser

All screens

Fig 12SG, Fig 13, Fig 14, Fig 16 and Fig 16L

Fig 1 and Fig 12

��

��� ���

Fig 4, Fig 5 and Fig 6

��

��� ��

��� ��

���

���

���

���

����� ����� ����� �� ��� ��

7.7.53

��

Flow kg / h

�� ��� �����

��

��

��

�� ��

Example

��

� ��� � ��� � ���

�� ��

��

� ���

����

��

��� ��� ���

��� ����

Example

���

���� ���

���

Pressure drop in bar

�

����

���� �����

���

���

�

Pressure drop in bar

����

���� ���

���

�

Pressure drop in bar

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2006

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Flanged strainers

How to use: For a given flowrate extend a horizontal line until it intersects with the diagonal that represents the strainer size and material. Drop a vertical line from this point until it reaches the pressure drop axis. This figure indicates the pressure drop in bar, e.g. 50 000 kg / h of water passing through a DN100 Fig 34 with standard screen would have a pressure drop of 0.1 bar. Fig 33, Fig 34, Fig 36, Fig 3616, Fig 37 and Fig 3716

Fig 3

���� ���

�����

Fig 1738

����� �����

�����

��� ���

�����

��� ��� �����

��� ���

����� �����

��� ���

����

��� ���

�����

�����

����

����

����

����

����

Example

�� ��� �� ���

����

����

����

�� ���

����

����

����

����

����

����

�� ���

����

����

����

�� ��� Flow kg / h

Fig 7

���� ���

7.7.54

����

����

����

� ���

����

����

� ��� � ��� � ��� Example

����

��� ���� ���� ���

��� �

Pressure drop in bar Key

��� �

���� ���� ��� ��� �

Pressure drop in bar

Pressure drop in bar

���� ���� ���

���� ���� ���

��� �

Pressure drop in bar

Screens 100 mesh or coarser

Pressure Drop Information (Resistance to Flow of Water) for Strainers

TI-S60-01 ST Issue 2

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P168-04

ST Issue 2

Fig B34 Carbon Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers Description

The Fig B34 basket type strainer has been designed for fitting into a horizontal pipeline and has a drain plug fitted at the bottom of the body to drain the unit. The Fig B34 'T' type strainer has been designed for fitting into a vertical pipeline and can has an optional drain plug fitted on the side of the body to drain the unit. These strainers are supplied as integrally flanged units and have a stainless steel strainer screen with 3 mm perforations as standard and the cover has a tapping for fitting a handling eyebolt: - DN125 to DN150 " UNC-2B tapping. - DN200 to DN350 " UNC-2B tapping. Optional strainer screens - Available on request for all sizes: Stainless steel strainer screen having 0.8 mm perforations. Stainless steel strainer screen having 1.6 mm perforations. Stainless steel strainer screen having Mesh 40. Stainless steel strainer screen having Mesh 100.

-

Sizes and pipe connections

DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN350. Flanged: - EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40. - JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20K. - ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and Class 300. Face-to-face dimensions are in accordance with: EN 558 Series 1 for the PN and JIS / KS. ASME B16.10 Class 150 for the ASME Class 150 rated design. ASME B16.10 Class 300 for the ASME Class 300 rated design.

-

2

4

5

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when so required.

7.7.55

6

Certification: This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 and NACE approval. Note: All cer tification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3

Optional extras - Available at extra cost Pressure gauge connections - Bosses are provided on the body upstream and downstream of the screen which can be drilled and tapped to accommodate pressure gauges. The cover can be drilled and tapped for an air vent - If you want to use the strainer on a vertical pipeline ('T' position) the body should be drain of condensate via a drain plug that is situated at the side of the body.

Basket type

Designed for fitting into a horizontal pipeline

'T' type

Designed for fitting into a vertical pipeline

1

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Carbon steel

EN 10213 1.0619+N and ASTM A216 WCB

2

Cover

Carbon steel

EN 10213 1.0619+N and ASTM A216 WCB

3

Screen

Stainless steel

4

Gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

5

Studs

Carbon steel

ASTM A193 Gr. B7

6

Nuts

Carbon steel

ASTM A194 Gr. 2H

Page 1 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Pressure / temperature limits - EN 1092 A Temperature °C

Flanged: PN16 PN25 PN40

B

Steam saturation curve

C

D

B

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

C

D

Pressure bar g Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature A-B-B

PN16

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature

A-C-C

PN25

Minimum allowable temperature

13.4 bar g @ 193°C 400°C @ 9.5 bar g -29°C 24 bar g PN25 25 bar g @ 50°C 400°C @ 14.8 bar g -29°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

400°C @ 14.8 bar g

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C 37.5 bar g PN40 40 bar g @ 50°C 400°C @ 23.8 bar g -29°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

31.2 bar g @ 236°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

400°C @ 23.8 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P168-04 ST Issue 2

-29°C

20.2 bar g @ 217°C

Body design condition

PN40

400°C @ 9.5 bar g

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Minimum operating temperature

A-D-D

PN16 16 bar g @ 50°C

Fig B34 Carbon Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

-29°C 60 bar g

Page 2 of 6

7.7.56

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Flanged: ASME Class 150 ASME Class 300

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits - ASME 425 400

A

B

C

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

300 200

Steam saturation curve

100 0 -29

B 0

10

20 30 Pressure bar g

C 40

51.1

Body design condition

A-B-B

ASME 150

19.6 bar g @ 38°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 5.5 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature

A-C-C

ASME 300

ASME Class 150

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

-29°C 13.9 bar g @ 197°C 425°C @ 5.5 bar g -29°C 29.4 bar g ASME Class 300 51.1 bar g @ 38°C 425°C @ 28.8 bar g -29°C 42 bar g @ 255°C 425°C @ 28.8 bar g -29°C 77 bar g

7.7.57

TI-P168-04 ST Issue 2

Fig B34 Carbon Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

Page 3 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits - JIS / KS

Flanged: JIS / KS 10K JIS / KS 20K

425 A 400 C 300

B

200

Steam saturation curve

100 0 -29

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

C

C 0

5

10

15

20

25

30

B 34

Pressure bar g Body design condition

A-B-B

JIS / KS 20K

JIS / KS 20K

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

34 bar g @ 120°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 20 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

30.7 bar g @ 232°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

425°C @ 20 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

51 bar g

Body design condition

C-C-C

JIS / KS 10K

JIS / KS 10K

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

14 bar g @ 120°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

300°C @ 10 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

12.6 bar g @ 193°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

300°C @ 10 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

21 bar g

7.7.58 Typical product name-plate

40 bar g 400°C

Kv values Size Kv

DN40 25

For conversion:

DN50 43

DN65 84

C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963

TI-P168-04 ST Issue 2

DN80 156

DN100 353

DN125 488

DN150 748

DN200 1 869

DN250 3 686

DN300 5 244

DN350 8 100

C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Fig B34 Carbon Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

Page 4 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Dimensions / Weights (approximate) in mm and kg Body rating

Size

Dimensions A PN JIS KS

Tappings

B

C

D

Bottom drain

ASME 150

300

Standard

Weights

Optional Lateral 'T' type drain

Pressure gauge

Air vent on the cover

PN JIS KS

ASME

DN40

200

165

229

121.5

71.5

150

½"

"

¼"

¼"

14.0

15.0

PN25

DN50

230

203

267

131.5

79.0

170

½"

"

¼"

¼"

16.0

16.5

DN65

290

216

292

152.0

97.5

190

¾"

½"

¼"

¼"

19.0

20.0

PN16

DN80

310

241

318

161.0

114.5

210

¾"

½"

¼"

¼"

30.0

33.0

PN40

JIS / KS 20 DN100

350

292

356

181.0

125.5

250

¾"

½"

¼"

¼"

35.5

42.5

JIS / KS 10 DN125 DN150

400

330

400

218.5

148.0

290

1½"

¾"

¼"

¼"

67.0

74.5

480

356

444

238.5

174.5

330

1½"

¾"

¼"

¼"

76.0

86.5

DN200

600

495

559

290.5

206.0

400

1½"

¾"

¼"

¼"

166.0

175.0

ASME 150 and

ASME 300 DN300

DN250

730

622

622

325.5

244.0

480

1½"

¾"

¼"

½"

205.0

210.5

850

698

711

368.5

307.5

550

2"

1"

¼"

½"

341.5

369.5

DN350

980

787

838

383.5

332.0

600

2"

1"

¼"

½"

459.5

426.5

Side view DN100 shown

D Withdrawal distance

A Top view DN100 shown C

7.7.59

Optional Pressure gauge tappings

B Optional Lateral 'T' type drain tapping Body rating

PN40 PN25 PN16 JIS / KS 20 JIS / KS 10

Optional Air vent tapping

Standard Bottom drain tapping

Size

Opening % Screening area (cm2)

3.0

1.6

0.8

Opening / Inlet ratio M100 M40

3.0

1.6

0.8

M100 M40

DN40

139

3.54

3.32

2.88

2.53

DN50

216

3.52

3.30

2.86

2.51

DN65

343

3.31

3.10

2.69

2.36

DN80

590

3.76

3.52

3.05

2.68

DN100

916

3.73

3.50

3.03

2.66

DN125

1 191

DN150

1 692

ASME 150 DN200 and DN250

32%

30%

26%

23%

3.11

2.91

2.52

2.22

3.06

2.87

2.49

2.19

3 486

3.55

3.33

2.89

2.54

5 223

3.40

3.19

2.77

2.43

ASME 300 DN300

7 379

3.34

3.13

2.71

2.39

DN350

9 597

3.19

2.99

2.59

2.28

TI-P168-04 ST Issue 2

Fig B34 Carbon Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

Page 5 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Safety information, installation and maintenance

Spare parts

Warning: The strainer cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Available spares Strainer screen (state material, size of perforations and size of strainer) Cap gasket (packet of 3) Set of cap studs and nuts

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-24) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The Fig B34 basket type strainer must be fitted in a horizontal pipeline and the Fig B34 'T' type strainer must be fitted in a vertical pipeline. Both must be fitted with the direction of flow as shown on the body. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and strainer replacement.

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. 4 3 5, 6

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer. Example: 1 - Stainless steel screen having 3 mm perforations for a DN250 Spirax Sarco Fig B34 strainer. Note: When ordering a spare screen it is advisable to order a cap gasket (packet of 3).

Basket type Designed for fitting into a horizontal pipeline 6

3 'T' type Designed for fitting into a vertical pipeline

Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline, once the safet y procedures have been obser ved. It is recommended that a new gasket is used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Recommended tightening torques Size DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

Quantity

Dimensions

4

½" - 13 UNC

4

" - 11 UNC

40

¾" - 10 UNC

100

4

15 22

6

100

6

160

8 12

DN300

12

DN350

14

5

70

DN150 DN200

4

Torque (N m)

DN125

DN250

7.7.60

" - 11 UNC

205 205

1 " - 7 UNC

375 420

Disposal: The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN200 Fig B34 strainer flanged to EN 1092 PN16 with a stainless steel screen having 3 mm perforations.

TI-P168-04 ST Issue 2

Fig B34 Carbon Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

Page 6 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

7.7.61

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P161-01

ST Issue 2

Fig B36 Stainless Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers Description

The Fig B36 basket type strainer has been designed for fitting into a horizontal pipeline and has a drain plug fitted at the bottom of the body to drain the unit. The Fig B36 'T' type strainer has been designed for fitting into a vertical pipeline and can has an optional drain plug fitted on the side of the body to drain the unit. These strainers are supplied as integrally flanged units and have a stainless steel strainer screen with 3 mm perforations as standard and the cover has a tapping for fitting a handling eyebolt: - DN125 to DN150 " UNC-2B tapping. - DN200 to DN350 " UNC-2B tapping. Optional strainer screens - Available on request for all sizes: Stainless steel strainer screen having 0.8 mm perforations. Stainless steel strainer screen having 1.6 mm perforations. Stainless steel strainer screen having Mesh 40. Stainless steel strainer screen having Mesh 100.

-

Sizes and pipe connections

DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN350. Flanged: - EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40. - JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20K. - ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and Class 300. Face-to-face dimensions are in accordance with: EN 558 Series 1 for the PN and JIS / KS. ASME B16.10 Class 150 for the ASME Class 150 rated design. ASME B16.10 Class 300 for the ASME Class 300 rated design.

-

2

4

5

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries mark when so required. the

6

Certification: This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 and NACE approval. Note: All cer tification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3

Optional extras - Available at extra cost

7.7.62

Pressure gauge connections - Bosses are provided on the body upstream and downstream of the screen which can be drilled and tapped to accommodate pressure gauges. The cover can be drilled and tapped for an air vent - If you want to use the strainer on a vertical pipeline ('T' position) the body should be drain of condensate via a drain plug that is situated at the side of the body.

Basket type

Designed for fitting into a horizontal pipeline

'T' type

Designed for fitting into a vertical pipeline

1

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Stainless steel

EN 10213 1.4308 and ASTM A 351-CF8

2

Cover

Stainless steel

EN 10213 1.4308 and ASTM A 351-CF8

3

Screen

Stainless steel

4

Gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

5

Studs

Carbon steel

ASTM A193 Gr. B8M2

6

Nuts

Carbon steel

ASTM A194 Gr. 8M

Page 1 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Pressure / temperature limits - EN 1092  Temperature °C

Flanged: PN16 PN25 PN40

A

B

C

D

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

  Steam saturation curve

  



B



C 

D 



Pressure bar g Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature A-B-B

PN16

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature

A-C-C

PN25

Minimum allowable temperature

400°C @ 9.5 bar g -29°C 24 bar g PN25 25 bar g @ 50°C 400°C @ 15.1 bar g -29°C 400°C @ 15.1 bar g

PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C 37.5 bar g PN40 40 bar g @ 50°C 400°C @ 24.1 bar g -29°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

28.7 bar g @ 232°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

400°C @ 24.1 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

TI-P161-01 ST Issue 2

12.1 bar g @ 192°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

Body design condition

PN40

-29°C

18.4 bar g @ 209°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

A-D-D

400°C @ 9.5 bar g

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service Minimum operating temperature

7.7.63

PN16 16 bar g @ 50°C

Fig B36 Stainless Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

-29°C 60 bar g

Page 2 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Flanged: ASME Class 150 ASME Class 300

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits - ASME        

A,B

C

Steam saturation curve

B 



The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.





C 



Pressure bar g Body design condition

ASME Class 150

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

19 bar g @ 38°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature A-B-B

ASME 150

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Body design condition PMA Maximum allowable pressure TMA Maximum allowable temperature

A-C-C

ASME 300

Minimum allowable temperature PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature Minimum operating temperature Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

538°C @ 1.4 bar g -29°C 13.3 bar g @ 195°C 538°C @ 1.4 bar g -29°C 28.5 bar g ASME Class 300 49.6 bar g @ 38°C 538°C @ 24.4 bar g -29°C 33 bar g @ 241°C 538°C @ 24.4 bar g -29°C 74.4 bar g

7.7.64

TI-P161-01 ST Issue 2

Fig B36 Stainless Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

Page 3 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits - JIS / KS

Flanged: JIS / KS 10K JIS / KS 20K

425 400 300

A C

B

200

Steam saturation curve

100 0 -29

The product must not be used in this region or beyond the parameter of the PMA or TMA of the relative end connection.

C

C 0

B

10

20

30

34

Pressure bar g Body design condition

A-B-B

JIS / KS 20K

JIS / KS 20K

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

34 bar g @ 120°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

425°C @ 20 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

30.5 bar g @ 240°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

425°C @ 20 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

51 bar g

Body design condition

C-C-C

JIS / KS 10K

JIS / KS 10K

PMA Maximum allowable pressure

14 bar g @ 120°C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature

300°C @ 10 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-29°C

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

12.5 bar g @ 193°C

TMO Maximum operating temperature

300°C @ 10 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-29°C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:

21 bar g

7.7.65 Typical product name-plate

B36

40 bar g 400°C

Kv values Size Kv

DN40 25

For conversion:

DN50 43

DN65 84

C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963

TI-P161-01 ST Issue 2

DN80 156

DN100 353

DN125 488

DN150 748

DN200 1 869

DN250 3 686

DN300 5 244

DN350 8 100

C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Fig B36 Stainless Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

Page 4 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Dimensions / Weights (approximate) in mm and kg Body rating

Size

Dimensions A PN JIS KS

Tappings

B

C

D

Bottom drain

ASME 150

300

Standard

Weights

Optional Lateral 'T' type drain

Pressure gauge

Air vent on the cover

PN JIS KS

ASME

DN40

200

165

229

121.5

71.5

150

½"

"

¼"

¼"

14.0

15.0

PN25

DN50

230

203

267

131.5

79.0

170

½"

"

¼"

¼"

16.0

16.5

DN65

290

216

292

152.0

97.5

190

¾"

½"

¼"

¼"

19.0

20.0

PN16

DN80

310

241

318

161.0

114.5

210

¾"

½"

¼"

¼"

30.0

33.0

PN40

JIS / KS 20 DN100

350

292

356

181.0

125.5

250

¾"

½"

¼"

¼"

35.5

42.5

JIS / KS 10 DN125 DN150

400

330

400

218.5

148.0

290

1½"

¾"

¼"

¼"

67.0

74.5

480

356

444

238.5

174.5

330

1½"

¾"

¼"

¼"

76.0

86.5

DN200

600

495

559

290.5

206.0

400

1½"

¾"

¼"

¼"

166.0

175.0

ASME 150 and

ASME 300 DN300

DN250

730

622

622

325.5

244.0

480

1½"

¾"

¼"

½"

205.0

210.5

850

698

711

368.5

307.5

550

2"

1"

¼"

½"

341.5

369.5

DN350

980

787

838

383.5

332.0

600

2"

1"

¼"

½"

459.5

426.5

Side view DN100 shown

D Withdrawal distance

A Top view DN100 shown C

7.7.66

Optional Pressure gauge tappings

B Optional Lateral 'T' type drain tapping Body rating

PN40 PN25 PN16 JIS / KS 20 JIS / KS 10

Optional Air vent tapping

Standard Bottom drain tapping

Size

Opening % Screening area (cm2)

3.0

1.6

0.8

Opening / Inlet ratio M100 M40

3.0

1.6

0.8

M100 M40

DN40

139

3.54

3.32

2.88

2.53

DN50

216

3.52

3.30

2.86

2.51

DN65

343

3.31

3.10

2.69

2.36

DN80

590

3.76

3.52

3.05

2.68

DN100

916

3.73

3.50

3.03

2.66

DN125

1 191

DN150

1 692

ASME 150 DN200 and DN250

32%

30%

26%

23%

3.11

2.91

2.52

2.22

3.06

2.87

2.49

2.19

3 486

3.55

3.33

2.89

2.54

5 223

3.40

3.19

2.77

2.43

ASME 300 DN300

7 379

3.34

3.13

2.71

2.39

DN350

9 597

3.19

2.99

2.59

2.28

TI-P161-01 ST Issue 2

Fig B36 Stainless Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

Page 5 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Safety information, installation and maintenance

Spare parts

Warning: The strainer cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.

Available spares Strainer screen (state material, size of perforations and size of strainer) Cap gasket (packet of 3) Set of cap studs and nuts

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S60-24) supplied with the product.

Installation note: The Fig B36 basket type strainer must be fitted in a horizontal pipeline and the Fig B36 'T' type strainer must be fitted in a vertical pipeline. Both must be fitted with the direction of flow as shown on the body. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and strainer replacement.

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. 4 3 5, 6

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of strainer. Example: 1 - Stainless steel screen having 3 mm perforations for a DN250 Spirax Sarco Fig B36 strainer. Note: When ordering a spare screen it is advisable to order a cap gasket (packet of 3).

Basket type Designed for fitting into a horizontal pipeline 6

3 'T' type Designed for fitting into a vertical pipeline

7.7.67

Maintenance note: Maintenance can be completed with the strainer in the pipeline, once the safet y procedures have been obser ved. It is recommended that a new gasket is used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Recommended tightening torques Size DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

Quantity

Dimensions

4

½" - 13 UNC

4

" - 11 UNC

40

¾" - 10 UNC

100

4

Torque (N m) 15 22

6

100

DN150

6

160

DN200

8 12

DN300

12

DN350

14

5

70

DN125

DN250

4

" - 11 UNC

205 205

1 " - 7 UNC

375 420

Disposal: The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN200 Fig B36 strainer flanged to EN 1092 PN16 with a stainless steel screen having 3 mm perforations.

TI-P161-01 ST Issue 2

Fig B36 Stainless Steel 'T' Type or Basket Type Strainers

Page 6 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P185-01

ST Issue 12

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Steam Filters Sizes and pipe connections Screwed

BSP and NPT: ¼",

", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½" and 3".

Flanged

EN 1092 PN16: DN8, DN10, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65 and DN80. EN 1092 PN10: DN100, DN150 and DN200. ASME 150: ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 6" and 8".

DN8 to DN80

DN100 to DN200

7.7.68

Description

The CSF16 and CSF16T are horizontal, in-line high efficiency filters used to remove contaminate particles from steam systems. The filter housing is available in a choice of austenitic stainless steel (1.4301) designated CSF16 or (1.4404) designated CSF16T. The DN8 to DN80 (¼" to 3") housing is externally polished with an internal natural finish whereas the DN100 to DN200 (4" to 8") housing will have a natural finish both internally and externally. The housings are constructed in two halves, DN8 to DN80 will be joined by a food industry fitting to DIN 11851. DN100 to DN200 will be joined by bolts and nuts. Replaceable elements in sintered austenitic stainless steel are available with either 1, 5 or 25 micron absolute rating. In some pipe sizes the element is available in a choice of low capacity designated 'L' and high capacity designated 'H'. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark when so required. The CSF16 and CSF16T, when fitted with a 5 micron element are capable of removing 95% of particles 2 microns and larger in size, in accordance with the requirements for the production of culinary steam to 3A accepted practice number 609-03. Accepted in the U.S. Department of Agriculture for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants. All materials meet the requirements as stipulated by the US FDA Regulations. Certification These products can be supplied with a modified housing in order to provide certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Page 1 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits A

 

E



B C

E

Steam saturation curve

  

7

8

D

2 E



 

B

 

C



5

D

 

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region. A-B-B A-C-C A-D-D E-E-E

Flanged PN10. Maximum allowable pressure for the DN80H. Screwed BSP or NPT, flanged PN16 and ASME 150. Maximum operating limits for sizes DN100 to DN200.

3

Body design rating

7.7.69

PN16 DN8 - DN65 (¼" - 2½") 16 bar g L version 16 bar g Maximum allowable DN80 (3") PMA pressure H version 12 bar g DN100 - DN200 10 bar g DN8 - DN80 178°C @ 8.5 bar g Maximum allowable TMA temperature DN100 - DN200 150°C @ 3.7 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -20°C DN8 - DN80 8.5 bar g @ 178°C Maximum operating * PMO pressure DN100 - DN200 3.7 bar g @ 150°C DN8 - DN80 178°C @ 8.5 bar g Maximum operating TMO temperature DN100 - DN200 150°C @ 3.7 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C ∆PMX Maximum differential pressure 5 bar g DN8 - DN65 (¼" to 2½") 27.5 bar g L version 27.5 bar g Designed for a maximum cold DN80 (3") hydraulic test pressure of: H version 20.6 bar g DN100 - DN200 18.3 bar g

4

Materials No. Part

Filter housing bowl

1 8 DN8 to DN80 7

8

2 5

Materials

CSF16 1.4301 CSF16T 1.4404 CSF16 1.4301 2 Filter housing head Stainless steel CSF16T 1.4404 For sizes DN8 to DN80 EPM is supplied as standard. For sizes DN100 to DN200 3 Housing seal PTFE spirally wound gasket with stainless steel inner and outer rim support is supplied as standard No other option is available. 4 Housing ring (DN8 - DN80) Stainless steel 1.4301 Outer core 1.4301 5 CSF16-S filter element Stainless steel End cap 1.4301 6 Filter element seal (2 off) EPM CSF16 1.4301 7 Plug Stainless steel CSF16T 1.4404 8 Gasket PT F E 9 Flange Stainless steel 1.4541 Bolts and nuts 10 Stainless steel A2 - 70 (DN100 - DN200)

1

6

Stainless steel

10 9

3

6

1

8 DN100 to DN200

TI-P185-01 ST Issue 12

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Steam Filters

Page 2 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Dimensions F

F

D (min)

E

G

G

Screwed BSP and NPT

D (min)

E

Flanged PN10, PN16 and ASME 150

A

A

C

C

G

G

B

B

Dimensions / volume and weights (approximate) in mm, litres and kg

Dimensions Filter

Size ¼"

A

B Screwed

C

Vol. D

E

F

Ø

Ø

G

Flanged PN

ASME

Litres

Weight (kg) without element Screwed

Flanged PN

ASME

DN8

220

108

180

203

55

90

70

112

¼"

0.60

2.0

3.3

3.1

"

DN10

248

105

180

203

55

120

70

112

¼"

0.70

2.1

3.4

3.2

½"

DN15

248

108

180

203

55

120

70

112

¼"

0.70

2.2

3.6

3.2

CSF16

¾"

DN20

272

125

202

230

55

150

70

112

¼"

0.84

2.4

4.4

3.9

CSF16T

1"

DN25

298

125

212

247

74

150

85

127

¼"

1.40

3.2

5.7

5.4

1¼" DN32

350

140

220

254

74

200

85

127

¼"

1.80

3.7

7.2

6.3

1½" DN40

388

170

254

294

94

200

104 148

¼"

3.00

5.2

8.9

8.0

2½" DN65

740

216

306

356

107

580

129 178

¼"

9.30

8.1

13.7

15.9

2"

DN50

463

170

260

297

94

280

104

148

¼"

3.60

5.2

9.9

9.9

3"

DN80

1002

240

316

356

111

850

129

178

¼"

12.60

10.2

17.2

19.2

4"

DN100

1040

430

430

190

850

219

340

1"

36.00

60.0

60.0

6"

DN150

1370

480

480

240

850

273 395

1"

77.00

85.0

85.0

8"

DN200

1550

660

660

295

850

406 565

1"

190.00

168.0

168.0

2"

DN50

590

170

260

297

94

450

104

148

¼"

4.60

5.8

10.5

10.6

3"

DN80

1027

240

340

380

113

850

154

210

¼"

18.30

13.2

19.9

21.8

4"

DN100

1300

410

410

190

850

219

340

1"

45.00

65.0

65.0

6"

DN150

1410

540

540

245

850

324

445

1"

110.00

100.0

100.0

8"

DN200

1550

660

660

295

850

406 565

1"

190.00

168.0

168.0

and

CSF16L

and

CSF16LT

CSF16H and

CSF16HT

TI-P185-01 ST Issue 12

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Steam Filters

Page 3 of 6

7.7.70

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Flowrate kg /h

Capacities Saturated steam 1.0 bar g; DN50 CSF16 and CSF16T

0.07 Maximum recommended differential pressure Differential pressure bar ( x 100 = kPa )

Capacity correction factors for steam pressure

7.7.71

Steam pressure bar g Correction factor

0 0.5

1 1.0

2 1.5

3 2.0

Element size correction factors for filter element Size of unit Capacity correction factor Size of unit Capacity correction factor

DN8 ¼" 0.08 DN65 2½" 2.00

DN10 " 0.13 DN80L 3"L 2.70

DN15 ½" 0.17 DN80H 3"H 4.00

DN20 ¾" 0.25 DN100L 4"L 6.00

4 2.5

5 3.0

DN25 1" 0.39 DN100H 4"H 8.00

6 3.5

DN32 1¼" 0.50 DN150L 6"L 10.67

7 4.0

DN40 1½" 0.67 DN150H 6"H 16.00

8 4.5

DN50L 2"L 1.00 DN200L 8"L 21.33

8.6 4.8

DN50H 2"H 1.50 DN200H 8"H 26.67

Selection example

Select a steam filter for a flowrate of 850 kg / h with saturated steam pressure at 4 bar g. A 5 micron rating is required with maximum 0.05 bar pressure drop allowed. Step 1: Divide the flowrate required by the capacity correction factor for the operating steam pressure. In this case, 850 kg / h is divided by 2.5 for an equivalent 340 kg / h flow. Step 2: From the capacity graph, select the micron rating required. Note where this line intersects the maximum pressure drop and go horizontally to read off the flowrate. In this case, the 5 micron line meets the 0.05 bar pressure drop allowed at maximum flowrate of 100 kg / h. Step 3: Divide the equivalent flow calculated in step (1) by the maximum flowrate in step (2). Hence in this example, we have 340 / 100 = 3.4 factor. Step 4: From the element size correction factor table, select the nearest suitable conversion factor obtained in step (3) and select the appropriate element size. In the example DN80H CSF16 and CSF16T has a factor of 4.00. Note that if pressure drop must be minimized, always select the element based on a higher correction factor than that calculated.

Filter element

In steam / gas service, 100% of particles larger than the pore size chosen will be retained by the element. Note that the 1 micron element has an efficiency of 99.7% based on 0.2 micron particles. Selecting a pore size smaller than required will result in reduced service life and higher pressure drop. The CSF16 and CSF16T elements can be cleaned by immersion in dilute hydrochloric acid, ultrasonic bath, clean water, or air, depending on the type of contamination. However, once the pressure drop across the filter (even after cleaning) reaches 0.7 bar the element should be replaced. Note: We strongly recommend that a spare filter element set is carried in stock.

TI-P185-01 ST Issue 12

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Steam Filters

Page 4 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P185-02) which is supplied with the product.

How to order

The following information must be specified when ordering a Spirax Sarco CSF filter: Steam flowrate kg/h Steam pressure bar Allowable pressure drop bar (0.07 bar maximum recommended) Housing material 1.4301 or 1.4404 Size DN or NPS (") * Pipe connections EN, BSP or NPT Element rating 1, 5 or 25 micron Housing seal / element seal material * Note: For DN50 and DN80 high capacity version denoted by 'H' and low capacity by 'L'. For a 1.4404 housing version, the suffix 'T' must be added to the nomenclature e.g. CSF16T. Supply The CSF16 and CSF16T are supplied in two parts: 1. The filter housing head and bowl with housing seal packed in one carton. 2. The filter element complete with filter element and two seals. (DN100 - DN200 CSF16 and CSF16T have multiple elements). Note: The job of the filter is to remove (and retain) unwanted contamination. In time, the filter element will become saturated. To ensure a minimum downtime, we recommend that a spare filter element set is ordered at the same time as the CSF16 and CSF16T filter housing. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 CSF16 to pass 100 kg / h saturated steam at 4.0 bar g. Housing to be 1.4301 having NPT connections with EPM seals. 1 off CSF16-S filter element having a 5 micron rating. 1 off CSF16-S spare filter element set having a 5 micron rating.

7.7.72

TI-P185-01 ST Issue 12

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Steam Filters

Page 5 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares CSF16-S filter element kit 5, 6 (2 off) Seal kit 3, 6 (please see table below for quantities)

7 (not an available spare)

Seal kit contents Unit size DN8 - DN80 DN100 L DN150 H L DN200 H

Housing seal (3)

Element seals (6)

1 1 1 1 1

2 6 6 12 16

1

20

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of filter housing, filter element rating and housing / filter element seal material required. Example: 1 off 5 micron CSF16-S filter element kit for a Spirax Sarco DN25 CSF16 clean steam filter, with EPM filter element seals. 7 (not an available spare)

10 (not an available spare)

3

5

7.7.73

4 (not an available spare) 6

5

6

3

Recommended tightening torques Item 4 7 10

TI-P185-01 ST Issue 12

DN8 - DN80 DN100 - DN200 DN100 DN150L DN150H DN200

use C spanner A / F 30 A / F 30 A / F 30 A / F 36

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Steam Filters

or

Nm

mm ¼" BSP 1"BSP M20 M20 M20 M24

As required As required As required 340 235 270 400 Page 6 of 6

Pipeline ancillaries and Local regulations Strainers may restrict the use of this productfilters to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P185-11

ST Issue 2

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Sterile Air Filters Sizes and pipe connections Screwed

BSP and NPT: ¼",

", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½" and 3".

Flanged

EN 1092 PN16: DN8, DN10, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65 and DN80. EN 1092 PN10: DN100, DN150 and DN200. ASME 150: ¼", ", ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½", 2", 2½", 3", 4", 6" and 8".

DN8 to DN80

DN100 to DN200

7.7.74

Description

The CSF16 and CSF16T are horizontal, in-line high efficiency filters used to remove contaminate particles from compressed air systems. The filter housing is available in a choice of austenitic stainless steel (1.4301) designated CSF16 or (1.4404) designated CSF16T. The DN8 to DN80 (¼" to 3") housing is externally polished with an internal natural finish whereas the DN100 to DN200 housing will have a natural finish both internally and externally. The housings are constructed in two halves, DN8 to DN80 will be joined by a food industry fitting to DIN 11851. DN100 to DN200 will be joined by bolts and nuts. Replaceable borosilicate depth filter elements are available with a retention rate of >than 99.9998% related to 0.01 μm. In some pipe sizes the element is available in a choice of low capacity designated 'L' and high capacity designated 'H'. Standards These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the when so required. Please note that all materials meet the requirements as stipulated by the US FDA Regulations.

mark

Certification These products can be supplied with a modified housing in order to provide certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Page 1 of 5

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits  

A

B C

E

E

7

8

D

   

2 E

 Pressure bar g



B

  

C



D

5

 

The product must not be used in this region. A-B-B A-C-C A-D-D E-E-E

Flanged PN10. Maximum allowable pressure for the DN80H. Screwed BSP or NPT, flanged PN16 and ASME 150. Maximum operating limits for sizes DN100 to DN200.

4 3

Body design rating

7.7.75

PN16 DN8 - DN65 (¼" - 2½") 16 bar g L version 16 bar g Maximum allowable DN80 (3") PMA pressure H version 12 bar g DN100 - DN200 10 bar g DN8 - DN80 178°C @ 8.5 bar g Maximum allowable TMA temperature DN100 - DN200 150°C @ 8.1 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -20°C DN8 DN80 8.5 bar g @ 178°C Maximum operating * PMO pressure DN100 - DN200 8.1 bar g @ 150°C DN8 - DN80 178°C @ 8.5 bar g Maximum operating TMO temperature DN100 - DN200 150°C @ 8.1 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C ∆PMX Maximum differential pressure 5 bar g DN8 - DN65 (¼" to 2½") 27.5 bar g L version 27.5 bar g Designed for a maximum cold DN80 (3") hydraulic test pressure of: H version 20.6 bar g DN100 - DN200 18.3 bar g

Materials No. Part

Filter housing bowl

1 8 DN8 to DN80 7

8

2 5

Materials

CSF16 1.4301 CSF16T 1.4404 CSF16 1.4301 2 Filter housing head Stainless steel CSF16T 1.4404 For sizes DN8 to DN80 EPM is supplied as standard. For sizes DN100 to DN200 3 Housing seal PTFE spirally wound gasket with stainless steel inner and outer rim support is supplied as standard No other option is available. 4 Housing ring (DN8 - DN80) Stainless steel 1.4301 Filter medium Borosilicate 5 CSF16-A filter element Outer core 1.4301 End cap 1.4301 6 Filter element seal (2 off) Silicone VMQ CSF16 1.4301 7 Plug Stainless steel CSF16T 1.4404 8 Gasket PT F E 9 Flange Stainless steel 1.4541 Bolts and nuts 10 Stainless steel A2 - 70 (DN100 - DN200)

1

6

Stainless steel

10 3 6

1 8 DN100 to DN200

TI-P185-11 ST Issue 2

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Sterile Air Filters

Page 2 of 5

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Dimensions F

F

D (min)

E

G

G

Screwed BSP and NPT

D (min)

E

Flanged PN10, PN16 and ASME 150

A

A

C

C

G

G

B

B

Dimensions / volume and weights (approximate) in mm, litres and kg

Dimensions Filter

Size ¼"

A

B Screwed

C

Vol. D

E

F

Ø

Ø

G

Flanged PN

ASME

Litres

Weight (kg) without element Screwed

Flanged PN

ASME

DN8

220

108

180

203

55

90

70

112

¼"

0.60

2.0

3.3

3.1

"

DN10

248

105

180

203

55

120

70

112

¼"

0.70

2.1

3.4

3.2

½"

DN15

248

108

180

203

55

120

70

112

¼"

0.70

2.2

3.6

3.2

CSF16

¾"

DN20

272

125

202

230

55

150

70

112

¼"

0.84

2.4

4.4

3.9

CSF16T

1"

DN25

298

125

212

247

74

150

85

127

¼"

1.40

3.2

5.7

5.4

1¼" DN32

350

140

220

254

74

200

85

127

¼"

1.80

3.7

7.2

6.3

1½" DN40

388

170

254

294

94

200

104 148

¼"

3.00

5.2

8.9

8.0

2½" DN65

740

216

306

356

107

580

129 178

¼"

9.30

8.1

13.7

15.9

2"

DN50

463

170

260

297

94

280

104

148

¼"

3.60

5.2

9.9

9.9

3"

DN80

1002

240

316

356

111

850

129

178

¼"

12.60

10.2

17.2

19.2

4"

DN100

1040

430

430

190

850

219

340

1"

36.00

60.0

60.0

6"

DN150

1370

480

480

240

850

273 395

1"

77.00

85.0

85.0

8"

DN200

1550

660

660

295

850

406 565

1"

190.00

168.0

168.0

2"

DN50

590

170

260

297

94

450

104

148

¼"

4.60

5.8

10.5

10.6

3"

DN80

1027

240

340

380

113

850

154

210

¼"

18.30

13.2

19.9

21.8

4"

DN100

1300

410

410

190

850

219

340

1"

45.00

65.0

65.0

6"

DN150

1410

540

540

245

850

324

445

1"

110.00

100.0

100.0

8"

DN200

1550

660

660

295

850

406 565

1"

190.00

168.0

168.0

and

CSF16L

and

CSF16LT

CSF16H and

CSF16HT

TI-P185-11 ST Issue 2

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Sterile Air Filters

Page 3 of 5

7.7.76

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Capacity correction factors for air pressure Air pressure Correction factor Air pressure Correction factor

bar g bar g

1 0.25 9 1.25

2 0.375 10 1.375

3 0.5 11 1.5

4 0.625 12 1.625

5 0.75 13 1.75

6 0.875 14 1.875

7 1.0 15 2.0

8 1.125 16 2.125

CSF16 and CSF16T air sizing:

Select an air filter for a flowrate of 500 m³ / h with air pressure at 4 bar g. Step 1: Divide the flowrate required by the capacity correction factor for the operating air pressure. In this case, 500 m³ / h is divided by 0.625 for an equivalent 800 m³ / h flow. Step 2: Using the look up tables below select a filter to pass the equivalent flow in this case a 2"H CSF16 or CSF16T with a maximum flowrate or 1 080 m³ / h

CSF16 and CSF16T air sizing table

Please note that the flowrates displayed on the CSF16 and CSF16T air sizing table are based on an air pressure of 7 bar g. DN8 DN10 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50L Size of unit ¼" " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"L Maximum flowrate m3 / h 60 90 120 180 270 360 480 720 DN65 DN80L DN80H DN100L DN100H DN150L DN150H DN200L Size of unit 2½" 3"L 3"H 4"L 4"H 6"L 6"H 8"L Maximum flowrate m3 / h 1 440 1 920 2 880 4 320 5 760 7 680 11 520 15 360

DN50H 2"H 1 080 DN200H 8"H 19 200

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P185-02) which is supplied with the product.

How to order

7.7.77

The following information must be specified when ordering a Spirax Sarco CSF filter: Compressed air flowrate Compressed air flowrate Allowable pressure drop bar Housing material Size Pipe connections Housing seal / element seal material

m³ / h bar (0.07 bar maximum recommended) 1.4301 or 1.4404 DN or NPS (") EN, ASME, BSP or NPT

Note: For DN50 and DN80 high capacity version denoted by 'H' and low capacity by 'L'. For a 1.4404 housing version, the suffix 'T' must be added to the nomenclature e.g. CSF16T. Supply The CSF16 and CSF16T are supplied in two parts: 1. The filter housing head and bowl with housing seal packed in one carton. 2. The filter element complete with filter element seals (2 off). Note: The job of the filter is to remove (and retain) unwanted contamination. In time, the filter element will become saturated. To ensure a minimum downtime, we recommend that a spare filter element set is ordered at the same time as the CSF16 and CSF16T filter housing. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 CSF16 to pass compressed air at 4 bar g. Housing to be 1.4301 having NPT connections element with EPM body seal. 1 off CSF16-A borosilicate depth filter element.

TI-P185-11 ST Issue 2

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Sterile Air Filters

Page 4 of 5

Pipeline ancillaries Strainers and filters Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares CSF16-A filter element kit 5, 6 (2 off) Seal kit 3, 6 (please see table below for quantities)

7 (not an available spare)

Seal kit contents Unit size DN8 - DN80 DN100 L DN150 H L DN200 H

Housing seal (3)

Element seals (6)

1 1 1 1 1

2 6 6 12 16

1

20

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of filter housing. Example: 1 off Seal kits for a Spirax Sarco DN200H CSF16 clean air filter.

7 (not an available spare)

10 (not an available spare)

3

5

7.7.78

4 (not an available spare) 6

5

6

3

Recommended tightening torques Item 4 7 10

TI-P185-11 ST Issue 2

DN8 - DN80 DN100 - DN200 DN100 DN150L DN150H DN200

use C spanner A / F 30 A / F 30 A / F 30 A / F 36

CSF16 and CSF16T Stainless Steel Sterile Air Filters

or

Nm

mm ¼" BSP 1"BSP M20 M20 M20 M24

As required As required As required 340 235 270 400 Page 5 of 5

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P023-02

ST Issue 8

S1 SG Iron Separator

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

4

The S1 is a cast SG iron baffle type separator used for the removal of entrained liquids in steam, compressed air and gas systems. The fitting of insulation jackets will increase the performance of the separator. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

2 3

1

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) 

6

 Steam saturation curve

 







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region.

7.8.1

Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300°C @ 11 bar g Minimum allowable temperature 0°C Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service 13.8 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 200°C @ 13.8 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Dimensions, weights and volumes (approximate) in mm, kg and litres Size ½" ¾" 1"

A 124 156 222

B 225 260 377

C 86 110 143

D 88 113 152

E ½" ½" ½"

C

F 1" 1½" 2"

Weight 2.7 4.2 8.1

D

Volume 0.53 1.13 3.15

5

Materials No. 1 2 3 4

Part Body Cover Gasket Bolts

5

Bush

6

Baffle

Material SG iron DIN 1693 Gr. GGG 40 SG iron DIN1693 Gr. GGG 40 Semi-rigid graphite laminate Steel BS 1768 Gr. 5 ½" ¾" Steel 1" Steel ASTM A105 Cast iron DIN 1691 Gr. GG20

Safety information, installation and maintenance

B A

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. Note: To ensure that any separated liquid is drained away quickly, a suitable liquid drainer /steam trap must be connected to the drain connection 'E' - consult Spirax Sarco for further details. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

F Drain E

Example: 1 off ¾" Spirax Sarco S1 separator with SG iron body having screwed BSP connections.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2008

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P023-49 ST Issue 2

IJ-S1 Insulation Jacket for S1 Separators

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The IJ-S1 is a range of insulation jackets for fitting to separator type S1. The jackets are of a one-piece design. TI-P023-48 gives details of a payback calculator based on the energy saving to be made by fitting an insulation jacket.

1

Available types

2

Available as a one-piece jacket with velcro fastening, for fitting to all sizes of S1 separator. IJ-S1 to fit separator S1 DN15 to DN25.

Limiting conditions Maximum metal surface temperature Thermal conductivity

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part Inner and outer face Insulation Stitching Sealing Drawcords Label

220°C 0.044 W/m K at 100°C

Material Silicone rubber coated glass fibre Mineral fibre Polyester cotton Velcro Nylon Nylon

6 4

3

Dimensions/mass (approximate) in mm and kg Size DN15 DN20 DN25

A 190 210 275

B 350 390 515

Insulation thickness 50 50 50

Mass 0.57 0.78 1.20

The diagram below shows the dimensions of the jacket A

B

5

Installation

Once the separator has been installed, the insulation jacket can be fitted as follows: Place the top of the jacket over the top of the separator. Undo the velcro flaps and slide the jacket down over the separator. Fasten the two lower flaps. Then fasten the top flap. Finally, tie the drawcord around the outlet pipe. Important note: Both the inner /outer face and insulation are made with a bonded aluminium foil. At a temperature of 120°C the adhesive bonding the aluminium will start to degrade and delamination of the foil will occur at 150°C to 170°C. Scorching of the internal fabric may occur at 150°C. Neither of these reactions will impair the performance. Removal Before removing the jacket, check if the separator is in service. If it is, the metal surface will be hot enough to burn and suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves) should be worn. Removal is the reverse procedure to the above.

Handling

When the jacket is new, the insulation material is fully enclosed within the inner and outer face and retained by the stitching. In this condition, for handling, no special protective clothing is required. However, if the inner and outer face become unstitched or damaged so as to expose the insulation material, suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves, safety glasses, face mask and overalls) should be worn.

Disposal

How to order

This product is not recyclable and is non-combustible. For disposal purposes consider the product to be mineral fibre and dispose of in accordance with local regulations.

Example: 1 off IJ-S1 insulation jacket to fit a DN25 S1 separator. Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

0230250/2 © Copyright 2004

7.8.2

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P023-07

ST Issue 6

S2 Cast Iron Separator (Screwed)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

2 3

1

7.8.3 4

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

Description

The S2 separator is a cast iron baffle type separator used for the removal of entrained liquids in steam, compressed air or gas systems. The fitting of insulation jackets will increase the performance of the separator. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

��� ��� Steam saturation curve

��� �� � ���

Sizes and pipe connections

�

�

�

� � �� Pressure bar g

��

��

��

The product must not be used in this region.

1¼", 1½" and 2" screwed BSP or NPT.

Body design conditions

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Cast iron

2

Plug (2" only)

SG iron

3

Gasket (2" only)

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Drain reducing bush

Steel

ASTM A126 CI B DIN 1693 GGG 40

ASTM A105

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

Minimum allowable temperature PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

PN16 16 bar g @ 0°C 184°C @ 10 bar g -10°C 10 bar g 184°C @ 10 bar g

Minimum operating temperature -10°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice without notice.

© Copyright 2008

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions, weights and volumes

(approximate) in mm, kg and litres Size A B C D E F 1¼" 111 156 89 304 ½" 1½" 1½" 111 156 89 304 ½" 1½" 2" 166 205 117 397 ½" 1½"

G 60 60 71

Weight 9.6 9.6 19.0

Volume 1.5 1.5 3.2

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

2

2"

or

Nm

mm 60 A /F

M72

190 - 210

2 Inspection opening (2" only)

B A

Separator drain tapping F G

Drain E C

D

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. Note: To ensure that any separated liquid is drained away quickly, a suitable liquid drainer or steam trap must be connected to the drain connection 'E' - consult Spirax Sarco for further details. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off 2" Spirax Sarco S2 separator with cast iron body having screwed BSP connections.

S2 Cast Iron Separator (Screwed)

TI-P023-07 ST Issue 6

7.8.4

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P023-25

ST Issue 3

S12 SG Iron Separator (Screwed)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

2 3

1

7.8.5 4

The S12 separator is an SG iron baffle type separator used for the removal of entrained liquids in steam, compressed air or gas systems. The fitting of insulation jackets will increase the performance of the separator. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

Description

��� ��� ���

� ���

Sizes and pipe connections

1¼", 1½" and 2" screwed BSP with screwed BSP drain or 1¼", 1½" and 2" screwed NPT with screwed NPT drain.

Materials No. Part

Material DIN 1693 GGG40 / ASTM A395

1

Body

SG iron

2

Plug (2" only)

Carbon steel

3

Gasket (2" only)

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Drain reducing bush Forged carbon steel

1.0460 (C22.8)

ASTM A105

Steam saturation curve

���

�

�

�� �� Pressure bar g

��

��

The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN25

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

25 bar g @ 100°C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

350°C @ 14 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature

-10°C 21.3 bar g 350°C @ 14 bar g

Minimum operating temperature -10°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions, weights and volumes (approximate) in mm, kg and litres Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Weight Volume

1¼"

111 156

89 304 ½"

1"

60

9.0

1.5

1½"

111 156

89 304 ½"

1"

60

9.0

1.5

2"

146 205 117 397 ½"

1"

71

17.0

3.2

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

2

2"

or

Nm

mm 46 A /F

M56

150 - 165

2 Inspection opening (2" only)

B A

Separator drain tapping F G

Drain E C

D

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. Note: To ensure that any separated liquid is drained away quickly, a suitable liquid drainer or steam trap must be connected to the drain connection 'E' - consult Spirax Sarco for further details. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off 2" Spirax Sarco S12 separator with SG iron body having screwed BSP connections.

S12 SG Iron Separator (Screwed)

TI-P023-25 ST Issue 3

7.8.6

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

7.8.7

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P023-33 ST Issue 3

IJ-S2 and IJ-S12 Insulation Jackets for S2 and S12 Separators

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

2

IJ-S2 / IJ-S12

6

5

shown fitted to a separator

3

5

Description

A range of one piece insulation jackets having velcro fastenings, for fitting to all sizes of screwed S2 and S12 separators. TI-P023-37 gives details of a payback calculator based on the energy saving to be made by fitting an insulation jacket.

Available types

IJ-S2 and IJ-S12 for insulating DN32 to DN50, S2 and S12 separators.

Limiting conditions

Maximum metal surface temperature Thermal conductivity

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part Inner and outer face Insulation Stitching Sealing Drawcords Label

Dimensions / mass IJ-S2 and IJ-S12

220°C 0.044 W /m K at 100°C

Material Silicone rubber coated glass fibre Mineral fibre Polyester cotton Velcro Nylon Nylon

(approximate) in mm and kg

Insulation Mass thickness DN32 and DN40 410 520 465 53 50 0.84 DN50 650 640 640 53 50 1.58 The diagram below shows the unfolded dimensions of the jacket Size

A

C

B1

B2

A

4

C

C

DN50 shown

Installation

Once the separator has been installed, the insulation jacket can be fitted as follows: IJ-S2 and IJ-S12 Place the jacket onto the top of the separator, wrap around and secure jacket into position by using the velcro flap. The label should be on top and the large flap on the underside of the separator to prevent the ingress of water. The jacket shall be positioned so that the drain connection passes through the circular opening. Finally, pull and tie the drawcords to minimise any gaps that would allow air to flow through or allow ingress of water. Important note: Both the inner /outer face and installation are made with a bonded aluminium foil. At a temperature of 120°C the adhesive bonding the aluminium will start to degrade and delamination of the foil will occur at 150°C to 170°C. Scorching of the internal fabric may occur at 150°C. Neither of these reactions will impair the performance. Removal Before removing the jacket, check if the separator is in service. If it is then the metal surface will be hot enough to burn and suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves) should be worn. Removal is the reverse procedure to the above.

Handling

When the jacket is new the insulation material is fully enclosed within the inner and outer face and retained by the stitching. In this condition for handling no special protective clothing is required. However, if the inner and outer face becomes unstitched or damaged, so as to expose the insulation material then suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves, safety glasses, face mask and overalls) should be worn when handling.

Disposal

This product is not recyclable and is non-combustible. For disposal purposes consider the product to be mineral fibre and dispose of in accordance with local regulations.

How to order

Example: 1 off IJ-S2 insulation jacket to fit a DN32, S2 separator.

B1

B2

0232550/3 Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

7.8.8

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P023-24

ST Issue 4

S3 Cast Iron Separator (Flanged)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

2 3

1

7.8.9

4

The S3 separator is a cast iron baffle type separator used for the removal of entrained liquids in steam, compressed air or gas systems. The fitting of insulation jackets will increase the performance of the separator. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

��� A ���

Steam saturation curve

��� �� � ���

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

B ��

A ��

Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200 Flanged EN 1092 PN16 with screwed BSP drain, ANSI Class 125 with screwed NPT drain, JIS /KS 10K with screwed BSP drain, and AS2129 Table F with screwed BSP drain (DN40 to DN100 only).

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Cast iron

2

Plug

SG iron

3

Gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Drain reducing bush (not DN200)

Steel

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

Description

ASTM A126 CI B DIN 1693 GGG 40

ASTM A105

A - A Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and Table F. A - B Flanged ANSI Class 125 and JIS/KS 10K. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 0°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 184°C @ 10 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service 10 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 184°C @ 10 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g Note: S3 Flanged type separators may be supplied with a lower pressure rating than that cast into the body. Reference should be made to the appropriate operating chart to determine the actual product limitations.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2008

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions /weights and volumes

Recommended tightening torques

Size

Item

(approximate) in mm, kg and litres A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Weight Volume

DN40

111 156

89

365

½" 1½"

94

14.0

1.6

DN50

146 206

117 456

½" 1½"

98

25.4

3.2

DN65

184 232

146 406

¾" 1½"

98

36.7

4.6

DN80

187 264

152 483

1" 1½"

98

44.9

6.5

DN100 238 337

197 692

1" 1½" 118

74.8

13.5

DN125 232 409

381 706

1" 1½" 121 177.8

38.5

DN150 232 409

381 706

1" 1½" 121 181.4

42.5

DN200 305 505

426 762 1½" 1½" 140 254.0

68.0

or mm

Size DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

2

46 A /F 60 A /F 46 A /F 60 A /F 60 A /F 60 A /F 60 A /F 60 A /F

Nm M56 M72 M56 M72 M72 M72 M72 M72

150 - 165 150 - 165 150 - 165 190 - 210 190 - 210 190 - 210 190 - 210 190 - 210

2 Inspection opening (2" only)

B A

Separator drain tapping F G

Drain E C

D

7.8.10 Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. Note: To ensure that any separated liquid is drained away quickly, a suitable liquid drainer or steam trap must be connected to the drain connection 'E' - consult Spirax Sarco for further details. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off DN50 Spirax Sarco S3 separator with cast iron body having flanged EN 1092 PN16 connections.

S3 Cast Iron Separator (Flanged)

TI-P023-24 ST Issue 4

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P023-26

ST Issue 10

S13 SG Iron Separator (Flanged)

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

2 3

1

4

Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200. Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and PN25 with screwed BSP drain. Flanged JIS /KS 10K with screwed BSP drain. Flanged JIS /KS 20K with screwed BSP drain - DN40 , DN50, DN65 and DN200 only.

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

SG iron

2

Plug

Carbon steel

3

Gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

4

Drain reducing bush

Forged carbon steel

BS EN 1563 / EN-JS1030

1.0460 (C22.8)

ASTM A105

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature °C

7.8.11

Description

The S13 separator is an SG iron baffle type separator used for the removal of entrained liquids in steam, compressed air or gas systems. The fitting of insulation jackets will increase the performance of the separator. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.

��� ���

B

C

A

��� ��� � ���

A �

�

B

�� �� Pressure bar g

D ��

��

The product must not be used in this region. A -A Flanged JIS 10K B-B Flanged EN 1092 PN16 B - C - D Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and JIS 20K Note: S13 flanged type separators may be supplied with a lower pressure rating than that cast into the body. Reference should be made to the appropriate operating chart to determine the actual product limitations. Body design conditions PN25 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 100°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 350°C @ 14 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C JIS/KS 10K 12.3 bar g Maximum operating PMO pressure for saturated PN16 13.7 bar g steam service PN25 and JIS/KS 20K 21.3 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 350°C @ 14 bar g Minimum operating temperature -10°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco JIS/KS 10K 20.4 bar g Designed for a maximum cold PN16 24.0 bar g hydraulic test pressure of: PN25 and JIS/KS 20K 37.5 bar g

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2009

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions, weight and volumes

Recommended tightening torques

(approximate) in mm, kg and litres Size DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

A 111 146 178 178 223 226 226 308

B 156 205 249 252 315 397 397 502

C 89 117 146 152 197 381 381 426

D 365 456 406 483 692 706 706 762

E ½" ½" ¾" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1½"

F 1" 1" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½"

G 94 98 98 98 118 121 121 140

Weight Volume 14 1.6 25 3.2 28 4.6 36 6.5 60 13.5 128 38.5 130 42.5 190 68.0

Item

or

Size DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

2

Nm

mm 46 A /F 46 A /F 46 A /F 60 A /F 60 A /F 60 A /F 60 A /F 60 A /F

M56 M56 M56 M72 M72 M72 M72 M72

150 - 165 150 - 165 150 - 165 190 - 210 190 - 210 190 - 210 190 - 210 190 - 210

2 Inspection opening

B A

Separator drain trapping F G D

Drain E C

7.8.12

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. Note: To ensure that any separated liquid is drained away quickly, a suitable liquid drainer or steam trap must be connected to the drain connection 'E' - consult Spirax Sarco for further details. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off DN50 Spirax Sarco S13 separator with SG iron body having flanged EN 1092 PN16 connections.

S13 SG Iron Separator (Flanged)

TI-P023-26 ST Issue 10

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P023-39 ST Issue 3

IJ-S3 and IJ-S13 Insulation Jackets for S3 and S13 Separators

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

IJ-S3 and IJ-S13 shown fitted to a separator

6

2

5

3

Description

7.8.13

A range of one piece insulation jackets having velcro fastenings, for fitting to flanged S3 and S13 separators. TI-P023-37 gives details of a payback calculator based on the energy saving to be made by fitting an insulation jacket.

Available types IJ-S3 and IJ-S13

for insulating DN40 to DN200, S3 and S13 separators

Limiting conditions

Maximum metal surface temperature Thermal conductivity

Materials No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part Inner and outer face Insulation Stitching Sealing Drawcords Label

4

220°C 0.044 W/ m K at 100°C

Material Silicone rubber coated glass fibre Mineral fibre Polyester cotton Velcro Nylon Nylon

5

Installation

Once the separator has been installed, the insulation jacket can be fitted as follows: IJ-S3 and IJ-S13 Place the jacket onto the top of the separator, wrap around and secure jacket into position by using the velcro flap. The label should be on top and the large flap on the underside of the separator to prevent the ingress of water. The jacket shall be positioned so that the drain connection passes through the circular opening. Finally, pull and tie the drawcords to minimise any gaps that would allow air to flow through or allow ingress of water. Important note: Both the inner /outer face and insulation are made with a bonded aluminium foil. At a temperature of 120°C the adhesive bonding the aluminium will start to degrade and delamination of the foil will occur at 150°C to 170°C. Scorching of the internal fabric may occur at 150°C. Neither of these reactions will impair the performance. Removal Before removing the jacket, check if the separator is in service. If it is then the metal surface will be hot enough to burn and suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves) should be worn. Removal is the reverse procedure to the above.

Handling

When the jacket is new the insulation material is fully enclosed within the inner and outer face and retained by the stitching. In this condition for handling no special protective clothing is required. However, if the inner and outer face becomes unstitched or damaged, so as to expose the insulation material then suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves, safety glasses, face mask and overalls) should be worn when handling.

Disposal

This product is not recyclable and is non-combustible. For disposal purposes consider the product to be mineral fibre and dispose of in accordance with local regulations.

How to order

Example: 1 off IJ-S3 insulation jacket to fit a DN50, S13 separator.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions / mass (approximate) in mm and kg

DN50 shown

IJ-S3 and IJ-S13 Size

A

B1

B2

C

Insulation thickness

C

A

C

Mass

DN40 525 590 575 53 50 1.30 DN50 650 640 640 53 50 1.58 DN65 640 890 690 53 50 2.29 DN80 700 910 760 53 50 2.80 DN100 810 1 270 910 53 50 5.10 DN125 845 1 510 1 374 53 50 5.32 DN150 845 1 510 1 374 53 50 5.32 DN200 950 1 884 1 500 53 50 5.80 The diagram opposite shows the unfolded dimensions of the jacket

B1

B2

7.8.14

0234050/3 IJ-S3 and IJ-S13 Installation Jackets for S3 and S13 Separators

TI-P023-39 ST Issue 3

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

7.8.15

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P023-11

CMGT Issue 12

S5 Carbon Steel Separator Description

The S5 is a carbon steel baffle type separator used for the removal of entrained liquids in steam, compressed air and gas systems. Optional extras Insulation jackets are available which will increase the performance of the separator, (see TI-P138-01). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the

mark

when so required. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP or NPT, butt weld, socket weld. DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50. Flanged EN 1092 PN40 with screwed BSP drain and air vent. Flanged BS 1560 (ASME) Class 150 or 300 with screwed NPT drain and air vent. Flanged JIS /KS 10K and 20K with screwed BSP drain and air vent. Note: For larger sizes use an S7 separator. See TI-P138-03.

5 4 1 2

Flanged S5 shown

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Carbon steel

1.0619 +N /ASTM A216 WCB

2

Flange

Carbon steel

DIN 17243 C22.8/ASTM A105N

3

Cap

Carbon steel

1.0460

4

Cap gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

5

Cap

Carbon steel

4 3

1.0460

Page 1 of 3

7.8.16

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

B

425 400

D E

C

F

Steam saturation curve

300 A 200 100 0

0

10

A

C

D B 20 30 Pressure bar g

E 40

F 50

The product must not be used in this region. A - A Flanged JIS/KS 10K B - B Flanged ASME Class 150 C - C Flanged EN 1092 PN16 D - D Flanged JIS/KS 20K E-E

Flanged EN 1092 PN40

F-F

Flanged ASME Class 300, screwed BSP, NPT,socket weld and butt weld

Body design conditions

PN50/ASME 300

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

50 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 28 bar g -10 °C

Minimum allowable temperature

PMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

7.8.17 TMO

JIS/KS 10K

12.5 bar g @ 193 °C

PN16

13.8 bar g @ 198 °C

ASME 150

13.8 bar g @ 200 °C

JIS/KS 20K

30.0 bar g @ 236 °C

PN40

35.9 bar g @ 246 °C

ASME 300

41.4 bar g @254 °C

Scrd / SW / BW

41.4 bar g @ 254 °C 425 °C @ 28 bar g

Maximum operating temperature

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

76.6 bar g

TI-P023-11 CMGT Issue 12

Page 2 of 3

S5 Carbon Steel Separator

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

Dimensions (approximate) in mm Screwed SW, BW A

PN16 A

PN40 A

DN15 - ½"

130

-

204

204

204

DN20 - ¾"

130

-

212

212

DN25 - 1"

178

-

260

DN32 - 1¼"

190

-

DN40 - 1½"

220

DN50 - 2"

214

Size

ASME ASME JIS / KS 10K 150 300 & 20K A A A

B

C

D

F

G

H

204

150

294

68

1"

½"

83

212

212

146

347

68

1"

½"

83

260

260

260

170.5

386

68

1"

½"

130

277

277

277

277

195

440

68

1"

½"

144

-

314

314

314

314

208

508

68

1"

1"

168

-

314

314

314

314

208

558

68

1"

1"

168

Weights/volume (approximate) in kg and litres Size

Weight

H G Air vent

Volume

Scrd/SW/BW Flanged Scrd/SW/BW

5

Flanged

DN15 - ½"

5.8

7.4

0.71

0.72

DN20 - ¾"

6.75

9.1

0.90

0.92

DN25 - 1"

12

14.8

2.83

2.86

DN32 - 1¼"

15.9

20

4.15

4.19

DN40 - 1½"

22.0

26.6

6.93

7.00

DN50 - 2"

23.9

30.1

7.74

7.88 C

B

Recommended tightening torques Items 3 and 5

mm 46 A/F

7.8.18

Nm 180 - 200

3 F Drain D A Scrd/SW/BW A Flanged

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. To ensure that any separated liquid is drained quickly, a suitable steam trap/liquid drainer must be connected to the drain connection. For those steam systems where air can be present, air can collect in the upper portion of the separator. In this situation a suitable air vent should be connected to the air vent connection. If an air vent is not being fitted then the connection must have the plastic transit protection plug removed and must have a carbon steel class 3000 lb plug fitted. Disposal: The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 S5 separator with a carbon steel body flanged to EN 1092 PN40.

TI-P023-11 CMGT Issue 12

Page 3 of 3

S5 Carbon Steel Separator

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P138-03

CMGT Issue 10

S7 Carbon Steel Separator DN65 to DN350 Description

The S7 is a carbon steel baffle type separator for the efficient removal of entrained liquids from steam, air and gas systems. A suitable steam trap (FT) or liquid drainer (CA) is required to drain the collected condensate / liquid depending on the application:

Pressure / temperature limits

Size For steam service fit an FT ball float steam trap and AV air vent

Flange standard

For air / gas service fit a CA ball float liquid drainer Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and is designed and manufactured in accordance with EN 13445:2002 – 'Unfired Pressure Vessels'. Certification This product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1 as standard. A full data dossier is available at extra cost – consult Spirax Sarco. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

bar g

Flanged EN 1092 PN16 or PN40 with screwed BSP vent and drain connections. Flanged ASME B16.5 Class 150 and 300 with screwed NPT vent and drain connections.

Screwed, socket weld and other connections are available to special order – consult Spirax Sarco.

Materials

All components of the S7 are manufactured from carbon steel. For a complete stainless steel version (S8) see TI-P138-10.

14

198

21.0

ASME 150

20

213

30.0

23

217

34.5

PN40

25

225

37.5

ASME 300

25

225

37.5

Please note: For pressures and temperatures that exceed these operating conditions please contact Spirax Sarco for a quotation.

DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN350.

Flanged JIS / KS 20K with screwed BSP vent and drain connections.

PN16 DN65 to JIS / KS 20K DN350

Sizes and pipeline connections

7.8.19

Designed for a maximum Design Design cold pressure temperature hydraulic test bar g °C pressure of:

Support bracket

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions, weight and volume (approximate) in mm, kg and litres Size

Design pressure (bar g)

DN65

DN80

DN100

DN125

DN150

DN200

DN250

DN300

DN350

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

Weight

Volume

14

420

252

638

219

181

1"

¾"

100

263

30

38

14

20 and 23

420

252

638

219

181

1"

¾"

100

263

30

38

14

25

420

252

638

219

181

1"

¾"

100

263

30

38

14

14

489

332

735

273

204

1"

¾"

125

368

30

58

31

20 and 23

489

332

735

273

204

1"

¾"

125

368

30

58

31

25

489

332

735

273

204

1"

¾"

125

368

30

58

31

14

574

337

795

324

180

2"

¾"

125

384

40

83

48

20 and 23

574

337

795

324

180

2"

¾"

125

384

40

83

48

25

574

337

795

324

180

2"

¾"

125

384

40

83

48

14

656

310

843

377

247

2"

¾"

150

416

44

118

66

20 and 23

656

310

843

377

247

2"

¾"

150

416

44

118

66

25

656

310

843

377

247

2"

¾"

150

416

44

118

66

14

706

347

935

426

273

2"

¾"

150

466

60

154

110

20 and 23

706

347

935

426

273

2"

¾"

150

466

60

154

110

25

706

347

935

426

273

2"

¾"

150

466

60

154

110

14

858

460

1200

530

372

2"

2"

175

560

60

292

223

20 and 23

858

460

1200

530

372

2"

2"

175

560

60

292

223

25

858

460

1200

530

372

2"

2"

175

560

60

292

223

14

950

615

1580

600

530

2"

2"

175

688

72

440

376

20 and 23

950

615

1580

600

530

2"

2"

175

688

72

440

376

25

950

615

1580

600

530

2"

2"

175

688

72

440

376

14

1010

740

1700

600

540

2"

2"

200

698

72

564

415

20 and 23

1010

740

1700

600

540

2"

2"

200

698

72

564

415

25

1010

740

1700

600

540

2"

2"

200

698

72

564

415

14

1100

754

1800

700

525

2"

2"

200

816

108

735

623

20 and 23

1100

754

1800

700

525

2"

2"

200

816

108

735

623

25

1100

754

1800

700

525

2"

2"

200

816

108

735

623

Centre fixing hole J

Air vent

G Air vent

S7 separator

Support bracket

Isolation valve

E Strainer

C

Separator on a steam line

B H F Drain D

FT or CA trap

A

K

Support bracket viewed from above

Safety information, installation and maintenance Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø

8.5 10.5 10.5 12.5 14.5

(DN65 to DN100) (DN125 to DN150) (DN200) (DN250 to DN300) (DN350)

Capacities

See TI-S33-06 for full details of capacities.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN80 S7 carbon steel separator with PN40 flanges. Suitable for pressures up to 25 bar (please specify design conditions).

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product.

Installation note: To ensure efficient drainage of condensate a suitable ball float trap and air vent should be installed. For air / gas applications a balance line is required between the CA trap and the main line or top of the separator – consult Spirax Sarco for further details. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

Spare parts

The S7 is non maintainable - No spare parts are available. TI-P138-03 CMGT Issue 10

S7 Carbon Steel Separator DN65 to DN350

7.8.20

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

7.8.21

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P023-12

CMGT Issue 13

S6 Austenitic Stainless Steel Separator Description

The S6 is an austenitic stainless steel (316L) baffle type separator used for the removal of entrained liquids in steam, compressed air and gas systems. Optional extras Insulation jackets are available which will increase the performance of the separator, (see TI-P138-01). Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the when so required.

mark

Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" Screwed BSP or NPT, butt weld, socket weld. DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50. Flanged EN 1092 PN40 with screwed BSP drain and air vent. Flanged BS 1560 (ASME B 16.5) Class 150 or 300 with screwed NPT drain and air vent.

5 4

Flanged JIS / KS 10K and 20K with screwed BSP drain and air vent.

7.8.22

Note: For larger sizes use an S8 separator. See TI-P138-10.

Flanged S6 shown

2 1

Materials No.Part

Material

1

Body

Austenitic stainless steel 316L

1.4409 / ASTM A351CF3M

2

Flange

Austenitic stainless steel

1.4404 ASTM A182 F316L

3

Cap

Austenitic stainless steel

ASTM A351 Gr.CF3M (316L)

4

Cap gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

5

Cap

Austenitic stainless steel

4 3

ASTM A351 Gr.CF3M (316L)

Page 1 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits

DE F

B AC

425 400

G

Steam saturation curve

300 200 100 0

0

D A C B 10 20 30 Pressure bar g

E

F

G

40

50

The product must not be used in this region. A - A Flanged JIS / KS 10K B - B Flanged ASME Class 150 C - C Flanged EN 1092 PN16 D - D Flanged JIS / KS 20K E-E

Flanged EN 1092 PN40

F-F

Flanged ASME Class 300

G - G Screwed BSP, NPT, socket weld and butt weld Body design conditions

PN50/ASME 300

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

50 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

425 °C @ 28 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-10 °C JIS / KS 10K

7.8.23

PMO

TMO

Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

9.9 bar g

PN16

11.4 bar g

ASME 150

11.4 bar g

JIS / KS 20K

23.5 bar g

PN40

25.8 bar g

ASME 300

27.9 bar g

Scrd / SW / BW

34.1 bar g

Maximum operating temperature

425 °C @ 28 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

0 °C

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of

76.6 bar g

TI-P023-12 CMGT Issue 13

Page 2 of 3

S6 Austenitic Stainless Steel Separator

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

Dimensions (approximate) in mm Screwed SW, BW A

PN16 A

PN40 A

ASME 150 A

ASME 300 A

JIS / KS 10K & 20K A

B

C

D

F

G

H

DN15 - ½"

130

-

204

204

204

204

150

294

68

1"

½"

83

DN20 - ¾"

130

-

212

212

212

212

146

347

68

1"

½"

83

DN25 - 1"

178

-

260

260

260

260

170.5

386

68

1"

½"

130

DN32 - 1¼"

190

-

277

277

277

277

195

440

68

1"

½"

144

DN40 - 1½"

220

-

314

314

314

314

208

508

68

1"

1"

168

DN50 - 2"

214

-

314

314

314

314

208

558

68

1"

1"

168

Size

H G Air vent

Weights/volume (approximate) in kg and litres Size

Weight

5

Volume

Scrd/SW/BW Flanged Scrd/SW/BW Flanged DN15 - ½"

6.0

7.5

0.71

0.72

DN20 - ¾"

6.9

9.2

0.90

0.92

DN25 - 1"

12.2

15.1

2.83

2.86

DN32 - 1¼"

16.2

20.4

4.15

4.19

DN40 - 1½"

22.5

27.3

6.93

7.00

DN50 - 2"

24.4

30.8

7.74

7.88 C

B

7.8.24

Recommended tightening torques Items 3 and 5

Nm 46 A / F

3

180 - 200

F Drain D A Scrd/SW/BW A Flanged

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product. Installation note: Install in a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below. To ensure that any separated liquid is drained quickly, a suitable steam trap/liquid drainer must be connected to the drain connection. For those steam systems where air can be present, air can collect in the upper portion of the separator. In this situation a suitable air vent should be connected to the air vent connection. If an air vent is not being fitted then the connection must have the plastic transit protection plug removed and must have a stainless steel class 3 000 lb plug fitted. Disposal: The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 S6 separator with an austenitic stainless steel body flanged to EN 1092 PN40.

TI-P023-12 CMGT Issue 13

Page 3 of 3

S6 Austenitic Stainless Steel Separator

Pipeline ancillaries Separators jackets Local regulations may restrictand the use ofinsulation this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P138-10

ST Issue 7

S8 Stainless Steel Separator DN65 to DN350 Description

The S8 is a stainless steel baffle type separator for the efficient removal of entrained liquids from steam, air and gas systems. A suitable steam trap (FT) or liquid drainer (CA) is required to drain the collected condensate/ liquid depending on the application:

Pressure/temperature limits Size

For steam service fit an FT ball float steam trap and AV air vent For air / gas service fit a CA ball float liquid drainer Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and is designed and manufactured in accordance with EN 13445:2002 – 'Unfired Pressure Vessels'. Certification This product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1 as standard. A full data dossier is available at extra cost – consult Spirax Sarco. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

DN65 to DN350

Please note: For pressures and temperatures that exceed these operating conditions please contact Spirax Sarco for a quotation.

Sizes and pipeline connections

DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN350.

7.8.25

Flanged EN 1092 PN16 or PN40 with screwed BSP vent and drain connections. Flanged ASME B16.5 Class 150 and 300 with screwed NPT vent and drain connections. Flanged JIS / KS 20K with screwed BSP vent and drain connections. Screwed, socket weld and other connections are available to special order – consult Spirax Sarco.

Materials

All components of the S8 are manufactured from austenitic stainless steel (304). For a complete carbon steel version (S7) see TI-P138-03.

Designed for Design Design a maximum Flange pressure temperature cold hydraulic standard bar g °C test pressure of: bar g PN16 14 198 21.0 ASME 150 20 213 30.0 JIS / KS 20K 23 217 34.5 PN40 25 225 37.5 ASME 300 25 225 37.5

Support bracket

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions, weight and volume (approximate) in mm, kg and litres Size

Design pressure (bar g) 14 20 and 23 25 14 20 and 23 25 14 20 and 23 25 14 20 and 23 25 14 20 and 23 25 14 20 and 23 25 14 20 and 23 25 14 20 and 23 25 14 20 and 23 25

DN65

DN80

DN100

DN125

DN150

DN200

DN250

DN300

DN350

K

Support bracket viewed from above

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

420 420 420 523 523 523 574 574 574 656 656 656 706 706 706 858 858 858 950 950 950 1010 1010 1010 1100 1100 1100

252 252 252 332 332 332 337 337 337 310 310 310 347 347 347 460 460 460 615 615 615 740 740 740 754 754 754

638 638 638 735 735 735 795 795 795 843 843 843 935 935 935 1200 1200 1200 1580 1580 1580 1700 1700 1700 1800 1800 1800

219 219 219 273 273 273 324 324 324 377 377 377 426 426 426 530 530 530 600 600 600 600 600 600 700 700 700

181 181 181 204 204 204 180 180 180 247 247 247 273 273 273 372 372 372 530 530 530 540 540 540 525 525 525

1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 175 175 175 175 175 175 200 200 200 200 200 200

263 263 263 318 318 318 384 384 384 416 416 416 486 486 486 560 560 560 688 688 688 698 698 698 816 816 816

30 30 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 44 44 44 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 108 108 108

Ø 8.5 Ø 10.5 Ø 10.5 Ø 12.5 Ø 14.5

Weight Volume 38 38 38 58 58 58 83 83 83 118 118 118 154 154 154 292 292 292 440 440 440 564 564 564 735 735 735

14 14 14 31 31 31 48 48 48 66 66 66 110 110 110 223 223 223 376 376 376 415 415 415 623 623 623

Air vent

(DN65 to DN100) (DN125 to DN150) (DN200) (DN250 to DN300) (DN350)

7.8.26 S8 separator

Isolation valve

Centre fixing hole J G Air vent

Strainer Support bracket

Separator on a steam line

E C FT or CA trap B

Safety information, installation and maintenance

H

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-55) supplied with the product.

F Drain D

Installation note: To ensure efficient drainage of condensate a suitable ball float trap and air vent should be installed. For air / gas applications a balance line is required between the CA trap and the main line or top of the separator – consult Spirax Sarco for further details.

A

Capacities

See TI-S33-06 for full details of capacities.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN80 S8 stainless steel separator with PN40 flanges. Suitable for pressures up to 25 bar (please specify design conditions).

TI-P138-10 ST Issue 7

Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

Spare parts

The S8 is non maintainable - No spare parts are available.

S8 Stainless Steel Separator DN65 to DN350

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P138-01

ST Issue 6

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

IJ-S5, IJ-S6, IJ-S5-H and IJ-S6-H Insulation Jackets for S5 and S6 Separators 5

5

1

1 2

2

6

6 4

4

7.8.27

3

3

IJ-S5 / IJ-S6

IJ-S5-H / IJ-S6-H

Description

Materials

shown fitted to flanged separator

A range of insulation jackets for fitting to S5 and S6 separators. The jackets are of a one piece design for either low temperature or high temperature applications - see 'Available types' below. Separate jackets are also available for flanged pipeline joints. Please refer to separate literature, TI-P119-01. TI-P138-02 gives details of a payback calculator based on the energy saving to be made by fitting an insulation jacket. Available types Available in low temperature version (with velcro fastening) and high temperature version (with strap/buckle fastening) one piece jackets for insulating DN15 to DN50, S5 and S6 separators. IJ-S5 and IJ-S6 Low temperature version IJ-S5-H and IJ-S6-H High temperature version

Limiting conditions Maximum metal surface temperature Thermal conductivity

IJ-S5 and IJ-S6 220°C IJ-S5-H and IJ-S6-H 425°C 0.044 W/m K at 100°C

shown fitted to flanged separator

No. Part 1 Inner and outer face 2 3 4 5 6

IJ-S IJ-S-H Insulation IJ-S IJ-S-H Stitching IJ-S IJ-S-H Sealing IJ-S IJ-S-H Drawcords IJ-S IJ-S-H Label

Material Silicone rubber coated glass fibre Glass fibre Mineral fibre Mineral fibre Polyester cotton Kevlar cotton Velcro Glass fibre / stainless steel buckles Nylon Kevlar Nylon

How to order

Example: 1 off IJ-S5 insulation jacket to fit a DN50 S5 separator. Important note: For flange insulation jackets see TI-P119-01.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions / mass (approximate) in mm and kg

Safety information

IJ-S5 and IJ-S6 Size

A

B

Insulation thickness

Mass

DN15 and DN20

508

508

50

0.90

DN25 and DN32

711

686

50

1.64

DN40 and DN50

762

838

50

2.42

➤

The diagram below shows the unfolded dimensions of the jacket

Before placing or removing the insulation jacket, check if the separator is in service. If it is, the metal surface will be hot enough to burn and suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves) should be worn. Handling When the jacket is new, the insulation material is fully enclosed within the inner and outer face and retained by the stitching. In this condition, for handling, no special protective clothing is required. However, if the inner and outer face become unstitched or damaged so as to expose the insulation material, suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves, safety glasses, face mask and overalls) should be worn.

Installation IJ-S5 and IJ-S6

B

➤

A

➤

A

➤

IJ-S5-H and IJ-S6-H Size

➤ 115 ➤

B

DN15 and DN20 508 508 DN25 and DN32 736 686 DN40 and DN50 788 838 The diagram below shows the unfolded

➤

➤ ➤

A

Insulation Mass thickness 50 1.06 50 2.00 50 2.60 dimensions of the jacket

Once the separator has been installed, the insulation jacket can be fitted as follows: IJ-S5 and IJ-S6 Place the jacket centrally on the left hand side of the separator. Undo the middle velcro flap, slide the jacket down over the flanged /threaded connection and pull velcro flap into secure position. Wrap front and back of jacket around separator and secure fully by using the top and bottom velcro flaps. Finally, pull and tie the top and bottom drawcords to minimise any gaps that would allow air to flow through or allow ingress of water. IJ-S5-H and IJ-S6-H Place the jacket centrally on the left hand side of the separator. Undo the middle buckle straps, slide the jacket down over the flanged/threaded connection and pull the buckle straps into secure position. Wrap front and back of jacket around separator and secure fully by using the top and bottom buckle straps. Finally, pull and tie the top and bottom drawcords to minimise any gaps that would allow air to flow through or allow ingress of water. Flange insulation jackets The separator insulation jacket should be fitted before any flange insulation jackets. Important note: Both the inner/outer face and insulation are made with a bonded aluminium foil. At a temperature of 120°C the adhesive bonding and the aluminium foil will start to degrade and delamination of the foil will occur at between 150°C to 170°C. Scorching of the internal fabric may occur at 150°C. Neither of these reactions will impair the performance.

Disposal B

IJ-S5-H and IJ-S6-H

This product is not recyclable and is non-combustible. For disposal purposes consider the product to be mineral fibre and dispose of in accordance with local regulations.

➤

0239050/6 IJ-S5, IJ-S6, IJ-S5-H and IJ-S6-H Insulation Jackets for S5 and S6 Separators

TI-P138-01 ST Issue 6

7.8.28

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P119-07

ST Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Mating Flanges 3 2

23

1

1

5

5

4

4

Slip-on flanges shown

7.8.29

Description

Spirax Sarco mating flange sets are designed to provide a suitable connection upstream and downstream of Spirax Sarco flanged products. They comprise 2 flanges, 2 gaskets and 2 sets of fasteners (bolt, washer and nut).

Optional extras

Insulation jackets for flanges both low temperature (220°C) and high temperature (425°C) are available for sizes: DN15 - DN50 (see TI-P119-01), and a payback calculator is also available (see TI-P119-02).

DN15 - DN80

DN15 - DN200

Type A Maximum temperature

Type B

430°C

450°C

100 bar g

130 bar g

Maximum steam temperature

250°C

290°C

Maximum inert liquid temperature

440°C

450°C

Maximum pressure

Materials

Available types DN15 - DN50

Limiting conditions (gaskets)

Note: Type A gaskets are on all flanges except ANSI 600 which require Type B gaskets.

BS 10

Table F

Screwed BSP

No. Part

BS 10

Table H

Screwed BSP

1

Bolt

Carbon steel

BS 3692 Grade 8.8 / DIN 931

ANSI B 16.5

Class 150

Screwed NPT

2

Nut

Carbon steel

BS 3692 Grade 8 / DIN 931 Zinc plated up to M20 Self colour above M20

3

Washer Carbon steel

BS 4320 Form A Zinc plated up to M20 Self colour above M20

4

Gasket

ANSI B 16.5

Class 300

Screwed NPT

BS 4504

PN16

Screwed BSP

BS 4504

PN25 / PN40

Screwed BSP

BS 10

Table F

Slip-on

BS 10

Table H

Slip-on

BS 4504

PN16

Slip-on

BS 4504

PN16

Weld neck

BS 4504

PN25 or PN40

Slip-on

BS 4504

PN25 or PN40

Weld neck

ANSI B16.5

Class 150

Slip-on

ANSI B16.5

Class 300

Slip-on

ANSI B16.5

Class 600

Slip-on

Other types may be available on request.

Material

Non-asbestos fibre

BS 7531 Grade X Type A or B

BS 4504 (DIN) ASTM A181 Gr. 60 5

Flange

Forged carbon steel

ANSI B 16.5 BS10

ASTM A105N BS 970 070 M20 BS 1503 221/430 ASTM A181 Gr. 60

How to order

Example: 1 set of Spirax Sarco mating flanges to fit BS 4504 PN40 flanges providing screwed BSP connections upstream and downstream of the product.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Installation

Upon receipt ensure that the mating flange set consists of the correct number of gaskets and fasteners. The mating flanges should be attached to the designated piece of pipework by the appropriate method of connection i.e. screwed or welded. If welding ensure that an appropriate procedure is selected to suit the flange and pipe material. When installing the flanges please bear in mind that the gasket material has the following properties for a thickness of 1.5 mm: Specific gravity

1.5

Compressibility

7% - 14%

Recovery

Disposal

The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

55%

Stress relaxation

30 N / mm².

It is the responsibility of the installer to ensure that, dependent on the number of fasteners, the gasket material is not under/over tightened as it is torque sensitive. Flange fasteners should be tightened in diametrically opposed sequence, as shown below.

8 1

3

1

4 3

6

5

4

2 2

Mating Flanges

7

TI-P119-07 ST Issue 2

7.8.30

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets TI-P119-01

ST Issue 6

IJ and IJ-H Insulation Jackets for Flanges

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

IJ

shown fitted to a pair of flanges

5

2

1

6

3

4

7.8.31

IJ-H

shown fitted to a pair of flanges

1 4

3

Description

A range of insulation jackets for fitting to flanges. Two versions are available: a low temperature version designated IJ and a high temperature version designated IJ-H. The jackets are of one piece design. TI-P119-02 gives details of a payback calculator based on the energy saving to be made by fitting an insulation jacket.

Available types

Available in low temperature version (with velcro fastening) and high temperature version (with strap /buckle fastening) one piece jackets for fitting to all types of flanges DN15 to DN80. IJ and IJ-H to insulate DN15 to DN80 flanges.

Limiting conditions Maximum metal surface temperature Thermal conductivity

IJ IJ-H

220°C 425°C 0.044 W/m K at 100°C

6

5

2

Materials

No. Part Inner and 1 outer face 2

Insulation

3

Stitching

4

Sealing

5

Drawcords

6

Label

IJ IJ-H IJ IJ-H IJ IJ-H IJ IJ-H IJ IJ-H

Material Silicone rubber coated glass fibre Glass fibre Mineral fibre Mineral fibre Polyester cotton Kevlar cotton Velcro Glass fibre / stainless steel buckles Nylon Kevlar Nylon

How to order

Example: 1 off IJ-DN40-H insulation jacket for fitting to a pair of DN40 flanges.

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions / mass IJ

Size IJ-DN15 IJ-DN32 IJ-DN32 IJ-DN32

to to to to

IJ-DN25 IJ-DN50 IJ-DN65 IJ-DN80

Installation

(approximate) in mm and kg

A

B

C

457 660 820 880

305 356 370 390

102 102 102 102

Insulation thickness 50 50 50 50

Mass 0.28 0.64 0.73 0.75

The diagram below shows the unfolded dimensions of the jacket A

IJ

C

A

B

C

381 660 820 880

305 356 370 390

76 76 76 76

Insulation thickness 50 50 50 50

Mass 0.50 0.78 0.80 0.90

The diagram below shows the unfolded dimensions of the jacket

IJ-H

IJ-H Place the jacket onto the pair of flanges, wrap around and secure jacket into position by using buckle straps. The label should be facing the installer and the large flap on the underside of the flanges to prevent the ingress of water. Finally, pull and tie the drawcords to minimse any gaps that would allow air to flow through or allow ingress of water.

Removal Before removing the jacket, check if the flanges are in service. If they are then the metal surface will be hot enough to burn and suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves) should be worn. Removal is the reverse procedure to the above.

IJ-H IJ-DN15-H to IJ-DN25-H IJ-DN32-H to IJ-DN50-H IJ-DN65-H IJ-DN80-H

IJ Place the jacket onto the pair of flanges, wrap around and secure jacket into position by using the velcro flap. The label should be facing the installer and the large flap on the underside of the flanges to prevent the ingress of water. Finally, pull and tie the drawcords to minimise any gaps that would allow air to flow through or allow ingress of water.

Important note: Both the inner/outer face and insulation are made with a bonded aluminium foil. At a temperature of 120°C the adhesive bonding the aluminium will start to degrade and delamination of the foil will occur at 150°C to 170°C. Scorching of the internal fabric may occur at 150°C. Neither of these reactions will impair the performance.

B

Size

Once the flanges have been installed, the insulation jacket can be fitted as follows:

A

C

Handling

When the jacket is new the insulation material is fully enclosed within the inner and outer face and retained by the stitching. In this condition for handling no special protective clothing is required. However, if the inner and outer face becomes unstitched or damaged, so as to expose the insulation material then suitable protective clothing (e.g. gloves, safety glasses, face mask and overalls) should be worn when handling.

Disposal

This product is not recyclable and is non-combustible. For disposal purposes consider the product to be mineral fibre and dispose of in accordance with local regulations.

7.8.32

B

1190050/6   

TI-P119-01

ST Issue 6

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets

7.8.33

Pipeline ancillaries Separators jackets Local regulations may restrictand the use ofinsulation this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P023-59

ST Issue 4

CS10-1 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Separator Description

Even in the cleanest and best designed clean steam system entrained moisture can still occur, resulting in an unacceptably low dryness fraction, non-compliance of critical sterilisation standards, damage to control valves / instrumentation and a generally low efficiency of the system. The CS10-1 clean steam separator has been designed in full accordance with the ASME BPE guide to overcome the issues of removing entrained moisture from clean and pure steam systems. It has also been designed with the feature of a removable baffle plate, allowing the unit to be fully inspected prior to installation and to facilitate system internal inspection.

2

4 3

1

Standard surface finish 0.5 µm (20 micro-inch) Ra maximum / SF5 Internal as outlined in ASME BPE, with all welds ground and electropolished. External 1.6 µm Ra maximum, with a satin bead blast finish.

Certification This product is available with the following certification: - EN 10204 3.1 material certifications. - Certificates of conformities. - Passivation certificates. - Welding certificates. - Internal surface finish certificate. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. Packaging Packaging for this product is conducted in a clean environment, segregated from other non stainless steel products, and in accordance with ASME BPE for optimum protection and cleanliness; Connections of the product are fitted with protective caps before being sealed in a plastic bag.

Sizes and pipe connections Steam inlet and outlet pipe Drain Vent

½", ¾", 1", 1½" and 2" Sanitary clamp ASME BPE (Tri-clamp®) or DIN 32676 upon request. Extended tube weld ends (ETO) ASME BPE or DIN 11850 upon request. 1" ASME BPE (Tri-clamp®) ½" ASME BPE (Tri-clamp®)

Note: Other connections are available upon request.

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Fabricated stainless steel

2

Cover + Baffle

Fabricated stainless steel

ASTM A312 316L ASTM A240 316L ASTM A276 316L ASTM A240 316L ASTM A276 316L

3 4

Seal Clamp

Viton Stainless steel

AISI 316

Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) Temperature ºC

Standards This product has been designed in accordance with the ASME BPE guide (2005 edition). It also complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. All polymers used comply with FDA regulation CFR 21 part 177 section 2600. ½", ¾" and 1" sizes are available with USP class VI.

   

Steam saturation curve

 





  Pressure bar g





The product must not be used in this region. Note: For hygienic /sanitary clamp ends the maximum pressure / temperature may be restricted by the gasket or sanitary clamp used. Please consult Spirax Sarco. Body design conditions PN10 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 10 bar g @ 50°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250°C Minimum allowable temperature -10°C Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service 7.6 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 250°C @ 6.8 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 15 bar g Page 1 of 3

7.8.34

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Steam sizing example The steam sizing example below has been based on imperial O/D tubing delivering 500 kg/h of steam at 6 bar g. 1. Plot point A where the steam pressure and flowrate cross, e.g. 6 bar g @ 500 kg/h: Draw a horizontal line. 2. Select line size. Any separator curve that is bisected by this line at a velocity below 27 m/s will operate at near 100% efficiency. For this example choose a 2" (DN50) separator, point B. 3. Ascertain velocity. Line velocity for any size can be determined by drawing a vertical line upwards from the point of intersection. From point B in this example the line crosses the velocity axis at 15 m/s. Note: a velocity correction factor needs to be applied - Please refer to the correction factor table below. For this example the velocity correction factor is 1.22 for a 2" imperial O/D tube therefore the velocity in this example would be 18.3 m/s. 4. Pressure drop. Where the line extended from point B crosses the line C – C, plot a horizontal line. Now drop a vertical line from point A. The point of intersection, D, is the pressure drop across the separator, i.e. approximately 0.012 bar. 5. Separators should be selected on the basis of the best compromise between line size, velocity and pressure drop for each application.

Flow velocity m / s

Steam pressure bar g 0

2

4

6

7.6

5

500

10

15

20

B

A

25

30 2"

34

1½"

200

¾" and 1" Separator size

Steam flowrate kg / h

40

100

½" 50

20

10

7.8.35

C 0.002 0.01

D

2

0.0

5

0.0

C

Pressure drop across separator bar (approximate)

Velocity correction factor table Separator size Schedule 40 pipe Imperial O / D tubing Hybrid DIN 11850 pipe

TI-P023-59 ST Issue 4

I / D (mm) Factor I / D (mm) Factor I / D (mm) Factor

½" 15.80 1.00 9.40 2.83 15.00 1.11

¾" 21.00 1.00 15.75 1.45 19.00 1.13

1" 26.60 1.00 22.10 1.45 25.00 1.13

CS10-1 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Separator

1½" 40.90 1.00 34.80 1.38 37.00 1.22

2" 52.50 1.00 47.50 1.22 49.00 1.15 Page 2 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries Separators and insulation jackets Dimensions, weights and volume (approximate) mm, kg and litres Steam inlet / outlet size ½" ¾" 1" 1½" 2"

A 135 160 160 195 195

B 158 177 177 210 210

C 287 370 370 482 532

D 88.9 114.3 114.3 141.3 141.3

J Withdrawal distance

G

F (drain) 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"

G (vent) ½" ½" ½" ½" ½"

H 23 23 23 27 27

J 215 290 290 400 450

Weights 3.0 5.0 5.0 9.2 10.0

Volume 1.2 2.5 2.5 5.5 6.3

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P023-60) supplied with the product. Installation note The CS10-1 is designed for installation in horizontal lines. Check arrow for correct orientation. Note: The body and internals must be handled carefully to ensure that the surface finishes are not damaged.

H

How to order

C

Example: 1 off 2" Spirax Sarco CS10-1 stainless steel clean steam separator with removable baffle plate. Sanitary clamp connections to ASME BPE, internal surface finish of 0.5 μm complete with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.

Spare parts

Please refer to the dimension drawing to the left. B

F D A

Available spares Seal Clamp

3 4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of separator. Example: 1 off Seal for a Spirax Sarco 1½" CS10-1 stainless steel clean steam separator.

7.8.36

TI-P023-59 ST Issue 4

CS10-1 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Separator

Page 3 of 3

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses TI-P022-05

ST Issue 4

Single Window and Double Window Sight Glasses

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Single window 4

5

3

2

1

Double window 4

3

5

2

1

  7.9.1 5

A range of single and double window sight glasses available in either brass or bronze depending on size with screwed connections. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification These products are available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

Single window 3/8", ½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. Double window ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2" screwed BSP or NPT.

3

2

Pressure / temperature limits 

Temperature °C

Description

4

Steam saturation curve

  





  Pressure bar g



The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions

PN5

PMA Maximum allowable pressure @ 90°C

5 bar g

TMA Maximum allowable temperature @ 3.5 bar g

Material No. Part

Minimum allowable temperature

Material ½" to 1"

Brass

1¼" to 2"

Bronze

EN 12165 CW617N

1

Body

2

Bezel

Brass

3

Window

Toughened soda lime glass

4

Top gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

5

Bottom gasket

Reinforced exfoliated graphite

BS EN CC491K EN 12165 CW617N BS 3463



-29°C

Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service

3.5 bar g

TMO Maximum operating temperature

148°C

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: PTMX Maximum test pressure (steam service)

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

148°C

0°C 7 bar g 3.5 bar g

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses Dimensions / weights

(approximate) in mm and kg

Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

/ 8"

89

16

32

64

50

4.8

0.6

½"

89

16

32

64

50

4.8

0.6

¾"

89

19

35

64

50

4.8

0.7

1"

87.5

24

38

64

50

4.8

0.9

Single window

Weight

D E

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares 3, 4, 5

Set of windows and gaskets

4, 5

Set of gaskets

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of sight glass. Example: 1 off Set of windows and gaskets for a 1" Spirax Sarco double window sight glass.

F

C Single window B

2 4

A

3

Double window Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

Weight

½"

89

-

32

64

50

4.8

0.9

¾"

89

-

32

64

50

4.8

0.9

1"

89

-

35

64

50

4.8

1.2

1¼"

108

-

51

73

50

4.8

1.9

1½"

108

-

51

73

50

4.8

1.8

2"

114

-

57

76

50

4.8

2.5

5

A D Double window

C 2

7.9.2

4

C

3

F

5

E

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S32-04) supplied with the product.

Warning: Under certain conditions corrosive elements in condensate can affect the inside face of the window(s), particularly where caustic alkali and hydrofluoric acid are present. It is recommended that the sight glass is periodically checked for thinning of the window(s). If there is evidence of thinning or erosion damage then the window(s) should be replaced immediately. Always wear eye protection when viewing the contents of the sight glass. Installation and maintenance note: Sight glasses should have stop valves fitted on both the inlet and outlet. It is imperative that the upstream stop valve is closed first in order to prevent overpressurisation. Sight glasses can be fitted in either a horizontal or vertical line on the outlet side of a steam trap. Where the trap is a blast discharge type e.g. thermodynamic, the sight glass must be fitted at least 1 m from the trap. This is to ensure that the glass is not subjected to thermal shock or pressure. Reasonable steps should be taken to protect personnel from injury in the unlikely event that the glass breaks. Ensure access is available for maintenance purposes. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" BSP double window sight glass with brass body and removable toughened soda lime glass.

5 3 4

Recommended tightening torque Item No.

Part

2

Bezel

Single Window and Double Window Sight Glasses

or mm

Nm 60 - 65

TI-P022-05

ST Issue 4

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses TI-P022-01

ST Issue 8

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

Sight Check (Combined Sight Glass and Check Valve)

ISO 9001

Description

A sight check is a combined sight glass and check valve. It is used to observe discharges from steam traps. The position of the ball check indicates whether or not condensate is flowing. Where condensate rises after the trap it eliminates the need for a separate check valve thus simplifying installation. The sight check is particularly useful for commissioning a steam trap fitted with an adjustable needle valve / steam lock release (SLR). It can also be used on other liquid lines where the materials of construction are compatible. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

8 7 6 2 5 3 4 2 1

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT.

7.9.3

Temperature °C

Pressure/temperature limits ���

Steam saturation curve

��� �� �

�

�

� Pressure bar g The product must not be used in this region.

�

���

Body design conditions PN3.6 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 3.5 bar g @ 148°C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 148°C @ 3.5 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C PMO Maximum operating pressure 3.5 bar g @ 148°C TMO Maximum operating temperature 148°C @ 3.5 bar g Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 7 bar g PTMX Maximum test pressure (steam service) 3.5 bar g

Kv values Size

½"

¾"

1"

Kv

2.6

2.81

4.59

For conversion:

Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963

Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Materials No. Part

Material

1

Body

Bronze

2

Gasket

Glass reinforced graphite laminate

3

Sight tube

Borosilicate glass

4

Discharge tube

Copper

5

Ball check

Stainless steel

6

Cover

Brass

7

Cover bolts

Steel zinc plated

8

Shakeproof washers

Steel zinc plated

EN 1982 CC491K

BS 2871 PT2 C106 BS 970 420 S45 EN 12165 CW617N BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2008

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Size ½" ¾" 1"

A 76 76 89

B 95 95 108

C 44 44 54

D 38 38 38

E 64 64 64

Weight 0.6 0.6 1.2

Withdrawal distance E

C

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Sight tube assembly 2 (2 off), 3 (1 off) Discharge tube assembly 4, 5 Fastener set (set of 4*) 7, 8 Gasket set (packet of 6 †) 2 Available spares are common to ½" and ¾" sizes, but not 1". * Earlier models used studs, nuts and washers. † Earlier models used ethylene propylene gaskets which were considerably thicker than graphite laminate. How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size of the sight check. Example: 1 off sight tube assembly for a ½" Spirax Sarco sight check.

B

Recommended tightening torque

A

mm

Item

Size

7 4

½", ¾" and 1"

Nm

or 10 A /F

M6 x 65

1.8 - 2.2 5.0 - 6.0

D

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S32-04) supplied with the product. Warning: Under certain conditions corrosive elements in condensate can affect the inside face of the sight tube, particularly where caustic alkali and hydrofluoric acid are present. It is recommended that the sight check is periodically checked for thinning of the sight tube. If there is evidence of thinning or erosion damage then the sight tube should be replaced immediately. Always wear eye protection when viewing the contents of the sight check. Installation and maintenance note: The sight check should have stop valves fitted on both the inlet and outlet. It is imperative that the upstream stop valve is closed first in order to prevent over pressurisation. Sight checks can be fitted in either a horizontal or a vertical line on the outlet side of the steam trap. Where the trap is a blast discharge type e.g. thermodynamic, the sight check must be fitted at least 1 m from the trap. This is to ensure that the glass tube is not subjected to thermal shock or pressure. Reasonable steps should be taken to protect personnel from injury in the unlikely event that the glass breaks. Ensure access is available to enable the withdrawal of the discharge tube. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

7.9.4

7 8

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" BSP sight check having a bronze body and borosillicate glass tube.

2 3

Sight tube assembly

2 5 4

Discharge tube assembly

Sight Check (Combined Sight Glass and Check Valve)

TI-P022-01 ST Issue 8

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses TI-P130-11 ST Issue 5

SG13 Brass Sight Glass

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The SG13 is a maintainable brass multi-window sight glass with a cylindrical viewing window and screwed connections. The sight glass monitors the discharge downstream of steam traps in pressurised condensate return lines. It is screwed directly into the steam trap providing a modular monitoring system, thus eliminating the need for a connecting nipple, minimising joints and potential leak paths. The sight glass can also be installed in process lines to provide a visual indication of flow.

1

3

4

3

2

Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23 / EC. Certification This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

½", ¾" and 1" screwed BSP male taper / female parallel to BS 21 or screwed NPT male / female to ANSI B 1.20.1.

7.9.5

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits 



Steam saturation curve

  







   Pressure bar g







The product must not be used in this region. Body design conditions PN16 PMA Maximum allowable pressure @ 130°C 16 bar g TMA Maximum allowable temperature @ 13.5 bar g 200°C Minimum allowable temperature -20°C Maximum operating pressure PMO 13 bar g for saturated steam service TMO Maximum operating temperature 200°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g PTMX Maximum test pressure (steam service) 13 bar g

Kv value

Size Kv

For conversion:

Materials

No. 1 2 3 4

½" 2.5

¾" 2.5

Cv(UK) = Kv x 0.963

Part Body End connection Sight tube gasket Sight glass tube

1" 2.5 Cv(US) = Kv x 1.156

Material Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 Brass EN 12165 CW617N Virgin PTFE / flurocarbon Borosilicate glass

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

© Copyright 2004

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses Dimensions / weights

Size ½" ¾" 1"

Spare parts

(approximate) in mm and kg

A 41 41 41

B 78.0 89.5 98.0

Weight 0.42 0.53 0.75

B

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares . Available spares Sight glass assembly

3 (2 off), 4

How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares'. Since the sight glass assembly is the same for all three sizes, it will always be:Example: 1 off Sight glass assembly for a Spirax Sarco SG13 sight glass.

A

3

4

3

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S32-04) supplied with the product.

Warning: Under certain conditions corrosive elements in condensate can affect the inside face of the sight tube, particularly where caustic alkali and hydrofluoric acid are present. It is recommended that the sight glass is periodically checked for thinning of the sight tube. If there is evidence of thinning or erosion damage then the sight tube should be replaced immediately. Always wear eye protection when viewing the contents of the sight glass. Reasonable steps should be taken to protect personnel from injury in the unlikely event that the sight tube breaks.

2

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size

2

½" - DN15 ¾" - DN20 1" - DN25

Nm 32 A /F 36 A /F 46 A /F

35 - 40 35 - 40 35 - 40

Installation note: The tapered thread of the sight glass is screwed directly into the discharge side of the steam trap. Although the sight glass can be fitted in any plane, installation and flow direction will be dictated by the design and operation of the steam trap. Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken. However if the recycling process involves a temperature approaching 315°C caution is advised regarding decomposition of the virgin PTFE / flurocarbon sight tube gasket.

7.9.6

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco ½" SG13 sight glass having screwed BSP connections.

SG13 Brass Sight Glass

TI-P130-11

ST Issue 5

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses TI-P130-01

ST Issue 9

SG253 Sight Glass Description

1

3

The SG253 is an SG iron double window sight glass with flanged connections. Standards This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23 / EC and carries the mark when so required. Certification This product is available with a Typical Test Report and is also available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 if specified. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Sizes and pipe connections

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and BS 1560 ASME (ANSI) Class 150.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C



A



4 Steam saturation curve



7.9.7







C

  Pressure bar g

2

5

B 



The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN25 A - C Flanged BS 1560 ASME (ANSI) Class 150. Body design conditions PMA Maximum allowable pressure

PN25 and ASME (ANSI) 150 PN25 25 bar g @ 100°C ASME 150 17.2 bar g @ 35°C

PN25 280°C @ 18 bar g ASME 150 280°C @ 10 bar g Minimum allowable temperature -10°C PN25 21 bar g Maximum operating pressure PMO for saturated steam service ASME 150 13.8 bar g TMO Maximum operating temperature 280°C Minimum operating temperature 0°C Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. PN25 38 bar g Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: ASME 150 30 bar g PN25 21 bar g PTMX Maximum test pressure (steam service) ASME 150 13.8 bar g TMA Maximum allowable temperature

Material No. 1 2 3 4 5

Part Body Cover Window Gaskets Cover bolts

Material SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 Borosilicate glass DIN 7080 Reinforced exfoliated graphite Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2011

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg PN25 ASME 150 Size

A

A

B

E

F

Weight

DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

130 150 160 180 200 230

126 142 152 175 199 228

55 55 70 70 90 90

45 45 63 63 80 80

10 10 15 15 20 20

3.2 4.1 5.0 5.9 9.1 10.9

Spare parts

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. Available spares Set of windows and gaskets 3, 4 Please note: For the DN25 and DN32 sizes a set of bolts (16 A / F M10 x 40) is also included due to the increased thickness of the glass. Set of gaskets 4 How to order spares Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of the sight glass. Example: 1 off Set of windows and gaskets for a Spirax Sarco SG253 sight glass.

A

5 (not an available spare)

B

F (window)

B

E

4

Safety information, installation and maintenance

3

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S32-04) supplied with the product.

4

Warning: Under certain conditions corrosive elements in condensate can affect the inside face of the window, particularly where caustic alkali and hydrofluoric acid are present. It is recommended that the sight glass is periodically checked for thinning of the window. If there is evidence of thinning or erosion damage then the window should be replaced immediately. Always wear eye protection when viewing the contents of the sight glass. Reasonable steps should be taken to protect personnel from injury in the unlikely event that the window breaks.

7.9.8

Installation and maintenance note: Sight glasses should have stop valves fitted on both the inlet and outlet. It is inperative that the upstream stop valve is closed first in order to prevent overpressurisation. Sight glasses can be fitted in either a horizontal or vertical line on the outlet side of a steam trap. Where the trap is a blast discharge type e.g. thermodynamic, the sight glass must be fitted at least 1 m from the trap. This is to ensure that the glass is not subjected to thermal shock or pressure. Ensure access is available for maintenance purposes

4 3 4

Disposal The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 SG253 sight glass having an SG iron body, removable toughened glass windows and flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections.

5 (not an available spare).

Recommended tightening torques Item

Size DN15 - DN20

5

or

Qty 8

DN25 - DN32

8

DN40 - DN50

8

Nm

mm Pre 08-2010: Post 08-2010:

SG253 Sight Glass

17 A / F 17 A / F 16 A / F 19 A / F

M10 x 30 M10 x 35 M10 x 40 M12 x 40

12 28 38

TI-P130-01 ST Issue 9

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses

7.9.9

Pipeline ancillaries Sight glasses

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2017

TI-P130-28

CMGT Issue 10

SGC40 and SGS40 Sight Glasses

DN32 shown having an integral flange Please note that flanges are welded onto the body of the smaller DN15 to DN25 units.

Description

The SGC40 cast carbon steel and SGS40 stainless steel are double window sight glasses having screwed, sanitary clamp, socket weld and flanged connections.

Standards

These products fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the when so required.

mark

Certification

These products are available with a manufacturer’s Typical Test Report and if specified certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Optional extras:

-

Visual flow indicator flap to check the flow of the liquid in the pipeline.

-

Spring: The visual flow indicator flap can be spring loaded for applications on vertical lines or where there is high flowrates.

-

Mica glass protectors for severe applications - When these have been specified the nomenclature becomes SGC40M and SGS40M. Please see table below to identify when Mica glass protectors are to be used. Application

Glass choice to be used

Steam or > pH9

Mica glass protectors and Borosilicate glass windows

>150 °C and > pH7

Mica glass protectors and Borosilicate glass windows

15 μS / cm

TI-P486-16

CH Issue 3

CSM-E (Electrical) Compact Clean Steam Generator

Page 3 of 4

Heat transfer solutions Clean steam generators Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details including spares information, refer to the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit.

Typical specification

Spirax Sarco compact clean steam generator CSM-EF (with pre-heat tank), designed and built to produce 50 kg / h of clean steam at 3 bar g to HTM 2031 (dependant upon feedwater) when supplied with electrical power at 50 kW rating. All items are to be pre-assembled and mounted on to a compact frame and accompanied with PED certification.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CSM-EF compact clean steam generator. Please provide details of clean steam pressure, clean steam flowrate and feedwater system.

Dimensions and weights (approximate) Unit

Dimensions (mm)

Weight (kg)

A

B

C

Dry

Wet

CSM-EE / EG / EI (without tank)

1925

800

2400*

800

1300

CSM-EF / EH / EL (with tank)

1925

800

2400*

900

1600

* Control panel cabinet protrudes by 50 mm outside of frame dimension. Please note: to allow for safe and comfortable working access, it is recommended that at least 1000 mm is kept clear of obstacles at the front and back of the unit.

Ancillary items (to be used depending on installation):

-

Top connections for: - Clean steam - Safety valve vent - Feedwater

Blowdown vessel and system Clean steam check valves Clean steam isolation valves Feedwater isolation valves Clean steam trap sets

For other items that may be required, please contact Spirax Sarco.

A

10.1.9 C B Bottom connections for:

- Vessel drain / blowdown - Safety valve drain - Air supply

TI-P486-16

CH Issue 3

CSM-E (Electrical) Compact Clean Steam Generator

Page 4 of 4

Heat transfer solutions Clean steam generators

10.1.10

Heat transfer solutions Clean steam generators TI-P486-08

CH Issue 1

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

CSM-K High Capacity Clean Steam Generator

The typical package shown below is for illustration purposes only

Description

The CSM-K range of high capacity clean steam generators has been designed to provide sterilizer grade clean steam from suitably treated feedwater using plant steam as the heating medium. Units using other fluids on the heating media can be provided to special order. The range covers outputs up to 3 800 kg / h. The pressure vessel is manufactured in accordance with PED 97 / 23 / EC and is supplied with a standard package of documentation. The primary medium passes through a tube bundle which can be extracted for cleaning and maintenance. All secondary wetted parts are manufactured from 316 stainless steel. Applications Suitable for process applications, laundries, food and beverage applications, hospital sterilizers, laboratories and humidification. The CSM-K can also be used in a number of electronic production processes, pharmaceutical and general biotechnological applications. Please refer to our general sales brochure on clean steam for information on other products that can be used in association with the clean steam generator.

10.1.11

Principle features: - Produces clean steam for sterilization, humidification, and culinary or clean processes, from standard plant steam. - Fully assembled skid-mounted with all essential safety systems. - PLC for accurate steam and feedwater pressure control. - All clean steam wetted parts in 316 stainless steel to avoid contamination. - Produces steam to HTM 2031 standards. - Automatic blowdown controls - TDS and bottom blowdown.

Materials Primary steam header Primary side pipework and fittings Tube sheet Gaskets Tube bundle Shell Shell side flanges Support frame Insulation (optional extra)

Maximum steam pressures Carbon steel SG iron and carbon steel Stainless steel AISI 316L Reinforced graphite Stainless steel AISI 316L Stainless steel AISI 316L Stainless steel AISI 316L Carbon steel Rock wool + Cover in Aluminium (standard) or stainless steel 304

Maximum primary steam pressure Maximum clean steam pressure

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

12 bar g 7 bar g

© Copyright 2007

Heat transfer solutions Clean steam generators Technical data Pneumatics Electrical

Feedwater quality

Control

Compressed air: A 6 bar g compressed air supply is required; where this is unavailable an optional compressor can be supplied with the unit (at extra cost). Electrical requirements: 400 V 3-phase 50 Hz. A fused isolator of the correct rating must be incorporated in the supply line as near as possible to the unit. Information on the installed load for each individual unit will be supplied by Spirax Sarco. Property Maximum value Ammonium 0.2 mg / l To meet the requirements of HTM 2031 we would recommend the use of de-mineralised Heavy metals substitute 0.1 mg / l or reverse osmosis feedwater. Chloride 0.5 mg / l It is advised that analysis of the feedwater Nitrate 0.2 mg / l is under taken prior to installation and Residue on evaporation 30.0 mg / l commissioning. Whilst not mandatory the Phosphate 0.1 mg / l table opposite gives a guide to recommended typical values. Silicate 0.1 mg / l Electrical conducivity at 25°C 35.0 µS / cm The unit is PLC controlled with the generator having pressure and level control.

Dimensions (approximate in mm) and standard output production (approximate in kg / h) Standard output production is based on the following conditions: - Primary steam pressure 10 bar g; - Clean steam pressure 3.5 bar g; - Feedwater inlet temperature 20°C Engineering drawings, including holding down details, will be provided after ordering 'for approval' and as 'final certified' (as built). Model CSM-K

401

402

403

501

502

503

601

602

603

604

702

703

704

802

803

804

Maximum Length L 2 900 3 400 3 700 3 000 3 500 3 800 3 300 3 800 4 000 4 750 3 900 4 150 4 900 4 000 4 000 5 000 dimensions Width W 1 400 1 400 1 400 1 500 1 500 1 500 1 700 1 700 1 700 1 700 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 900 1 900 1 900 (guidance) Height H 1 600 1 600 1 600 1 700 1 700 1 700 1 900 1 900 1 900 1 900 2 050 2 050 2 050 2 250 2 250 2 250 in mm Clean steam output (kg/h)

260

320

370

500

620

700

930 1 150 1 300 1 700 1 730 2 000 2 630 2 600 2 900 3 800

H

W

Sizing and selection

L

10.1.12

For further information, please refer to TI-P486-13.

Typical specification

The clean steam provider shall be a Spirax Sarco clean steam generator CSM-K704 designed and built to produce steam to the HTM 2031 standard, dependant upon feedwater. To raise 2 000 kg / h of clean steam at 3 bar g when supplied with plant steam at 8 bar g. All items are to be pre-assembled and mounted on to a compact frame.

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CSM-K704 clean steam generator. Please provide details of primary steam pressure, clean steam pressure, clean steam flowrate and feedwater system. Ancillary items to be used depending on installation: - Blowdown vessel and system. - Clean steam check valves. - Clean steam isolation valves. - Primary steam isolation valves. - Clean steam and primary steam trapsets. - CSM-PD preheater and degasser unit. Other items may be required, please contact Spirax Sarco to discuss the full installation.

CSM-K High Capacity Clean Steam Generator

TI-P486-08 CH Issue 1

Heat transfer solutions Clean steam generators

10.1.13

Heat transfer solutions Clean steam generators TI-P486-13

CH Issue 1

CSM-K Sizing and Selection of a High Capacity Clean Steam Generator

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Note: To meet the requirements of HTM 2010 and HTM 2031 it is recommended that the feedwater entering the generator is a minimum of 85°C. We would recommend the use of the CSM-PD preheat and degasser system.

T2

Clean steam temperature

T1

Primary steam temperature

Sizing and selection example

A CSM-K is required to generate 1000 kg / h clean steam @ 4.5 bar g (T2) with steam @ 9 bar g after the control valve (T1). The water inlet temperature (T3) is 30°C

From Table 1:

The water corrective factor @ 30°C = 1.1 Consequently, the steam load = 1000 kg / h (T2) x 1.1 = 1100 kg / h

T3

Water inlet temperature

Table 1 Corrective factor for water inlet temperatures 10°C

20°C

30°C

40°C

50°C

60°C

70°C

80°C

90°C

100°C

110°C

120°C

1.12

1.11

1.10

1.08

1.065

1.05

1.035

1.02

1.00

0.96

0.94

0.93

From Steam Tables: T1 (primary steam pressure) at 9 bar g = 180°C T2 (clean steam pressure) at 4.5 bar g = 156°C T1 - T2 = 24°C

From Table 2 select the unit:

- Follow the T1 - T2 heading to 24°C - Follow the column downwards from 24°C until you reach a figure either the same as the required steam load or larger. For this example it is 1198 kg / h. - Follow the line to the left hand side of the Table to select the correct unit for your application. - Model selected = CSM-K604

Table 2 CSM-K sizing and selection in kg/h @ 20°C water inlet temperature and 10 bar g primary steam pressure 52°C

37°C

28°C

26°C

24°C

20°C

16°C

12°C

CSM-K401

T1-T2

403

278

219

202

184

149

110

75

11°C 63

CSM-K402

500

350

273

250

230

185

137

93

78

CSM-K403

571

397

308

285

262

211

156

105

88

CSM-K501

752

522

409

377

346

279

207

140

118

CSM-K502

936

652

509

469

431

347

256

173

146

CSM-K503

1 058

738

573

530

487

393

291

196

165

CSM-K601

1 400

974

760

701

645

519

385

259

219

CSM-K602

1 737

1 210

945

871

803

645

479

322

271

CSM-K603

1 976

1 372

1 069

985

907

730

540

364

307

1 810

1 413

1 300

1 198

962

720

476

404

2 512

1 887

1 470

1 355

1 246

1 003

743

501

422

CSM-K604 CSM-K702 CSM-K703

2 120

1 651

1 531

1 408

1 129

840

564

476

CSM-K704

2 700

2 178

2 017

1 844

1 489

1 109

743

625

CSM-K802

3 354

2 727

CSM-K803

3 063

2 390

2 206

2 030

1628

1 212

813

687

CSM-K804

3 604

3 145

2 885

2 632

2 139

1 592

1 062

901

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

10.1.14

Heat transfer solutions Clean steam generators TI-P486-12

CH Issue 1

CSM-PD Pre-heating and Degassing System for use with Clean and Pure Steam Generators

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISO 9001

Description

The pre-heating and degassing packaged system is available in several tank capacities enabling suitable feedwater to be supplied for clean and pure steam generators up to a steam production rate of 4 200 kg / h. Larger capacities are available upon request. The unit comes tested and ready to commision once connected to available services. Available types CSM-PD500 Shell capacity 500 litres (working capacity 370 litres) CSM-PD1000 Shell capacity 1000 litres (working capacity 700 litres) CSM-PD2000 Shell capacity 2000 litres (working capacity 1 400 litres) CSM-PD packages are also available using superheated water as the primary heating medium. Details are available on request from Spirax Sarco. Applications The use of a pre-heating and degassing unit, for use with feedwater in unfired clean or pure steam generators solves a number of problems, reducing the life cycle costs of a steam generation system. In these systems chemicals cannot be used for treating or degassing the feedwater and therefore 'thermophysical / mechanical' systems are used instead, such as pre-heating of the generator feedwater to a temperature above 85°C. Principal features: - External heat exchanger - Microprocessor feedwater control - All components in contact with clean water are stainless steel

Sizes and pipe connections

10.1.15

Pressure / temperature limits

Connection

Connection type

Connection size CSM-PD500 CSM-PD1000 CSM-PD2000

Plant steam

Flanged PN16

DN20 - DN40

Treated water

Flanged PN16

DN25 - DN50

Condensate drain

Flanged PN16

DN20 - DN32

Feedwater

Flanged PN16

DN25 - DN32

Drain

Flanged PN16

DN25

Push fit for nylon pipe

8 mm ØD

Flanged PN16

DN40

Air supply Pre-heat tank overflow

Primary side (plant steam) Secondary side (feedwater) and heat exchanger Secondary side (treated water)

Working Pressure Temperature Pressure Design Temperature Working Pressure Temperature Pressure Design Temperature Working Pressure Temperature Pressure Design Temperature

10 bar g 184°C 10 bar g 200°C 0.5 - 4 bar g 0 - 100°C 10 bar g 110°C 0 bar g 0 - 100°C 0.49 bar g 110°C

Materials Part Pre-heat tank Heat exchanger tubes Frame Feedwater pipework Cabinet enclosure Insulation covers Insulation Pre-heat tank overflow pipework

Material Stainless steel 304L Stainless steel 316L Mild steel Fe 360, painted Stainless steel 316L Carbon steel, painted Aluminium Glass fibre Stainless steel 316L

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2007

Heat transfer solutions Clean steam generators Technical date

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Compressed air: A 6 bar g compressed air supply is required; where this is unavailable an optional compressor can be supplied with the unit (at extra cost). Electrical requirements: 400 V 3-phase 50 Hz ( + NEUTRAL). A fused isolator must be incorporated in the supply line as near as possible to the unit. If the CSM-PD is to form part of a system to meet the HTM 2010 and HTM 2031 re quire me nts we would re comme nd operating at >85°C and using the following feedwater quality/purity. Whilst not mandatory the table below gives a guide to recommended typical values.

Pneumatics

Electrical

Feedwater quality

Control

Property Maximum value Ammonium 0.2 mg / l Heavy metals substitute 0.1 mg / l Chloride 0.5 mg / l Nitrate 0.2 mg / l Residue on evaporation 30.0 mg / l Phosphate 0.1 mg / l Silicate 0.1 mg / l Electrical conducivity at 25°C 35.0 μS /cm The control unit in addition to the logic and temperature and level PID controllers, include; - Minimum and maximum water level alarms - Visual level indication - Water temperature alarms - Lock-out devices - Interface with supervision system (BMS)

Model A reference CSM-PD500 1 950 CSM-PD1000 1 950 CSM-PD2000 2 400

B

C

1 500 1 900 2 100

2 200 2 700 3 100

Weight kg Dry Wet 700 1 300 1 100 2 300 1 400 3 600

Please note: to allow for safe and comfortable working access we would recommend that at least 500 mm is kept clear of obstacles at the front and the back of the unit.

A

Back

C B

Front

Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit. For spares information refer to the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pre-heating and degassing package.

Typical specification

The CSM-PD package is to provide a clean or pure steam generator designed and built to produce steam to the HTM 2031 standard. The operating condition of the steam generator is to raise 600 kg /h of clean steam at 3 bar g when supplied with plant steam at 8 bar g. The CSM-PD will provide a minimum of 20 minutes autonomy. All items are to be pre-assembled and mounted on to a skid base.

Sizing

Sizing is totally dependant upon the clean steam generation requirements (secondary, clean steam production flowrate) For exampe: A clean steam generator producing 600 kg / h clean steam will require a CSM-PD500. That is: 600 kg /h multiplied by a factor of 0.33 = 200 kg /20 min = CSM-PD500 (working capacity = 370 litres).

10.1.16

How to order

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CSM-PD500 pre-heating and degassing package. Please provide details of primary steam pressure, clean steam pressure, clean steam flowrate, feedwater system and flowrate. Ancillary items to be used depending on installation: - Isolation valves - Separators - Strainers Other items may be required, please contact Spirax Sarco to discuss the full installation.

CSM-PD Pre-heating and Degassing System for use with Clean and Pure Steam Generators

TI-P486-12 CH Issue 1

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers

10.2.1

Heat transfer solutions exchangers Local regulations mayHeat restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P481-02

CH Issue 2

Spirax EasiHeatTM DHW EN Potable and Process Water Heating system Compact Heat Transfer Solution Potable and process water heating system

The Spirax EasiHeat™ DHW incorporating SIMS technology is a complete, compact system for accurate heating of potable hot water or hot water for process. These systems can be sized for any heating duty from 50 kW to approximately 1.1 MW and are supplied fully assembled and pressure tested ready for installation. The standard Spirax EasiHeat™ system is expandable by the inclusion of additional items such as steam pressure reduction, safety valve and safety high limit shut-off should be selected separately.

Principal features and benefits:

-

Energy monitoring, CO 2 emission, Communications, Remote monitoring and SMS or E-mail of system alarms. Designed with integral condensate sub-cooling for maximum efficiency and no flash steam loss. Precisely engineered system and matched components that provides accurate temperature control even with wide and sudden load changes.

- Guaranteed performance. - Fully assembled and tested ready to install. - Options to suit all applications. Heat exchanger

One of the components that guarantees system performance is the heat exchanger, which is precisely engineered to match the specific duty requirements. With a high efficiency and low volume to pressure ratio. The plate and frame heat exchanger ensures reduced inspection requirements whilst being fully maintainable and expandable.

Control panel

The Spirax EasiHeat™ DHW now features our new innovative control system incorporating SIMS technology, delivering increased monitoring and communications. A colour touch screen provides ease of use and clear visual access to all system parameters and access to energy data.

Temperature control

The steam flowrate is modulated to exactly match the heat demand. The control valve is pneumatically or electrically actuated and the system uses a fast response Pt100 temperature sensor and PLC controller for precise control. The system can incorporate an energy monitoring system to measure energy usage.

10.2.2

Metering

A key component guaranteeing accurate measurement of energy usage, CO 2 emissions and cost control. The TVA flowmeter is specifically designed for large turndown on steam applications.

Condensate management

Spirax Sarco’s range of combined mechanical fluid pump and steam trap units provide the total solution to all stall conditions, by removing condensate under all operating conditions.

Materials

Steam and condensate pipework Steam control valve and condensate pump-trap Secondary pipework, circulation valve and pump

Pressure and temperature limits Carbon steel SG iron Stainless steel

Pipework design Maximum saturated steam supply pressure Maximum secondary pressure Maximum secondary temperature Maximum gasket temperature

PN16 10 bar a 10 bar a 105°C 180°C

Page 1 of 3

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Pipework

Support frame

Electrics and pneumatics

Potable and process water

The Spirax EasiHeat™ DHW system is delivered pre-assembled on a compact frame and baseplate ready to move with a fork lift truck to the position of installation. Optionally, the unit can be fitted with wheels for ease of moving when supplied.

All pipework is correctly sized for the application and is fabricated using modern welding techniques, approved welders and weld procedures. Flanged products are used where possible for reliability and easy maintenance.

All control equipment is pre-wired and piped ready for connection to the air supply and power source. Power supply 110-240 Vac / 50-60 Hz Electrical supply Supply fuse 5A (T) Electric 24 Vac / 50-60 Hz Actuators Pneumatic 4 to 6 bar g

The fast (instantaneous) response and accuracy of control of the DHW system ensures no additional storage vessels are required.

Scale formation

Spirax Sarco adapt systems to overcome scaling problems and in addition incorporates CIP connections as standard.

Dimensions (approximate) in mm Heat load (kW)

Type

Min

Max

50

180

EHD1

180

280

280 470

Valve actuation

Maximum dimensions

Piping connections DN Steam

H

L

W

EL and PN

1324

1625

825

EHD2

EL and PN

1344

1635

470

EHD3

EL and PN

1378

730

EHD4

EL and PN

1381

Condensate Pump trap

Steam trap

DN50

DN40

DN25

825

DN50

DN40

DN25

1625

825

DN50

DN40

DN25

1625

825

DN50

DN40

DN40

730

980

EHD5

EL and PN

1382

1625

825

DN50

DN50

DN40

980

1300

EHD6

EL and PN

1460

1675

825

DN50

DN50

DN40

Notes: 1. The height of the system will increase by 25 mm if wheels are fitted. 2. The heat load has been based on a steam inlet pressure of 5 bar g and a 1 bar backpressure.

H

10.2.3

W

TI-P481-02 CH Issue 2

L

Spirax EasiHeatTM DHW EN Potable and Process Water Heating system Compact Heat Transfer Solution

Page 2 of 3

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Spirax EasiHeatTM DHW nomenclature example: EHD

2

L

P

EL4

ST

-

HL

C

V2

G1

W

-

T2

E

R2

C2

Spirax EasiHeatTM DHW nomenclature Domestic hot water

Compulsory selection

CV size

Control valve trim

L = Low noise trim

L

Pressure vessel code

P = PED

P

Condensate removal High limit High limit actuation (EL4 only) Isolation Mechanical options Gasket material

Extras Control panel Energy monitoring Remote access

Communications

EL3 EL4 PN ST PT PTHC HL IHL B C V1 V2 V3 G1 G2 G3 G4 W S T2 P2

= = = = = =

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65

EHD

1 2 3 4 5 6

Actuation

Panel options

EHD = Spirax EasiHeat™ DHW

Electric spring return Electric super capacitor Pneumatic Steam trap Pump trap Pump trap high capacity Integrated high limit Independent high limit Battery back-p Super capacitor Ball valve BSA DBB3 EPDMP Heatseal WRAS FKMFF (UK only) WRAS EPDMFF (UK only) Wheels EN 12828 safety option SIMS technology touch screen Process controller

E = With energy monitoring R1 R2 R3 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

= = = = = = = = = =

Level 1 – SMS and E-mail Level 2 – Full web access Level 3 – SMS + Remote Modbus RTU BACnet MS / TP Modbus TCP / IP DeviceNet CANopen BACnet IP Profibus

2

EL4

ST HL C V2

G1 W T2 E R2

10.2.4 C2

Typical specification

The potable and process water system shall be a Spirax EasiHeat™ compact heat transfer system complete with PLC functionality and SIMS technology to provide energy monitoring and remote access. The system will be pre-assembled and mounted on a compact frame with either pneumatic or electric control option.

How to order

All systems are designed for the required heat load with controls to suit the application. The best way of ensuring that we have all the necessary information for quotation and manufacture is to complete our enquiry data sheet. Copies can be supplied on request and special requirements should be detailed.

TI-P481-02 CH Issue 2

Spirax EasiHeatTM DHW EN Potable and Process Water Heating system Compact Heat Transfer Solution

Page 3 of 3

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers

10.2.5

Heat transfer solutions exchangers Local regulations mayHeat restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P481-01

CH Issue 2

Spirax EasiHeat TM HTG (Condensate Control) EN Heating System Compact Heat Transfer Solution Heating system

Our Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG incorporating SIMS technology is a complete, compact and ready-to-use steam to water heat transfer solution that delivers superior energy efficient performance. For applications with stable load conditions such as closed circuit heating applications. Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG can help you lower costs, tackle waste and mitigate your environmental impact by reducing your CO 2 emissions and carbon footprint, making a positive change towards a more sustainable future.

Principal features and benefits:

- Compact heat transfer solution incorporating SIMS technology. - Energy monitoring, CO2 emission, Communications, Remote monitoring, and, SMS or E-mail of system alarms. - Produces hot water for heating and process. - Designed for sub-cooling condensate to provide high efficiency. - Maintains a stable temperature. - Guaranteed performance. - Fully assembled and tested ready to install. - Options to suit all applications. Heat exchanger

One of the components that guarantees system performance is the heat exchanger, which is precisely engineered to match the specific duty requirements. With a high efficiency and low volume to pressure ratio. The plate and frame heat exchanger ensures reduced inspection requirements whilst being fully maintainable and expandable.

Condensate control

Control panel

The Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG now features our new innovative control system incorporating SIMS technology, delivering increased monitoring and communications. A colour touch screen provides ease of use and clear visual access to all system parameters and access to energy data.

Metering

One of the components that guarantees system performance is the correctly selected control valve with either electric or pneumatic actuation, and ensures all of the useful energy in the steam is used within the unit, there’s less waste than other available alternatives which, in turn, reduces both fuel demand and your CO2 emissions.

The TVA flowmeter has been s p e c i f i c a lly d e s i gn e d fo r large tur ndown on steam applications and is a key c omponent of the Spira x EasiHeat™ HTG guaranteeing accurate measurement of energy usage.

Pressure and temperature limits

Materials

Steam and condensate pipework Steam control valve Secondary pipework

Carbon steel Cast iron Carbon steel

Pipework design condition Maximum saturated steam supply pressure to heat exchanger Maximum secondary pressure Maximum secondary temperature Maximum gasket temperature

PN16

4 bar a 10 bar a 105°C 180°C Page 1 of 3

10.2.6

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Pipework

All pipework is correctly sized for the application and is fabricated using modern welding techniques, approved welders and weld procedures. Flanged products are used for reliability and easy maintenance.

Electrics and pneumatics

All control equipment is pre-wired and piped ready for connection to the air supply and power source. Power supply Supply fuse Electric Pneumatic

Electrical supply Actuators

110-240 Vac / 50-60 Hz 5A (T) 24 Vac / 50-60Hz 4 to 6 bar g

Support frame

The whole system is delivered pre-assembled on a compact frame and baseplate, option of fitted wheels for ease of moving the unit into position, alternatively with a fork lift truck.

Dimensions approximate in mm Heat load (kW)

Type

Valve actuation

Maximum dimensions

Piping connections DN

Min.

Max.

H

L

W

Steam

Water

Condensate

50

550

EHHCC1

EL or PN

1321

1 281

684

DN50

DN50

DN15

550

1 500

EHHCC2

EL or PN

1414

1 420

834

DN100

DN100

DN20 or DN25

1 500

2 500

EHHCC3

EL or PN

1414

1 706

834

DN100

DN100

DN20 or DN25

Notes: 1. 2.

The height of the system will increase by 25 mm if the wheels are fitted. The heat load has been based on a steam inlet pressure of 2 bar g and 0 bar backpressure.

H

10.2.7

W L

TI-P481-01 CH Issue 2

Spirax EasiHeat TM HTG (Condensate Control) EN Heating System Compact Heat Transfer Solution

Page 2 of 3

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Spirax EasiHeat TM HTG nomenclature example: EHHCC

2

P

EL4

-

IHL

B

V2

G1

W

-

T2

E

R2

C2

Spirax EasiHeat TM HTG nomenclature Building heating unit EHHCC = Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG condensate control Control valve size

1 = DN15 2 = DN20 3 = DN25

2

Pressure vessel code

P = PED

P

Compulsory selection

Actuation High limit High limit actuation (EL only) Mechanical options

Isolation Gasket material Extras Control panel

Panel options

Energy monitoring Remote access

Communications



EHHCC



EL4 PN HL IHL B C V1 V2 V3

= = = = = = = = =

Electric Pneumatic Integrated high limit Independent high limit Battery back-up Super capacitor Ball valve BSA DBB3

EL4 IHL B V2

G1 = EPDMPC

G1

W S T2 P2

W

= = = =

Wheels EN 12828 safety option SIMS technology touch screen Process controller

E = With energy monitoring R1 R2 R3 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

= Level 1 – SMS and E-mail = Level 2 – Full web access = Level 3 – SMS + Remote = Modbus RTU = BACnet MS / TP = Modbus TCP / IP = DeviceNet = CANopen = BACnet IP = Profibus

T2 E R2

C2

Typical specification

The heating system shall be a Spirax EasiHeatTM compact heat transfer system complete with PLC functionality and SIMS technology to provide energy monitoring and remote access. The system will be pre-assembled and mounted on a compact frame with either pneumatic or electric control option.

How to order

All systems are designed for the required heat load with controls to suit the application. The best way of ensuring that we have all the necessary information for quotation and manufacture is to complete our enquiry data sheet. Copies can be supplied on request and special requirements should be detailed.

TI-P481-01 CH Issue 2

Spirax EasiHeat TM HTG (Condensate Control) EN Heating System Compact Heat Transfer Solution

Page 3 of 3

10.2.8

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers

10.2.9

Heat transfer solutions exchangers Local regulations mayHeat restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2014

TI-P481-11 CH Issue 1

Spirax EasiHeatTM HTG (Steam Side Control) EN Heating System Compact Heat Transfer Solution Heating system

Our Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG incorporating SIMS technology is a complete, compact and ready-to-use steam to water heat transfer solution that delivers superior energy efficient performance. For applications with stable load conditions such as closed circuit heating applications. Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG can help you lower costs, tackle waste and mitigate your environmental impact by reducing your CO 2 emissions and carbon footprint, making a positive change towards a more sustainable future.

Principal features and benefits:

-

Compact heat transfer solution incorporating SIMS technology. Energy monitoring, CO 2 emission, Communications, Remote monitoring, and, SMS or E-mail of system alarms. Produces hot water for heating and process. Designed for sub-cooling condensate to provide high efficiency.

Control panel

The Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG now features our new innovative control system incorporating SIMS technology, delivering increased monitoring and communications. A colour touch screen provides ease of use and clear visual access to all system parameters and access to energy data.

Maintains a stable temperature. Guaranteed performance. Fully assembled and tested ready to install. Options to suit all applications.

Heat exchanger

One of the components that guarantees system performance is the heat exchanger, which is precisely engineered to match the specific duty requirements. With a high efficiency and low volume to pressure ratio. The plate and frame heat exchanger ensures reduced inspection requirements whilst being fully maintainable and expandable.

Temperature control

The steam flowrate is modulated to exactly match the heat demand. The control valve is pneumatically or electrically actuated and the system uses a fast response Pt100 temperature sensor and PLC controller for precise control. The system can incorporate an energy monitoring system to measure energy usage.

10.2.10

Metering

A key component guaranteeing accurate measurement of energy usage, CO 2 emissions and cost control. The TVA flowmeter is specifically designed for large turndown on steam applications.

Condensate management

Spirax Sarco’s range of combined mechanical fluid pump and steam trap units provide the total solution to all stall conditions, by removing condensate under all operating conditions.

Materials

Steam and condensate pipework Steam control valve and condensate pump-trap Secondary pipework, circulation valve and pump

Pressure and temperature limits Carbon steel SG iron Stainless steel

Pipework design Maximum saturated steam supply pressure Maximum secondary pressure Maximum secondary temperature Maximum gasket temperature

PN16 10 bar a 10 bar a 105°C 180°C

Page 1 of 3

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Pipework

All pipework is correctly sized for the application and is fabricated using modern welding techniques, approved welders and weld procedures. Flanged products are used where possible for reliability and easy maintenance.

Electrics and pneumatics

All control equipment is pre-wired and piped ready for connection to the air supply and power source. Power supply Supply fuse Electric Pneumatic

Electrical supply Actuators

110-240 Vac / 50-60 Hz 5A (T) 24 Vac / 50-60Hz 4 to 6 bar g

Support frame

The Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG heating system is delivered pre-assembled on a compact frame and baseplate ready to move with a fork lift truck to the position of installation. Optionally, the unit can be fitted with wheels for ease of moving when supplied.

Dimensions (approximate) in mm Heat load (kW)

Type

Valve actuation

Maximum dimensions

Piping connections DN Steam

Condensate

Min

Max

H

L

W

Pump trap

Steam trap

50

191

EHHSC1

EL and PN

1324

1625

825

DN50

DN40

DN25

191

299

EHHSC2

EL and PN

1344

1635

825

DN50

DN40

DN25

299

640

EHHSC3

EL and PN

1378

1625

825

DN50

DN40

DN25

640

753

EHHSC4

EL and PN

1381

1625

825

DN50

DN40

DN40

753

815

EHHSC5

EL and PN

1382

1625

825

DN50

DN50

DN40

-

-

EHHSC6

EL and PN

1460

1675

825

DN50

DN50

DN40

Notes: 1. The height of the system will increase by 25 mm if wheels are fitted. 2. The heat load has been based on a steam inlet pressure of 5 bar g and a 1 bar backpressure (50 kPa pressure drop).

10.2.11

H

W

TI-P481-11 CH Issue 1

L

Spirax EasiHeatTM HTG (Steam Side Control) EN Heating System Compact Heat Transfer Solution

Page 2 of 3

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Spirax EasiHeatTM HTG nomenclature example: EHHSC

2

L

P

EL4

ST

-

HL

C

V2

G1

W

-

T2

E

R2

C2

Spirax EasiHeatTM HTG nomenclature Building heating unit EHHSC = Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG steam side control

Compulsory selection

Control valve size

1 2 3 4 5 6

Control valve trim

L = Low noise trim

L

Pressure vessel code

P = PED

P

Actuation

Condensate removal High limit High limit actuation (EL4 only) Isolation Mechanical options Gasket material

Extras Control panel Panel options

Energy monitoring Remote access

Communications

EL3 EL4 PN ST PT PTHC HL IHL B C V1 V2 V3 G1 G2 G3 G4 W S T2 P2

= = = = = =

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65

EHHSC

Electric spring return Electric super capacitor Pneumatic Steam trap Pump trap Pump trap high capacity Integrated high limit Independent high limit Battery back-p Super capacitor Ball valve BSA DBB3 EPDMP Heatseal WRAS FKMFF (UK only) WRAS EPDMFF (UK only) Wheels EN 12828 safety option SIMS technology touch screen Process controller

E = With energy monitoring R1 R2 R3 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

= = = = = = = = = =

Level 1 – SMS and E-mail Level 2 – Full web access Level 3 – SMS + Remote Modbus RTU BACnet MS / TP Modbus TCP / IP DeviceNet CANopen BACnet IP Profibus

2

EL4

ST HL C V2

G1 W T2 E R2

10.2.12 C2

Typical specification

The building heating unit shall be a Spirax EasiHeat™ HTG compact heat transfer system complete with PLC functionality and SIMS technology to provide energy monitoring and remote access. The system will be pre-assembled and mounted on a compact frame with either pneumatic or electric control option.

How to order

All systems are designed for the required heat load with controls to suit the application. The best way of ensuring that we have all the necessary information for quotation and manufacture is to complete our enquiry data sheet. Copies can be supplied on request and special requirements should be detailed.

TI-P481-11 CH Issue 1

Spirax EasiHeatTM HTG (Steam Side Control) EN Heating System Compact Heat Transfer Solution

Page 3 of 3

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-P481-12

CH Issue 1

Universal Control Panel incorporating SIMSTM Technology Approvals and Compliance: - UL Approval - CUL Approval - CE Approval - EN12828 Compliant - EN14597 Compliant - BS EN 61439

Description

The universal control panel incorporating SIMSTM technology has been designed for installation to a variety of packaged heat exchanger systems. Due to the versatility in pre-programmed controls logic it can operate with a range of different heat exchanger models and configurations. SIMSTM technology sets the standards in monitoring, diagnostics and communications for packaged systems. Delivering meaningful system performance data from enabling it to intelligently control and optimise a system.

Features and Benefits:

Touch screen interface Easy to view and navigate

Available options: - R1 - SMS or text alert - R2 - Remote access - Communications protocols - Independent alarm

Live trending / diagnostics Instant visibility of package performance

Dimensions and weights

Communications Compatible with most customer interfaces

Height 900 mm

Pre-configured controls logic Multiple array of configurations to suit package design

Width

450 mm

Depth

200 mm

Different selectable heat exchanger options Single panel to provide flexibility for packages

(approximate)

Weight 43 kg

Electrical specifications

Electrical supply: Refer to the name-plate on the unit 110 Vac / 60 Hz Control panel supply voltage 240 Vac / 50 Hz Control panel load requirements Electrical control actuator

10.2.13

Pneumatic control actuator

Internally fused at 5 amps 24 Vac 4 - 20 mA control 4 - 20 mA control

High Limit isolation valve (optional)

24 Vac

Steam flowmeter TVA (optional)

4 - 20 mA control

PT100 temperature sensors

3 wire Note: Power supply 10 - 16 A

Electrical supply All electrical wiring and connections should be carried out in accordance with National Regulations. A lockable isolator / switch disconnect should be fitted adjacent to the unit. Mains supply is directly connected to the primary side of the incoming control panel isolator.

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers

Compatible with hundreds of configurable variations

The Universal Control Panel with SIMSTM technology, offers increased monitoring and control capabilities to a huge range of technologies - A few of which are shown below:

View your system status from anywhere in the world

Alarms sent directly to your smart phone

Hardwired or wireless communication options available

Universal control for multiple technologies

Shell & plate

Turflow

'U' tube

Shell & coil

Bypass steam EN 12828 control

Steam side domestic hot water

Steam side heating

Plate & frame

Condensate control

Bypass condensate control

10.2.14

TI-P481-12 CH Issue 1

Universal Control Panel incorporating SIMSTM Technology

Heat transfer solutions exchangers Local regulations mayHeat restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2012

TI-P222-03

CH Issue 1

VEP and VES Turflow Heat Exchangers Description

The Turflow heat exchanger range is a shell & tube design consisting of straight corrugated tubes within a shell. The tubes are secured at either end of the shell by fixed tube sheets. The corrugated tube design promotes increased turbulent flow conditions to provide the Turflow’s high heat transfer efficiency. The shell incorporates a bellows type expansion joint that ensures thermal stress does not damage the heat exchanger. The shell is also fitted with drain and vent connections. The heat exchanger is a gasket free design constructed wholly from stainless steel. Normally the heated fluid will flow through the tubes and the heating medium will be in the shell; both countercurrent and concurrent flow paths can be accommodated, inclusive of horizontal or vertical installation. Standards Turflow type heat exchangers fully comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the CE mark when so required. All units are supplied with a Declaration of Conformity. Certification A manufacturer’s Hydraulic Test Report and Material Certification documentation is available on request. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

3

5 4

3

1

2

4

Pressure / temperature limits

-10 °C to 200°C 12 bar g 200°C to 300°C 6 bar g This option is to be specified at the time of order placement. 12 bar g -10 °C to 200°C TMA Shell /Tube side 6 bar g 200°C to 300°C This option is to be specified at the time of order placement. 18 bar g for both Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: shell and tube sides PMA Shell /Tube side

10.2.15

Turflow type heat exchangers

The VEP design is fitted with small diameter tubes The VES design is fitted with large diameter tubes Please contact Spirax Sarco for advice regarding selection – The most suitable unit will be selected by Spirax Sarco and will be specific for the given application.

Materials No. 1 2 3

Part Shell Expansion joint Shell side flanges

4

Tube sheets / tube side flanges (Different options available according to the specific model)

5

Corrugated tubes (Different options available according to the specific model)

SX SS

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 304 Stainless steel Stainless steel

ASTM A312 – TP304 ASTM A240 – TP321 ASTM A182 F304 ASTM A182 F316 ASTM A182 F304 ASTM A249-TP316L ASTM A249-TP304

Sizes and end connections Type

Shell length (metres)

Shell Ø

Connections

VEP

0.6, 1, 1.5 and 2 *

1½", 2", 3" 4", 5", 6", 8" and 10"

Flanged EN 1092 PN16 or ASME B16.5 Class 150

VES

1, 2 and 3

2", 3" 4", 5", 6", 8" and 10"

Flanged EN 1092 PN16 or ASME B16.5 Class 150

* Note 0.6 and 1.5 shell lengths are not available for shell diameters 5" to 10".

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Dimensions, weights, volume and PED category (approximate) in mm, kg and litres Shell

Ø

Flange

F1

F2

A

Dimensions B D L 600

1½" DN32 DN40

2"

DN40

94 140

DN50

90 140

48.3

60.3

Weight

VEP

VES

15

0.21

0.84

SEP

1 000

17

0.35

1.28

SEP

1 500

19

0.53

1.85

SEP

2 000

21

0.71

2.42

SEP

600

14

0.46

1.18

SEP

1 000

16

0.76

1.81

SEP

1 500

18

1.15

2.59

SEP

2 000

20

1.53

3.88

SEP

3 000

3"

DN65

DN80

110 160

88.9

600

27

1 000 1 500 2 000

1.07

2.63

SEP

29

1.79

3.95

SEP

32

2.67

5.63

1

36

3.57

7.24

1

3 000

4"

DN80

DN100 125 180 114.3

600

28

1.88

4.13

1 000

35

3.14

6.25

1

1 500

42

4.71

8.88

1

2 000

48

6.28

10.50

1

5"

DN80

DN125 125 200 141.3

43

2 000

62

5.18

SEP

18

1.69

3.42

SEP

22

2.54

4.98

1

20

2.00

4.30

1

28

3.90

7.70

1

35

5.90

11.10

1

31

3.70

6.40

1

43

7.40

11.40

1

55

11.10 16.80

2

5.90

9.00

1

58

11.70 16.30

1

77

17.60 24.20

2

1 000

60

11.88

1

48

8.10

13.40

1

DN100 DN150 140 220 168.3 2 000

92

15.45 22.06

2

73

16.10 24.50

2

100

24.10 35.60

2

1 000

92

12.8

20.9

2

100

13.30 23.20

2

2 000

133

25.6

37.7

2

125

26.50 42.80

2

150

39.70 62.50

2

DN125 DN200 160 250 219.1

1 000

146

20.3

33.2

2

190

19.30 35.60

2

DN150 DN250 180 280 273.0 2 000

220

40.5

58.9

2

270

38.50 67.50

2

350

57.70 99.30

3

Table notes: - Dimension tolerance

-

1.86

1

3 000

-

0.85

10.36 16.07

3 000

10"

15

40

3 000

8"

according to UNI 6100 and TEMA: B = ± 3 mm, D = ± 3 mm, Flange rotation = ± 1°, Connection alignment = ± 1.5 mm. Flange sizes according to EN 1092-1 rating PN16, optional equivalent diameter according to ASME B16.5 rating 150 lb. PED catagorisation assuming a 'not dangerous fluid', Group 2 according to the classification as per the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / CE.

Vent

F1

1

7.73

F2 A

8.50

3 000

6"

B

L D

1

3 000 1 000

B

Volume PED Weight Volume PED Tube Shell Cat. Tube Shell Cat.

F1 A F2

Drain

Product nomenclature Turlfow type Shell diameter

VEP

= Small diameter tubes

VES

= Large diameter tubes

1½", 2", 3", 4", 5", 6", 8", 10"

= VEP range in inches

2", 3", 4", 5", 6", 8", 10"

= VES range in inches

SS

= Stainless steel 304

SX

= Stainless steel 316L

0.6, 1, 1.5, 2

= VEP range in metres

1, 2, 3

= VES range in metres

F

= EN flange

FA

= ASME flange

Shell design pressure

V

= 12 bar

Tube to tube sheet coupling

Blank

= Expanding

S

= Welding

Tube and tube sheet material Tube length Connection type

PED category

VES 2" SX 3 F V S

Blank

= CE marking not supplied

CI

= Category I

CII

= Category II

CIII

= Category III

CI

Product selection example VES

2"

SX

3

How to order

F

V

S

CI

Contact your local Spirax Sarco office with your application details - We will provide the correct product selection, and quotation for the Turflow exchanger that will provide optimum performance for your application.

TI-P222-03 CH Issue 1

VEP and VES Turflow Heat Exchangers

10.2.16

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers

10.2.17

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2015

TI-P222-02 CH Issue 2

Turflow Type Heat Exchanger EVC (Exhaust Vapour Condenser)

Description

The Spirax Sarco EVC is based on the Turflow heat exchanger with an additional connection and utilises flash steam from discharge and exhaust vent pipework to pre-heat make-up or process water thereby recovering valuable heat energy that would otherwise be lost to atmosphere. The Spirax Sarco EVC will improve steam system efficiency and is environmentally friendly, reducing CO2 + carbon emissions and removing visible discharges from the atmosphere whilst saving valuable energy. It is easy to install and provides an optimised heat transfer solution when compared to other heat exchanger designs used in similar applications. As standard the construction is completely stainless steel and the tube side is all in AISI 316. There are no gaskets (with the exception of the piping connection) and no painted components. The heat-exchanging surface is of straight corrugated tubes designed for low viscosity fluids and for turbulent flow working conditions. The tube sheets are of an integral type and are supplied ready for installation. Standards Designed and manufactured in accordance with the 'Raccolta VSR Revision 1995 Edition 99' code and fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Certification This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Available models Heat exchanger

Steam massflow (kg / h)

Heat load (kW)

Water flow (kg / h)

EVC 1½" - 1F

30

19

804

EVC 2"

- 1F

50

31

1 350

EVC 3"

- 1F

75

47

2 020

EVC 3"

- 1F

100

62

2 690

EVC 4"

- 1F

200

125

5 370

EVC 6"

- 1F

300

187

8 060

EVC 8"

- 1F

500

312

13 400

EVC 10" - 1F

750

469

20 100

* Performance sized with water from 50 to 70 °C. ** Sized with maximum inlet steam velocity 15 m / s.

Pressure / temperature limits Maximum TMA allowable temperature

Shell side

300 °C

Tube side

200 °C

Maximum PMA allowable pressure

Shell side

-10 °C to +200 °C

12 bar g

Tube side

-10 °C to +200 °C

12 bar g

The cold hydraulic tests are performed at 18 bar g for both sides (shell and tube). This pressure meets with the requirements of Section 7.4, attachment 1, of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Page 1 of 3

10.2.18

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Materials No. Part

Material

ASTM designation

1

Shell

Stainless steel

A312 TP304

2

Expansion joint

Stainless steel

A240 TP321

3

Tubesheet

Stainless steel

A182 F316

4

Shell side connections

Stainless steel

A182 F304

5

Tubes (corrugated)

Stainless steel

A249 TP316

Vent into the atmosphere 4

5

5

3

Output process water Inlet process water

1

2

Steam inlet

Output condensation

Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

D DN1 B DN2 B C

DN3

A

10.2.19

Model

A

DN1

DN2

DN3

A

B

C

D

EVC 1½"

- 1F

32

40

15

94

140

48.5

1000

Weight 18

EVC 2"

- 1F

40

50

15

90

140

60.3

1000

19

EVC 3"

- 1F

65

80

15

110

160

88.9

1000

30

EVC 4"

- 1F

80

100

25

125

180

114.3

1000

37

EVC 6"

- 1F

100

150

25

140

220

168.3

1000

62

EVC 8"

- 1F

125

200

32

160

250

219.1

1000

92

EVC 10"

- 1F

150

250

40

180

280

273.0

1000

190

Tolerance according to UNI 6100 and TEMA: D

=

± 3 mm

B

=

± 3 mm

Flange rotation

=

± 1°

Connection alignement

=

± 1.5 mm TI-P222-02 CH Issue 2

Page 2 of 3

Turflow Type Heat Exchanger EVC (Exhaust Vapour Condenser)

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers Safety information, installation and maintenance For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Installation note: The installation depends on the application and on the service required; however the unit must always be installed horizontally. It is always necessary that one end of the heat exchanger is allowed to move axially, in order to permit the normal expansion of the exchangers tubes during operation. We recommend that an air vent be fitted to the unit to continuously vent during start-up and operation. Insulation is recommended, and it is absolutely necessary, if the shell temperature is much higher than the ambient one - If insulation is required it is suggested that it be fitted on site to eradicate its damage whist in transit. Disposal This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.

Typical installation

Vent condenser Make-up Drain

Live steam

Consensate return

Live steam Chemical dosing Flash steam

Sizing and selection Spirax Sarco has developed integrated thermal modelling, sizing and selection software, to select and fully optimise an EVC heat exchanger to precisely match your application needs. Trained technicians are available at your local Spirax Sarco company to ensure the correct heat exchanger is always selected. Because of Spirax Sarco’s expertise and wide product range we can provide a complete heat transfer solution, advising on the most suitable control system and ancillary equipment for your heat exchanger. Our technicians can also advise on the suitability and sizing of heat exchangers for most gases, vapours and superheated liquids other than water.

EVC product nomenclature: Please note that other units are available on request to suit the specifics of a particular process application. Model

EVC = Exhaust Vapour Condenser

Shell diameter

EVC

1½", 2", 3", 4", 6", 8" and 10"

Tube side material

3"

SX = Stainless steel AISI 316

SX

EVC length

1 = 1 metre

1

Connection

F = Flanged

F

Design pressure shell side

V

V

Tube / tube sheet coupling

Empty = Expanding Empty = SEP CI = Category I

PED category

CI

CII = Category II

Selection example

EVC

3"

SX

1

F

V

TI-P222-02 CH Issue 2

CI

Page 3 of 3

Turflow Type Heat Exchanger EVC (Exhaust Vapour Condenser)

10.2.20

Heat transfer solutions Heat exchangers

10.2.21

General information

Section 11 11.1

Steam tables

11.2

Conversion tables

11.3

Steam traps - International standards

11.4

Product limitations

11.5

Useful calculation data

11

General information Steam Local regulations may restrict the use of thistables product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-GCM-01 CM Issue 6

Dry Saturated Steam Tables Pressure

11.1.1

bar 0.30 0.50 0.75 0.95 1.00 1.013 25 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5 13.0 13.5 14.0 14.5 15.0 15.5 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0

Temperature kPa 30 50 75 95 100 101.325 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1 000 1 050 1 100 1 150 1 200 1 250 1 300 1 350 1 400 1 450 1 500 1 550 1 600 1 700 1 800 1 900 2 000 2 100 2 200 2 300

°C 69.1 81.3 91.8 98.2 99.6 100.0 100.0 102.7 105.1 107.4 109.6 111.6 113.6 115.4 117.2 118.8 120.4 122.0 123.5 124.9 126.3 127.6 128.9 130.2 131.4 132.6 133.7 135.9 138.0 140.0 141.9 143.8 145.5 147.2 148.9 150.4 152.0 155.6 158.9 162.1 165.1 167.9 170.6 173.0 175.5 177.8 178.0 182.1 184.2 186.1 188.0 189.9 191.7 193.4 195.1 196.8 198.4 199.9 201.5 202.9 204.4 207.2 209.9 212.5 214.9 217.3 219.6 221.8

Specific enthalpy Water (hf) kJ/kg 289.33 340.58 384.47 411.52 417.55 419.10 419.10 430.33 440.76 450.51 459.68 468.33 476.53 484.34 491.78 498.90 505.73 512.28 518.60 524.69 530.57 536.27 541.78 547.13 552.32 557.37 562.29 571.74 580.74 589.33 597.56 605.45 613.04 620.36 627.42 634.24 640.85 656.52 671.12 684.81 697.72 709.94 721.56 732.64 743.24 753.40 763.17 772.58 781.66 790.43 798.93 807.17 815.17 822.95 830.52 837.89 845.08 852.09 858.95 865.65 872.20 884.91 897.12 908.87 920.22 931.19 941.82 952.13

Evaporation (hfg) kJ/kg 2 335.28 2 304.77 2 278.10 2 261.38 2 257.63 2 256.66 2 256.66 2 249.62 2 243.05 2 236.86 2 231.02 2 225.47 2 220.19 2 215.13 2 210.29 2 205.64 2 201.16 2 196.83 2 192.65 2 188.60 2 184.67 2 180.86 2 177.15 2 173.54 2 170.02 2 166.58 2 163.23 2 156.74 2 150.53 2 144.55 2 138.80 2 133.24 2 127.87 2 122.67 2 117.61 2 112.70 2 107.92 2 096.49 2 085.70 2 075.47 2 065.72 2 056.39 2 047.43 2 038.81 2 030.49 2 022.43 2 014.63 2 007.05 1 999.67 1 992.49 1 985.48 1 978.63 1 971.94 1 965.38 1 958.96 1 952.67 1 946.49 1 940.42 1 934.46 1 928.59 1 922.82 1 911.53 1 900.57 1 889.89 1 879.49 1 869.32 1 859.38 1 849.65

Steam (hg) kJ/kg 2 624.61 2 645.35 2 662.57 2 672.91 2 675.18 2 675.76 2 675.76 2 679.95 2 683.81 2 687.37 2 690.69 2 693.80 2 696.72 2 699.47 2 702.07 2 704.54 2 706.88 2 709.12 2 711.25 2 713.29 2 715.25 2 717.13 2 718.93 2 720.67 2 722.34 2 723.96 2 725.52 2 728.48 2 731.27 2 733.89 2 736.36 2 738.70 2 740.92 2 743.02 2 745.03 2 746.94 2 748.77 2 753.00 2 756.82 2 760.28 2 763.44 2 766.33 2 768.99 2 771.45 2 773.72 2 775.83 2 777.80 2 779.62 2 781.33 2 782.92 2 784.41 2 785.80 2 787.11 2 788.33 2 789.48 2 790.56 2 791.57 2 792.51 2 793.40 2 794.24 2 795.02 2 796.44 2 797.68 2 798.77 2 799.71 2 800.51 2 801.20 2 801.77

Specific volume steam m3/kg 5.230 3.241 2.218 1.778 1.694 1.674 1.674 1.533 1.414 1.313 1.226 1.150 1.083 1.024 0.971 0.923 0.880 0.841 0.806 0.773 0.743 0.715 0.690 0.666 0.644 0.623 0.603 0.568 0.537 0.509 0.484 0.461 0.440 0.422 0.404 0.389 0.374 0.342 0.315 0.292 0.272 0.255 0.240 0.227 0.215 0.204 0.194 0.185 0.177 0.170 0.163 0.157 0.151 0.146 0.141 0.136 0.132 0.128 0.124 0.120 0.117 0.110 0.105 0.100 0.095 0.091 0.087 0.083

General information Steam tables Gauge pressure bar 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110 112 114 116 118 120

TI-GCM-01 CM Issue 6

kPa 2 400 2 500 2 600 2 700 2 800 2 900 3 000 3 100 3 200 3 300 3 400 3 500 3 600 3 700 3 800 3 900 4 000 4 100 4 200 4 300 4 400 4 500 4 600 4 700 4 800 4 900 5 000 5 100 5 200 5 300 5 400 5 500 5 600 5 700 5 800 5 900 6 000 6 100 6 200 6 300 6 400 6 500 6 600 6 700 6 800 6 900 7 000 7 100 7 200 7 300 7 400 7 500 7 600 7 700 7 800 7 900 8 000 8 100 8 200 8 300 8 400 8 500 8 600 8 700 8 800 8 900 9 000 9 200 9 400 9 600 9 800 10 000 10 200 10 400 10 600 10 800 11 000 11 200 11 400 11 600 11 800 12 000

Temperature °C 224.0 226.1 228.1 230.1 232.0 233.9 235.7 237.5 239.3 241.0 242.7 244.2 245.8 247.4 248.9 250.4 251.9 253.3 254.7 256.1 257.5 258.8 260.2 261.5 262.7 264.0 265.2 266.5 267.7 268.8 270.0 271.2 272.3 273.4 274.5 275.6 276.7 277.8 278.8 279.9 280.9 281.9 282.9 283.9 284.9 285.9 286.8 287.8 288.7 289.7 290.6 291.5 292.4 293.3 294.2 295.1 295.9 296.8 297.6 298.5 299.3 300.1 301.0 301.8 302.6 303.4 304.2 305.8 307.3 308.8 310.3 311.8 313.2 314.6 316.1 317.4 318.8 320.1 321.5 322.8 324.1 325.4

Specific enthalpy Water (hf) kJ/kg 962.13 971.87 981.36 990.60 999.62 1 008.44 1 017.06 1 025.49 1 033.74 1 041.83 1 049.77 1 057.55 1 065.20 1 072.71 1 080.09 1 087.35 1 094.50 1 101.53 1 108.46 1 115.28 1 122.01 1 128.64 1 135.19 1 141.64 1 148.02 1 154.31 1 160.53 1 166.68 1 172.75 1 178.75 1 184.69 1 190.56 1 196.37 1 202.12 1 207.82 1 213.45 1 219.04 1 224.56 1 230.04 1 235.47 1 240.85 1 246.19 1 251.48 1 256.72 1 261.93 1 267.09 1 272.21 1 277.29 1 282.34 1 287.34 1 292.31 1 297.25 1 302.15 1 307.02 1 311.86 1 316.67 1 321.45 1 326.19 1 330.91 1 335.60 1 340.26 1 344.90 1 349.51 1 354.09 1 358.65 1 363.19 1 367.70 1 376.66 1 385.53 1 394.32 1 403.04 1 411.68 1 420.25 1 428.76 1 437.20 1 445.59 1 453.92 1 462.20 1 470.43 1 478.61 1 486.76 1 494.86

Evaporation (hfg) kJ/kg 1 840.11 1 830.74 1 821.55 1 812.51 1 803.61 1 794.86 1 786.23 1 777.72 1 769.32 1 761.04 1 752.85 1 744.77 1 736.77 1 728.86 1 721.04 1 713.29 1 705.62 1 698.02 1 690.49 1 683.02 1 675.62 1 668.28 1 660.99 1 653.76 1 646.58 1 639.45 1 632.36 1 625.33 1 618.33 1 611.38 1 604.48 1 597.60 1 590.77 1 583.97 1 577.21 1 570.48 1 563.78 1 557.12 1 550.48 1 543.87 1 537.29 1 530.73 1 524.20 1 517.69 1 511.20 1 504.74 1 498.29 1 491.87 1 485.47 1 479.08 1 472.71 1 466.36 1 460.03 1 453.71 1 447.40 1 441.11 1 434.83 1 428.56 1 422.31 1 416.06 1 409.83 1 403.60 1 397.39 1 391.18 1 384.98 1 378.79 1 372.61 1 360.25 1 347.92 1 335.60 1 323.30 1 311.00 1 298.70 1 286.40 1 274.10 1 261.79 1 249.46 1 237.12 1 224.75 1 212.36 1 199.94 1 187.48

Dry Saturated Steam Tables

Steam (hg) kJ/kg 2 802.24 2 802.62 2 802.91 2 803.11 2 803.24 2 803.30 2 803.28 2 803.21 2 803.07 2 802.87 2 802.62 2 802.32 2 801.97 2 801.57 2 801.13 2 800.64 2 800.12 2 799.55 2 798.95 2 798.30 2 797.63 2 796.92 2 796.18 2 795.40 2 794.60 2 793.76 2 792.90 2 792.00 2 791.08 2 790.14 2 789.16 2 788.17 2 787.14 2 786.10 2 785.03 2 783.94 2 782.82 2 781.68 2 780.52 2 779.34 2 778.14 2 776.92 2 775.67 2 774.41 2 773.13 2 771.82 2 770.50 2 769.16 2 767.80 2 766.42 2 765.03 2 763.61 2 762.18 2 760.73 2 759.26 2 757.78 2 756.27 2 754.75 2 753.22 2 751.66 2 750.09 2 748.50 2 746.90 2 745.27 2 743.64 2 741.98 2 740.31 2 736.91 2 733.45 2 729.93 2 726.34 2 722.68 2 718.95 2 715.16 2 711.30 2 707.37 2 703.38 2 699.31 2 695.18 2 690.97 2 686.70 2 682.35

Specific volume steam m3/kg 0.078 0.077 0.074 0.071 0.069 0.067 0.064 0.062 0.061 0.059 0.057 0.055 0.054 0.052 0.051 0.050 0.049 0.047 0.046 0.045 0.044 0.043 0.042 0.041 0.040 0.039 0.039 0.038 0.037 0.036 0.036 0.035 0.034 0.034 0.033 0.032 0.032 0.031 0.031 0.030 0.030 0.029 0.029 0.028 0.028 0.027 0.027 0.027 0.026 0.026 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.024 0.024 0.024 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.019 0.019 0.018 0.018 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.016 0.016 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.014 0.014

11.1.2

General information Conversion tables Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-GCM-03 CM Issue 6

Conversion Tables The following conversion tables will provide a conversion between SI, metric, USA and Imperial systems. All the tables use a multiplying factor:

Table 1 Length

From To Ô millimetre centimetre metre kilometre inch foot yard mile

millimetre 1 10 1000 25.4 304.8 914.4 -

Table 2 Area

From To Ô cm2 m2 km2 in2 ft2 yd2 acre mile2

cm2 1 10000 6.4516 929.03 8361.27 -

Table 3 Mass From To Ô kg tonne lb UK cwt UK ton US cwt US ton

kg 1 1000 0.453592 50.8023 1016.05 45.3592 907.185

centimetre 0.1 1 100 2.54 30.48 91.44 m2 0.0001 1 1000000 0.000645 0.092903 0.836127 4046.86 -

11.2.1

cm3 1 1000 16.3871 28316.8 764555 568.261 4546.09 473.176 3785.41

Table 5 Pressure

From To Ô atmos mm Hg mbar bar pascal in H2O in Hg psi

m3 litre (dm3 ) 0.001 1 1000 0.001 1 0.016387 0.028317 28.3168 0.764555 764.555 0.0005683 0.568261 0.0045461 4.54609 0.0004732 0.473176 0.0037854 3.785411

atmos 1 0.0013158 0.0009869 0.9869 0.0000099 0.0024583 0.033421 0.068046

Note: 1 pascal = 1 N / m2

mm Hg 760 1 0.750062 750.062 0.007501 1.86832 25.4 51.7149

kilometre 0.001 1 0.000914 1.609344

inch 0.03937 0.393701 39.3701 1 12 36 -

foot 0.032808 3.28084 3280.84 0.083333 1 3 5280

yard 1.09361 1093.61 0.027778 0.33333 1 1760

in2 0.155 1550 1 144 1296 -

ft2 0.001076 10.7639 0.006944 1 9 43560 -

yd2 0.0001196 1.19599 0.000772 0.111111 1 4840 -

acre 0.0002471 247.105 0.000023 0.0002066 1 640

km2 0.000001 1 0.004047 2.589987

tonne 0.001 1 0.000454 0.050802 1.01605 0.045359 0.907185

Table 4 Volume and capacity

From To Ô cm3 m3 litre (dm3 ) in3 ft3 yd3 UK pint UK gall US pint US gall

metre 0.001 0.01 1 1000 0.3048 0.9144 1609.344

lb 2.20462 2204.62 1 112 2240 100 2000

UK cwt 0.019684 19.6841 0.008929 1 20 0.892857 17.8517

in3 ft3 yd3 0.061024 0.0000353 61023.7 35.3147 1.30795 61.0237 0.035315 0.001308 1 0.0005787 0.0000214 1728 1 0.037037 46656 27 1 34.6774 0.020068 0.000743 277.42 0.160544 0.005946 28.875 0.01671 0.000619 231 0.133681 0.004951 mbar 1013.25 1.33322 1 1000 0.01 2.49089 33.8639 68.9476

bar 1.0132 0.001333 0.001 1 0.00001 0.002491 0.0338639 0.068948

UK ton 0.000984 0.984207 0.000446 0.05 1 0.044643 0.892857 UK pint 0.001760 1759.75 1.75975 0.028837 49.8307 1345.429 1 8 0.832674 6.661392

pascal 101325 133.322 100 100000 1 249.089 3386.39 6894.76

US cwt 0.022046 22.0462 0.01 1.12 22.4 1 20 UK gall 0.00022 219.969 0.219969 0.003605 6.22883 168.1784 0.125 1 0.104084 0.832674

in H2O 406.781 0.53524 0.401463 401.463 0.004015 1 13.5951 27.6799

US pint 0.002113 2113.38 2.11338 0.034632 59.8442 1615.793 1.20095 9.6076 1 8

in Hg 29.9213 0.03937 0.02953 29.53 0.0002953 0.073556 1 2.03602

mile 0.621371 0.000568 1 mile2 0.386102 0.001562 1 US ton 0.001102 1.10231 0.0005 0.056 1.12 0.05 1 US gall 0.000264 264.172 0.264172 0.004329 7.48052 201.974 0.150119 1.20095 0.125 1 psi 14.6959 0.019337 0.014504 14.504 0.000145 0.036127 0.491154 1

General information Conversion tables Table 6 Volume rate of flow From To Ô L /sec (dm3 /sec) L /s (dm3 /sec) 1 L /h 0.000278 m3 /s 1000 m3 /h 0.277778 cfm 0.471947 ft3 /h 0.007866 UK gall /m 0.075768 UK gall /h 0.001263 US gall /m 0.06309 US gall /h 0.001052

L /h

m3 /s

m3 /h

3600 0.001 3.6 1 0.001 3600000 1 3600 1000 0.000278 1 1699.017 0.000472 1.699017 28.3168 0.028317 272.766 0.0000758 0.272766 4.54609 0.004546 227.125 0.0000631 0.227125 3.785411 0.003785

cfm

ft3 /h

UK gall /m

2.118882 0.000588 2118.88 0.588578 1 0.016667 0.160544 0.002676 0.133681 0.002228

127.133 0.035315 127133 35.3147 60 1 9.63262 0.160544 8.020832 0.133681

13.19814 0.003666 13198.1 3.66615 6.228833 0.103814 1 0.016667 0.832674 0.013878

UK gall /h US gall /m

US gall /h

791.8884 0.219969 791889 219.969 373.73 6.228833 60 1 49.96045 0.832674

951.019 0.264172 951019 264.1718 448.831 7.480517 72.057 1.20095 60 1

15.85032 0.004403 15850.3 4.402863 7.480517 0.124675 1.20095 0.020016 1 0.016667

Table 7 Power From To Ô Btu /h W kcal /h kW

Btu /h 1 3.41214 3.96832 3412.14

W 0.293071 1 1.163 1000

kcal /h 0.251996 0.859845 1 859.845

kW 0.000293 0.001 0.001163 1

Table 8 Energy From To Ô Btu Therm J kJ Cal

Btu 1 100000 0.00094 0.9478 0.0039683

Therm 0.00001 1 0.000009478 0.0039683 x 10-5

J 1055.06 1 1000 4.1868

kJ 1.055 105 500 0.001 1 -

Cal 251.996 25 199 600 0.2388 238.85 1

Table 9 Specific heat From To Ô Btu /lb °F J /kg °C

Btu /lb °F 1 0.00023

J /kg °C 4186.8 1

Table 10 Heat flowrate From To Ô Btu /ft2h W /m2 kcal /m2h

Btu /ft2h 1 0.3169 0.368

W /m2 3.154 1 1.163

kcal /m2h 2.712 0.859 1

Table 11 Thermal conductance From To Ô Btu /ft2 h °F W /m2 °C kcal /m2 h °C

Btu /ft2 h °F 1 0.176110 0.204816

W /m2 °C 5.67826 1 1.163

kcal /m2 h °C 4.88243 0.859845 1

Table 12 Heat per unit mass From To Ô Btu /lb kJ /kg

Btu /lb 1 0.4299

kJ /kg 2.326 1

ft /min 1 60 196.850

ft /s 0.016666 1 3.28084

Table 13 Linear velocity From To Ô ft /min ft /s m /s

Temperature conversion

Can be achieved by using the following formula: °F = (°C x 1.8) + 32 °C = (°F - 32) 1.8

Additional information Atmosphere - (standard reference)

Fluid power users are sometimes confused by Nm³. This is not Newton-metres³ but refers to meters³ ANR, i.e. a volume of air measured against the standard or normal atmosphere reference. The equivalent imperial term is S.C.F. (Standard Cubic Feet).

A.N.R. (Atmosphère Normale de Référence) ISO R558. This is the agreed atmosphere to control specification values and test results, as given in ISO R554. Pneumatic fluid power uses 1013 mbar, 20°C, 65% RH (ISO R554). Compressor and pneumatic tool industries prefer 1000 mbar, 20°C, 65% RH (ISO 2787). Aerospace, Petroleum and British Gas Industries prefer 1013 mbar, 15°C, Dry (ISO 2533 and ISO 5024).

TI-GCM-03 CM Issue 6

m /s 0.00508 0.3048 1

Litre The symbol l is being superceded by L to avoid confusion with 1 (one). 1 L = 1 dm³. bar 1 bar = 100 kPa = 100 kN/m². kg /cm² This unit is still used in some areas. The conversions are as follows: 1 kg /cm² = 0.980 665 bar = 0.967841 atmos = 14.2233 psi

Conversion Tables

11.2.2

General information Steam traps - International standards Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

TI-F01-27

ST Issue 5

Steam Trap International Standards With so many steam trap manufacturers displaying a wide range of product information in many different formats it is easy to see why many purchasers and specifiers find the selection of steam traps confusing. Many customers are also under pressure to comply with local and Governmental legislation for their steam systems such as Pressurised Systems Regulations, The Factories Act, Health and Safety Executive and the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. Misleading product information such as inaccurate condensate capacities are just one of the problems encountered. To make capacity figures appear higher than they really are many manufacturers supply capacities for cold water and claim they are hot water capacities. In practice hot water capacities are typically 60 - 70% lower than cold water capacities. Products need to be clearly identified so that in the event of any problems the correct supplier can be contacted. It is hard to believe that in todays quality conscious world there are many manufacturers who only mark their products with the pipe size and direction of flow - no manufacturers identification at all. The only safe and professional way to ensure that high quality, system safety and reliability is maintained is to install only products of proven and guaranteed quality. The following National /International standards apply to steam traps and are intended to ensure that any purchaser / specifier has the full knowledge and confidence that the equipment used meets known legislation. The vast majority of steam trap manufacturers do not conform to these International Standards. Spirax Sarco are always at the forefront of steam trapping developments and together with the British Standards Institute have been very active over the years, in their efforts to establish official standards for steam traps. In recent years certain British Standards have been modified to comply with both European (EN) standards and International (ISO) standards. A brief description of each is given below.

Glossary of technical terms for automatic steam traps

ISO 6552 : 1980 This standard establishes precise definitions for all technical terms and expressions used to describe steam traps under operating conditions. Only by specifying these operating conditions can a customer be confident that the steam trap will safely operate within their system. Permissible working pressure which is dependant on materials, design and working PN Nominal pressure temperatures / pressures. PMA Maximum allowable pressure (bar) That the shell of the trap can withstand at a given temperature. Which is given by the manufacturer. PMO Maximum operating pressure (bar) Sometimes restricted by the pressure limitations of internal mechanisms. PO Operating pressure Measured at the trap inlet (bar). POB Operating backpressure Measured at the outlet of the trap (bar). PMOB Maximum operating backpressure (bar) Maximum permissible pressure at the trap outlet allowing correct operation. P Operating differential pressure (bar) Difference between operating pressure and operating backpressure (bar). PMX Maximum differential pressure (bar) Maximum difference between operating pressure and operating backpressure. PMN Minimum differential pressure (bar) Minimum difference between operating pressure and operating backpressure. PT Test pressure (bar) Pressure applied to the steam trap under test. PTMX Maximum test pressure (bar) Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure the trap can withstand, with internals fitted. Maximum temperature to which the shell of the trap can be raised permanently, at a o TMA Maximum allowable temperature ( C) given pressure. TMO Maximum operating temperature (oC) Maximum temperature for which the operation of the trap is guaranteed. TO

11.3.1

Operating temperature (oC)

Temperature measured at the inlet of the trap being tested.

Marking of automatic steam traps EN 26553 : 1991 ISO 6553 : 1980 Establishes certain minimum basic requirements for the marking and identification of steam traps. To conform to this standard all traps should be marked with the following :Manufacturer’s name and / or trade mark Maximum allowable pressure (PMA) Maximum allowable temperature (TMA) Indication of the flow direction Optional markings to include:Nominal pressure (PN) Maximum operating pressure (PMO) or maximum differential pressure (PMX) Shell material designation Nominal size (DN) Maximum test pressure (PTMX) If steam traps do not have this information clearly marked on them many insurance companies may not validate or insure the steam system.

General information Steam traps - International standards Face-to-face dimensions for flanged automatic steam traps

EN 26554 : 1991 ISO 6554 : 1980

This standard specifies face-to-face dimensions for steam traps in the size range DN15 to DN50, for pressures up to PN40. It is mainly used in European influenced markets. There are 6 series of dimensions with the most commonly used being Series 1. The following face-to-face dimensions are specified for Series 1 steam traps: Series 1 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50

150 mm 150 mm 160 mm 230 mm 230 mm 230 mm

Note: There is currently no ASTM / ASME equivalent for steam traps. Face-to-face

Classification of automatic steam traps

EN 26704 : 1991 ISO 6704 : 1982

Specification details the various types of operating principle for steam traps including mechanical, thermostatic and thermodynamic types. Many manufacturers claim that a trap operates in a different manner than it actually does. This is not only confusing but may also lead to operational problems. An example is where a bimetal trap (classed as a thermostatic trap) is incorrectly claimed to be a thermodynamic trap. This implies that it discharges condensate at steam temperature when in fact it may cause subcooling by up to 40°C below steam saturation temperature. This type of trap must not be confused with a true thermodynamic steam trap with a disc.

Determination of steam loss of automatic steam traps

EN 27841 : 1991 ISO 7841 : 1988

This specifies two alternative test methods to determine the steam loss of automatic steam traps. One of these was developed as a result of the work that Spirax Sarco undertook with the National Engineering Laboratory in the UK. Steam trap buyers can now make comparisons of true steam trap losses through various types of steam traps with the assurance that the figures published are accurate and all tests are conducted in accordance with this standard. Spriax Sarco are able to undertake these tests if required. Any manufacturers test figures that are not obtained within the parameters of this standard must be treated with caution. It is important to understand that under normal conditions steam traps do not waste steam. Wastage can only occur if there is no load (not practical even in a superheated system) or if the internals have been damaged. The following table shows the results of extensive testing to determine steam wastage from all trap types at a pressure of 5 bar g. It can be clearly seen that radiation losses from the trap surface are much greater than losses through the trap orifice! Energy requirements of various steam traps - expressed in kg /h of steam at 5 bar Traps BPT / SM FT IB TD

Through trap 0.5 0.0 0.5 0.5

No-load From trap 0.50 1.40 1.20 0.25

Total 1.00 1.40 1.70 0.75

Through trap 0 0 0 0

Reasonable load From trap 0.50 1.40 1.20 0.25

Total 0.50 1.40 1.20 0.25

The purpose of the above table is not to establish the fact that one type of trap is marginally more efficient than another. It is simply to show that steam traps require only a minimal amount of energy. Losses only become significant when traps are defective. The important thing therefore is to combine selection, checking and maintenance to achieve reliability. Properly done, costs and steam wastage will be minimised.

Determination of discharge capacity of automatic steam traps

EN 27842 : 1991 ISO 7842 : 1988

Like EN 27841and ISO 7841, this specifies two alternative test methods for use by manufacturers in order to determine discharge capacity for steam traps. A manufacturer’s compliance with this standard will put an end to difficulties experienced in the past over trap selection. The customer will no longer have to ask whether the capacity curves produced for any particular manufacturer of steam trap are based upon cold water or hot water condensate tests. All steam traps manufactured in the UK and France by Spirax Sarco have capacity tests conducted in accordance with this standard. By comparison some manufacturers will include the capacity of internal air vents in the overall capacity of their float traps - the air vent is only open when condensate has subcooled.

Production and performance characteristic tests for automatic steam traps

EN 26948 : 1991 ISO 6948 : 1981

This standard specifies tests which are used to ensure that the steam trap functions correctly and that the performance is acceptable for the design. The tests include product inspection, hydrostatic and operational checks. Testing of capacities and the identification of any steam losses are also discussed. Other standards are also used in the design and manufacture of Spirax Sarco steam traps. These include :TRB 801 Nr45, DIN 3548, DIN 2501, DIN 3840, AD 2000-Merkblatt, EN 287, EN 288, EN 289, EN 12569, BS 5500, ASME VIII, ASME IX and TÜV.

TI-F01-27 ST Issue 5

Steam Trap International Standards

11.3.2

General information Product limitations

11.4.1

General information Product limitations

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-GCM-02

CM Issue 7

Pressure / Temperature Limits

Temperature °C

Technical Information sheets (TIs) for products in pressurised systems contain a 'Pressure / temperature limits' diagram. This diagram indicates the envelope of the product(s) at the full range of pressures and temperatures. The construction of the 'Pressure / temperature limits' diagram is shown below. Note: A table 'Definition of technical terms' and a typical example (no specific product) is displayed overleaf.  

A

Note: This line will illustrate the minimum operating temperature not the minimum design temperature.



A

Is the maximum allowable temperature (TMA) the body of the product can be raised to permanently, at a given pressure.

B

Is the maximum allowable pressure (PMA) which can be tolerated within the body of the product at a given temperature. It is a function of the PN rating and body design / material.

C

Is a prohibited area and the product must not be used in this region and will be worded:



Temperature °C

Pressure bar g

 

B

 













Temperature °C

Pressure bar g



C



The product must not be used in this region.  













Temperature °C

Pressure bar g



D



D

 











The steam saturation curve is added (where relevant) to enable users to easily find the specific operating points, e.g. 10 bar g saturated steam @ 185°C, 10 bar g steam with 20°C superheat or 10 bar g / 250°C steam.



Pressure bar g

Page 1 of 3

11.4.2

Temperature °C

General information Product limitations



E

 

E 









Sometimes end connections or internal components may restrict the operating envelope of the product below the standard rating. Care must therefore be taken in selecting appropriate end connections. In this case the product should not be used in area 'e' and will be worded: The product should not be used in this region because...(the actual reason will depend on the product being described).





Temperature °C

Pressure bar g

  

F

F

If a product should not be used above a certain temperature, or an ancillary product is required to operate above a certain limit then it will be tinted and worded appropriately. e.g.: High temperature bolting required for use in this region (the actual reason will depend on the product being described).

 













Pressure bar g

Temperature °C

An example of a finished diagram:   

A

2

1 Steam saturation curve

 







4 C 

5 B 

3 

Pressure bar g

1

The product must not be used in this region.

2

High temperature bolting is required for use in this region.

3

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.

4

A - C Flanged end connections EN 1092 PN16.

5

A - B Flanged end connections EN 1092 PN25 or ANSI B 16.5 Class 300.

Warning:

Care must also be taken concerning Differential pressure limits and these are tabulated in addition to the 'Product / temperature limits' diagram.

11.4.3

TI-GCM-02 CM Issue 7

Page 2 of 3

Pressure / Temperature Limits

General information Product limitations Definition of technical terms PN

Nominal pressure

Permissible working pressure which is dependant on materials, design and working temperatures/pressures.

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure (bar)

That the shell of the product can withstand at a given temperature.

PMO

Maximum operating pressure (bar)

Which is given by the manufacturer. Sometimes restricted by the pressure limitations of internal mechanisms.

PO

Operating pressure (bar)

Measured at the product inlet.

POB

Operating backpressure

Measured at the outlet of the product.

PMOB

Maximum operating backpressure (bar)

Maximum permissible pressure at the trap outlet allowing correct operation.

DPMX

Maximum differential pressure (bar)

Maximum difference between operating pressure and operating backpressure.

DPMN

Minimum differential pressure (bar)

Minimum difference between operating pressure and operating backpressure.

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature (°C)

Maximum temperature to which the shell of the product can be raised permanently, at a given pressure.

TMO

Maximum operating temperature (°C)

Maximum temperature for which the operation of the product is guaranteed.

TO

Operating temperature (°C)

Temperature measured at the inlet of the product being tested.

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of _ _ bar g

This is a cold hydraulic test applied to the body only, with no internals fitted. Note: If, when the internals are fitted, the test pressure should be less, this figure should be clarified to the end user (see Typical pressure/temperature limits diagram below)

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

A standard layout for the Pressure / temperature limits information is shown opposite.

       

A

D

B

Steam saturation curve 



E

  Pressure bar g

C 



The product must not be used in this region. For further 'Pressure / temperature limits' diagram and table layouts, see TI-S24-41, pages 4 and 5.

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A-B-C Flanged PN25. A-D-E Flanged ANSI 150. Note: For hygienic / sanitary clamp ends the maximum pressure / temperature may be restricted by the gasket or sanitary clamp used. Please consult Spirax Sarco. Body design conditions

PN25

PMA

Maximum allowable pressure

25 bar g @ 50 °C

TMA

Maximum allowable temperature

300 °C @ 17 bar g

Minimum allowable temperature

-196 °C

PMO

Maximum operating pressure PN25 for saturated steam service ANSI 150

TMO

Maximum operating temperature

19 bar g 13.5 bar g

222 °C @ 19 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-10 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Maximum differential DPMX pressure

XYZ14-14.5

4.5 bar

XYZ14-10

10 bar

XYZ14-14

14 bar

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

TI-GCM-02 CM Issue 7

Page 3 of 3

Pressure / Temperature Limits

11.4.4

General information Product limitations

11.4.5

General information Product limitations

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-S24-41 CH Issue 3

Pressure / Temperature Limits for Control Valves

Temperature °C

Control valve Technical Information sheets (TIs) for products in pressurised systems contain a 'Pressure / temperature limits' diagram. This diagram indicates the envelope of the product(s) at the full range of pressures and temperatures. The construction of the 'Pressure / temperature limits' diagram is shown below. Note: A table 'Definition of technical terms used for control valves' and a typical example (no specific product) is displayed overleaf.  

A

Note: This line will illustrate the minimum operating temperature not the minimum design temperature.



A

Is the maximum design temperature the body of the product can be raised to permanently, at a given pressure.

B

Is the maximum design pressure that the combined body and end connections of the product can withstand at a given temperature. It is a function of the PN rating and body design / material.

C

Is a prohibited area and the product must not be used in this region and will be worded:



Temperature °C

Pressure bar g

 

B

 













Temperature °C

Pressure bar g



C



The product must not be used in this region.  













Temperature °C

Pressure bar g



D



D

 











The steam saturation curve is added (where relevant) to enable users to easily find the specific operating points, e.g. 10 bar g saturated steam @ 185 °C, 10 bar g steam with 20 °C superheat or 10 bar g / 250 °C steam.



Pressure bar g

Page 1 of 5

11.4.6

Temperature °C

General information Product limitations 

E

 

E 









Sometimes end connections or internal components may restrict the operating envelope of the product below the standard rating. Care must therefore be taken in selecting appropriate end connections. In this case the product should not be used in area 'e' and will be worded: The product should not be used in this region because...(the actual reason will depend on the product being described).





Temperature °C

Pressure bar g

  

F

F

If a product should not be used above a certain temperature, or an ancillary product is required to operate above a certain limit then it will be tinted and worded appropriately. e.g.: High temperature bolting required for use in this region (the actual reason will depend on the product being described).

 













Pressure bar g

Temperature °C

An example of a finished diagram:   

A

2

1 Steam saturation curve

 







4 C 

5 B 

3 

Pressure bar g

1

The product must not be used in this region.

2

High temperature bolting is required for use in this region.

3

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.

4

A - C Flanged end connections EN 1092 PN16.

5

A - B Flanged end connections EN 1092 PN25 or ANSI B 16.5 Class 300.

11.4.7

TI-S24-41 CH Issue 3

Page 2 of 5

Pressure / Temperature Limits for Control Valves

General information Product limitations Definition of technical terms used for control valves Body

This is a combination of the product body and end connections and is the term used to describe the pressure containing envelope of the product.

Nominal pressure (PN)

The PN is the nominal working pressure / temperature (which is dependant on materials, design and working temperatures/pressures) that can be tolerated by the body of the product.

Maximum design pressure

This is the maximum allowable pressure that the body of the product can withstand at a given temperature.

Maximum operating pressure

This is provided by the manufacturer when it is less than the maximum design pressure. For example the maximum design pressure may be reduced to the pressure limitation of the lowest rated option chosen.

Maximum differential pressure

This is dependant upon the chosen actuator up to the maximum design pressure of the product.

Maximum design temperature

This is the maximum allowable temperature to which the body of the product can be raised permanently, at a given pressure.

Maximum operating temperature

This is the maximum temperature for correct operation of the product. This is determined by the lowest rated option chosen.

Minimum design temperature

This is the minimum documented temperature the body of the product can withstand.

Minimum operating temperature

This is the minimum temperature for correct operation of the product.

Designed for a maximum cold This is a cold hydraulic test applied to the body as supplied. hydraulic test pressure of _ _ bar g Note: When Spirax Sarco have tested the product in an alternative form than that supplied, a or psi g lower pressure will be given (see Typical pressure/temperature limits diagram below).

For further layouts, depending on space available in the TI or IMI, are shown on pages 4 and 5.

Pressure / temperature limits Temperature °C

A standard layout for the Pressure / temperature limits information is shown opposite.

   

A

D

Steam saturation curve

  

B





E

  Pressure bar g

C 



The product must not be used in this region. High temperature packing is required for use in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A-B-C Flanged PN25. A-D-E Flanged PN16. Note: As standard the XYZ series two port control valves are supplied with PTFE stem seal and metal-to-metal seats. Body design conditions

PN25

Maximum design pressure

25 bar g @ 120 °C

Maximum design temperature

350 °C @ 17.5 bar g

Minimum design temperature

Maximum operating temperature

-20 °C

As standard

250 °C @ 22 bar g

With high temperature packing

300 °C @ 20 bar g

With high temperature bolting and packing

350 °C @ 18 bar g

Minimum operating temperature

-10 °C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Maximum differential pressure

See relevant actuator TI

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g Note: As supplied the test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

TI-S24-41 CH Issue 3

Page 3 of 5

Pressure / Temperature Limits for Control Valves

11.4.8

General information Product limitations If the chart is on a full single page, this layout is used

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits    

A

D

Steam saturation curve

  





B

E

  Pressure bar g

C 



The product must not be used in this region. High temperature packing is required for use in this region. The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. A-B-C Flanged PN25. A-D-E Flanged PN16. Note: As standard the XYZ series two port control valves are supplied with PTFE stem seal and metal-to-metal seats. Body design conditions

PN25

Maximum design pressure

25 bar g @ 120 °C

Maximum design temperature

350 °C @ 17.5 bar g

Minimum design temperature

Maximum operating temperature

-20 °C As standard

250 °C @ 22 bar g

With high temperature packing

300 °C @ 20 bar g

With high temperature bolting and packing

350 °C @ 18 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Maximum differential pressure

-10 °C See relevant actuator TI

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: Note: As supplied the test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

37.5 bar g

11.4.9

TI-S24-41 CH Issue 3

Page 4 of 5

Pressure / Temperature Limits for Control Valves

General information Product limitations If the chart is on a single page, with limited space, this layout is used

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits    

A

D

The product must not be used in this region. High temperature packing is required for use in this region.

Steam saturation curve

  

B





The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. E

  Pressure bar g

C 



A-B-C Flanged PN25. A-D-E Flanged PN16.

Note: As standard the XYZ series two port control valves are supplied with PTFE stem seal and metal-to-metal seats. Body design conditions

PN25

Maximum design pressure

25 bar g @ 120 °C

Maximum design temperature

350 °C @ 17.5 bar g

Minimum design temperature

Maximum operating temperature

-20 °C As standard

250 °C @ 22 bar g

With high temperature packing

300 °C @ 20 bar g

With high temperature bolting and packing

350 °C @ 18 bar g

Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Maximum differential pressure

-10 °C See relevant actuator TI

Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of Note: As supplied the test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

37.5 bar g

11.4.10

TI-S24-41 CH Issue 3

Page 5 of 5

Pressure / Temperature Limits for Control Valves

General information Product limitations

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2016

TI-S13-50

CH Issue 3

Pressure / Temperature Limits for Safety Valves

Temperature °C

Safety valve Technical Information sheets (TIs) contain a 'Pressure / temperature limits' diagram. This diagram indicates the envelope of the product(s) at the full range of pressures and temperatures. Note: The construction of this diagram and a typical example (no specific product) is displayed below:



A



A

Is the maximum design temperature the body of the product can be raised to permanently, at a given pressure.

B

Is the maximum design pressure that the combined body and end connections of the product can withstand at a given temperature. It is a function of the PN rating and body design / material.

C

Is a prohibited area and the product must not be used in this region and will be worded:

Note: This line will illustrate the minimum operating temperature not the minimum design temperature.

 

Temperature °C

Pressure bar g

 

B

 













Temperature °C

Pressure bar g



C



The product must not be used in this region.  













11.4.11

Temperature °C

Pressure bar g



D



D

 









Pressure bar g





The steam saturation curve is added (where relevant) to enable users to easily find the specific operating points, e.g. 10 bar g saturated steam @ 185 °C, 10 bar g steam with 20 °C superheat or 10 bar g / 250 °C steam.

General information Product limitations Typical 'Pressure / temperature limits' diagram and table for a safety valve:

Temperature °C

Pressure / temperature limits Please contact: Spirax Sarco, when so required, for relevant details regarding the maximum allowable limits that the body can withstand.  A        

Steam saturation curve C 

  Pressure bar g

B 



The product must not be used in this region. A - B Flanged PN25. A - C Flanged ANSI 150. Note: For hygienic / sanitary clamp ends the maximum pressure / temperature may be restricted by the gasket or sanitary clamp used. Please consult Spirax Sarco. Body design conditions Set pressure range

Maximum

PN25 DN15 - DN32

18 bar g

DN40 - DN50

14 bar g

Minimum Metal seat

Nitrile seat Temperature EPDM seat

Viton seat

Overpressure

0.3 bar g Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Steam Gas, liquid

Performance Blowdown limits Steam, gas, liquid data Derated Steam, gas coefficient of discharge values Liquid

-90 °C +300 °C -30 °C +120 °C -50 °C +150 °C -20 °C +200 °C 5% 10% 10% 0.71 0.52

Designed for a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g Note: If a test gag is fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g

For further 'Pressure / temperature limits' diagram and table layouts, see TI-S24-41, pages 4 and 5.

11.4.12

TI-S13-50 CH Issue 3

Pressure / Temperature Limits for Safety Valves

General information Useful calculation data Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

AI-GAB-03

AB Issue 4

The Cost of Steam - Metric The cost of steam is usually expressed in terms of the cost to raise 1 000 kg. The calculation itself is relatively straight forward and this AIS simplifies the task by the use of a forced path calculation sheet. A blank format is available overleaf. Example: Boiler operating pressure - 10 bar g, feedwater temperatures 80°C. Fuel used is heavy oil at £0.40 / litre and boiler efficiency is 80%.

10 bar g

Steam pressure

80

Feedwater temperature

Mathematical operation

Units Heat input required (see table 1)

kJ / kg

1000

kg

2445000

kJ

.....................

42500

kJ / kg coal or oil kJ / kWh gas

57.53

kg coal or oil kWh gas

.....................

=

Total heat input

÷

Calorific value of fuel (see table 2)

=

Net fuel needed

x

Boiler efficiency

=

Actual fuel needed

.....................

..................... 85% x 1.18 80% x 1.25 75% x 1.34 70% x 1.43

1.25

.....................

OIL

Mathematical operation 1000

kg / tonne

=

......................

tonne

x

......................

£ / tonne

÷ = x

=

.....................

£ / 1000 kg steam

=

GAS

S.G Heavy 9.7 Medium 9.5 Light 9.35

Mathematical operation

÷

Mathematical operation

0.97 .....................

74.1 ..................... £0.40 ..................... £29.65

.....................

Table 1

Heat input in Kilojoules (kJ) required to raise one kilogram (kg) of steam.

x

litre £ / litre

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

2665 2623 2581 2539 2497 2455 2413 2371 2329 2287 2245

5

2715 2673 2631 2589 2548 2506 2464 2421 2381 2338 2295

6

2722 2680 2638 2596 2555 2513 2471 2428 2388 2345 2302

7

2727 2685 2643 2601 2560 2518 2476 2433 2393 2350 2307

10

2740 2697 2655 2613 2573 2531 2489 2445 2406 2363 2319

12

2746 2704 2662 2620 2578 2536 2494 2452 2410 2368 2326

15

2752 2710 2668 2626 2584 2542 2500 2458 2416 2374 2332

17

2755 2713 2671 2629 2587 2545 2503 2461 2419 2377 2335

20

2759 2717 2675 2633 2591 2549 2507 2465 2423 2381 2339

25

2762 2720 2678 2636 2594 2552 2510 2468 2426 2384 2342

.............

pkWh

.............

£ / 1000 kg steam

Table 2

Calorific value of various fuels (approximate values)

100 110

1

÷ 100 =

£ / 1000 kg steam

Feedwater temperature °C 10

kg coal or oil kWh gas

71.9

.....................

COAL

11.5.1

2445

.....................

x

Boiler pressure bar g

°C

COAL

TYPE

CALORIFIC VALUE (kJ / kg)

ANTHRACITE

32,500

GOOD BITUMINOUS COAL

30,000

GOOD AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL COAL

28,000

POOR AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL COAL

21,000

GRADE

VISCOSITY cSt

OIL

GAS

RED. 1 SECS

SPECIFIC GRAVITY

CALORIFIC VALUE (kJ / kg)

GAS OIL

4

35

0.835

45,600

LIGHT

50

210

0.935

43,500

MEDIUM

230

950

0.95

43,000

HEAVY

900

3500

0.97

42,500

3,600 kJ / kWh

General information Useful calculation data

Steam pressure

bar g

°C

Feedwater temperature

Mathematical operation

Units Heat input required (see table 1)

1000

x Total heat input

÷

Calorific value of fuel (see table 2)

=

Net fuel needed

x

Boiler efficiency

=

Actual fuel needed

85% x 1.18 80% x 1.25 75% x 1.34 70% x 1.43

.....................

kJ / kg coal or oil kJ / kWh gas

.....................

kg coal or oil kWh gas

.....................

÷

1000

kg / tonne

=

......................

tonne

x

...................... .....................

GAS

S.G Heavy 9.7 Medium 9.5 Light 9.35

Mathematical operation

Mathematical operation

.....................

£ / tonne

÷ = x

..................... .....................

litre £ / litre

£ / 1000 kg steam

=

.....................

£ / 1000 kg steam

Table 1

Heat input in Kilojoules (kJ) required to raise one kilogram (kg) of steam.

x

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

2665 2623 2581 2539 2497 2455 2413 2371 2329 2287 2245

5

2715 2673 2631 2589 2548 2506 2464 2421 2381 2338 2295

6

2722 2680 2638 2596 2555 2513 2471 2428 2388 2345 2302

7

2727 2685 2643 2601 2560 2518 2476 2433 2393 2350 2307

10

2740 2697 2655 2613 2573 2531 2489 2445 2406 2363 2319

12

2746 2704 2662 2620 2578 2536 2494 2452 2410 2368 2326

15

2752 2710 2668 2626 2584 2542 2500 2458 2416 2374 2332

17

2755 2713 2671 2629 2587 2545 2503 2461 2419 2377 2335

20

2759 2717 2675 2633 2591 2549 2507 2465 2423 2381 2339

25

2762 2720 2678 2636 2594 2552 2510 2468 2426 2384 2342

AI-GAB-03 AB Issue 4

÷ 100 =

£ / 1000 kg steam

.............

Calorific value of various fuels (approximate values)

COAL

TYPE

CALORIFIC VALUE (kJ / kg)

ANTHRACITE

32,500

GOOD BITUMINOUS COAL

30,000

GOOD AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL COAL

28,000

POOR AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL COAL

21,000

100 110

1

pkWh

.............

Table 2

Feedwater temperature °C 20

kg coal or oil kWh gas

.....................

OIL

Mathematical operation

10

kJ

.....................

COAL

Boiler pressure bar g

kg

.....................

=

=

kJ / kg

.....................

GRADE

VISCOSITY cSt

OIL

RED. 1 SECS

SPECIFIC GRAVITY

CALORIFIC VALUE (kJ / kg)

GAS OIL

4

35

0.835

45,600

LIGHT

50

210

0.935

43,500

MEDIUM

230

950

0.95

43,000

HEAVY

900

3500

0.97

42,500

GAS

The Cost of Steam - Metric

3,600 kJ / kWh

11.5.2

General information Useful calculation data Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.

In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. © Copyright 2013

AI-GAB-04

AB Issue 3

The Cost of Steam - Imperial The cost of steam is usually expressed in terms of the cost to raise 1000lbs. The calculation itself is relatively straight forward and this AIS simplifies the task by the use of a forced path calculation sheet. A blank format is available overleaf. Example: Boiler operating pressure - 150 psi g, feedwater temperatures 180°F. Fuel used is heavy oil at £1.80 / gallon and boiler efficiency is 80%.

150 psi g

Steam pressure

180 °F

Feedwater temperature

Mathematical operation

Units Heat input required (see table 1)

x Total Heat Input

÷

Calorific value of fuel (see table 2)

=

Net fuel needed

x

Boiler efficiency

=

Actual fuel needed

1049000

Btu

.....................

18300

Btu / lb coal or oil Btu / Therm gas

57.3

lb coal or oil Therm gas

..................... 85% x 1.18 80% x 1.25 75% x 1.34 70% x 1.43

1.25

.....................

÷

2240

lb / ton

=

......................

ton

...................... .....................

GAS

S.G Heavy 9.7 Medium 9.5 Light 9.35

Mathematical operation

Mathematical operation

9.7 .....................

÷

£ / ton

= x

7.38 ..................... £1.80 .....................

£ / 1000 lb steam

=

£13.28 .....................

x

gallon £ / gallon £ / 1000 lb steam

80

100 120 140

15

1146 1126

1116

1096 1076 1056 1036 1016

160 180 200 212 250

80

1169 1149

1139

1119

996

984

£ / therm

.............

£ / 1000 lb steam

Calorific value of various fuels (approximate values)

Feedwater temperature °F 70

=

.............

Table 2

Heat input in British Thermal Units (Btu) required to raise one pound (lb) of steam.

50

lb coal or oil Therm gas

71.9

.....................

Table 1

11.5.3

lb

OIL

Mathematical operation

Boiler pressure psi g

1000

.....................

COAL

=

Btu / lb

.....................

=

x

1049

.....................

946

COAL

1099 1079 1059 1039 1019 1007 969

90

1171 1151

1141

1121

1101 1081 1061 1041 1021 1009 971

100

1172 1152

1142

1122

1102 1082 1062 1042 1022 1010 972

150

1179 1159

1149

1129

1109 1089 1069 1049 1029 1017 979

170

1180 1160

1150

1130

1110 1090 1070 1050 1030 1018 980

200

1182 1162

1152

1132

1112 1092 1072 1052 1032 1020 982

250

1185 1165

1155

1135

1115 1095 1075 1055 1035 1023 985

300

1186 1166

1156

1136

1116 1096 1076 1056 1036 1024 986

350

1187 1167

1157

1137

1117 1097 1077 1057 1037 1025 987

TYPE

CALORIFIC VALUE (Btu / lb)

ANTHRACITE

14,000

GOOD BITUMINOUS COAL

13,000

GOOD AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL COAL

12,000

POOR AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL COAL

9,000

GRADE

VISCOSITY cSt

OIL

GAS

RED. 1 SECS

SPECIFIC GRAVITY

CALORIFIC VALUE (Btu / kg)

GAS OIL

4

35

0.835

19,600

LIGHT

50

210

0.935

18,700

MEDIUM

230

950

0.95

18,500

HEAVY

900

3500

0.97

18,300

100,000 Btu / Therm

General information Useful calculation data

Steam pressure

psi g

°F

Feedwater temperature

Mathematical operation

Units Heat input required (see table 1)

1000

x Total Heat Input

÷

Calorific value of fuel (see table 2)

=

Net fuel needed

x

Boiler efficiency

=

Actual fuel needed

85% x 1.18 80% x 1.25 75% x 1.34 70% x 1.43

.....................

Btu / lb coal or oil Btu / Therm gas

.....................

lb coal or oil Therm gas

.....................

÷

2240

lb / ton

=

......................

ton

...................... .....................

Mathematical operation

£ / ton £ / 1000 lb steam

GAS

S.G Heavy 9.7 Medium 9.5 Light 9.35

÷

.....................

= x

..................... .....................

=

.....................

Mathematical operation

x

gallon £ / gallon £ / 1000 lb steam

Feedwater temperature °F 70

80

15

1146 1126

1116

1096 1076 1056 1036 1016

80

1169 1149

1139

1119

1099 1079 1059 1039 1019 1007 969

90

1171 1151

1141

1121

1101 1081 1061 1041 1021 1009 971

100

1172 1152

1142

1122

1102 1082 1062 1042 1022 1010 972

150

1179 1159

1149

1129

1109 1089 1069 1049 1029 1017 979

170

1180 1160

1150

1130

1110 1090 1070 1050 1030 1018 980

984

946

200

1182 1162

1152

1132

1112 1092 1072 1052 1032 1020 982

250

1185 1165

1155

1135

1115 1095 1075 1055 1035 1023 985

300

1186 1166

1156

1136

1116 1096 1076 1056 1036 1024 986

350

1187 1167

1157

1137

1117 1097 1077 1057 1037 1025 987

AI-GAB-04 AB Issue 3

.............

£ / 1000 lb steam

TYPE

CALORIFIC VALUE (Btu / lb)

ANTHRACITE

14,000

GOOD BITUMINOUS COAL

13,000

GOOD AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL COAL

12,000

POOR AVERAGE INDUSTRIAL COAL

9,000

160 180 200 212 250 996

£ / therm

Calorific value of various fuels (approximate values)

Heat input in British Thermal Units (Btu) required to raise one pound (lb) of steam.

100 120 140

=

.............

Table 2

Table 1

50

lb coal or oil Therm gas

.....................

OIL

Mathematical operation

Boiler pressure psi g

Btu

.....................

COAL

=

lb

.....................

=

x

Btu / lb

.....................

COAL

GRADE

OIL

GAS OIL

VISCOSITY

SPECIFIC GRAVITY

CALORIFIC VALUE (Btu / kg)

cSt

RED. 1 SECS

4

35

0.835

19,600

LIGHT

50

210

0.935

18,700

MEDIUM

230

950

0.95

18,500

HEAVY

900

3500

0.97

18,300

GAS

The Cost of Steam - Imperial

100,000 Btu / Therm

11.5.4

General information Useful calculation data TI-GCM-08

CM Issue 1

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

� �� ��

���

� ��

��

���

�

���������

���

��

����

�

��������� ��������� �

��

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

�� �� ��

How to use the chart

Example 3: How to find the pressure drop across a valve with a known Kv. Steam demand of heat exchanger = 3 000 kg / h Steam pressure upstream of valve = 10 bar g = 11 bar a Kv of valve to be used = 40 Using the selection chart opposite: Draw horizontal lines from 11 bar a, and from 3 000 kg/h to meet Kv = 40 line. Draw a vertical line upwards from the intersection to meet the 11 bar a horizontal. Read the pressure drop at this crossing point, i.e. ∆P = 1 bar (approximately).

���

��

If this formula is used when P2 is below the value which gives critical flow, then the term within the bracket (0.42 - ) becomes less than zero. It is then taken as zero, and the function within the square root sign becomes 1.

��

���

�� ����������������������������� � ��

Example 2: How to find the Kv value for a non-critical flow application. Steam demand of heat exchanger = 230 kg / h. Steam pressure upstream of valve = 5 bar g = 6 bar a Steam pressure required in exchanger = 4 bar g = 5 bar a Using the selection chart opposite: Draw horizontal lines from 230 kg/h, and from 6 bar a to pressure drop of (6 - 5 = 1 bar). Drop a vertical line from the intersection to meet the 230 kg/h horizontal, and read the Kv at this crossing point, i.e. Kv = 4.

����

��

= 12 Kv P1 √ 1 - 5.67 (0.42 -  )²

11.5.5

� �

��

With a smaller pressure drop, the flow is reduced until it becomes zero, at zero pressure drop. Many formulas are in current use to predict the relationship between flowrate and the pressure drop ratio  under these conditions. One empirical formula which gives results very close indeed to the British Standard method, but simplifies the calculation, is:-

Example 1: How to find Kv value for a critical flow application. Steam demand of heat exchanger = 800 kg / h Steam pressure upstream of valve = 8 bar g = 9 bar a Steam pressure required in exchanger = 3 bar g = 4 bar a Using the selection chart opposite: Draw a horizontal line from 800 kg / h Draw a horizontal line from 9 bar a to the critical pressure drop line, which is reached before a pressure drop line for (9 - 4 = 5 bar) and drop a vertical line from the intersection to meet the 800 kg / h horizontal. Read the Kv at this crossing point, i.e. Kv = 7.5 Refer to the Kv values given on the appropriate Technical Information Sheet for each valve type. SA (self-acting), EL (electric /electronic) and PN (pneumatic) valves may be selected using their maximum Kv values.

�

� ��

= 12 Kv P1

��

��

= C x Kv P1 and in the units shown, C = 12 (Constant). Thus:

�

��

The chart overleaf shows that with a given upstream pressure P1 and with a pressure drop across the valve more than is needed to give critical flow conditions, or  > 0.42, the steam flowrate is directly proportional to the Kv of the valve. Conversely, with a given Kv, the flowrate is directly proportional to the upstream pressure P1. So for critical flow, we have:-

��� � ��

Note: To convert gauge pressure to absolute pressure, add 1, i.e. 10 bar g = 11 bar a.

The chart below is for displaying Examples 1, 2 and 3 only, a complete sizing chart is shown overleaf. For Water Sizing Chart see TI-GCM-09

�� ��

�� �

���

�� ���

���

��� ���������

��� ���

���

���

��� ��� ��� � ���

���������

= Mass flow in kg / h = Upstream pressure in bar a = Downstream pressure in bar a = Valve flow coefficient. P1 - P2 = Pressure drop ratio = P1

���������

P1 P2 Kv 

���������

Let:

Saturated Steam Sizing Chart

�������������������������������

ISO 9001

���������

�� �

��

�� ��

� ��� � ���

��

���������

� ��� � ��� � ��� �� ���

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.

�� �� �

�� �

© Copyright 2006

General information Useful calculation data Saturated steam sizing chart

��� �

�

��

�

���

���

��

���

��

� �

����

��

���

��

��

����

��

�

� �� ��

� ��

� ��

�������������������������������

This sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications

�

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �� �

��

��

��

��

��

�� ��

��

��

��

��

����������������������������� � ��

�� �� �� �� ���

���

�� �

���

���

���

���

���

��� ���

���

���

�� �

��� � ���

��

�� ��

� ���

��

� ���

� ��� �� ���

��

�� �

� ��� � ���

�� �

11.5.6

�� �

��

�

�� �

�� ��� �� ��� �� ��� �� ��� �� ��� ��� ���

Saturated Steam Sizing Chart

TI-GCM-08 CM Issue 1

General information Useful calculation data TI-GCM-09

CM Issue 1

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

Water Valve Sizing Chart

ISO 9001

Note:

= Kv √ P1,

= Water flow (m3 / h),

P1 = Pressure drop across the valve (bar),

Kv = Flow coefficient (m3 / h bar).

This chart assumes no cavitation after the control valve.

How to use the chart

P1

Note: the chart below is used for the following example only. A complete chart is shown overleaf. Example: The heat exchanger has a MTHW demand of

= 10 m3 / h

= 50 kPa * The full-load pressure drop P1 * Established from 'Valve authority' (see below).

P2

Go to the selection chart below: - Draw a horizontal line from 10 m3 / h - Run a vertical line from 50 kPa until it crosses 10 m3 / h line. - Kv is given at this crossing point i.e. Kv  14 Refer to the Kv values given on the appropiate Technical Information Sheet for each valve type.

Valve authority - Two-port valve

SA (self-acting), EL (electronic) and PN (pneumatic) controls should be sized on maximum Kv value. �� �� ��

���������������

��

Example

��

P1

�� �� �� �� ��

� � �

P2 ��

� �

�

Example

� �

�

Valve authority - Three-port mixing valve

� ���

11.5.7

�

�

� � � �� �� �� �� �� ������������������

���

P1

Valve authority The ratio of pressure drop across the valve when fully open to that across the complete circuit is termed the 'Valve authority' (N) and is expressed as: P1 N = P1 + P2 Where: N = Valve authority P1 = Pressure drop across the fully open valve P2 = Pressure drop across the remainder of the circuit The diagrams opposite illustrate P1 and P2 more fully. Valve authority is a means of selecting a valve size on a water system with due regard to economic viability and good control. When selecting a valve size, the valve authority should be between 0.2 and 0.5 (and preferably 0.5). This will ensure that each small valve movement will influence some authority over the flow whilst not excessively increasing pumping power costs. Valve authority will always relate to the circuit which has a varying flowrate.

P2

Valve authority - Three-port diverting valve

Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted. In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice.

© Copyright 2006

General information Useful calculation data ����

��� �� ���� ���� �� ��� ����� �� ��� � ���� ����� ������ � �� ��� ������ ����� ����� ���� ���� ���� ������ � � � ��� � � � � ���� � � � � � � � �� �� ���� �� ��� ���� �� ��� ������ ��� ��� � ��������� �� � ������� �� ��� ���� ���� � ��

��� ��� ���

�� �

���

�

���

� ��� ��� ��

� �

��� ���

�

���

�

� �

�� � � �������������

���

�

�� ��

�

�� ��

���

�� ��

��

��

�� �� ��

��

� �

��

�

��

� �

� � �

�

� � �

�

��� ��� �

�

��� ���

��� ��� ���

��� ���

���

���

��� ���

���

���� ���� � ��� � ��� � ���

���

���� ���� �

���

���� ����

����

� ���

���� ����

����

������������ � �

���������������

��

����� ����� �����

�

�

�

� �

��

��

�� �� ��

���

��� ���

���

����

����

����

������������������

���

���

���

���

�

�

�

� �

��

��

�� �� ��

���

��� ��� ���

�

�

��

��

�������������������

����

���� ����

����

���

���

��� � ��� ������������������

Water Valve Sizing Chart

� �

�� ��

TI-GCM-09 CM Issue 1

11.5.8

General information Useful calculation data TI-GCM-10

CM Issue 2

Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

Flow of Water in Heavy Steel Pipes

ISO 9001

11.5.9

Flowrate Pipe size Ø Pa / m mbar / m 10.0 0.100 12.5 0.125 15.0 0.150 17.5 0.175 20.0 0.200 22.5 0.225 25.0 0.250 27.5 0.275 30.0 0.300 32.5 0.325 35.0 0.350 37.5 0.375 40.0 0.400 42.5 0.425 45.0 0.450 47.5 0.475 50.0 0.500 52.5 0.525 55.0 0.550 57.5 0.575 60.0 0.600 62.5 0.625 65.0 0.650 67.5 0.675 70.0 0.700 72.5 0.725 75.0 0.750 77.5 0.775 80.0 0.800 82.5 0.825 85.0 0.850 87.5 0.875 90.0 0.900 92.5 0.925 95.0 0.950 97.5 0.975 100.0 1.000 120.0 1.200 140.0 1.400 160.0 1.600 180.0 1.800 200.0 2.000 220.0 2.200 240.0 2.400 260.0 2.600 280.0 2.800 300.0 3.000

15 mm 20 mm